Aten A ENT es ben NA she

hn a eet cnt

THOMAS LINCOLN
CASEY
LIBRARY
1925

', ete f3

eae de

Ad
ae

A
new
fe! “ wn

° ‘i i ni
ae
ond pyrk .

AY. us

“ an hl
a nas | i
eae, , om a.

ii ain
ie

par ee

cue Vie
Zoi us bas i Hee a
Ry ot were

At

oy ms:
i an Ve
b 3 mer A

Ve + Ve
ake at,

4
an

iy

i se ni Ay ;
i ; ,
ave nee : ,

>)
uy - at
: i i i ce a

Ls ™ Me ee i
‘aa May et
Biles’ an ag Ey %
th ue

: ei

-
i
y

a an

th
a Oa " ee

ih Fy
ee ae iN

1? A
& ¥
hal

re re a

AG mia
vee 1 an

7 i 0)

a

Ceunie
Tbe naey
ay hi
noe

i

ce ©.
7 ny aay
Wy

an me c ae
ibe On Fay ce. oy

Hy ‘ iD i
4 iy aie

he aa ae

nay
Lae

1

he
va ae
pe noua

Oa h
va
i oh i i

‘ie

" ah
Sin

ng hi i" alls
iyi a

ae ;
MY mm Bes:
1 Wh 7 MG
i u

ih

a
if Due

Ve

a i

iat,
a ‘is Ms
aid

ae Para i
i ch a, re
Ai

I ac AN ou 6 ek
aoe ee

At
Lan im ae
ey at be ee

Lan
’ ae
Ay A Buh
Rue ee

ih

eth) Put A

ye an hy Nee:
it
i if

AN Ta

LAR Ne i
mi a ar

bs He M, i a
y p

uy }

a

4a

Ay
oF

iy Way . At
EN Hue

A ea i
matt

nk if ay

a

ae Ai
Tig

Same te
¥ i ¥ y ha
Ln nnd Ayu
te ne iy

A von

ii ee me 7 ey a

4
A
:
"

artes A
pe

es Sy ir
oh dy; By C1

i a eh

oh

rN i

PA
'

ye
Ms,

1)

> aa Pini jit: Pay Wa AD de Coe
ay ia a} we ti oy) ol te ” Di al 2 Ova ey Phaeedy.
ihe 2 oer Ad Jl Sateen Y ih nips am i:

<P ay q ' leds Seow Game? : ut ae ;

Z Pe : 7 a ah @ 2 W 7 pe iV ;

rf ' ial aT Lae ; i Aer “At Wid by —

a a ie : we my) ie ry iat ca,’

ie ee | 6 ; oh Fe ne ‘om . i
ihn eo ia 1 >) a wey Ne as

> A , ’ : ve as cae ; 4
7 aire ae try.) ‘ i ae er eel rt ae a
NG yt ie Nam ‘

; 5 ~ J ° a ow ei 2 ene hen F AS bins a ay - i
ep ra A li tae ay ae eae wk
aa a ; ee 0 ae ee) MS Poel Py ae ie We 66) al
ne eae? me. 7 va ah ft i 7 lo ~ uu rn a diget ae ‘a re ie :
i t 4 7 nl ; pay : at 7 sc ) it «© J ae i; Wie ety, ; y yt un
! * 3 7 Gey ee ~~ | » Au ! 7 ‘Py ot ye ia 2) ay De ray |
Pa oe te wetness oy i" ‘i i ie Ate ern a) mA i. vr
oe. ONE A | a a ey ew )
Pe er
: i a yee : ai ed > : ‘fp A a . : Ah ee > : me aye . VK ae
_—— we | or “vy ¥ 7 : <2 e. Lt 7 a y rh matey) Wy
ry. > Le) ef eg Ok fa) ire ott A a ee

a 7 7 7 7 - 7 < Ww au 7 oy, mM

i inal 1
_ 5) ar) a ae kee ine ; iva a
oe ees Te _ ; a ea en) _ s
” ' ’ t’ Te i7as
_ | a q oa
- . ; 7 , — ’ 17 7 - 9 ,> 7 7 at. -
jet : ire : - a ' : , — weft

, in haa ° an : on . : Wir. AN 7 7 ” A ee
—_—s _ : ’ o ; 7 A ne ‘e © orale

ES

oe! "iad
ie Py

. > : 7 7 - = j aye
: om i ; aw Nl Ivy ay
¥ re wt ; 7 “i: ae i. a adits - i - ; Pe
mT a : : = rr ees _ ve a me a
a = aes ’ Gwala* i, oh nae oe ALT a Dt : re a! Bh Be
7 a! eas 7 yp % mei RA ‘st ‘om KS Ri i ay Pe mH tee is }
RT) TO ro ea “i
7 - ’ : : a4 i | - Cerne iy nh _ ‘Ae ip a ee i By
7 . | \ ae is! Wis. a ee | ae “ir : ae Su -
ne) e) (a , : i = Ses ona HA ir i . ¥
bs yl = by ; ns _ a ane ae ; a ae i iY i. { 7 ma.
m * i a) ; 7 7 > on r,t . a ian oy) ih : 7
o ie Oe ode - b's. | ae F ee Aiea
ae
ain i ae N te | rl LY a Mean,

ie “4
i
st OT? reas | sR jes : ae
Re ere Me

i ST

L oe ay :

re vate 7 Vay, a Dae cf, s a

d 7) vo iy : “" oO Aes a vi he Puce oP a { ie i of a
7 ws} ; Sa ay yt ni i Atri Ui : ey i 1. PG ue
We : 449 ' : ne he W i fe’; it aoe 5] a an ;

7 7 _ - a 4g : 7 7 : 7 x Ur 7 7). : y 7 ; ie 7) ai ‘ox ay ‘fj (i
# , : ; - tt é _ 1 Uh aaa i" t i i
pee i a a _ iit ean mes VN ASS er a

; i yee
) — : ; pte ae ee
~, tee 7 te b fil _ a D oa a
* ae , 7" I 7 a ss ry '
5 > ar oo a) ¥ , naw POLE Fee

4 ’ yy eet ’ ie
.) a i os se" : 9 » : a hia i at ae ie iy -_
; on a J 7 : a t ont ac Wie ; - : at

+0 ie

| y; : : ai a ant mS 1
’ 7 i.e ’ 7 : “haa i A ‘f) ij ie s ‘on j
’ a f a “ 7 Lie 7 2a . ot. A i ae mI i iY Ae

Bi

oe & of 7 LT) wes — van s de - ios il fe
7 re : 7 a Aa ele : , ~. Vom A a i =)

TRANSACTIONS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LON DON:

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

iO NWO IN

lt (Qi “Dds is, Weld AIR

1892.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY WEST, NEWMAN AND CO.,
54, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,
CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMAN, GREEN, READER AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.

1892.

ws ; hi ©

whe is pe
( oe
; J ¢ %"
a . a os
® | a

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Founpep, 1833.

INCORPORATED BY Royat CHARTER, 1885.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1892-93.

qrestdent.
FREDERICK DU CANE GODMAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Vice- Presidents.
THe Rr. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, LL.D., F.R.S.
HENRY JOHN EBHLWHES, J.P., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
IDR, IDVAWINDY SBUAIRIE, NENG ING Sioy IMEIUaShq dyson

@rensurer.
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Secretaries.
HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S.
THe Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.

Pibrariae.
GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

Council.
CHARLES G. BARRETT, F.E.S.
GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S.
HERBERT DRUCEH, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Toe Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.
FREDERICK DU CANE GODMAN, F.R.S.
HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S.
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.8., F.Z.S.
Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S8.
HD WA DIB eOUEMONe VicAs sHReSs, EGS:
Dr. DAVID’ SHARP; M.A., E.R-S., ELS.
CotoneEL CHARLES SWINHOH, M.A., F.L.S.
Ture Rr. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A., F.R.S.

Assistant Librarian.
Wo. 1, IEUAIDIbe

© mr)

TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1834—1892,

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows
at the following reduced prices :—

PUBLIC. FELLOWS.
First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ...... Price£4 13 0 £310 O
Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) .... 3 0) @ 55 115; (0)
Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) 11 0 O 410 0
The Transactions for the year 1868........ it @)- ©
” 39 NE ocaeanc 7A
” ” Woo caeaac I eh 2 5 O
” 9 WeVflioc oondad hy
” y TES cog o0 G6 i
” » NYO Racsesas sie ho)
” * ies soacooe 112 0
” ’ Neod.b mode.c 1 2 0 3 0 0
’ ; NS Grercterenstsers 112 0
; j MUSWi{is5 odo0ac ih 2s (0)
” ” UST Bie t cts: 1 “0820 0 1526
” y USO ocomadcc 1 2 0 016 6
0 fh USSOftre eset. 019 O 014 3
of 5 ISTE US Goto Gok 1G 0 Wy
oa os IbsteV ipa noo ot LOG 2G
; IbsteB Go Gao ane Wf) If 9(0) 8)
ys , US ooa0 000 if ts) (@) ee (0,
” IESG O00 d6o6 1h Gy) OFL9 SG
29 , USS Orereteteerers Gy 0) 019 6
5p aA USI 5 ano cooc 1 4 6 O 19570
Ap : TSSS ee dee 1150 Lg 2
; a ele ooas soc 116 6 oy
; 3 US UR ook an cic ily) TOMO
70 4 IESE ooau oF 116 0 Wg
51) IEP AG clocoaaad if (0) I ak)

Any single volume from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and
Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe’s Longicornia Malayana .......++. 212 0 if ibs)
Baly’s Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1, Aposta-

YD ea AD COBO OO NIAC O pOcId Oc 016 O OFZ 0
Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial

IEMA WEL” oo ane coaEOdOOabDO De 0 4 6 0 3 4
Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’

lethal Godan OdenudoodpAogseaourOS Om GO on0 O 42°56
Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolia’ (Prize Essay) Ope a0 OO

The Journan or Proceepines is bound up with the Transactions, but
may be obtained separately, by Fellows, gratis ; by the Public, price
Sixpence per Sheet (16 pp.).

Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are
entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment,
and they will be forwarded free, by post, to any address.

(avin ”)

CON TEN Ds.

ap
PAGE
Explanation of the Plates ys at Ns a es S50 Sani
List of Fellows .. ae is ap ie we * ye 1%
Additions to the Library Me ts oi om a So Beall
MEMOIRS.
I. New species of Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. Part II.
By Colonel Cuarnes Swinuor, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. .. 1
Il. Additional notes and observations on the life-history of
Atypus piceus. By Freperick Enock, F.E.S. 50 ga a
III. Notes on Lycena (recte Thecla) rhymnus, tengstremii, and
pretiosa. By Grorce T. Brruunn-Baxer, F.L.8. .. oo PAU

IV. The effects of artificial temperature on the colouring of several
species of Lepidoptera, with an account of some experi-
ments on the effects of light. By Frreprrtc MeErrtriexp,

Ne On Sanion in the colour of cocoons of Kriogaster lanestris
and Saturnia carpini. By WriutAm Bateson, M.A., Fellow
of St. John’s College, Cambridge. Communicated by Dr. D

Suarp, M.A., F.R.S. a3 : to
VI. On the classification of the Ghonetrina of the Bropean
fauna. By Epwarp Meyrick, BA., F.Z.S. oe A 53

VIL. Ona little-known species of Papilio from fie iE of Tifa,
Loyalty Group. By the Hon. WaurEer Roruscuinp, F.Z.8. 141
VIII. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central America,
with remarks on some of the previously-recorded species.
By the late Henry Watrer Bares, F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.
With an Introduction by Freprrtck DuCanr Gopman,

F.R.S. oh : : : 143
IX. New species of Topenceee ae ie enemies Valley

By the Rey. Atrrep E. Harton, M.A., F.E.S. a6 185
X. On some eges of ae pee Py Dr. Davip Suarp, M. a

TABS oc si : : so Ugh

XI. On a new and also on a little own species of Dieuadbeves ul
in the collection of the Hon. Walter Rothschild. By
ArrHur G. Buruer, F.L.S., and the Hon. Waurrer Rorus-
Cisiutpy, IAS 4% p f Bs ae =o PAO)

XII. On variation in the ealoae of cocoons, pup, and larve;
further experiments. By Wuiiu1am Barerson, M.A., Fellow
of St. John’s College, Cambridge. Communicated by Dr.
D. Suarp, M.A., F. R. S.. sie 205
XIII. Experiments in 1890 and 1891 on the abi ‘alation: oe een
certain Lepidopterous larvw and their surroundings, together
with some other observations on Lepidopterous larvee. By
Liu1an J. Goutp. Communicated by Epwarp Bb. Pounron,
M.A., F.R.S. 30 aC 46 ar dc a0 SLD

(vi)
PAGE
XIV. Notes on a protean Indian butterfly, Huplea (Stictoplaa)
harristi, Felder. By Lionen pve Nichvinun, F.L.S.,
C.M.Z.S. : ; : 247
XV. New light on the foraatiGn of ne Eponinal nouns in
Parnassius. By Samurn H. re F.E.S., of Cam-
bridge, Mass., United States .. : .. 249
XVI. Additions to the Longicornia of Macice and Geattr al America,
with notes on some previously-recorded pac By

Cuarues J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S. .. 46 50 AS
XVII. Contributions to a knowledge of the Here pietode! family
Lulgoride. By Wiuutsam it Disrant, F.E.S. are pa 74thg)

XVIII. The secretion of potassium hydroxide by Dicranura vinula
(imago), and the emergence of the imago from the cocoon.
By Oswaup H. Larrer, M.A., Assistant Master at Charter-

house. Communicated by Fruprric Mernivienp, F.K.S8. 287
XIX. Further experiments upon the colour-relation between
certain lepidopterous laryie, pupw, cocoons, and imagines
and their surroundings. By Epwarp b. Pouuron, M.A.,

IMTS, IN Ibis ees = Be xe ee ah Ae Bae 28B
Proceedings for 1892.. is as Ae os ac es i
President’s Address .. Ai bie Sic - Se oon) xiv
Index .. Ne ac “— xs 8 is 2 dic lxi

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate I. See pages 1—20 Plate X. See pages 201—203
so, Le » 27—al _ XIE 7 215—246
Pelle » o3—140 4 XO: és 255—274
se POL: » 141 ae, ec, af 275—286
sy Nios Alec WU _ XIV. & XY.

See pages 143—183 | See pages 203—487
» VIII. &@ IX. ,, 191—199 |

ERRATA.
TRANSACTIONS.

On p. 207, for ‘*48,”’ read ‘*38”’; on p. 211, for ‘16 moderate, 23 light,”
read ‘25 moderate, 37 light’’; for ‘‘5 moderate,’ read ‘‘7 moderate.”

PROCEEDINGS.

Page iii. — For Iridomyrmex purpureus read I. purpurens; for 2.
nudatam read IL. nudatum; for ‘* Varieté toute noire” read ‘* Varieté voute
noire.” P.ix. (sixth line trom top).—For Merwmplus bicolor read Merano-
plus bicolor ; tor Crematogaster read Cremastogaster ; for (fitth line from
bottom) Pseudonyrme read Pseudomyrma,

1x

Hist of #Fellots

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

—>—_—_—_——_

HONORARY FELLOWS.
Election.

1863 Haaren, Hermann August, Cambridge, U.S.A.

1884 Miter, Fritz, Blumenau, Santa Catarina, Brazil.
1884 OsTEN-SAcKEN, Baron C. R. von, Heidelberg.

1884 Packarp, Alpheus 8., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.
1889 Rey, Prof. Charles V., Washington, U.S.A.

1872 Saussure, Henri F. de, Geneva.

1871 Setys-Lonecuamps, Baron M. E. de, Liege.

1885 SNEULEN, Pieter C. T., Rotterdam.

(Two Vacancies).

Date of

FELLOWS.
Marked * are Original Members.
Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Date of
Tilection.

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, 68 St. Hrmin’s Mansions,
Caxton-street, Westminster, S.W.

1877 Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.

1885 Apxtn, Robert, Wellfield, Lingard-road, Lewisham, 8...

1891 Apyer, J. M., Somerford Grange, Christchurch, Hants.

1856 ArmitacE, Ed., R.A., 38 Hall-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

1886 Atmore, H. A., 3 Haylett-terrace, Hxton’s-road, King’s
Lynn, Norfolk.

* + Bapineton, Charles Cardale, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.,
Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge,

5 Brookside, Cambridge.
1892 Batty, William Edward, Lynwood House, Paul Church-

town, near Penzance, Cornwall.
b

xX

1886
1890
1886

1887
1884

1865
1890

LIST OF FELLOWS.

Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., Corfe Castle, Dorset.

Barciay, Francis H., F.G.S., Knott's Green, Leyton, Essex.

Bareaaut, Nobile Cavaliere Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo
Tempi No. 1, Florence, Italy.

Barker, H. W., 147 Gordon-road, Peckham, 8.E.

Barrett, Charles Golding, Inland Revenue Department
Somerset House, W.C.; & 89 Linden-grove, Nunhead, 8.E.

Barton, Stephen, 114 St. Michael’s Hill, Bristol.

Bazert, Mrs. Eleanor, Springfield, Reading, Berks.

1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, 153 Hither Green Lane, Lewisham, 8.E.

1891

1882

1885

1892

1886

1880

1879

1891

1889

1890
1885

BrEcuHine, Robert A. Dallas, 24 St. James-road, Tunbridge
Wells, Kent.

Bera, Prof. Dr. Carlos, Director del Museo Nacional, Buenos
Aires (Rep. Argent.), South America.

Brruune-Baker, George T., F.L.8S., 16 Clarendon-road,
Hdgbaston, Birmingham.

BrppEe.xu, Walter Cuthbert, 32 The Grove, Bolton Gardens ~

S.W.

Bippur, F. W., M.A., Lanherne, Albemarle-road, Becken-
ham, Kent.

BIGNELL, George Carter, 7 Clarence-place, Stonehouse,
Plymouth.

Bruuurs, T. R.,20 Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham,

BuaBer, W. H., F.L.S., Hon. Sec., Tunbridge Wells Natural
History and Philosophical Society, Groombridge, Sussex.

Buanvrorb, Walter F.H.,M.A.,F.Z.S.,48 Wimpole-street, W.

Buatcu, W. G., Knowle, near Birmingham.

Buatuwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Hagle House, Bath-
easton, Bath.

BLoMEFIELD, The Rev. Leonard, M.A., F.L.S., &c., 19 Bel-
mont, Bath.

Buoomrietp, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling
Rectory, Hastings.

Borre, Alfred Preudhomme de, Rue Scutin 11, Schaerbeck,
Brussels.

Borrer, Win., junr., F.G.S., Pakyns Manor House,
Hurstpierpoint, Sussex.

Boscuer, Edward, Bellevwe House, Twickenham.

Booru, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Uarn-
forth, Lancashire.

BouskEtL, Frank, 11 Lansdowne-road, Stoney Gate, Lei-
cester.

Bower, B. A., Langley, Eltham Road, Lee, Kent.

LIST OF FELLOWS. Xl

1852 + Boyp, Thos, Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, 8.E.

1867
1886
1877
1870

1890
1879

1887
1886
1892
1890
1883

1889

Boyp, William Christopher, Cheshunt, Herts.

Bripeman, John B., F.L.S., 40 St. Giles’, Norwich.

Briaes, Charles Adolphus, 55 Lincoln's Inn Fields, W.C.;
and Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey.

Briaes, Thos. Henry, M.A., Surrey House, Leatherhead,
Surrey.

Bristowk, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, S.E.

Bronenrart, Le Chevalier Charles, Assistant d’Entomo-
logie au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Paris, Memb.
Ent. Soc. France, and Memb. Geol. Soc. France, Foreign
Corr. Geol. Soe. Lond., &e., 9 Rue Linné, Paris, France.

Brown, Henry Rowland, M.A., 3 Pump-court, Temple, B.C.

Brown, John, 5 King’s Parade, Cambridge.

Browne, Captain Clement Alfred Righy, R.Ji., Shillong,
Assam, India.

Bryant, George, Somerset Lodge, Old Shirley, near South-
ampton.

Bucxton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.8., Weycombe,
Haslemere, Surrey.

Burns, Henry, The Free Public Library, Fulham, S.W.

1868 + Butter, Arthur Gardiner, F.L.8., F.Z.8., British Musewm,

1883

1886

1886
1885

1860
1880
1889
1890
1886

1890

1886

South Kensington, 8.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road,
Beckenham, Kent.

Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Se., 39 Ashby-road,
Crouch Hill, N.

CatvertT, Wm. Bartlett, Casilla 691, Santiago, Chili, South
America.

CAMERON, Peter, Olive Mount, Sale, Cheshire.

CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Rose Hill,
Hoddesdon, Herts.

CanvzEzez, Dr. E., Glain, Liége.

CanspaLr, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.E.

Cant, A., care of Fredk. Du Cane Godman, Esq., F.R.S.,
10 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

Capper, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire
and Cheshire Entomological Society), Hwyton Park, near
Liverpool.

Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford.

CarDEN, Major-General George, Douglas Towers, South
Hill Park, Bromley, Kent.

CARMICHAEL, Sir Thomas David Gibson, Bart., M.A., F.L.S.,

Chiefswood, Melrose, N.B,
b2

Xi LIST OF FELLOWS.

1892 Carpenter, The Honble. Mrs. W., Kiplin, Northallerton,
Yorkshire.

1868 Carrineton, Charles, Hurst-place, Bexley, Kent.

1890 Carrer, George Wm., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Lime Grove,
Knottingley, Yorkshire.

1889 + Cave, Charles, 13 Lowndes-square, S.W.

1871 CuHampion, George C., F.Z.S., LIBRARIAN, Horsell, Woking,
Surrey; and 10 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1891 Cuapman, Thomas Algernon, M.D., Fir Bank, Hereford.

1890 CuarrerToN, Frederick J.S., 1382 Queen Victoria-street, BeG@as
and ‘* Falcon Craig,” Gloucester Villas, Ashford, Mid-
dlesex.

1891 + Currry, Arthur J., 33 Queen’s-gate Gardens, S.W.

1889 Curisty, W. M., Watergate, Emsworth, Hants.

1886 + CLark, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields, N.E.

1867 Cuarxe, Alex. Henry, 109 Warwick-road, Earls Court, S.W.

1886 CuarKr, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
13 Kew Gardens, Kew, S.W.

1891 Cxarxe, Henry Shortridge, 2 Osborne-terrace, Douglas,
Isle of Man.

1891 Cocxrrett, T. D. A., F.Z.S., The Institute of Jamaica,
Kingston, Jamaica.

1874 Cocke, Major George, M.A., B.Mus., Oxon., 9 Bolton-
gardens, S.W.

1873 Corts, William, 7 Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1884 Cotiett, E. Pyemont, 19 St. John-street, Manchester.

1880 CopxanD, Patrick F., 2 Hope Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1892 Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.8., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., 31
Belsize Park Gardens, Hampstead, N.W.

1886 CowetL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public
Library), William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1867 Cox, Herbert Ed., c/o F.S. Eve, Esq., 125 Harley-street, W.

1888 Creeor, J. P., P.O. Box 339, Cape Town, Cape of Good
Hope.

1890 Crewe, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.

1880 + Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., Treasurer L.S., F.G.S.,
Treasurer R. M.S., 5 Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W.

1888 Croker, A. J., 26 Saxon-road, Selhurst, Surrey.

1883 Crow ey, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Waddon House, Croydon.

1873 Date, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne, Dorset.

1887 Datrry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.8., Madeley
Vicarage, Newcastle, Staffordshire.

1886 Dannatr, Walter, F.Z.S., Ivy Dene, Westcombe Park,
Blackheath, S.E,

1892
1885

1892

1886
1875
1887
1891
1885
1873
1886
1845
1889

1874
1884

1867

LIST OF FELLOWS. xii

Dennis, George Christopher, 11 Tower-street, York.

Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.8., 20 Thwrloe-square,
S.W.

DrvonsHIrE, His Grace the Duke of, LL.D., Chancellor of
the University of Cambridge, Devonshire House, 78
Piccadilly, W.

Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D., Pro-
fessor of Divinity in the University of Glasgow, Glasgow.

Distant, Win. Lucas, 1 Russell Hill-road, Purley, Surrey.

Drxey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow of Wadham
College, Wadham College, Ouford; and Thyra House,
North Finchley, N.

DonistHoRPE, Horace St. John K., 87 Courtfield Gardens,
S.W.

Donovan, Surg.-Captain Charles, M.D., Mandalay, Burma.

Dorta, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.

Dormer, The Right Honourable Lord, Grove Park, Warwick.

Dovetas, John Wm., Dartmouth Lodge, 153 Lewisham.
road, Lewisham, 8.E.

DownineG, John W., 59 Lupus-street, St. George’s-square,
S.W.

DowseEtt, Arthur, Castle Hill House, Reading.

Druck, Hamilton H. C. J., 43 Circus-road, St. John’s
Wood, N.W.

Druce, Herbert, F.L.S., F'.Z.8., 48 Circus-road, St. John’s
Wood, N.W.

1849 + Dunninc, Joseph Wm., M.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., 4 Talbot-

1865
1885

1890
1865
1886
1884
1886
1886

1878

1886

square, Paddington, W.
D’Ursan, W. 8. M., F.L.8., Moorlands, Hamouth, Devon.
Durrant, John Hartley-, The Cottage, Merton Hall,
Thetford, Norfolk.

Eastwoop, John Edmund, Hnton Lodge, Witley, Surrey.

Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., care of R. 8. Eaton,
Esq., 4 Belfield-terrace, Weymouth, Dorset.

Epwarps, James, Colesborne Park, Cheltenham, Gloucester-
shire.

Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Kidbrook-lodge, Black-
heath, S.E.

EisHa, George, 122 Shepherdess-walk, City-road, N.

Eis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18 Rodney-st., Liverpool.

Eitwes, Henry John, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vick-PRESIDENT,
Colesborne Park, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire.

Enocx, Frederick, 11 Parolles-road, Upper Holloway, N.

X1V LIST OF FELLOWS.

1891 Farrmatre, Leon, 21 Rue du Dragon, Paris, France.

1890 Farn, Albert Brydges, Mownt Nod, Greenhithe, Kent ;
and Medical Department, Local Government Board,
Whitehall, S.W.

1892 Farren, William, Fern House, Union-road, Cambridge.

1861 Fenn, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee,

1886 Fenwick, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank,
Surbiton Hill, Surrey.

1881 Frrepay, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.

1889 Frrnap, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

1878 Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77 St. Helen’s Gardens
N. Kensington, W.

1874 Firen, Edward A., F.L.S., Brick House, Maldon, Essex.

1886 Fircn, Frederick, Hadleigh House, Highbury New Park,N.

1865 Fuercuer, J. E., 2 Bedwardine-road, St. Johns, Worcester.

1883 + Frercuer, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing,
Sussex.

1892 FrLeuriaux, Edmond, 1 Rwe Malus, Paris, France.

1885 Foxxer, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.

1880 Fow ter, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Secretary, The
School House, Lincoln.

18838 Freeman, Francis Ford, Abbotsfield, Tavistock, South
Devon.

1888 Fremun, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth,
Maidstone, Kent.

1891 Frounawk, F. W., 9 Dornton-road, Balham, 8.K.

1855 Fry, Alexander, F.L.S., Thornhill Howse, Dulwich Wood
Park, Norwood, 8S.E.

1889 Fryer, Charles John, 410 Wandsworth-road, S.W.

1884 Fuuuerr, The Rey. Alfred, M.A., East Pallant, Chichester.

1887 Gauan, Charles J.,M.A., British Musewm (Natural History),
South Kensington, S.W.; and 8 Rylett Crescent,
Shepherd's Bush, W.

1887 Gatton, Francis, M.A., F-R.S., F.G.8., 42 Rutland Gate,
S.W.

1892 Garpe, Philip de la, R.N., H.M.S. ‘ Raleigh,’ Cape of Good
Hope.

1890 GarpneR, John, 6 Friars-Gate, Hartlepool.

1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, F.R.S., F.L.S, F.Z.S.,
PRESIDENT, South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham,
Sussex; 76 South Audley-street, W.; and 10 Chandos-
street, Cavendish-square, W.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XV

1890 GoxnptTuwait, Oliver, 8 Duke of Edinburgh-road, Car-
shalton, Surrey.

1886 + Goopricu, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Aubrey, Lyming-
ton, Hants.

1855 Goruam, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.8., The Chestnuts,
Shirley Warren, Southampton.

1874 Goss, Herbert, F.L.S., F.G.S., Secretary, The Avenue,
Surbiton Hill, Surrey ; and 11 Chandos-street, Cavendish-
square, W.

1886 GREEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.

1891 GreExEN, E. Ernest, Hton Estate, Punduloya, Ceylon.

1865 GREENE, The Rev. Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Clifton,
Bristol.

1888 GrirritHs, G. C., 43 Caledonian-place, Clifton, Bristol.

1890 + Haun, A. E., Norbury, Pitsmoor, Sheffield.

1885 Hatt, Thomas William, ‘ Stanhope,” The Crescent,
Croydon.

1891 Hampson, G. F., B.A., Thurnham Court, Maidstone,
Kent.

1891 Hansury, Frederick J., F.L.S., 69 Clapton Common,
Clapton, N.E.

1891 Hanson, Rh. E. Vernon, B.A., Monson Colonnade, Tun-
bridge Wells, Kent.

1877 Harpine, George, The Grove, Vishponds, Bristol.

1889 Harrison, John, 7 Gawber-road, Barnsley, Yorkshire.

1892. Heapty, Charles Burnard, Stoneygate-road, Leicester.

1892 Heratu, Edward Alfred, M.D., F.L.S., 114 Hbury-street,
Pimlico, S.W.

1889 Henn, Arnold Umfreville, Box 1282, Post Office, Sydney,
N.S. W.

1881 Henry, George, 38 Wellington-square, Hastings.

1888 Hiees, Martin Stanger, Midland Coal, Coke and Iron
Company, Chesterton, Newcastle, Staffordshire; and
Clarence House, Russell-street, Gloucester.

1891 Hut, Henry A., 132, Haverstock Hill, Hampstead, N.W.

1876 + Hituman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.

1890 Hopextinson, J. B., Ellerslie, Ashton-on-Ribble, Preston,
Lancashire.

1888 Hopson, The Rey. J. H., B.A., Wordfield, Clive-road,
Penarth, Cardiff.

1887 Honuanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue,
Pittsburg, Penn., United States.

1887 Honraru, Ed. G., 3 Unter den Linden, Berlin.

xvV1 LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Horner, A. C., Tonbridge, Kent.

1876 + Horniman, Fredk. John, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &c.,
Surrey Mount, Forest Hill, S.K.

1892 Hoye, Samuel, Audley House, Sale, Cheshire.

1865 + Hupp, A. E., ‘‘ Clinton,’ Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888 Hupson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New
Zealand.

1880 + IncHBALD, Peter, F.L.S., F.Z.5., Grosvenor Terrace, Horn-
sea, Holderness.
1891 IsapeLL, The Rev. John, 65 Waddon Old-road, Croydon.

1886 Jacopy, Martin, 7 Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.

1892 Jarrrey, Francis, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 8 Queen’s Ride,
Barnes, §.W.

1869 Janson, Oliver E., Perth-road, Stroud Green, N.; and
44 Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1886 JeNnNER, James Herbert Augustus, 4 Hast-street, Lewes.

1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrissant, Pontypridd, Glamorganshire.

1889 JoHNnson, The Rey. W. F., M.A., Winder-terrace, Armagh,
Ireland. :

1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.

1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.LA., Sloperton
Lodge, Kingstown, Ireland.

1884 Kappe., A. W.,F.L.8.,5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.

1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.L.8., 26 Charles-street, St. James, S.W.

1890 Kenrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham.

1886 Kew, H. Wallis, 5 Giesbach-road, Upper Holloway, N.

1890 Kimper, Miss M., Cope Hall, Enborne, Newbury, Berks.

1890 Kune, J. J. F. X., 207 Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.

1861 Kirsy, William F., F.L.8., 5 Burlington Gardens, Chis-
wick, W.

1889 KuapAuex, Professor Franz, Zoological Department, Royal
Museum, Prague, Bohemia.

1887 | Kurin, Sydney T., F.L.S., F.R.A.S. (Hon. Treasurer,
Middlesex Natural History and Science Society), The Red
House, Stanmore, Middlesex.

1876 Kraarz, Dr. G., 28 Link-strasse, Berlin.

1868 Lane, Colonel A. M., R.E., 27 Cambridge-terrace, Hyde
Park, W.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XVll

1887 + Lexcu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., &c.,
29 Hyde Park Gate, 8.W.

1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

1892 Lesuiz, J. H., 44 Cheriton-square, Upper Tooting, S.W.

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.8., 101 Sandgate-road, Folkestone.

1892 Licurroot, kh. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.

1886 Livert, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.

1865 + LuEWeEtyn, Sir J. Talbot Dillwyn, Bart., M.A., F.L.S.,
Penllergare, Swansea.

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussex.

1885 Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road,
Nightingale-lane, Clapham Common.

1850 Lowr, W. H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road,
Wimbledon Park, S.W.

1850 + Lussock, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L.,
F.R.S., F.L.8., F.G.S., &e., High Elms, Farnborough,
Kent.

1880 Lupron, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-rd., Headingley,
Leeds.

1887 M‘Doucatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road,
Blackheath, S.E.

1851 + M‘Intosu, J.

1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N. W.P., India.

1892 Macxonocuir, The Rev. J. A., B.A. (Chaplain to the Earl
of Home), Douglas Castle, Lanarkshire ; and The Hirsel,
Coldstream.

1858 McLacuuan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., TREASURER,
Westview, 23 Clarendon-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1887 ManpeErs, Surgeon-Captain Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S.,
Agincourt House, Yorktown, Surrey.

1891 Mancer, William T., 100 Manor-road, Brockley, S.E.

1892 Manspringe, William, 21 Rosenau-crescent, Battersea, S.W.

1865 Marsuatt, The Rey. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Botusfleming
Rectory, Hatt, Cornwall.

1856 + Marswaux, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.

1874 + Mason, Philip Brooke, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., Trent House,
Burton-on-Trent.

1865 Martuew, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.,
Lee House, Dovercourt, Essex.

1887 Marruews, Coryndon, Erme Wood, Ivybridge, South Devon.

1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Parson’s
Green-lane, Fulham, 8.W.

1872 + MeLDoua, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.C.S.,
6 Brunswick-square, W.C.

XVill
1885

1887
1888

1880

1883
1879

1855

1886

LIST OF FELLOWS.

MELVILL, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., &e., Kersal Cottage,
Prestwich, Lancashire.

MERRIFIELD, Frederic, 24 Vernon-terrace, Brighton.

Meryer-Darcis, care of Sogin & Meyer, Wohlen, Switzer-
land.

Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., Ramsbury, Hungerford,
Berkshire.

Mites, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.

Monterro, Senhor Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 72 Rua
do Alecrion, Lisbon.

Moore, Frederic, F.Z.S., A.L.S., Claremont House,
Avenue-road, Croydon-road, Penge, 5.E.

Morean, A. C. F., F.L.8., Villa Nova de Gaya, Oporto,
Portugal.

1889 | Morice, The Rey. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College,

1889

Oxford, 27 Hillmorton-road, Rugby.
Mostry, 8. L., Beawmont Park, Huddersfield.

1869 +} Mituuer, Albert, F.R.G.S.
1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Colonel H., 43 Cromwell Houses, Cromwell-

1886

1886
1889

1887

1878

1890
1882

1886
1886
1878

1869
1877
1888

1873
1886

road, S.W.
Murcnu, J. P., 359 Hornsey-road, N.

NeAvE, B. W., 95 Queen’s-road, Brownswood Park, N.

Neviyson, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.8., 38 Tedworth-square,
Chelsea, S.W.

Newman, The Rev. W. J. H., M.A., The Vicarage, Steeple
Barton, Oxon.

Newman, Thomas P., F.Z.8., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C.; and
Hazelhurst, Haslemere, Surrey.

NewsteEaD, R., The Museum, Chester.

Nickvi~LE, Lionel de, F.L.8., C.M.Z.8., Indian Museum;
and 13 Kyd-street, Calcutta.

Nicuouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes, Sussex.

Norris, Herbert E., 15 Market Place, Cirencester.

NotripGe, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

OBERTHUR, Charles (fils), Rennes, France.

OBERTHUR, Rene, Rennes, France.

OLDFIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.S., 21 Longridge-
road, Harls Court, 8.W.

OxiviER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.

OuuirF, Arthur Sidney, Government Entomologist, Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Macquarie-street, Sydney, N. S.
Wales.

LIST OF FELLOWS. X1X

1878 Oxmerop, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.S., Zorrington
House, Holywell Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1880 OrmeERop, Miss Georgiana, Torrington House, Holywell
Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1854 Pascoz, Francis P., F.L.8., 1 Burlington-road, West-
bourne Park, W.

1888 PENNINGTON, F., jun., Broome Hall, Holmwood, Surrey.

1883 PrrRincurEy, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town,
South Africa.

1879 Prrxins, Vincent Robt., Wotton-wnder-Edge, Gloucester-
shire.

1887 Puriuips, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter's
Hill, Kent.

1891 Prerce, Frank Nelson, 148 Smithdown Lane, Liverpool.

1885 Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Heerengracht 476,
Amsterdam.

1870 | Porrirr, Geo. T., F.L.8., Greenfield House, Huddersfield.

1884 + PouLtton, Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.,
Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.

1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thur-
caston Rectory, Leicester.

1878 Prick, David, 48 West-street, Horsham, Sussex.

1886 Raconor, E. L. (Ex-President Ento. Soc. France), 12 Quai
de la Rapee, Paris.

1882 | Ramspen, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.8., 26 Upper Bedford-
place, Russell-square, W.C.

1874 RereEp, Edwyn C., Banos de Cauquenes, Valparaiso, Chili.

1891 Rep, William, Pitcaple, Aberdeenshire.

1890 RenpiEsHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall,
Woodbridge, Suffolk.

1891 RicHarpson, Nelson M., B.A., Montevideo, near Weymouth,
Dorset.

1853 Ripon, The Most Honourable the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L.,
F.R.S., F.L.S., &e., 9 Chelsea Embankment, S.W.

1889 Rosrinson, Arthur, B.A., 1 Mitre Court Buildings, Temple,
E.C.

1892 Rosinson, Sydney C., Goldsmith’s Hall, E.C.

1869 + Ropinson-Dovuauas, William JDouglas, M.A., F.L.S.,
F.R.G.S., Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B.

1890 Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool,

XX LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Ross, Arthur J., 5 Royal Hxchange Avenue, E.C.

1868 Roruney, George Alexander James, 15 Versailles-road,
Norwood, 8.E.

1888 RoruscuiLtp, The Honble. Walter de, F.Z.S., 148 Piccadilly,
W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.

1890 Rouriepesr, G. B., 50 Russell-square, W.C.

1892, Russruu, 8. G. C., 19 Lombard-street, B.C.

1865 Rytanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.S., F.G.S8., Highfields,
Thelwall, Warrington.

1885 Saset, Ernest, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Lynton House, South
Side, Clapham Common, S.W.

1891 Sr. Joun, The Rev. John Seymour, B.A., 42 Castlewood-
road, Stamford Hull, N.

1875 Sau, Auguste, 13 Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

1866 + Satvin, Osbert, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., 10 Chandos-
street, Cavendish-sq., W.; and Hawksfold, Fernhurst,
Haslemere.

1886 Satwey, Reginald E., 3 Berkeley-place, The Ridgway,
Wimbledon, S.W.

1865 + SaunpERS, Edward, I'.L.S., St. Ann's, Mount Hermon,
Woking, Surrey.

1861 + SaunpERs, G.S., 20 Dents-rd., Wandsworth Common, S.W.

1886 Saunpers, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa,
Canada (President of the Entomological Society of On-
tarlo).

1881 ScouuicK, A. J., Allandene, Dorset-road, Merton Park,
Wimbledon, S.W.

1886 ScupprER, Samuel H., Cambridge, Mass., United States.

1875 + Seaty, Alfred Forbes, 10 Montague-road, West Croydon.

1864 Semper, George, care of Bernhard Beer, Hsq., 10 Newgate-
street, E.C.

1862 SwHarp, David, M.A., M.B., C.M., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,
Vicu-Presipent, Hawthorndene, Hills-road, Cambridge ;
and University Musewm of Zoology and Comparative
Anatomy, Cambridge.

1883 SHaw, A. Eland, M.R.C.8S., Wandsworth Dispensary,
Wandsworth, S.W.

1883 + SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.S., 138 Rutland
Gate, W.

1887 Sicu, Alfred, Burlington Lane, Chiswick, W.

1887 Sipewick, A., M.A. (Fellow of Corpus Christi College,
Oxford), 64 Woodstock-road, Oxford.

1877 Suater, John Wm., 86 Wray-crescent, Tollington Park, N.

LIST OF FELLOWS. Xxl

1883 Swmiru, Frederick W., Hollywood, Lewisham Hill, S.E.

1869 Smiru, Henley Grose, F.Z.S., 5 Bryanston-square, Hyde
Park, W.

1885 Sourn, Richard, 12 Abbey-gardens, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

* +Sprence, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.

1889 SranpEN, Richard §., 67 Harl’s Court-square, South Ken-
stngton, W.

1890 Srearns, A. E., New Mills Cottage, Henley-on-Thames.

1892 Srrvart, Douglas Stuart, North Leigh, Prestwich, Lanca-
shire.

1862 Srrvens, John 8., 7 Ravenna-road, Putney, S.W.

1837 Srevens, Samuel, F.L.8., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper
Norwood, 8.E.

1891 Srimz, Major John Nathaniel, 4 Westcliff-terrace, Seaton,
Devon; and Junior United Service Club, Charles-street,
St. James’, 8. W.

1889 Srraton, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Wilts.

1886 Surrace, J. Lyddon, B.A., 82 Mornington-road, Regent's
Park, N.W.

1882 Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.

1884 SwinuHoxz, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Avenue
House, Cowley-road, Oxford.

1876 Swinton, A. H., Tudor Villas, Gery-street, Bedford.

1892 Taytor, The Rev. George W., St. Barnabas, Victoria,
British Columbia.

1886 TuHrosaLp, F. V., B.A., Chestnut Grove, Kingston-on-
Thames.

1889 THOoRNEWILL, The Rev. C. F., M.A., The Vicarage, Bake-
well, Derbyshire.

1892 THorNLEy, The Rey. A., M.A., South Leverton Vicarage,
Lincoln.

1859 + Trimen, Roiand, F.R.S., F.L.S. (Curator of South African
Museum), Cape Town, Cape Colony.

1891 TuFFNELL, Carleton, Greenlands, Border-crescent, Syden-
ham, 8.E.

1886 Tutt, J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath,
S.E.

1866 VrERRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.
1889 Vivian, H. W., Glenafon, Taibach, South Wales; and
Trinity College, Cambridge.

1876 WAKEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.

Xxil LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Watxer, Alfred O., F.L.S., Nant Glyn, Colwyn Bay,
Denbighshire.

1870 Wat.xer, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.S., Dun
Mallard, Cricklewood, N.W.

1878 Waker, James J., R.N., F.L.S., 23 Ranelagh-road, Marine
Town, Sheerness.

1863 + Watuacer, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.,
Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset.

1889 Watery, The Rev. John, Manor House, Moddeshall, near
Stone, Staffordshire.

1866 + WausincHAm, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vicz-PREsIDENT, High Steward of the
University of Cambridge, Haton House, 664 Haton-square,
S.W.; and Merton Hall, Thetford, Norfolk.

1886 WarRREN, Win,, M.A., British Musewm, Cromwell-rd., S.W.

1869 WarerHousre, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue Gardens,
Acton, W.; and British Museum, Cromwell-road, S.W.

1891 + Watson, Capt. E. Y., F.Z.S., Indian Staff Corps, care of
Messrs. King & Co., 45 Pall Mall, S.W.

1845 Weir, John Jenner, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Chirbury, Beckenham,
Kent.

1876 + WestERN, E. Young, 36 Lancaster Gate, Hyde Park, W.

1882 Werymer, Gustav, Sadowa-strasse 21a, Hlberfeld, Rhenish
Prussia.

1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School,
Norwich.

1868 + WurtE, F. Buchanan, M.D., F.L.S., Annat Lodge,
Perth, N.B.

1865 Wuuire, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage,

Gloucestershire.

1884 Warre, William, The Ruskin Museum, Meersbrook Park,
Sheffield.

1882. Wiuu1AMs, W. J., Zoological Society, Hanover-square, W.

1881 Woop, The Rev. Theodore, Merton Cottage, Baldock, Herts.

1891 Wrovucuron, R. C., Conservator of Forests, S. C. Belgaum,
Bombay Presidency, India.

1888 Yrrsury, Major J. W., R.A., Colombo, Ceylon.

1892 Yonpaue, William Henry, F.R.M.S., 52 Main-street, Cocker-
mouth, Cumberland.

1886 Youne, Morris, free Musewm, Paisley, N.B,

(© ixxiiis +)

LD DELON. O° VR h. Hib RAR Y

DurInNG THE YEAR 1892.
ee

ApRILLE (L’). Journal d’Entomologie. Tome XXVII.—XXVIII.

Purchased.
Agricultural Gazette of N. S. Wales for 1892. Board of Agriculture.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vols. VII.—X. (1891, 1892).

Purchased.
Athenzum for 1892. The Publishers.

Bares (W. H.). List of Carabide. (From ‘Viaggio di Lronarpo Fra
in Birmania.’) 8vo. Genova, 1892. Dr. R. Gestro.

Coleoptera. (From the Supplementary Appendix to ‘Travels
amongst the Great Andes of the Equator,’ by E. WaymPer.)
The Author.

Bertkau (Dr. P.) & Hizeenporr (Dr. F.). Bericht tiber die wissen-

schaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomologie
wahrend des jahres 1890 (Crustacea, 1888). Berlin, 1891.

Purchased.
Brackpurn (Rev. T.) & Cameron (P.). On the Hymenoptera of the
Hawaiian Islands. 1886. The Authors.

Borre (A. Preudhomme de). Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique
de la province d’Anvers—Coléoptéres—4éme centurie.
The Author.

Brominow (F.). Butterflies of the Riviera. 8vo. Nice, 1892.
The Author.

Bucxron (G. B.). Monograph of the British Cicade or Tettigide.
Part 8. The Author.

Cameron (P.). Hymenoptera Orientalis. Parts 1—4. 1889—1892.
The Author.

The Galls of Mid-Cheshire. 1891. The Author.
A decade of New Hymenoptera. 1889. The Author.
Descriptions of 23 new species of Hymenoptera. 1888.
The Author.
On the British species of Allotrine, with descriptions of other
new species of Parasitic Cynipide. 1889. The Author.

Hymenopterological Notices. 1891. The Author.
Descriptions of one new genus and some new species of
Parasitic Hymenoptera. The Author.

Canadian Entomologist for 1892, By Exchange.

( Gxexiv ©)

Casry (T. L.). Coleopterological Notices. Part 3. The Author.

Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1874—1883) compiled by the Royal
Society of London. Vol. IX. The Society.

CockERELL (T. D. A.). The Sugar-cane Borer. The Author.

Distant (W. L.). Descriptions of two new species of Cicadide from

Central America. The Author.
On some undescribed Cicadide. The Author.
Monograph of Oriental Cicadidw. Parts V.—VII. 4to.
London, 1892. The Trustees of the Indian Museum.
Entomological News. Philadelphia, 1892. The Editor.
Entomologist (The). London, 1892. T. P. Newman.
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine for 1892. The Editors.

Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation for 1892.
The Editor.

Essex Naturalist (The). Vol. V., Nos. 7—11. By Exchange.

Frercuer (J.). The Cattle Horn-fly. 1892. The Author.

Fowrer (Rey. Canon). The Coleoptera of the British Islands. 5 Vols.
8vo. 1887—1891. The Author.

GANGLBAVER (Ludwig). Die Kafer von Mitteleuropa. . Bd. I.— Fami-
lienreihe Caraboidea. Wien, 1892. Purchased.
Gasprrini (Prof. R.). Prilog R. Dalmatinskoj Fauni. 1892.
The Author.
Gopman (F. D.) and Sarvry (O.). Biologia Centrali-Americana—Zoology :
Avachnida et Insecta. 27 Vols. 4to. 1879—1892.
The Authors.

Howarp (L. 0.). Biology of the Hymenopterous insects of the family
Chaleidide. S8vo. Washington, 1892.
The Smithsonian Institution.
Insects of the subfamily Encyrtine, with branched antenne.
The Smithsonian Institution.
Hupson (G. V.). Manual of New Zealand Entomology. 8vo. London,
1892. The Author.

Insect Life. Vol. IV., Parts 5 and 6. Professor Riley.

Jacony (M.). Coleoptera. (From Supplementary Appendix to ‘ Travels
amongst the Great Andes of the Equator,’ by E. Waymprr.)
The Author.

Kerremans (C.). Coleoptéres du Bengale occidentale—Catalogue Synon.
des Buprestides decrits de 1758 4 1890. The Author.

Lennon (W.) and Doveras (W. D.R.). Some additions to Scottish
Coleoptera, with notes on species new or rare in the
“ Solway ’’ district. The Authors.

Grxxv 4)

Lryrner (Dr. J. A.). Seventh Report on injurious and other insects of
the State of New York. 8vo. Albany, 1891.
Miss E. Ormerod.
Lowne (B. T.). Anatomy of the Blow-fly. Part II. = Purchased.

Maskett (W. M.). Further Coccid Notes, with descriptions of new
species from New Zealand, Australia, and Fiji. 1890.
The Author.
Further Coccid Notes, with descriptions of new species. 1891.
The Author.

Naturalist for 1892. By Exchange.
Nature for 1892. The Publishers.
Nrvinson (B. G.). Revised Synonymic List of species in the genus
Phaneus, Macleay. 1892. The Author.
Nicvinie (L. de). On new and little-known Butterflies from the Indo-
Malayan Region. FI. Moore.
Butterflies of India, Burmah, and Ceylon. Vols. II. & III. 8vo.
Calcutta, 1886 --1890. Purchased.

Ouivrer (E.). Descriptions de deux nouvelles espéces du genre Luciola.
1890. The Author.

Ouuirr (Sidney). Coleoptera. (From the Supplementary Appendix to
‘Travels amongst the Great Andes of the Equator,’ by
EK. WuymMpeEr.) The Author.
Ormerop (Eleanor A.). Report of observations on Injurious Insects and
common Farm Pests for the year 1891 (15th Report).
The Authoress.
Text-book of Agricultural Entomology. 2nd ed. 8vo. London,
1892. The Authoress.
OstTEN SackeEN (Baron C. R.). Second notice on the Apiocerina.
The Author.
Synopsis of the described genera and species of the Blepharo-
cerid@. The Author.
Synonymy of Autocha, O. S., and Orimargula, Mik.
The Author.
Additions and corrections to the Catalogue of the described
species of South American dsilide, by 8. W. Winuiston,
in the Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. Vol. XVIII. 1891.
The Author.

Pacxarp (A. S.). The Labrador Coast: A Journal of Two Summer

Cruises to that Region. 1891. The Author.
On the larva of Lagoa, a Bombycine Caterpillar with seven
pairs of abdominal legs. The Author.
Périnevey (L.). Third and fourth contributions to the South African
Coleopterous Fauna. 1890. The Author.
Phylloxera:—Rapport de la Station Viticole du Champ de l’Air a
Lausanne, 181. The Director, Royal Gardens, Kew.

Assurance mutuelle contre le Phylloxera.
The Director, Royal Gardens, Kew,

c

( xxvi )

Phylloxera :—Rapports—Neuchatel, 1892; Geneve, 1892.
The Director, Royal Gardens, Kew.

Bericht des k. z. Rebbau-Kommissars-Kiisnacht, 1892.
The Director, Royal Gardens, Kew.

Picoter (A.) et Saussure (H. de). De quelques Orthoptéres nouveaux.

8vo. Schaffhausen, 1891. The Author.
Iconographie de quelques Sauterelles vertes. 4to. Genéve.
1892. The Author.

Ricuarpson (Nelson M.). Description of a species of Epischina new to
Science from Portland. The Author.
Description of two species of Lepidoptera from Dorset.
The Author.
On some of the chief peculiarities in the Lepidopterous Fauna
of Portland. The Author.
Occurrence at Portland of Tinea subtilella, Fuchs.
The Author.
On a case of apparent substitution of a Wing for a Leg in a
Moth. The Author.
Ritry (C. V.). Directions for collecting and preserving insects.
The Author.

Saussure (H. de). Supplémentaire 4 la synopsis de la tribu des
Sagiens; orthoptéres de la famille des Locustides. 1892.
The Author.

Scupper (S. H.). The Tertiary Rhynchophora of N. America.
The Author.
Suirx (J. B.). Contributions toward a monograph of the Noctuide of
Temperate North America. Revision of the species of
Mamestra. The Smithsonian Institution.
Contributions toward a monograph of the Noctuide of Boreal
America. Revision of the genus Cucullia, &c. 8vo.
Washington, 1891. The Smithsonian Institution.
Societies, Scientific (Transactions, &e., of) :—

ApELAIDE. ‘Transactions and Proceedings of the Roya! Society of

South Australia. Vols. XIII.—XY. By Exchange.
Berri. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift. By Exchange.
Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. By Exchange.
Bompay. Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society. Vol. VL.,
Pts. 3, 4. By Exchange.
Boston. Journal of the Boston Natural History Society. Vol. VL,
No. 3. By Exchange.
Brooxtyn. Entomologica Americana. B. Entom. Society.
Briinn. Verhandlungen des naturforschenden Vereins in Briinn.
Bd. XXIX. 1890. By Exchange.
Brussets. Annales de la Société Entomologique de Belgique.
Vols. 35, 36. By Exchange.

Buenos Ayres. Revista Argentina de Historia Natural.
The Editor.
Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires. The Museum.

CaEN. Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. 1891.
By Eachange.

(Sxxvit, )

Societies, Scientific (Transactions, &e., of) :—
Campripcr. Annual Report of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Harvard College for 18/0—91. The Curator.
Drespen. Correspondenz-Blatt des Entomologischen Vereins
“Tris” zu Dresden. Jahr. 1—5. Bd. I. By Exchange.
Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift herausgegeben yon der
Gesellschaft ‘‘ Iris’? in Dresden. Bd. II.—IV.
By Exchange.
Dusuty. Royal Dublin Society :—

Transactions, Vol. IV., Ser. 2, Pts. 9—13. By Exchange.
Proceedings, Vol. VII., N. Ser., Pts. 3, 4. By Exchange.
Fiorence. Bulletino della Societa Entomologica Italiana. 1891.
IGF Us IOMss 1% By Exchange.
Frankrort-am-Marn. Bericht u. d. Senckenbergische naturforschende
Gesellschaft. 1892. By Exchange.
Katalog der Batrachier-sammlung in Museum der Sen. nat.
Gesellschaft. 1892. By Exchange.
Geneva. Memoires de la Société de Physique de Genéve. Vol.
Supplémentaire. 1891. The Society.
Genoa. Ann. del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale. Ser. 2.
Vols. X., XI. By Exchange.
Guascow. Proceedings and Transactions of the Natural History
Society of Glaszow. Vol. III. By Exchange.
Hacue (The). Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1890—91.
iNiils Hog IIb, JOU, WAYe By Exchange.
Hanrax. Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Insti-
tute of Science. 2 Ser., Vol. I., Pt. I. The Institute.
Herrvorp. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History
Society. Vols. VI., VII. The Society.
Hupprersriztp. Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.
Parts 10—16. The Society.
Krnasron (Jamaica). Journal of the Institute of Jamaica. Vol. L.,
Nos. 2—4. The Institute.
Lonpon.
Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club. Series II., Vol. IV.,
No. 30; Vol. V., No. 31. The Club.

Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England. 3rd Ser.,
Vol. II., Part 1V., No. 8; Vol. III., Part I.
The Society.
Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society. 1891, Part 6;
1892, Parts 1—d. The Society.
Proceedings of the Royal Society. Nos. 308—316.
The Society.
Transactions of the City of London Entomological and Natural

History Society. 1891. The Society.
Transactions of the Middlesex Natural History and Science
Society. 1892. The Society.

Linnean Society : —
Journal. Vol. XXIV., Nos. 151, 153. By Exchange.

Zoological Society :—
Index to Proceedings. 1881—1890.
Proceedings. 1891, Part 4; 1892, Parts 1, | By Exchange.
Transactions. Vol. XIII., Part 4.

( xxvii )

Societies, Scientific (Transactions, &c., of) :—
Lyons. Annales de la Société Linnéenne de Lyon. Tomes 35—37.

(1888—90.) By Exchange.
Monrrean. Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of
Canada. Vol. IX. 1892. The Society.

Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de
Moscou. 1891, Nos. 2 & 3, 4; 1892, Nos. 1 & 2.
By Exchange.
Parts. Annales de la Société Entomologique de France. Vol. LX.
The Society.
Puiapetrnata. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society.
Part 2. 1891. By Exchange.
Transactions of the American Entomological Society. 1892.
By Exchange.
San Francrsco. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences.

-

IL. Ser., Vol. I1I., Part 1. The Academy.
ScHarrHavseN. Bulletin de la Societe Entomologique Suisse.

1892. By Exchange.
Srertm. Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung. 52 Jahr. 7—12;

53 Jahr. 1—6. By Exchange.

St. Pererssurc. Hore Soc. Entom. Rossice. Tome XXVI.

By Exchange.
StockHotm. Entomologisk Tidskrift. Vols. VII.—XIII.

By Exchange.
Sypney. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N. 8. Wales.

Vol. VI., Parts 1—4. By Exchange.
Records of the Australian Museum. Vol. I., No. 10; Vol. IL.,
No. 1. The Museum.
Tovunousr. Bulletin de la Société d’histoire naturelle de Toulouse.
Tome XXV. By Exchange.

Vienna. Wiener Entomologische Zeitung. 1892. Purchased.
Verhandlungen der K. K. zool.-bot. in Wien. XLI. Bd.,

3 and 4; XLII. Bd., 1 and 2. By Exchange.
II. Jahresbericht des Wiener Entom. Vereins. 1891.
Purchased.

WasuHineton. U.S. National Museum, Bulletins 41, 42.
The Museum.
WERNIGERODE (Saxony). Schriften des Naturwissenschaftlichen
Vereins des Harzes. Band VI. 1891. The Society.
WIEsBADEN. Jahrbiicher des Nassauischen Vereins tiir Naturkunde
Jahrgang, 29—44. By Exchange.

SwryHor (Colonel C.). Catalogue of Kastern and Australian Lepidoptera-
Heterocera in the collection of the Oxford University
Museum. Part I.—Sphinges and Bombyces. 1892.
The Author.
Syme (David). The Modification of Organisms. 8yo. Lond. 1890.
The Author.

Turopatp (F. V.). Account of British Flies (Diptera). Vol. L,
Parts 1—6. The Author.
Tomson (C. G.). Opuscula Entomologica, Fase. 16. Purchased.

Ca xxix 3)

TownsEnp (C. H. T.). Notes on N. American Tachinide. A Tachinid
bred from a Chrysalis. The Author.

Tryon (H.). Rhopalocera collected in British New Guinea, 1889—90.
The Author.
Coleoptera collected in British New Guinea. The Author.

Turr (J. W.). Melanism and Melanochroism in British Lepidoptera.
Lond. 1891. The Author.

Wautace (A. R.). Island Life. 8vo. Lond. 1899. The Author.
Warptx (T.). The Entomology and uses of Silk. The Author.

YarKanp Mrssion (The Second). Scientific Results of. 6 Parts.
1878—1890. India Office.

Zoological Record for 1890 and 1891, Purchased.
Zoologist for 1892. T. P. Newman.

al
‘ "4 ’
|
t
4
ri
‘
i
5
5
f
‘
ir
1
= i
: " » ra
—: .
‘
rc .
i ‘
F
- .
2 i
\-
' 5 - - ‘
: ‘
. =
. ‘
— - i
‘ st _
, :
)
- - ’
' J ¥
7 *
= > {
La
“ 1
7 i
. : . q k
sf :
. = Uy .
~ - '
» P “
j ' 4
‘ '
ce
- 2 y ‘
. e
- 7 is . : 1 ;
i \ ‘
G
‘
’ = o =
* bl 7
i
* al
i
7 ,
‘ 7 ‘
i - i j
1
7 -
= oo :_ .
{ n - ‘ -

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

LONDON
For THE YEAR 1892.

ee Se

I. New species of Heterocera from the Khasia Hills.
Part II. By Colonel Cuartes Swinuoz, F.L.S.,

Beas, 0G:
[Read July Ist, 1891.|

Puate I,

EvuprtHecra, Curt., Lep.
39. Hupithecia filicata, n.sp.

gd. Palpi, head, and body yellowish flesh-colour; abdomen
with a greenish grey tuft of hairs at the base. Wings of a dark
greenish grey. Fore wings yellowish flesh-colour at the base, a
double broad blackish band in the centre, the outer margin
dentated, the central tooth large and prominent; three dark
greenish patches in a transverse row in the disk, on costa, centre,
and hinder margin, traversed by a whitish sinuous indistinct line ;
marginal border of same colour as the patches ; a blackish mark
on costa at the base, with indications of a basal band; some
whitish marks on costa towards apex. Hind wings with the basal
half pale, and tinged with ochreous flesh-colour; a thick mass of
hairs on the submedian and internal veins, partly yellowish, and

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT I. (MARCH.) B

*

2 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

terminating in greyish black tufts; cilia of both wings with a faint
whitish base and whitish ends. Under side pale greyish ; fore
wings with a blackish spot at end of cell, and crossed by central,
discal, submarginal, and marginal blackish bands; the central
band angled outwardly and continued in a similar form across the
hind wings; fore wings with a large oblong space near the hinder
margin, edged with black on the upper portion ; body flesh-colour,
legs whitish, fore tarsi with broad brown bands. LExpanse of
wings, 1 in.

Three specimens.

Allied to nothing I know of. A pretty insect with a
peculiar greenish gloss.

40. Hupithecia rigida, n. sp. (Pl. I., fig. 6).

g. Antenne, palpi, head, body, and fore wings of a uniform
dark brown pink colour; abdomen with a whitish dorsal line.
Fore wings with ante-medial and discal very fine white sinuous
transverse lines with white points, the first rather near the base,
the second terminating on the costa in a small white patch; asub-
marginal indistinct sinuous line of white points, with a white spot
near the hinder angle. Hind wings paler, with a discal whitish
band, most distinct hindwards, and with some white marks at the
anal angle; marginal line of both wings brown, with white points,
and an interlined pale pinkish cilia. Under side pale greyish
brown; costa pinkish up to the white spot, ending the outer band ;
the white spot near hinder angle distinct, and the other bands
faintly visible. Expanse of wings, ¥ in.

Two specimens.

Allied to nothing I know of.

Antuyria, Warren MS., gen. nov.
Type. A. grataria, Walker (Hyria), xxii., p. 663.

3 @. Antenne heavily bipectinated in the
male, simple in the female; palpi slight and
upturned. Fore wing with the outer margin
slightly angled at second median veinlet, the
five subcostals stalked together, the fifth being
emitted nearest the angle of cell, the first,
second, and third at intervals before the apex ;
upper disco-cellular from the upper radial, lower

ANTHYRIA. from the middle of disco-cellular ; second and
third median from end of cell, first from before the end. Hind wing

TTeterocera from the Khasia Hills, 3

slightly angled at the second median veinlet, costal vein anasto-
mosing with subcostal to near end of cell, the two subcostals
stalked, radial from middle of disco-cellular, second and third
medians stalked, the first from before the angle.

41. Anthyria iole,n.sp. (Pl. L., fig. 7).

o. Ochreous; so densely irrorated with dark reddish brown
atoms as to make the body and fore wings look of a dark reddish
brown colour; abdomen with yellow segmental thin bands. Wings
crossed by yellow lines, which are formed by the absence of irrora-
tions ; hind wings with the irrorations thick at the base and outer
marginal portions. Fore wings with a straight inner line, inclining
rather inwards from the hinder margin, a largish indistinct blackish
spot at the end of the cell; a discal line, which runs from the
costal third to the outer margin below the middle, then inwards to
an angle, and then to the hinder margin near the hinder angle ;
submarginal and marginal lines in both wings close together, the
former running inwards between the veins, forming large reddish
brown marginal spots, the latter running in a little on the veins.
Hind wings with a subbasal outwardly angled line anda discal line
from abdominal margin at its outer third to outer margin below
the middle, then up to costa near apex; nearly the whole space
between these lines semidiaphanous, with a faintly marked spotted
central band running through it; cilia of both wings pale yellow,
with reddish brown patches. Under side with the portions of the
wings that are irrorated above of a dull deep pink, an outer mar-
ginal band pale yellow, and the other more or less showing of that
colour ; body and legs pale yellowish, legs pink above. Expanse
of wings, 1; in.

One example.

Allied to A. grataria, Guen., but very differently
marked.

GONANTICLEA, gen. noy.

Type. G. aversa, mihi.

3. Antenne simple; palpi long, slender, and
porrect. Fore wing highly excised below the
apex, which is blunt; the first subcostal arises
before the end of the cell, and gives off the
second to anastomose with the third, fourth,
and fifth; upper radial from end of cell, lower
from middle of disco-cellulars ; second and third
medians from lower angle of cell, the first median
from before the angle. Hind wing angled at the
second median veinlet, the costal vein anasto-

GONANTICLEA.

BQ

-

4 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

moses with the subcostal to near end of cell, the subcostals
stalked, the disco-cellulars angled, and giving off the radial from
the angle, second and third medians from lower angle of cell, the
first median from before the angle,

42. Gonanticlea aversa, n. sp.

3. Pale pinkish brown. Fore wings irrorated with brown, and
with brown bands; a broad band at the base, outwardly edged with
whitish ; a narrow band before the middle, upright, with its lower
end nearly touching the basal band; a discal band, dark only
towards the costa, limited on its outer side by a whitish line with
blackish outer edge, which is elbowed outwardly below the costa,
is somewhat sinuous, and curves inwardly below to the hinder
margin ; beyond this line, and rather close to it, is a discal sinuous
and semidentated black line, which in some parts is double, a
black mark at apex of wing, a brown marginal line, and an inter-
lined cilia. Hind wings uniform pinkish brown, with a’ brown
marginal line and an interlined cilia. Under side pinkish grey,
striated with brown; the lower portion of fore wings and outer
portion of hind wings suffused with brown. Expanse of wings,
17, in.

Twenty-nine specimens.

Potynesta, Warren MS., gen. nov.
Type. P. sunandeva, Walker (Pomasia), xxii., p. 657.

3 2. Antenne of the male almost simple, palpi
short and porrect. Fore wing pointed at apex, the
five subcostals stalked together, the fifth being
emitted nearest end of cell, the others at intervals
before the apex; upper radial from the upper
angle of cell, lower radial from the middle of disco-
cellulars; the second and third medians from the
angle of the cell, the first from before the angle.
Hind wing somewhat triangular, the outer margin
lunulate, and angled at the lower subcostal and second median,
the costal anastomosing with the subcostal to near end of cell, the
two subcostals stalked, the radial from the middle of disco-cellulars,
the second and third median stalked, the first median from before
the angle. Hind tibise with two pairs of spurs in both sexes,

PoLyNESIA.

Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. 5

43. Polynesia truncapex, n. sp.

3. Yellow; thorax marked with chocolate-brown; abdomen
banded with the same colour. Fore wings with the apex just as if
it were cut off and convex. Both wings spotted with chocolate-
brown, thickest on costa, where there is a dark ochreous tinge ;
smaller spots covering both wings in a fairly uniform manner in a
number of irregular transverse rows; a spot or patch larger than
the others in the middle of the truncated apex, one near the outer
margin at its middle in the fore wings, and one on the centre of
abdominal margin of hind wings. Under side whitish, with some
of the spots on the outer margin showing through. Expanse of
wings, 1,—1}, in.

Fourteen specimens.

Differs from the typical form, in the
male having the apex of fore wing cut
off, and the third and fourth sub- Yo
costals bent downwards at the distor-
tion; the first subcostal also arises
separately, quickly to anastomose with — 1. rruncarex.
the others, and the fifth subcostal is
emitted near the angle of the cell, the disco-cellulars
being also more oblique; the hind leg is weak and
smaller than the others, and the tibiz are without spurs.

GEOMETRIDA.
(inospina, Warren MS., gen. nov.
Type. Ci. flavifusata, Walker (Thalera), xxii., p. 596.

3 2. Antenne bipectinated in the male, simple
in the female; palpi porrect, the third joint very
short. Wings broad, rounded, the outer margin
scalloped; hind wing slightly angled at third
median veinlet; fore wing with the first subcostal
emitted before end of cell, the others stalked to-
gether, the second and fifth arising almost at the
same point, the third near the apex; upper radia] ‘ENosrina.
from the angle of cell, lower radial from above middle of disco-
cellulars ; the second and third medians from lower angle of cell,
the first from before the angle; hind wing with the two subcostals
stalked, the radial from just below upper angle of cell, the second
and third medians stalked, the first from before the angle. The
tibia of the male is swollen, and has only the median pair of spurs.

6 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

44, (Hnospila lyra, n. sp.

3. Grass-green, palpi testaceous; shaft of the antenne white,
plumes testaceous. Wings and body of a uniform grass-green.
Fore wings with a large brown spot at the hinder angle, containing
a white spot on the margin, but in some specimens this brown spot
is small, and the inner white spot absent; costa silvery, with an
inner brown border; both wings with a brown marginal line,
whitish cilia with small brown patches opposite the veins, and two
outwardly curved sinuous indistinct pale lines, with reddish brown
points on the veins, the inner line of points including the dots at
the end of each cell are always more indistinct than the outer or
discal line of points. Hind wing with a small elongated brown
mark on the outer margin at the apex, but this also varies, and is
absent in some examples. Under side pale, nearly whitish, the
patches visible; otherwise unmarked. Expanse of wings, 1—
1, in.

Many specimens; all males.

Allied to GE. (Agathia) scutuligera, Butler.

Hemiruea, Dup., Lep., iv., p. 106 (1823).
45. Hemithea idea, n. sp.

3. Dull green; antenne grey, whitish at base, top of head
white; abdomen pinkish grey. Fore wings with a brown spot at
end of cell, costal line reddish brown; three indistinct darker
greenish grey transverse sinuous and semidentate bands ; the first
ante-medial, not visible on hind wings, second discal, third sub-
marginal. Hind wings with a large discoidal white lunular mark,
with a black dot in its centre on the inner side ; both wings with a
dark green marginal line, and with white dots on the veins. Under
side whitish; both wings with a pink costa, and with pinkish
suffusion on parts, and with a brown prominent marginal line dis-
connected by the veins; legs grey, fore legs brown above. Expanse
of wings, 17, in.

Twenty-six specimens.

TuaterA, Hitbn., Verz. bek. Schm., p. 285 (1816).
46. Thalera acte,n.sp. (Pl. I., fig. 18).

g. Dull pale green; top of head and shaft of antenne white,
pectinations pinkish grey, and of this colour is also the abdomen.
Fore wings with an indistinct white, outwardly curved, subbasal
line of lunules; a submarginal white band of lunules, and between

Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. if

this and the margin are many short white streaks, and also a mar-
ginal series of white marks. Hind wings with an inner line, as on
fore wings; a large white patch in the upper part of the disc, and
submarginal lunular white line and white inner and marginal
marks as in fore wings, but larger and more prominent. Under
side pale greenish white, unmarked ; legs and body pinkish grey.
Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

One specimen.

THALASSODES, Guén., Phal., 1., p. 356 (1857).
47. Thalassodes liliana, n.sp. (Pl. L., fig. 2).

Q. Of a uniform pale bluish green; antenne and abdomen
grey. Fore wings with the chief veins and veinlets broadly grey.
Hind wing with the median vein and veinlets thinly grey. Both
wings crossed by a post-medial, transverse, dentated grey line,
more distinct in the hind than in the fore wings; costa of fore
wings grey; ciliw of both wings grey, with reddish brown base and
tips. Under side pale greenish grey, unmarked; body and legs
grey ; fore legs reddish brown, with pale bands. Expanse of wings,
2.1, In.

One specimen.

Aaatuia, Guén., Phal., i., p..880 (1857).
48. Agathia codina, n. sp. (PI. L., fig. 3).

3. Bright pale emerald-green; palpi purple above, grey
beneath, frons grey, head purple, antenne purplish grey; thorax,
abdomen, and wings bright green. Wings sparsely striated with
pale purplish. Fore wings with the costa pinkish grey. Both
wings with a dark purplish patch at the base, a purplish spot at
end of each cell, and a broad purplish border with irregular inner
margin, which occupies more than the outer third of the wings, is
striated with dark brown, leaving a small green patch at apex of
fore wings, anda large green space at apex of hind wings, where,
the limit of the band inwards is indicated by a prominent thick
blackish brown line; marginal line of both wings brown, cilia
pinkish grey. Under side greenish white, with the cell-spots
indistinct, and the outer purplish band, submarginal only, striated
throughout, and widening on to the margin at the anal angle of
hind wings; body and legs pinkish grey. Expanse of wings,
2.3; in.

Three specimens.

Allied to Agathia gigantea, Butler.

8 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

49. Agathia gemma, n. sp.

3. Bright green; antenne pinkish grey; thorax, basal half of
abdomen, and both wings of a uniform bright green colour; apical
half of abdomen brown. Fore wings with the costa pale pinkish,
a dark purplish patch at the base; an upright slightly distorted
medial band, another similar discal band, both purplish brown, the
latter from the hinder angle to the costa, one-fourth from apex,
and joined to the margin in the centre by a fine line, and similarly
in two places below it. Hind wings with a discal straight band
from the apex to the outer margin near anal angle, thickened at
the two extremities outwardly, a small white patch below the lower
thickening just above the tail; marginal line of both wings
purplish brown ; cilia pinkish grey, interlined with brown. Under
side pale greenish white, with some of the bands showing through
the wings; body and legs grey, fore legs striped with brown above.
Expanse of wings, 1Y, in.

Three specimens.

This beautiful insect is allied to A. hilarata, Guén., is
larger, and can easily be distinguished by the difference
in the position and shape of the outer bands.

EPHYRIDH.
AnisopEs, Guén., Phal., i., p. 415 (1857).
50. Anisodes lichenaria, n. sp.

3. Sand-colour, with a slight ochreous tinge. Fore wings with
brown costa. Both wings sparsely irrorated with sandy colour,
and with transverse irregular bands of the same colour on the fore
wings; there is an internal band on both wings, a medial and
discal band, followed by two submarginal bands; these bands are
sinuous, and in some specimens are fairly regular, the outer ones
being more or less dentated; but in other examples the bands are
diffuse, and it is difficult to follow them; a pale dot at end of each
cell, encircled by sandy brown; a pale brown marginal line and
black marginal points. Under side whitish sandy colour; medial
and discal lines or thin bands and marginal points. Expanse of
wings, 1, in.

Five specimens.

Allied to A. monetaria, Guen.

51. Anisodes intermixtaria, n. sp.

3. Pale sandy, tinged with pale pinkish grey, irrorated with
minute brown atoms; a white dot ina brown ring at the end of

FHeterocera from the Khasia Hills. 9

each cell. Fore wings with an interior, both wings with middle
and discal pale grey bands, all more or less outwardly dentated
with black points at the tips of the dentations; submarginal and
marginal similar bands without the black points, but there are
black points on the outer margins, and black points at the base of
the cilia opposite the centres of the interspaces. Under side
whitish, with the central and discal bands thin, like lines, and with
the black points to the discal band, and marginal and cilia points
as above. Expanse of wings, 1j, in.

Eleven specimens.

Perixera, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 487.
52. Perixera pulverulenta, n.sp. (PI. 1., fig. 8).

3. Ochreous grey, irrorated with brown atoms, the irrorations
packed together in the upper centre of fore wings, forming a
suffused pale brown patch. Both wings crossed by an indistinct
and incomplete grey sinuous discal line, with dentations and black
points at their tips; a more or less dentated submarginal line ;
marginal black points and black points, at the base of the cilia; a
small black ringlet at end of each cell. Under side whitish, with
the cell-ringlets, discal and marginal points, and lines showing
through. Expanse of wings, 1%, in.

One specimen.
Allied to P. obrinaria, Guén.

STREPTOPTERON, Hampson MS., gen. nov.
3g. Antenne heavily bipectinated; palpi
with the third joint of moderate length and
porrect. Fore wing with the apex rather
pointed, the outer margin distorted and cut off,
so that the lower radial reaches the apparent
outer angle, and the three median veinlets
reach the margin of a lobe formed by the inner
half of the wing; the five subcostals are given
off considerably beyond the cell, the fifth
nearest the angle, the first, second, and third
at intervals shortly before the apex; the upper SyreproprEron.
disco-cellular is given off from the upper radial,
the lower radial from above the middle of the disco-cellular,
the third median from the lower angle of the cell, the first and
second medians at intervals before the angle, and all three rather

10 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

short and recurved to the distorted inner portion of the wing
forming the lobe on the inner margin, submedian vein short.
Hind wing very broad and ample, the costal vein somewhat
curved, the two subcostals from the upper angle of the cell, the
upper one being much curved, radial from the middle of disco-
cellular, third median from lower angle of cell, the second and first
median at intervals before the angle. Hind tibia with one medial
and two distal spurs. The female will probably be found to have
the normal shape, but the second median veinlet of fore and hind
wings being given off before the end of the cell distinguishes this
genus from any of the other forms which have the five subcostals
of the fore wing emitted together, and which are at present
included with many forms having a different venation in the genus
Anisodes, which consists of a group of genera having similar palpi
to the form described above.

53. Streptopteron posticamplum, n. sp. (Pl. L., fig. 12).

¢. Of a uniform pale pinkish grey, thickly and uniformly
irrorated with very minute pink atoms, with the exception of the
disco-cellular area of the hind wing, which is white and unmarked.
Fore wings with a curved prominent black patch near centre of
hinder margin. Both wings with outwardly curved discal and
marginal rows of black points on the veins; cilia slightly paler
than the colour of the wings and unmarked. Under side pinkish
white, not irrorated ; some darker pinkish spaces on the costal and
upper portions of both wings, with both rows of dots, the inner row
with the points joined by a faint sinuous line; legs and body un-
marked. Expanse of wings, 1% in.

One example.

A very curious-looking insect.

Se Hampson MS., gen. nov.

6. Antenne epee bipectinated ; palpi
with the third joint short and porrect. Fore
wing with the first and second subcostals
arising together, the second anastomosing with
the third and fourth to form the accessory
cell, the fifth from the end of the accessory
cell; the upper disco-cellular arising from the
upper radial, the lower radial from the middle
of the disco-cellular, the third median from
the lower angle of the cell, the second from

just before the angle, the first from two-thirds
EnyrHroLornvs. the length of the cell, Hind wing with the

Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. Ui!

normal venation of Hphyra and Id@a. Hind leg aborted and
small, the femur very slight, the tibia with only traces of a
terminal pair of spurs, the tarsus short and weak, a tuft of long
hairs arising from the femoro-tibial joint; this is a form of hind
leg found in the males of many of the species of Id@a, such as
remotata and fibulata, Guen., which have, however, no trace of
terminal spurs; the palpi, however, of these species are small and
upturned, and the antenne fasciculated.

54. Lrythrolophus fascicorpus, n. sp.

3. Ochreous grey, with a pale pinkish tinge, irrorated with
grey atoms; abdomen with a broad subbasal brown prominent
band. Fore wings with a black spot at end of cell; hind wing
with a black ringlet ; fore wings with an internal outwardly curved
sinuous thin grey band. Both wings with medial and discal
dentated thin grey bands, the latter with black points at the tips of
the dentations, submarginal and marginal bands, all the bands in-
distinct, marginal black points and black points at tle base of the
cilia. Under side paler than above, without irrorations, the inner
portions of fore wings smeared with darker pinkish colour, all spots
and bands visible, the outer margins having a prominent black line
disconnected by the veins, with black spear-shaped prominent
points in the cilia opposite the ends of the veins. Expanse of
wings, 17, in.

Two specimens.

SYNEGIODES, gen. nov.

Type. S. diffusaria, Moore (Anisodes),
PxAinS 1867, p: 641.

3d. Antenne pectinated to three-quarters its
length ; palpi short and porrect; hind tibia with
two pairs of spurs; fore wing pointed at apex;
both wings slightly angled at the first median
branch ; fore wing with the first subcostal arising
before end of cell, and emitting the second to
anastomose with the third, fourth, and fifth;
venation otherwise as in typical Hphyride.

SYNEGIODES.

55. Synegiodes diffusifascia, n. sp. (Pl. 1., fig. 9).
g. Ochreous grey, covered with grey irrorations; a white dot
with black rings at end of each cell. Both wings crossed by two
broad sandy-brown bands, first just before the middle, second

12 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

discal, the latter has some black spots here and there on its inner
edge, and two black spots or patches outwardly, one just above the
middle, extending almost to the outer margin, and accompanied
sometimes by a small spot or two near the margin above it, and the
other within the band near the hinder margin, also occasionally
accompanied by smaller spots near it; cilia with black points at
its base opposite the ends of the veins. Under side whitish, tinged
with yellow, irrorated with grey, with the bands blacker and more
prominent than they are above. Expanse of wings, 1,5 in.

Many specimens.
Allied to S. hyriaria, Walker.

56. Synegiodes histrionaria, n. sp.

3. Dark ochreous; shaft of antennie and top of head pure
white, as also is the frons ; a white spot in a purplish ring at the
end of each cell. Both wings irrorated with purplish-red atoms,
and with red blotches and spots of the same colour. Fore wings
with a subcostal streak of that colour from the base to beyond
middle; a spot near hinder margin at its centre; two large discal
oval blotches, one just above the middle, the other touching the
hinder margin, connected together by a discal thin band; a
marginal thin diffuse band, and all that portion of the wing
smeared with reddish. Hind wings with an inner indistinct band
passing the cell-spot; a discal row of dots, and the marginal space
with many reddish marks, including two large spots, one near the
centre, the other at the abdominal margin; cilia of both wings
pale yellowish, with reddish spots at its base opposite the ends of
the veins. Under side paler, with the bands and blotches showing.
Expanse of wings, 1} in.

Many specimens.

Allied to S. sanguinaria, Moore; marked in a some-
what similar pattern, but of quite a different colour,
S. sanguinaria being luteous, not ochreous, and all its
blotches and markings are dull blood-red.

FIDONIDZ.
Puyietis, Guén., Phal., ii., p. 169 (1857).
57. Phyletis prasonaria, n. sp.
g. Reddish, rather densely irrorated with very minute brown

atoms; base of the shaft of the antenne whitish. Fore wings
rather broadly brown at the costa, with a broad smooth thin line

Feterocera from the Khasia Fills. 13,

which is slightly outwardly curved. Both wings with a similar
medial line, and a sinuous submarginal line, also a brown and thin
marginal line. Under side pale pinkish grey, with the central and
outer lines. Expanse of wings, 1; in.

Twenty-one specimens.

CABERIDA.
AstHEna, Hiibn., Verz. bek. Schm., p. 810 (1816).
58. Asthena prasina, n.sp. (PI. I., fig. 10).

3. Pale yellow, plumes of the antenne grey, thorax grey,
abdomen with grey bands. Wings with purplish grey markings.
Fore wings most densely marked on the costal space, where there
is also a suffusion of this colour. Both wings crossed by three
irregular bands of distorted outwardly curved marks, the band in
the dise being apparently double; a submarginal row and a mar-
ginal row of spots. Under side whitish, with some of the markings
showing through. Expanse of wings, 13 in.

Forty-four specimens.

TrerpNomicta, Led., Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., iii.,
pp. 175, 196, 199 (1853).

59. Terpnomicta lala, n. sp.

3. Reddish ochreous; antenne and costa of fore wings reddish
brown. Fore wings with a faint interior transverse reddish brown
line, not far from the base, and outwardly curved; another similar
line before the middle, angled slightly outwards above its centre ;
a discal similarly coloured line from hinder angle to costa, one-fifth
from apex, nearly upright, and connected with the outer margin
by two similar lines, one near the hinder angle, and the other
above the middle. Hind wings with two indistinct lines corre-
sponding to the second and third lines of the fore wing. Both
wings with brown marks on the outer margin; cilia long, with
some indistinct brown patches. Under side paler, with the second
and third lines distinct in both wings. Expanse of wings, §, in.

Five specimens.

With the second and third lines disposed somewhat as
in 7’. subtessellata, Walker, but otherwise very distinct.

14 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

Srraanra, Guén., Dup. Cat. Lep., p. 270 (1844).
60. Stegania crina, n. sp. (PI. I., fig. 14).

3. Sand-colour, slightly tinged with ochreous, and irrorated
with minute red atoms; antennx and top of head reddish. Fore
wings with the costa reddish, and both wings crossed by three
reddish bands; first near the base, like a very fine line, nearly
upright on fore wings, oblique on hind wings; second and third
broader and more distinct; second in the middle, upright on
fore wings, curving inwards near the outer margin on the hind
wings to the abdominal margin just above the angle; third only
on fore wings extending from hinder angle to costa one-fourth from
apex; marginal line reddish, with brown points, darkest on hind
wings. Under side as above, but without irrorations; a pinkish
suffusion on fore wings, costal and marginal lines dark and promi-
nent. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

One specimen.

IDHIDA.
Ipma, T'reitschke, Schm. Eur., v., 2, p. 446 (1825).
61. Idea hampsoni, n. sp.

g. Varying from a uniform reddish colour tinged with ochreous
to a uniform purplish red colour, irrorated with minute brown
atoms; base of antenne and space on head between pure white.
Fore wings with a brown dot at end of cell. Hind wings with the
spot at end of cell, varying in nearly every specimen as follows :—
A, asimple brown spot, like in the fore wings; B, the white dots
in a brown spot; C, three pure white similar spots; D, a large
white spot ringed with brown; E, a very large white crown-shaped
patch, marked internally with reddish; transverse lines grey and
indistinct; a faint indication in some specimens of an interior line
on fore wings. Both wings crossed by medial and discal sinuous
lines; in one specimen the medial line is broad like a band, the
discal line is more or less dentated, and in some specimens the
dentations have blackish points to the tips; a pale submarginal
line of lunular marks, marginal black points, and cilia with a pale
basal line. Under side paler, without irrorations ; lines visible.
Expanse of wings, 1, in.

Seven specimens.

Mr. Hampson, after whom I have named this curious
species, informs me that he has recently seen specimens
from Sikkim with still larger white crown-shaped stigma
to hind wings.

~e

TTIeterocera from the Khasia Hills. 1;

62. Idea albivertex, n. sp.

3. Pale reddish, irrorated with grey atoms; vertex of head
white. Wings with a brown dot at end of each cell, transverse
lines brown, sinuous, and indistinct. Fore wings with an interior
line. Both wings with medial and discal lines, the latter also
dentated ; also a marginal brown line. Under side very pale grey,
slightly tinged with reddish ; wings with the cell-dots, discal, and
marginal lines distinct, the discal line with black points at the tips
of the dentations. Expanse of wings, 1, in.

Three specimens.

Allied to the preceding, also found in Sikkim ; appa-
rently does not vary.

TricHocnapa, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,
p. 209.

63. Trichoclada opsinaria, n. sp.

3. Pale greyish sandy colour, with a slight ochreous tinge,
irrorated with grey; head black, vertex sandy, collar purplish.
Both wings with a brown dot at end of each cell, bands pale red-
dish grey, an indistinct one before the middle on fore wings; both
wings crossed by a central band, slightly sinuous from costa of fore
wings beyond the middle to abdominal margin of hind wings, one-
third from base; a discal sinuous band, which is dark and thin,
and slightly dentated on fore wings, and indications of sub-
marginal and marginal bands, marginal black points, and pale
cilia. Under side pale, without irrorations; a brown suffusion on
basal portion of fore wings, limited by a middle straight line, which
extends on to the hind wings; cell-dots, discal line, and marginal
line distinct. Expanse of wings, 1/; in.

Nine specimens.

Allied to T. externaria, Walker, xxili., p. 794, nec
p. 782.

DESMOBATHRIDA.
Tosaura, gen. nov.

Type. T’. falcipennis, Moore.

3. Antenne with fasci of cilia; palpi short and porrect.
Fore wing somewhat falcate at apex, the first subcostal emitted
from the second, anastomosing with the costal, and then again
with the second subcostal, which also gives off the third and fourth
subcostals ; upper disco-cellular from the fifth subcostal, one radial

16 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

from the middle of the disco-cellular, third median from the lower
angle of the cell, second and first medians at intervals before the
end, submedian nearly straight. Hind wing with apex and outer
margins rounded, the costal widely separated from the subcostal,
and with the bar near the base slight, the two subcostals from the
end of the cell, radial from the middle of the disco-cellular, third
median from lower angle of cell, second and first medians at
intervals before the end, a submedian veinlet.

Closely allied to (Acidalia?) impedita, Walker, and
more distantly to the genus Zarmigethusa, Walker.

64. Tosaura falcipennis.

Metabraxas falcipennis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,
lil., p. 266, pl. 8, f. 29 (1887).

Many specimens.

65. Tosaura picaria, n. sp. (Pl. I., fig. 16).

3. Head and body ochreous; antenne brown, thorax marked
with blackish brown, abdomen with blackish brown bands. Wings
white. Fore wings with cupreous brown bands, more or less
macular; first at the base; second very broad before the middle,
almost complete; third consisting of a large patch on the costa at
the middle, and two or three small spots below it; fourth discal,
composed of three rows of spots, suffused into a whitish patch near
hinder margin, separated in the middle, the spots mostly connected
together above ; fifth marginal, similarly disposed, but consisting
only of two rows. Hind wings with a few spots on costa, one at
end of the cell, one or two small ones in the disc, and a number on
or near the outer and abdominal margins; the spots largest by the
anal angle. Under side as above, but paler. Expanse of wings,
1} in.

Numerous specimens.

ZERENIIDA.

Hattuia, Mén., Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pet., iii., p. 107
(1859).
66. Halthia nigripars, n. sp. (Pl. L., fig. 1).

3. Palpi, head, and body ochreous; antenne, upper side of
palpi, last joint, and both wings black; collar and thorax spotted
with black; abdomen with centre and side rows of large black
spots. Fore wings with some white marks at the base, and two
small white patches, two large squarish white patches before the

Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. 17

middle, and a band of six smaller ones across the dise. Hind
wings with a large white space from the base filling the cell, an
adjoining spot beyond, a basal space below median vein, and a
discal band of squarish white spots, larger than those on the fore
wings. Under side: wings as above, ochreous at their immediate
base ; body ochreous, abdomen with black bands, legs greenish
grey. Expanse of wings, 2,4, in.
One specimen.

The wings are somewhat of the pattern of Cystidia
stratonice, Cram, from Japan, with the outer band
broken up into spots.

Ruyparia, Hitbn., Verz. bek. Schm., p. 3805 (1816).
67. Rhyparia hamiltonia, n. sp. (Pl. L, fig. 5).

3. Antenne, head, body, and fore wings purplish brown ;
abdomen with ochreous bands. Fore wings with pale veins, and
with some transverse pale marks; a prominent white discal band,
which does not quite touch the costa. Hind wings ochreous, with
four bands of large round purplish brown spots, the spots smallest
on the margin, and a similar band of spots on the ochreous cilia.
Under side: wings as above; the band on fore wings is, however,
ochreous, and not white, and the entire wing inwards from this
band has an ochreous ground colour, with large purple-brown
spots thickly disposed all over it; body ochreous, legs brown.
Iixpanse of wings, 2+, in.

One specimen.

Allied to R. transectata, Walker, but easily distin-
suishable by the broad white band on fore wings above.

Apraxas, Leach, Edinburgh Encyel., ix., p. 1384 (1815).
68. Abraxas khasiana, n. sp.

3g. Antenne and palpi brown, top of head and body ochreous,
thorax'with black spots, abdomen with two rows of black spots
down each side, and two elongated black spots at the tip. Wings
white. Fore wings with seven transverse bands of pale black
spots, large and small, the first five rather close together, the fifth
submarginal, with the fourth close to it, composed of large spots,
leaving a small space across the disc free from spots ; there is also
a marginal row of spots touching the submarginal row, each spot
touches a similar spot in the white cilia. Hind wings with a spot

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PART I. (MARCH.) C

18 Colonal C. Swinhoe on new species of

at end of cell, two or three on the abdominal margin, a discal row
of larger spots, one near apex, one in the centre, and two or three
near anal angle, and a marginal row of small spots; cilia white
and unmarked. Under side: wings as above, abdomen with black
spots down the centre, middle legs with a tuft of black hairs at
their base, all the legs with black stripes. Expanse of wings,
2,4, in.
Three specimens.

The pattern is somewhat as in the A. leopardina
group, but the wings are entirely devoid of ochreous
markings.

PYRALES.
SICULIDA.
PuaramBara, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1274 (1865).
69. Pharambara sphoraria, n. sp. (Pl. L., fig. 17).

g. Reddish, tinged with ochreous. Fore wings with some
black costal marks. Both wings with fine reddish brown transverse
striations, which in some places form indistinct transverse lines; a
broad yellow marginal band, occupying the outer third of the wings,
broader on the fore than on the hind wings, striated with reddish
brown, and on the fore wings with a reddish brown tip at apex and
a reddish brown subapical streak. Expanse of wings, 7, in.

One specimen.
BOTYDIDA.
Coprosasis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vil., p. 429 (1868).

70. Coptobasis ridopalis, n. sp.

3 @?. Cupreous brown. Fore wing with a white spot ringed
with brown in the middle of the cell, and a white lunule ringed
with brown at the end; two transverse brown sinuous lines, one
before the middle, somewhat near the base and nearly upright, the
other discal, semidentate, curving deeply inwards below the middle
and downwards, and slightly outwards on to the hinder margin.
Hind wings with a small central white spot, touching the end of
an inner brown line, which is a continuation of the inner line of
fore wings; also a discal recurved semidentate line corresponding
to the discal line of fore wings; cilia of both wings with white dots
at its base. Under side pale greyish, shining; the outer line of
both wings and lunular discoidal mark of fore wings visible ; cilia
with pale basal line and basal dots; legs silvery white, fore tibie
with brown marks. Expanse of wings, 14,—1j, in.

One pair.

Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. 19

Allied to C. lunalis, Guén. ; differs in the outer semi-
dentate lines on both wings, in the central white spot
on hind wings, and differs altogether in the cilia.

MARGARONID.
GuypHoprs, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., p. 292 (1854).
71. Glyphodes prothymalis, n. sp. (Pl. I., fig. 15).

$. Antenne, palpi, and body bright cupreous brown; palpi
white beneath, and with some white marks above; head and collar
with a white stripe along each side; fore part of thorax white ;
abdomen entirely white below, merely the upper portion brown,
making it look as if it had a white stripe on each side. Fore
wings cupreous brown, a large triangular white space at the middle,
a larger triangular discal space, with a small white streak between,
and another on the inner side of the first white space, a sub-
marginal white thin band not touching the costa, and a white
interlined cilia. Hind wings white, with a cupreous brown mar-
ginal band, and a white interlined cilia; all the white portions of
both wings semihyaline. Under side: wings as above, but paler ;
body and legs white. Expanse of wings, 14 in.

Kleven specimens.

Pycospita, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., p. 312 (1854).
72. Pygospila tyres, var. cuprealis. (Pl. I., fig. 4).
3g. Cupreous black; top of the head with some white marks ;
collar with a white mark on each side; thorax with some whitish
hairs; abdomen with two rows of white spots above, and a row on
each side. Fore wings with a white spot near base, two before the
middle, four, sometimes five, discal, the uppermost the largest,
and two subapical near the costa; these spots all semitransparent,
and in transverse rows. Hind wings with an indistinct similar
spot in the upper centre of the wing, another in the upper disc
beyond, and some small indistinct spots in a submarginal row.
Both wings with pale marginal line, dark grey cilia, tipped with
white at the abdominal angle and margins of the hind wings.
Under side pale greyish ; wings with the spots showing through ;
body and legs nearly white. Expanse of wings, 1§,—2 in.

Five specimens.
A var. of P. tyres, Cram., the colour browner, the spots

much smaller and fewer, and without any submarginal

spots on fore wings.
c 2

20 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of Heterocera.

HYDROCAMPIDA.
Catacusyt4, Hitbn., Verz. Schm., p. 268 (1816).
73. Cataclysta hapilista, n. sp. (PI. I., fig. 11).

3. Reddish ochreous. Fore wings with the base grey, a sub-
basal spot, another parallel to it before the middle, both rather
indistinct; a whitish indistinct longitudinal streak, a silvery white
angled space at the costa, one-third from apex, a broad sub-
marginal silvery white band, which stops short of the hinder
margin, both margined with a fine black line ; marginal line black;
cilia pale, with a brownish band and white tips. Hind wings with
the base grey, followed by a broad silvery white band, outwardly
bordered by a brownish line; a fine black slightly sinuous discal
line, a similar marginal line; cilia white, interlined near its base
by a black line, forming two complete and two half-complete black
ringlets above the middle. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

One specimen of this pretty little insect.

EXPLANATION OF Puate I.

. Halthia nigripars, 3,u.sp., p. 16.

. Thalassodes liliana, 9, n.sp., p. 7.
Agathia codina, 3, n.sp., p. 7.

. Pygospila cuprealis, J, n.sp., p. 19.
Rhyparia hamiltonia, 3, n.sp., p. 17.

. Hupithecia rigida, 3, u.sp., p. 2.

. Anthyria tole, J, n.sp., p. 3.

Perixera pulverulenta, 3, n.sp., p. 9.

. Synegiodes diffusifascia, 3 ,n.sp., p. 11.
. Asthena prasina, g,n.sp., p. 13.

11. Cataclysta hapilista, 3, n.sp., p. 20.

12. Steptopteron posticamplum, 3, u.sp., p. 10,
13. Thalera acte, 3, u.sp., p. 6.

14. Stegania crina, §,n.sp., p. 14.

15. Glyphodes prothymalis, 3, u.sp., p. 19.
16. Tosaura picaria, g, n.sp., p. 16.

17. Pharambara sphoraria, 3, n.sp., p. 18.

DAANRWODe

—
So ©

Il. Additional notes and observations on the life-history of
Atypus piceus. By Freperick Enock, F.E.S.

[Read November 4th, 1891.|

Since I had the honour of bringing before the Entomo-
logical Society my notes on this most interesting spider,
I have been enabled to confirm all my previous observa-
tions, and to add a few additional facts.

The most difficult point in the life-history is to settle
the age to which the female arrives before and after
maturity, for, owing to various changes, I have not yet
succeeded in keeping and watching one colony of spiders
beyond seven years; but I am in hope of having a
chance of establishing a fresh colony this spring in a
locality where the spiders will not be disturbed, and
where I can label and keep exact record of each nest.

One very interesting fact I have established in con-
nection with the age of the female. On October 15th,
1888, I dug up a large tube containing female and her
family, which I carefully reset in a large flower-pot,
where, on March 16th, 1884, the young spiderlings
commenced to emerge, and look about for suitable sites
for their future dwellings. The maternal home or tube
had been put into thorough repair in October, and no
doubt the walls had been relined from top to bottom with
new silken tapestry, a task a spider seems to manage
better than the “ British workman,” in spite of having a
family of upwards of a hundred baby spiders to look
after. After this mother had started her brood on their
own account, she repaired the small aperture made by
the exit of the family, and then settled down to apparent
ease, comfort, and perfect health, enjoying an occasional
meal of a blow-fly, until May Ist, 1886, when I could
not rouse her; and, on breaking open the tube, and
digging up the lower part, I found her dead, after having
lived in solitude for more than two years since turning
her brood out. On October 29th, 1886, I put six

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT I. (MARCH.)

bye

29 Mr. F. Knock’s notes and observations

females, with their broods of young, into various pots,
the youngsters making their appearance on a warm,
bright morning, April 20th, 1887, and the last widowed
mother died April 14th, 1890, or close on three years
after, a time sufficiently long for most spiders to become
great-great-grandmothers.

Several of the offspring of these venerable females lived
in health and strength for about two years, during which
time they deepened their tubes several times in warm,
moist weather, increasing the original diameter of a
sixteenth of an inch to a bare eighth, also adding to the
aerial part. One or two, after living in their tubes for
two years, were found wandering about, and on May 9th
had formed fresh tubes. The following August one
colony was reduced to six tubes, and in another month
the occupants had succumbed to the poisonous fumes
from various ballast-heaps, which had been burning for
several months. On digging up the tubes I found them
to range from four to five inches long, and a little over
an eighth of an inch in diameter.

On August 10th, 1888, [ found one of the spiderlings,
turned out April 25th, 1887, had thrown out from the
aerial part of the tube its cast-skin, the first one seen
after making its own tube; but the first moult of the
young takes place in the hammock just before they
break out into the maternal tube.

August 14th, 1888. Another of this brood had pushed
out its cast-skin. May 16th, 1889, a two-year-old
spiderling, in response to a Chironomus held to and
kicking against the walls of the tube, came up, struck
at and pulled the fly through, coming up a minute and
a half later to repair the rent, which it did in a most
finished manner.

May 28rd, 1889. Another two-year-old spiderling
became dissatisfied with its abode, left it, and soon
formed another of somewhat larger dimensions; and,
later on, several of this brood did the same. I imagine
the ground had become sour from imperfect drainage.
Quite a number of the spiderlings commenced to deepen
and enlarge their tubes in April; in fact, a general
‘‘ spring cleaning”’ seemed to be going on all round.

On March 28th, 1890, I was pleased to find the young
colony which I had established at Hampstead in 1886
were doing well, some of the tubes measuring a quarter

on the life-history of Atypus piceus. 23

of an inch in diameter, the forsaken mothers still in
good health, and with wonderful appetites for blow-flies
whenever held against the tubes. One of the ancient
spinster females, which I placed in a bell-glass April
8th, 1885, actually pushed out a cast-skin, apparently
quite a recent one.

June Ist, 1890. One mother of 1887 had made a
beautiful new aerial portion to her tube, and took a
blow-fly for lunch. On the 9th all were exposed to very
heavy rain, which flattened their tubes down. Next day
each one had added a brand new top part, some of their
brood doing the same, fully confirming my previous
observation, that rain induces the spiders to strengthen
and lenethen their tubes.

One of these females had carried her tube against and
up the side of the bell-glass, and this one I kept covered
and darkened, so that I could occasionally watch her
movements; and I frequently noticed that, when a blow-
fly was held outside her tube, she approached in the
most stealthy and cat-like manner, seeming to glide
rather than walk along; but, if disturbed, she pressed
her legs against her sides, and literally shot back and
down the tube with lightning-like rapidity ; this spider,
on being exposed to the rain and light the next day, had
so thickened the silken lining of ‘the tube against the
class as to completely shut out further obser vations.

August 25th. Heavy rain again battered and flattened
down all the tubes, which remained in this condition
until the middle of September, when several commenced
to deepen and throw out the sand, afterwards improving
the aerial portions, no doubt in anticipation of the
male’s visit; but whether those females, which had
already had one family, could produce another, is one of
the facts I am anxious to settle. Some of these females
had carried the aerial portions of their tubes to a length
of 4 in. up the sides of the pots, but these were far sur-
passed by some found at Hampstead on September 7th,
1891, measuring respectively 4, 5, and 6, and one no
less than 73 in. above ground, carried up the almost
perpendicular sand-bank, and quite resembling Dr.
McCook’s tree purse-web spider, Atypus niger.

On July 6th, 1891, I paid a visit to Portland Island,
where the Rev. O. Picard Cambridge had found Atypus
Blackwall, or what was considered to be the British

-

24 Mr. F.. Enock’s notes and observations

type. After along ramble and search I was fortunate
in finding a few tubes, which I dug up after considerable
trouble, for the spiders carry them under the stones in
old disused quarries, and then down for some depth
amone the grass-roots, rendering digging up without
injury a most trying task. I examined the occupants
most carefully, but could not satisfy myself that they
were different to Atypus piceus ; so sent some on to the
tev. O. P. Cambridge, who kindly replied, expressing
his opinion that they were not Atypus Blackwall, but
agreed in every respect with his Bloxworth A. piceus, as
well as with the specimens which It had sent to him from
Hampstead. Some days after I had a good day’s sport,
and found this hitherto considered rare spider in the
greatest profusion, the tubes in some spots surrounding
every piece of loose stone; in one instance as many as
fifteen large tubes around one piece of stone not more
than a foot square! I also found quite a number of
tubes containing the beautiful hammock of eggs, in every
case slung up in the cavity on the upper side, never on
the lower, a wise provision of Nature, for the lower side
is the main thoroughfare, up and down which the spider
runs to and from the aerial portion, thus avoiding
treading upon the fragile hammock of eggs. Many of
the eggs were found just hatching, others were more
forward, and the young spiderlings had left their first
suit of baby clothes in the hammock.

T was fortunate in finding a number of immature males
in their own tubes, all of which were of one character—
of about three-eighths of an inch diameter, seven or
eight inches long, and parallel from top to bottom. The
spiders, when turned out, were of a much lighter colour,
and far more active than the females. These I placed
in various pots, where they very soon settled down,
making fresh tubes amongst the moss. On Sept. 6th I
examined them, and found five had matured, one having
only just cast its skin, being quite white and weak. All
appeared much smaller than those found at Woking and
Hampstead. I sent one to Rev. O. P. Cambridge for
further identification ; he replied that he was sorry to
say they were identical with the others, viz., Atypus
piceus of Sulzer. The following day (Sept. 7th) I went
up to Hampstead, and found the largest mature male
I have ever seen; besides the largest tube of a female,
viz., 15} in. long from top to bottom.

on the life-history of Atypus piceus. 25

As regards the feeding habits of this spider, I have not
much to add; but one interesting experiment might be
mentioned:— On July 22nd, 1888, a warm, sultry
morning, after heavy rain the previous night, all my
home colony had distended their tubes, and made them
as attractive as possible to all inquisitive flies. I caught
one, and held it to the longest tube ; the spider came up,
seized it, and dragged it through and down. I quickly
caught another blow-fly—held it to the same tube; the
spider, coming up to repair the hole, but finding another
fly there, she seized it and dragged it through the hole
already made, and down to her larder. I immediately
caught another blow-fly, and as quickly held it to the
hole ; and again the spider came up, seized it, and dis-
appeared. I did the same up the garden for another
blow-fly, and before the spider had returned another fly
was ready for her, which she soon observed and seized.
I returned to look for another blow-fly, and ran back
with it, and for the fifth time the spider seized and
dragged her prey down ; and for the sixth time I ran to
look for another meal, and back again in double-quick
time. The spider did not keep me waiting long, and
was evidently getting a little puzzled, and, like myself,
excited ; however, she took the fly, and I departed once
more and managed to capture another victim, reaching
the tube just in time to offer it. It was not refused, but
snapped at and pulled down; and I hurried away and
back again with one more fly, and the spider again
accepted it with a snap of her jaws, retiring gracefully
backwards, and I forwards to catch another blow-fly ;
this I did, and once more was in time for the spider, who
seized this the ninth blow-fly with lightning-like rapidity,
and disappeared. I ran and searched for another fly,
but, as may be imagined, they had been so frequently
disturbed that I had difficulty in obtaining one; and
when I returned to the tube the wily spider had com-
pletely covered in the rent. I continued to knock with
the blow-fly, and the spider came up, pulled the tube in,
and held it, as much as to say, ‘‘ I have had enough, go
away’; and I went, wondering much what she would do
with nine blow-flies. Next morning she had thrown five
sucked skins out! The time occupied in this great
repast was just 45 minutes.

On Sept. 7th, 1891, one of the very large tubes dug up

26 On the life-history of Atypus piceus.

contained a living beetle (Nebria —— ?) without any
elytra, both apparently having been bitten off by the
large female Atypus, which was dead, and its abdomen a
heaving mass of minute maggots. I am inclined to think
the Nebria had forced its way into the tube, and, not
agreeing with the owner, they had come to, not blows,
but bites; and I imagine the spider had managed to
pinch off the elytra, and in return the Nebria had given
the spider a fatal nip in its abdomen.

The various photographs illustrative of the life-history
of Atypus piceus I have made from my original drawings,

III. Notes on Lycena (recte Thecla) rhymnus, teng-
stremil, and pretiosa. By Grorer T. Breruune-
Baxer, F.L.S.

[Read November 4th, 1891.|
PuatEe II.

Wuo that has worked at the Palearctic Lycenide has
not been struck by the anomalous position of rhymnus,
tengstremii, and pretiosa. For some time the question
has been in my mind, do they belong to Lycena proper
(as Staudinger’s catalogue has it) at all? but until
recently I have not had time to investigate the subject.

Rhymnus was described by Eversmann as Lycena
rhymnus in the Nouv. Mem. de la Soc. Imp. de Nat. de
Moscou, Tom. ii., p. 350, tab. 19, 12, from the Ural
district ; Erschoff then followed suit, when he described
tenystremiit as a Lycena in Fedtschenkoi Reise, p. 11;
whilst, lastly, Dr. Staudinger did likewise with his
pretiosa, in Stt. Ent. Zeit., xlvu. (1886), p. 209.

Now, a little careful examination of these species, and
especially of tengstr@mii, should at once raise the thought,
surely these are close allies of Vhecla lunulata; in
Erschoff’s inseet the white crescent-shaped spots of the
under surface have only to be evenly joined to form the
precise lunulated band found in that species, which is
ficured on the same page with tengstramu. The same
remark applies equally to pretiosa, Stgr., specially to
those specimens that have the markings somewhat re-
duced. In this respect the pattern of rhymnus is not
quite so similar, though it does not require much imagi-
nation to trace it up; whilst it is most obviously a close
ally of the other two insects, and is also totally diverse
from the markings of any of the genus Lycena,

A further link more recently came in my path in my
examination of the g generic organs of both these
genera. When I first examined my preparations of
Thecla, I was at once reminded of the three curious
divergencies in Lycena now under consideration, and

PART I. (MARCH.)

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.

28 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker’s notes on

leisure was the only thing required to enable me to
make the necessary drawings, and so place the species
in their correct genus. I have shown, at fig. 1, a profile
view of the genitalia of Lycena pheretes; this is very
fairly typical of the shape of the majority of this genus,
a distinctive feature of which is the well-developed clasp,
from which arises a sort of forked guide or support,
whilst the tegumen is developed into an eared hood at
the extremity, attached to two longish slender arms,
which arise at their juncture with the “clasps. The hooks
in this species are somewhat short and thick, but in
many species of the genus they are rather longer and
more attenuated, but never, in any of the specimens
I have examined, are they so long and conspicuous as in
Thecla. In this latter genus, or rather, perhaps, in the
w-album, and the sassanides, lunuluta groups, the clasps
are reduced to a very considerable extent, it being most
doubtful if they can be of any service in holding the
consort; whilst the tegumen is largely developed, being
rather tunnel- shaped, excavated at the top both back
and front, whilst from front of the base ae the two
hooks (one on each side), which are remarkably con-
spicuous in all these species. Moreover, in the genus
Lycena, there is always a kind of forked oulde or sup-
port, having its origin in the clasps near their source, as
already mentioned ; this, I suppose, acts as a support or
guide to the intromittent organ, and is quite wanting in
Thecla, as also in rhymnus, tengstremii, and pretiosa.
Again, the penis itself in Lycena, after the style of that
shown at fig. la (pheretes), is always short and thick,
whilst in the group of T’hecla we are now discussing it is
long, rather elegant in outline, and with trumpet- shaped
lips; in this respect also the three species herein specially
considered follow the latter precisely.

At figs. 2 to 3) the genitalia of Thecla sassanides and
lunulata are represented, the former a profile, the latter
vertical from above; and before proceeding further it
may be well to describe these organs, and also those of
Lycena, more in detail.

At fig. 2 2a will be seen the clasps of Thecla sassanides,
which are quite diminutive, and probably of but little
use for the function they are supposed to perform ; they
are roughly isosceles triangular in shape, with the base
slightly bowed outwards.

Lycena rhymnus, tengstremia, and pretiosa. 29

The tegumen is figured alone at fig. 2; it is very con-
siderably developed laterally, and is tunnel-shaped,
excavated considerably at the top behind (7. e., towards
the head of the insect), and slightly in the front the
sides are full, so that it might be described as being
saddle-shaped; it is supported on, or more correctly
arises in, two slender horizontally-inclined arms, and
the clasp reaches but little further than to where these
suddenly expand into the ample sides of this part of the
organ. At the front of the base of the tegumen two
large hooks (c) have their origin, which are bent back-
wards, and then make a bold curve to the front; they
must be, I believe, freely moveable, and have probably
been evolved to their present extent to compensate for
the lack of power in the clasps.

The penis (fig. 2b) in this group of Thecla is extra-
ordinarily long; it is, of course, tubular, becoming larger
for the first third, from whence it rapidly tapers to its
extremity, where it suddenly expands into a trumpet-
shaped orifice.

The genitalia of Lycena are shown at fig. 1, in profile ;
the lower portion ¢ represents the clasps with the forked
guide rising near their juncture with the arms of the
tegumen (see also fig. la, showing them in a vertical
position under pressure). It will be seen at once what
an important part these clasps must play during the act
of copulation ; what a powerful grasp they would have.
The tegumen d is very diverse from that of T’hecla, being
much more complicated; it arises in two somewhat
vertical and slender arms, longer than the genus just
named, and not horizontally inclined, whilst it is de-
veloped in the front into two longish projecting lobes e
(=the uncus of Goss), at the base of which lobes
the hooks / have their origin; these are in this genus,
particularly in this species, very much stouter, broader,
and shorter than in Vhecla.

The penis (fig. 1b) is short and thick, slightly bulbous
near the end, the tip of which tapers rapidly into a blunt
point. Two strong teeth are emitted backwards from
the bulbous portion of this instrument. At fig. 4 I have
drawn the same organs of tengstrw@mii in profile ; they
are from a large specimen designated by Staudinger
v. maxima, and really require no explanation. They
follow very closely the shape of Thecla sassanides, but

30 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker’s notes on

are, of course, larger; they are also deeper and less
excavated. The clasp 4a is also very similar when
‘compared with 2a, whilst the intromittent organ 4)
assimilates in like manner to the T’hecla shape.

At figs. 5a and b appear these organs of rhymnus, which
might almost be mistaken for unusually small organs of
the preceding species. The clasp 5a is not quite so like
that of 7’. sassanides, but is curiously similar to that of
lunulata (fig. 3a). The penis is also the same shape as
those we have already considered.

Pretiosa now alone remains to be examined, and in
this species these organs bear an even closer resemblance
to T’. sassanides and lunulata than do the preceding, as
will be seen on comparing fig. 6 with 2 and 3. The
general outline of all these three species is very similar.
The clasps of pretiosa (6a) are very similar to lunulata
(8a), whilst the penis of the former (6) is very like both
the two Thecle just mentioned.

If it is considered necessary to produce further evi-
dence to prove that all these species are congeneric, the
neuration will do so. In the genus Lycena there are
eleven nervules in the fore wings, of which seven and eight
(counting German fashion) are forked from a common
stem. In Thecla there are but ten veins, none of which
are forked. In rhymnus, tengstremii, and pretiosa the
latter obtains, each having ten veins, all of which are
unforked.

From these three facts I think we shall be amply
justified in moving these three species from the genus
Lycena, and placing them in that of Thecla, their posi-
tion in which will be immediately following lunulata.

Perhaps I may be allowed to take this opportunity to
make an appeal to collectors of exotic Rhopalocera. I
feel sure that the generic organs will often help in
clearing up difficulties, where they occur, between species,
and they are probably destined to play a not unimportant
part in future classification. If, therefore, those who
receive large collections of exotic butterflies would be so
good as to let me have otherwise useless specimens, no
matter how bad, so that they are absolutely correctly
named (this is imperative), they would confer a great
benefit on me, and just possibly on lepidopterists in
general. I want to obtain some specimens of the various
genera which might form a basis on which to work, and

Lycena rhymnus, tengstramit, and pretiosa. 31
see if my conclusions, formed after examining nearly
every species of Palearctic Lycena, and many other
genera also, are correct; as, if so, there is no doubt but
that the generic organs will prove of much value both
generic and specific.

EXPLANATION OF Puate II.

6. Pretiosa;

6a.
6b.

9

9

Fig. 1. Lycawna pheretes ; genitalia (less penis), profile in sitw.
la. os clasps, vertical under pressure.
Ita - penis.
ie: AG clasps.
ld. ap tegumen.
le. 3 uncus.
Wie = hooks.
2. Thecla sassanides ; genitalia (less penis and clasps), pro-
file in situ.
2a. 5 clasps, profile.
Dibe > penis, profile.
3. Thecla lunulata; genitalia (less penis and clasps), ver-
tical view.
dda. * clasps, vertical.
30. ~ penis, profile.
4. Tengstramii ; genitalia (less penis), profile in situ.
4a. . clasps, profile.
4b. ey penis, profile.
5. Rhymnus ; genitalia (less penis), profile 7 situ.
5a. on clasps, profile.
5b. + penis, profile.

genitalia (less clasps and penis), pro-
file i situ.
clasp, profile.

penis, profile.

All the figures were magnified uniformly 38 diameters, but they
have been reduced by one-half linear measurement to get them
on to one plate.

ws . see
’ na .
_ - - —— eh —_ g

( 7 re = ae : aS ae
4 i ie ate ree aes) a a cy 4 ia a 7
- » > 12

-? ae aS

oa ; ce
Vv Wi BX) Pox = A ; Way tev "ii) a Lae

‘ ‘
Ves ; yeare We fyie meer ay tye

7
7 ile 4) 9 CS pits
o4« an ase
7 pes! th ae ee
"1 1, is iw eas
- .

IV. The effects of artificial temperature on the colouring
of several species of Lepidoptera, with an account
of some experiments on the effects of light. By
FREDERIC MERRIFIELD, F.E.S.

|Read December 2nd, 1891.]

I HAVE on previous occasions proved that both the spring
and the summer emergence of Selenia illustraria, and the
one emergence of Ennomos autumnaria, are materially in-
fluenced in their colowring by exposure of the pupa in its
penultimate stage,—that is, in the one immediately pre-
ceding that in which the colouring of the perfect insect
begins to show,—to a moderate difference of temperature,
‘t.é., within the limits of 57° and 80° F., the lower causing
the greater darkness, and an exposure for a few days at
the higher temperature being sufficient for its purpose.
I have also proved that the markings of the former of
these species, and probably those of the latter, may be
very materially affected by long-continued exposure of
the pupa in its earlier stages to a much lower tempera-
ture, one of about 83°.

Similar experiments have now been made on both
emergences of the other two English species of Selenia,
viz., S. illunaria and S. lunaria, with entirely similar
results as regards colouring. These results are least
marked in lunaria, as perhaps might have been expected
from the fact that that species is in England generally
single-brooded, and, where double-brooded, does not
manifest as much dimorphism as its congeners do.

With respect to these Selenias, I now exhibit examples
taken from as many as fifteen separate ‘‘ families” —a
term which I here use, not in its zoological sense, but as
a convenient one for describing the offspring of a single
pair. As the facts have now been established, and it
would be exceedingly inconvenient and perhaps tiresome
to show the very long series that these fifteen separate
families have given me—more than 500 individuals—I
have on the present occasion limited myself, in the case
of the Selenias, to a selection of typical examples. But,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892,— PARTI. (MARCH.) OD

B4 Mr. F. Merrifield on the effects of artificial

for the satisfaction of those who may not be conversant
with all that has previously been established, it may be
expedient to make the observations which follow, and
which show the impossibility of ascribing the effects pro-
duced to any other cause than the temperature applied.
I preface them with the remarks :—

(1). That the results lose much of their effect in con-
sequence of being seen by artificial light. This reduces
the effect in nearly all cases, and in some, where colour,
and especially yellowish colouring, is concerned, makes
a very great difference.

(2). That in all the Selenias, and in autumnaria, the
under side is more affected than the upper; possibly
this may have some significance in connection with the
fact that these species, when at rest, expose only, or
partly, their under sides.

(3). That in most of the species experimented on the
male is more affected than the female; this, however,
does not seem to be the case with ilustruria.

(4). That the more vigorous and healthy the insect
experimented on, the more strongly are the effects mani-
fested on it.

Lunaria.—Two families, one of the spring, the other
of the summer, emergence; 24 individuals. The markings
of every one of those at the lower temperature are darker
than those of any one at the higher temperature.

Illunaria.—T wo families, one of the spring and one
of the summer emergence, the former comprising 44
individuals, the latter rather more than 100. As to the
former, I am not sure that all were from a single pair,
but I think it nearly certain that they were so, for they
came to me as a single lot, and where similarly treated
show a close resemblance in appearance. These two
families were exposed to several different temperatures—
about 80°, 60°, 51°, and a somewhat lower temperature,
viz., that of the open air in winter and spring, emerging
about April, when the temperature averaged little over
42°. Unless where the range of temperature was such
as to cause little difference in colouring, which was the
case as between some of the classes at the lower ranges,
every individual which was kept at the lower temperature
is darker than any which was kept at the higher tem-
perature, with the exception of a few females, and these
form no exception, if the under sides are looked to.

temperature on the colouring of Lepidoptera. 85

Moreover, when a considerable number of individuals,
say, 10 to 20, were brought out at the moderately low
temperature, the colouring as a whole, but not regularly,
gradually darkens in proportion to the leneth of the
exposure. Ido not ascribe this directly to retardation,
but to the fact that the physiological changes go on very
slowly at the lower temperature; so that several weeks are
necessary to produce as great an effect as several days at
a forcing temperature would be sufficient for. A striking
illustration of the delicacy with which the colouring
responds when the temperature is applied precisely at
the right time is afforded by the following circumstance.
IT had about a dozen of the summer emergence, which
had been brought out at 80°, and, on looking them over
after they were set, I noticed that three were decidedly
deeper in colour than the rest. This perplexed me, until
I remembered—and I found, on referring to my record,
that I was right—that these three had been placed in
the forcing-box at a separate time, and must have been
more advanced when placed there, and consequently had
been less exposed to the influence of the high tempera-
ture ; for they occupied only from 3 to 5 days in emerging,
instead of occupying 6 to 8 days, as the others did.

Of the spring emergence, it will be noticed that the
first one was for as much as 14 days at a temperature of
80°, and it is much lighter than the rest of the family,
which were not forced till February and March. It was
one of six which were forced in November, the other five
having died, an event which usually happens when the
spring emergence is forced early in autumn.

Illustraria.—F ive families, two of them (Families “T”’
and ‘‘R’’) of the spring emergence, comprising about 80
individuals. These were placed during their penultimate
pupal stage at three different temperatures, viz., at 80°,
at about 60°, and out of doors (emerging April and early
in May at a temperature averaging, during April, about
42°, or a little over). These last were generally darker
than those at 60°. Every one of those at either of the
lower temperatures is darker than any one of those at
80°, with the exception of one imperfectly developed
specimen.

Three families (‘‘I,” “J,” and ‘‘Red C”’) are of the
summer emergence, and comprise more than 80 indi-
viduals, Each of these families was divided, and the

D2

36 Mr. F. Merrifield on the effects of artificial

divisions respectively placed at two different tempera-
tures, viz., at 80°, and at about 46°. Every one of those
(rejecting a few cripples), mostly among those at the
higher temperature, at 46°, is darker than any of those
at 80°.

A sixth family, of the spring emergence (Family ‘‘U”),
numbering about 20 individuals, was exposed to several
different temperatures for varying periods. These show
the same general results, but of course not so definitely
as the others ; moreover, they proved to be an unhealthy
family, of which many died, or came out in a crippled
condition. I exhibit typical specimens of each of these
6 families, also of 5 others, showing the same general
results when exposed to similar conditions.

P. falcataria.—With an experiment on this I will con-
clude my summary of recent results, so far as concerns
double-brooded Geometre. I was supplied during the
winter with a number of pupz, which were very small
and poor, as well as much tenanted by parasites, so that
only 7 emerged. Three of these were placed, on the
19th April, at 80°, emerging in from 5 to 9 days, the
others, left out of doors, appearing between the 21st and
29th May. With one doubtful exception those which
emerged in the open air are manifestly darker and more
strongly marked than any of those at 80°. I exhibit all.

V. urtice.—In December, 1890, I exhibited a very dark
specimen of this insect, the appearance of which I then
thought, and have now no doubt, resulted from the
exposure of its pupa to a temperature of about 47° for
5 weeks. I again exhibit this specimen, with a fair
sample of 4 others of the same lot, all brought out at
80°, and emerging in about 6 days (Family ‘“‘Y”’).
During the last summer I have experimented on three
different families (or rather batches, each collected at the
same time, and in similar localities). The first two,
which I will call ‘“V” and “L,” were very kindly given
to me by Mr. Vine; ‘‘V” about the end of June, to the
number of more than 100. I was under the impression,
derived from my experiments with the Geometre, that
any change in colouring would be produced during one
of the later pupal stages, and therefore took no pains to
place the pupe while quite fresh in the refrigerator; and
this may have been the cause of the comparatively slight
effect produced on most of them, that effect becoming,

temperature on the colouring of Lepidoptera. 37

however, decided when the exposure had been of long
continuance. ‘Twelve were forced, of which eleven, of
very uniform appearance, emerged in from 5 to 6 days.
I exhibit four of these, which are not extreme, but a fair
sample. From 42, which emerged after an exposure to
about 47° of from 2 to 58 days, and which, though
varying inter se in a moderate degree, are in general but
slightly darker than the forced ones, | have selected the
five darkest, each of which is darker than any of those
forced. Nine others, which emerged after an exposure
of from 60 to 67 days, present a very different appearance
from the rest, mostly darker. I exhibit four typical
specimens of. these.

The next family, which I call ‘‘L,” were given to me
at the beginning of September. These were mostly
exposed within a few hours after pupation, eight of them
were forced, and of these I have selected four fair
samples. Of the remainder, placed at 47° for about 20
to 42 days, 17 emerged, and the great majority of these
present a peculiar appearance, mostly in the direction of
darkness. I exhibit the 10 most peculiar out of the 17.

Another family, fine pupe not more than a few days
old, were given to me by Mr. Fletcher on the 22nd
September; a very late brood. These I call the ‘““M”
family. Five were placed at 80°, emerging in from 6 to
7 days, and I exhibit them all; 13 emerged out of doors
in from 3 to 5 weeks at an average temperature of about
57°, and I exhibit the seven most strongly coloured and
marked of these. Others were exposed to a temperature
of about 47° for from about 3 to 7 weeks, and I exhibit
all of those which emerged, four in number ; they are
very different from the others, the general tendency
being to greater darkness.

The general observations I have to make on the results
of the V. wrtice experiments are as follows: The effect
of exposing this species to cold for a moderate period
seems to be generally, not universally, slightly to darken
the colouring, to lower the colour of the yellow parts (in
one individual this is almost gone), and to intensify the
contrasts of light and shade; to spread the dark portions,
and especially the dark outer margins, and, above all,
the blue crescents contained in these. I have examined
some long series of V. urtice in other cabinets, selected
to represent all ordinary variations, and have scarcely,

38 Mr. F. Merrifield on the effects of artificial

if at all, seen among them such conspicuous blue
crescents as several of mine exhibit. The effect of
exposure to cold continued for a period of from 8 to 9
weeks (or for a shorter period if exposed when the pupa
is freshly formed) is more marked, generally in the
increase of darkness. Further experiments must be
tried on this insect, on which I am inclined to think the
treatment most likely to produce darkness would be
exposure for a considerable time from a very early pupal
period to a temperature of about 50°.

I may add that I am well aware that my exhibits of
V. urtice would have been more effective had they been
limited to a few extreme examples, but I have been
desirous of imparting further knowledge than an exhibit
so limited could have conveyed. Some of the most
extreme specimens make a near approach to the var.
polaris of Northern Europe.

Bombyx quercus and var. callune.—I have not been
able to complete my experiments on these, but have
obtained some results from temperature, and they are in
the same direction as those obtained as to other species.
To begin with the true quercus form, ‘ Family A.” Some
recent pupx and nearly full-fed larve, all stated to be
from the same hedge at Windsor, supplied to me by
Mr. Edmonds in 1890, were placed at 80°, generally at
about a week after ‘spinning up,” but some certainly at
a somewhat later stage. I produce seven that emerged
in from 29 to 40 days; they are fair samples of the
seven, and are, as will be seen, very light coloured.
“Family B.” A second lot of 18 were sent me during
last summer, also from Windsor. ‘They were a par-
ticularly fine and healthy lot; some of them could not
have been very recently ‘‘spun up,” judging from the
time when they began to emerge at the low temperature
of about 47°, at which they were placed. Fifteen males
emerged in from 39 to 71 days. The first was slightly
crippled, owing to the want of proper provision for its
reception. I produce the second at 40 days, and the
fifteenth at 71 days. Both are, I think, rather dark, but
the latest to emerge is substantially darker than the
other, especially in its light parts. The 12 intermediate
ones emerged in periods ranging from 40 to 70 days.
These vary slightly, not darkening regularly, but there
is on the whole a tendency, more particularly in the

temperature on the colouring of Lepidoptera. 39

light band, to grow darker as the length of the period of
pupation, and consequently of exposure to the low
temperature, increases.

Var. callune. ‘ Family A.’—A few sent from Aber-
deen were placed at 80°, and two emerged in from 27 to
46 days. I exhibit these, which are a good deal lighter
than usual, especially the female, which can scarcely, if
at all, be distinguished from the southern form. Another
family, “ B,’ from Perth, similarly forced, produced
three males and two females. These are darker, but
light for callune. I produce a fair sample of each sex;
the males exhibited are perhaps slightly lighter than the
average of the three. Another, family ‘C,” from Perth,
was divided; five males and five females were forced at
80°, appearing in from 29 to 42 days, and I exhibit two
pairs of these—fair samples—one of the males slightly
lighter than the average of the five. Six males and nine
females were placed in the open air, and emerged in June
and early in July; these varied but little. I produce
two pairs which emerged between 28th June and Ist
July, fair samples of the 11, except that one male is
slightly darker than the average of the six males. It
will be ‘seen that the males especially are darker than
those which had been forced.

To sum up as to quercus and callune. The same
general result which has been noticed in other cases
obtains here; that is, those at the higher temperature
are lighter than those at the lower temperature. This
particularly applies to the males, the females varying
less; but in both males and females the forced ones
have a reddish tint, which is wanting in the others. In
some cases the effect of temperature is so considerable
that I think some of the forced callune would, so far
as regards colouring, be classed as quercus, while the
individual quercus brought out in 71 days at the lower
temperature is very dark for quercus.

I think these experiments tend to show that the
southern form and its northern var. are respectively
varieties of so fixed a kind when they reach the pupal
stage that it is probably only in exceptional instances, if
at all, that temperature could convert the one form, so
far as its appearance is concerned, into the other. But
further experiments should be made, especially in the
application of a low temperature to the southern form

40 Mr. F. Merrifield on the effects of artificial

while freshly pupated. I believe temperature applied
early in the larval stage has effected a complete con-
version as regards habits, but I do not know whether it
has had this effect on the colouring.

C. caja.—Dr. Chapman kindly sent me, at the begin-
ning of February last, a batch of eggs which had been
laid by a female in captivity. These I forced, and had
from them more than 100 pupe between the 12th and
24th March. Some of these were forced at 80°, some
placed in the refrigerator at about 47°, a few more at 33°,
and others at a temperature varying from about 50° to 60°.
Those at 33° died after a time, those at 47° either died
or emerged in a very crippled condition, many of those
at 50° to 60° died, but of those at 80°, about 30, nearly
all emerged, with no cripples. Unfortunately all but
one of these last-named were males, while most of the
others which emerged were females; so that the means
of comparison are not so exact as might have been
desired. Still, they show unquestionable differences
corresponding with their treatment. In the fore wings
of those forced the brown ground colour is paler, the
colouring of the hind wings is a yellower orange, and
their dark spots are smaller, and show a less tendency
to coalesce. But the most striking feature is in the
black bars across the abdominal segments; these, with
scarcely an exception, are much longer and broader in
the moths from the pupe kept at the lower temperature
than in those from the higher temperature. I exhibit
three average samples of the forced males and the one
forced female, and two males and two females of those
at the lower temperature—average examples.

These experiments having indicated that caja flourishes
under a high temperature, I placed some more pupe,
afterwards kindly sent me by Dr. Chapman, at the
temperature of 80°—90°; the effect was to increase
sensibly the pallor of the brown part of the fore wings,
especially towards the outer margin, where the colouring
assumes a clouded and blotchy appearance. I had five
of these, and exhibit two of them, typical specimens, or
only slightly paler than the average of the five.

Size and shape as affected by temperature in the pupal
stage.—This is a subject I approach with some hesitation,
because accidental circumstances have interfered with
the completion of the crucial tests I meant to have

temperature on the colouring of Lepidoptera. 41

applied, and which are now in progress; but the evidence
is so strong that I do not like to delay calling attention
to the point, with a view of, if possible, enlisting other
observers, until the question shall have been decided by
exact measurements. I think it is generally assumed
that, once the pupal state is entered upon, the size and
shape of the imago are fixed once for all (except where the
wings afterwards expand imperfectly), and no doubt that
is true to the extent that, in an insect of variable size,
the size the larva attains is the chief factor in the size
of the imago, and under ordinary circumstances the only
one. But there is very strong evidence that the size
may be affected by the circumstances surrounding the
pupa. The impression that this is so can hardly fail to
be gathered by any one who sees the long series I possess
of insects differently treated in the pupal stage, and I
think I may say that this is the impression actually pro-
duced on all my friends who have seen these long series.
It is an effect which by no means appears to operate in
the same direction in all species.

In the three Selenias, of both the spring and the sum-
mer emergences, those at 80° appear smaller than those
kept at and under 60°; it seems to be the same in
falcataria, as well as in B. quercus and its var. callune.
In V. urtice there appears little difference, if any, in the
size of butterflies from pupe at 80° and from pupe at
about 60°; but those from the pupe kept at 47° are
generally smaller. I may add that on consulting the
record of experiments on P. pharos, as recorded in
‘Weissmann’s Studies in the Theory of Descent,’ by
Meldola, I find it stated that the butterflies from three
pup which had been iced were sensibly smaller than
the rest.

As to shape, I can only say at present that I think this
is affected by temperature. I think that in the Selenias
of which the pupe were kept at the lower temperature,
the fore wings are longer and more angular; but on this
subject I am making some exact observations, and in the
meantime venture to ask the attention to it of those who
have the opportunity of investigation.

The general differences in size, and possibly in shape,
are, I think, exemplified by the specimens I exhibit,
which were selected solely for colour and markings.

Species not found to be affected by temperature.—It may

49 Mr. F. Merrifield on the effects of artificial

be useful to mention the names of some species on the
colouring of which I have not hitherto found any effect
produced by the pupal temperature. They are the
spring emergence of P. machaon and P. podalirius (both
from Southern Spain), Thais polyxena, A. paphia, D.
vinula, T’. orbona (comes), and Lb. cynthia. P. brassice
and P. rape are affected, but as yet I have seen no great
effect produced on them. I think the spring emergence
of A. levana is affected, but, so far as my opportunities
have enabled me to judge, very slightly so.

Lifject of light.—It has been suggested to me by mem-
bers of this Society that light, especially about the time
of emergence, might influence colour. I have therefore
tried some experiments on the point. The first were
with some of the spring emergence of illustraria: 32 of
a healthy brood were on the 1st February divided as
nearly as might be between the two sexes, and placed in
lots of two pairs each on the sill inside the window of a
rather large bedroom facing E.S.E., in which there was
always a small fire night and morning. They were at a
temperature generally ranging from about 46° to 57°,
rising sometimes to 63° during sunshine. The pupe
were protected from direct sunshine. Seven lots of four -
pup each were placed in white jam-pots, their tops
covered respectively with glass—clear, purple, blue,
green, yellow, orange, and red; while an eighth lot was
covered so as to be quite dark. Afterwards another lot
of four pupe from the same parents was similarly
exposed, with no light admitted but such as came through
a solution of bichromate of potash. Nearly all emerged
uncrippled between 8th March and 6th April. I can find
no appreciable difference between them in appearance.

Afterwards I tried the following experiments with
B. cynthia :—On the 13th April, I took seven pupe out
of their cocoons, and laid them on the bare surface of
some cocoa-nut fibre at the bottom of a very large
flower-pot placed in a balcony facing E.S.E., covered
with a sheet of glass, and the pup protected from direct
sunshine. Seven others were treated in another flower-
pot, side by side, with the difierence that the pupz were
left “in their cocoons, which were covered with tinfoil,
and were also provided with long caps of tinfoil, excluding
light, but capable of being pushed off by the moths in
emerging, which happened. Allthe 14 emerged between

temperature on the colouring of Lepidoptera. 43

the 8rd and 25th July, only one being a cripple. I have
failed to see any difference of appearance between the
two lots. I may add that I could not find any difference
in colouring produced in this species by the difference of
temperature between pupe kept at 80°, and emerging in
5 to 6 weeks, and pup kept in the open air and emerging
in about 4 months.

General speculations as to temperature effects.—Some of
the results seem attributable to the cause that a par-
ticular temperature is more conducive to health and
vigour than any other, and therefore may be expected to
produce larger size and greater intensity of coloration,
which, in insects of the colouring of those operated on
by me generally, but not always, means greater darkness.
The connection between ‘‘varieties”’ and ‘‘ cripples” is
well known. <A temperature of about 58° or 60° in
V. urtice seems to be the one most conducive to bright-
ness and intensity of colouring and marking. And a
temperature of 47°, especially if long continued, seems
to stunt its size, as well as to deaden its brightness, and
to produce a large proportion of cripples. In B. quercus,
and still more in its var. callune, a temperature of 60°
appears more conducive to vigour than a higher one.

But this is quite insufficient to account for all the
effects produced by temperature in the cases of V. urtice,
B. quercus (and callune), C. caja, and E. autumnaria.
Apart from the changes of colouring that may be sup-
posed to be dependent on vigour, there seems in all these
species what may provisionally be called a direct* tendency
in the lower temperature to cause darkness, either by
obscuring the general colour or increasing the size and
intensity of the dark markings, or by some or all of these
combined. And in the seasonally dimorphic species,
such as the Selenias (and probably in falcataria also), the
intensity and darkness of coloration caused by tempera-
ture appear to be quite independent of health and vigour,
for those which have been forced, whether of the spring
or summer emergence, appear in every way as healthy
and well developed, and as thickly clothed with scales,
as those kept at the lower temperature.

** In using this term I should have excluded from its application
such effects in the way of darkness as can be explained by Weiss-
mann’s theory that the low temperature causes reversion to a
darker ancestral form: a subject adverted to by me in earlier
papers.

44 Effects of artificial temperature, &c.

I have only to add that, with the permission of the
authorities of the Natural History Museum at South
Kensington, my exhibits will be left there for a time, for
the more leisurely inspection of all interested in them,
and if any desire to examine the long series I have at
home, these will be much at their service.

Norr.—To correct misapprehensions it may be as well
to state that though, where the temperature conditions
are extreme, whether high or low, there is, as might be
expected, a tendency to crippling, there is no such
tendency whatever under more moderate conditions. In
those species in which the effects are most marked, the
extreme effects in colouring are produced by small
differences of temperature, without causing any crippling
or any trace of disease or unhealthy appearance. Rather
a large proportion of those subjected to extreme con-
ditions was exhibited, as they showed much individual
variation, but out of 172 specimens exhibited fully 150
are quite uncrippled.

V. On Variation in the Colour of Cocoons of Eriogaster
lanestris and Saturnia carpini. By WiittaMm
Barreson, M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College,
Cambridge. Communicated by Dr. Davin Suarp,
MA RS,

[Read December 2nd, 1891.]

Ir is well known that the cocoons of certain moths are
sometimes dark brown and sometimes of various lighter
shades of colour, being occasionally quite white. This
variation is well known in the case of the Small Keger
(Hriogaster lanestris), and the Emperor Moth (Saturnia
carpini).

It has been suggested by Poulton* and others that
these colours are of value as a means of concealment
from enemies, and it has been stated by them that the
variation in colour of these cocoons accords with that of
the substances to which the cocoons are attached. In
the place referred to, Poulton says:—‘‘I found that
caterpillars of this species (S. carpini) spun very dark
brown cocoons in a black calico bag, while white cocoons
were spun in white surroundings in a strong light. In
this case it seems almost impossible for the surrounding
colours to influence directly the colour of the cocoon.
It is necessary to assume the existence of a complex
nervous circle as a medium through which the stimulus
of colour can make itself felt. .... The Rev. W. J.
H. Newman showed that the cocoons of EH. lanestris are
creamy white when spun on white paper, dark brown
when constructed among leaves. .... The fact that
light reflected from green leaves is here the stimulus for
the production of a dark colour is readily intelligible
when we remember that the moth does not emerge till
the following February at the earliest, while the insect
often remains in the pupal state for one or two years
longer. The leaves in contact with the cocoon soon die

* KH. B. Poulton, ‘Colours of Animals,’ 1890, pp. 142—146.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaARTI. (MARCH.)

-

46 Mr. W. Bateson on variation in the colour

and turn brown, and after this change the dark colour is
highly protective. It is also of especial importance for
the cocoon to be well concealed during the winter months,
when insect-eating animals, are pressed for food, and are
obliged to search for it with extreme care.” An experi-
ment with Halias prasinana is then described, in which
a larva which had begun to spin a brown cocoon on an
oak-leaf was transferred to a white box, where it sub-
sequently spun a white cocoon.

If it were really established that there is an intimate
relation of this kind between the colour of the cocoon
and that of the substances to which it is attached, the
fact would be very surprising, and perhaps unparalleled.
We have here to deal with a case not of a graduated
resemblance between the general tint of the skin of an
animal and that of the ground on which it lies, such as
is found in many forms which are provided with con-
tractile or moveable chromatophores (the Sole, Sepia, &e.),
but of a resemblance between the colour of external
objects and that of a secreted substance poured out upon
them. The existence of such a phenomenon, if proved,
would introduce new possibilities into physiology.

It is, of course, believed that this power of adapting
the colour of the cocoon is a protection from enemies,
and it is suggested that as such it may have arisen and
been perpetuated by Natural Selection. To this view
there is an objection which may be widely applied in
like cases, but which in this one has particular force.
The belief that the resemblance between the cocoon and
adjacent objects protects the insect is based on expecta-
tion and not on evidence. If we ask from what enemies
the insect is thus protected, we are told from insecti-
vorous enemies; and here the matter must rest. There
is as yet no direct evidence that a definite bird or mam-
mal, for instance, has ever been seen to open a cocoon
of S. carpint or E. lanestris ; still less that any such
animal habitually searches for these cocoons. In the
case of S. carpini, at least, it may be plausibly argued
that, so far as a priort impression goes, it is unlikely
that these cocoons are sought by birds, for the wall of
the cocoon is so tough that it must be difficult for most
birds to pierce it. No doubt rats and mice could gnaw
through them, but it is likely that these animals, which
are for the most part nocturnal, depend for their supply

of cocoons of K. lanestris and §. carpini. 47

of food at least as much on the sense of smell as on that
of sight.

It may be remarked in passing that there is abundant
evidence that the larve of these insects are infested by
Tachina, and by hymenopterous parasites, and, as in
other cases, probably these are really their most for-
midable enemies.

As to their enemies in the pupal state, there is no
evidence. In the absence of such evidence it may be
contended that any disquisition on the modes by which
they may be protected from hypothetical enemies is
premature. This, however, is a line of argument of
which Mr. Poulton and the apologists of Adaptation
are well aware, and to which they expose themselves
avowedly.

The fact, however, that the colour of these cocoons
varies in accordance with that of adjacent substances
did not seem, in my judgment, to be established beyond
possibility of question, and it was in the belief that
some simple sources of error were not excluded that the
following experiments were undertaken.

Hriogaster lanestris.—I. A large colony of these cater-
pillars were brought home, they being then about three-
quarters grown, and fed in a large plain glass vessel till
Aug. 15th. On that date the whole was examined, and
11 cocoons were found spun on leaves. Of these 6 were
of full colour—

4 were dark, but not quite so full in colour.
1 was a good deal lighter, but still brown.

The dark colour is about the tint of black coffee, and the
lighter specimen may be described as having the colour
of strong tea with some milk it. It will be convenient
to refer to this specimen for comparison, and its tint
may be spoken of as “‘half-colour.”’

II. From this colony a number were chosen which
seemed to be ready to spin. ‘These were shut up in a
white muslin bag full of torn, crumpled strips of white
paper. Of these larve several died, but five survived,
and all spun cocoons attached to the muslin, or to the
white paper, or to both. Of these five—

3 were quite white.
2 were very pale cream-colour.

48 Mr. W. Bateson on variation in the colour

The paper and bag were bespattered with a brown juicy
substance, which will be described later.

III. A number of apparently full-fed larve were
similarly chosen and shut up in dark substances, and of
these six survived and spun as follows :—

a. In black gauze, 1 specimen. Cocoon lighter than
‘* half-colour.”’

b. On brown paper in green muslin bag, 2 specimens.
Both quite white.

c. On brown dried leaves in a green muslin bag, 2 spe-
cimens. One white; one very pale cream-colour.

d. In the same bag of leaves as ¢; spun on the green
muslin, 1 specimen. Cocoon white.

All these six cocoons, attached to dark substances, were
of light colour. There was a good deal of brown
evacuation, as in II.

IV. Two larve, which had begun to spin in leaves,
were taken out and shut up in white paper. Both spun
cocoons of light colour.

One larva, which had similarly begun to spin in a leaf,
was taken out, and it eventually spun a white cocoon
between green gauze and a piece of clear glass.

One larva, beginning to spin on white paper, was
disturbed, and afterwards spun a white cocoon.

Therefore, of 4 larvee which were disturbed while spin-
ning, all spun light cocoons, 1 being on a dark substance,
3 being on white substances.

These results leave little room for doubt that the
absence of colour in the cocoons results from an un-
natural condition, such as disturbance at the time of
spinning, or removal from food-plant when the growth
is nearly complete. Besides these the presence of para-
sites should be mentioned as sometimes associated with
a similar effect. This was seen once in a specimen of
E. lanestris, and once in S. carpini, which were inhabited
by a Tachina. In both these cases the cocoons were
quite white. On the other hand, several Tachineé were
found in one Saturnia cocoon of dark colour. It will be
seen, therefore, that though these observations fully
confirm the statement that the larve do spin dark
cocoons on the leaves, and white cocoons when confined
in white paper, yet they suggest that the operating
cause is the confinement and not the whiteness of the

of cocoons of Ki. lanestris and §. earpini. AY

paper. The nature of the distinction between brown
and white cocoons is discussed below.

VY. From these experiments it appeared that light-
coloured cocoons were produced when the larve were
confined in white substances, and also when they were
confined in dark substances, but that when left with
their food the cocoons were dark. This result suggested
that perhaps the alteration of colour was brought about
by some unhealthy condition associated with the removal
of the larve from their food. The four larve which had
been disturbed whilst spinning also produced white
cocoons, though one of them was attached to a dark
object. From this it seemed likely that disturbance at
the time of spinning might also be sufficient to prevent
the cocoon from being properly coloured. It became
therefore necessary to see what coloured cocoons would
be spun by larvee which of their own free will spun upon
white paper. With this object the vessel in which the
remaining larve were feeding was carefully filled with
crumpled white paper, so that each twig of food (haw-
thorn) was more or less surrounded with paper. All the
larvee in this vessel chose to spin in the paper, and 15
cocoons were thus obtained. Of these 15 cocoons on
white paper—

4 were of full colour.

6 were lighter than this, but still substantially
brown.

4 were light, 3 of them being white.

Of the 8 which were white, one was spun by one of four
larvee which remained at the last, and were not fed
owing to a mistake.

To recapitulate :—Of 11 larve left with their food, all
spun dark cocoons on leaves.

Of 14 larve left with their food and white paper, 10
spun dark cocoons on white paper, and 4 spun leght
cocoons on white paper.

Of 11 larvee which were shut up, all spun ight cocoons,
5 being on white substances, and 6 being on dark sub-
stances.

Saturnia carpint.—Kleven cocoons found spun in the
hedges in a state of nature were all of full colour.

fixperiments made with larvie of this species agreed
gencrally with the results from those made on 1. lanestris,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—paRT I. (MARCH.) E

\

50 Mr. W. Bateson on variation in the colour

but I found it difficult to obtain any considerable number
of dark cocoons from carpini larve in captivity, even when
they were left with their food, and disturbed as little as
possible.

Fifteen larvee, which were shut up in various dark
substances, such as brown paper, black muslin, green
muslin, &¢., spun cocoons which were all light in colour,
though attached to dark substances, several being quite
white. No dark cocoon was spun by any larva thus
confined,

Fifteen larvee were fed in a large vessel on food sur-
rounded with crumpled white paper, treated as the
Eriogaster larvee were in experiment V. Of these 15,
only 7 spun dark cocoons; but of these, 3 were more or
less attached to white paper, the remaining 4 being
among leaves.

4 were light brown in colour, being attached to both
twigs and paper.

4 were white or nearly so, being attached to paper
and leaves.

From this it seems to be difficult to get conditions which
are sufficiently healthy to enable the larve to spin dark
cocoons, but it does not appear that the colour of the
cocoons depends upon that of foreign substances.

Most of the bags and vessels in which the larve were
confined were found to be bespattered with brown fluid
similar to that which was seen in the case of the Hrio-
gaster.

The colouring substance of the cocoons.—It has been
mentioned that many of the larvee of Hriogaster and of
Saturnia evacuated a quantity of brown fluid substance.
The tint of this fluid so closely matches that of the
brown cocoons that it seems possible that their colour
may be given to them by an outpouring of the brown
fluid upon them. In view of this possibility the nature
of this fluid is a matter of interest, and the following
facts relating to it have a bearing on the question of the
coloration of cocoons.

The brown fluid was found only in vessels in which
large and presumably full-fed larve were living. In
cases in which a larva was removed and shut up, it was
generally present on the second or third day after
removal, but there were several large patches of it in the

of cocoons of EK. lanestris and S$. carpini. Dil

large vessel in which the Saturnia larvee were kept
without disturbance. The fluid itself is viscous, and of
a dark coffee-brown colour, closely resembling that of
the cocoons. It generally contained some fcecal matter
and particles of semi-digested food. From this, there-
fore, it may be concluded that the fluid is voided from the
intestines, but I never saw a larva in the act of evacuating
it. If this should be found to be the origin of the fluid,
it may probably be looked on as being of the nature of
** meconium.”

The presumption that it is with this fluid that the
cocoons are coloured rests on the following observations:
A considerable number of larve, which were known to
have voided the brown fluid, spun white cocoons. On
the other hand, many spun white cocoons which were
not known to have voided any fluid, though nevertheless
they may have done so. Next, it was observed that
some of the dark Saturnia cocoons, after they were just
finished, were wet, as though drenched with brown fluid.
Several also of the pale Saturnia cocoons had a darker
patch in one part, generally upon the neck of the cocoon,
though in one case there was a dark patch on the side.
The appearance of these patches was exactly as if a
quantity of brown fluid had been ejected upon the inside
of the cocoon. In one case a brown cocoon of Saturnia,
which was spun against a piece of white paper, lay on a
large stain of the brown fluid; and there could be little
doubt that the fluid had soaked through the cocoon on
to the paper.

There is, then, good evidence that a brown meconial
fluid is voided by caterpillars which are removed and
shut up before they spin, and if it were to be established
that the colouring matter of the cocoons is due, or
largely due, to this fluid, the phenomenon of the
colour-variation of cocoons becomes much simpler; for
the cocoons of secluded larve are, on this hypothesis,
white by reason of the previous voiding of the brown
fluid, and the consequent absence of a supply of colouring
matter.

It should be mentioned, as making against this view,
that in the case of three MWriogaster larvee, which were
disturbed whilst spinning, and which afterwards spun
white cocoons, it was almost certain that no brown fluid
was previously voided. It is, of course, possible that the

E 2

‘

52 Variation in the colour of cocoons, ec.

shock of disturbance may have led to a retention of the
brown fluid, though this cannot be proved.

After these experiments were performed I received
information that Mr. Poulton* and Prof. Meldola have
shown that the cocoon of Hriogaster is largely made up
of oxalate of lime, which is deposited on the first thin
web of silk. There was no direct evidence as to the
manner in which this substance is deposited, but it was
believed to be voided from the intestine. This observa-
tion would thus to some extent give support to the
suggestion here made, that the colouring matter of the
cocoons is produced chiefly, if not altogether, from the
intestine.

* In a paper read before the Physiological Society, not yet pub-
lished (February, 1892).

VI. On the classification of the Geometrina of the European
fauna. By Epwarp Meyrick, B.A., F.Z.S.

[Read February 10th, 1892.}

PTATE ae

THE general principles on which this paper is based are
the same which I have employed in my paper on the
classification of the Pyralidina (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1890, 429), and the introductory remarks which I have
made there must be taken to apply here also.

Those species marked with an asterisk (*) I have not
been able to examine critically in respect of structure,
though in some instances I have seen specimens of them.
I have not thought it necessary to attempt to give a
complete catalogue of European described species, but
those which I have omitted are either probably of doubt-
ful specific value, so far as can be judged from the
descriptions, or are so unsatisfactorily characterised
that there is no clue to their affinity; hence only con-
fusion would have resulted if I had attempted to place
them, and in no instance is the value of any generic
name affected.

GEOMETRINA.

Ocelli usually obsolete, but sometimes present. Tongue usually
well-developed. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Fore wings with vein 1b
usually furcate, but lower fork more or less slender or tending to
be obsolete, 5 rising not nearer to 4 than to 6, 7 and 8 out of 9 (7
apparently but not really separate in Cataclysme), 10 and 11 usually
variously anastomosing, 11 from beyond middle of cell. Hind
wings with frenulum developed, 1c obsolete, 5 widely remote from
4, sometimes obsolete (Selidosemida), 6 and 7 stalked or approxim-
ated at base, 8 connected with or closely approximated to cell near
base, thence diverging or anastomosing with or closely approxim-
ated to cell to near or beyond middle, or rarely to beyond origin of
7, occasionally connected with cell beyond middle.

The group is closely related to the Notodontide ; so
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT I. (MARCH.)

‘

54 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

closely that it may be assumed to have been derived
from an early form of that family. It does not appear
that there is any direct affinity with the Noctuina, as is
commonly supposed. The reduction in the number of
abdominal pro-legs in the larva of some Noctuina is the
only ostensible ground for such a supposition, and is of
little value, as there is no reason why such reduction
should not have occurred quite independently. In other
essential characters there is no approximation between
the two groups; particular stress is to be laid on the
difference in origin of vein 5 of the fore wings.

The definition of the group has been framed above so
as to exclude the Strophidiade (Microniade), which I
formerly included in it; I have recognised that the
genera placed in that family (Strophidia, Stesichora, &c.)
are in essential characters identical with the group of
genera called by Guenée Uranides, as well as with
Hrosia, Syngria, Molybdophora, &c., and also with
Asthenia and its allies; the whole forming a single
natural family (scarcely represented in the Kuropean
region, but sufficiently numerous within the tropics),
which has marked affinity with the Geometrina, but can-
not be advantageously included with them. For this
family 1 think the term Uraniade should probably be
retained. The larve have usually the full number of
ten pro-legs, though one or two pairs are said to be
rudimentary in some instances.

In the Geometrina the larve almost always have the
pro-legs reduced to four only. In a few cases there are
six well-developed pro-legs, and rudiments of the other
two pairs are occasionally present. Too much stress
should not be laid on this character ; for, although the
deficiency of pro-legs very early became a fixed attribute
of the group, and it is practically impossible for them to
reappear in any of the more highly developed genera,
yet in the more ancestral forms it is by no means un-
likely that, when the larve are fully known, some may
be found which retain the full primitive number.

The presence of the ocelli in a few species does not
appear to have any generic value in this group. The
prominence of the forehead also seems to be of little
practical importance. The maxillary palpi are invariably
obsolete. ‘The labial palpi present hardly any structural
variation, except in relative size, and in the greater or

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 55

less development of the projecting scales or hairs clothing
the second joint; the terminal joint is more or less
cylindrical and obtuse, usually very short. The differ-
ences in the structure of the antenn are simple, but
always of some importance, though not as a leading
character. As a general rule, where there are nearly
allied forms with pectinated and simple antenne, those
with the pectinated antennx are the earlier. In the
fore wings vein la is usually very short, and in some
instances tends to be obsolete. Vein 1) has normally
a well-marked basal furcation of moderate length, but
the lower branch of this fork is commonly much more
slender, and tends to be obsolete; when there appears
to be no fureation, it is because this branch has become
quite obsolete, and the result is never (as in the Pyral-
dina) effected by the gradual shortening of the fork.
Vein 1c is obsolete. In the hind wings 1 c¢ is also obso-
lete; la and 1b are normally present, but in a few
instances, where absorption of the inner marginal area
has taken place, 1a seems to be absent. Vein 8 has a
short but strong basal furcation.

Although in external structure there are but few
characters available for generic definition (in comparison
with the Pyralidina, for instance), the neuration affords
abundant material. The structure of veins 5 and 8 of
the hind wings affords an easy means of separating the
group into families which are at once highly natural and
easy to recognise. In the fore wings the remarkable
differences in the structure of veins 10 and 11 are of
considerable though inferior value; here, however, care
has to be taken to eliminate the element of variability.
The tendency to anastomosis of these veins with one
another and with 9 or 12 is far more pronounced in this
group than in any other, though by no means confined
to it. The term anastomosis is used when two veins
meet, coincide for a short or long distance, and separate
again ; conection when two veins are united by a trans-
verse bar; and I use the latter term also to include
those very frequent cases when the bar is so short as to
be reduced to a point, so that the veins appear to touch
at a point only; this is of course, in fact, the inter-
mediate stage between connection and anastomosis.
Although in the following diagnoses I have kept these
two terms distinct, yet there is little essential difference

\

56 Mr. HK. Meyrick on the classification of

between them ; in some species connection and anastoni-
osis occur indiser iminately in different individuals.

It is curious that authors have generally failed to
recognise that Brephos is a true member of this group.
On the other hand, a few species of other groups are
sometimes referred here. The following have been
erroneously classed with the Geometrina, and will not
be found amongst my genera :—

oranaria, Lue. Classed by Staudinger under Sterrha ;
it belongs to the Arctiade, near Emydia.

apicipunctata, Christ. Referred by its author to Aci-
dalia. If [have correctly identified this species, it be-
longs to the Uraniade, and approaches Hrosia and
Hversmannia.

exornata, Ky. The genus Hversmannia, founded on
this species, is closely allied to Hrosia, and belongs to
the Uraniade. The larve of Hrosia, I may mention,
are like those of ordinary Noctue, and have the 10 pro-
legs fully developed ; I have bred them myself.

erasaria, Christ. ‘This species, which I have not seen,
is referred by its author to Mversmannia, and may be
presumed to be rightly placed there.

guttata, Christ. The genus Sericophara is founded on
this species; I have not seen it, but from the neural
characters given by its author there cannot be the least
doubt that it belongs to the Noctuina.

dentistrigate, Alph. The genus Imitator (a bad name)
is founded on this species; figures of the neuration are
given, Which make it perfectly clear that this also be-
longs to the Noctuina.

oreophila, Stgr. (undescribed ?). This species, received
as a Geometer under the generic name of Fergana, is, in
fact, a species of Stilbia, usually referred to the Noctuina,
though an anomalous form; at any rate, it has no
relationship to the Geometrina.

TABULATION OF FAMILIES.

1. Hind wings with 5 imperfect or obsolete .. 6. SELIDOSEMIDE.
Hind wings with 5 fully developed ae : 2.
. Hind wings with 5 rising much nearer 6 than 4 5. GEOMETRIDAE.
Hind wings with 5 rising from about or below
middle of transverse vein XC ore 3.
3. Hind wings with 8 connected with cell by an
oblique bar towards base te a .. 9. ORTHOSTIXIDE.

i)

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 57

Hind wings with 8 not connected with cell by
bar near base... , : : 30 4.

4. Hind wings with 8 very one Agiomosta
with cell near base, thence rapidly diverging 4. STERRHID.

Hind wings with 8 approximated to or anastom-

osing with cell to middle or beyond .. are Be
5. Hind wings with 8 free or shortly anastomosing
with cell near base only : 2. MonocTrENIaDm.

Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell ‘to
beyond middle, or connected with it by bar be-
yond middle ae dic 30 Sc .. 1. HypriomMENIp2&.

It seems to me that at present clearness and intelligi-
bility is best attained by treating all these six groups
as equivalent families; they are in practice all easily
separated by structure, and are also without doubt
natural groups which are conveniently discussed as
wholes. But the distinctions between families 2—5 are
of a less marked character, less absolute, and tend more
to be destroyed by intermediate cradations ; and there
would be much to be said for treating these four as sub-
families of one family (Geometride), to be accorded equal
rank with the other two, the Hydriomenide and Selido-
semide. I conceive it to be a question of convenience,
and a matter of judgment rather than of fact, and
probably the most careful students may be found to hold
various opinions on the point.

1. HYDRIOMENIDA.

Fore wings with vein 10 rising separate, anastomosing with 11
and 9, or rising out of 11 and anastomosing with 9. Hind wings
with vein 5 fully developed, 6 and 7 almost always stalked or from
a point, 8 anastomosing with upper margin of cell from near base
to beyond middle, or sometimes approximated only and connected
by bar or shortly anastomosing beyond middle.

The peculiar anastomosis of vein 8 in the hind wings
is highly characteristic of this family; it does not exist
in the same form in any other family of the Lepidoptera,
save in the case of one or two exceptional genera. It is
occasionally so far modified as to be represented only by
a connecting bar beyond middle of wills this structure,
occurring especially in the males of the Lobop hora
group, 1s clearly caused by a tendency to lateral expan-
sion of the wing, which takes place usually in com-
pensation for the absorption of a considerable portion of

‘

58 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

the inner marginal area in forming the characteristic
lobes or pockets of that group. Even in this modified
form it is almost equally peculiar, though of course a
connecting bar nearer base is common. The constant
and uniform anastomosis of veins 9,10, 11 of fore wings
also affords a very distinctive feature, equally absolute
though less exclusive; it has the effect of producing a
constant auxiliary cell, which in the generic descriptions
of this family is termed the areole ; when 10 and 11 rise
separately, the resulting areole is double; when they
are coincident towards base, it is simple. The com-
bination of these well-marked characters with the
ordinary structure of the Geometrina renders the family
particularly easy of recognition. Also, as in all cases
forms possessing the simple areole must necessarily
have originated in the first instance from forms with the
double areole (the reverse process is obviously im-
possible), and forms with the connecting bar in the
hind wings from forms with complete anastomosis (in
this case the retrograde change is certainly quite possible,
but not very probable, and I have not detected any
instance of it), considerable assistance is given towards
determining the order of development of the genera.

The tongue is well-developed in all European genera,
and is therefore not specially mentioned.

In one European genus (also in one or two exotics not
closely related to it, and I have recorded an instance
occurring abnormally in the case of one individual of an
exotic species)* the posterior wall of the areole is wholly
absent through obsolescence; this causes the neuration
to appear very different, as it would seem that vein 7 is
quite separate from 8 and 9, whilst 10 seems to rise out
of 9, and 11 to anastomose with 9, or if the areole was
simple, to rise also out of 9. If this structure had only
occurred in a single instance, it would have been very
puzzling; there is, however, no doubt that it has
originated in the way described, and it is particularly
necessary to have a right conception of the process, as
it would otherwise be an unaccountable exception to an
absolute character of the whole of the Geometrina. The
sudden disappearance of a portion of a vein is still very
curious and unusual, and probably depends on some
phy siological fact at present wie aha 2

pres Thon Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890, 82:

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 59

Structural variation within specific limits is in this
family slight; the principal diversity is in the origin of
vein 6 of the fore wings, which frequently rises either
out of 9, or separate, in different individuals of the same
species; this occurs more or less in nearly all the
genera, and is therefore not specially mentioned in the
diagnoses.

The family is a dominant one, and contains a very
great number of species, spread all over the world. The
uniformity of structure throughout these is remarkable,
and their systematic classification is proportionately
difficult. Probably Lythria is the oldest Kuropean form
of the family, though the New Zealand genus Notoreas
is still more ancestral, and in fact fulfils all the require-
ments of the primitive type. This must be derived from
a genus closely approaching, or even perhaps identical
with, the Australian Oenone in the Monocteniade, to
which in Europe Brephos is the nearest approximation.
From Notoreas springs immediately the Xanthorhoe
eroup, and also through Dasyuris the ‘Hydriomena group.
From the latter the four sroups typified respectively by
T'ephroclystis, Lobophora, Hucestia, and Asthena, are
viven off as so many diverging branches, which are
themselves again variously branched. A linear arrange-
ment of the genera of course cannot display this rela-
tionship effectually, but the main features are set forth
above, and the natural affinities of the other genera con-
stituting the various groups are explained under their
respective heads.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Posterior wall of areole absent .. a .. 23. CATACLYSME.
Posterior wall of areole present .. 56 dc 2.
2. Posterior tibie without median spurs .. xe 3.
Posterior tibize with all spurs present .. De 4.
3. Hind wings in ff with inner marginal lobe .. 2. TricHoprrryx.
Hind wings in § without lobe .. ae .. 11. GyMNoSCcELIS.
4. Areole simple 5 ore vs 5G eis 3.
Areole double bc 3 aye 39 17.
5. Fore wings with vein 11 running into 12 are 6.
Fore wings with vein 11 free from 12 .. ae iis
6. Fore wings in g with rough eee hairs on
costa ec 9, PHRISSOGONUS.

Fore wings in ¢ witout “Grae fears on pet 10. CHLOROCLYSIIS.

60 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of
7. Hind wings in § with inner marginal lobe .. 3. Mysricoprmra.
Hind wings in § without lobe .. +. sre 8.
8. Antenne in § pectinated .. oe 3c re 9:
Antenne in g simple oC Ap dc 14.
9. Thorax hairy beneath ; pee with long rough
hairs 5 : ac .. 35, LyTHria.
Thorax glabrous ; aig rough: soalea ae Ac 10.
10. Hind wings in § with inner marginal fold .. 8, TyLoprEra.
Hind wings in § without inner marginal fold .. Hike
11. Face forming an obtuse prominence .. .. 31. Raopomerra.
Face not forming a prominence .. Te on 12.
12. Hind wings without frenulum (?).. 3 .. 6, LeprosreGna.
Hind wings with frenulum present ae oa 13.
13. Face with projecting scales aie fe .. 32. ASAPHODES.
Face without projecting scales .. a0 .. 29. VENUSIA.
14. Antenne in ¢ ciliated with long fascicles; 9
semiapterous .. 5 .. 28. OPEROPHTERA.
Antenne in g shortly anal Seale eevede co)
winged .. 36 St oe 43 50 15.
15. Face flat, smooth .. Ae #3 .. 27. EUCHGCA. -
Face rounded, with more or less projecting scales 16.
16. Abdomen with small segmental crests .. 12. TrpHROCLYSTIS.
Abdomen not crested 58 B60 re 22. PLEMYRIA.
17. Antenne in § pectinated.. 46 3¢ Bc 18.
Antenne in g not pectinated 21.
18. Antenne in g bipectinated 50 atc oo 1S),

23.

24.

Ww
~l

. Face flat, smooth
Face rounded, with more or less projecting scales ¢
. Hind wingsin g with inner marginal lobe...

Antenne in g unipectinated

. Hind wings in ¢ with inner marginal lobe

Hind wings in § without lobe .. Se oe

ae we ee ee ee

Hind wings in § without lobe

ee oe oe

. Thorax with horny anterior prominence

Thorax without horny prominence go

Hind wings in § with basal inner cas
ridge and pocket o8

Hind wingsin g without basal ridge and paaket

Anterior tibie hooked Se ote ae
Anterior tibiz not hooked.. A ie
5. Hind wings with vein 8 Aare connected iy
bar cis an % an

Hind wings with vein 8 guaatoniostne with cell

. Hind wings in g with deep inner marginal fur-

row above ne a ; a she
Hind wings in ¢ without inner senate furrow

. Inner marginal furrow with large lateral hair

tuft ne gua ate oe ate ae

‘

14. PaLZocrenis.
1. SPARTA.
20%

30. OcHoponria.
33. XANTHORHOE.
4. LopopuHora.
22:

25. PELURGA.
Zoe
24.
26.
16. Kucrsttia.
25.
15. ScHISTOSTEGH.
17. Carsta.
Me
28.
18. CaLocaLpe.

the Geometrina of the Europein fauna. 61

Inner marginal furrow without hair tuft -. 5. BrssopHora.
28. Thorax hairy beneath; palpi with long rough
hairs a ye 58 ic a6 .. 34. Dasyuris.
Thorax glabrous ; palpi with projecting scales 29.
29. Fore wings in g with hair-pencil beneath along
vein lb <2 AR 36 aoe es .. 21. Eustroma.
Fore wings in 3 without hair-pencil on vein 1) 30.
30. Fore wings in 3 with streak of spreading hairs
clothing submedian fold beneath 0 .. 20. Lastoema.
Fore wings in § without submedian streak of
hairs ‘ o. 56 He sé ae 31.
31. Abdomenin 3 with anal claspers extremely large,
exserted .. a6 ae bo a0 .. 19. PHIvEReme.
Abdomen in g with anal claspers normal are 32.
32. Face flat, smooth .. bye He ae of BBY
Face rounded, with more or less projecting scales 34.
33. Hind wings in g\ with vein 3 absent .. -- 7. LiGranoa.
Hind wings in ¢ with all veins present -. 26. ASTHENA.

34, Abdomen with segmental crests throughout .. 13. Evcymatocn.

Abdomen not crested, or at most on one or two
basal segments .. Be) $3 “ie .. 24. Hypriomena.

1. Sparta, Stgr.

Face smooth. Palpi porrected. Antennx in J bipectinated to
apex. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibiae with all spurs
present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings in J much
reduced, with inner marginal lobe forming a pocket; 2in 3 absent,
8 connected to cell by bar, cell short.

A development of Lobophora; it appears to have dis-
tinct affinity with the South American Dyspteris. It
contains only one South European species.

paradoxaria, Steger.

2. Trichopreryx, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi short or long, porrected, rough-sealed.
Antenne in $ filiform, shortly ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath.
Abdomen sometimes crested. Posterior tibie in both sexes with
median spurs absent, in g sometimes with long hair-pencil. Fore
wings with areole double. Hind wings in g with folded lobe on
inner margin, neuration more or less distorted; 6 and 7 sometimes
separate, 8in g connected by bar with cell near apex, or rarely
with 7, or asin ?, in 9 anastomosing with cell from near base to
beyond middle, or rarely asin g.

A limited genus, immediately developed from Lobo-
phora ; it occurs throughout the temperate regions of

‘

62 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

the northern hemisphere. The modification of the
structure of vein 8 of the hind wings in the ? of some
species, so that it resembles that of the ¢, may be
regarded as an instance of the transference through
inheritance of secondary sexual characters. The con-
verse in the ¢ may be simply retention of an original
character, or reversion. The occasional separation of
veins 6 and 7 (very rare in this family) is obviously due
to the same tendency to lateral expansion which, as
noted above, has modified the structure of vein 8, to
compensate for the area absorbed by the folded lobe.

viretata, Hb. *expressata, Christ.
appensata, Evy. sertata, Hb.
*ustata, Christ. sabinata, H.-G.
carpinata, Bkh. polycommata, Hb.

3. MysTICoPTERA, n. g.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-sealed. Antenne in ¢ filiform, minutely ciliated. Thorax
glabrous beneath. Abdomen crested. Posterior tibie with all
spurs present. Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings in $
with doubly folded lobe on inner margin; 2 absent in g, 8in J
connected with cell by bar beyond middle, in 9 anastomosing with
cell from near base to beyond middle.

Contains only the following species at present, in-
habiting Central and Northern Europe; it is a develop-
ment of Lobophora.

sexalisata, Hb.

4. LopopHora, Curt.

Face smooth or with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate or
short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax
glabrous beneath. Abdomen crested. Posterior tibie with all
spurs present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings in $
with more or less developed folded lobe on inner margin, neuration
sometimes distorted ; 6 and 7 sometimes separate, 8 anastomosing
with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A small genus, occurring in Europe and North
America; its identification in other regions is not yet
certainly made out.

halterata, Hufn.
externata, H.-S.
*internata, Pung.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 65

5. BEssopHora, n. g.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, rough-sealed. Antennze
in $ filiform, minutely ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Pos-
terior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.
Hind wings in g with deep hairy furrowed fold along inner mar-
gin on upper surface, absorbing dorsal half of wing ; 8 connected
with cell by bar about middle.

Includes only the following East Asiatic species. It
is nearly related to Lobophora, and may probably be a
modification of it. Christoph has described the genus
under the name of Ptychoptera, which is, however, pre-
occupied in the Diptera.

Staudingeri, Christ.

6. Leprostrana, Christ.
Palpi very short. Antenne in $ shortly bipectinated. Posterior
tibiz with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole simple.
Hind wings without frenulum (?).

The above incomplete characters are taken from
Christoph, as I have not been able to obtain a specimen.
I judge that the genus is probably a good one, and
referable to this neighbourhood, but I should expect that
the g would show some additional structure which has
been overlooked in the hind wings, and think that the
alleged absence of the frenulum requires confirmation.
The single species is East Asiatic.

*tenerata, Christ.

7. Lyaranoa, Butl.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected, shortly rough-sealed.
Antenne in § with two minute processes on each side of each
joint, emitting long fascicles of cilia. Thorax glabrous beneath.
Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings in 3 with vein 3
absent, 6 and 7 separate, 8 connected with cell by bar beyond
middle (in 9 probably normal).

Certainly a development of the Lobophora group, but
its exact atlinity is at present doubtful. I have not seen
the posterior legs, which are broken in my type, or the
@. The gs shows neither lobe nor fold on the inner
margin of the hind wings, but the differences in neuration
from the normal type of the family probably indicate

‘

64 Mr. E. Meyrick on the elassification of

that it is descended from a form possessing some such
structure, and that whilst having lost the structure
itself, it has retained the abnormal neuration, which was
in the first instance induced by the presence of the
structure. The single species is from Eastern Asia and
Japan.

fusca, Butl.

8. Tynoprera, Christ.

Face with hardly projecting scales. Palpi rather short, por-
rected, rough-scaled. Antenne in both sexes bipectinated, apex
simple. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibize with all spurs
present. Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings in 3 with
inner margin folded over above, veins 2 and 7 (?) absent (Christ.) ;
8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle in ?.

I have only seen the ?; the characters of the other
sex are taken from Christoph. He alleges that the
frenulum is absent, and possibly in the ¢ it may be so,
but in the ? is certainly present. Probably the genus
has some near affinity with Bessophora. If the Japanese
bella, Butl., is identical, there is but one East Asiatic
species.

eburneata, Christ.

9. Purissoconus, Butl.

Face with short cone of scales or smooth. Palpi moderate or
short, porrected, more or lessrough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated
or naked. Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdomen slightly crested.
Posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings in 3 with
swelling or tuft or rough scales on costa, vein 5 sometimes dis-
torted or absent; areole simple, 11 running into 12. Hind wings
with vein 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond
middle.

A genus of half-a-dozen Australasian species, from
which the above characters are drawn; the following
little-known South European species, which I have
not seen, must be nearly allied to these, and is probably
congeneric. Rambur described it under the generic
name T'hysanodes, which is, however, preoccupied in the
Coleoptera. It is an offshoot of Chloroclystis.

*phryganea, Ubr.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 65

10. Cunorocrystis, Hb.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-
scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated shortly (in exotics sometimes fasci-
culate-ciliated or naked). Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdomen
crested. Posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings with
areole simple, 11 running into or anastomosing with 12. Hind
wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond
middle.

A development of Tephroclystis. It is a very natural
genus, and is even recognisable superficially by the
peculiar form of the posterior edge of the median band,
and the strong tendency to a green coloration, which is
not found in its near allies. It is especially character-
istic of New Zealand, where there are at least 8 species,
and there is another in Australia; it has not yet been
certainly identified elsewhere. I described it under
the name of Pasiphila, being then unacquainted with
Hubner’s genus.

coronata, Hb.
rectangulata, L.
chloerata, Mab.
debiliata, Hb.
*agilata, Christ.

11. Gyuyoscetis, Mab.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-
sealed. Antennz in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdo-
men crested. Posterior tibie in both sexes without median spurs.
Fore wings with areole simple, 11 sometimes anastomosing with or
running into 12. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from
near base to beyond middle.

A small genus, probably overlooked, but containing
several Malayan and Polynesian species. It is an off-
shoot of Tephroclystis, with near collateral relationship
to Chloroclystis. The structure of vein 11 is variable
within the limits of the same species ; in the European
species it is sometimes free, sometimes anastomoses
with 12.

pumilata. Hb.

12. TepHroctystis, Hb.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected. rough-
sealed. Antennz in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdo-
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1892.—PaRT I. (MARCH.) F

66 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

men more or less distinctly crested throughout. Posterior tibie
with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole simple. Hind
wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond
middle.

This large genus is especially characteristic of the
European region ; a few species occur in North America,
but elsewhere it is hardly known to exist. It is certainly
a development of Hucymatoge, which indicates the
transition from the Hydriomena group. The structural
variation in the genus is very small; the abdominal
crests and frontal scale-cone are sometimes very slight.
Only in one abnormal specimen of 7’. isogrammaria have
I observed a very short anastomosis of vein 11 with 12;
this was probably a mere sport, but in any case remains
quite distinct from the structure of Chloroclystis.

*luteostrigata, Ster.
*limbata, Stgr.
laquearia, H.-S.

venosata, F.
*silenicolata, Mab.
expallidata, Gn.
distinctaria, H.-S. abietaria, Goze.
extraversaria, H.-S. breviculata, Donz.

campanulata, H.-S. _ *gueneata, Mill.
minutata, Gn. succenturiata, L.
absinthiata, Cl. *biornata, Christ.
assimilata, Gn. castigata, Hb.
pimpinellata, Hb. lariciata, Frr.
acteata, Wald. virgaureata, Dbld.
alliaria, Stgr. *undosata, Dietz.
*zibellinata, Christ. denticulata, Tr.

valerianata, Hb.
albipunctata, Hw.
vulgata, Hw.
*gratiosata, H.-S.
oblongata, Thnb.
subfulvata, Hw.
*subtiliata, Christ.
satyrata, Hb.
*eynensata, Grasl.
rivulosata, Dietz.
veratraria, H.-S.

*subpulchrata, Alph.

pulchellata, Stph.
linariata, F.
digitaliaria, Dietz.

*subsequaria, H.-S.

*tribunaria, H.-S.
graphata, Tr.
scriptaria, H.-S.

*Mayeri, Mn.

*riparia, H.-S.

*italicata, Gn.
ultimaria, B.

*minusculata, Alph.
cerussaria, Ld.

fenestrata, Mill.

* pernotata, Gn..
cauchyata, Dup.
immundata, Z.
plumbeolata, Hw.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 67

isogrammaria, H.-S.

pygmeata, Hb.
tenuiata, Hb.
silenata, Stdfs.
trisignaria, H.-S.
selinata, H.-S.
conterminata, Z.
indigata, Hb.
*nigritaria, Ster.
massiliata, Mill. -
*sextiata, Mill.
constrictata, Gn.
altenaria, Ster.
subciliata, Gn.
pusillata, F.
*cocciferata, Mill.
abbreviata, Stph.
dodoneata, Gn.
exiguata, Hb.
*exactata, Stgr.
*lentiscata, Mab.
irriquata, Hb.

glaucomictata, Mn.

*extremata, F.
*despectaria, Ld.
insigniata, Hb.
designata, Stgr.

hyperboreata, Stgr.

*nobilitata, Ster.

fraxinata, Crewe.
innotata, Hufn.
tamarisciata, Frr.
euphrasiata, H.-S.
*gemellata, H.-S.
lanceata, Hb.
insignata, Stgr.
mnemosynata, Mill.
pheniceata, Rbr.
oxycedrata, Rbr.
*yosmarinata, Mill.
*unedonata, Mill.
sobrinata, Hb.
*nauxillata, Rbr.
*ericeata, Rbr.
*Schmidii, Dietz.
helveticaria, B.
scopariata, Rbr.
*littorata, Const.
*santolinata, Mab.
artemisiata, Const.
nanata, Hb.
*albofasciata, Stgr.
*Sydyi, Stgr.
extensaria, F rr.
*furcata, Stgr.

13. Eucymatocsr, Hb.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-
scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdo-
men more or less distinctly crested throughout. Posterior tibize
with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind
wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond
middle.

With the exception of two Australian species, I have
not absolutely identified this genus outside the Kuropean
region, but it probably occurs more widely. It is in its
nature transitional, and passes into Hydriomena by
slight gradations,

F »

os

‘

68 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

sinuosaria, Ev. togata, Hb.
suboxydata, Stgr. sparsata, Tr.
*lepsaria, Ster. aquata, Hb.
*saisanaria, Ster. vitalbata, Hb.
*unitaria, H.-S. tersata, Hb.
impurata, Hb. corticata, Tr.
millefoliata, Rossl. *scotosiata, Gn.
*snissilineata, Metz. emulata, Hb.
subnotata, Hb. *lucillata, Gn.
*amplexata, Christ. *calligrapharia, H.-S.
scabiosata, Bkh. *incurvaria, Ersch.

nepetata, Mab.

14. PaLMOCTENIS, N. g.

Face subprominent, with somewhat projecting scales. Palpi
moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in g unipectinated
to apex. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibize with all spurs
present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings in % with
a transparent basal spot near inner margin, bordered beneath by
a membranous bladdery ridge, forming small pocket on lower
surface ; 8 connected with cell by bar near angle.

A development of Hucestia. The uniserial pectinations
of the antenne are unique in this family; in the
Monocteniade they are very common, and possibly a
tendency to reversion may be indicated here; there is
certainly no direct relationship. The single species is
North African. The genus was named Heterepsis by
Guenée, but that name is preoccupied in the Lepidoptera
by Westwood.

testaria, F.

15. Scuistostreer, Hb.

Face rather prominent, with somewhat projecting scales. Palpi
moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax
glabrous beneath. Posterior tibiz with all spurs present. Fore
wings with areole double. Hind wings in g¢ with a transparent
basal spot near inner margin, bordered beneath by a membranous
bladdery ridge, forming small pocket on lower surface ; 8 connected
with cell by bar near angle.

Also a development of Hucestia. It contains only the
two following species, characteristic of South-east Kurope,
decussata, Bkh.
nubilaria, ‘Hb.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 69

16. Evcestia, Hb.

Face forming a more or less strongly developed obtuse promin-
ence. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢
ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Anterior tibiz very short,
with strong apical horny hook; posterior tibiz with all spurs
present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings in g with
a transparent basal spot near inner margin, bordered beneath by
a membranous bladdery ridge, forming small pocket on lower
surface; 3 and 4 sometimes stalked in g, 8 anastomosing with
cell from near base to beyond middle, orin g sometimes connected
with cell by bar beyond middle only.

The principal member of a well-defined group origin-
ating from J7Zydrivmena. It is characteristic of the
3 ty ;
European region, but extends into India.

spartiata, Fuesl. erubescens, Ster.
*linogrisearia, Const. columbata, Metz.
rufata, F. lithoxylata, Hb.
flavicornata, Z. mundulata, Gn.
griseata, Schiff. boisduvaliata, Dup.
farinata, Hufn. plagiata, L.
*luminosata, Christ. numidaria, H.-8.
*distinctata, Christ. preformata, Hb.
*amenata, Christ. *raudulentata, H.-S.
bosporaria, H.-S. obsitaria, Ld.
duplicata, Hb. *opificata, Ld.
*castiliaria, Steger. simpliciata, Tr.
excelsata, EKrsch. *fraternata, H.-S.
Staudingeri, Ersch. *perpetuata, Ld.

*senata, Christ.

17. Carsia, Hb.

Face prominent. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled.
Antenne in § ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior
tibiw with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind
wings in g with a transparent basal spot near inner margin,
bordered beneath by a membranous bladdery ridge, forming small
pocket on lower surface; 8 anastomosing with cell shortly beyond
middle.

The single species, ranging throughout the colder
regions of Northern Europe, Asia, and America, only
differs from Hucestia in the absence of the tibial hook.

paludata, Thnb.

\

70 Mr. B. Meyrick on the classification of

18. CanocaLpr, Hb.

Face with cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-
sealed. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Pos-
terior tibie in g sometimes densely rough-scaled above, with all
spurs present, but in g very short. Fore wings with areole
double. Hind wings in 3 with deep fold along inner margin
beneath, containing large lateral hair-tuft posteriorly ; 8 anastom-
osing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A development of Hydriomena. Although a small
group, it ranges throughout Europe, Northern Asia, and
North America.

flavipes, Mén. certata, Hb.
*varia, Hed. *excultata, Christ.
*Christophi, Hed. montivagata, Dup.
*veternata, Christ. undulata, L.

19. Poitereme, Hb.

Face with cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-
sealed. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrousbeneath. Abdo-
men in ¢ with anal claspers extremely large, exserted. Posterior
tibia with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.
Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to
beyond middle.

A development of Hydriomena; at present restricted
to the two following species, which extend through
Central Europe to Eastern Asia.

vetulata, Schiff.
rhamnata, Schiff.

20. LastoaMma, n.¢g.

Face rather rounded-prominent. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-scaled. Antenne in ciliated, Thorax glabrous beneath.
Posterior tibize with all spurs present. Fore wings in g beneath
with a streak of long dense spreading hairs clothing submedian
fold from base to near hind margin; areole double. Hind wings
with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A development of Hydriomena, with some collateral
relationship to both the preceding and following genera.
Besides the two following Asiatic species, the Japanese
lucicolans, Butl., belongs to it. Staudinger has described

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 71

the genus under the name of T'richopleura, which is,
however, preoccupied in Pisces.
palearctica, Stgr. (2=undulosa, Alph.).
*atrostrigata, Brem.

21. Kustroma, Hb.

Face with cone of scales or almost smooth. Palpi moderate or
rather long, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in g ciliated,
sometimes serrate-dentate. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior
tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings in $ with strong hair-
pencil lying near inner margin from base beneath, sometimes
partially clothing 1b; areole double. Hind wings with 8 anastom-
osing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

Also an offshoot from Hydriomena, characteristic of
the European region and North America.

tibialis, Esp. testata, L.

reticulata, F. Ledereri, Brem.

prunata, L. roessleraria, Stgr.
pyropata, Hb. convergenata, Brem.
associata, Bkh. ludovicaria,Oberth. (=ti-
populata, L. grinata, Christ.).

22. Puemyria, Hb.

Face with slight cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath.
Posterior tibiz with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole
simple. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near
base to beyond middle.

A genus of some extent and very wide range, most
numerous in South America, elsewhere subordinate to
Hydriomena, of which it is a development. The con-
nection is very close, and the terminal European species
must be extremely near the ancestral form; hence the
genus probably originated in Europe.

coloraria, H.-S. *funerata, Hb.
Haberhaueri, Ld. *fulminata, Alph.
bicolorata, Hutn. tristata, L.
hastata, L. (=thulearia, rivata, Hb.
H.-S.). sociata, Bkh.

luctuata, Hb. galiata, Hb.

72 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification o

23. CatactysmME, Hb.

Face with more or less slightly projecting scales. Palpi moderate,
porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated, sometimes dentate.
Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibize with all spurs present.
Fore wings with areole double, but posterior wall absent between
7 and 8. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near
base to beyond middle.

A close development of Hydriomena, not at present
known to occur outside the European region.
virgata, Rott.
*intersecta, Ster.
uniformata, Bell.
riguata, Hb.
comparata, Stgr.

24. Hypriomena, Hb.

Face with more or less slightly projecting or loose scales, or with
conical tuft. Palpi moderate, porrected or subascending, rough-
scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated, rarely dentate or naked. Thorax
often crested, glabrous beneath. Abdomen not crested, or with
crests on two basal segments only. Posterior tibiz with all spurs
present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings with 8
anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A very large genus, principally characteristic of tem-
perate regions in both hemispheres. In so large a
number of species there is naturally some slight struc-
tural variation in most details, but the gradations are so
slight that I have not been able to subdivide the genus
further; and, as here restricted, it is not, in fact, so
large as to be unmanageable.

ocellata, L. pauperaria, Ky.
simulata, Hb. depeculata, Ld.
variata, Schiff. picata, Hb.
juniperata, L. *ludificata, Ster.
cupressata, H.-G. miata, L.
sagittata, F. siterata, Hutn.
fulvata, Forst. sordidata, F.
dotata, L. trifasciata, Bkh.
Fiaxseni, Brem. literata, Don.
agnes, Butl. (=festinaria, truncata, Hufn.
Christ.). immanata, Hw. (prob.

Danilovi, Ersch. =—=PrmEC,)s

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 73

destinata, Moschl.
capitata, H.-S.
silaceata, Hb.
*chlorovenosata, Christ.
corylata, Thnb.
guriata, Emich.
suffumata, Hb.
Jluidata, Ld.
*cuprearia, H.-S.
Srustata, Tr. ;
*obvallata, Ld.
tophaceata, Hb.
achromaria, Lah.
alpicolaria, H.-8.
cesiata, Lang.
infidaria, Lah.
flavicinctata, Hb.
cyanata, Hb.
nobiliaria, H.-S.
*intermediaria, Alph.
*vallesiaria, Lah.
*sandosaria, H.-S.
*senectaria, H.-S.
verberata, Se.
*tbericata, Stgr.
wmcultaria, H.-S.
*impunctata, Ster.
nebulata, Tr.
*approximata, Stgr.
casearia, Const.
corollaria, H.-S.
incertata, Stgr.
pulchrata, Alph.
sabaudiata, Dup. (=ta-
ochata, Ld.).

*Oberthueri, Hed.
dubitata, L.
pervagata, Christ.
rogata, Steger.
badiata, Hb.
nigrofjasciaria, Goze.
*alhambrata, Steyr.
rubidata, F.

berberata, Schiff.
cuculata, Hufn.
permixtaria, H.-S.
hortulanaria, Ster.
albicillata, L.
alaudaria, Frr.
mandschuricata, Brem.
adequata, Bkh.
transversata, Thnb. (lugu-
brata, Stgr.).
molluginata, Hb.
unangulata. Hw.
minorata, Tr.
teniata, Stph.
unifasciata, Hw.
alchenullata, L.
affinitata, Stph.
hydrata, Tr.
*lugdunaria, H.-§.
decolorata, Hb.
albulata, Schiff.
niphonica, Butl. (=sua-
vata, Christ.).
procellata, F.
*basochesiata, Dup.
malvata, Rbr.
*putridaria, H.-8.
*adumbraria, H.-S.
*filaria, Ty.
scripturata, Hb.
*kalischata, Stgr.
bistrigata, Tr.
bilineata, L.
*confusaria, Ster.
albostrigaria, Brem.
plurilinearia, Moore.
(=unistirpis, Butl.).
defectata, Christ.
fluviata, Hb.
cespitaria, Christ.
polygrammata, Bkh.,
lapidata, Hb.

74 Mr. BE. Meyrick on the classification of

25. PELURGA, HO:

Face with hardly projecting scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-sealed. Antenne in ¢ shortly ciliated. Thorax with horny
rounded prominence anteriorly, crested posteriorly, beneath
glabrous. Posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings
with areole double. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell
from near base to beyond middle.

A special modification of Hydriomena; the single
species ranges through Central Europe to Eastern Asia.
comitata, L.

26. AstuHena, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, slender, loosely scaled.
Antenne in & shortly ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Pos-
terior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.
Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to
beyond middle.

A genus of a few scattered species, most numerous in
the Australian region ; it rises directly from Hydriomena.
dilutata, Bkh. (= filigrammaria, H.-S.).
murinata, Se.
candidata, Schiff.
*nymphulata, Gn.

oy Eucuaca, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, slender, loosely scaled.
Antenne in ¢ shortly ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Pos-
terior tibiz# with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole simple.
Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to
beyond middle.

A development of Asthena, containing, besides the
following, a few American species and one Australian.
chionata, Ld.
luteata, Schiff.
obliterata, Hufn.
*semistrigata, Christ.
sylvata, Hb.
Blomeri, Curt.

28. OprropuTeRA, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, loosely sealed. Antenne
in g serrate, strongly ciliated with fascicles, Thorax glabrous

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 75

beneath. Posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings with
areole simple. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from
near base to beyond middle. @ with aborted wings.

A development of Hucheca; the fasciculate antennal
ciliations of the ¢, and aborted wings of the @, seem
correlated with the appearance of the imago in winter,
as is so often the case with winter species of all families.
Besides the two following species, which occur through-
out Northern and Central Europe, one at least ranging
into North America, there is a third in Japan.

brumata, L.
boreata, Hb.

29. Venusia, Curt.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, subascending, loosely scaled.
Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax glabrous be-
neath. Posterior tibiz with all spurs present. Fore wings with
areole simple. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from
near base to beyond middle.

The single European species ranges into Japan and
North America. Besides this I am only acquainted
with three New Zealand species. The genus is nearly
allied to Hucheca, and is probably a collateral branch
from the same stock.

cambrica, Curt.

30. OcHopontia, Ld.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, porrected, loosely scaled.
Antenne in g bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax glabrous be-
neath. Posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings with
areole double. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from
near base to beyond middle.

The genus is an offshoot of Asthena. The single
species is a native of South-east Europe.
adustaria, F. d. W.

31. RHODOMETRA, 0. ¢.

Face more or less strongly obtusely-prominent. Palpi rather
short, porrected, loosely scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, apex
simple. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibiee with all spurs
present. Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings with 8
anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle,

76 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

A small genus, apparently African in origin, which
has extended itself into Europe. Its exact affinity is
not clear; it is either related to the preceding group, or
it may possibly be a modified offshoot from Lythria ;
other African forms may probably be found which will
determine the point. This genus has long gone under
the name of Sterrha, Hb. ; as far as I can find out, this
identification seems to have been founded in the first
instance on a misreading, and never subsequently
verified or corrected by others; the genus Sterrha, Hb.,
was formed to include the one species sericeata, Hb.,
only, and there can be no doubt therefore as to the right
application of the name, which I have employed in its
proper sense hereafter.

Staudinger in his Catalogue includes under this genus
oranaria, Lue., an Algerian species; I find, however,
according to specimens received from him, that it is
not a Geometer at all, but a Bombycid of the family
Arctiade, near Emydia.

anthophilaria, Hb.
sacraria, L.

32. AsapHopEs, Meyr.

Face with tuft or hardly projecting scales. Palpi moderate,
porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in 3 bipectinated, apex simple.
Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibize with all spurs present.
Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing
with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A development of Xanthorhoe. Besides the following
I am only acquainted with four species from New Zea-
land, but the genus is probably overlooked.
serraria, Z.
frigidaria, Gn.

33. XANTHORHOE, Hb.

Face with more or less slightly projecting scales or conical tuft.
Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bi-
pectinated, apex usually simple. Thorax glabrous beneath. Pos-
terior tibiz with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.
Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to
beyond middle.

A large genus, but less numerous than Hydriomena in

the Geometrina of the European fauna. Ch

all regions except New Zealand, where it is dominant.
The character of the antennal pectinations varies con-
siderably ; in some species they are very short, and then
always terminate in long fascicles of cilia, but there can
never be any doubt as to their presence.

vittata, Bkh.
Langi, Christ.
Alpherakii, Ersch.
cervinata, Schiff.
limitata, Se.
coarctata, F.
plumbaria, F.
meniata, Se.
*celinaria, Grasl.
*sartata, Alph.
peribolata, Hw.
*proximaria, Rbr.
undulata, Alph.
obvallaria, Mab.
integrata, Alph.
subproximaria, Stgr.
vicinaria, Dup.
junctata, ‘Stor.
*pinnaria, Christ.
burgaria, Ky.
bipunctaria, Schiff.
*Staudingeri, Alph.
(Kuldscha).
flavolineata, Ster.
*rectifasciaria, Ld.
parallelaria, Vill.
multistrigaria, Hw.
didymata, Li.
alexaria, Steyr.
tauaria, Christ.
jidoniata, Stgr.
turbata, Hb.

*muscicapata, Christ.
ferrugata, Cl. (= uni-
dentaria, Hw.).
pomeriaria, Hiv.
desiqnata, Rott.
*modestaria, Ersch.
munitata, Hb.
conspectaria, Mn.
quadrifasciaria, Cl.
abrasaria, H.-S.
jirmata, Hb.
montanata, Bkh.
*timozzaria, Const.
deflorata, Kirsch.
*lepidaria, Christ.
abraxaria, Butl. (= pudi-
cata, Christ.).
incursata, Hb.
fluctuata, Li.
*alfacaria, Ster.
disjunctaria, Lah.
salicata, Hb.
schneideraria, Ld.
aqueata, Hb.
*tempestaria, H.-S.
austriacaria, H.-S.
serpentinata, Ld.
ie Hb.
olivata, Bkh.
kollariaria, H.-S.
viridaria, F.

34. Dasyuris, Gn.

Face rough-haired or with projecting scales. Palpi moderate,
porrected, with long dense rough hairs. Antenne in ¢ shortly
ciliated. Thorax and coxe densely hairy beneath. Posterior
tibiew with all spurs present. Fore wings withareole double. Hind
wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond
middle.

78 Mr. FE. Meyrick on the classification of

A development of the New Zealand genus Notoreas.
I am acquainted with five New Zealand species of
Dasyuris, and two Australian ; to these the one Kuropean
species which I have seen is extremely closely allied not
only in structure but in appearance, and doubtless the
genus was once more generally distributed than it is
now.
polata, Hb.
*ravaria, Ld.

35. Lyruria, Hb.

Face rough-haired or with loosely appressed scales. Palpi
moderate, porrected, with long rough hairs. Antenne in ¢ bi-
pectinated, apex sometimes simple. Thorax roughly hairy be-
neath. Femora sometimes hairy; posterior tibie with all spurs
present. Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings with 8
anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A development of Notoreas. Besides the following,
there are two New Zealand species. It is probable that
the generic name Botys, Latr., is applicable to this
genus; but, besides that the point is not quite certain
(though it is certainly not to be used for any other), that
name has been so largely used in a different sense in the
Pyralidina that I conceive it to be unnecessary to make
confusion by adopting it here, where there is already an
old Hibnerian name in universal use. The course is
exceptional, but it seems to me that there are exception-
ally strong reasons for it.

plumularia, Frr.

purpuraria, L. (= porphyraria, H.-8.).
sanguinaria, Dup.
*venustata, Steger.

2. MONOCTENIADA.

Hind wings with vein 5 fully developed (only in Phthorarcha
coincident), rising from near or below middle of transverse vein,
8 free or anastomosing shortly near base, or rarely anastomosing
from near base to beyond middle, approximated to upper margin
of cell to middle or beyond.

The few European genera unworthily represent this
family, which is numerously developed in Australia, and
to some extent in the Indo-Malayan region. Elsewhere,

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 79

though probably once extensively prevalent, it has been
driven out by higher forms, and only scattered frag-
ments remain. Some of its more ancestral genera are
amongst the most primitive forms of the Geometrina,
aud make a near approximation to the Notodontide, but
the European genera are all amongst the later developed.
The larve are little known, but some at least have a
third pair of claspers, and sometimes show rudiments of
the other two pairs.

In the normal and characteristic type of structure
vein 5 of the hind wings is present, and 8 free and
closely approximated to cell from near base to beyond
middle ; this type occurs in no other family of the group.
In two European genera (and also in one Australian,
otherwise remote from them) 8 anastomoses with upper
margin of cell quite as in the Hydriomenide, but the
absence of the characteristic neuration of the fore wings
of that family immediately distinguishes them, and
there is not, in fact, any near relationship. In one of
these same genera (Phthorarcha), a degenerate type,
vein 5 of the hind wings is absent; from a comparison
of the closely allied Hrannis, it appears that this vein is
coincident with 4, and not obsolescent, as in the Selido-
semide, where the vein is really present but reduced to
a fold; there is therefore no real confusion with that
family, from the normal type of which Phthorarcha is
further distinguished by the anastomosis of vein 8. In
three or four genera there is a very short fusion or
anastomosis of vein 8 with upper margin of cell near
base; these may be immediately distinguished from the
Sterrhide by vein 8 remaining for some distance nearly
approximated to upper margin of cell, instead of rapidly
diverging, and by the absence of the characteristic
neuration of the fore wings.

In this family the antenne are very frequently uni-
pectinated in the g; nearly three-fourths of the species,
including the most dissimilar forms, show this structure,
which is very rare in other Geometrina, and, indeed,
amongst the Lepidoptera generally, but as it happens,
none of the European genera are so characterised ; this
is an indication of their less primitive nature.

x

80 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Posterior tibie without median spurs... ve 2.
Posterior tibize with all spurs present .. 3 3.
. Antenne in # bipectinated; 9 winged.. .. 41. HeiorHna.
Antenne in g ciliated; 9 apterous... .. 37. PHTHORARCHA.
. Fore wings with vein 10 absent .. oc 5c 4.
Fore wings with vein 10 present .. aC ae 5.
4. Face with appressed scales are ie .. 39. ERemia.
Face with long rough hairs ¥e ee .. 40. Brernos.
5. Tongue obsolete 3¢ oC x ae .. 38. ERANNIS.
Tongue well-developed Ac ne 40 me 6.
6. Fore wings with vein 12 anastomosing with 10 .. 42. Myrnopzs.
Fore wings with vein 12 free are ls .. 36. Baprria.

86. Baprria, Hb.

Face with projecting scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate,
porrected, with rough projecting hairs. Antenne in g evenly
ciliated. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior
tibia with all spurs present. Fore wings with 10 out of 11,
anastomosing with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked, 8 closely
approximated to cell from near base to near angle of cell, rarely
in @ shortly anastomosing near base.

The exact relationship of the genus is not clear, but
it certainly belongs to the neighbourhood of those forms
which mark the transition from this family to the pre-
ceding, though not exactly transitional itself. The single
species occurs almost throughout Kurope.

atrata, L.

37. PHTHORARCHA, N. g.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue obsolete. Palpi very
short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ serrate, ciliated
with very long fascicles of cilia. Thorax slightly hairy beneath.
Femora glabrous; posterior tibia without median spurs. Fore
wings with 10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12
and 10. Hing wings with 5 wholly absent (probably coincident
with 4), 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with upper margin of
cell from near base to beyond middle. apterous.

A development of Hrannis. The single species is
Central Asiatic.

primigena, Stgr.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 81

38. Erannis, Hb.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue obsolete. Palpi very short,
porrected, rough-sealed. Antenne in ¢ serrate, ciliated with very
long fascicles of cilia, or evenly. Thorax somewhat hairy beneath.
Femora glabrous; posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore
wings with 11 sometimes anastomosing with 12 or 10. Hind wings
with 6 and 7 stalked or from a point, 8 anastomosing with upper
margin of cell from near base to beyond middle. @ apterous.

Nearly allied to Eremia, and probably derived with it
from a common ancestor at no very remote distance. A
small genus, confined to the European region and North
America.

escularia, Schiff.

aceraria, Schiff.
*bistriata, Hed.
*membranaria, Christ.

839. Eremia, H.-S.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue weak. Palpi short, por-
rected, rough-scaled. Antenne in $ bipectinated to apex. Thorax
slightly hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibiz with all
spurs present. Fore wings with 10 absent. Hind wings with 6
and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to upper margin of cell to middle.

This genus is certainly nearly related to Brephos,
with which, indeed, it practically agrees in all essential
characters except the rough hairy clothing. Although
the ? is winged, the wings are smaller than those of
the ¢, and indicate an approach in character to Hrannis.
The two species are South Kuropean.

culminaria, Kv.
cacuminaria, Rbr.

Brepwos, O.

Face with long rough hairs. Tongue developed. Palpi short,
porrected, clothed with long rough hairs. Antenne in ¢ serrate,
evenly ciliated, or shortly bipectinated. Thorax hairy beneath.
Femora hairy; posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings
with 10 absent. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked, 8 connected or
shortly anastomosing with upper margin of cell towards base,
closely approximated to it to middle.

Confined to the European region and Labrador. It
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892 —PaRT J. (MARCH.) @

82 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

would appear to be nearly related to the Australian
Oenone, and may well have been developed from it.
parthenias, L.
notha, Hb.
puella, Esp.
* Middendorfii, Mén.

41. Heuiorusa, B.

Face smooth, sometimes subprominent, forehead rough-haired.
Tongue short. Palpi moderate, porrected, with long rough hairs.
Antenne in g bipectinated to apex. Thorax hairy beneath.
Femora somewhat hairy; posterior tibia without median spurs.
Fore wings with. 10 connected or anastomosing with 12 and some-
times with 9 also, 11 out of 10 between connections. Hind wings
with 6 and 7 from a point or stalked, 8 closely approximated to
upper margin of cell from near base to middle.

Only known from South Europe and Central Asia. It
is evidently allied to Brephos, but not very closely, and
their common ancestor must be somewhat remote.

discoidaria, B.

iliensis, Alph.

Alpheraki, Stgr.
*Christophi, Alph.

42, Myrnopgs, n. g.

Face smooth, prominent. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate,
porrected, triangularly scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated with fascicles.
Thorax glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie with
all spurs present. Fore wings with 10 anastomosing with 12 and
9, 11 out of 10 between connections. Hind wings with 6 and 7
stalked, 8 approximated to upper margin of cell from near base to
middle.

It has affinity with Heliothea more than with any
other known genus. The single species is found in
South-western Asia and Sicily.

interpunctaria, H.-8.

3. ORTHOSTIXIDA.
Hind wings with vein 5 fully developed, rising from about
middle of transverse vein, 8 connected with upper margin of cell
by an oblique bar towards base.

the Geometrina of the Huropean fauna. 83

This small family is immediately derived from the
Monocteniade, with which it is closely connected. It is
convenient, however, to keep it separate, and the peculiar
oblique bar connecting 8 with the cell towards base,
combined with the development of 5, distinguish it from
all other families. If there is any possibility of con-
fusion with those forms of Hydriomenide in which 8 is
also connected by a bar (though in them the bar is
placed beyond and not before the middle of cell), the
absence of the characteristic areole of the [Hvydrio-
menide will be a further test.

Only a few genera, and these of small size, are known
to me, but they seem to be distributed impartially over
the globe ; perhaps rather more numerously in the Indo-
Malayan region than elsewhere. The two HKuropean
genera are not closely connected together, and have little
resemblance to each other. The origin of the group
must be sought in the neighbourhood of Heliothea, be-
tween which genus and Orthostixis there is, in fact, a
close structural affinity, though little superficial simi-
larity.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

Posterior tibia without median spurs ye .. 43. ORTHOSTIXIS.
Posterior tibize with all spurs present 50 .. 44, EprrraNrals.

48. Ortuostixis, Hb.

Face rounded, or in g sometimes strongly prominent, with
appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected,
loosely scaled. Antenne in g evenly ciated. Thorax hairy
beneath. Femoraglabrous; posterior tibiz without median spurs.
Fore wings with 10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, 11
out of 10 between connections, Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked
or separate.

A small genus, confined to Southern Kurope and
Central Asia ; it is nearly allied on the one hand to the
Indian Naxa, and on the other to Zanclopteryx, which is
principally Indo-Malayan and African.

bremeraria, Stgr.
caleularia, Ld.
cribraria, Hb.
renitidata, Hb.

a2

84 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

44, Eprrrantuis, Hb.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi very
short or moderate, porrected or subascending, rough-scaled. An-
tenne in g evenly ciliated. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora
glabrous; posterior tibia with all spurs present. Fore wings with
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10 before 9.

Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate.

Besides the following species, which ranges from
Northern Europe to Eastern Asia, I am only acquainted
with two from New Zealand. It is a rather isolated
genus at present.

pulverata, Thnb.

4, STERRHIDA.

Fore wings with 10 rising out of 9, 11 anastomosing or connected
with 9 or rarely (only in Cleta) free; or less usually 10 anastom-
osing with 11 and 9. Hind wings with vein 5 fully developed,
rising from middle of transverse vein, 8 very shortly anastomosing
with upper margin of cell near base, thence rapidly diverging.

In all European genera the tongue is well-developed,
and is therefore not specially mentioned. The face is
nearly always smooth. The posterior tibie in the g are
usually partially or entirely deprived of spurs, often
much swollen and furnished with large tufts of hair, and
the tarsi are then generally much abbreviated. The
neuration of the fore wings results in the formation of
an areole very similar to that of the Hydriomenide, but
much more commonly simple; but although apparently
similar, there is really an essential difference in forma-
tion, for in the Hydriomenide, whenever the areole is
simple, 10 has coincided with 11 towards base, whereas
in the Sterrhide it has coincided with 9. The charac-
teristic structure of vein 8 in the hind wings will dis-
tinguish the family at once from all others, except a
part of the Geometride, and from these the central
position of vein 5 easily separates it. The family may
be regarded as a development from the Geometride, and
is of considerable extent.

The actual ancestral form of the family appears to be
lost, but it must have been tolerably intermediate in
character between Calothysanis and Rhodostrophia. The

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 85

genera in which the areole is double are older than
corresponding forms with the areole simple, and those
with all spurs present are older than those in which they
are partly absent. In particular the presence or absence
of the median spurs in the @ affords a very reliable test.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Posterior tibie in 9 with median spurs absent 2.
Posterior tibie in 9 with all spurs present .. 6.
2. Fore wings with 11 connected with 9.. .. 45. Cueva.
Fore wings with 11 free Ye ofc ee 3.
3. Posterior tibie in g with terminal spurs... 4,
Posterior tibize in g wholly without spurs .. 5.
4. Antenne in g bipectinated .. are .. 46. Emits.
Antenne in g not bipectinated a6 .. 49. STERRHA.
5. Antenne in g bipectinated .. oe .. 47. Curysocrents.
Antenne in $ not bipectinated BC .. 48. Hots.
6. Posterior tibie in g wholly without spurs .. te
Posterior tibie in g with at least terminal
spurs .. 0 50 0 Wo
7. Fore wings with meus donnie. ae .. 53, DrraauaMma,
Fore wings with areole earblere a0 20 ne 8.
8. Antenne in g bipectinated or dentate-fasci-
culate ; thorax hairy beneath bd .. 52. PROBLEPSIS.
Antenne in filiform or dentate; thorax
glabrous we 50 .. 50. Lepromeris.
9. Posterior tibix in g without anchtion spurs . 10.
Posterior tibie in 3 with at least one sii
spur... : it
10. Antennal pectnaions stort “emitting lorie
fascicles of cilia 56 .. 51. Crneuis.
Antennal pectinations inederitels iene normal 54. LevcopHTHALMIA.
11. Fore wings with areole double.. 50 .. 56, RuoposTRoPHIA.
Fore wings with areole simple ac -» 009, CALOTHYSANIS.

45. Cieta, Dup.

Face rough or with appressed scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-sealed or with long rough projecting hairs. Antenne in $
bipectinated to apex. Thorax hairy beneath or almost glabrous.
Femora glabrous or somewhat hairy beneath ; posterior tibiz in
3S very short, more or less rough-haired, without spurs, in ?
without median spurs; posterior tarsi in § short. Fore wings
wiih 10 out of 9, 11 separate. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked.

A development probably of Hows, characterised by the

‘

86 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

peculiar neuration; not yet recognised outside the
European region.
vittaria, Hb.
perpusillaria, Kv.
*reaumuraria, Mill.

46. Emmiutis, Hb.

Face with projecting tuft or smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected
or ascending, rough-scaled or with long rough projecting hairs.
Antenne in g bipectinated, extreme apex simple. Thorax some-
times hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in ¢
moderate or rather short, not dilated, without median spurs, in ?
without median spurs; posterior tarsiin g\ normal or rather short.
Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 connected with 9. Hind wings
with 6 and 7 stalked.

Nearly related to Sterrha, of which it is perhaps a
development. Characteristic of the Mediterranean
countries, but extending ito Central Asia.

plumularia, B.
*cirtanaria, Lue.

pygmearia, Hb.

megearia, Oberth.
kuldschaensis, Alph. (Stigma).

47. CHRYSOCTENIS, N. g.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, ascending, with long rough pro-
jecting hairs beneath. Antenne in g bipectinated, apex simple.
Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora somewhat hairy ; posterior
tibie in g short, slender, loosely haired, without spurs, in ?
without median spurs; posterior tarsi in g short. Fore wings
with 10 out of 9, 11 connected with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7
stalked.

The single species is South European ; it is probably
an offshoot of Lois.

jilacearia, H.-S.

48. Kors, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short or moderate, porrected or sub-
ascending, loosely scaled. Antenne in g dentate or serrate,
ciliated with fascicles or evenly, fascicles rarely (perochraria)
rising from very short paired processes. Thorax glabrous beneath.
Femora glabrous ; posterior tibie in g short or moderate, slender

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 87

or moderately dilated, often furnished with tuft of hairs, without
spurs, in 2 with median spurs absent; posterior tarsi in ¢
moderate or abbreviated. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 con-
nected or anastomosing with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked
or rarely separate.

A large genus, principally characteristic of the
European region, but extending also more or less into
the adjoining regions, though much less generally pre-
sent than Leptomeris. It is doubtless to be regarded as
a development of Leptomeris.

muricata, Hufn.
plumboseriptata, Christ.
herbariata, F.
*subherbariata, Rossl.
consolidata, Ld.
*subsaturata, Gn. (? =cer-
vantaria, Mill. ; =colo-
naria, H.-§.).
*inustata, H.-S.
contiguaria, Hb.
filicata, Hb.
rusticata, F.
textaria, Ld.
nexata, Hb.
virgularia, Hb.
camparia, H.-S.
sodaliaria, H.-S.
calunetaria, Stgr.
Jathmaria, Oberth.
pecharia, Stgr.
*monadaria, Gn.
subpurpurata, Stgr.
transmutata, Rbr.
*infirmaria, Rbr. (?= car-
nearia, Mn.; = aqui-
tanaria, Const.).
seeboldiata, Rossl.
incarnaria, H.-S.
obsoletaria, Rbr.
helianthemata, Mill.
Jractilineata, Z.
ostrinaria, Hb.
*purpureomarginata, Boh.

*graciliata, Mn.
*longaria, H.-S.
*mancipiata, Steger.
straminata, Tr.
asellaria, H.-S.
salutaria, Christ.
robiginata, Stgr.
flaveolaria, Hb.
*exilaria, Gn.
perochraria, F. R.
numidaria, Luc.
digiuata, H.-S.
holosericata, Dup.
humiliata, Hufn.
dilutaria, Hb.
nitidata, H.-S.
*preustaria, Mn.
circellata, Gn.
*squalidaria, Stgr.
pallidata, Bkh.
subsericeata, Hw.
elongaria, Rbr.
inornata, Hw.
aversata, L.
degeneraria, Hb.
*agrostemmata, Gn.
* Erschofi, Christ.
arenosaria, Stgr.
attenuaria, Rbr.
emarginata, L.
circuitaria, Hb.
*manicaria, H.-S.
inclinata, Ld.

88 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

maserata, Stgr. trigeminata, Hw.
dimidiata, Hufn. bisetata, Hufn.
extarsaria, H.-S. (2==eri- — *roseofasciata, Christ.
opodata, Grasl. ; =in- *belemiata, Mill.
esata, Mill.). politata, Hb.
*atromarginata, Mab. effusaria, Christ.
*disjunctaria, Steyr. rufomixtata, Rbr.
levigaria, Hb. ceenosaria, Ld.

*equifasciata, Christ.

49. Srerrua, Hb.

Face smooth or loosely haired. Palpi rather short, ascending or
porrected, shortly rough-scaled beneath or with rough projecting
hairs. Antenne in ¢ filiform or dentate, evenly ciliated or with
fascicles, rarely emitted from very short processes. Thorax
glabrous or rarely hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or rarely
hairy; posterior tibie in g moderate, slender, without median
spurs, rarely (luridata) with only one terminal spur, in 2 without
median spurs; posterior tarsi in § moderate. Fore wings with
10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing or connected with 9. Hind wings
with 6 and 7 stalked.

Not yet known to occur outside the European region.
The genus is certainly closely related to Hois, but the
nature of the relationship appears at present doubtful ;
it may be a collaterally developed branch, and there
would be no difficulty in supposing this, but it seems
to me also possible that the tibial characters of the 3
might be derived by transference from the ?, in which
case these species, though possessing terminal spurs in
the g, might be descended from others without terminal
spurs, a result not otherwise attainable. If this could
be proved, it would be a curious reversal of the un-
doubted fact that the absence of the median spurs in the
? is due to transference from the g. The point is
certainly worthy of investigation, but difficult to decide.

The customary misuse of the generic name Sterrha
(used by Hubner to include sericeata only, and therefore
of unmistakable application) is noticed under Rhodo-
metra.

subtilata, Christ. sericeata, Hb.
luridata, Z. allardiata, Mab. (? =
intermedia, Ster. prec.).

moniliata, I, merklaria, Oberth.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 89

*determinata, Ster.
consanguinaria, Ld.
litignosaria, B.
ossiculata, Ld.
*mutilata, Ster.
mediaria, Hb.
*nudaria, Christ.

*rufociliaria, Brem.

ochrata, Se.

vitellinaria, iv. (= rufi-
naria, Ster.).

sentinarta, Hb.

luteolaria, Const.

trilineata, Se.

mactlentaria, H.-S. *Falcki, Hed.
rufaria, Hb.
50. Leptomeris, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate or rather short, subascending,
loosely sealed beneath. Antenne in ¢ serrate or dentate, ciliated
with fascicles. Thorax glabrous beneath or rarely somewhat hairy.
Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in g large, dilated, containing
tuft, without spurs, rarely with one very smal] terminal spur only
(wmbellaria), in 2 with all spurs present; posterior tarsi in $
more or less strongly abbreviated. Fore wings with 10 out of 9,
11 connected or anastomosing with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7
separate or stalked.

A large genus of nearly universal distribution ; it
may be regarded as a development of Rhodostrophia, or
of a form nearly resembling it. The separation or
stalking of veins 6 and 7 of the hind wings, though used
as a sectional character by Lederer, is not constant ;
frequently both occur within the limits of the same

species.
*ansulata, Ld.
*characteristica, Alph.
halimodendrata, Ersch.
annubiata, Stgr.
adulteraria, Krsch.
umbellaria, Hb.
remutaria, Hb.
punctata, Tr.
nemoraria, Hb.
immutata, Li.
marginepunctata, Goze.
*cumulata, Alph.
submutata, 'l'r.
concinnaria, Dup.
decorata, Bkh.
congruata, Z.
ornata, Se.

amitaria, Hb.
emutaria, Hb.
flaccidaria, Z.
strigilaria, Hb.
incanata, L.
lambessata, Oberth.
strigaria, Hb.
fumata, Stph.
ochroleucata, H.-S.
corrivalaria, Kretsch.
caricaria, Reut.
beckeraria, Ld.
immistaria, H.-S.
*dlisclusaria, Christ.
immorata, L.
tessellaria, B.
*sulphuraria, Frr.

‘

90 Me. K. Meyrick on the classification of

turbidaria, H.-S. *accurataria, Christ.
rubiginata, Hufn. *subfalcaria, Christ.

51. Crneuis, Gn.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. An-
tennx in $ bipectinated, pectinations short, ending in fascicles of
long cilia. Thorax glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior
tibix in g without median spurs, slender, in 9 with all spurs
present. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 9.
Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked.

The single species is of somewhat uncertain affinity,
but is probably an offshoot of a small unnamed Australian
group, which is itself nearly related collaterally to Lepto-
meris. ;

humifusaria, Ly.

52. Propuepsis, Ld.

Face smooth. Palpi short or moderate, porrected or sub-
ascending, with appressed scales or somewhat rough. Antenne
in g bipéctinated or rarely dentate, pectinations or teeth ending
in fascicles of cilia, towards apex simple. Thorax hairy or almost
glabrous beneath. Femora rather hairy or glabrous ; posterior
tibie in g flatly dilated, enclosing large tuft, without spurs, in 9
with all spurs present; posterior tarsi in g§ much abbreviated.
Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 connected or anastomosing with 9.
Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate.

A small genus, properly Indo-Malayan, but ranging
into the neighbouring regions. It is a development of
Dithalama. The species show considerable variation in
structure, but are always separable from Leptomeris by
either the antennal or thoracic structure, though both
are variable.

ocellata, Friv.
phebearia, Ersch.

53. Drrnauama, Meyr.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, subascending, loosely scaled.
Antenne in @ dentate, ciliated with fascicles. Thorax almost
glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibia in J dilated,
containing tuft, without spurs, in ? with all spurs present ; pos-
terior tarsi in fg’ much abbreviated. Fore wings with 10 rising

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 91

separate or out of 9, anastomosing with 11 and 9. Hind wings
with 6 and 7 stalked or separate.

An Indo-Malayan genus of few species, straggling into
Australia and Eastern Asia. Though doubtless more or
less related to Rhodostrophia, its exact origin is not yet
precisely determinable.

indicataria, Walk.

54. LeucoputHatmtia, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, subascending, shortly rough-
sealed. Antennex in § moderately bipectinated, apical 3—3 simple.
Thorax glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibie in
3 not dilated, without median spurs, in 2 with all spurs present.
Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 9. Hind wings
with 6 and 7 stalked.

A small characteristically European genus, only ex-
tending into North America. Probably it may be an
offshoot of Calothysanis, to which it is certainly nearly
allied.

orbicularia, Hb.

pendularia, Cl.

porata, F.

punctaria, L.

trilinearia, Bkh. (linearia, Hb.).
pupillaria, Hb.

albiocellaria, Hb.

annulata, Sehlz.

55. CaLotuysanis, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate or rather short, porrected, shortly
rough-scaled beneath. Antenne in % strongly bipectinated, to-
wards apex simple. ‘Thorax glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous ;
posterior tibie in gf not dilated, with all spurs present in both
sexes; sometimes with posterior femora tufted in g', or posterior
tibie clothed with hairs. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 anastom-
osing or connected with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked.

A rather small genus, of Indo-Malayan origin, with
stragglers in all adjacent regions. It is an early form
of the family, collaterally related to Rhodostrophia, and
also showing evident affinity with the Geometride.

amata, L.

*rectistrigaria, Kv.

*sympathica, Alph.

duplicaria, Walk. (nigronotaria, Brem.).

‘

92 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

56. Ruopostroputa, Hb.

Face oblique, with appressed scales. Palpi moderate, sub-
ascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated,
apex simple. Thorax glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous; pos-
terior tibie in 3 slender, sometimes with long basal tuft, with all
spurs present or with outer median spur obsolete, in 2 with all
spurs present. Fore wings with 6 sometimes out of 9, 10 anastom-
osing with 11 and 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked.

Not at present known outside the European region,
where it is confined to the warmer districts. This genus
must certainly closely approach the primitive type of the
family. The species which are known to me as having
one tibial spur obsolete are the first four and the last
one, but they do not appear to form a single group
separable from the rest.

vibicaria, Cl. *cuprinaria, Christ.
calabraria, Z. Ledereri, Alph.
auctata, Ster. jacularia, Hb.
adauctata, Steyr. *Staudingeri, Alph.
*perezaria, Oberth. badiaria, Frr.
sicanaria, Z. *vastaria, Christ.
dispar, Stgy. acidaria, Steyr.
terrestraria, Ld. precisaria, Stgr.

5. GEOMETRIDA.

Fore wings with 10 rising out of 9 or rarely absent (Aplasta).
Hind wings with 5 fully developed, rising much above middle of
transverse vein, 8 shortly anastomosing or connected with or
appressed to upper margin of cell near base, thence rapidly
diverging or sometimes approximated to upper margin of cell to
near middle.

A moderately extensive family, most largely developed
in the Indo-Malayan, African, and Australian regions.
In all European genera the face is smooth, and the
tongue well-developed. The neuration of the fore wings
tends to vary markedly within the limits of the same
species, and is therefore not always available for generic
distinction ; it nearly approaches that of the Sterrhide,
but is less fixed. The peculiar position of vein 5 in the
hind wings sufficiently characterises the family, which is
otherwise closely allied to and intermediate between the
Sterrhide and Monocteniade, with the former of which I

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 93

at one time included it. The family is no doubt a de-
velopment of some early form of the Monocteniade.

The genera in which vein 8 of the hind wings is
approximated to the upper margin of cell to near middle
are more ancestral than those in: which it rapidly
diverges.

In many of the species the terminal joint of the palpi
is much longer inthe @ than inthe 3.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Posterior tibie in g without median spurs

Posterior tibie in g with median spurs ne 4.
2. Antenne in g bipectinated ; as tibiee in
® without median spurs aa 3.
Antenne in stomes tibiz in 2 uh all
spurs 57. Nemorta.
3. Antenne in J ipeohmated to apex 58. THALERA.
Antenne in g with apex simple 59. Hucrostss.
4. Antenne in g bipectinated xe or es 5.
Antenne in g simple .. se ais 56 8.
5, Antenne in g bipectinated to apex .. .. 62. GEoMETRA.
Antenne in g with apex simple me are 6.
6. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked O6 .. 60. EucHnorts.
Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate SE 5h Uf
7. Abdomen with dorsal crests fs a0 .. 64. PsrUDOTERPNA.
Abdomen not crested is oe BC .. 61. MrGcanocnnora.
8. Fore wings with 10 absent ate 3% .. 65. APLASTA.
Fore wings with 10 present eG a .. 63. AGATHIA.

57. Nemoria, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate or rather long, porrected, shortly
rough-scaled. Antenne in g serrate or filiform, ciliated with
fascicles or evenly. Thorax glabrous beneath. Iemora glabrous;
posterior tibie in g sometimes dilated, without median spurs, in
? with all spurs present ; posterior tarsiin gf sometimes abbrevi-
ated. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 sometimes anastomosing
with 12. Hind wings with 3 and 4 sometimes stalked, 6 and 7
stalked, 8 very shortly anastomosing with cell near base, thence
rapidly diverging.

A genus of rather limited extent but wide distribution ;
probably a development of Huchloris, with perhaps col-
lateral affinity to Thalera.

‘

94 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

strigata, Mull. *melinaria, H.-S.
ussuriaria, Brem. *amphitritaria, Oberth.
*alboundulata, Hed. porrinata, Z.
pulmentaria, Gn. viridata, L.
faustinata, Mill. *pretiosaria, Ster.

58. THatera, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, ascending, loosely scaled.
Antenne in ¢ bipectinated to apex. Thorax hairy beneath.
Femora slightly hairy beneath ; posterior tibiz in ¢ not dilated,
in both sexes without median spurs. Fore wings with 6 some-
times out of 9, 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and sometimes
with 10. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked, 8 shortly anastomosing
with cell near base, thence rapidly diverging.

A very small European and Asiatic genus, nearly
related to Hucrostes, of which it may be a development.
Jimbrialis, Se.
lacerataria, Graes.
*rufolimbaria, Hed.

59. Eucrostss, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, porrected, loosely scaled.
Antennex in ¢ bipectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax glabrous
or rather hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or loosely hairy; pos-
terior tibie in § not dilated, in both sexes without median spurs.
Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 sometimes anastomosing with or
running into 12, sometimes anastomosing with 10 also. Hind
wings with 3 and 4 sometimes stalked, 6 and 7 from a point or
stalked, 8 anastomosing very shortly with cell near base, thence
rapidly diverging.

A genus of no great extent, but very general dis-
tribution. It is probably a development of Huchloris.

“Ympararia, Gn.
herbaria, Hb.
olympiaria, H.-S.
*petitaria, Christ.
undigenata, Vill.

60. Eucuioris, Hb.
Face smooth. Palpi short or moderate, porrected, loosely or
shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated, towards apex

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 95

simple. Thorax glabrous or hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or
loosely hairy; posterior tibie in g often dilated, sometimes with
pencil of hairs in groove, with all spurs present ; posterior tarsi in
3 sometimes abbreviated. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 some-
times anastomosing with 12, sometimes with 10 also, rarely run-
ning into 12. Hind wings with 3 and 4 sometimes stalked, 6 and
7 stalked, 8 very shortly anastomosing with cell near base, thence
rapidly diverging.

Apparently a development of Megalochlora. The
species are very numerous, and occur principally in the
Indo-Malayan, Australian, and African regions; but a
certain number are found in Europe and North America.
I have elsewhere called this genus Jodis, Hb.

albocostaria, Brem. smaragdaria, F.
*subtiliaria, Brem. chlorophyllaria, Hed.
*amenaria, Oberth. vernaria, Hb.
*ankowskiartia, Mill. Zimmerman, Hed.
pustulata, Hufn. *alliata, Hofn.
neriaria, H.-S. lactearia, L.
*tenuiaria, Graes. putata, L. (= marina,
*crucigerata, Christ. Butl.).

fulminaria, Lid. grandificaria, Graes.
plusiaria, B. gratiosaria, Brem.

61. MEGALOCHLORA, Na. g.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-sealed. An-
tenne in g bipectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax densely
hairy beneath. Femora hairy; posterior tibie in g somewhat
dilated, sometimes with large tuft in groove, with all spurs present.
Fore wings with 10 out of 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate,
8 nearly approximated to cell towards base, diverging from before
middle.

An East Asiatic genus, which will probably be in-
creased by future discoveries. It is a transitional form
between Huchloris and Pseudoterpna.

sponsaria, Brem.
*glaucaria, Mén. (? = prec.).
*herbacearia, Men.
* Dieckmann, Graes.
valida, Feld. (= dioptasaria, Christ.).
albovenaria, Brem.
iridicolor, Butl. (= admirabilis, Oberth.).

‘

96 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

62. GromETRA, L.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate or short, subascending, shortly
rough-sealed. Antenne in g bipectinatedto apex. Thorax hairy
beneath. Femora hairy or glabrous; posterior tibiz in 3 not
dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11
sometimes anastomosing with 12 and 10. Hind wings with 6 and
7 separate, 8 approximated to cell towards base, diverging from
before middle.

A development of Pseudoterpna, with near collateral
relationship to the preceding. It is not ascertained to
contain other species than those subjoined.

muscosa, Butl. (= vestita, Hed.).
papilionaria, L.

63. AcaTuta, Gn.

Face smooth. Palpi moderately long, porrected, shortly rough-
sealed. Antenne in ¢ filiform, minutely ciliated. Thorax densely
hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in gi sometimes
dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings with 10 out of 9.
Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate, 8 anastomosing with or closely
approximated to cell towards base, thence rapidly diverging.

A small Indo-Malayan genus, of which one or two
species extend into the adjoining regions. It originates
from Pseudoterpna, with some affinity to the preceding
genus, but stands rather isolated.

carissima, Butl. (= lacunaria, Hed.).

64. PsrupotERPNA, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected or subascending, rough-
scaled. Antenne in 3 bipectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax
densely hairy beneath. Abdomen with dorsal crests. Femora
elabrous or hairy beneath; posterior tibia in fg somewhat dilated,
often containing hair-pencil, with all spurs present. Fore wings
with 10 out of 9, 11 sometimes anastomosing with 12 and 10.
Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate, 8 closely approximated to cell
towards base, diverging from about middle.

A genus of some extent, which is principally Indo-
Malayan and Australian; it includes Guenée’s Hypo-
chroma. It may be regarded as practically the ancestral
type of the family, and certainly originates from some

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 97

form of the Monocteniade, but the actual point of con-
nection I cannot at pr esent determine.

pruimata, Hufn.
coronillaria, Hb.
corsicaria, Rbr.
*Lahayet, Oberth.

65. Apnasta, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected, with tolerably ap-
pressed scales. Antenne in $ evenly ciliated. Thorax glabrous
beneath. Femora slightly hairy; posterior tibie in J not dilated,
with all spurs present. Fore wings with 10 absent, 11 anastom-
osing with 12. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked, 8 approximated
to cell towards base, diverging from about middle.

This genus includes only the one species. Its position
is doubtful; it is in some sense intermediate between
this family and the Monocteniade, not fully agreeing
with either, but capable of being classed with either
according as the definition is framed. I have regarded
it as to be placed here, though the characteristic
structure of the hind wings is not very pronounced,
and the absence of vein 10 in the fore Wings is an
exceptional though certainly not an inconsistent feature.
This absence proves that it is not strictly a connecting
link between the two families ; but it is not improbable
that it represents a small lateral offshoot from the real
connecting link.

ononaria, Fuesl.

6. SELIDOSEMIDA.

Hind wings with 5 imperfect (not tubular), very weak or obso-
lete, 8 usually obsoletely connected with upper margin of cell near
base, approximated to it to near middle, very rarely (only in Axia)
to beyond origin of 7, or (only in Narraga) anastomosing.

The neuration of the fore wings in this family is
frequently subject to very considerable variation even
within the limits of the same species ; and much caution
is therefore required in using it as a generic character.
It is, however, not equally variable in all species, and
even where it appears most inconstant, it seems to
remain fixed in certain details. In order to ascertain
the limits of variation as far as possible, a considerable

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1892.—parT I. (MARCH.) H

‘

98 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

number of individual specimens have been examined in
those cases where variability seemed to exist, and where
the specimens were obtainable for the purpose ; and the
detailed results of this examination are added hereafter
in the form of an appendix. Typically 10 and 11 are
free and separate, but there exists in this group a strong
tendency to connection or anastomosis of these veins
with one another or with 9 and 12. Vein 6 is almost
always separate from 9. In the hind wings, in propor-
tion as 5 becomes obsolete, 4 and 6 tend to approach
more nearly together, so that no unduly broad inter-
space is left. Hence 6 and 7 are drawn apart, and are
almost always separate. The posterior tibiz are very
frequently dilated in the 3, and then usually contain a
large hair-pencil concealed in a longitudinal groove, but
the character is of little generic value. Occasionally
the median spurs are absent; in these cases the allied
forms commonly have the spurs very small, and are in
general so closely related in all other characters that it
is evidently unadvisable to separate them generically.
The tongue is sometimes rudimentary, and in some in-
stances (as Gonodontis) it has been clear that the
character does not involve generic separation ; in others
it has proved possible to make use of it.

Owing to the variability and uncertainty of these
characters, the family is one of the most difficult of all
the Lepidoptera to classify. It is only after repeated
examination and reclassification (most of my material
has been recast six times) that 1 have been able to deter-
mine the most essential and reliable points of structure,
and the mutual affinities of the genera; and it is quite
probable that in some respects my views may yet be
materially altered by the discovery of new forms. There
is a great variety of superficial appearance amongst the
species, and often considerable difference even between
rather nearly allied forms. The Prosopolopha group
appears to be the most ancestral; in its typical form
(stout-bodied species, with triangular anterior thoracic
crest) this is little represented now in Kurope, and is
principally characteristic of Australia. From this group
originate three others: (1), the group of Hybernia and
Crocota, giving rise to Pseudopanthera, Abraxas, Xe. ;
(2), the Hnnomos group, developing into Metrocampa,
Deilinia, &e.; and (3), the Selidosema group, of which

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 99

Nychiodes is apparently the lowest European repre-
sentative, culminating in Opisthograptis ; all genera in
which the 3 possesses the basal fovea of the fore wings
are immediately and certainly referable to this group,
but the character does not persist in all the genera of
the group, having been lost in one or two of the higher
genera, and probably not acquired in two or three of the
most primitive, though highly characteristic of it as a
whole, and not exactly reproduced in any other group of
Lepidoptera known to me.

The structure mentioned above and hereafter as the
fovea is a circular impression on the lower surface of the
fore wings above the inner margin near the base, usually
placed about the origin of the basal fork of vein 1b: it
is specially characteristic of the 3, but is occasionally
transferred to the @ also. It varies in distinctness in
different species ; it is often more or less thinly scaled
and transparent, and is sometimes surmounted by a
small thickened gland. The purpose of the structure is
unknown ; it may possibly be a scent-producing organ.
Somewhat similar structures are occasionally found in
other Lepidoptera, but never to my knowledge in quite
the same position. In Anticypella a quite analogous
structure occurs in the hind wing beneath the costa. In
Deilinia there is also a concavity in the hind wing, but
it is rather differently constructed.

The family is very extensive, and universally dis-
tributed.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Fore wings in 3 with fovea.. 30 Be 2.
Fore wings in g without fovea... +e 13.
2. Antenne in g bipectinated 3.
Antenne in $ not pectinated 46 ae 10.
3. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell
to middle .. x6 ae re -. 77. NARRAGA.
Hind wings with 8 not anastomosing with
cell .. oo Sic “s as 5 4,
4. Anterior tibie with apical hook .. -. 69. ENcontsTa.
Anterior tibize without apical hook .. 5.
5. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked .. .. 78. TEPHRONIA.
Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate .. ae 6.
6. Tongue absent +6 0 Eo .. 75. EURRANTHIS.
Tongue developed... ae aE a ie
7. Palpi and often face roughly hairy .. .. 76. Bupawus.
Palpi and face at most rough-sealed Shs 8.

100

8.

10.

1k

12.

13.

14.

Ife

18.

to
Or

. Face with long rough hairs .

Fore wings with 11 rising separate, or if out
of 10, from near base only, and then not
anastomosing with 12 eo Se

Fore wings with 11 absent or out of 10 high
up, or if lower, anastomosing with 12

. Antenne in g bipectinated to apex ot

Antenne in g with apex simple ..

Antenne in g\ with two short acute pro-
jections on each side of each joint

Antenne in g without paired projections..
Fore wings with 11 out of 10 or absent
Fore wings with 11 separate 30
Thorax and femora densely hairy beneath

Thorax somewhat hair ‘D femora glabrous or
nearly so be Sic .

Antenne in g simple oe

Antenne in g bipectinated or earels with
short paired processes only ee

Antenne in ¢ ciliated with moderate oe
cicles -

Antenne in shorily ana ey ae ciliated.

. Abdomen in g much exceeding hind wings

Abdomen in 3\ not unusually long.. ac

Face not rough-haired

Fore wings with 11 absent
Fore wings with 11 present ..
Face smooth

Face subprominent, with short projecting
scales at te :

. Hind wings with 8 aporeecnaien to hel

74,
. ZETTIENIA.

67.

99.
98.
a UOT

. 100.
86.

Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

g:

. DIASTICTIS.
(2.
ties

CLEORA.
SELIDOSEMA,

. EcCTROPIs.

aly
2
ASCOTIS.

OPISTHOGRAPTIS,
14.

19.

ABRAXAS.

ilis%
CISTIDIA.

16.
Psopos.

1/6

18.
PsEUDOPANTHERA.
EXILICRINIA.

87. OURAPTERYX,

of cell and basal + of 7 Lf.
Hind wings with 8 ONeruICe from cell about
middle Sis 3 ac ae
© apterous or somiaplerene
with fully developed wings 56
@ with anterior wings linear pe Alleys
@ with anterior wings not linear .. 56
. Face roughly hairy
Face not hairy 3c Sc
3. Thorax broad, very densely taed pore -. 109.
Thorax slender, loosely hairy on patagia .. 106.
. Thorax with small anterior crest ; mica of
antenne in g simple : 108.
Thorax not crested; antennie of 3 pees
nated to apex : ac :
5. Fore wings with 11 out of 9. - 0b:
Fore wings with 11 not out of Oia . 104,

AXIA.

20.

Pile

26.
SPARTOPTERYX.

22.

BY,

24.
APOCHEIMA.
LIGNYOPTERA.

HysBeErnia.

2be
THERIA.
Crocora (part).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 101

26. Hind wings in 3 with subcostal fovea near
base .. ae oo ~ o6 Sc 27.
Hind wings in g without fovea .. aie 28.
27. Fore wings with 11 out of 10 80 .. 79. ANTICYPELLA.
Fore wings with 11 not out of 10 .. .. 83. DEILINIA.
28. Abdomen with dorsal crest near base .. 85. ScaRpDamia.
Abdomen not crested .. 50 oe Ab 29.
29. Anterior tibi with strong apical hook .. 115. Onycuona.
Anterior tibie without hook.. ac 56 30.
30. Face with horny triangular projection .. 110. Zamacra.
Face without horny projection of oe 31.
31. Antenne in g bipectinated to apex ai 32.
Antenne in 3 with apical portion (some-
times only two or three joints) simple .. 45.
32. Face with projecting scales (if very promi-
nent, rarely with scales Dee shortly
on sides only) Or te 33.
Face with tolerably Berea aeaiee ote 41.
33. Face with tuft of hairs from beneath an-
tenne across eye to middle Si .. 95. CoLoToIs.
Face without lateral tuft .. arc : 34.
34. Fore wings with transparent scar nigne
transverse vein... és os 65 35.
Fore wings without transparent scar oe 36.
35. Fore wings with 6 out of 9 .. af: .. 91. SELENIA.
Fore wings with 6 separate .. ais .. 90. ARTEMIDORA.
36. Femora glabrous a ste 58 .. 94, ARTIORA.
Femora densely hairy ie : 37.
37. Fore wings with 11 connected with, 12 aie 38.
Fore wings with 11 free from 12... ae 3).
38. Posterior tibiz with median ae roy short
or absent .. a 96. ENNoMos.
Posterior tibiz with median spurs moderates
long . ore : b. oe .. 116, PRosoronorHa.
39. enon tibiz fare median spurs very
short or absent .. ab we ~. LIT. BIston.
Posterior tibise glabrous, median oe
moderately long .. 40.
40. Face with scales forming a eared igen
tuft .. 50 ee ic .. 92. HyGrocunoa.
Face without defined tuft 50 ae .. 97. GonoponTIis.
41. Tongue rudimentary .. Ys as fs 42.
Tongue developed .. ars 30 ve 43,
42. Fore wings with 10 and 11 uate ; median
spurs absent 6c .. 113. PHasEutia.
Fore wings with 10 and 11 delved preean
spurs moderately long .. af .. 81. NycHrIopEs.
43. Fore wings with 11 absent .. se .. 103. Hyporxectis.

Fore wings with 11 present .. Ae ote 44.

102

44.

Fore wings with 7 out of 9 above aun 10

out of 9 5 ‘ 93.

Fore wings with 7 on of 9 ‘pelow amidtilee :

‘

Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

CEPPHIS.

10 very rarely out of 9 close to base .. 104. Crocora (part).
45. Fore wings with 10 absent .. “e .. 84. LomocrarHa.
Fore wings with 10 present .. Bis 46.
46. Face strongly prominent . 101. Hyvoscorts.
Face not strongly prominent 47.

47.

Crown of head with ue defined posterio
tuft c :

14. CHEMERINA.

Crown of head wihout dafined tuft 48.
48. Thorax with low double posterior crest 71. Deterrent.
Thorax not crested : 49.
49. Fore wings with 11 (or 10) not aaanenie
with 12 a6 96 36 50.
Fore wings with 11 (or 10) ponneeted eh 12 51.
50. Fore wings with 10 out of 9. 82. Epnoria.
Fore wings with 10 not out of 9 . 102. Turraris.
51. Fore wings with 10 nearly always out of 9,
and anastomosing with 11 : . 88. Merrocampa.
Fore wings with 10 not out of 9, rarely
anastomosing with 11 ie af eves 52.
52. Femora more or less hairy 80. Synopsra.
Femora glabrous oo 89. HucHumna.

66. Zerrrenta, Motsch.

Face with cone of scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate,
porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated with moderately
long fascicles. Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora hairy
beneath; posterior tibie in g dilated, with all spurs present.
Fore wings in § with fovea; 11 out of 10, either 10 or 11 anastom-
osing or connected with 12, 10 sometimes connected with 9. Hind
wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

A development of Diastictis, but standing rather iso-
lated. The two species are both East Asiatic.
albonotaria, Brem.
rufescentaria, Motsch. (= consociaria, Christ.).

67. Oprstuoaraptis, Ib.

Face with appressed scales or short cone of scales. Tongue
developed. Palpi moderate or rather short, porrected, rough-
Antenne in ¢ filiform or serrate-dentate, ciliated evenly
Thorax somewhat hairy beneath. Femora
posterior tibiz in g\ more or less
Fore wings in g with

sealed.
or with short fascicles.
elabrous or rarely slightly hairy ;
dilated, often bent, with all spurs present.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 103

fovea ; 10 often connected or anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out
of 10 between connections or more usually absent. Hind wings
with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

A genus of considerable extent and very general dis-
tribution. It is a development of Diastictis.

estimaria, Hb.
proditaria, Brem.
luridulata, Ster.
graphata, Hed.
notata, L.
alternaria, Hb.

signaria, Hb.
clathrata. L.
*biparata, Ld.
semtlutata, Ld.
hopfieraria, Stgr.
luteolata, L.

liturata, Cl.
68. Drastictis, Hb.

Face with appressed scales, or short ridge or tuft of projecting
scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected or sub-
ascending, rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated, apex simple
(sometimes only 2 or 3 joints). Thorax sometimes crested pos-
teriorly, more or less hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or rarely
slightly hairy; posterior tibie in g often dilated, with all spurs
present. Fore wings in g with fovea, sometimes surmounted by a
small gland; 10 sometimes anastomosing with 12, often connected
with 9, 11 out of 10 towards or above middle, or if lower anastom-
osing with 12, or often absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated
to cell to middle.

A large genus, occurring more or less plentifully in all
the principalregions. Itis an intermediate development

of Selidosema.
glarearia, Brahm.
brunneata, Thnb. (?=
fuscaria, Hb.).
*saburraria, Ev.
murinaria, F.
pumicaria, Ld.
dalmataria, Gn.
artesiaria, F.
loricaria, Hiv.
*costimaculata, Graes.
wauaria, Li.
*halituaria, Gn.
stevenaria, B.
assimilaria, Rbyr.
vincularia. Hb.

semicanaria, Fryr.
*legataria, H.-S.
*pnerviaria, Ld.
arenacearia, Hb.
catalaunaria, Gun.
*sparsaria, Hb.
*qriseolaria, Kv.
*unicoloraria, Rbr.
Viertlii, Boh.
roboraria, Schiff. (= Me-
netriest, Stgr.).
consortaria, F'. (=con-
ferenda, Butl.).
senex, Butl. (—Hede-
manni, Christ.).

‘

104 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

saturniaria, Graes. flavomarginaria, Brem.
(—ocellata, Leach). melanaria, L.

69. Enconista, Ld.

Face with tolerably appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi
moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated to
apex. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; anterior
tibiz with strong apical hook; posterior tibie in g not dilated,
with all spurs present. Fore wings in g with fovea, surmounted
by a small gland; 10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing
with or running into 12. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell
to middle.

An offshoot of Diastictis ; the single species is South
Kuropean.
nuniosaria, Dup.

70. Ecrroris, Hb.

Face tolerably smooth or with hardly projecting scales. Tongue
developed. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne
in g with two short acute projections on each side of each joint,
emitting strong fascicles of cilia. Thorax rather hairy beneath.
Femora glabrous; posterior tibize in ¢ sometimes dilated, with
all spurs present. Fore wings in g with fovea; 10 sometimes out
of 9 or absent, sometimes connected with 9, 11 sometimes out of 9
or 10, sometimes anastomosing with 12. Hind wings with 8
approximated to cell to middle.

A small genus, but widely and perhaps universally
distributed ; probably a development of Selidosema. In
some exotic species the antennal projections are more
developed and form short tufted pectinations, but are
always paired. ‘The neuration of the fore wings is
cenerally highly variable, and tends to assume a different
type in each species, in exotics exceeding even the wide
limits assigned above.

luridata, Bkh.

punctularia, Hb.

biundularia, Bkh. (—crepuscularia, Hb. ; ?=*luta-
mentaria, Graes.).

consonaria, Hb.

doerriesiaria, Christ. (2; g¢ not seen; probably
new genus).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 105

71. Deterrent, Hb.

Face loosely haired or with appressed scales. Tongue developed.
Palpi moderate, subascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in
& bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax with low double posterior
crest, hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in 3 not
dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in g\ without fovea ;
11 out of 10 near base, sometimes anastomosing with 12. Hind
wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

This small genus, to which I can only refer the
following species, originates from Selidosema, from which
it only differs essentially by the absence of the fovea,
which has apparently become obsolete.

abietaria, Hb.
*nooraria, Brem.
mandschuriaria, Brem.

72. Curora, Curt.

Face with tolerably appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi
moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated to
apex. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora nearly glabrous; posterior
tibie in g not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in ¢
with fovea; 10 connected or anastomosing with 9. Hind wings
with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The single species constituting this genus is an off-
shoot of Selidosema, and is confined to Europe.
lichenaria, Hufn.

73. SELiposEemA, Hb.

Face with appressed or shortly projecting scales or small tuft.
Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected or subascending,
rough-sealed. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, towards apex simple.
Thorax sometimes shortly crested posteriorly, hairy beneath.
Femora glabrous or rarely somewhat hairy beneath; posterior
tibie in # dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in g with
fovea; 10 sometimes connected with 9, 11 sometimes out of 10
near base only, or if separate, sometimes anastomosing with 12.
Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

A genus of considerable extent, and universally dis-
tributed. It is probably derived from Synopsia.

castigataria, Brem. contaminaria, Hb.

(=suifunaria, Christ.). ericetaria, Vill.
gesticularia, Hb. *granataria, Ubr.

‘

106 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

teniolaria, Hb. secundaria, Esp.
ambustaria, H.-G. ilicaria, H.-G.
variolaria, Stgr. cinctaria, Schiff.
repandata, L. perversaria, B.
extinctaria, Kv. *hituminaria, Ld.
*cocandaria, Esch. *bastelicaria, Bell.
glabraria, Hb. oceitanaria, Dup.
angularia, Thunb. *atlanticaria, Stgr.
umbraria, Hb. *solieraria, Rbr.

gemmaria, Brahm.

74. Ascoris, Hb.

Face with short projecting scales. Tongue developed. Palpi
moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in g prominently
ridged at apex of joints on inner half, emitting half-whorls of
rather long cilia. Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora some-
what hairy; posterior tibie in g dilated, with all spurs present.
Fore wings in g with fovea; 10 connected with 9. Hind wings
with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The single species occurs through a large part of
Europe and Central Asia to Japan. It is an offshoot of
a well-marked group of Selidosema (perhaps separable as
a distinct genus) which is freely represented in the Indo-
Malayan, African, and Australian regions, but does not
occur in Europe.

selenaria, Hb. (= cretacea, Butl.).

75. HKurrantuis, Hb.

Face with long rough hairs. Tongue obsolete. Palpi moderate
or rather long, porrected or ascending, with very long rough hairs.
Antennez in ¢ strongly bipectinated to apex, or with apex dentate
only. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or hairy; pos-
terior tibie in gf not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings
in ¢ with fovea; 10 sometimes connected with 9, 11 out of 10 or
absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to near middle.

Contains only the following species, characteristic of
Southern Europe. The genus is a development of
Bupatus.

plumistaria, Vill.
chrysitaria, H.-G.
pennigeraria, Hb.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 107

76. Bupauus, Leach.

Face with rough hairs or sometimes only loosely haired. Tongue
developed. Palpi moderate or rather short, porrected, with rough
projecting hairs. Antennx in $ bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax
hairy beneath. Femora hairy or glabrous; posterior tibie in 3
not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in g with fovea;
10 often connected or anastomosing with 9 (sometimes twice), 11
usually out of 10, always running into 12 or concealed by anastom-
osis of 10 with 12 and so apparently absent. Hind wings with 8
approximated to cell to middle.

A small genus, characteristic of Europe, originating
from Selidosema.

piniarius, L.

atomarius, Li.

carbonarius, Cl.

famulus, Esp.

limbarius, F.

rorarius, F.

fuscus, Thnb.

77. Narraca, Walk.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue weak. Palpi moderate,
porrected, with long rough projecting hairs. Antenne in ¢ bi-
pectinated to apex. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora
glabrous; posterior tibie in ¢ hardly dilated, with all spurs
present. Fore wings in g with fovea; 10 anastomosing or con-
nected with 12 and 9,11 absent. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked,
8 anastomosing with cell from near base to middle.

The single species, inhabiting South-east Europe, is a
development of Bupalus. The structure of vein 8 of the
hind wings is unique in this family, and is probably a
direct effect of the narrowing of the hind wings, which
has also caused the stalking of 6 and 7.

fasciolaria, Lott.

78. TrpHronia, HD.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue weak. Palpi very short,
slender, porrected, second joint rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bi-
pectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax somewhat hairy beneath.
Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in gj somewhat dilated, median
spurs in both sexes absent or present (codetaria). Fore wings in

108 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

3 (and ? also) with fovea; 9 absent, 10 absent. Hind wings
with 6 and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to cell to beyond middle.

The genus contains only the following species, at-
tached to Central and Southern Europe. It is certainly
a somewhat degenerate form of the Selidosema group,
but it is so far modified that the actual point of con-
nection is doubtful.

sepiaria, Hufn. (= oppositaria, Mn.).
cremiaria, Frr.
codetaria, Oberth.

79. ANTICYPELLA, N. g.

Face loosely scaled. Tongue developed. Palpi rather short,
subascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in 3 bipectinated,
apex simple. Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora slightly
hairy; posterior tibiz in g not dilated, with all spurs present.
Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 connected with 12 and 9, 11
out of 10 between connections. Hind wings in ¢ with fovea
beneath costa at base ; 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The single species known to me is Kast Asiatic. It
is doubtless an offshoot of Synopsia.
gigantaria, Stgr.

80. Synopsra, Hb.

Face loosely scaled. Tongue developed, sometimes short. Palpi
moderate or rather short, subascending, shortly rough-scaled.
Antenne in $ bipectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax densely
hairy beneath. Femora more or less hairy beneath; posterior
tibie in ¢ more or less dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings
n gf without fovea; 10 sometimes connected or anastomosing
with 12, sometimes with 9 also, 11 out of 10 or sometimes separate,
anastomosing with 12 and rarely with 10 also, or 11 out of 10
between connections. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to
middle.

This genus, not at present identified outside the
European region, seems to originate from a form ap-
proaching but not identical with Nychiodes.

*barcinonaria, Bell.
nycthemeraria, H.-G. (2; g¢ not examined ; per-
haps a Selidosema).
Jractaria, Stgy.
emaria, Brem.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 109

*Tederi, Christ.
crassestrigata, Christ.
s r
abruptaria, Thnb.

sociaria, Hb.

81. Nycurtopes, Ld.

Face with loosely appressed hairs. Tongue rudimentary. Palpi
very short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated
to apex. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora thinly hairy; posterior
tibie in g not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in
without fovea; 10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10.
Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

Restricted to the following species. It is closely
related to Synopsia, and is probably a collateral branch
rising from an ancestor approaching the group of Proso-
polopha.

lividaria, Hb.
amygdalaria, H.-S.
*phasidaria, Rog.

82. EpHortia, n. g.

Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled.
Antenne in ¢ shortly bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax hairy
beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in J not dilated, with
all spurs present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 out of 9.
Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

This genus, to which I assign also the Japanese
formosa, Butl., is apparently nearly related to Deilinia,
and is probably a collateral offshoot from the same
ancestral form. The following species is East Asiatic.

arenosa, Butl.

83. Deminia, Hb.

Face smooth or with small tuft. Tongue developed. Palpi
moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated,
towards apex simple. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora
elabrous; posterior tibie in g not dilated, with all spurs present.
Fore wings in § without fovea; 10 out of 9, rarely also 11 out of
9. Hind wings in $ with circular fovea at base of vein 8 beneath,
fringed with hairs; 8 approximated to cell to near middle.

I now restrict this genus as above; hence, of the
Australian species which I formerly placed in it, only

x

110 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

rectaria, Walk., remains; the rest (differing in the
absence of the fovea of hind wings, and in having 11 of
the fore wings almost always anastomosing with 12),
form a closely allied but distinct genus, for which I pro-
pose the name T'rochistis. Deilinia proper occurs
throughout the northern hemisphere, though only pos-
sessing a few species; it must originate from a form
approaching Huchlena and Metrocampa.

pusaria, L.

exanthemata, Se.

straminea, Butl. (=griseolimbata, Oberth. = ustu-

lataria, Christ.).
*cumulata, Christ.

84. Lomoarapna, Fb.

Face nearly smooth or with slight tuft. Tongue developed.
Palpi moderate or rather short, porrected or subascending, rough-
sealed. Antenne in $ bipectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax
somewhat hairy beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibiz in J
not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in g without
fovea; 10 absent, 11 sometimes out of 9, sometimes connected or
anastomosing with 9 or 12. Hind wings with 8 approximated to
cell to near middle.

Closely allied to Detlinia, and probably rising from
Kuchlena. Besides the following there are a few Indo-
Malayan and Australian species.

cararia, Hb. (gs not seen).
dilectaria, Hb.
trimaculata, Vill.
laminaria, H.-S.

85. Scarpamia, Gn.

Face more or less prominent, with appressed seales. Tongue
developed. Palpi moderate, subascending, very shortly scaled.
Antenne in 3 bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax slightly hairy
beneath. Abdomen with dorsal well-defined crest near base.
Femora glabrous ; posterior tibiz in g not dilated, with all spurs
present. Fore wings in g without fovea ; 11 out of 10, anastom-
osing with 12. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

A development of Huchlena. It is apparently an
Indo-Malayan genus of few species, strageling into
Africa, Eastern Asia, and Australia.

aurantiacaria, Brem.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. Pt

86. Exnicrinia, Hb.

Face smooth. Tongue developed. Palpi short, porrected, shortly
rough-scaled. Antenne in $ shortly and evenly ciliated. Thorax
hairy beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibizin gS not dilated,
with allspurs present. Fore wings in § without fovea; 10 absent,
11 occasionally connected with 12 and 9. Hind wings with 8
approximated to cell to middle.

A development of Metrocampa, with affinity to Ourap-
teryx. It is apparently restricted to the Huropean
region.

trinotata, Metz.

subcordaria, H.-S.

cordiaria, Hb. (=nuptaria, Brem.).
cauteriata, Ster.

87. OuraptEeryx, Leach.

Face somewhat prominent, with short projecting hairs. Tongue
developed. Palpi moderate or rather short, porrected or ascending,
shortly rough-sealed. Antenne in 3 shortly and evenly ciliated.
Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora hairy beneath ; posterior
tibiz in § more or less dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings
in J without fovea; 10 absent, 11 anastomosing or connected with
12 and sometimes with 9 also. Hind wings with 8 approximated
to cell to near middle.

A small Indo-Malayan genus, containing one Kuropean
species. It is a development of Metrocampa.
sambucaria, L.

88. Merrocampa, Latr.

Face smooth or with loosely appressed or projecting scales.
Tongue developed. Palpi short or moderate, porrected or sub-
ascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in 3g bipectinated,
apex (often 2 to 4 joints only) simple. Thorax hairy beneath.
Femora glabrous or rarely thinly hairy (honoraria) ; posterior tibise
in g sometimes dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in
without fovea; 10 out of 9 or seldom separate, occasionally obsolete
at base and then apparently out of 11, 11 anastomosing or con-
nected with 12 and nearly always with 10 also. Hind wings with
8 approximated to cell to middle.

A genus of some extent, ranging throughout the
northern hemisphere. It orignates from a form near

‘

112 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

Ennomos, and has affinity to Huchlena. I have satisfied
myself that in those few individuals where 10 appears to
rise out of 11, it really rises out of 9 as usual and
anastomoses with 11, but the basal portion is obsolete
and not traceable ; were it otherwise, intermediates would
certainly occur.
prosapiaria, L. (?=pinicolaria, Bell.).
margaritaria, L.
honoraria, Schiff.
serrata, Brem.
*Stschurovskyi, Esch.
*pruinosaria, Brem.
capreolaria, F.
pulveraria, L.
indictinaria, Brem. (= Snelleni, Hed.; ?—= emun-
data, Christ.).
dolobraria, L.

89. Eucuumna, Hb.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate
or short, porrected or ascending, shortly rough-sealed. Antenne
in g bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora
glabrous; posterior tibize in g sometimes dilated, with all spurs
present. Fore wings in $ without fovea; 10 sometimes connected
with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing or connected with or sometimes
running into 12. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell shortly
or to near middle.

A small genus, inhabiting Europe and North America.
It must be derived from a form approaching Hnnomos.
prunaria, L.
parallelaria, Schiff.
apiciaria, Schiff.

90. ARTEMIDORA, n. g.

Face with projecting tuft of scales. Tongue developed. Palpi
moderate, porrected or subascending, rough-scaled. Antenne in
3S bipectinated to apex. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora
rather hairy beneath; posterior tibie in g not dilated, with all
spurs present. Fore wings in g without fovea; a transparent
scar on transverse vein ; 6 widely separate from 9, 10 sometimes
connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. Hind wings
with 6 and 7 remote, 8 approximated to cell to middle.

the Geometrina of the Huropean fauna. 118

Constituted for the following Central Asiatic species.
It is probably an offshoot from Hygrochroa or an allied
form, with collateral affinity to Selenia.

maracandaria, Krsch.

91. Senventa. HD.

Face with projecting tuft of scales. Tongue developed. Palpi
moderate, porrected or subascending, rough-scaled. Antenne in
& bipectinated to apex. Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora
densely hairy beneath; posterior tibiw in gf not dilated, with all
spurs present. Fore wings in g without fovea; a transparent
scar on transverse vein; 6 out of 9, 11 rarely connected with 12 or
10. Hind wings with a transparent scar on transverse vein; 6 and
7 stalked, 8 approximated to cell to middle.

Contains the following and two or three North American
species. It is an offshoot from Hygrochroa.
bilunaria, Esp.
lunaria, Schiff.
tetralunaria, Hufn.
*versicoloraria, Christ.

92. Hyarocuroa, Hb.

Face with projecting tuft of scales. Tongue developed. Palpi
moderate, subascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in g bi-
pectinated to apex. ‘Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora
densely hairy beneath; posterior tibie in g not dilated, with all
spurs present. Fore wings in ¢ without fovea ; 10 sometimes out
of 9, sometimes connected with 11. Hind wings with 8 approxim-
ated to cell to middle.

A development from the neighbourhood of Hnnomos.
The single species extends throughout the northern and
central parts of the European region.

syringaria, L.

93. Crppuis, Hb.

Face with loosely appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi
moderate, porrected, rough-sealed. Antenne in 3 bipectinated to
apex. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibiz
in g not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in g without
fovea; 7 and 8 unusually short, 7 rising above middle of 9, 10 out
of 9. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1892.—ParT I. (MARCH.) I

114 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

Allied to Selenia and Hygrochroa, from one or other of
which it is probably an offshoot. The single species
ranges throughout Central Kurope and Asia to Japan.

advenaria, Hb.

94. ARTIORA, n. g.

Face with short projecting scales. Tongue short. Palpi short,
porrected, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated to
apex. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior
tibie in J not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in $
without fovea; 10 absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated to
cell to middle.

Apparently a development of Hnnomos. The single
species is Central Huropean. The name Therapis, used
by Hiibner to include this species and flavicaria, was
wrongly applied here by Lederer, as Herrich-Scheffer
had already limited it so as to make flavicaria the type.

evonymaria, Schiff.

95. Conotors, Hb.

Face with rough projecting hairs, with a tuft projecting from
beneath antenne across eye to middle. Tongue short. Palpi very
short, porrected, rough-haired. Antenne in g very strongly bi-
pectinated to apex. Thorax densely hairy above and beneath.
Femora densely hairy beneath; posterior tibie in # not dilated,
with all spurs present, short. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10
sometimes anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing or
connected with 12 and 10. Hind wings with 8 approximated to
cell to middle.

The genus is a development of Hnnomos, and contains
only the one species, which occurs throughout most of
the European region.

pennaria, L.

96. Ennomos, T’r.

Face with dense projecting scales, or rounded-prominent and
with appressed scales, except at sides (regina). ‘Tongue more or
less developed or rudimentary. Palpi moderate, porrected or sub-
ascending, with rough projecting scales. Antenne in 3 bipectinated
to apex. Thorax densely hairy above and beneath. Femora densely
hairy beneath; posterior tibie in ¢ not dilated, median spurs very
short or absent. Tore wings in $ without fovea; 6 sometimes out

the Geometrina of the European fauna, 115

of 9, 10 rarely out of 9, sometimes anastomosing or connected with
9, 11 often out of 10, anastomosing or connected with or rarely
running into 12, sometimes anastomosing or connected with 10
also, rarely absent. Hind wings with 6 and 7 rarely stalked, 8
approximated to cell to middle.

Probably a development of Gonodontis. It is a charac-
teristically European genus, though straggling into North
America. The position of 6 in both wings is not con-
stant specifically. The median spurs are absent in the
first five species, which are therefore more recent forms.
The name Hugonia, Hb., is preoccupied by Hubner him-
self earlier in the same work, and cannot be employed
here.

quercaria, Hb. alniaria, L.
erosaria, Bkh. quercinaria, Hufn.
keffractaria, Frr. autumnaria, Wernb.

Fuscantaria, Hw. regina, Ster.

97. Gonopontis, Hb.

Face with dense projecting scales, or rounded-prominent and
with tolerably appressed scales (boisduvaliaria). Tongue more or
less developed or obsolete. Palpi moderate, porrected or sub-
ascending, with rough projecting scales. Antenne in 3 bipectinated
to apex. Thorax densely hairy above and beneath, sometimes
tending to form slight triangular anterior crest. FFemora densely
hairy beneath; posterior tibie in gf not dilated, with all spurs
present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 often connected or
anastomosing with 9, 11 occasionally connected or anastomosing
with 10. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The genus markedly approaches Prosopolopha, and
probably originates with it from some earlier form. Itis
doubtful whether it occurs outside the Kuropean region.

bidentata, Cl.
dardoinaria, Donz.
tusciaria, Bkh.
elinguaria, L.
boisduvaliaria, Lue.

98. Cistip1a, Hb.

Face roughly hairy or with loosely appressed scales. ‘Tongue
developed. Palpi moderate, subascending, rough-sealed or hairy.
Antenne in ¢ sometimes somewhat thickened towards apex, naked

12

116 Mr. E. Mevrick on the classification of

or very shortly ciliated. Thorax densely hairy beneath. Abdomen
in ¢ very elongate. Femora hairy beneath ; posterior tibie in 3
much dilated, with all spurs present but short. Fore wings in ¢
without fovea; 10 sometimes out of 9, connected with 9. Hind
wings with 8 approximated to cell to or beyond middle.

A curious genus, yet more peculiar in appearance
than in actual structure. It seems to be an isolated
development of Pseudopanthera, perhaps with some rela-
tionship to Abraxas. The two following species are
East Asiatic and Japanese, and I have a third species
from Japan, and a fourth from China.

stratonice, Cr.
couaggaria, Gn. (= eurypyle, Mén. = eurymede,

Motsch.).

99. Apraxas, Leach.

Face smooth. Tongue developed. Palpi rather short, sub-
ascending, shortly rough-sealed. Antenne in ¢ stout, ciliated
with moderate fascicles. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora glabrous ;
posterior tibia in gf dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in
S without fovea; 10 sometimes connected with 9, 11 out of 10,
anastomosing with or running into 12 or absent. Hind wings
with 8 approximated to cell shortly or to middle.

A genus of rather limited extent, almost confined to
India, China, and Japan, from which countries the few
European species are all stragglers; they are all found
native there, in company with others, and their present
wide distribution is remarkable, and probably to some
extent artificial. The genusis a development of Pseudo-
panthera.

grossulariata, L.
pantaria, L.
sylvata, Se.
adustata, Schiff.
marginata, L.

100. PsrupopantHera, Hb.

Face usually more or less rounded or prominent, sometimes
slightly tufted on lower edge. Tongue developed. Palpi rather
short or moderate, povrected or ascending, rough-scaled. Antenne
in % stout, more or less flatly subdentate, shortly and evenly
ciliated. Thorax more or less hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or

the Geometrina of the European fauna. VIL

rarely slightly hairy ; posterior tibiz in 3 sometimes dilated, with
all spurs present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 sometimes
out of 9, usually connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 sometimes
out of 10 or anastomosing with 10, sometimes anastomosing with
12. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

This genus appears to be principally Kuropean, though
with occasional representatives in other regions. It is a
development of Crocota.

unio, Oberth. furvata, F.
*etheriata, Graes. pullata, Tr.
clarissa, Butl. sartata, Tr.
punctata, I. dumetata, Tr.
bimaculata, F. respersaria, Hb.
prctaria, Curt. *colchidaria, Ld.
macularia, L. dolosaria, H.-S.
syriacata, Gn. poggearia, Ld.
disparata, Ster. *gruneraria, Ster.
variegata, Dup. exculta, Butl. (= semi-
*difficilis, Alph. orbiculata, Christ.).
glaucinaria, Hb. *benesignata, Bell.
sibiriata, Gn. hippocastanaria, Hb.
*creperaria, Krsch. *tibiaria, Rbr.
obscuraria, Hb. asperaria, Hb.
*onustaria, H.-S. rippertaria, Dup.
ambiguata, Dup. scutularia, Dup.
*stemmataria, Ky. partitaria, Hb.
obfuscaria, Hb. petraria, Hb.
*sericarta, Alph. : lineata, Se.

*nimbata, Alph.
101. Hyposcoris, Hb.

Face forming a rounded prominence, with appressed scales.
Tongue developed. Palpi short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne
in 3 shortly bipectinated, becoming simple toward apex. Thorax
slightly hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in $
dilated, with all spurs present. Fore Wings in g without fovea ;
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10.
Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The single species is very closely related to Pseudo-
panthera, and may possibly be a development of it, but
more probably a transitional form marking the passage
from Crocota to Pseudopanthera.

mucidaria, Hb.

‘

118 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

102. THerapis, Hb.

Face prominent beneath, with slightly projecting scales. Tongue
developed. Paipi moderately long, porrected, rough-scaled. An-
tenne in ¢ bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax slightly hairy
beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in § not dilated, with
all spurs present. Fore wings in ¢ without fovea; 10 and 11 free.
Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

Probably a development of either Crocota or Pseudo-

panthera. The single species inhabits South-east Europe.
flavicaria, Hb.

108. Hypopiectis, Hb.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi short,
porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated to apex.
Thorax somewhat hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior
tibie in ¢ slightly dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in
3 without fovea; 10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, 11
absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The single species, which ranges through most of the
European region, is an offshoot of Crocota.
adspersaria, Hb.

104. Crocota, Hb.

Face more or less rounded-prominent or nearly flat, with tolerably
appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate or rather
short, porrected or ascending, rough-scaled or sometimes hairy.
Antenne in g bipectinated to apex. ‘Thorax hairy beneath.
Femora glabrous or sometimes hairy ; posterior tibiz in g moder-
ately or hardly dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in
without fovea; 10 very rarely out of 9, usually connected or
anastomosing with 9, 11 rarely out of 10 (formosaria), usually
connected or anastomosing with 12, occasionally with 10 also.
Hind wings with 6 and 7 rarely stalked (ochrearia, curvaria),
8 approximated to cell to middle. Female sometimes semi-
apterous or apterous.

The genus is characteristic of the European region,
though stragglers occur elsewhere. It is probably de-
rived from Biston.

lutearia, F. sordaria, Thnb.

niveata, Se. dilucidaria, Hb (?—cani-

peletieraria, Dup. tiaria, Gn.).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 119

celibaria, H.-S. saria, Christ.; —opu-
serotinaria, Hb. lentaria, Stgyr.).
andereggaria, Lah. mundataria, Cr.
operaria, Hb. *Steversi, Christ.
zelleraria, Frr. strigillaria, Hb. (2—be-
tenebraria, Esp. ticaria, Rbr.).
emucidaria, Dup. formosaria, Ev.
belgaria, Hb. *rectaria, Frr.
*penulataria, Hb. *violentaria, Christ.
*tekkearia, Christ. curvaria, Hy.
conspersaria, F', (2=rau- gilvaria, F.
naria, Frr.). ochrearia, Ross.
*lentiscaria, Donz. *insignis, Alph.
Iveni, Ersch. *unifasciata, Men.
acuminaria, Ev. (—glos- pravata, Hb.

105. Tuer, Hb.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue weak. Palpi very short,
porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated to apex.
Thorax slightly hairy beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibie
in g not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in 3 without
fovea; 10 out of 9, sometimes connected or anastomosing with 9,
11 out of 9, anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10. Hind
wings with 8 approximated to cell to near middle. Female semi-
apterous.

A development from Crocota, which it closely resembles.
The single species is Kuropean.
rupicapraria, Hb.

106. Lranyorrera, Ld.

Face loosely rough-haired. Tongue weak. Palpi moderate,
porrected, with long rough hairs. Antenne in @ shortly bi-
pectinated, apexsimple. Thorax roughly hairy above and beneath.
Femora hairy; posterior tibiae in ¢ not dilated, with all spurs
present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 11 anastomosing with
12, Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle. Female
apterous (?).

An offshoot from Crocota; the only species inhabits
South-east Europe.
fumidaria, Hb.

120 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

107. Psopos, T’r.

Face with long rough hairs. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate,
porrected, with long projecting hairs. Antenne in ¢ stout, shortly
ciliated. Thorax roughly hairy beneath. Femora hairy ; posterior
tibie in g not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in J
without fovea ; 10 sometimes absent, 11 anastomosing or connected
with 12 and seldom with 9 also. Hind wings with 6 and 7 some-
times short-stalked, 8 approximated to cell to middle.

This small genus, confined to the European mountains,
is derived from Crocota, with close collateral affinity to
Lignyoptera.

alticolaria, Mn.
coracina, Esp.
trepidaria, Hb.
alpinata, Se.
quadrifaria, Sulz.

108. Hyprrnia, Latr.

Face with appressed scales or shortly rough-scaled. Tongue
developed or weak. Palpi short or rather short, porrected, shortly
rough-scaled. Antenne in g either bipectinated, pectinations
sometimes short and terminating in fascicles of cilia, apex simple ;
or with two very short processes on each side of each joint, emitting
long fascicles of cilia. Thorax with small triangular anterior
crest, hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibize in g\ not
dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in § without fovea;
10 sometimes out of 9, sometimes anastomosing or connected with
9, 11 sometimes out of 10, usually anastomosing with or running
into 12, rarely absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to
middle. Female semiapterous or apterous.

The genus is closely allied to Crocota, and probably
derived with it from Biston. It is characteristic of the
European region, though stragglers occur elsewhere also.

leucophearia, Schiff.
bajaria, Schiff.
marginaria, Bkh.
defoliaria, Cl.
aurantiaria, Esp.
ankeraria, Stgr.
declinans, Stgr.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 121

109. ApocHEimaA, Hb.

Face roughly hairy. Tongue very short or rudimentary. Palpi
short or moderate, porrected, rough-haired. Antenne in ¢ bi-
pectinated to apex, or with apex simple. Thorax clothed with
dense hairs above, with slight anterior triangular crest, beneath
densely hairy. Femora densely hairy; posterior tibiz in $ not
dilated, without median spurs, or rarely with spurs present but
short (pedaria and tartarica). Fore wings in g without fovea ;
6 rarely out of 9, 10 usually anastomosing or connected with 9, 11
sometimes out of 10 or abSent, or running into 12, or concealed by
anastomosis of 10 with 12. Hind wings with 6 and 7 sometimes
stalked, 8 approximated to cell to middle. Female with wings
rudimentary or absent.

Almost confined to the European region ; it is de-
veloped from Biston. The variation in structure is rather
considerable, but not available for generic subdivision.

lefuaria, Ersch. (=ol- pomonaria, Hb.
garia, Oberth. ; (=ma- = *lanaria, Hy.
turaria, Christ.). hispidaria, F.
Jiduciaria, Ank. *arcanaria, Mill.
zonaria, Schiff. cineraria, Ersch.
alpina, Sulz. *declinata, Ster. (?)
grecaria, Stgr. *tartarica, Stgr.
*liquidaria, Ky. pedaria, F.

lapponaria, B.

110. Zamacra, n. g.

Face rough-haired, with horny triangular projection. Tongue
rudimentary. Palpi rather short, porrected, rough-haired. An-
tenne in g strongly bipectinated to apex. Thorax densely haired
above, with slight traces of anterior crest, beneath densely hairy.
Femora densely hairy ; posterior tibie without median spurs, in J
not dilated. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 absent, 11
anastomosing with 12. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked, 8
approximated to cell nearly throughout.

The single species is a development of Biston, from
which it does not greatly differ, and inhabits the shores
of the Mediterranean.

flabellaria, Heeg.

111. Bistron, Leach.

Face densely rough-haired or rough-scaled. Tongue developed
or very short or obsolete. Palpi moderate or short, porrected,

122 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

rough-haired or rough-scaled. Antennein g strongly bipectinated
to apex, or with apex simple. Thorax densely haired above, with
slight loose anterior crest, beneath densely hairy. Femora densely
hairy ; posterior tibia hairy, with median spurs very short or
absent, in g not dilated. Fore wings in gf without fovea; 10
usually connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 usually out of 10,
rarely free or absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to
middle.

Probably this may be derived from a form approaching
Phaselia. The species are not numerous ; besides the
following, there are a few in India and Africa.

hirtarius, Cl.
necessarius, Z.
stratarius, Hufn.
tendinosarius, Brem.
*hueberarius, Ball.
betularius, L.

112. Sparropreryx, Gn.

Palpi short. Antenne in g bipectinated to apex. Posterior
tibiee with all spurs present. Female semiapterous, ante ‘or wings
linear.

I have not seen the single Siberian species which con-
stitutes this genus, and can only give the above-men-
tioned fragmentary details from Guenée. I conjecture,
however, that it is probably a good genus, and allied to
the ancestral form of Phaselia.

*serrularia, Ld. (=kindermannaria, Stgr.).

118. PHasenia, Gn.

Face with tolerably appressed scales. Tongue obsolete. Palpi
very short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in both sexes bi-
pectinated to apex. Thorax with loose lateral and posterior crests,
beneath densely hairy. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibize without
median spurs, in g not dilated. Fore wings in $ without fovea ;
10 connected with 9. Hind wings with 8 approximat:d to cell to
middle.

Doubtless a development from the Prosopolopha group,
but the actual point of connection seems uncertain. The
cenus seems attached to South-east Europe and South-
west Asia.

serrularia, Ev.
*deliciosaria, Ld.
*gstrictaria, Ld.

the Geometrina of the Huropean fauna. 123

114. Cuemerina, B.

Face with appressed seales, erown with defined posterior tuft.
Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. An-
tenne in g bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax hairy beneath.
Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in g\ not dilated, with all spurs
present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 out of 9, anastom-
osing with 11 and 9. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to
middle.

The single species is nearly allied to Prosopolopha, of
which it may be a development ; it frequents the Medi-
terranean coasts.

caliginearia, Rbr.

115. OnycnHora, n. ¢.

Face subprominent, with appressed hairs. Tongue developed.
Palpi rather short, porrected, rough-haired. Antenne in ¢ bi-
pectinated to apex.. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora slightly
hairy ; anterior tibiz very short, with strong apical hook ; posterior
tibie in § not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in
without fovea; 10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing
with 12 and 10. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to
middle.

The only species is doubtless derived from Prosopo-
lopha ; it inhabits South-west Europe.
agaritharia, Dard.

116. Prosoponopna, Ld.

Face rough-haired, forehead sometimes tufted. Tongue de-
veloped. Palpi rather short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in
3S bipectinated to apex. Thorax densely haired, with slight loose
triangular anterior crest, beneath densely hairy. Femora hairy ;
posterior tibiw in not dilated, with all spurs present. I’ore wings
in g without fovea ; 10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with

12 and 10. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to beyond
middle.

This genus was named Ligia by Duponchel, but the
name is preoccupied in the Crustacea. The limits of
the genus and its geographical range are somewhat un-
certain ; the group to which it belongs is most numerously
represented in Australia, but is everywhere fragmentary
and now probably dying out.

‘

124 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

modesta, Star.
*turanica, Krsch.
*ciliaria, Mén.
*argentaria, H.-S.
jourdanaria, Vill.
opacaria, Hb.

117: Axia, ib:

Face rough-haired. Tongue weak. Palpi short, porrected,
rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated to apex. Thorax with
collar forming an erect crest, patagia loosely rough-scaled, beneath
hairy. Femora slightly hairy; posterior tibix in g not dilated,
with all spurs present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 con-
nected with 9. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell throughout
and to basal fourth of 7, thence diverging.

The peculiar structure of vein 8 of the hind wings dis-
tinguishes this genus at once, but it ig notwithstanding
nearly allied to Prosopolopha, and is probably at the
same time one of the most primitive types of the
Geometrina, retaining indications of its affinity to other
groups. Only one species is known, which inbabits
South-west Hurope, and appears always rare.

margarita, Hb.

APPENDIX OF STATISTICS OF NEURAL VARIATION
IN THE SELIDOSEMIDZ.

As in the Selidosemide the structure of veins 10 and
11 of the fore wings is in many instances lable to vary
to an unusual extent within the limits of the same genera
and species, I give here an analysis of the results
obtained from the inspection of the specimens examined
for the purpose of this paper. before doing so I have
to acknowledge my indebtedness to Miss M. Kimber,
F.E.$., for much valuable assistance ; Miss Kimber very

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 125

kindly accumulated from correspondents, and_ sub-
sequently examined the neuration of, a considerable
number of specimens of the commoner British species,
and thus enabled these observations to be established
on a wider basis than could otherwise have been the
case.

In the following results the species are arranged in
the order of the preceding classification. All the species
of the family are given, except where no variation was
found within the limits of the genus; in such cases the
generic diagnosis sufficiently expresses the result. The
number enclosed in brackets following the name of the
species gives the total number of specimens examined ;
that which follows each statement of neural characters
cives the number of specimens found to display characters
in accordance with such statement. As a rule, more
pains have been taken to examine a number of specimens
in those species where the examination of a few indicated
liability to variation. In interpreting the statement of
characters, it must of course be remembered that, as
usual, veins 10 and 11 are understood to be free and
separate so far as they are not expressly stated to be
otherwise. I would mention also that the accurate
ascertainment of the neuration in an individual of this
family is commonly much more difficult than might be
supposed ; the veins in question are nearly always very
close together throughout their course, and a tendency
to connection is often shown where no actual connection
exists; on the other hand, the connecting bar is fre-
quently hard to observe, and really doubtful cases some-
times occur. Allowance must be made for these diffi-
culties ; but I think the results are not without value as
a numerical record of structural variability. I might
also point out to those who advocate the naming of mere
varieties that these examples of structural variation are
at least as worthy of the dignity of a name as any
examples of colour variation; so that in the case of a
species with perhaps six colour varieties and as many
structural, the various combinations would require no
less than 36 names.

126 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

Zettienia albonotaria, Brem. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).
Z. rufescentaria, Motsch. (2).
10 connected with 12, 11 out of 10. (1).
11 out of 12, anastomosing with 10. (1).
Opisthograptis estimaria, Hb. (4).
10 connected with 12, 11 absent. (2).
10 connected with 12 and 9,11 absent. (2).
O. proditaria, Brem. (1).
10 connected with 12, 11 absent. (1).
O. luridulata, Stgr. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (1).
O. graphata, Hed. (1).
11 absent. (1).
O. notata, L. (15).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 absent. (7).
10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (8).
O. alternaria, Hb. (4).
10 connected with 12, 11 absent. (2).
10 connected with 12 and 9,11 absent. (2).
O. liturata, Cl. (16).
11 absent. (3).
10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (5).
10 connected with 12, 11 absent. (8).
O. signaria, Hb. (8).
10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (2).
10 anastomosing with 12 and connected with 9, 11 absent.
(ye
O. clathrata, L. (84).
10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (8).
10 anastomosing with 12, 11 absent. (9).
10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9,11 absent. (21).
10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between con-
nections. (1).
O. semilutata, Ld. (1).
11 out of 10. (1).
O. hopfferaria, Stgr. (2).
10 connected with 9,11 absent. (2).
O. luteolata, L. (48).
11 out of 10. (13).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (12).
10 anastomosing with 12 and connected with 9, 11 out of 10
between connections. (2).
ll absent. (10).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 127

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (10).
10 anastomosing with 12 and connected with 9, 11 absent.

(1).

Diastictis glarearia, Brahm. (8).

D.

D,

10 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (3).
brunneata, Thnb. (8).

10 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (38).
murinaria, F. (4).

11 absent. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (2).

11 out of 10, connected with 12. (1).

D. pumicaria, Ld. (1).

DD:

D

SES SS aS

10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between con-
nections. (1).
dalmataria, Gn. (1).

10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between con-
nections. (1).

. artesiaria, F. (1).

10 anastomosing with 12 and connected with 9, 11 absent.

(1).

. loricaria, Ev. (5).

10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent.

(5).

. wauaria, L. (28).

11 absent. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (4).

10 conneeted with 12, 11 absent. (5).

10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (18).

. stevenaria, B. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

. assimilaria, Rbr. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

. vincularia, Hb. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (1).

. semicanaria, Frr. (1).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

. arenacearia, Hb. (4).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (1).
10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (2).

. catalaunaria, Gn. (1).

10 connected with 12, 11 out of 10. (1).

. Veertliz, Boh. (1).

10 connected with 9,11 absent. (1).

*

128 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

D. roboraria, Schiff. (6).
10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (5).
10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between connections.
@):
D. consortaria, F. (7).
10 connected with 12, 11 out of 10. (1).
10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10
above connections. (5).
10 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (1).
D. senex, Butl. (4).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (4).
D. saturniaria, Graes. (3).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (8).
D. flavomarginaria, Brem. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12.
(1).
D. melanaria, L. (8).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (2).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).
Ectropis luridata, Bkh. (6).
10 and 11 separate. (6).
E. punctularia, Hb. (31).
10 anastomosing with 12, 11 out of 10. (1).
10 absent. (18).
10 absent, 11 anastomosing or connected with 12. (16).
10 absent, 11 out of 9, anastomosing with 12 and connected
with 9. (1).
FE. biundularia, Bkh. (61).
10 out of 9,11 out of 9. (1).
10 out of 9, connected with 9, 11 out of 9. (1).
10 out of 9, 11 out of 10. (81).
10 out of 9, connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (8).
10 absent, 11 connected with 9. (1).
10 absent, 11 out of 9. (22).
10 absent, 11 out of 9, connected with 9. (2).
E.. consonaria, Hb. (15).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (12).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (2).
10 absent, 1! anastomosing with 12. (1).
E. doerriesiaria, Christ. (1).
10 out of 11, anastomosing with 9. (1).
Deileptenia abietaria, Hb. (8).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (8).

the Geometrina of the European fauna.

D. mandschuriaria, Brem. (1).
10 out of 11 near base. (1).
Cleora lichenaria, Hufn. (19).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (19).
Selidosema castigataria, Brem. (2).
10 connected with 9. (2).
S. gesticularia, Hb. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
S. contaminaria, Hb. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
S. ericetaria, Vill. (24).
10 and 11 separate. (6).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (17).
11 out of 10 near base. (1).
S. teniolaria, Hb. (1).
10 connected with 9. (1).
S. ambustaria, H.-G. (1).
10 connected with 9. (1).
S. variolaria, Stgr. (1).
10 out of 11 near base, connected with 9. (1).
S. repandata, L. (55).
10 and 11 separate. (7).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (87).
11 anastomosing with 12. (5).

129

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with

12ee (3)

11 out of 10 near base. (38).
S. extinctaria, Ev. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).
S. glabraria, Hb. (8).

10 connected with 9. (2).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10 near base. (1).
S. angularia, Thnb. (1).

11 out of 10 near base. (1).
S. umbraria, Hb. (2).

10 and 11 separate. (2).
S. gemmaria, Brahm. (65).

10 and 11 separate. (19).

10 connected with 9. (40).

10 out of 9 near base. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10 near base. (5).
S. secundaria, Esp. (3).

10 connected with 9, (3).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT I. (MARCH.) K

1380 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

S. tlicaria, H.-G. (1).
10 connected with 9. (1).
S. cinctaria, Schiff. (33).
10 and 11 separate. (20).
10 connected with 9. (11).
10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (2).
S. perversaria, B. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
S. oecitanaria, Dup. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
Eurranthis plumistaria, Vill. (8).
11 absent. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (2).
EH. chrysitaria, H.-G. (2).
11 out of 10. (2).
EH. pennigeraria, Hb. (2).
11 out of 10. (2).
Bupalus piniarius, L. (68).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 running into 12. (6).
10 anastomosing twice with 9, 11 running into 12. (2).
10 anastomosing with 9, then with 12 and 9 again, 11 running
into 12. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (81).
10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (28).
B. atomarius, Ll. (84).
10 anastomosing with 12, 11 absent. (12).
10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, ll absent. (22).
B. carbonarius, Cl. (4).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (2).
10 anastomosing with 12, 11 absent. (2).
B. famulus, Esp. (8).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (8).
B. limbarius, F. (5).
11 out of 10, running into 12. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (4).
B. rorarws, F. (2).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (2).
B. fuscus, Thnb. (2).
10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (2).
Synopsia nycthemeraria, H.-G.
10 connected with 9. (1).
S. fractaria, Stgr. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (1).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 131

S. emaria, Brem. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12.
(1).
S. crassestrigata, Christ. (1).
10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between con-
nections. (1).
S. abruptaria, Thnb. (80).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (1).
10 connected with 12, 11 out of 10. (1).
10 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10
between connections. (38).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (8).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anasto-
mosing with 12. (16).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12
and 10. (1).
S. sociaria, Hb. (4).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12.
(4).
Deilinia pusaria, L. (18).
10 out of 9. (18).
D. exanthemata, Se. (49).
10 out of 9. (48).
10 and 11 out of 9. (1).
D. straminea, Butl. (1).
10 out of 9. (1).
Lomographa cararia, Hb. (1).
10 absent, 11 connected with 9. (1).
L. dilectaria, Hb. (1).
10 absent, 11 connected with 9. (1).
L. trimaculata, Vill. (8).
10 absent. (1).
10 absent, 11 connected with 9. (2).
L. laminaria, H.S. (2).
10 absent, 11 out of 9, anastomosing with 12. (2).
Ourapteryx sambucaria, L. (86).
10 absent, 11 anastomosing with 12. (8).
10 absent, 11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9.
(28).
Metrocampa prosapiaria, L. (28).
10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (2).
10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (8).
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12
and 10. (13),

182 Mr. BE. Meyrick on the classification of

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 12, 11 running into 12. (1).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (3).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, connected with 12. (1).
M. margaritaria, L. (45).
11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (8).
10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing or connected with 12. (8).
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12.
(1).
10 out of 9,11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10.
(7):
10 out of 9, anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing
or connected with 12 and 10. (81).
M. honoraria, Schiff. (8).
11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10. (1).
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12
and 10. (2).
M. serrata, Brem. (2).
11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (2).
M. capreolaria, F. (A).
10 out of 9, connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10.

(3).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12 and
10:7):

M. pulveraria, L. (16).
10 out of 9,11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10.
(14).
11 out of 10, anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10. (2).
M. indictinaria, Brem. (1).
10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).
M. dolobraria, L. (13).
11 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 10. (9).
10 out of 9,11 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 10.
(3).
11 out of 10, connected with 12 and 10. (1).
Euchlena prunaria, L. (16).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (6).
11 out of 10, running into 12. (2).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (8).
FE. parallelaria, Schiff. (13).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12.
(11).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (2).
EF. apiciaria, Schiff. (28).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (6).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 133

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing or connected
with 12. (17).
Artemidora maracandaria, Ersch. (2).
11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).
Selenia bilunaria, Esp. (51).
10 and 11 separate. (47).
11 anastomosing with 12. (4).
S. lunaria, Schiff. (9).
10 and 11 separate. (9).
S. tetralunaria, Hufn. (21).
10 and 11 separate. (20).
10 connected with 11. (1).
Hygrochroa syringaria, L. (10).
10 and 11 separate. (8).
10 connected with 11. (1).
10 out of 9. (1).
Colotois pennaria, li. (50).
11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10. (2).
10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing or con-
nected with 12 and 10. (48).
Ennomos quercaria, Hb. (1).
10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between connections.
(1).
EH. erosaria, Bkh. (17).
11 out of 10, connected or anastomosing with 12. (5).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, connected
or anastomosing with 12. (5).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12 and 10. (2).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12
and 10. (1).
10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between con-
nections. (3).
10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (1).
E. fuscantaria, Hw. (3).
11 connected with 12. (8).
#. alniaria, L. (89).
11 anastomosing with 12. (1).
10 anastomosing with 12, 11 running into 12. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 running into 12. (1).
10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with
12and 10. (23).
11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10, (13).

134 Mr. EB. Meyrick on the classification of

E. quercinaria, Hufn. (24).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).
10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomo-
sing or connected with 12. (8).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12 and
LOTS a(S):
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing or connected with
12 and 10. (1).
10 anastomosing with 12, 11 absent. (2).
E. autumnaria, Wernb. (24).
11 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 10. (11).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 connected or anasto-
mosing with 12 and 10. (10).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12
and 10. (1).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).
10 anastomosing with 12, 11 running into 12. (1).
H. regina, Stgr. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).
Gonodontis bidentata, Cl. (21).
10 and 11 separate. (11).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (8).
10 connected or anastomosing with 1l and 9. (7).
G. dardoinaria, Donz.
10 anastomosing with 9. (1).
G. tusciaria, Bkh. (8).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (2).
G. elinguaria, L. (86).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
10 anastomosing or connected with 9. (84).
11 connected with 12. (1).
G. boisduvaliaria, Luc. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
Cistidia stratonice, Cr. (2).
10 connected with 9. (2).
C. cowaggaria, Gn. (4).
10 out of 9, connected with 9. (4).
Abraxas grossulariata, L. (81).
11 out of 10, running into 12. (21).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (8).
11 absent. (2).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 135

A. pantaria, L. (8).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (8).
A. sylvata, Se. (27).
11 out of 10, running into 12. (1).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (25).
A. adustata, Schiff. (18).
11 out of 10, running into 12. (2).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (14).
11 absent. (2).
A. marginata, L. (80).
11 out of 10, running into 12. (2).
11 absent. (28).
Pseudopanthera wnio, Oberth. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12.
(i):
P. clarissa, Butl. (4).
11 out of 10. (4).
P. punctata, F. (17).
10 out of 9. (10).
10 and 11 out of 9. (1).
10 out of 9, 11 connected or anastomosing with 10. (8).
10 out of 9, 11 out of 9, anastomosing with 10. (1).
10 out of 9, 11 connected with 12 and 10. (2).
P. bimaculata, F. (6).
10 out of 9. (2).
10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (8).
10 out of 9,11 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 10.
(1).
P. pictaria, Curt. (4).
10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (2).
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and
10. (2).
P. macularia, L. (57).
10 and 11 separate. (4).
11 anastomosing or connected with 12. (45).
10 connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (8).
P. syriacata, Gn. (2).
11 anastomosing with 12. (2).
P. disparata, Stgr. (2).
10 out of 11, connected with 9. (2).
P. variegata, Dup. (2).
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and
10. (2).

‘

136 Mr. K. Meyrick on the classification of

P. glaucinaria, Hb. (3).
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 1l and 9. (8).
P. sibiriata, Gn. (1).
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 1l and 9. (1).
P. obscuraria, Hb. (88).
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 11 and 9. (381).
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and
10% AGU)
P. ambiguata, Dup. (1).
10 out of 9, anastomosing with 11 and 9. (1).
P. obfuscaria, Hb. (18).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (5).
10 anastomosing with 11. (1).
10 anastomosing or connected with 11 and 9. (8).
10 out of 11, anastomosing with 9. (2).
P. furvata, F. (1).
10 connected with 9. (1).
P. pullata, Tr. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
P. sartata, Tr. (1).
10 connected with 9. (1).
P. dumetata, Tr. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).
. respersaria, Hb. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).
. dolosaria, H.8. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).
. poggearia, Ld. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).
P. exculta, Butl. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).
P. hippocastanaria, Hb. (6).
10 connected with 9. (1).
10 connected with 11. (2).
10 connected or anastomosing with ll and 9. (8).
P. asperaria, Hb. (8).
11 anastomosing with 12. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (1).
10 connected with 9,11 absent. (1).
P. rippertaria, Dup. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
>, scutularia, Dup. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).

hy

ry of

Lael

the Geometrina of the European fauna, 137

P. partitaria, Hb. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
P. petraria, Hb. (42).
10 and 11 separate. (7).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (28).
10 anastomosing with 11. (1).
10 out of 9, connected with 9. (2).
10 connected or anastomosing with 11 and 9. (4).
P, lineata, Se. (16).
10 and 11 separate. (11).
10 anastomosing with 9. (2).
10 anastomosing with 1l and 9. (1).
11 connected with 12. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).
Crocota lutearia, F. (3).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 connected or anasto-
mosing with 12. (8).
C. niveata, Se. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).
C. peletieraria, Dup. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).
C. sordaria, Thnb. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (1).
C. dilucidaria, Hb. (2).
10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with
12s (2);
C. celibaria, H.-S. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).
C. serotinaria, Hb. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).
C. andereggaria, Lah. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (1).
C. operaria, Hb. (2).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 connected with 12.
(2).
C. zelleraria, Frr. (2).
10 anastomosing or connected with 9. (2).
C. tenebraria, Esp. (1).
10 connected with 9. (1).
C. emucidaria, Dup. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).
C. belgaria, Hb. (5).
10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (5).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRTI, (MARCH.) L

138 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

C. conspersaria, F. (2),
11 connected with 12. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).
C. Iveni, Ersch. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10.
(1).
C. acuminaria, Ev. (2).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10.
(2).
C. mundataria, Cr. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
C. strigillaria, Hb. (19).
10 anastomosing with 9. (4).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 connected or anasto-
mosing with 12. (18).
10 out of 9, connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (2).
C. formosaria, Ev. (2).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (2).
C. cwrvaria, Ey. (2).
10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with
LGA
C. gilvaria, F. (9).
10 anastomosing with 9. (2).
10 anastomosing with 11 and 9. (1).
11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).
10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with
12. (5).
C. ochrearia, Ross. (11).
10 anastomosing with 9. (5).
11 connected with 12. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 connected with 12. (5).
C. pravata, Hb. (1).
11 connected with 12. (1).
Theria rupicapraria, Hb. (18).
10 out of 9, 11 out of 9, anastomosing with 12 and 10. (4).
10 out of 9, anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 out of 9,
anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10. (14).
Psodos alticolaria, Mn. (1).
10 absent, 11 anastomosing with 12. (1).
P. coracina, Esp. (1).
10 absent, 11 anastomosing with 12. (4).
P. trepidaria, Hb. (5).
10 absent, 11 anastomosing or connected with 12. (4).
10 absent, 11 connected with 12 and 9. (1).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 139

P. alpinata, Se. (3).
11 connected or anastomosing with 12. (8).
P. quadrifaria, Sulz. (8).
11 connected with 12. (8).
Hybernia leucophearia, Schiff. (23).
11 anastomosing with 12. (4).
11 running into 12. (17).
10 connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 running into 12. (1).
H. bajaria, Schiff. (1).
11 anastomosing with 12. (1).
H. marginaria, Bkh. (53).
11 anastomosing with 12. (20).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (80).
10 anastomosing or connected with 9,11 out of 10, anasto-
mosing with 12. (8).
H. defoliaria, Cl. (49).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
10 out of 9. (1).
11 out of 10. (27).
10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (19).
1l absent. (1).
H. aurantiaria, Esp. (40).
11 anastomosing with 12. (2).
11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (82).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (5).
10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (1),
A. ankeraria, Stgr. (1).
10 and 11 separate. (1).
H. declinans, Stgr. (1).
10 out of 11, connected with 9. (1).
Apocheima lefuaria, Ersch. (1).
_ 10 out of 11, connected with 9. (1).
A, fiduciaria, Ank. (1).
1l absent. (1).
A. zonaria, Schiff. (14).
10 anastomosing with 9. (1).
10 out of 11, anastomosing or connected with 9. (13).
A. alpina, Sulz. (1).
10 out of 11, connected with 9. (1).
A. grecaria, Stgr. (1).
10 out of 11, connected with 9, (1).
A. lapponaria, B. (2).

140 Geometrina of the European fauna.

10 out of 11. (1).
10 out of 11, connected with 9. (1).
A. pomonaria, Hb. (1).
10 out of 11, connected with 9. (1).
A. hispidaria, F. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9. (1).
A. cineraria, Ersch. (1).
10 anastomosing with 9. (1).
A. pedaria, F. (48).
11 out of 10, running into 12. (28).
10 anastomosing with 12, 1l absent. (15).
Biston hirtarius, Cl. (17).
10 anastomosing with 9. (1).
11 out of 10. (5).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10. (9).
10 out of 11, running into 9. (1).
1l absent. (1).
B. necessarius, Z. (1).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (1).
B. stratarius, Hufn. (8).
11 out of 10. (8).
10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10. (5).
B. tendinosarius, Brem. (1).
Lisout of lo. (a).
B. betularius, L. (26).
11 out of 10. (4).
10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (22).

EXPLANATION oF Puate III.

Fic. 1. Fore wing of Hydriomena picata, showing veins numbered.

2. is Cataclysme virgata.

3 ip Opisthograptis luteolata, g.

4 9 Ectropis biundularia.

5. 9 Pseudopanthera macularia.

6. Hind wing of Hydriomena picata, showing veins numbered.
/ re Baptria atrata.

8 5 Opisthograptis luteolata.

9 is Pseudoterpna prwinata.

10, +5 Leptomeris tmitaria,

(velaitinn)

VIL. On a little-known species of Papilio from the Island
of Lifu, Loyalty Group. By the Hon. Water
Roruscuitp, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

|Read February 24th, 1892. |

Puate IV.

Papilio Gelon, Boisd.

This Papilio is one of the Sarpedon group, and is in
structure nearest to P. mendana of Malayta Island,
Solomon Islands.

On the upper surface the male is deep black, with a velvety
sheen. On the fore wings the type-specimen has three small green
dots between the third and fifth median nervules. The hind wings
have a green band composed of four longitudinal spots situated as
in Sarpedon. On the under side the fore wings are dull black,
powdered with yellow scales, and with a metallic-brown sheen near
the outer margin ; there are three white spots between the fourth
and fifth median nervules, and the costal and median veins are for
half their length of a bright green colour, Hind wings chestnut-
brown, with darker shading, and crossed by a narrow greenish
white band one-third of the length from the base; all veins being
green at their basal origin. Shape similar to P. Hvemon.

Female greyish brewn on the upper surface. Fore wings with a
border of small yellowish spots about an eighth of an inch from
the margin. One green spot on the costa about two-thirds the
length from the base, and one similar between the costal and
median veins. Hind wings with three small oblong blotches of
whitish green in the place of the band in the male, the under side
exactly as in the male, only the band of spots on the upper surface
of fore wings shows through, and there are two green spots in the
place of the band on the hind wings.

In a second specimen of the male the green band on the hind
wings is continued across the front wings, showing that this species
varies in the same manner as P. semifasciata of China and Japan,

Expanse, g 23 in., ? 3 in.

Hab. Lifu Island, Loyalty Group.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—pPaRT Il. (JUNE.) M

142 On a little-known species of Papilio.

EXPLANATION OF Puate LY.

Fig. 1. Papilio Gelon, 3.
2. Variety of Papilio Gelon, 3.
3. Papilio Gelon, 2.
4. Under side of Papilio Gelon, 3.

(143) =)

VIII. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central
America, with remarks on some of the previously-
recorded species. By the late Henry Water
Batts, F.R.S., F.L.S., &e. With an Introduction
by FREDERICK DuCann Gopman, F.R.S.

{Read March 9th, 1892. |

PravTes, Va Vi, & VIL.

[Tue late Henry Walter Bates was engaged upon this
paper when seized by the illness which terminated
fatally on February 16th. It was intended that jit should.
include an account ef all the additions to the Longi-
cornia that had come to hand since the volume of the
‘Biologia Centrali-Americana’ treating of this subject
had been closed, and to do for this Tribe what had
already been done for the Families Cicindclide (Trans.
Knt. Soc. Lond., 1890, pp. 493, et seq.) and Carabide
(op. cit., 1891, pp. 223, et seq.).

Unfortunately, Mr. Bates had not guite finished his
task, the Lamide remaining untouched. But his MS.
extends to the end of the Cerambycide, and, as might
have been expected from so methodical a worker, was so
left that it could easily be arranged fer publication,
This has been done hy Mr. Champion, and the paper
is now offered to the Society as the last contribution
to Entomological Science of one of her most devoted
students, and as an evidence that the author continued
his work to the last available moment of his life.

Seventy-nine species, of which seventy-four are de-
scribed as new, are added, which, with the number
recorded in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ 1273,
brings the total up to 1352 species. Eleven additional
genera are enumerated, five only of which (Asemum,
Aneflus, Charista, Ceresium, and Athetesis) were previously
known, and six (Proteinidium, Anatinomma, Pecilo-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—partT Il. (JUNE.) M 2

144 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

mallus, Pachymerola, Triacetelus, and A.xestoleus) are
characterized as new.

Of the five known species not previously recorded from
Mexico or Central America, two are North American, one
is South American, one Cuban, and one of general dis-
tribution. The well-known boreal genus Asemum has
now a recorded representative from as far south as the
Mexican State of Guerrero.

The material for this paper has been accumulating
since January, 1886, when vol. v. of the Coleoptera of
the ‘Biologia Centrali-Americana’ was completed. It
has been chiefly obtained by the following collectors :-—
(1), Herr Hoge, during his Second Mexican Expedition ;
(2), Mr. H. H. Smith, in Mexico, chiefly in the States of
Guerrero, Vera Cruz, and Tabasco; (3), Mr. Gaumer, in
Northern Yucatan; (4), Mr. Baron, in the Mexican
State of Guerrero, kindly communicated by Mr. Harford ;
(5), Mr. Becker, in the Mexican State of Durango; (6),
Mr. Flohr, in Mexico; (7), Herr Conradt, in Guatemala ;
(8), Herr E. Trotsch, in Chiriqui.—Ff’. D. G.]

Prionus californicus, Motsch., Bull. Mosce., 1845, 1., p. 89.
Hab. Mexico, North Sonora (Morrison).

Two specimens received from Mr. Morrison, as found
within the Mexican frontier. ‘The species is an addition
to the Mexican fauna.

Derobrachus smithi, n. sp.

D. longicorni (Bates) proxime affinis; sat anguste parallelo-
erammicus, elytris post ante medium hand dilatatis, piceo-niger,
thorace nitido, elytris passim minute granulato-coriaceis, castaneo-
tuscis. antenne corpore longiores, robust, articulis 1, 2 et dii
basi grosse et aspere punctatis, 4—11 et 3ii apice elevato-lineatis
opacis rufescentibus ; 9 antenn corporis dimidio vix longiores,
nitide, glabree, ad basin sparsim punctate, articulo dio gracili supra
suleato. Long. 50 millim., § ¢°.

Hab. Mexico, Xautipa in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

This distinct species can be compared only with D.
longicornis. It has the same clongate, somewhat narrow
and parallelogrammical form of the body, and very
similar elongated antenne. It differs, however, from
all the numerous examples of 1). longicornis which I
have seen in the minutely granulate-coriaceous surface

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 145

of the elytra (so unlike the smooth, subopaque, silky
gloss of D. longicornis), and in the jing head, thorax,
and base of antenne, the thorax having only a few coarse
punctured wrinkles. The eyes are not nearly so closely
approximated above. As in D. longicornis, the thorax
has three long and acute spines on each side, and the
elytra are acutely spined at the sutural angle, but the
spine is followed by a short sinuation of the apical mar-
ein, which is not the case in D. longicornis.

Derobrachus geminatus, Leconte, Proc. Ac. Phil. vi.,
p. 233 (18538); Col. of Kansas and HK. New
Mexico pp. 9s ta 2; nes 12 and 12a; Bates,
Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., v., p. 231.

Additional specimens of fie species have been received
from Villa Lerdo in Durango, and Chihuahua City
(/1éqge). The few examples of the 3 from Villa Lerdo
resemble D. forreri (Bates) in the antennal joints 3—5
being longer and narrower than in Texas and Arizona
specimens of D. geminatus, but the eyes are wide apart
above as in that species, and not approximated as in D.
Jorrert. The single specimen from Chihuahua is, how-
ever, IN many respects intermediate between the two
specics.

Strongylaspis lobulifer, n. sp.

S. scobinato affinis; major, rufo-testaceus opacus, dense breviler
griseo-pubescens ; thorace angulis anticis breviter lobato-productis,
disco convexo minus inequali. Long. 47 millim., ¢@.

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith).

I have seen but one example of this distinct species,
and the prominent outstanding anterior angles of the
thorax may prove to be only an individual peculiarity ;
but they are exactly symmetrical, the sides are deeply
sinuated immediately behind them, and then more
rapidly and curvilinearly diverging to the lateral tooth
near the hind angle, the acute apex of which is curved,
and points towards the elytral humeri; the surface is
eranulated. The elytra are finely and densely granu-
late-punctulate, but posteriorly appear nearly smooth.
The antenne in the ¢ are nearly as long as the body,
with the basal joints (1—8) much more strongly
asperate-granulate than in S. scobinatus.

146 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Tragosoma nigripenne, Ni. Sp.

T. depsario (L.) angustius; nigro-piceus, elytris nitidis, capite,
thorace et pectore fulvo-fusco lanuginosis, palpis, antennis et pedi-
bus piceo-rufis. Caput aspere confluenter punctatum, medio sul-
eatum ; oculis magnis, convexis. Thorax dense punctatus dorso
inequali, angulis anticis subrectis, dente laterali plus minusve
valido, lateribus post dentum sinuatis anguloque postico obtuso,
elevato. Elytra valde elongata, fere parallelogrammica, confertim
punctata, substriata, interstitiis nonnullis anguste convexis, apice
late obtuse rotundata, angulo suturali spinoso. Antenne corporis
dimidio parum longiores, articulis 1 et 2 totis et 3—5 intus politis
sparsim punctatis, ceteris crebre porosulis subopacis, 3—11 extus
unicarinatis. Long. 23—30 millim., J 9.

Hab. Mexteo; Ciudad in Durango (Hége).

All the examples are females, except one, distinguished
by the slightly longer antenne, the apical joints of
which are rather longer and more slender. The abdo-
men in all the examples is at least one-fourth shorter
than the elytra, triangular and depressed, in the male
much shorter, aiid at the apex broader than in the
female.

Pyrodes maculicollis, Bates, Entom. Monthly Mag., 1891,
p- 158.

This fine and very distinct species is an important
addition to the Mexican Longicorn fauna. Numerous
examples were captured at Canelas in Durango by Mr.
Becker.

Asemum glabrellum, n.sp. (Pl. V., fig. 6, 2).

A, nitido (Lec.) affine. Gracgile elongatum depressum, castaneum
nitidum, fere totum glabrum. Caput sat dense punctatum, erecte
pilosum, media fronte depressa et longitudinaliter sulculata ;
tuberibus antenniferis minime elevatis. Thorax relative brevis,
rotundatus nec cordatus, postice angustatus, subtiliter sat sparsim
punctatus, disco anteriori bifoveolato, angulis posticis deflexis sub-
rotundatis. Elytra relative valde elongata lateribus tenuiter in-
cumbenti-pubescentibus, punctulata, utrinque tenuiter bicostulata.
Antenne, tibie et tarsi dense corpusque subtus minus dense rufe-
scenti-pubescentia vestiti. Long. 14 millim., ?.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme in Guerrero, alt. 8000 ft.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 147

(H. H. Smith). Two examples only, females. The
genus is an addition to the Mexican fauna.

T'etropium guatemalanum, n. sp.

T. velutino (Lec.) affine, gracilius, totum nigrum, parum nitidum,
elytris opacis; nigro-pilosum, elytris subtiliter incumbenti-pube-
scentibus. Caput punctatum, inter antennas canaliculatum, vertice
medio depresso. Thorax relative parvus, in medio rotundato-dila-
tatus, postice magis quam antice angustatus, “supra inequalis,
preecipue ad latera aspere punctulatus. LKlytra anguste elongata,
densissime et subtilissime punctulata, utrinque obsolete bicostulata.
Subtus cum pedibus griseo-pubescens. Long. 14 millim, ? ?.

Hab. Guatemaua, Tepan (Conradt). <A single ex-
ample.

Hammaticherus glabricollis, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soe.
Hondas pacol.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in North Yucatan (Gaumer).
Three examples, females.

The Yucatan examples resemble the unique specimen
found by me on the Upper Amazons very closely, except
that the 8rd and 4th antennal joints have dentiform
processes at their inner apices, of which there is scarcely
any trace in the type-specimen, and the spine at the
sutural apex of the elytra is a little longer. They are,
however, females, whilst the Amazons. specimen is a
male, and the spines may be a sexual character, though
they are not so in the alhed HH. plicatus (Oliv.), from
which H. glabricollis differs in being much smaller,
nearly glabrous and shining above, having an extremely
fine grey pile on the elytra only, in the much less
prominent eyes and less deep and regular thoracic fur-
rows, and in the eyes having the basal, apical, and
sutural borders black.

Aneflus cylindricollis, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 1).
Maxime elongatus, subcylindricus; piceo-fuscus, breviter griseo-
pubescens, supra nitidus, subtus cum pedibus densius pubescens.
Palpiad apicem parum dilatati, truncati. Caput grosse aspere punc-
tatum, oculis minus convexis. Antenne (9?) corporis dimidio haud
longiores, scapo seabroso-punctato, articulo 4to preecedenti dimidio
breviori, 3—7 ad apicem intus sat longe spinosis, 4—9 supra distincte

148 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

unicarinatis. Thorax elongatus eylindricus, fortiter sed paullo
irregulariter undulato-rugosus. Elytra apice valide bispinosa,
versus basin grossius subrugulose, versus apicem subtilius et
sparsim, punctata, utrinque anguste bicostulata, costula exteriori
longiori et acutiori. Tibi 4 posteriores extus unicarinate. Long.
30 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Hége). <A single example,
apparently female. ‘This genus is an addition to the
Mexican fauna.

Aneflus (2) fulvipennis, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 2, 3).

Valde elongatus, postice angustatus, elytris subplanatis. Fusco-
piceus, tenuiter griseo-pubescens, elytris fulvo-testaceis nitidis,
sutura marginibusque anguste nigris, glabris, pilis erectis sparsim
vestitis. Caput ruguloso-punctatum, genis ante oculos denti-
formiter productis. Thorax subquadratus, ad medium rotundato-
dilatatus, supra inequalis, grosse sparsim punctatus, plaga discoidali
levi polita. Elytra parum dense punctulata, utrinque costulis
duabus obsoletis. Antenne (g) corpore longiores, articulis 3io
segmenti fere dimidio longiori, 4to segmento quali, 11mo distincte
appendiculato, 83—6 apice unispinosis, 3 et 4 supra sulcatis, ceteris
planate et obtusissime carinatis. 'Tibise 4 posteriores extus cari-
nate. Long. 30 millim., ¢.

Hab. Mexico, Rinconada in Vera Cruz (Schaus). A
single example.

Eburia baroni, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 3, ¢).

E. brevispini (Bates) proxime affinis et similis, differt praecipue
thoracis tuberculo laterali elongato et acuto. Gracilis, pallide
rufo-testacea, cinereo breviter pubescens, opaca. Elytris utrinque
maculis eburneis geminatis duabus, lineis nigris continuatis inter-
dum in fasciam latam dilatatis; maculis 2 basalibus brevibus ex-
teriori longiori, 2 medianis elongatis sublinearibusque exteriori
duplo longiori antice et postice interiorem transgredienti. Thorax
interdum vittis nigro-obseuris, et femoribus versus apicem in-
fuseatis. Long. 21—26 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero (Baron), Chilpancingo (Hodge),
Amula in Guerrero, 6000 ft., and Atoyac in Vera Cruz
(H. H. Smith).

A long slender species, very closely allied to EL. brevi-
spinis (Bates), but differing in the long and acute lateral
tooth of the thorax, which in I. brevispinis forms only
a short conical tubercle. The colour and the number

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 149

and shape of the elytral spots are similar, but in most
examples of H. baroni the black lines which proceed
from the ends of the ivory spots are expanded into a
broad discoidal vitta. The posterior femora and the
apex of the elytra are bispinose, the exterior spine of
the femora and the sutural spine very short. The thorax
is feebly rugose-punctate, and has two rather prominent
antero-discoidal black tubercles, and a similar one on
each side near the anterior angle.

EKburia porulosa, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 5, go).

EH. mutice (Lec.) affinis, femoribus inermibus vel brevissime
dentatis. Pallide rufescenti-fusca, cinereo-griseo dense pubescens
et breviter erecte pilosa. Thorax mediocris, lateribus acute spi-
nosis, dorso haud dense sat grosse punctato-ruguloso, tuberculis
antero-discoidalibus duobus nigris et interdum macula plana me-
diana posteriori glabris nitidis. Elytra fere cylindrica, apice utrin-
que bispinosa, supra passim sparse setifero-porosa, poris glabris
nitidis ; maculis utrinque parvis quatuor perparibus approximatis
sordide eburneis, duabus basalibus minutis exteriori oblique, dua-
busque medianis spatio glabro cireumcinctis. Pedes sat breves et
robusti. Antenne (3%) corporis dimidio longiores. Long. 20—
24 millimy.) oY Qe

Hab. Mexico, Temax in North Yucatan (Gaumer).

Var. porifera. — Robustior; thorax sat late rotundato-dilatatus,
lateribus tuberculo parvo; elytrorum spinis apicalibus approxi-
matis, macula eburnea mediana unica.

Hab. British Honduras, Cayo (Blancaneauzx).

Appears distinct by its structural characters, but the
Temax examples show much variability in the various
differential features.

PROTEINIDIUM, nov. gen.

Subfam. Hlaphidiine affine. Corpus valde elongatum, sub-
eylindricum. Oculi supra sat distantes, lobo inferiori magno ultra
antennarum basin extenso. Palpi articulo apicali (?) mediocriter
dilatato, truncato. Antenne (?) corporis dimidio haud longiores,
absque spinis, articulis 3—11 subequalibus, 5—10 extus paullo
dilatato-compressis apice extus productis dentiformibus, haud vero
supra carinatis. Thorax relative parvus, subeylindricus, inermis.
Elytra apice rotundata, interdum juxta suturam emarginata.
Femora minime inerassata; tibie 4 posteriores extus carinatie,

150 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

carinis interdum obsoletis. Acetabula antica et intermedia clausa.
Prosternum inter coxas angustum, mesosternum latius, planum.

The series of this species, which presents a combina-
tion of characters forbidding its collocation in any de-
scribed genus, consists, unfortunately, of females only.
The only genus it seems to resemble is Axestinus (Lec.),
which, however, has 12-jointed antenne and other points
of difference.

Proteinidium brevicorne, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig 4, 2).

Castaneo- vel piceo-rufum, supra tenuiter, subtus densius, cinereo-
fulvo pubescens, supra nitidum. Caput dense rugoso-punctatum.
Thorax elytris angustior, paullo post angulos anticos leviter rotun-
datus, juxta basin paullo angustatus, angulis posticis margine
reflexo; disco anteriori foveis duabus plus minusve impresso,
fere levi lateribus dense punctato-rugosis. Elytra sparsim, pos-
tice sparsissime punctata, punctis nonnullis minutis intermixtis.
Long. 28—85 millim., 2.

Hab. Mexico, Chihuahua City (Hége).

ANATINOMMA, Nov. gen.

“Group” Piezocerides, Lac., affinis. Corpus cylindricum, longe
erecte pilosum, elytris politis. Oculi omnino laterales, angusti,
antice-postice valde compressi, convexi, antice antennarum basin
haud attingentes. Palpi articulo apicali securiformi; labiales
breves. Thorax inermis, subrotundatus. Elytra apice prope sutu-
ram emarginato, angulo suturali spinoso. Antenne (¢) dimidio
corporis parum longiores, dense pubescentes; articulis 8—11
eequalibus, paullo compressis, 5—10 paullo compressis, nec carinatis,
ad apicem intus leviter angulatim producto. Pedes mediocres,
tibiz paullulum compress nullo modo carinate. Tarsi breves,
articulo lmo 2 et 8 conjunctis subequali. Acetabula antica clausa.
Prosternum inter coxas angustissimum, mesosternum latius,
planum.

The species for which the institution of this genus is
necessary does not fit into any of the numerous
“‘Groupes”’ instituted by Lacordaire for the Ceramby-
cide. Its facies is very nearly that of Hemilissa of the
‘* Piezocerides”’ group, but it is deficient in the essential
structural characters of that form. The eyes are not
very unlike those of Asemum, but they are still narrower
and more convex, and they are reniform, though the
lower lobe is not wider than the upper, and is situated

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 151

far behind the base of the antenne. Above they are
separated by the whole width of the head, from the sides
of which they project obliquely.

Anatinomma alveolatum, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 8, 3).

Obscure piceo-fuscum, fulvo-pilosum, elytris politis, capite
thoraceque eleganter reticulato-punctatis, elytris ad basin subgrosse
versus apicem subtilius punctatis. Antenne articulo Imo 2 et 3
conjunctis longiori, curvatim clavato punctato-scabroso, ceteris
articulis dense asperato-punctatis sensim versus apicem levioribus.
Femora grosse dense punctata. Sterna dense punctata, prosterno
medio grosse et discrete punctato. Long. 14—19 millim., f 2.

Hab. Mexico: A single specimen, ¢ (14 millim.)
from Teapa in Tabasco (H. H. Smith), and a ? (19 millim.),
labelled Mexico, from the collection of Dr. Baden.

The male, besides being much shorter than the female,
is much narrower, the thorax, and especially the head,
having superficially a different appearance. The small-
ness of the head renders the very wide separation of the
eyes above much less striking than in the female.

PaciLoMALLus, nov. gen. HLAPHIDIINe.

Gen. Hypermallo affine. Differt corpore cylindrico; thorace
sat elongato, cylindrico, paullo ante medium paullulum rotundato-
dilatato; palpis articulo apicali maxime dilatato, securiformi 5
femoribus valde clavatis ad apicem inermibus, acetabulisque anticis
et intermediis omnino clausis, epimeris intermediis longe ante
acetabulum desinentibus.

Pecilomallus palpalis, n.sp. (Pl. V., fig. 6).

Cylindricus, enescenti-niger politus, elytris antice plaga com-
muni X-formi posticeque fascia (margine posteriori dilacerata)
fulvo-cinereo tomentosis; antennis pedibusque castaneo-rufis;
cinereo-fulvo pubescentibus ; corpore supra toto pilis longis erectis
sparsis vestito. Oculi magni, mediocriter convexi. Antenne
articulo 4to sequenti distincte breviori, 3—6 ad apicem unispinosis
(absque carinis). Thorax sparsissime punctatus, pube tenuiori in-
cumbenti vestitus, plagis discoidalibus tribus nudis politissimis.
Elytra apice breviter a sutura sinuato-truncata, supra sparsim sub-
lineatim punctata. Pedes breves, robusti. Long. 11 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in N. Yucatan (Gawmer). One
example only.

.

152 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to tie

Stizocera (Peribeum) poeyi, Chevr., Rev. Zool, 1838,
p- 284 (Elaphidion); id., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,
1862, p. 268; Jacquelin-Duval in Sagra’s Hist.
de Cuba, Ins., p: 267, tab. 11, fe, french
edit.), (laphidion).
Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (T'rétsch).
A large example (18 millim.) of this beautiful Cuban
species of the genus, agreeing well with a specimen from
Cuba, with which I have compared it.

Psyrassa sthenias, n. sp.

Cxteris speciebus hujus generis major robustiorque. Valde
elongata, rufo-castanea nitida, pilis nonnullis erectis exceptis
glabra ; elytris postice subtilius, disco hic illic lineatim, conspicue
punctatis. Caput politum, sparse punctatum ; palpis articulo api-
eali valde dilatato, gula transversim strigosa. Thorax elongatus,
subcylindricus, usque ad post medium leviter rotundatus, prope
basin angustatus ; supra discrete punctatus, disco callisque duobus
anterioribus parum elevatis, levibus. Elytra postice sensim at
parum angustata, apice sinuatim truncata. Antenne articulis
3—10 subequalibus, apud marginem exteriorem tantum carinatis,
3io longe 4 et 5 breviter spinosis. Tibixe 4 postice extus carinate.
Scapus et femora grosse et dense punctati. Long. 18 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (Héye). Two examples.

Psyrassa punctulata, n. sp.

Angusta, rufo-testacea, supra breviter pilosa pilis longis inter-
mixtis, sat dense et fortiter (versus apicem paullo subtilius) pune-
tata, thorace plaga discoidali oblonga levi. Caput sparsissime
punctatum; palpiarticulo apicali( 2 ) mediocriter dilatato, ad apicem
valde oblique truncato. Antenne articulis 3 et 4 sequentibus
paullulum brevioribus, 83—5 versus latera unicarinatis, 3io spina
valida 4to spina multo minori armatis. Thorax angustus, cylin-
dricus, juxta basin angustatus. Elytra apice sinuato-truncata.
Pedes sicut in P. basicorni sat breves, femora paullo incrassata ;
tibiae 4 postice extus carinate. Long. 11 millim., ?.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (//ége). One example only.

Psyrassa cribellata, n.sp. (Pl. V., fig. 9).
Maxime elongata, linearis, obscurius rufo-castanea, subtus fusco-
nigra, cinereo-pubescens, supra sparsius incumbenti-pubescens,

Longicorma of Mexico and Central America. 158

dense et fortiter punctata. Caput et thorax foveolatus, hie illic
subreticulatus. Palpi articulo apicali (9?) mediocriter dilatato,
apice obtuse truncato. Thorax antice elytris vix angustior, elongato-
cylindricus, prope basin gradatim angustatus, disco posteriori
minus dense foveolato. Elytra apice oblique subprofunde sinuato-
truncata, angulis acutis. Antenne articulo 3i0 sequentis dimidio
longiori et hoe sequentibus distincte breviori, 8—6 apud marginem
exteriorem carinulatis, 3io valide spinoso 4to spina paullo breviori
5to minutissima. Tibi 4 postic extus carinate ; scapus feniora-
que grosse punctatus. Long. 15 millim., ? ?.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (Hige). One example.

Psyrassa pilosella, n. sp. (PI. V., fig. 11).

Minor, angusta, rufo-testacea polita, supra pilis erectis valde elon-
gatis vestita (punctis piliferis sparsis exceptis) levis. Palpi articu-
lis apicalibus dilatatis, in maxillaribus obliquissime truneatis in
labialibus multo minus oblique, latius triangularibus. Thorax elon-
gato-cylindricus, convexus, prope basin mediocriter angustatus.
Elytra relative breviora et minus linearia, apice obtuse rotundata,
Antenne tenues, articulo 3io 4to zquali sequentibus breviori, 3io
spina tenuissima elongata, ceteris inermibus. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Iguala in Guerrero (Hége). One ex-
ample only.

Psyrassa nigricornis, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 10).

P. castanee (Bates) affinis et similis, sed differt elytris, antennis
(scapo rufo excepto), tibiis et tarsis nigris vel nigro-piceis. Rufo-
testacea, nitida, supra pilis brevibus sparsis pilisque valde elongatis
intermixtis, vestita. Palpi (f?) parum dilatati, ad apicem recte
truncati. _ Caput fere leve, inter antennas transversim elevatum.
Thorax angustus, antice paullo postice magis et longius, angustatus,
sparsissime punctatus. Hlytra apice profunde sinuato-truncata,
angulis acutis, sat grosse sed haud dense, postice multo subtilius,
punctatis. Antenne articulo 3io 4to equali sequentibus multo
breviori, nullis carinatis; 3i0 spina valde elongata, 4—6 spinis
brevioribus. Tibi 4 postice extus carinulate. Long. 15 millim.,
Gas

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (Hoge). One example.

Psyrassa nigroeénea, i. sp.
Elongata, gracilis, nigro-znea, breviter erecte pilosa, supra
capite, thorace sat sparsim, elytris (prope apicem excepto) dense punc-
tatis, ad apicem recte breviter truncata ; femoribus rufis, tibiis et

154 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

tarsis paullo obscurioribus. Antenne (@) tenues, articulis 8—5
supra carmatis, 3io apice valide, 4to brevissime, spinosis, ceteris
inermibus. Palpi ad apicem mediocriter dilatata, truncata. Long.
11 millim., ?.

Hab. Mexico, Iguaia in Guerrero (Hége). One ex-
ample only.

Ceresium simplex, Gyll., Syn. Ins., App., 1., 3, p. 178
(Stenochorus) ; philippense, Newm., Ent., 1842,
p. 247 (dimona) ; guttaticolle, Fairm., Rev. Zool.,
1850, p. 63 (Tesperophanes) ; id., Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr., 1881, p. 472 (Ceresium) ; Nyctipeta luzonica,
Eschsch., Dej. Cat., 3rd ed., p. 854; Cerambyx
maculaticollis, Blanch., Voy. Pole Sud., iv., t. 16,
f. 9 (Diatomocephala in text, p. 267).

Hab. Mmuxtco, Acapulco and Chilpancingo in Guerrero
(Hoge). Several examples.

Lacordaire (Gen. Col., viil., p. 855) adds other names
to the synonymy of this widely-distributed insect, and
mentions Guayaquil, an American locality, as coming
within its range. I have examined examples from the
Philippines, Madagascar, New Caledonia, New Ireland,
and the Sandwich Islands. The genus is an addition to
the Mexican fauna.

Hexoplon smithi, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 12).

H. albipenni (Bates) proxime affine. Caput, thorax, elytrorum
basis antennarumgue articuli 1 et 2 castaneo-rufi politi ; anten-
narum articuli 83—11 et pedes melleo-flavi; elytra (triente basali
castaneo-rufa nigro-maculata excepta) albo-testacea et utrinque
post medium signatura V-formi, maculaque majori versus apicem,
nigra. Subtus piceo-nigrum, ventris lateribus griseo-tomentosis.
Supra levis, elytris versus basin sparsim lineatim punctulatis,
sutura sulcoque discoidali anterioribus depressis, ad apicem utrin-
que bispinosis. Femora sublinearia, intermedia et postica ad
apicem unispinosa. Long. 123 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Dos Arroyos in Guerrero, alt. 1000 ft.
(H. H. Smith). A single example.

In markings resembles most [. calligramma (Bates),
but the posterior spot of the elytra is not a narrow
undulated fascia, but large, triangular, and black.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America, 155

Hexoplon sylvarum, nu. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 14).

Angustum, thorace angustissimo et relative elongato ; melleo-
flavum, politum, capite, thorace, antennis articulis 1 et 2 elytris
utrinque maculis duabus—lma subhumerali, 2nda magna sub-
apicali—castaneo-rufis. Supra lve, elytris fere usque ad apicem
sparsim lineatim punctatis, sutura et sulculis anterioribus de-
pressis, apice utrinque spina unica valida exteriori. Femora in-
termedia et postica sublinearia, apice unispinosa. Subtustestaceo-
rufum, prothorace sicut supra castaneo-rufo. Long. 83 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith).
One example only.

Gnomidolon denticorne, n. sp.

Angustum, nitidum, erecte sparse pilosum antennisque basin
versus longe laxe ciliatis. Caput et thorax castaneo-rufi, leves,
hic anguste cylindricus. Elytra apice truncata, angulo exteriori
longe spinoso, sutura et suleulo discoidali anterioribus hoc sat
grosse punctato-striato; flavo-testacea, vitta utrinque elongata
subflexuosa, basali ad apicem cum macula mediana fere conjuncta,
vittula marginali versus basin et fascia ante apicali antice apud
suturam profunde indentata, nigris. Subtus piceo-nigrum. An-
tenn et pedes melleo-flave, illis articulis 1 et 2 rufis, lmo ad
apicem extus valde dentiformiter producto. Pedes melleo-fiavi,
femoribus posticis sublinearibus (4 anterioribus ad medium paullo
dilatatis) apice unispinosis. Long. 8} millim.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (coll. Bates).

Ibidion ruatanun, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 15, 3).

I. gaumeri (Bates) primo intuitu similis sed valde differt,
antennarum articulis dilatatis 3—5 haud linearibus, ad basin angus-
tatis, 4to elongato-subovato, vix perspicue carinatis. Castaneo-
rufum nitidum, longe erecte setosum, elytris utrinque maculis
duabus albo-testaceis nigro-cinctis, Ima ante medium lineari, vitti-
formi, 2nda post-medium parva ovata. Caputpunctatum. Thorax
elongatus, fere cylindricus, in medio paullulum rotundato-dilatatus,
absque tuberculis sparsim setifero-porosis. Elytra in medio planata
sat dense punctulata, apice singulatim obtuse rotundato. Long.
9 millim., g.

Hab. Wownvvras, Ruatan Island (Gaumer). A single
example.

‘

156 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Ihidion griseolum, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 18, 3).

I. textili (Thoms.) individuis griseis subsimilis, sed valde differt,
elytris apice singulatim obtuse rotundatis, aliter signatis, anten-
nisque articulo 3io0 breviori (articulo 4te haud duplo longiori).
Anguste elongatum, thorace relative breviori, pallide rufo-fuscum,
griseo subtiliter pubescens subopacum parce setosum, elytris extus
nitentibus, utrinque maculis duabus (una paullo ante, 2nda paullo
post-medium) irregulariter oblongis albo-testaceis. Thorax cylin-
dricus, angustus, linea dorsali levi, disco utrinque poris nonnullis
setiferis. Elytra dorso subplanata, bicostulata, sat dense sub-
lineattm punctata, apicem versus levioribus. Antenne articulis
3—5 minus late depressis supra carinatis, 5to 4to paullo longiori,
4to 8io triente tantum breviori. J'emora valde clavata, tibiis haud
carinatis. Long. 12—14 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Chilpancingo in Guerrero (Hége). Two
examples.

Ibidion gaumer, n. sp." (Pl. V.; ig. 16, 3):

I, textili (Thoms.) affinis, castaneo-rufum nitidum, corpore sub-
tus (et interdum thorace) obscurioribus, elytris longe erecte pilosis,
in medio planato-depressis, antennis dimidio basali laxe et longe
ciliatis. Caput et thorax subtiliter griseo-pubescentia, hic elongato-
eylindricus, disco antico bitubereulato. Elytra utrinque maculis
duabus oblongis albo-testaceis—lma longiori paullo ante, 2nda
bievioril et oblique longe, post-medium—passim (partibus supra
maculas et prope apicem sublevibus exceptis) punctulata, apice
utringue oblique truncato, angulis acutis. Antenne (') corpore
dimidio longiores; articulis 83—5 depressis et latioribus, sat lineari-
bus, valide carinatis, 4to 3io plus quam duplo breviori. Femora
fortiter clavata, posticis extus carinata. Long. 10—15 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in N. Yucatan (Gaumer).

rn
Distenia lineatopora, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., v.,
p. 85, tab. xvil., fig. 12.

Mr. H. H. Smith obtained a few examples of this
species at Omilteme in Guerrero, alt. 8000 ft., which
differ from the unique Guatemalan type-specimen in the
number of lines of large punctures or pores on the elytra ;
instead of four only, they have four longer lines, with a
variable number of pores in the interspaces between the
rows. ‘The femora, too, are often black, with the base
only tawny-testaceous. The size varies from 10 to

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 157

16 millim. The two oblique dark fascie of the elytra
are often irregular, and crossed by a longitudinal line
down the middle of each elytron.

Distenia hagei, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., v.,

pe 2idestab) xixe foe 1G. Ay.

Two examples taken by Mr. H. H. Smith at Amula in
Guerrero, alt. 6000 ft., show a further variation in
colours in addition to that described: the apical fourth
of the elytra is wholly fulvous (nearly as in the var.,
fig. 17), the median fascia, of the same colour, is broad
and dentate, widening on the side and terminating
before the suture, and there is a third similar fascia
close to the base (which is black), including the humerus
and reaching the suture, the tawny-red colour continuing
along the suture to the apex. ‘The femora are wholly
black ; the antenne tawny-red. The apex of the elytra
is exactly as in the type-form, briefly truncate, with the
sutural angle alone produced.

Distenia trifasciata, n.sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 1, var.).

D. heget (Bates) affinis, sed differt, inter alia, elytris apice prope
suturam acute bidentatis et breviter sinuatis. Ainescenti-nigra,
erecte pilosa, elytris fasciis latis subrectis tribus suturam haud
attingentibus griseo- vel fulvo-griseo tomentosis. Antennis fulvo-
rufo-testaceis, griseo-pubescentibus, scapo curvato-clavato, fere
nigro; pedibus piceo-rufis, femoribus clavatis, clava nigro-#nea.
Caput discrete punctatum, vertice fere levi. Thorax sicut in
D. undata 5-callosus, levis, partibus depressis punctatis punctisque
minutis intermixtis, tuberculo laterali conico, acuto, subelevato.
Elytra a basi usque ad medium grosse striato-punctata, spatio lato
basali inter strias suturalem et 2dam erebre confuse punctato.
Subtus fere levis, polita. Long. 15—22 millim.

Var. Antennis toto fulvo-rufis.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa, Acapulco (Mége), Temax in
N. Yucatan (Gaumer).

The small example (15 millim.) from Acapulco differs
from the others in the apex of the elytra being widely
sinuate-truncate, with the angles acute and equal ; it is
ag. Inthe others (both sexes) the elytra, which are
gradually narrowed, as usual in Distenia, from the base,
are rapidly narrowed in a curve near the apex, and the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT Il. (MAY.) N

158 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

sinuate-truncature is narrow, and its angles, prolonged
and acute, are rather closely approximated. The grey
fascia are about equal in width to the two resulting
intermediate fasciz of the brassy-black ground colour.

Vesperoctenus flohri, Bates, Entom. Monthly Mag.,
1891, p. 160.

This singular form is a notable addition to the insect
fauna of Mexico, for the discovery of which science is
indebted to the zeal and industry of Mr. Richard Becker.
Mr. Julius Flohr, with his usual liberality, has supplied
us with specimens of both sexes. Mr. Becker’s examples
were obtained in the Sierra Madre of Durango.

Gaurotes multiguttatus, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 2, 2).

G. maculoso (Bates) affinissimus, differt corpore toto obscure
viridescenti-zneo, antennis fusco-nigris, articulis 3—11 basi griseis
vel fulvo-griseis. Supra sat dense setifero-punctulatus punctis
minoribus intermixtis, vertice spatio late mediano thoraceque disco
plus minusve levibus, pube grisea maculatim vestitus, elytris pre-
cipue maculis parvis passim ornatis, apice sinuato-truncatis, angu-
lis (preecipue suturali) acutis dentiformibus. Subtus cum pedibus
densius griseo-pubescens ; mesosterno convexo, antice alto verti-
cali. ¢. Pygidium elongatum, deflexum, politum. Long. 11—
14 millim., #9.

Hab. Mexico, Xucumanatlan in Guerrero, alt.
7060 ft. (7. H. Smith). Two females.

A male example received from Mr. Harford, also from
the State of Guerrero.

Ophistomis xanthotelus, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 4, 3).

Angustissimus, postice attenuatus, niger nitidus, antennis articulis
3 terminalibus lete fulvis. Caput totum nitidum, discrete sat dense
punctatum, rostro mediocriter elongato. Thorax medio vix per-
spicue dilatato, lateribus fere rectis, sparsius discrete punctatus,
linea dorsali levi. Elytra postice valde attenuata, passim equaliter
et discrete punctulata punctis tenuiter griseo-piliferis, dorso basali
et disco nullo modo depressis, apice utrinque medio longo uni-
spinoso. Subtus fere levis, politus. g. Ventris segmentum
apicale elongatum, profunde longitudinaliter concavum ; ? postice
paullo minus attenuata, ventris segmento apicali brevi apice tri-
angulariter excisa. Long. 12—16 millim., J 9.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America, 159

Hab. Mextco, Acaguizotla, alt. 3000 ft., La Venta,
alt. 300 ft., Rincon, alt. 2800 ft., all in Guerrero (//.
H. Smith).

Euryptera unicolor,n.sp. (Pl. VL, fig. 3).

E. fulvelle (Bates) affinis. Oblonga, convexa, postice vix per-
spicue ampliata, lete fulvo-sericea, antennis, tibiis apice, tarso-
rumque articulis apice, nigris. Capite antice rostro valde elongato,
palpis fuscis. Thorax late campanuliformis, cum elytris fulvo-
aureo recumbente-pubescens, ante medium leviter dilatatus, angu-
lis posticis elongatis acutis. Elytra oblonga, equaliter convexa,
dense punctulata, apice late obtuse flexuoso-truncata; angulo
suturali rotundato, exteriori breviter dentato. Long. 15 millim., ? ?.

Hab. Mexico, Tepetlapa in Guerrero, alt. 8000 ft.
(H. H. Smith). A single example.

Euryptera planicoxis, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 5).

Fulva nitida, pube fulvo-sericea vestita, antennis pedibusque
nigris, femoribus subtus tibiis tarsisque ad basin fulvis ; thorace vitta
centrali paullo abbreviata fusca. Caput antice mediocriter elonga-
tum, partibus oris fuscis ; oculi valde convexi, ad medium intus pro-
funde emarginati. Thorax campanuliformis, medio ad basin lobato.
Elytra postice mediocriter dilatata, apice late truncata, angulis
suturali et exteriori equaliter acute dentatis, disco posteriori 3—4
suleato carinaque acuta subsuturali; margine laterali incrassato,
longe et dense fulvo-fimbriato. Abdomen rufescens. Ab omni-
bus Lepturionis differt, coxis anticis nullo modo salientes, sed
acetabulis extus acute angulatis, intermediisque apertis. Antenne
corporis dimidio haud longiores; articulis 3 et 4 paullulum abbre-
viatis, 5—11 equalibus. Mesosternum gibbosum. Long. 124 millim.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch). One example only.

The flat anterior coxe, which do not project higher
than the prosternal process, are an anomaly in Huryptera,
and in all other genera of typical Lepturine.

Odontocera yucateca, n, sp. (PI. Wie tony, 3.)

O. fuscicorni (Bates) affinis et simillima, at differt thorace
creberrime ruguloso-punctato nec alveolato, elytrisque ad basin vit-
tula obscura valde oblique suturam longe post scutellum spectanti.
Gracilis, nigro-obscura opaca; elytris pallido-vitreis fusco-margi-
natis, abdominis medio haud longioribus, postice valde angustatis

N 2

160 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

apicibusque recte truncatis, vittula utrinque valde obliqua basali
nigro-fusea, interdum obsoleta (ibique aspere punctulatis). Antenne
mediocres, articulis 5—10 serratis, 3i0 duobus sequentibus con-
junctis longiori, cylindrico, tenui; obscure rufis. Thorax subovatus,
postice angustatus, pilis argenteis anguste marginatus. Pedes
obscure rufi, femorum clava nigro-fusca. Abdomen gracile clavatum
ad basin attenuatum, nigro-fuscum, vel obscure rufum, segmentis
1—3 postice flavo-marginatis; g articulo apicali ventrali medio
valde coneavo, 2 plano. Long. 9—15 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in N. Yucatan (Gaumer).

Acyphoderes cribricollis, n. sp. (Pl. VL., fig 6, 3).

A. acutipenni (Chevr.) affinis; differt inter alia, thoracis disco
grosse punctato, limbo partibusque depressis aureo-tomentosis.
Multo angustior, nigro-fuscus, aureo-fulvo pubescens, elytris fulvis,
vitreis, antennis et pedibus fulvo-rufis, femoribus posticis versus
basin tibiisque apice nigro-fusco annulatis. Caput antice fulvo-
aureo tomentosum, vertice glabro grosse punctato. Thorax sat
angustus, subovatus, disco inequali subcalloso glabro grosse punc-
tato, limbo fulvo-aureo tomentoso. Elytra usque ad basin seg-
menti penultimi extensa, vitrea, fulva, fusco-marginata, passim
sparse punctulata, gradatim dehiscentia, apice obtuse rotundata.
Abdomen subtus fulvo-bifasciatum, segmento apicali ventrali rotun-
dato-dilatato concavo. Antenne sat graciles, articulis 6—10 sen-
sim paullulum latioribus et serratis. Femora omnia gracile cla-
vata. Long. 15—18 millim., g.

Hab. Mexico, Ventanas in Durango (Hége). Three
examples, males.

Notwithstanding its elongate slender form, the species,
by the longitudinal elevations of the thoracic disk, be-
longs to the genus Acyphoderes.

Charisia nigerrima, n. sp. (Pl. VL., fig. 8, 2).

C. barbicro (Kirby) brevior et latior, tota nigra, subtus polita.
Caput sparsim griseo-pubescens, grosse punctatum. Thorax valde
transversus, in medio transversim densissime nigro-pilosus, postice
subnudus ibique callo mediano polito. Elytra brevia, triangularia,
humeris et apice asperrime punctatis, intus densissime nigro-
pilosa, lateribus versus apicem elevatis politis ibique disco concavo.
Pectus, femora omnia tibieque 2 postice dense nigro-pilose, he
longius et densius extus versus apicem pilose. Long. 11 millim., ?.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 161

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith).

This genus (Charis, Newm.) is new to the Central-
American fauna.*

PACHYMEROLA, nov. gen.

Gen. Coremie (Serv.) proxime affine, corpore gracili, sed con-
spicue differt femoribus posticis corpore paullo longioribus, gra-
datim valde clavatis subtus (cum tibiis) minute denticulatis, tibiis-
que posticis nudis. Palpi breves, articulo apicali haud angus-
tato, late truncato. Antenne longitudini corpori equales ; scapo
clavato, articulis 3io (scapo subequali) 4to et 5to gradatim per-
parum longioribus, 6—11 gradatim brevioribus 6to 5to paullo
breviori, 5—11 paullulum compressis apicibusque extus angu-
latis. Thorax gracilis, post medium brevissime tuberculatus, antice
paullo angustatus. Elytra linearia, ad apicem singulatim acumi-
nata. Pedes mediocriter elongati, tarsi articulo 1lmo 2 et 3 conjunctis
subequali.

The mesothoracic epimera reach the middle haunch-
sockets, as in Coremia, and the group to which that
cenus belongs. The surface of the body is nearly
opaque.

Pachymerola vitticollis, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 11).
Nigra, opaca, supra tenuiter, subtus densius, griseo-pubescens,
elytris obscure enescentibus, lateribus a humeris usque ultra
medium subnitidis; thorace utrinque vitta recta flavo-grisea.
Elytra subtiliter alutacea, et sparsim aspere punctulata. Long.
83 millim., $?.

Hab. Mexico, Chilpancingo in Guerrero, 4600 ft.
(II. HI. Smith). A single example, apparently 3.

Cyllene robinie, Forst., Nov. Sp. Ins., p. 43 (1771)
(Leptura) ; pictus, Drury, Ill., u., Index (1773) (Leptura) ;
i., p. 91, t. 41, f. 2; flexuosus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p.191
(1775) (Callidium).

Hab. Mexico, Villa Lerdo in Durango (/oge).

A new species to the Mexican fauna. The specimens
do not differ in the least from others with which I have
compared them from the Southern States.

* The name Charis is long preoccupied in Lepidoptera (Hiibner,
1816), and I propose to change it to Charista.—[G. C. Champion. |

‘

162 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Trichoxys cinereolus, ni. sp.

T’. pellito (White) quoad colores et signaturas similis. Niger, ely-
tris exceptis, dense griseo-cinereo tomentosus, elytris ad basin mar-
gine exteriori (anguste) sutura tota (apud apicem dilatata) annulo
basali utrinque ovato (suture adherenti), fascia recta tenui mediana
altera latiori post-mediana (apud suturam dilatata marginemque
exteriorem haud attingenti) flavescenti-cinereis. Thorax rotun-
datus, elytris anguste elongato-oblongis ad apicem oblique truncatis
(angulo exteriori breviter dentato). Antenne (2) corporis dimidio
paullo longiores, (1) segmentum ventralem 8ium attingentes ;
femora postica (?) segmenti 3ii apicem (gf) abdominis apicem,
attingentia. Long. 15 millim., ?; 11 millim., 3.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Hége), Guerrero (Harford).
One example of each sex.

Ochresthes nigritus, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 10).

Gracilis, niger, subtus griseo-cinereo dense pubescens, supra nigro-
pubescens, antennis articulis 3—11 pedibusque (femoribus partim
nigris exceptis) obscure rufis; elytris fasciis angustis tribus, Ima
paullo ante, 2nda paullo post-medium, 8ia ante apicem (in maculas
quatuor divisa), maculaque suturali ante fasciam primam, cinereo-
pubescentibus; ad apicem singulatim rotundatis, suturaque pos-
teriori minus depressa et carina divergenti discoidali fere obsoleta.
Thorax rotundatus, versus basin sat fortiter angustatus. Elytra
apice interdum cinereo-maculata. Long. 71—12 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme, alt. 8000 ft., Chilpancingo,
alt. 4600 ft., both in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

Closely allied to O. viridiventris (Chevr.), and scarcely
distinguishable from it except in the very different colour
of the pubescence which clothes the upper surface. It
belongs, with O. viridiventris, to a section of the genus in
which the posterior-divergent discoidal carine of the
elytra are barely perceptible, and the apices without
truncature. All the specimens I have seen from Guerrero
are alike in the black upper surface and cinereous elytral
belts. In O. viridiventris the colour is ochreous.

Ochresthes clerinus, n.sp. (Pl. VL., fig. 18).

O. viridiventri (Chevr.) affinis ; capite thoraceque relative parvis,
hoe perparum rotundato. Niger, subtus dense cinereo-pubescens,
capite thoraceque obscure griseis, antennis (scapo fusco excepto) et
pedibus fulvo-rufis ; elytris ad apicem singulatim rotundatis, sutura

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 163

parum depressa, flavo-griseo tomentosis, fasciis quatuor (marginem
haud attingentibus) nigris, 2 anterioribus postice curvatis et prope
suturam ascendentibus, 2 posterioribus subrectis media linea nigra
tenui connexis. Long. 11 millim.

Hab. Muxtco, Omilteme in Guerrero, alt. 8000 ft.
(H. H. Smith). One example only.

Closely allied to O. nigritus and QO. viridiventris.

Ochresthes obscuricornis, 1. 8p-

Q. viridiventri (Chevr.) iterum affinis, et differt corpore supra
griseo-tomentoso, antennis et femoribus obscure piceis, illis articulis
3—8, tibiis et tarsis obscure rufis. Thorax rotundatus. Elytra
sutura posteriori depressa carinisque discoidalibus obtusis, apice
rotundatis, grisea, fasciis 4 nigris, 2 anterioribus postice curvatis,
Bia post-medium latiori et antice valde curvatis, Ata abbreviata
obliqua. Long. 122 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero (Harford).
One example, in my own collection.

Ochresthes tulensis, N. Sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 12).

Q. sommert (Chevr.) affinis et similis sed elytris relative longi-
oribus, ad apicem truncatis, angulo exteriori dentiformi. Ochraceo-
tomentosus, antennis pedibusque rufis. Elytra signaturis fuscis :
—(1) fascia transversa juxta basin (raro obsoleta), (2) fasciis duabus
ante medium paullo obliquis et flexuosis, extus prope marginem
conjunctis, (3) fasciisque duabus ante apicem valde angulatis
(praecipue anteriori). Thorax disco sepe infuscato. Long. 13—
15 millim.

Hab. Mextco, Tula in Hidalgo (Hoge).

Separable in all the very numerous examples from O.
sommeri and O. circuliferus by the two ante-median
elytral fascize not being subsemicireular, and enclosing
a pale spot. It differs also in the relatively longer
elytra, which, however, have not the narrow form,
tapering near the apex, of O. citrinus and O. pollinosus.

Clytanthus hololeucus, 0. sp.
C. clathrato (Chevr.) affinis, elongatus, elytris sutura depressa,
costa obtusa utrinque elevata, apicibusque truncatis, angulo suturali
minuto exteriori valido dentiformibus ; differt colore toto griseo-

cinereo pubescens, ventris lateribus densius et magis cinereis.
Thorax gracile ovatus. Long. 103—138 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Saltillo in Coahuila (Héqe).

164 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Distinguished among the Clytid group by its uniform
hoary laid pubescence. It belongs to the section (which
includes all the Mexican species referred to Clytanthus)
in which the elytra are as in Cyllene, Trichoxys, and
Ochresthes, truncated and dentate at the apex, with
depressed suture (except at the base), and a dorsal
carina. The carina is, however, very obtuse, and the
facies of the species, the slender elongate form, and
narrow forehead (between the antenne) give them a
close resemblance to the Clytanthi.

Neoclytus smithi, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 9, d).

Mecometopo hegev (Bates) affinis; sed fronte nullo modo elon-
gato thoraceque crista dorsali distinctus. Brevis, fusco-niger,
sericeo griseo subtiliter pubescens, elytris fascia lata paullo ante
medium (versus suturam dilatata marginemque haud attingenti)
alteraque subapicali (apud suturam antice dilatata) pallide flavis ;
antennis (g' corporis dimidium attingentibus, apicem versus paullo
incrassatis) pedibusque rufo-piceis. Caput antice infra oculos
parum elongatum, transversum. ‘Thorax elytris paullulum latior,
usque prope basin paullo dilatatus, ad basin constrictus, dorso con-
vexo juxta basin subito declivis, in medio longitudinaliter elevatus
et grosse transversim rugosus. Femora postica elongata et valde
clavata; tibiis gracilibus. Long. 10 millim., ¢.

Hab. Mexico, Rincon in Guerrero, 2800 ft. (H. H.
Smith).

I have seen one example only of this elegant little
species, which seems to me better placed in Neoclytus
than in Mecometopus, notwithstanding its greater general
resemblance to many species of the latter genus.

Tilloclytus conradti, n. sp.

T. clavipedi (Bates) proxime affinis. Minor, niger, antennis,
femorum basi tarsisque obscure rufis. Thorax elongato-cordatus,
valde convexus, punctatus, cinereo-pubescens, medio disco fascia
curvata nigra ibique utrinque cristula parva transversa. Elytra
minus elongata, postice valde convexa, humeris prominentibus,
utrinque prope basin crista obliqua et pone hane fascia obliqua de-
pressa, nitida, punctata, apicibus singulatim rotundatis; nigra,
fascia basali, lineis duabus obliquis mox pone cristam, et tertia parte
apieali, cinereo-pubescentibus. Long. 7} millim.

Hab. Guatrremana, Coban in Vera Paz (Conradt).

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 165

One example only. The antenne are quite free from
spine, and the basal joint of the posterior tarsi is longer
than all the remaining joints taken together. The middle
part of the elytra is velvety black, and with the base
shows no distinct punctuation; the convex posterior
part, which has a coarser greyish pile, and is slightly
shining, is finely punctured.

Huderces cribripennis, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 14).

E. levicaude (Bates) affinis. Niger, antennarum basi tarsisque
obscure rufis, elytris totis dense, dimidio basali grossius, dimidio
apicali subtilius, punctatis, punctis majoribus setiferis intermixtis.
Thorax elongatus, convexus, usque ultra medium leviter dilatatus,
deinde ad basin citius angustatus, totus (hic illic confluenter) punc-
tulato-strigosus. Elytra mediocriter subequaliter convexa, sub-
nitida, macula utrinque nigra velutina prope suturam haud procul
a basi ibique fascia tenui recta eburnea suturam haud attingenti.
Femora valde clavata; tarsis posticis articulo basali 2 et 3 conjunctis
subequali. Long. 43 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Chilpancingo in Guerrero, alt. 4600 ft.
(a. H. Snuth).

Apilocera breviformis, n. sp. (Pl. VL, fig. 15).

A, sculpticolli (Bates) affinis ; relative brevior elytrisque postice
valde convexis. Nigra, antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis, elytris
tertia parte apicali cinereo-pubescentibus fasciaque tenui recta ante
medium eburnea. Caput minute et dense punctulatum. Thorax
elongato, subovatus, antice convexus, dense aspere punctulatus,
erecte cinereo-pilosus, ante medium sulculo arcuatoimpressus. Ely-
tra in medio coarctata ibique transversim depressa, postice valde
convexa, tuberculo utrinque sub-basali alte elevato, triangulari
compresso ; ante fasciolam eburneam crebre punctulata et griseo-
pubescentia, mox post fasciolam nigro-velutina deinde nigro-polita,
sparsim punctulata, triente apicali dense cinereo-pubescentia.
Long. 53 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Teapa in Tabasco (H. H. Smith). One
example only.

Apilocera yucateca, n.sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 16).
A, sculpticolli (Bates) affinis ; elytris ante medium multo minus
et parum constricto-depressis. Obscure fulvo-rufa opaca (abdo-
mine obscuriori), erecte pilosa; elytris quarto apicali cinereo-

‘

166 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

pubescentibus, ante medium utrinque semifascia recta eburnea,
tuberibus centro basalibus oblongis mediocriter elevatis, obtusis 5
superficie sat dense punctulata, fascia parum punctata excepta
ante maculam cineream apicalem. Thorax elongatus, paullo con-
vexus, usque post medium leviter dilatatus, basi sat fortiter con-
tracta, dorso longitudinaliter hic illic confluenter striato. An-
tenne articulis 8—11 fusco-nigre.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in North Yucatan (Gaumer).

Rhopalophora eximia, nu. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 1).

Elongata, gracilis, eneo-cyanea nitida, vittis duabus aureo-fulvis
a thoracis margine anteriori usque ad elytrorum apicem extensis
apud elytra latioribus et suturam fere attingentibus; antennis
pedibusque letius cyaneis; corpore subtus (precipue lateribus)
fulvo-aureo tomentoso. Thorax elongatus, antice paullo angustatus,
dorso sparsim transverse rugoso. LElytra lateribus nudis sat
grosse subsparsim punctata, apice breviter oblique truncata. Long.
14} millim.

Hab. Mexico, Chilpancingo in Guerrero, alt. 4600 ft.
(H. H. Sinith).

One example only of this beautiful and very distinct
species has been received.

Cosmisoma nudicorne, n.sp. (PI. VIL., fig. 2, 3).

C. martyra (Thoms.) similliimum, differt solam antennis articulo
5to haud penicillato. Long. 13 millim., ¢.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch).

One example, differing in nothing from C. martyra
except in the absence of hair-brush from the antenne.
The colour is the same metallic greenish blue, with a
dark subvelutine sutural vitta, and the thorax has the
same strong sculpture, vz., a deep transverse sulcus
near the anterior, and another equally deep near the
posterior, margin, the latter angulated anteriorly, and
the intermediate space with five large obtuse tubercles.
The antenne have the same proportions ciliated beneath
joints 1 to 4, and with equally long and slender apical
joints. It is possible it may be only a variety or aber-
ration.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 167

Cosmisoma reticulatum, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col.,
Veg eres

This curious species, which was unique in the Sallé
collection, has been taken in some numbers by Herr
Hige at Acapulco. In all the examples the joints 3—5
of the antenne, except the black apical brush on the
ay the base of the femora, and tibiw, are testaceous-
red.

Chrysoprasis querrerensis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL; fig. 3).

C. eneiventri (Bates) affinis, sed minor et minus elongata;
viridi-gnea vel enea (abdomine concolori) nitida, antennis et pedi-
bus nigris ; toto corpore breviter setoso. Caputcrebre punctatum,
epistomate aurato. Thorax rotundatus, prope basin mediocriter,
antice magis et longius, angustatus, alveolato-punctatus, linea
dorsali brevi posteriori. Elytra apice obtusissime singulatim
truncata, discrete zequaliter punctata, nitida, apice nitidiora. Meta-
sternum sat dense sed diserete punctulatum. Pedes mediocriter
elongati, aspere punctati; femoribus posticis elongatis tibiisque
flexuosis. Antenne corpore (g') paullo longiores, (@) paullo brevi-
ores, articulis 83—6 ad apicem intus brevissime spinosis. Long.

3—11 millim.

~Hab. Mexico, Acapuleo (H. H. Smith, Hoge).

A good series of examples. In form the species is like
a small and slightly built C. sthenias, Bates, or C.
bouchardi, Pascoe; but it differs from the group to
which these belong by the eneous abdomen.

Chrysoprasis sthenias, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.,
1870, p. 411; Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col:,-v:,.p- 64.

Var. C. leptosthenias.
A forma typica differt solum antennis et pedibus distincte longi-

oribus, metasternoque minus grosse et in medio haud alveolatim
punctato. Long. 11—13 millim., ¢ @.

Hab. Mextco, Mescala and Dos Arroyos in Guerrero,
alt. 1000 ft. (H. H. Smith), Acapulco (11ége).

Three examples, one of which isa ?. Inthe $ the
antenne are nearly half as long again as the body; in
the typical C. sthenias they are only about one-fourth
longer than the body. The species is found also, as a
slight var., in Nicaragua.

168 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Zenochloris barbicauda, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 4).

Elongata, sublinearis, obscure viridi-opaca, subtus cum pedibus
viridi-metallica abdomineque rufo; supra glabra, elytris apice
excepta setosis. Caput rugoso-punctatum. Thorax relative
angustus, paullo post-medium subangulatim leviter dilatatus,
deinde usque ad basin paullo sinuato-angustatus, supra dense sed
fere passim discrete punctulatus, vittula dorsali-posteriori levi.
Elytra apice breviter oblique truncata, margine laterali medio
jonge sinuato, epipleuris angustis prope basin latioribus, acute
marginatis; dense, postice subconfluenter, punctulata, glabra,
opaca, «nea, apice grosse setifero-punctata. Metasternum haud
dense piloso-punctatum. Abdomen punctulatum. Pedes aspere
punctati et breviter setosi, femoribus posticis valde elongatis tibiis
subflexuosis. Antenne breves, corporis dimidio (?) subequales,
(gS) paullo longiores, nee spinose nec ciliatz, articulo 3io0 scapo
parum longiori, 5—10 subeompressis, ad apicem extus breviter pro-
ductis. Long. 10}—14 millim.

Hub. Mexico, Meseala in Guerrero (H. H. Smith),
Acapulco (Hége). ‘Three examples.

In the form and proportions of the antennal joints,
and other characters, this species agrees with Z. para-
doxa, and I refer it to the same genus, notwithstanding
the difference in the facies. Two Colombian species
(undescribed ?) have the same sharply defined and cari-
nated epipleure, but they have a distinct thoracic lateral
tubercle or spine.

Stenosphenus sublevicollis, n. sp.

S. cribripenni (Thoms.) affinissimus, forsan ejus varietas ; paullo
minus angustatus; thorace punctis multo minoribus et paucioribus,
fere levi, elytris densius magis equaliter punctulatis apiceque
spina exteriori minus elongata. Niger, pedibus rufo-testaceis.
Long. 113—13} millim.

Hab. Mrxtco, Acapulco, Rincon, and Venta de Pele-
erino, in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

Mr. Smith found S. cribripennis also in Guerrero,
chiefly at Chilpancingo ; and Herr Hoge took it in con-
siderable numbers at various localities in the same State,
including Acapulco.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 169

Stenosphenus sexlineatus, n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 5, 3).

S. ochraceo (Bates) simillimus; an varietas?; differt tantum
thorace latiori, mox pone angulos anticos latius rotundato, lateribus
utrinque punctis ochraceo-setiferis paucis. Rufo-testaceus, antennis
articulis 8—11, elytris utrinque sutura et lineis levibus elevatis
tribus, nigro-fuscis, intervallis ochraceo incumbenti-pilosis ; cor-
pore subtus utrinque ochraceo-piloso. Thorax medio sparsissime
punctulato. Long. 12—15 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in N. Yucatan (Gawmer).

Differs from S. ochraceus, which is found from Chon-
tales (Nicaragua) through Guatemala to Durango in
North Mexico, in the constantly wider and more
broadly rounded thorax, the sides of which, instead of
being densely tomentose, have only a few greyish-yellow
hairs.

Stenosphenus gaumeri, n. sp.

S. hirsutipenni (Bates) proxime affinis, sed distinctus statura
minori, thorace angustiori cum lateribus perparum rotundatis, secapo
et femoribus rufis etc. Parvus, angustus, testaceo-rufus politus,
elytris castaneo-rufis utrinque vittis ochraceo-pilosis postice con-
fluentibus tribus; antennis (scapo rufo excepto), tiblis et tarsis
nigro-fuscis. Subtus castaneo-fuscus politus, lateribus subtiliter
griseo-pilosis. Thorax angustus, oblongus, medio paullulum rotun-
dato, dorso fere impunctato. LElytra recte attenuata, apice trun-
cata, utrinque bispinosa; supra sat disperse punctata. Long.
9—11 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in N. Yucatan (Gaumer). Three
examples.

Stenosphenus comus, n. sp.

Elongata, capite antice breviori thoraceque breviori quadrato-
ovato, elytris dense erecte pubescentibus ; rufo-testaceus, antennis
obscure fuscis. Caput confluenter punctatum. Thorax lateribus
dense pubescens, dorso sublevi punctis majoribus piliferis. Elytra
apice paullo oblique truncata, angulis acutis, brevibus; dense
passim piloso-punctulata. Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Villa Lerdo in Durango (Hége). Two
examples.

Stenosphenus vitticollis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 6, 2).

Pallide fulvo-testaceus nitidus, capite et thorace vitta mediana
nigerrima, elytris sutura anguste et interdum lineis abbreviatis

170 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

lateralibus et dorsalibus nigris, intervallis subsparsim incumbenti-
ochraceo-pilosis, apice spinis duabus nigris exteriori elongata.
Antenne piceo-nigre, articulis basi plus minusve obscure rufis.
Caput parum punctatum, vitta nigra epistoma haud attingenti.
Thorax gracile trapezoideus, lateribus paullulum rotundatis, dorso
eequali fere impunctato. Pedes rufi, femoribus, tibiis tarsorumque
apicibus nigris. Subtus rufus, lateribus fusco-nigris ochraceo-
pubescentibus ; prosterno utringue vitta angusta nigra. Long.
13 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Teapa in Tabasco (H. H. Smith) ;
GuatTEMALA, Panzos in Vera Paz (Conradt).

Ancylocera rubella, n.sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 8, 2).

A. cardinali (Dalm.) affinis et simillima; differt tantum elytris
relative multo brevioribus, articulo 3i0 (2) 4to haud longiori.
Linearis, lete rufa, antennis, pedibus, prosterno medio, mesosterno
toto metasternique lateribus nigris. Antenne (?) corporis medium
vix attingentes, articulis 3—6 sicut in A. cardinali 2? triangulari-
bus, sed 7—10 magis oblongis. Thorax densissime grosse con-
fluenter punctatus ; elytra sublineatim dense prope apicem confuse
punctatis. Long. 9 millim., 2.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (H. H. Smith). One example
only.

Championa badent, n. sp.

Quoad formam C. aurate (Bates) similis, sed thorace adhuc
longiori elytrisque supra subplanatis apicibusque inermibus, rotun-
datis. Griseo-fusea, griseo brevissime pilosa, elytris ad medium
fascia recta integra eburnea, secundaque ante apicem cinereo-pilosa.
Oculi supra postice omnino divisi. Thorax cylindrico-elongatus,
dense subrugose punctatus. Elytra dense confluenter punctuta.
Femora quam in C. awrata et C. ctenostomoides, magis abrupte
sed vix crassius clavata. Antenne (?) corpore multo breviores,
articulo 4to abbreviato 3ii dimidio breviori. Long. 14 millim., ?.

Hab. Mexico.

A specimen of this species was sent to me with one of
©. ctenostomoides, by Dr. Baden, without locality. The
subsequent discovery of an indubitable Mexican example
of the latter in the Sallé collection enabled me, in the
Biologia Centr.-Amer. (Col., v., p. 315), to verify its
locality, and I am now convinced that C. badeni, not-
withstanding its different coloration and form of the
elytral apices, is also Mexican. I have seen no other
example.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 171

GC. ctenostomoides has been found in some numbers
by Mr. H. H. Smith at Amula and Xucumanatlan i
Guerrero.

Evander xanthomelas, Gueér., Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 258
(Amphidesmus) ; Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col.,
Vey DP. (2, lO.
Var. Elytris ochraceis, trienti apicali solum nigro; ceteris
sicut in forma typica.

Hab. Mexico, Monterey in Nuevo Leon (/7ége). One
example; the typical form occurring also in the same
locality.

Athetesis convergens, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 10).

Valde elongata, fulvescenti-flava, incumbenti-pubescens, collo,
antennis, thorace vittis duabus antice convergentibus, elytris fascia
lata basali (nee marginem nec suturam attingenti) trienteque
apicali, pedibusque (femorum basi excepta) nigris. Caput relative
parvum, ante oculos transversim quadratum, verticale, tuberibus
antenniferis paullo elevatis quadratis. Thorax trapezoideus,
paullo post medium angulatim dentatus, ante dentem recte angus-
tatus, post dentem sinuatus haud angustatus, angulis posticis pro-
longatis, dorso paullo inequali, punctatus. Scutellum triangulare
nigrum. Elytra valde elongata, quam in A. prolixa latiora et
minus cylindrica, apicibus late singulatim rotundatis, utrinque disco
usque paullo ultra medium tricostato, interstitiis apud fascias
nigras minute et dense, apud fasciam medianam fulvam, grossius
et minus dense punctatis, marginibus breviter fimbriatis. Antenne
(2 2) corporis dimidio perparum longiores, articulis 4—10 brevibus
paullulum serratis. Subtus fulva nitida, metasterni lateribus
abdominisque apice nigris. Mesosternum declive fere planum.
Long. 19 millim., 2 ?.

Hab. Mextco, Amula in Guerrero, 6000 ft. (H. H.
Smith). One example.

The genus Athetesis is very closely allied to Evander,
differing only in its long cylindrical form, and the
nearly plane, very short antenne. The present species
is evidently congenerie with A. prolixa, although the
anteriorly convergent thorax gives it a different facies.
This genus is new to the Mexican fauna.

172 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Elytroleptus scabricollis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 7).

E. pallido (Thoms.) brevior, elytris parum et gradatim dilatatis,
apice acuminatim rotundato margineque sat longe fimbriato ;
subcyaneo-niger, dense erecte pilosus, partibus oris, vertice pedibus-
que anticis fulvo-rufis, elytris plus quam dimidio basali fulvo-flavis.
Thorax ovatus, grossissime confluenter punctatus callisque tribus
levibus. Scutellum nigrum. Elytra utrinque tricostata, postice
abbreviata, interstitiis dense punctatis. Antenne corporis dimi-
dium attingentes, articulis 5—11 valde serratis, 11 appendiculo
parvo conico. Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Iguala in Guerrero (Hége). Two
examples.

Crioprosopus gaumer, nN. Sp.

C. basileo (Bates) proxime affinis; differt ($) thorace latiori,
lateribusque rotundatis aut minime angulatis nec sublobato-pro-
ductis, antennis corpore longioribus femoribusque apice nigris;
thorace rufo, disco nigro bimaculato. g. Capite et thorax cas-
taneo-fusci, hoc dense punctato, vitta dorsali antice tricuspidata
levi aut sublevi foveisque lateralibus; elytris splendidissime
viridi-auratis, interdum partim fulvo-translucentibus, subtiliter et
sparsissime punctulatis. Subtus cum pedibus rufus, femoribus
ad apicem (plerumque cum tibiis et tarsis) nigris. Mesosternum
antice planum declive, postice convexum. @?. C. basileosimillima,
differt tantum elytris brevioribus splendidioribusque, et thoracis
(aurantiaco-rufi) margine anteriori maculisque duabus discoidali-
bus nigris. Long. 84—388 millim., J ?.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in North Yucatan (Gaumer).

This beautiful species is probably not more than an
imperfectly segregated local form of C basileus, which is
also found in Yucatan (at Merida); for the chief struc-
tural character, the rounded sides of the thorax, is not
constant, some examples being slightly angulated, ‘though
not nearly approaching the. distinctly lobed form ‘of
C. basileus. The antenne inthe 3 are decidedly longer,
passing the apex of the elytra to the length of the two
terminal joints. The differences in colour and punctua-
tion in both sexes, added to the characters just men-
tioned, will justify the separate naming of the two forms.

The following seems to be a colour variety of either
C. basileus or C. gawmert :—

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 173

C. nigricollis.—C. basileo (Bates) omnino congruit, thorace et
sternis omnino nigris exceptis.— Mexico, Jalapa (Hodge). One
example, ?.

The punctuation is as in C. basileus ; the elytra are
brilliant golden-green, almost exactly as in C. gaumert,
the legs black except the red femora, of which the base
and apex only are black.

Stenaspis pilosella, n.sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 11, 3).

Parva, anguste oblonga, snea vel viridi-eenea nitida, passim
erecte griseo-pilosa, thorace et elytris saneuineo-marginatis, anten:
nis, femoribus ad basin et tibiis obscure rufo-testaceis. Supra
grosse et dense hic illic confluenter punctata. Thorax transversim
quadratus, lateribus post medium late breviter dentatis, deinde
usque ad basin angustatis. Scutellum angustum, subelongatum,
triangulare. Elytra oblonga, parum convexa, apice rotundato
(margine flexuosa). Pro- et mesosternum alte convexa, hoe antice
verticale. Subtus subtiliter sparsim punctata, polita, prosterno
erosse confluenter punctato, plaga laterali et pronoti limbo angus-
tiori (ante basin abbreviato) sanguineis. Antenne g corpore duplo
longiores, apice tenui hamato, articulis 8—8 subsequalibus ; 2 cor-
pore multo breviores, crassiores. Long. 15—17 millim., $ @.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme in Guerrero, 8000 ft. (7. H.
Smith).

The single ¢ is brassy green; the two females are
brassy or eneo-cupreous. In the g the bright red
narrow elytral margin extends to the suture ; in the
females it terminates at the outer apex. ‘The species is
undoubtedly a Stenaspis. The mandibles are simple
and acute at the apex.

Deltaspis rufostigma, n. Sp.

D. cyanipedi (Klug = auromarginata, Serv. ?) proxime affinis et
similis, sed conspicue differt thorace macula postero-discoidali
5-angulata aurantiaca nigro-viridi-limbata punctoque centrali
nigro-viridi. Thorax quoque differt antice et postice subrecte
angustatus tuberculoque laterali conico. Viridi-metallica, supra
(et prothorax infra) passim dense confluenter punctata ; subtus cum
pedibns subtilius punctata, tenuiter griseo-pubescens. Prosternum
apice prolongato, metasternumque (in f tantum) tubereulo conico.
Antenne castaneo-fusee, apicem versus rufiores. Long. 21—
94 millim., J ?.-

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892,—Parr ll. (JUNE.) 0

174 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Hab. Muxtco, Guerrero. One pair sent me by Mr.
Harford, together with a ¢ example of the following
interesting variety :—

D. rufostigma, var. Thorax disco late nigro, tuberculo laterali
adhue longiori et acutiori ; elytrorum lateribus hic illic eupreo-
aureo tinctis ; ceteris sicut in typo. ? =D. awromarginata, Serv.
Long. 20 millim., g.

In the form and colour of the thorax this variety
answers much better than D. cyanipes does to Serville’s
description of D.auromarginata. His phrases are “ corse-
let presque cylindrique, unitubercule latéralement”’.. .
and ‘‘d’un vert sombre.” In D. cyanipes the thorax could
not possibly be described as approaching the cylindrical
form, nor has it a distinct lateral tubercle ; the sides, in
fact, are strongly and irregularly flexuous, the position
of the lateral tubercle being occupied by a more pro-
jecting flexure. The thorax of D. rufostigma, however,
is not at all cylindrical.

Deltaspis fulva, n. sp.

D. tuberculicolla affinis et similis ; differt preecipue antennarum
articulo 1mo abdomine et pedibus rufo-testaceis. Rufo-fulva,
dense erecte griseo-pubescens, antennis (scapo rufo excepto) nigris,
eapite, thorace limbo antico et postico elytrorumque sutura, fusco-
nigris. Thorax dense punctatus, callo oblongo postero-discoidali
levi. Elytra densissime punctulata, apice flexuoso-truncato, angulo
exteriori omnino rotundato. Long. 19—22 millim., J.

Hab. Mexico, Canelas in Durango (Becker). Two
male examples.

Deltaspis disparilis, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag., 1891,
p- 160.

Hab. Mexico, Canelas in Durango (Flohr, in coll.
Bates).

Deltaspis marginella, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag., 1891,
p. 160:

Hab. Mexico, Canelas in Durango (Flohr, in coll.
Bates).

Deltaspis variabilis, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag., 1891,
p- 161.

Hab. Mextco, Guerrero larford).

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 175

Deltaspis rubens, Bates, Biol. Centy.-Amer., Col., v.,
p. 323.

The study of additional material obtained by Herr
Hoge has led me to conclude that two distinct though
very similar and closely allied species were included in
my description of D. rubens. They are distinguishable
as follows :—

D. rubens.—Nigra, thorace supra et elytris coccineis, illo antice
et postice nigro-marginato, his basi vittaque suturali nigris.
Thorax grosse confluenter punctatus, disco paullo inequali haud
distincte calloso; elytris apice flexuoso-truncatis, angulis exteriori
et suturali distinctis acutis. Hab. Mexico. I have before me
one example only, a 3.

D. tuberculicollis, n. sp.—Nigra vel piceo-nigra, pedibus sepe
fulvo-piceis, thorace supra coccineo antice et postice nigro-margi-
nato, elytris fulvis vel rufescenti-fulvis—in g unicoloribus, in ?
vitta suturali fusco-nigra. Thorax grosse confluenter punctatus,
disco tricalloso callo posteriori oblongo impunctato nitido. Elytra
apice obtuso flexuoso-truncata, angulis obtusissimis. Hab, MrExico,
Tupataro in Guanajuato (Hoge), and Mexico City.

Metaleptus comis, n. sp. (Pl. Vie, fie. 9510)

Minor et gracilior, opacus, dense erecte sericeo-griseo- (capite
pronotoque nigro-) pubescens ; cxrulescenti-niger, elytris fascia
basali (versus scutellum angustata et supra epipleuras dilatata),
abdomine dimidio apicali, pedibusque lete rufis, tarsis et interdum
tibiis in medio fusco-nigris. Caput inequaliter punctatum, ante
oculos multo magis quam in M. angulato (Chevr.) elongatum.
Thorax in medio angulato-dilatatus haud vero dentatus, sat grosse
subalveolatim punctatus. Elytra subtilius sat dense punctata,
ad apicem obtuse flexuoso-truncata, fere irregulariter rotundata sed
angulis externis dentatis, disco lineis tenuibus sublievibus plus
minusve distinctis. Subtus longius griseo-pubescentis, abdomine
(basi et marginibus longe pubescentibus exceptis) polito Vix
sparsim punctulato. Antenne et pedes gracillime, ille 3 corpore
duplo longiores, 12 articulate, @ corpore brevioribus. Long. 10—
14 millim., ¢ @.

Variat abdomine toto metasternoque medio lte rufis.

Hab. Mextco, Iguala in Guerrero (/1/0y¢).
Appears to be nearly allied to M. batesi (Horn), from
Arizona. Dr. Horn has rightly corrected me as to the

nature of the terminal segment of the antenne in Meta-
o 2

176 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

leptus, which he says is a true 12th joint. I had given
the antenne as 11th joint appendiculated. In well-
developed males of I. comis this joint is nearly as long
as the 11th, and of great tenuity ; in the female it forms
a short conical appendage to the 11th.

The much longer and narrower anterior part of the
head can alone scarcely warrant the generic separation
of the present species from Metaleptus.

TRIACETELUS, noy. gen.

Metalepto (Bates) affinis sed thorace oblongo lateribus acute
spinosis ete. certe distinctus. Corpus sat anguste elongatum, sericeo-
pubescens, opacus. Caput ante oculos paullo magis quam in
M. angulato elongatum. Antenne tenues (3), corpore magis quam
duplo longiores, 12 articulate, scapo brevi fortiter clavato, articulis
3—10 et 12 longitudine fere xqualibus, 11 ceteris longiori, 3—6
apice paullo incrassatis. Elytra postice sensim paullo angustata,
disco obtusissime costato, apice utrinque tridentato dente inter-
media longiori et validiori. Pedes valde elongati; femora postica
linearia ad apicem bidentata, tarsi postici articulo lmo valde elon-
gato. Mesosternum in medio tuberculatum. Metasterni episterna
lata et valde elongata.

A distinct generic form, nearest allied to Metaleptus,
of all genera known to me; but the mandibles are de-
cidedly more obtuse and chisel-shaped at the apex than
in that genus, though in M. comis they are by no means
distinctly pointed.

Triacetelus sericatus, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 12, 3).

Fusco-niger, pectore snescenti, elytris cinnamomeo-fulvis, an-
tennis rufo-obscuris pedibusque lete rufis, thorace antennis cor-
poreque subtus decumbenti-griseo-sericeo pilosis. Caput fronte
declivi impunctata, vertice grosse sparsim oecipite dense et sub-
tilius, punctatis. Thorax sat elongato-oblongus, in medio paullo
dilatatus et acute spinosus antice recte postice sinuatim et minus,
angustatus, pubescentia utrinque transversim decumbenti, linea
dorsali interdum levi punctata. Elytra plerumque transversim
decumbenti-pilosa. Ventris segmento apicali rufo. Long. 14—
17 millim., gf.

Hab. Mexico, Iguala in Guerrero (Hége). Four
examples, all males.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 177

Tylosis dimidiata, nu. sp. (Pl. VIL, HOLS aol).

Fere cylindrica, nigra subtus polita, longe et minus dense erecte
pilosa, elytris dimidio basali flavo-testaceo, dimidio apicali nigro
antice apud suturam angulatim producto. Caput et thorax grosse
subalveolatim punctati, hic oblongo-ovatus, eallis discoidalibus
duobus lineaque abbreviata mediana levibus. Elytra passim
densissime sat fortiter punctata, apice rotundato. Subtus cum
pedibus punctata. Long. 7—11} millim., J ?.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in North Yucatan (Gawmer).

A distinct species, agrecing in all structural characters
with the typical T'yloses.

Tylosis angusticollis, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Colt. ¥;
p. 825.

Herr Hige has since obtained a large series of this
supposed species, which shows all gradations in form of
thorax between it and 7’. puncticollis. It must therefore
sink into a synonym or variety of that species. The
insect was met with at Matamoros Izucar in Puebla,
Tacambaro in Michoacan, Durango City, and at Colima
City, Tonila and Zapotlan, in the State of Colima.

Crossidius militaris, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 14, 3).

C. discoideo (Say) quoad colores similis sed multo major. Fere
cylindricus, dense piloso-punctatus, opacus, coccineus; capite,
thorace marginibus anticis et posticis, elytris ad basin anguste
plagaque magna posteriori communi elongata in medio basin versus
extensa, antennis, pedibus et sternis (prosterno ante coxas rufo
excepto) cxrulescenti-nigris. Thorax omnino rotundatus, inermis,
absque callis, grosse confluenter punctatus; interdum maculis 2 vel
4 nigris. Elytra discrete apicem versus densius et subtilius punc-
tata, sinuatim truncata, angulis plus minusve distinctis. Antenne
g corpore multo longiores, distincte appendiculatie; ¢ corporis
dimidium vix attingentes. Long. 14—19 millim., f°.

Hab. Mexico, Villa Lerdo in Durango (Hoge).

This fine species appears to be much less variable in
colour-pattern than other species of the genus.

Crossidius palmeri, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., v.,
pace.

Herr Hoge has since met with this species in con-

siderable numbers at Saltillo in Coahuila, and Monterey

178 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

in Nuevo Leon. It varies remarkably in the form of
the thorax, which is either rounded on the sides, or dis-
tinctly angulated and even acutely-tuberculated in the
middle. This variability exists also in Deltaspis, from
which Crossidius is hardly generically distinct.

Crossidius egrotus, nN. sp.

Elongatus, postice paullo angustatus, dense pilosus, parum nitidus ;
pallide fulvus, elytris flavo-testaceis (interdum sutura postice nigro-
fusca marginata), thorace rufo-testaceo, capite, antennis pedibusque
nigris. Thorax latus, in medio plus minusve angulatim rotundatus,
confluenter punctatus, disco tricalloso. Elytra basi paullo sparsius
postice densius punctata, apice flexuoso-truncato angulis rotundatis.
Long. 15—17 millim., J ?.

Hab. Mexico, Chihuahua.

Taken by the late Mr. Montagu Kerr, the well-known
African traveller, during a short visit to Central Chi-
huahua.

Ischnocnemis cerulescens, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,
Col., v., p. 328.

We are able now to supply the locality of this species.
Mr. H. H. Smith met with it at various places in the
State of Guerrero—Dos Arroyos (1000 ft.), R. Papagaio
(1200 ft.), Acaguizotla (8500 ft.), Venta de Pelegrino,
Tierra Colorada (2000 ft.), Hacienda de la Imagen
(4000 ft.). ,

The following is a closely-allied but sufficiently dis-
tinct species :—

Ischnocnemis cyaneus, Nn. sp.

Latius cylindricus, cyaneus nitidus, antennis nigris; capite
thoraceque dense sat grosse sed discrete punctatis, linea mediana
postice dilatata levi, elytris aqualiter discrete punctulatis, utrinque
linea longitudinali nullo modo elevata levi. Thorax gracile cylin-
drico, ovatus. Elytra ad apicem recte truncata, angulis distinctis.
Subtus passim equaliter minus sparsim punctulatus. Long.
13 millim., go.

Hab. Mrxtco, Yautepec in Morelos (Flége).

Distinctly broader in form than J. cerulescens, the
punctuation of the thorax wider apart, the smooth line
down the disk of each elytron not in the slightest degree

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 179

elevated, and the elytral apex transversely truncated,
with both sutural and exterior angles nearly rectangular
and equal. In J. cerulescens the elytra are very obliquely
truncated, with prolonged external angles.

Sphenothecus quadrivittatus, n. sp.

S. cyanicolli (Dup.) affinis et similis, sed differt elytris utrinque
vittis costiformibus flavis duabus. Cyaneo-niger politus, subtus
cum antennis pedibusque niger, elytris utrinque vittis convexis
duabus flavis—lma prope suturam basin versus paullo dilatata
apicemque haud attingenti, 2nda submarginali angustiori postice
multo abbreviata. Thorax sicut in S. eyanicolli in medio perparum
rotundatus, antice paullo angustatus subsparsim punctulatus. Ely-
tra costis levibus, interspatiis pilifero-punctulatis, ad apicem valde
flexuoso-truncata, angulis externis acute suturali brevissime den-
tatis. Long. 14—17 millim., $ 9.

Hab. Mexico, Dos Arroyos, R. Papagaio (1200 ft.),
Venta de Pelegrino, Rincon (2800 ft.), Acaguizotla
(3500 ft.), Hacienda de la Imagen (4000 ft.), and Aca-
pulco, all in Guerrero (H. H. Sinith).

Sphenothecus cribricollis, n. sp.

S. quadrivittato similis, elytris utrinque fiavo-bicostatis ; differt
thorace dense subrugose punctato, subopaco. Niger, elytris utrin-
que vittis duabus elevatis flavis. Caput antennarumque basis
dense confluenter punctata. Thorax latior, et in medio latius rotun-
datus, disco posteriori foveatim depresso. LElytra vittis flavis
utrinque ad apicem approximatis, interiorique basi haud dilatata,
interspatiis densius punctatis, in medio inter vittas linea subelevata
impunetata, ad apicem obtusius truncata, angulis externis haud
producto-dentatis. Subtus sat dense punctulatus, punctulis griseo-
piliferis. Long. 14—16 millim., f ?.

Hab. Mexico, Venta de Pelegrino, Dos Arroyos
(1000 ft.), and Tierra Colorada (2000 ft.), all in Guerrero
(HI. H. Smith).

Sphenothecus cribellatus, n. sp.

Cyaneus, dense pilifero-punctatus pilis clongatis erectis inter-
mixtis, subopacus; elytris utrinque vittis elevatis duabus flavis
levibus, interiori subrecta apicem fere attingenti et flavo-margi-
nata, exteriori tenui postice abbreviata. Caput antennarumque

180 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

basis dense confluenter punctata. Thorax dense subalveolatim
punctatus, paullo ante basin rotundato-dilatatus, deinde usque
ad apicem angustatus. Elytra letius cerulescentia, interspatiis
densissime sed discrete, sat grosse «qualiter punctatis; apice
obtuse flexuoso-truncato, angulis externis rotundatis. Subtus
cyanescenti-viridis, dense piloso-punctulatus. Mesosternum con-
vexum, haud vero sicut in Sphenothecis genuinis, prominens.
Antenne ? corpore multo breviores. Long. 12 millim,, @.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Flohr, in coll. Bates). One
female example.

The less prominent mesosternum seems to indicate a
transition-form to Ischnocnemis, but the facies is that of
Sphenothecus.

Entomosterna prolixa, n. sp.

E. miniatocolli (Chevr.) similis sed multo major elytrisque
maxime elongatis. Nigra subnitida, prothorace (marginibus antico
et postico anguste nigris exceptis) sanguineo, breviter incumbenti
nigro-pilosa. Thorax sat elongatus, a basi ad apicem angustatus,
leviter rotundatus, sparsim punctulatus, disco elongato-calloso levi,
margine basali valde elevato, angulis posticis longe exstantibus
acutis. Elytra gradatim postice attenuata, disco utrinque bicos-
tato, costa interiori mediocriter elevata ante apicem desinenti
levi, basi interdum flavescenti, costa exteriori vix elevata postice
multo abbreviata, cum intervallis sat fortiter discrete punctata,
apice flexuoso-truncato, angulis externis dentatis. Pedes valde
elongati. Subtus griseo-pubescens, subtiliter punctulata. An-
tenne (gf) corpore multo longiores, 11l-articulate. Long. 14—
15 millim., %.

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero (17arford), Mescala in Guer-
rero (H. H. Smith).

AXESTOLEUS, nov. gen.

Gen. Batyle affinis, sat differt inter alia corpore supra opaco.
Corpus subeylindricum. Mandibule acute falcate. Caput antice
verticale quadratum, planum, infra oculos sat elongatum angulisque
epistomatis lateralibus rectis. Antenne 11-articulate, 3 corpore
vix longiores. Thorax subquadratus, inermis, nec antice nee pos-
tice profunde constricto-sulcatus. Pedes elongati, femoribus pos-
ticis linearibus corpore longioribus, tarsis posticis articulo 1mo
valde elongato. Acetabula antica extus breviter angulata.

Allied to Batyle (Thoms., Lec.), and belonging to
Leconte’s group Stenaspes. In the sculpture and opacity

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 181

of the upper surface it differs much from Batyle, and
approaches Purpuricenus; but the slender form and
unarmed thorax, and especially the somewhat elongated
quadrangular muzzle, distinguish it from these and all
the allied genera.

Entomosterna sanguiniventris (Chevr.), Biol. Centr.-
Amer., Col., v., pp. 85, 880, comes near this genus, and
does not agree with the typical Entomosterne of the
same author in the form of the thorax and the costate
elytra. It differs from both genera in its 12-jointed
antenne.

Axestoleus meridionalis.

Batyle meridionalis, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col.,
Veg oDs Ol:

Hab. Mexico, Tehuantepec.

Axestoleus quinquepunctatus, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 16).

Ab A. meridionali differt elytris relative brevioribus. Rufo-
aurantiacus, antennis ad basin (ceteris rufo-piceis), thorace punctis
5, femoribus ad apicem tibiisque ad basin et elytris obscure nigris,
his vittis utrinque abbreviatis postice attenuatis, una medio-basali
altera marginali. Caput alutaceo-opacum. Thorax antice paullo
angustatus, grosse punctatus, longe erecte pilosus, callis parvis nigris
quinque minus punctatis nitidis. Elytra densissime punctulata,
opaca, incumbenti-pilosa, apice obtuse truncato. Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (Hége). A single example,
apparently female.

Batyle levicollis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 15).

B. ignicolli (Say) affinis et similis; differt thorace glabro spar-
sim subtilissime punctato. Niger politus, thorace cum coxis
anticis flavis. Frons canaliculata, grosse discrete punctata. Thorax
rotundatus, convexus, margine basali suleato angulisque posticis
exstantibus acutis. Elytra sat fortiter sparsim punctata, punctis
breviter pilosis, apice flexuoso-truncato, angulis exterioribus
breviter dentiformibus. Mesosternum valde convexum. Femora
(gS) corporis apicem attingentia, linearia, apice breviter spinoso.
Long. 18 millim. :

Tab. Mexico, Jalapa and Misantla in Vera Cruz
(Hoge).

182 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

EXPLANATION OF Puates V., VI. & VII.

PLATE W:

. Aneflus cylindricollis.

‘ (2) fulvipenms, 3.
. Hburia baron, g.

. Proteinidium brevicorne, 9 .
. Hburia porulosa, 3.

. Pecilomallus palpalis.

. Asemum glabrellum, ¢.

. Anatinomma alveolatum, 3.
. Psyrassa cribellata.

an nigricornis.

* puosella.

2. Hexoplon smithr.

. [bidion griseolum, 3.

. Hexoplon sylvarum.

. Ibidion ruatanum, fg.

» gaumeri, 3g.

— O
Pop AAaAaAr ON

—_

SS a
C2 ot He OO

PLATE VI.

Fic. 1. Distenia trifasciata, var.
2. Gaurotes multiguttatus, 9
3. Huryptera unicolor.

4. Ophistomis xanthotelus, 3.
5. Huryptera planicoxis.

6. Acyphoderes cribricollis, 3%.
7. Odontocera yucateca, 3.

8. Charisia nigerrima, 2.

9. Neoclytus smithi, 3.

10. Ochresthes nigritus.

11. Pachymerola vitticollis.

12. Ochresthes tulensis.

13. 55 clerinus.

14, Euderces cribripennis.

15. Apilocera breviformis.
16. “7 yucateca.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America.

Fic. 1.
. Cosmisoma nudicorne, o.

. Chrysoprasis guerrerensis.

. Zenochloris barbicauda.

. Stenosphenus sexlineatus, 3.

b

eee
lor aa

See
BNW EPODDNAMHE & DO

PLATE VII.

Rhopalophora eximia.

. vitticollis, 9.

. Elytroleptus scabricollis.

. Ancylocera rubella, @.

. Metaleptus comis, 3.

. Athetesis convergens.

. Stenaspis prlosella, 3.

. Triacetelus sericatus, 3.

. Tylosis dimidiata, 3.

. Crossidius militaris, 3.

. Batyle levicollis, 3.

. Axestoleus quinquepunctatus.

183

* Pri ea: - a Ts alan igal :
“tifes eae ee.
‘itil Mglety jl 8 ee tine

—~— ay 7) ary
vay ae : az , a
a zos ae eas ul
v Sag Fy > Salle
; aie Ca pF am wey a8 Her co ' -

7 - de voles Te a nie oir Me’ a Wis re are § =: ar or
= max a 2 Nini fine ~ oom ees : ay arte = ae

; r ‘ rs
Se ‘hashes il 2 lane 5-24 idles 7.

Ay a oe itiaenn Anes at or urging St ahh srt ii = 1
fe nial s ayn 4 ; 4a 7 be se: a ~ i i
ei fep o> ee a it oe fate wat fo q 2
ee wel em
ta) perc * AP

vant _ aD y mm
a ae o—

ate 2 ae yi ~
“¢

-

ane a po, eae

IX. New species of Ephemeride from the Tenasserim
Valley. By the Rev. Aurrep EK. Eaton, M.A.,

F.E.S.
[Read March 9th, 1892.]

Tue rule that description and naming of new species of
May-flies, represented incompletely by no matter how
many specimens of one grade or sex only, ought never
to be practised if the species lack definite character
with regard to that grade or sex, does not apply to
species of peculiar mark such as are distinguished in
the following pages. Considerable interest attaches to
them in respect of the geographical distribution of
genera, and some of the flies are particularly orna-
mental. They were collected in the Tenasserim Valley
by Mr. Doherty, and sent by him to Mr. R. McLachlan,
F.R.S. The specimens, 21 in number, represent eight
named genera, each (with one exception) by single
species. A key to the genera and larger divisions of
recent Mphemeride is given in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
2nd ser., Zool., vol. 8, part 5, p. 809, &c., preceded by
geographical notes.

1. Ephemera pulcherrima, sp. nov.

Subimago (dried), 2.—A yellowish species with linear longi-
tudinal abdominal markings, besides a round spot just above the
pleura on each side of the 2nd segment; also with an angulated
spot on the hind coxa; and with three round or oblong spots in
the area immediately posterior to the submarginal area of the fore
wing. Hind wing spotless. Wings very light yellow ochraceous,
subopaque: fore wing sparsely marked with small violet-black
spots, situated—one each at the bull of the subcosta and radius,
one in line with these on the sector, a small one occupying the axil
of the fork of the prebrachial nervure, and three others, one in the
middle of each of the last three cross veinlets immediately pos-
terior to the radius ; hind wing spotless, unicolorous. Neuration
in both wings concolorous with the membrane (but opaque), ex-
cepting a few cross veinlets in the submarginal area of the hind

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—panrT II. (JUNE.)

186 Rey. A. E. Eaton on new species of

wing that are greyish towards the subcosta, and some in the fore
wing, viz., the cross veinlets anterior to the sector, many of those
anterior to the pobrachial in the basal half of the wing, and a few
of those nearest to the base in the areas intervening between that
nervure and the Ist axillar nervure ; the great cross vein also is
black between the subcosta and the radius. Body and legs.
yellowish ochre, with black markings; those of the head and
notum are of a pattern common in the genus, comprising the edge
of the occiput on each side behind the eyes, and two longitudinal
stripes extending from the pronotum (where they are parallel with
each other) to the peak of the scutellum, angulated on the meso-
notum and confluent just before their termination with a rounded
pitch-brown spot on the succeeding part of the notum on each
side. On each side of the thorax is a small spot in front of the
roots of the costa, and a minute spot just above the coxa at the
posterior angle of the metapleuron. The basal and the posterior
margins of the hind coxa, and the anterior tibia, narrowly, at both
extremities, are blackish. Dorsal abdominal markings—two sub-
continuous and subparallel series of strongly marked linear stripes,
rather near each other, extend from the 8rd to the 9th segment
down the middle of the back, and are slightly coarctate at the
bases of the 8rd to the 8th segments ; between these in each seg-
ment is a pair of divergent streaks from the base of the segment
that are associated with the dorsal vessel, and are less distinctly
defined than the linear stripes: in some of the segments the
streaks are considerably abbreviated ; in the 2nd segment (which
is marked with a round spot on each side just above the pleura)
the stripes are represented by single dots ; at the joinings of the
Ist to the 8th segmerts the stripes are crossed by single fine black
lines that do not extend to the pleura. At the pleura, segments
2—9 have each a small triangular spot at the base, and segments
4—7 each have a fine curved longitudinal line from the margin
near the posterior angle, which is reduced to a dot in segments 3
and 2. Venter bilineate longitudinally ; the lines subparallel, dis-
continuous, and some of them at their anterior extremities slightly
inflected. Sets fuscous, with opaque joinings, and some of them
here and there blackish. Length of body about 12, wing about
13 mm.

2. Potamanthus formosus, sp. nov.

Imago (dried).—A species of elegant appearance, with trans-
parent wings of a light flavescent tint: the fore wing strongly
blotched with light reddish pitch-brown in the marginal area, and
sparsely freckled faintly in the disk with light greyish or reddish

Ephemeride@ from the Tenasserim Valley. 187

grey. Upper parts of the anterior femur dull reddish purple-
brown: a narrow stripe (of a like colour in the abdomen, but more
of a piceous tint in the thorax, where it is narrowest) extends
from the head along each side of the body to the 9th abdominal
segment.

3. Whitish ochre, more flavescent about the thorax, with
reddish brown or reddish purple-brown markings, comprising—a
fine median longitudinal line through the pronotum, continued
along the median suture of the mesonotum; the orbits of the
ocelli, and the greater part of the basal joints of the antennz; and
a longitudinal stripe of moderate width on each side of the body
from the pronotum to the 9th abdominal segment, which, com-
mencing opposite the back of the eyes, is arched on the pronotum,
and prolonged posteriorly below the wings. Sete flavescent for
some distance from the roots, and then very light ochreous, with
the joinings narrowly very light reddish purple; at the extreme
tip, a few of the joints (2 or 8) are minutely pilose. Legs light
yellowish amber-colour, except parts of the fore leg, viz., the
upper parts of the fore femur reddish purple-brown throughout ;
a small spot of the same colour underneath, just beyond the
middle, and another rather larger underneath at the tip, produce
annulations: tibia reddish purple-brown at the extreme base, but
dark purple or violet-carmine at the tip; 1st tarsal joint, and the
tips of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th joints also of this colour. In the fore
wing the cross-veinlets of the marginal area are rather broadly
and conspicuously bordered with light reddish pitch-brown ; the
bordering sometimes is partly dark-edged, and the colouring,
entirely permeating the costa and the terminal portion of the sub-
costa, spreads narrowly along both these nervures between the
spots or blotches; it also invades the extreme apex of the sub-
marginal area, and insinuates itself into the next area thereabouts
in near proximity to the radius, and the fore parts of the last two
or three cross-veinlets therein. The faintly coloured freckles in
the disk of the fore wing are disposed approximately in two linear
series—one of three freckles, posterior to the anal nervure, near
the bends or primary forks of its branches; the other of four
freckles, nearly parallel with the terminal margin, one of which is
at the bend or inner extremity of the intercalary nervure contained
within the fork of the prebrachial; there is also another freckle,
out of rank, at the bend or inner extremity of the first long inter-
calary nervure after the pobrachial that represents a postical ner-
vure. Hind wing spotless. Neuration for the most part light
yellow amber-colour ; but in the fore wing, the costa from the first
cross-veinlet onwards, the greater part of the subeosta towards the

188 Rev. A. E. Eaton on new species of

tip, and the radius near its extremity, are rufo-piceous or warm
amber-brown, as well as the cross-veinlets adjoining them, and
from certain standpoints many of the other cross-veinlets become
piceous. Cross-veinlets of the marginal area simple; in both
sexes about 24 in number.

@. Similar tothe g, but with the cross-veinlets in the disk
of the fore wing more generally piceous. Length of body, gf and
2 7; wing, ¢ 7, 2 9; sete, g 15 and 12—18 and 14, @ 11 mm.

3. Rhoénanthus amabilis, sp. nov.

Imago (dried), 3 .—Remarkable for the excessive smallness of
the forceps, which in both of the specimens are quite rudimentary.
Cross-veinlets of the fore wing pitch-brown, with narrow edging
of the same colour, which in some parts is triangularly dilated at
both ends of the veinlets, in other parts fills up meshes of the
reticulation so as to form small spots, and along the terminal
margin, where the neuration is closest, produces a cloudy marbled
reticulation. Thorax light pitch-brown, approaching intense raw
umber, modified on the mesonotum with a lighter tint. Abdomen
rather darker than the thorax at the sides and hinder borders of
the segments, but with dull whitish ochreous markings along the
middle of the dorsum, comprising, in segments 7—9, a rounded
median spot at the base, a dot on each side near the base, and two
dots on each side before the dark apical border of the segment.
Set white, with dark purple-madder annulations at the tips of the ~
joints : in the first seven joints from the roots, the dark colouring
largely predominates; after that, throughout the greater part of

Rhoénanthus amabdilis (Tenasserim Valley).

the seta, the annulations are alternately narrow and broad, one
joint being almost entirely white, and the next joint purple-
madder in its apical half, and so on; the last three or four joints
are pilose, asin Potamanthus. Forceps very minute; the limbs
2-jointed, much shorter than their distance apart, not exceeding
in length one-third of the width of the basis, and bemg much
smaller than the produced posterior lateral points of the 9th dorsal
segment; their colour white, but purple-madder just at the base.
Penis-lobes more minute than the forceps, filiform or subulate,

Ephemeride from the Tenasserim Valley. 189

with the tips incurved. Fore leg with the femur and the extreme
base of the tibia hght pitch-brown; the remainder whitish, with
the 1st tarsal joint, and the tips of the other joints, as well as that
of the tibia, rather broadly piceous. Hinder legs very light
yellow-amber, with an annulation at the extremity of the tibia,
the tips of the tarsal joints and the ungues piceous. Wings
vitreous, with piceous markings; the longitudinal neuration for
the most part whitish, the cross-veinlets in the fore wing and in
part of the hind wing piceous; the remaining neuration in the
hind wing whitish. In the fore wing the piceous markings
(referred to more in detail in the prefatory diagnosis above) tend
to be confluent transversely opposite the bulla of the subcosta,
and again nearer the base in the middle of the disk; there is also
asmall blotch at the commencement of the pterostigmatic region :
the marginal area contains about 7 cross-veinlets before and 17
beyond the bulla, nearly all simple. In the hind wing, besides
some lesser markings posterior to the cubitus, is a blotch or several
subconfluent spots on the cross-veinlets of the radial—sectorial
regions a little before the apex, a spot at the junction of the sector
and cubitus, and a large spot at the head of the intercalar nervure
contained within the fork of the prebrachial. Length of wing, 8 ;
sete, 25 mm.
4. Choroterpes exiguus, sp. nov.

Imago (dried), .—Body pitch-brown: venter in at least seg-
ments 5—S3 paler, and in the 9th segment rusty or ight burnt
umber-brown. Legs in two specimens light pitch- or bistre-
brown ; femora banded just beyond the middle broadly, and at the
knee narrowly, with a rather darker tint; in another specimen
they are banded broadly in the middle and narrowly at the tip
with pitch-black. Wings entirely vitreous, with light pitch-brown
neuration: fore wing with no cross-veinlets before the bulla in the
marginal area, but with 9—12 simple ones in the pterostigmatic
region. Set, inthe two specimens referred to above, sepia-brown 3
in the other specimen whitish, with the joinings narrowly black:
Forceps-limbs suddenly and broadly dilated in the basal half of
their basal joints. Penis-lobes narrow, lanceolate, and contiguous.
Length of wing, 6—6°5; sete about 10 mm.

5. Hagenulus monstratus, sp. nov.

Subimago (dried), fg .—Wings light blackish grey (ivory-black),
with most of the neuration of the same colour, but with the cross-
veinlets of the marginal and next two areas of the fore wing
bordered more or less broadly with pitch-black, broadest in the

TRANS. ENT. S80C. LOND. 1892.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) P

190 Ephemeride from the Tenasserim Valley.

first half of the marginal area: in the same area, a blot of this
colour embraces about four cross-veinlets in the middle of the
pterostigmatie region; in the area next below the submarginal
area, a spot at the bulla includes two cross-veinlets, and another
at the apex about three cross-veinlets.

Imago (dried), ?.—Body pitch-brown. Femora pitch-brown,
with a narrow impure whitish annulation a little beyond the
middle: tibise and tarsi brownish white, with the knee whitish ;
the fore tibia just below the knee and again at the tip narrowly
and faintly annulated with light brown. Set whitish, rather
broadly annulated with blackish at the bases of most of the joints.
Ventral lobe of the 9th abdominal segment bifid: the 7th ventral
segment unprovided with an egg-valve. Wings vitreous ; the fore
wings with pitch-black markings associated with the cross-veinlets.
The most conspicuous of these markings are produced by the very
broad bordering of the cross-veinlets in the marginal, submarginal,
and the adjoining areas, which in places forms quadrangular or
subquadrate spots ; some of these in the basal halves of the areas
in question, also in the middle of the pterostigmatic region, and
again in the two areas which follow that, coalesce into large
irregular blotches: posterior to the sector throughout the disk the
edging of the cross-veinlets is very narrow, and in many instances
only on the exterior side of the veinlet; and here the cross-
veinlets are arranged in about ten broken subparallel curved trans-
verse series at rather regular intervals. The marginal area of the
fore wing contains about three cross-veinlets before the bulla and
ten beyond it; those in the pterostigmatic region are distinct and
fairly straight. Length of wing, 5mm.

The remaining genera represented in this collection
from Tenasserim are:—Bactis by a single 3 subim. of
small dimensions ; Chirotonetes by a fragmentary 3 im-
in no way remarkable; and Heptagenia by two species,
—four g im. and four subim. of one, and a subim. of
the other species. Hitherto the genus Potamanthus has
been known only as an European and N. American
genus, éhoénanthus from the Malay Archipelago, Choro-
terpes from Europe and America, Hagenulus from the
Island of Cuba, and Chirotonetes from America, Japan,
Europe, and Sumatra.

Cargo)

X. On some eggs of Hemiptera. By Davin Suarp, M.A.,
M.B., F.R.S., &e.

|Read May 11th, 1892.]

Puates VIII. & IX.

THE remarkable examples of the eggs of insects I am
about to describe were procured by the late Mr. Neville
Goodman, of Cambridge, in the Valley of the Amazons.
Mr. Goodman made a journey to that locality in the
year 1879, being accompanied by his son Roger, and
remained there from Sept. 26th to the end of December ;
during which time he formed, with the assistance of his
son, an interesting collection of various orders of insects.
After the decease of Mr. Goodman, his son, Mr. Roger
Goodman, M.A., presented this collection to the Uni-
versity of Cambridge; and, on taking possession of the
collection for preservation in the University Museum,
my attention was attracted by a small object of a some-
what unusual nature.

The specimen had the appearance of a small wasp
attached by the wings to a mass on a leaf, and on the
wings of the wasp where it was attached were a number
of small insects crowded together indiscriminately. On
a closer examination it was seen that these small insects
consisted of a number of two species of Ichneumonide,
and some minute creatures that appeared to be made of
legs and antenne ; these latter, on more careful com-
parison, were seen to be specimens of some species of
Hemiptera-Heteroptera, just hatched from the egg, and
with the abdomen quite shrivelled up.

The glimpse I could obtain of the central mass was
very imperfect, but, as it seemed to be a cluster of insect
egos of a very unusual nature, I felt desirous of making
further acquaintance with it; and, foreseeing that in so
doing I should necessarily derange the natural position
of the various parts of the specimen, I before doing so
placed it in the hands of Mr. E. Wilson, who made of it

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PART II. (NOV.) Q

192 Dr. D. Sharp on some

the very good sketch from which fig. 1, Plate VIII., is
taken.

On removing some of the superincumbent small
insects, the central mass could be partly seen, and it
could be noticed that it consisted of a densely packed
mass of columnar bodies, probably about one hundred
in number. A portion of this mass is seen in fig. 2,
Plate VIII.

The fact that some of the small insects were newly-
hatched Hemiptera suggested that this mass of columnar
bodies might be the eggs from which the bugs had
emerged, but if so, they were clearly eggs of a most
peculiar nature, for they consisted of two tiers or stories,
and moreover, attached to the mass, there were some
peculiar bodies having more the appearance of the styles
and stigma, of a flower than of anything I was acquainted
with in the insect world.

In order to get a better view of the object the wings of
the wasp were displaced so that the upper surface was
displayed, and a still more curious and problematic set
of structures was revealed; for it was seen that the
upper extremity of each egg of the two external series
presented the appearance of a capsular body with an
orifice in the middle, while the eggs in the centre had
their free tops split up into ligule, and some of these
latter were curled over, and were seen to embrace the
peculiar floral-like structures I have already mentioned.
Fig. 3 gives a view of a portion of the upper surface of
the mass.

I then sent some of the small Hymenoptera to Mr.
Peter Cameron, who was kind enough to inform me that
they consisted of two species of the genus T'elenomus,
known to hymenopterologists as inquilines in the eggs
of bugs. Mr. Cameron has since described them under
the names of T. melanogaster and T’.. amazonica (Mem.
Manchester Soc. 1891).

The probability that the columnar objects were the
eggs of a bug was much increased by this fact, and
became certainty on my observing that from the upper
surfaces of several of the objects the young bugs were
actually projecting, having, in fact, been killed, and
arrested in the act of emerging from the egg. <A few of
the eggs were then detached from the mass, and sub-
mitted to examination to ascertain their structure; and

eggs of Hemiptera. 193

on this being done, it appeared that each egg was an
object similar to that of which a longitudinal section is
shown in fig. 4, Plate IX.

Kach egg is, in fact, a cylinder divided into two tiers,
the lower of which is about two-thirds of the whole
length, and is the egg proper; while the upper tier is a
capsule containing the peculiar floral object. This cap-
sule and its contents are of so remarkable a nature, and
their functions are so problematical, that I think it
advisable to describe their structure, so far as I have
been able to observe it. The capsule is somewhat con-
stricted in the middle, and the orifice at the top (fig. 4, 0)
forms the entrance to a dependent tube, which hangs
down nearly as far as the middle of the length of the
capsule.

The structure contained in the capsule I will call the
cone; a section of it is shown in fig. 5, Plate IX. It is
a quite hard structure of almost glassy consistency ;
it is not regularly conical in form, but is more like a
truncated cone surmounted by a spike; from the sides
of the part where the truncation occurs there extends a
delicate lace-work structure, becoming divergent as it
ascends, and coming into contact with the sides of the
capsule, with which, indeed, the delicate lace-work is
almost certainly continuous.

The chamber occupying the lower part of the cylinder
is the egg proper, in which the embryo is developed. In
fig. 6 is explained the way in which the insect emerges;
the embryo, pushing upwards, lifts the cone contained
in the superior capsule, whose point, as we have seen,
projects into the dependent tube of the capsule, and the
capsule is thus ruptured, as exhibited in b, fig. 6; the
embryo, continuing to ascend, the cone is pushed out of
the capsule (c, fig. 6), and falls away, and the insect then
emerges, leaving the empty egg-shell, as shown in d,
fie. 6.

The bunch of eggs, of which I am writing, had been
killed by Mr. Goodman at exactly the right moment for
allowing us to understand this process of emergence, the
various stages of the act being displayed on different
parts of this example.

The parasitic Hymenoptera had also just emerged ;
the holes they had made for this purpose are displayed
at the lower part of fig. 2, and above them are aa some

Q s

194 Dr. D. Sharp on some

of the cones that have fallen out from the capsules, and
have adhered to the sticky substance with which the
whole of the outer surface of the egg-mass is smeared ;
the lower part of the mass being very thickly plastered
with such substance.

The fact that the two outer series of eggs are intact as
to their capsules is explained by the presence of the
destroying Hymenoptera, the mothers of these having
been able to place their eggs only in the two series of
the hemipterous eggs next the outside, the others being
protected by their more internal position in the closely-
packed mass; the tops of the eggs are, of course, pro-
tected by the capsules and the cones contained therein,
and the lower faces of the eggs by the leaf on which the
mass is placed, so that only the outer two layers of the
bugs’ eggs have been within reach of the ovipositor of
the female Hymenoptera.

We have seen that there are two species of these
hymenopterous destroyers; perhaps one may have a
longer ovipositor than the other, and so be able to reach
the second row of eges; or it may be that the two rows
of eggs are pierced indiscriminately by each of the two
destroying species.

We have thus accounted for the presence of the bugs
and of the Hymenoptera in this curious entomological
specimen, but we have not alluded to the large wasp
depicted in fig. 1, and we cannot but feel some curiosity
to know what part this has played in the drama. Of
course this should be settled by actual observation. The
presence of the wasp may be purely fortuitous; it may
have become accidentally entangled in the sticky mass,
and have been unable to disentangle itself. But this
method of accounting for its presence does not appear at
all probable, for, as will be observed on reference to
fig. 1, the wasp is reposing on one side, and is attached
by the tip of one wing to the lower part of the mass on
which the adhesive matter I have alluded to is so abun-
dantly placed; and, as its position does not look like
one into which it could have got by means of accidental
entanglement, I incline rather to the supposition that
the wasp was stuck in its position by the parent bug as
a meal for its future offspring when they should be
hatched. This supposition is supported not only by the
position of the wasp, but also by some other facts, viz. :

eggs of Hemiptera. 195

—1, that the bug is of a carnivorous nature (belonging,
doubtless, to the Reduviide, though the species is not
known); 2, that the newly-hatched bugs are mere
skeletons, apparently almost all external organisation,
with the abdomen destitute of any contents, so that
they would be urgently in need of a supply of food ; and
3, the fact that the wasp has a slit made on the back of
its thorax, so that the young bugs could plunge their
rostra without any difficulty into the interior of the
wasp.

The Reduviid bugs have some of them the power of
inflicting a wound that has a very numbing effect. It
might well be, then, that the wasp was mastered by the
parent bug, who split the wasp’s thorax with its rostrum,
benumbed it by the same process, and then attached it
to the egg-mass asa store of food to start the newly-
hatched young bugs on their journey through life. This,
however, is purely supposition, though I hope it may be
some day confirméd by the observation of a naturalist
who shall be so happy as to have the opportunity of
watching the habits of Reduviid bugs in the Amazon
Valley.

But the chief interest in these bugs’ eggs is connected
with the peculiar capsule and its contained cone, and we
cannot but ask what can be the function of this beautiful
and complex structure. The answer that would be
given by those who are acquainted with Leuckart’s paper
“On the Micropyle, and the minute structure of the
Kgg-shell in Insect’s Eggs’ (Muller’s Arch. f. Anat.
Phys., 1855), would be that it is a micropyle-apparatus
of the most complex and perfect character ; and on the
whole I am inclined to believe that this solution, extra-
ordinary as it may seem to be, is likely to prove, at any
rate, partially correct; but it must be admitted that
there is considerable doubt about it, and that some other
purpose is also served by the structure.

A micropyle is a canal through an egg-shell, by
which the entry of a spermatozoon to the egg is facili-
tated ; nothing can be simpler than that arrangement,
and one does not see any reason why it should be de-
parted from to give place to an extraordinarily large and
complex apparatus that the spermatozoon must traverse
before arriving at its destination. The capsule and the
cone contained in it are no doubt fabricated in the

196 Dr. D. Sharp on some

ovarian passages of the mother, and, on looking at our
figures, it must appear a mystery how such a structure
as is there represented can facilitate the entry of one or
more spermatozoa to the egg, while the structure is
passing through the maternal oviduct.

Leuckart, who is almost our sole source of informa-
tion as to structures of this nature, has figured, in a
rough manner, a number of eggs of bugs, l. c., pl. vill,
ff. 1—26. These exhibit a great variety of structures
at the upper pole of the egg, but only one at all re-
sembles our Amazonian egg in the mechanical arrange-
ment of the apparatus; the resemblance, however, so far
as one can judge, is but a distant one. The egg in
question (f. 16, pl. vill.) is that of Phytocoris viridis.

Leuckart has not, however, given such an account of
the intimate structure of the egg as would allow any
valuable opinion to be formed as to the functions of the
part he roughly figures, and he remained himself in
doubt on this point, as will be seen by a passage on
p. 149, t.c., where he says:—‘‘I do not know how to
give any satisfactory conclusion as to the meaning of
this wonderful apparatus: that its object should be to
open (or unfold) the cover seems scarcely credible ; one
would, indeed, much rather suppose that it served as a
support to the cover, especially as this latter is only
very loosely inserted. Meanwhile, it remains doubtful
whether the sole function of this structure consists in
this.”

A brief account of the structure of the capsule and its
contents, in the case of the Amazonian Reduviid, is
therefore desirable ; but there is considerable difficulty
attending the examination of these eggs after they have
been long dried, and covered as they are externally by a
gummy matter. The form of the capsule will be per-
ceived by reference to the section shown in fig. 4; the
wall of the capsule (fig. 4c and fig. 8b) is a piece of lace-
work, the meshes of which are completely filled up by
some other substance, reminding one of what exists
in dried leaves or husks of some seeds. The walls of
this capsule are apparently impervious, and the only
means of entrance to the interior of the capsule is by the
dependent tubule at the summit.

The ‘‘cone” in the interior of the capsule is shown in
section in fig. 5; it apparently consists of a series of

eggs of Hemaptera. 197

closely-packed tubes, some of which extend from the
sides of the spike at the summit to the base of the cone,
while others open at the sides of the cone, but appa-
rently also communicate with the shallow chamber at
the base of the cone ; this chamber, c of fig. 5, is closed
in below by a peculiar transparent plate, having the
appearance of a piece of mica; this plate, though itself
quite impervious, is so transparent that it allows the
meshwork of the surface above it to be seen, as shown
in fig. 7. From the point at which the cone is narrowed
or truncated there extends outwards a beautiful trans-
parent lace-work of rather larger meshes ; this lace-work
becomes more delicate as it diverges, and is perhaps, at
its termination, actually continuous with the mesh-work
of the inner wall of the capsule. The whole of the
system of canals in the cone apparently converges to the
chamber ¢, fig. 5; in the figure in question the section
of this chamber is shown to “be limited by a wall on each
side, but I am very doubtful whether that wall (d) really
exists; I think it will ultimately prove that the trans-
parent plate (m), forming the floor of the cone, is not
really part of the cone, “but is a peculiarly developed
part of the inner membrane of the egg, and that the
cone is merely loosely set on this, and that the two,
though lifted up together by the emerging insect, have
no actual continuity.

Supposing the cone to be a system of tubes giving
entrance to air or other matter, then this substance will
have to find its way into the interior of the egg proper
by a gap or system of canals extending round the egg on
the inside of the capsule at the spot marked f in fig. 4.
Now it is at this spot, judging from what I have observed
in the egg of another bug, LPiezosternum subulatum, and
from the figures of Leuckart, t.c., pl. vii, ff. 6, 14, &e.,
that I should expect the true micropyle canals to exist ;
it seems, therefore, quite possible that, though distinct
from the true micropyles, the cone may be a means of
communicating with them.

In the absence of any direct observation, it is useless
to indulge in further speculation on what the function of
these wonderful cones may be; it seems in the highest
degree improbable that they can be simple in their
function, possessing as they do so great a development,
and it is more probable that they serve two or even three

198 Dr. D. Sharp on some

purposes. That the peculiar capsule and its contents
can be looked on as mere evolutions of the simple micro-
pyle is almost impossible, unless some very peculiar or
complex function is subserved by them.

Some time ago I exhibited the egg of another bug to
this Society (cf. Proc. Ent. Soc., 1889, p. i). This egg is
also of a very peculiar character; it possesses at one
end a series of circumferential projections like small
nails partially driven in; and also a peculiar flask-like
structure in the middle, and quite isolated from the nail-
like bodies ; these latter are, I have no doubt, micro-
pyles, as I have been able to see the canal extending
through one or two of them to the interior of the egg.
What the middle flask-like object may be I am unable
to say, but I think it quite probable that its function
may be partially the same as the capsule and cone of
the Amazonian Reduviid; the wall of the flask repre-
senting the wall of the Reduviid capsule, and a substance
that can be dimly perceived within the flask-wall seated
at its base being, perhaps, similar in its function to the
cone of the Reduviid bug. Fig. 9, Plate VIII., repre-
sents this egg of Prezosternum subulatum, a being the
nail-like objects, and b the flask-like structure.

EXPLANATION oF Puates VIII. & IX.

Fies. 1 to 8 relate to the eggs of a Reduviid bug of unknown
species, and fig. 9 to the egg of Piezosternwm subulatum (Penta-
tomide).

Fie. 1, Plate VIII.—Sketch of the egg-mass of Reduviid hemip-
teron with wasp adherent to it by the wings, and with a crowd of
parasitic Proctotrupid@ and newly-emerged Reduviids.

Fig. 2, Plate VIII.—Portion of the same egg-mass, showing the
two outer circles of eggs, from which Hymenoptera have emerged
at the holes marked h; a, egg situated near the centre, in which a
bug is beginning the process of emergence by lifting a cone; e,
cones that have fallen from eggs during the process of emergence,
and become entangled in the sticky substance with which the eggs
are covered.

Via. 8, Plate VIII.—Portion of the same egg-mass, showing,
a, eggs with capsules ruptured by the process of emergence of the

eggs of Hemiptera. 199

young bugs; 6, the capsules intact (the interior of the egg having
been eaten by Hymenoptera).

Fic. 4, Plate IX.—Outline of one egg, seen in partial section
(the capsule, c, being divided, and a portion of the lattice-work
broken away) ; @, the cone surmounted by its spine projecting into
the entrance-tube, 0, of the capsule; 6, lace or latiice-work (par-
tially broken away), connecting the cone with the wall of the cap-
sule; d, portion of the egg in which the embryo is developed.

Fic. 5, Plate IX.—Longitudinal section of a cone, showing its
tubular structure and the small transverse space below it, with
which all the tubes communicate; a, body of the cone; J, lattice-
work that connected it with capsule; c, transverse inferior space or
chamber; d, circumferential wall of this chamber.

Fie. 6, Plate IX.—Egegs, showing the mode of emergence; a,
egg intact, with cone in the capsule above the embryo-chamber
undisturbed; 6, the young insect commencing to emerge, and
rupturing the capsule by elevation of the cone; ¢, the young
insect just emerging, with cone falling away; d, empty ege-shell.

Fic. 7, Plate IX.—The cone and its lattice-work removed from
the capsule.

Fic. 8, Plate IX.—Portion of egg at the point of contact of the
various parts; a, wall of the embryo chamber ; 0, wall of capsule ;
c, cone in the interior of capsule.

Fie. 9, Plate VIII.—Egg of Piezosternum subulatum (taken
from interior of body), referred to in Proc. Ent. Soc., 1889, p. 1;
a, nail-like objects, probably micropyles; 0, vase-like structure of
unknown function.

Joa te © oo er
ee ane Snir - At

— te Gale a ayried pape, i) es

® &
’

a = % : a —
; rae fs a Los ere
pl Late Poa > 4 Tee a
_ ele See a ar ey - 7
7 32 = % cn » ia
«

cube 2
ass aN oe ; ‘ay
fs go eee
3] (Ay ii ere
=. en nea Ales oaradary yee, -
le ie of Se eee® : a. Joe roe _ = aan a
eS ge) gan SP 2 REN rea Vt ig atest ee
i. 7 cs : ie “A P +, oe ie
Pe oer Wis tues bore pena eee teal
= * : ray a Lae oe ae a € a5
a os ; 7 ae - Vibed. 9 Shall Pie afydicks ee
> = a * ive oa nw a ai ce 7 es Seer Ts —_ 7
Be tes ote ey ay oi en a een ae
i. - Ae al ha ee rents, 162.2 > ey ee ts Pane Wt - i i a
me ee
aM Wins an Ay ” ; A oO fa ie ae 7 = iq)
7 7 : a “e we. — us 7 ies, NG ae 7. See + _, a 45 © he aN

a) © oon a eee
- ;

Ca20ly)

XI. On a new and also on a little-known species of
Pseudacreea in the collection of the Hon. Walter
Rothschild. By. Arraur G. Butusr, F.L.8., and
The Hon. Wauter Roruscuinp, F.Z.S.

[Read June Ist, 1892.]

PLATE X.
Pseudacrea Clarkii, Butler; and P. Poggei, Daw.

Pseudacrea Clarku.

g. Prevailing colour of upper surface of wings reddish tawny
(probably rosy carmine in freshly emerged examples); primaries
with the apical two-fifths and a rather broad and regular outer
border greyish olive-brown; an oblique quadrangular quadrifid
patch of the ground colour half-way between the discoidal cell and
the apex; veins and internervular folds black; a black streak in
the cell just above the median vein ; internervular streaks on the
median interspaces very wide, that on the upper space tapering
towards the cell, that on the lower space widening and obliquely
truncated ; the streak on the interno-median area confined to the
basal half of the wing, very broad and obliquely truncated towards
the base, its outer extremity curved round in a loop, which runs
along the inner margin to the base; secondaries with greyish
olivaceous costal border, interrupted near apex by an oblique
whitey-brown streak ; eight black spots on the basal half, one large
within the cell near the base, followed by a small one just above
the median vein; four large subconfluent black spots crossing the
end of the cell from the first subcostal branch to the submedian
vein, and two small spots beyond this series above the second
subcostal and third median branches; abdominal border sordid
white, interrupted by smoky-brown veins; a small white spot at
base of interno-median area; external border rather broadly
blackish, with dentate-sinuate inner edge, and enclosing about
eight ill-defined whitish spots in pairs; body black; four white
dots on the head, two pale ochreous spots on the collar, tegule and
sides of thorax spotted with whitish; abdomen spotted laterally
with ochreous, and with a longitudinal interrupted white stripe

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PpaRT UI. (NOV.)

‘

202 Hon. W. Rothschild on a new and also

below the lateral series of spots; primaries below altogether paler
than above ; the ground colour rosy flesh-coloured; the darker
area grey; veins and internervular streaks black as above, a sub-
marginal black streak towards external angle, followed by four
whitish dots; secondaries with the basi-abdominal area pale
greenish sulphur; with black spots, and an interno-median streak
arranged in four oblique series; discal area rosy flesh-coloured ;
external border less black than above, and enclosing twelve elon-
gated greyish white spots, in pairs between the nervures; palpi
black, with a broad lateral buff stripe; pectus blackish, spotted
with pale buff; legs buff, the femora black above; venter buff,
margined with blackish. Expanse of wings, 81 mm.

Hab. Wokolele, Congo R. Collected by Rev. James
Clark.

Pseudacrea (Panopea) Pogget.

This wonderful species closely mimics Danais (Limnas)
chrysippus, and also the mimic of the latter, Diadema
nusippus.

3. Basal two-thirds of fore wings bright orange-tawny ; apical
third brownish black, striated as in Pseudacre@a (Panopea) Dela-
goe and allies, and crossed by a broad oblique white band, broken
into three arrow-shaped and almost equal patches by the black
nervures, and followed by four minute white dots, forming an
interrupted submarginal series, followed in their turn by two
indistinct whitish specks ; apical end of discoidal cell enclosed by
a black crescentic bar, the black of the apex running out into a
thin marginal band, with chequered white fringe up to the inner
angle. Hind wings paler tawny, more inclining to yellow; mar-
ginal band black; one round black spot at base of discoidal cell,
and three similar spots at the base of the three branches of the
median nervure; nervures of all four wings black, broadening
at the margins. Under side similar, but all markings more dis-
tinct, and the colours much paler; nervures of hind wings white,
and the four black spots and marginal band outlined white.
Striations of apex of fore wings whitish grey. Antenne, body,
and head black, with two rows of white spots on head and thorax ;
abdomen spotted yellow. Expanse, 3 in.

Hab. Angola.

on alittle-known spectes of Pseudacrea. 208

EXXPLANATION OF PuatE X.

Fie. 1. Pseudacrea Clarkii.
la. Under side of ditto.
2. Pseudacrea Pogget.
2a. Under side of ditto.

( 205 )

XI. On Variation in the Colour of Cocoons, Pupe, and
Larve: further experiments. By Wiiuiam Bareson,
M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge.
Communicated by Dr. Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S.

[Read October 5th, 1892.]

I. The colour of the cocoons of Saturnia carpini.

In the Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, Part I., p. 45,
I gave an account of some experiments touching the
variation of the colour of the cocoons of the Small
Egger (Eriogaster lanestris), and of the Emperor Moth
(Saturnia carpini). It has been stated by Poulton* and
others that the familiar variation of these cocoons, from
coffee-brown to a cream-white colour, takes place in
accordance with the substances to which the cocoons
are attached, and the inference was suggested that this
variation in colour was a protective adaptation to render
the cocoons inconspicuous. The evidence which I|
brought forward went to show that the statement that
there is any relation between the colour of these cocoons
and that of the substances, to which they are attached,
was founded on a mistake. In the case of Hriogaster,
experiment showed

(1) That caterpillars left to spin in the leaves of
the food-plant (hawthorn) spin dark cocoons.

(2) That caterpillars taken away from their food
and shut up spin light cocoons, whether the sur-
roundings in which they are confined are black
or white.

(3) That caterpillars which of their own choice
crawl into and spin in white paper placed amongst
their leaves spin dark cocoons.

From these results it was to be concluded that the
cause determining the production of light cocoons was
removal from the food, or the state of annoyance in-
cident to such removal, and that in fact the lght-

* EK. B. Poulton, ‘Colours of Animals,’ pp. 142—146.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1892,—PaRT III. (NOV.)

206 Mr. W. Bateson on Variation in the

coloured cocoon was an abnormal product resulting from
unhealthy conditions.

As regards S. carpini, of the three points given above
the second was fully established. No caterpillar which
was removed and shut up spun a dark cocoon. The
other two points were not fully established, for, while
all the cocoons which I could find wild in the hedges
were dark, few comparatively of those fed in captivity
spun cocoons of full colour. Several of these, however,
were attached to white paper, as in (3).

Lastly, in the ease both of Hriogaster and S. carpini,
there was evidence to show a strong probability that the
colouring matter was derived from the contents of the
alimentary canal, and that in the case of the light
cocoons this substance was either evacuated, or not
produced, or possibly absorbed. Two points, therefore,
remained for further investigation; first, whether S.
carpivi, if in healthy circumstances, will spin dark
cocoons independently of the colour of its surroundings;
and secondly, the far more important question of the
nature and origin of the colouring substance. To the
solutions of both of these questions the evidence to be
given contributes.

(1). From two batches of eggs I reared about 140
larvee of S. carpini. Supposing that my larve had not
been under good conditions last year, I resolved this
year to sleeve them on a bush in the open air. On the
2nd of July, therefore, when they had made their last
moult, I divided them into two lots, A and B.

A. Sixty-six larvee were placed on a large branch of
hawthorn in the Botanic Garden, and were covered with
a large sleeve of white muslin. Into this sleeve I put a
considerable quantity of crumpled white paper, arranging
it so that the paper lay thickly amongst the leaves. In
the autumn, when all had spun, I opened the sleeve,
and counted the cocoons, numbering 58, the remainder
having presumably escaped. . Of these—

7 were spun on the white sleeve.

18 were spun in the white paper, or between it and
the sleeve.

19 were spun partially attached to the white paper
and partly to twigs, &e.

9 were spun on leaves or twigs, not attached to the
white paper or sleeve.

colour of cocoons, pupa, and larve. 207

With one exception all these cocoons are of the full dark
colour. The exception is also a brown cocoon, but it is
very thin and deficient in substance, and consequently
of rather a lighter colour. It is one of the 19 named
above.

B. Forty-four larve were enclosed in a sleeve of black
muslin, and placed on another branch of the same bush.
Into this sleeve I put a quantity of crumpled brown
paper, of the darkest colour I could get. On opening
this sleeve in September, I found 48 cocoons, namely—

2 in brown paper.

1 between paper and leaves.

4 on the black sleeve.

81 in the leaves, or massed against each other.

All these were of the full dark colour. I should say that
the brown paper had become so much bleached by ex-
posure to weather that it could scarcely be called brown.

This experiment must, I think, be considered to show
conclusively that there is no relation between the colour
of the cocoons of S. carpini and that of the substances
to which they are attached. We need not therefore, in
this case, consider the difficult problem whether, if such
a relation did exist, it might or might not be properly
considered a protective device.

(2). As to the origin of the colouring substance, I
have satisfied myself that it is obtained from the con-
tents of the alimentary canal. This conclusion is made
for the following reasons :—

(a). The white cocoons are thin and papery, while the
dark cocoons are stiff and very shiny, on the inside
especially, looking as if they had been stiffened with
brown size.

(b). In the case of some brown cocoons spun against
white paper, there was a brown stain on the paper, as
though a brown fluid had oozed through.

(c). In the case of a majority of larve, which, in 1891,
spun white cocoons, there was evidence to show that an
evacuation of the contents of the alimentary canal had
taken place.

(d). This evacuation is, when still wet, of a reddish
brown colour, of a viscous consistency, and contains
small pieces of chewed leaves, and sometimes half-
formed feces.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaART III. (NOV.) R

208 Mr. W. Bateson on Variation in the

(e). On opening a larva, whether young or nearly full-
fed, the contents of the alimentary canal are bright
green, but upon exposure to the air they turn to the
red-brown colour of the evacuations seen in the breeding-
cages. By washing out the contents of the alimentary
canal, and filtering out the débris of food, a clear green
filtrate was produced, which turned red-brown in the
course of some minutes. There can be no doubt that
this change is connected with oxidation, for it takes
place more rapidly if the test-tube containing the fluid is
shaken, and immediately if yellow nitric acid is added.
Moreover, if the contents of the alimentary canal are
placed on a glass plate, the surface soon turns in colour,
while the lower part next the plate may be seen to be
still green. The change from green to red therefore
results from oxidation.

The actual origin of this colouring matter in the
alimentary canal is not easy to determine. There are
two chief possibilities ; first, that the green colour is a
substance (such as bile, for example) secreted by the
animal; or, secondly, that it is formed from the food.
The first of these is almost certainly disproved by the
fact that there is no green substance in the walls of the
gut, or in the tissue adjacent to it, which undergoes the
change described; whereas, if the substance were the
result of secretion, it would be expected that this would
be the case. Filling the tissue-spaces surrounding the
gut there is indeed a green fluid, but this retains its
colour on exposure unchanged, not even turning to
black, as do the body-cavity fluids of so many larve.

If, then, the colouring substance is not a secreted
body, but is formed in some way by digestion from the
food, the question naturally suggests itself, is it a
chlorophyll product? That this is so is on the whole
likely, but I know no way by which it might be proved
to be so. or since the whole gut is filled with chewed
leaves, there is of necessity much chlorophyll present,
and it is not possible to obtain the colouring substance
free from chlorophyll.

In this connexion it should be remembered that the
brown colour of the cocoons is a very good match with
the brown to which hawthorn leaves turn in winter,
and it is not unlikely that the change from green to
brown undergone by the colouring substance of the

colour of cocoons, pupe@, and larve. 209

cocoons may be akin to that which takes place in the
leaves. This suggestion is, of course, merely made
for what it is worth.

If the contents of the gut are dried, the brown sub-
stance remains perfectly soluble in water.

(f). The proof that the green colouring matter from
the gut is used to dye the cocoon brown rests on the
following observations :—If a larva is irritated it ejects
from the mouth a green glairy fluid, which turns red-
brown, like the contents of the gut. If a piece of a
white cocoon be laid in this fluid for some minutes, it soon
acquires the brown colour of a brown cocoon, from which
it is indistinguishable. The same is true of a fibre of
silk drawn from a spinning animal, which can be dyed
in the same way. The colour is then insoluble, and
cannot be washed out, having stained the silk like a
mordant. In the previous experiments, in 1891, I was
puzzled by finding the colour soluble in the evacuations,
but insoluble in the cocoons; but this is no doubt the
explanation.

(g). Lastly, it is to be considered how the colour gets
from the animal’s gut to the silk. As to this, I have no
decisive evidence. I know that a caterpillar may spin
brown threads without touching them with the posterior
end of the body, and it is therefore clear that the colour
may be given out from the mouth, just as it is when the
larva is irritated. But the appearance of the interior
of a cocoon rather suggests that a large quantity of the
size-like matter has been poured out at once. It seems
possible, therefore, that there may be a final discharge
from the intestine after the cocoon is finished. I am
inclined to think that some of the threads are often
spun white, and smeared with the colour afterwards, for
I have seen threads of a cocoon lately begun, first white
and then brown after an absence of an hour, and the
animal may often be seen, as it were, ‘“‘ mouthing ”’ over
its threads. This is not always the case, for I have seen
very dark threads lying adherent to the surface of paper,
in such a position that they could not have been gone
over again without staining the paper, but must have
been put down brown while still viscous.

I think, then, it may be safely concluded (1), that
the brown colour of the cocoons is derived from_ the
alimentary canal; (2), that it is produced in ie diges-

R

210 Mr. W. Bateson on Variation in the

tion of the food, and that it is probably a chlorophyll-
derivative ; (3), that it is imparted to the silk from the
mouth of the larva, and perhaps by evacuation from the
intestine also.

I have to thank Dr. A. Sheridan Lea for kindly ad-
vising me in the examination of this substance.

II. The colours of pupe of Vanessa urtice.

The pup of V. urtice and of some other butterflies
are known to be sometimes much pigmented, and some-
times very light, with little or no pigment. Apart from
the pigmentation, they also vary greatly in the extent
and brightness of the metallic lustre, which is so marked
a feature of these forms. Poulton* has described experi-
ments showing that there is a relation between these
variations and the colours of the linings of the cages in
which the larve pupated. In the past summer I made
experiments of the same kind on V. urtice, and the
results fully bore out Poulton’s account, to which I can
add little.

The larve were collected when about half-grown, and
were put into shallow cardboard boxes, through one end
of which the stem of a nettle was passed. The boxes
were lined with one or other of the following papers :—
(1) gilt, (2) silver, (8) yellow, (4) white, (5) black, or (6)
painted with Indian ink. The face of each box was
covered with a pane of glass, and the boxes were all
placed upright in a row facing a south window. During
the three weeks through which the experiments con-
tinued there was generally a bright sun, so that the
boxes became very hot. In some of them there was a
good ventilation maintained, while others were kept very
close, so that by the transpiration from the plant the
atmosphere of the box was saturated with moisture,
which also trickled continually down the glass. I did
not find that the condition of moisture or dryness
affected the colours of the pupe. It is perhaps un-
necessary that these experiments should be described in
detail, as Poulton’s description is complete.

One series of experiments, made by way of control,
have, however, some interest, as materially confirming
the view that the change in the colours is really due to

* E. B. Poulton, Phil. Trans., 1887, vol. clxxviii., B, p. 311.

colour of cocoons, pupe, and larve. 211

the action of light. A number of larve were shut in
silt boxes as described, and these were immediately
placed ina dark, closed cupboard, which was not opened
again until the larve had pupated. With few exceptions
all these pup belonged to the darkest class (see table).
Other larve were put in a black box and similarly
treated, with the same result.

The larve were collected from various places round
Cambridge, and belonged to some dozen or more batches
of larve, but I distributed the families among the boxes
so as to test the existence of any congenital differences
as regards pupal colour, but found none.

Some interest attaches to the fact that the great pro-
portion of larve collected by me were infested with
Tachine. Probably, in round numbers, five or six
larve died from Tachina for one that pupated, but those
that did pupate almost without exception emerged.
There is therefore no reason to suppose that either the
gilt pupe or the dark ones are diseased.

Mucu Picmentr. | Some Picuenr. eee
Amount - Tl
of None.| Some. | Much. ||None.| Some. | Much. |None. Some. Much.
Gilding. |
see bs a ee | == |-——-
Gold paper... 2 | 2 5 ) 9 14
Silver do. .. 2 2 Dieai|| Pome
White do. .. 4 | Qoale ee?
Yellow do. .. 1 5
Black do. ..| 9 5) 1 1
Indian Ink ..| 10 6 1 2 3 Hal 2
Shut in the |
dark :— |
Gold ence ee 26 3 | 1 | ||
IIRC Ses bon i) | |

Taken together—gold, silver, yellow, and white papers gave
2 dark, 16 moderate, 23 light; black paper and Indian ink gave
31 dark, 5 moderate, 3 light; gilt paper, shut in the dark, gave
29 dark, 1 moderate; black paper, shut in the dark, gave 9 dark.

There are, of course, two things to be thought of:
first, the pigmentation ; secondly, the metallic colours.
As the table shows, both these qualities seem to be
affected by the surroundings. As Poulton has men-
tioned, the metallic appearance is an interference-colour,
disappearing when the pupe are dried, returning when

‘

Hf I Mr. W. Bateson on Variation in the

they are wetted. Of the physiology of these phenomena
I have gleaned no hint at all.

The whole question touching the putative utility of
these colours as a protection, seems to me an unprofitable
field for study. As to the enemies of these creatures,
other than insect-parasites, there is almost no evidence,
and as to the senses by means of which these parasites
seek their prey, there is still less. Of enemies to any of
these forms in the pupal state, there is, so far as I know,
no direct evidence at all. The pupal state is very short,
lasting about a fortnight or three weeks, according to the
weather, and the view that these peculiar colours have
been developed by these creatures to conceal them from
imaginary enemies during that brief time is, in my
judgment, quite unsupported by fact. This view is
applied to the case of these pupe by an indiscriminate
extension of deductions made in other cases fairly
enough, as, for example, in that of the larve of A. betu-
laria (v. infra).

After experience of these pup, the doubt whether the
metallic colour can in any way lead to their concealment
is stronger than it was. The gilded pupe, so far as I
can see, do not by reason of their gilding approximate
to the appearance of any natural substance, either of
flakes of mica, or to the dried slime left by slugs, or to
any other bright objects to which they have been com-
pared by ingenious persons. If Mr. Poulton had spoken
of this gilding as a “‘ warning coloration,” I should have
been less surprised.

One thing more may be said. In the case of the sole,
in the case of the larve of A. betularia, and the like,
there can be no doubt that the change of colour repre-
sents an ‘“‘attempt” on the part of the animal to ap-
proximate to the colour of its surroundings. Now, in the
case of these gilt pupz, do we really know that the
change represents any such effort at approximation ? I
confess that, though as regards the deposit of pigment
this may be so regarded, the change in the degree of
metallic colouring does not seem to me to be an approxi-
mation of this kind at all. It is true that gilt paper
makes some approach to the look of these pupze, but the
yellow paper, and silver or white papers, do not in
the least. In this connexion a circumstance, which I
saw several times, may be mentioned. In several cases

colour of cocoons, pupe, and larve. 213

a larva in a gilt box pupated, not on the gilt paper, but
on leaves of the food-plant, so that it was not anywhere
exposed to the paper; sometimes, indeed, when practi-
cally surrounded by a leaf or leaves, and among these
were some of the most golden pupe. Notwithstanding,
therefore, the clear evidence that the proximity of
brightly illuminated surfaces promotes the production of
the metallic appearance in these pup, I cannot see
that there is any reason to suppose that this is a ‘‘ pro-
tective resemblance,” or, indeed, that it is a ‘‘ resem-
blance”’ at all.

In his work on this subject, Mr. Poulton, indeed,
admits that by reason of their metallic lustre the pup
do not resemble any substance to which they are attached
in nature; but he suggests that perhaps they may have
come through a phylogenetic phase in which they did
attach themselves to such substances. Though nothing
forbids anyone from framing such an hypothesis, it is
surely evident that if conjectures of this kind are to be
admitted as a basis for argument, all zoological science
will be thrown into confusion.

Ill. The colours of larve of Amphidasys betularia
(the Pepper Moth).

Mr. Poulton was kind enough to send me some newly-
hatched larvee of A. betularia, with the suggestion that I
should repeat his interesting experiment described in
‘The Colours of Animals,’ 1890, pp. 152 and 158.
Larve reared among green leaves and green twigs only,
were said to be green through life, while larve reared on
leaves amongst which darkly coloured sticks were placed
were stated to assume a dark colour.

My experiment has substantially verified Mr. Poulton’s
account. When the larve came to me they were of a
kind of medium brownish green colour, being rather
more brown than green. They were divided into four
lots on the 12th of July.

Two lots (A) were fed on green leaves (Populus nigra)
without black sticks, and two lots (B) were fed on green
leaves amongst which black sticks were placed. Care
was taken that the leaves given to all were from shoots
of similar age.

214 Colour of cocoons, pupe, and larve.

It is scarcely necessary to describe the course of the
experiment in detail, as Mr. Poulton has already done
so; but I may give the conditions seen at two examina-
tions :—

24th July. Lot A. Originally 18. Of these 8 were
of the full bright green colour, 2 were brown-
ereen, and 2 were brown.

Lot B. Originally 14. Of these 12 were very dark
in colour, 1 was green, and 1 was dead.

I then took all the sticks out from among the B lot,
and put them with Lot A. On the 7th of August the
result was as follows :—

Lot A. 7 very green, 2 medium brownish green,
1 darker, but not of the full dark colour ; 2 dead.
Lot B. 12 still very dark, 1 green as before.

No further change in colour took place, so far as I could
judge. The effect therefore, once produced, seems not
to be reversible, as it is in the case of the sole and the
like. The change of colour is, as Poulton says, pro-
duced by the deposit of dark pigment in the one set of
larvee, and by the absence of it in the other.

It should be mentioned that these larve, like many
other Geometre, are almost exclusively night-feeders,
and rarely move by day. Those provided with black
sticks sat either on them or on the green twigs of their
food throughout the day. Of course, in this case the
resemblance to sticks in the one case and to green
twigs in the other is unquestionable, and I think it may
be fairly argued that this resemblance may contribute
to the protection of the animal.

My best thanks are due to Mr. Poulton for giving me
an opportunity of making this experiment, which I have
watched with great interest.

XIIL. Haperiments in 1890 and 1891 on the colour-rela-
tion between certain lepidopterous larve and their
surroundings, together with some other observations
on lepidopterous larve. By Litian J. Govunp.
Communicated by Epwarp 3B. Povtton, M.A.,
E-R:S:, &e.

[Read October 5th, 1892.]

Puate XI.

CONTENTS.

Section I.—Experiments on larvie of lumia crategata.
Experiments on lary of Catocala nupta.
Experiments on larve of C. fraxint.
Experiments on larye of Mamestra brassice.

Srecrion II.—Notes on a possibly protective habit of larve of Rumia
crategata.
Notes on the red spots in Smerinthus larve.
Experiments as to the palatability of conspicuous larve.

In the summer of 1890 I undertook to make some
observations on the colour-relation between certain lepi-
dopterous larve and their surroundings, at the suggestion
of my friend Mr. E. B. Poulton, of Oxford. The experi-
ments, of which the following is an account taken from
notes made day by day at the time, were conducted under
the kind direction of Mr. Poulton, to whom I was con-
stantly indebted for help and advice, and may be of
interest chiefly as confirming results already obtained
by him (with larve of R. crategata and others), and
partly also as bringing forward evidence affecting colour-
relation in species of which no results had been published
hitherto (M. brassice).

The experiments extended over 1890 and 1891, and
are here presented in diary form, together with drawings
of the larve made at the time. In addition to the
summary of results given at the end of each experiment,
a total summary of results will be found at the con-
clusion of the whole series of experiments on colour-
relation.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—paRT III. (NOV.)

216 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

During the whole period of experiment all the larvee
were kept in numbered glass cylinders, supported on
plates over vessels of water, like those used by Mr.
Poulton in previous experiments. A hole through the
plate allowed the stems of the food-plant to reach the
water, and thus it was kept fresh. The tops of all
cylinders were covered with fine white muslin, held in
place by elastic bands; and to prevent the escape of
larve, when very small, between the cylinder and the
plate, the junction was surrounded by very fine sand.

Section I.
Notes on larve of Rumia crategata.

On June 28rd, 1890, I received, from Mr. Poulton,
fertile ova of I. crategata, from one parent, for purposes
of experiment.

June 24th.—-22 larve hatched. These were all placed
in one cylinder, and fed on hawthorn, the sprigs of the
food-plant not being chosen at this time with any regard
to colour. The larve were examined several times daily,
and days on which no alteration in their condition was
observable were noted as ‘‘no change”; these are
omitted in the present account.

July 1st.—The first ecdysis occurred; all the larve
having hatched out on the same day, moulted at the
same time, with only a difference of hours.

July 7th.—I divided the larvee into two sets, placing
11 in cylinder 9, and 11 in cylinder 5. The following
observations refer to those in cylinder 9, which were
supplied from this time with green leaves only, very
young shoots of hawthorn being selected for this pur-
pose. My intention was to exclude every colour but
sreen from their surroundings, but this was rather
difficult, as the stalks of the leaves of hawthorn were
too short to admit of their being gathered and kept fresh
in water separated from the twig, and the stems were
always liable to be brown or brownish in colour. This
difficulty was obviated as far as possible by selecting
only the very youngest shoots of hawthorn, in which the
leaves were very bright green, and one side of the stem
was always bright green, the other side of the stem
and the thorns being of a crimson colour.

July 9th.—The second ecdysis occurred. From this

on colour-relation. 217

time the larve began to show signs of change of colour,
and became grecnish i in hue, the original colour having
been varying “shades of brownish orey or dusky brownish
green,

July 18th.—Length of largest larva, 14 mm. Two
larvee disappeared, probably having escaped through
some crevice, or been lost in changing the food.

July 19th. — The third ecdysis took place. The
nine larve left showed a distinct change of colour to
ereen.

July 22nd.—All 9 larve were of shades of green or
greenish brown. They varied a good deal in shade ;
three were very bright green, exactly matching the
leaves of the food- plant, and had the dorsal tubercles, the
head, and the thoracic Jegs of a crimson-red, perfectly
corresponding to the colour of one side of the hawthorn-
shoots and of the thorns. The other six were of a green,
more or less bright, and all were touched with red on
the parts above mentioned. None were brown, or even
brownish green.

July 26th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred.

July 27th.—I drew the brightest green larva, namely,
that figured in Pl. XI., fig. 1.

July 81st.— One of the larvee left off feeding, and
mounted to the roof of the cylinder.

Aug. 2nd.—A second larva did the same; and by
Aug. 22nd all the larve had pupated, spinning pinkish-
white cocoons in close proximity to each other on the
roof of the cylinder.

The total results of the experiment with these 9 larve
were as stated below :—

Colour. No. of larve.
Brilliant green
Lighter green, but very “bright
Duller Baden of green ...
Brown and other | colours

o| conr

Total

Of the 22 larvee divided on July 7th, 11 were placed in
cylinder 5, and reared among dark surroundings. They
were supplied, from the time of separation, with haw-
thorn from the same tree as that used for the larvee with
green surroundings. But in this case older twigs were

218 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

chosen, which had very dark green leaves and brown
woody stems; and further, with the sprigs of the food-
plant were mixed a number of small dark-coloured sticks.
It was desirable to have these sticks as dark as possible,
and, as natural twigs were not easily procurable dark
enough in colour, I used dry stems of furze, taken from
places on a neighbouring moor where the gorse had
been burned in patches; in these places the stems and
twigs alone remained, and of course were perfectly dead-
black. When the superficial powdery charcoal had been
wiped off with a cloth, the larvae crawled as readily upon
these sticks as upon living twigs, and generally rested
upon them in preference to the leaves or stems of the
food-plant. The following notes refer to these larve in
No 5 :—

July 8th.—The second ecdysis took place, and the
larvee began to darken in colour perceptibly, varying
from the usual dusky hue to shades of brown, and
brownish slightly mottled with green; two were green,
but very dark.

July 16th.—The third ecdysis occurred. The larve
continued to darken, one having become very dark
indeed, so that it was almost the colour of the sticks.

July 20th.—One larva died; thus 10 were left.

July 24th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred.

July 26th.—I drew the darkest specimen, figured in
Pl. XL., fig. 2. The length of the smallest larva at this
time was 16 mm.

July 29th. — The first larva pupated, spinning a
whitey-brown cocoon on the upper surface of a leaf.

Aug. 8rd.—Two more pupated between the sticks. Un-
fortunately | omitted to record the exact shade of colour
of these three, but they were certainly all brownish.

Of the 7 larvee left, 83 were very dark brown, so nearly
approaching to black as to be quite indistinguishable,
except by the closest search, from the sticks on which
they rested; two were brown, with a slight tinge of
green ; and two were distinctly green, though less bright
ereen than the dullest green larva in No. 9.

Aug. 9th. —3 more larve pupated; one dark brown
one and one green one were left.

Aug. 18th.—The green larva pupated between leaves.

Aug. 16th.—'The last larva pupated.

on colour-relation. 219

Total results of the foregoing experiments :—

Colour. No. of larve.
Dark brown approaching to black
Brownish, shade unrecorded ...
Brown, with green tinge
Green : a
Other colours

=
o| Cw wwe

Total

The change of colour in both sets of larve became
perceptible at the commencement of the third stage of
larval life (after the second ecdysis), and the resemblance
to surroundings seemed to increase very gradually in
perfection up to the fourth ecdysis, after which the
colour underwent no further change, except the usual
and easily distinguishable darkening or alteration pre-
ceding pupation.

My experiments with this species fully confirmed those
previously carried out by Mr. Poulton, and mentioned
by him in the ‘Report of the British Association,’ 1887,
p- 756, and in ‘Nature,’ vol. 86, p. 594, now being pub-
lished in full. The larvee attained a really wonderful
degree of resemblance to their surroundings ; in the case
of my larve with green surroundings this likeness was
greatly heightened by the touches of red, which exactly
matched the thorns and one side of the stem of the
young hawthorn shoot.

The resemblance in shape, as well as colour, is ex-
tremely protective, the angular attitude of the larva at
rest rendering it almost indistinguishable from the twig;
a fact also mentioned by Mr. Poulton (Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1887, p. 291).

2. Notes on larve of Catocala nupta.

In May, 1890, I procured, from Mr. KE. Edmonds, of
31, Park Street, Windsor, 48 fertile ova of the Red
Underwing Moth (Catocala nupta), with a view to making
experiments in colour-change, the species being recom-
mended to me for trial by Mr. Poulton.

From May 27th to June 25th, 46 larvee hatched out,
and two of these died ; so that 44 remained for experi-
mental purposes. These I divided into three sets, giving
to the first set black sticks with the food-plant; to the
second set green leaves only; to the third green leaves
and white sticks, carefully peeled to remove the coloured

220 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

bark, and changed for freshly prepared ones whenever
they became yellowish or discoloured by drying.

At first all three sets were fed on willow (Salix
vitellina) from the same tree, but after a time, having dis-
covered a kind of willow with whitish silvery leaves (S.
regalis), | fed the third set (those with white sticks) with
the white willow also, in order to see if any difference of
shade would be produced between these and the larve
on green willow without sticks. The larve of C. nupta
being rather large, it was necessary to have a great
number of cylinders, to avoid overcrowding. ‘The larve
with dark surroundings were placed in cylinders 7 and
12, the larve with green surroundings in cylinders 3, 8,
and 10, and those with white surroundings in cylinders
1 -andele:

As the hatching-out had extended over a period of
nearly four weeks, it was necessary to divide the larvae
as nearly as possible according to age, so as to render
observations as to times of ecdysis, &c., easier and less
liable to error. The experiments with C. nupta were not
as satisfactory as those made with other species, as the
larve were never so healthy, and very many died when
nearly full-fed, from some cause which I could not dis-
cover.

The following notes refer to larve with dark sur-
roundings :—

Cylinder 7.—June 17th. — Six larve hatched, and
were placed in cylinder 7. The newly-hatched larve
measured not quite 6 mm., and their colour was uniform
dark brown. They were fed on Salix vitellina, the

twig.

June 20th.—The first ecdysis occurred, with no change
of colour.

June 80th. —I gave black sticks of the same kind as
those used for It. crategata in previous experiments.
Later in the day the second ecdysis took place.

July 1st.—The larve began to darken perceptibly, and
the adjustment of colour gradually increased in perfection
during this and the succeeding stage.

July 9th.— The third ecdysis occurred. The larve
were all distinctly brown, and darker than any of those
with other surroundings.

July 18th.—-The fourth ecdysis took place.

on colour-relation. Dp

July 19th. —I drew one of the largest larve. This
larva (figured in Pl. XI., fig. 4) was the darkest I
obtained, and measured 74 cm. in length. By this time
all the six larve were very dark, that is, darker than
the darkest of those with green or white surroundings.
The whole ground colour of the body was a clear brown,
not brownish merely or brownish grey; the two wavy
dorsal lines were broadly and distinctly marked in very
dark brown in one larva, and less darkly but distinctly
in the other five. The head and dorsal humps were
tawny, outlined and marked with black.

From the time of the last ecdysis, the larve had been
showing signs of unhealthiness, and now they died off
one by one. By Aug. 8rd only one was left—the darkest
—and this larva died on Aug. 6th. Iwas not able to
discover the cause of death, and up to this time they
had fed as usual, and seemed to thrive well.

Total results of the foregoing experiment :—

Colour. No. of larve.
Dark brown (dorsal lines very dark) er Bonu al
Brown (dorsal lines distinct, but not so dar Ik) we 0
otal. <.. sO

Cylinder 12.—June 25th.—I put six larve (hatched on
one day) in the second stage into cylinder 12, and gave
black sticks with the food-plant (Sahzx vitellina). Up to
this time they had had leaves without sticks or attention
to the colour of the leaves.

July 4th —The second ecdysis took place.

July 7th.—With this set I was using the plan adopted
by Mr. Poulton in some of his earlier experiments, viz.,
that of surrounding the cylinder with tissue-paper of the
shade required, with a view to deepening the effect. On
this day I applied brown tissue-paper to the cylinder
containing the larve, and placed it in a strong light, as
otherwise the paper made the cylinder almost dark.

July 9th.—Acting on advice from Mr. Poulton, under
whose kind direction I was working, I removed the
tissue-paper, as he had come to the conclusion that the
shadow caused by it rather hindered than increased the
effect of the surroundings. At this time the length of
the largest larva, fully stretched, was 6} cm., and that
of the smallest nearly 5cm. A darkening of colour had

222 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

begun to be apparent in three of the larve; the other
three were not as yet affected by the colour of the sticks,
although these three rested on them as constantly as did
the darker larve.

July 12th.—Two larve died. The larve had seemed
healthy up to this time, but now began to die off, just as
those in cylinder 7 did. One of the two which died was
light-coloured, the other dark.

July 13th.—The four larve left moulted for the third
time.

July 22nd.—A third larve died, and another was
looking very sickly. The dead larva was a light one.

July 23rd.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. Of the
three remaining larve, one was very dark brown, and
two much lighter.

July 29th.—The dark larva died, and the last two
larve pupated between leaves. All these six larve were
darker than any with green or white surroundings, but
the general ground colour was not so dark as the darkest
in cylinder 7, though the dorsal lines in the dark indi-
viduals were nearly as dark as those of the darkest
specimen in 7. None of these larve were figured. The
head and dorsal humps were as those in 7.

Total results of the foregoing experiment :—

Colour. No. of larvee.
Darkish brown (dorsal lines dark)
Lighter brown (dorsal lines dark)... cae

Very light brown (dorsal lines very faint) 3
Total 6

The larve with green surroundings.

Cylinder 3.—June 27th.—I placed six larve in the
second stage in cylinder38. The second ecdysis occurred
the same day. The larve up to now had been uniform
dusky brown. ‘T'wo began to become lighter in colour.

June 380th.—Three larve were of a light clear brown;
markings light. Three were rather darker. Heads and
dorsal humps as before.

July 4th. — The third ecdysis took place. One larva
very light indeed, two nearly as light, two dark brown
with dorsal lines indistinct, one dark brown, with dark
distinct dorsal lines.

July 13th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred.

on colour-relation. 223

July 20th. —I drew the lightest larva (figured at
Pl. XI., fig. 5), which was of a very light delicate shade
of brown, and had scarcely a trace of the dorsal lines.
The length of the largest larva at this time was 63 cm.,
of the smallest 5} cm.

July 28rd.—One larva died—a dark one, with dark
dorsal lines.

July 380th.—The lightest larva was spinning up on
the roof.

July 81st.—Another larva was spinning up on the
roof.

Aug. 38rd.—Two more larve left off feeding. Of these
four larve, three were very light in colour, with the
dorsal lines very faint ; one was dark, with distinct dark
dorsal lines. One dark one left.

By Aug. 11th all had pupated, and the last larva did
so on the floor without forming any cocoon. The food
of all was S. vitellina.

Total results of the foregoing experiment :—

Colour. No. of larvee.
Very light brown, with very faint dorsal lines ... 1
Light brown, with faint dorsal lines aoe
Dark brown, with dark dorsal lines ne
Dark brown, with indistinct dorsal lines ...

Total

a | Hror

Cylinder 8.—June 25th.—I placed six larve in the
first stage in cylinder 8.

June 26th.—The first eedysis took place.

June 29th. — The larve (until now uniform dusky
brown) began to show signs of lightening in colour ;
one quite light.

July 2nd.—The second ecdysis occurred.

July 4th.—I was using tissue-paper for this set also,
and on this day applied green tissue-paper, doubled,
round the cylinder and over the roof, and placed the
cylinder in a strong light.

July 8th.—-The third ecdysis occurred. Two larve
were light, three darker brown, one lightish brown.

July 9th.—I removed the tissue-paper on Mr. Poulton’s
advice. ‘The length of the largest larva at this time,
when fully stretched, was 5 cm., that of the smallest,
4 cm.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT III. (NOV.) S

224 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

July 15th. —The fourth ecdysis took place. Two larve
were quite light, four fairly dark brown.

July 27th. — One larva was spinning up on the roof.
One died—a light one. Five larve were left, one light
and four dark ones.

Aug. Ist.—Another larva was spinning up on the roof.

Aug. 8rd.—The first larva pupated. Another larva
died; this was a dark one.

Aug. 6th.—The last two larve died; both dark ones.

Aug. 7th.—The second larva pupated.

Total result of the foregoing experiment :—

Colour. No. of larvie.
Clear light brown, light dorsal lines ... aes
Darker brown, dark dorsal lines cosy wl
Dark brown, dark dorsal lines nas joo
Total ss. eae,

The lightest of these larve were nearly, but not quite,
as light as the extreme one in cylinder 8, and the darkest
about matched the darkly marked two in cylinder 3.
None were so dark as the dark larva figured (from
cylinder 7) with dark surroundings. The change of
colour was perceptible a stage earlier than any others.
The food was Salix vitellina.

Cylinder 10.—June 27th.—I placed six larve in the
second stage in cylinder 10.

July 4th.—The second ecdysis occurred. The colour
until now had been uniform dusky brown, like the others.
From this time the larve began to get lighter.

July 8th. — For this set also I was intending to use
tissue-paper, and on this day applied green, doubled
tissue-paper round the cylinder and over the roof, on
which larve were resting, and placed the cylinder in a
strong light.

July 9th.—I removed the tissue-paper on Mr. Poulton’s
advice. The length of the largest larve, fully stretched,
at this time was 6 cm., that of the smallest nearly 3 cm.

July 12.—The third ecdysis took place. The larve
were all as nearly as possible of the same shade of
brown, a shade intermediate between the darkest and
lightest in cylinder 8. The dorsal lines in all were
distinct, but none very dark.

July 19th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. The length
of the largest larva, fully stretched, was 7 cm., that of

on colour-relation. 225

the smallest 44 cm. The large larva measured was the
largest I ever obtained of this species.

July 23rd.—The first larva left off feeding.

Aug. 3rd.—One larva died.

By Aug. 12th all the larve had pupated.

Total results of the foregoing experiment :—

Colour. No. of larve.

Light brown, with dark dorsal lines ... Ariat)
Slightly darker brown, dark dorsal lines 1
Total 6

All these were fed on Salix vitellina.

The larve with white surroundings.

Cylinder 11.—July 2nd.—I placed twelve larve in the
second stage in cylinder 11, feeding them on Salix
vitellina, but mixing white sticks with the food-plant.

July 9th. —I changed the food, giving the larve
the silver-leaved Salia regalis instead of S. vitellina,
with a view to increasing the effect of the white sur-
roundings.

July 18th.—The second ecdysis took place. The larvee
till now were of a uniform dusky brown, like all the rest.
After ecdysis they were all very slightly lighter.

July 20th.— The length of the largest larva, fully
stretched, was 43 cm., the length of the smallest, 24 em.
Four were dark brown, three lighter brown, but with
distinct dorsal lines, and five were quite light.

July 22nd.—The third ecdysis occurred.

July 29th.—T wo larve died, one dark, one light. I had
had more larve than usual in this cylinder, being short
of cylinders; but, as I was afraid they died from over-
crowding, I removed five of the ten left to cylinder 16,
still giving them white sticks and white willow. Five
larvee remained in this cylinder.

Aug. 1st.—The fourth ecdysis took place. One larva
died, one of the intermediate forms, between dark and
light.

Aug. 6th.—Three larve died, two light ones and an
intermediate.

Aug. 20th.—The last larva died, an intermediate one.

§ 2

226 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

Total results of experiment (not counting the five
removed) :—

Colour. No. of larve.
Light brown, faint dorsal lines ne acon
Darker brown, distinct dorsal lines Be ee)
Dark brown, dark dorsal lines wae Pee |
Total U

Cylinder 16.—July 29th.—I placed five larve from
cylinder 11 in cylinder 16, still giving white sticks and
white willow.

Aug. 1st.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. Three were
dark brown and two light; none were intermediate.

Aug. 6th.—Three larve died, two dark ones and a
light one.

Aug. 18th.—A fourth larva died ; it was dark.

Aug. 18th.—The last larva, a light one, died.

Total results of experiment :—

Colour. No. of larve.
Light brown, faint dorsal lines aan abel MO
Dark brown, dark dorsal lines ves ws 18
Total occ TO

It will be seen from the above descriptions that none
of the larve with green surroundings attained a green
colour, or even the slightest tinge of green—a change only
as yet known to be possible to a few species ; the change
consisted merely in their normal colour becoming lighter
or darker in depth, and the markings varying in the
degree of intensity. The difference between the most
extreme forms from dark and light surroundings was
striking, but the difference between those from green and
white surroundings slight, if any; indeed, the extreme
light specimen figured came from green, not white sur-
roundings. The intermediate forms were very variable
in shade of ground colour, and also in depth of markings.
It is remarkable that in the larve of cylinder 8 the
colour-change became perceptible three days after the
first eedysis, in the second stage of larval life, instead of
after the second ecdysis (the third stage) as was the
case in the others of C. nupta.

on colour-relation. 927

3. Notes on larve of Catocala fraxini.

On May 21st, 1890, twenty-four fertile ova of the
Clifden Nonpareil Moth (Catocala fraxint) were supplied
to me by Mr. E. Edmonds, of 31, Park Street, Windsor.
The larve began to hatch out almost immediately on
arrival, and by May 26th seven had emerged from the
egus. These were placed together in a cylinder, like those
used for other species, and were supplied at first with
the common ash. This food-plant was continued for a
week, but the larve refused to eat any of it, and four
died. This was curious, as ash is supposed to be the
normal food-plant, and the one from which the species
takes its name. I then changed the food, giving the
remaining three larve leaves of the common poplar, on
which they fed readily. By June 4th the total number
of larve which had emerged was sixteen, and no more
were hatched. One more larva died, and one was lost
in changing the food; so that the total number remaining
for purposes of experiment was ten.

On June 18th, I divided the larve into two sets,
placing five in cylinder 2 and five in cylinder 6. Those
in cylinder 6 were supplied with very young shoots of
poplar, in which the stems and the leaves were alike
bright green, and no sticks. Those in cylinder 2 were
given older twigs, in which the stem was brownish and
the leaves much darker green, and perfectly black sticks
(the same as those used in previous experiments) were
mixed with the food-plant. The larve were divided as
nearly as possible according to age.

The larve with dark surroundings.

Cylinder 2—June 13th.—I placed five larve in the
first stage in cylinder 2 with black sticks. The first
ecdysis occurred. When first hatched the larve were of
a uniform dusky colour; after the first ecdysis they
became very light green, which darkened gradually to
almost brown. (This brownish hue did not alter, except
in shade, in these larve after the second ecdysis; and in
this, as will be seen, they differed from the larve with
green surroundings. I considered that the colour-change
began, therefore, at this period, unlike &. crategata and
most of C. nupta, in which it was perceptible only after
the second ecdysis.)

228 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

June 21st.—The larve were all brownish, and nearly
alike as to depth of colour.

June 80th.—The second ecdysis occurred. The larve
were constantly resting on the sticks, but did not ap-
proach them in colour; only their general hue was
slightly darker than that of the larve in green sur-
roundings, and quite different, as seen in Pl. XL., fig. 6
(Ge ttee i).

July 12th.—The third ecdysis took place. The five
larvee still varied very little as to depth of colour; the
brown colour took a pinkish tinge, which gradually in-
creased.

July 28th.—The fourth ecdysis. During the stage
succeeding this moult the colour became intensified, and
attained its greatest perfection. This species seemed to
be susceptible to a later stage than others, in which the
protective resemblance to surroundings did not increase
very much after the fourth stage.

July 29th.—I drew the darkest larva (Pl. XI., fig. 6).
The largest larva, fully stretched, measured nearly 7 cm.
There was scarcely an appreciable difference of shade in
the five larve.

Aug. 8rd.—The larve were now distinctly of a darker
general shade than those with green surroundings. Their
general ground colour was a brownish grey, or more
correctly, perhaps, a pinkish drab; the heads were
tawny, marked with black ; the dorsal humps were black,
and the whole dorsal surface finely mottled with very
small dark specks.

Aug. 10th.—The first larva was spinning up on the
floor between leaves.

Aug. 16th.—The cover of the cylinder accidentally
slipped off, and two larve escaped and could not be
found.

Aug. 17th.—All the larve had pupated.

Total results of experiment :—

Colour. No. of larvee.
Brownish grey or pinkish drab
Other colours oo Ee)
Total 5
The larve with green surroundings.
Cylinder 16.—June 13th.—I placed five larvee in the
first stage in cylinder 6, and gave young green shoots of

on colour-relation. 229

poplar only only. The larve when hatched were of a
uniform dark colour.

June 14th.—The first ecdysis occurred. The larve
became very light green, with a row of dark spots along
the back.

June 16th.— The larve had darkened a little, but
showed no tendency to become brown.

June 26th.—The largest larva became quiescent. It
had seemed quite healthy up to this time.

June 29th.—The largest larva pupated, the pupa being
only a little over 1 cm. in length, but perfectly formed.
I could not assign any reason for this early pupation.

July 2nd.—The second ecdysis took place. The row
of spots disappeared, but the green colour was persistent.
(These spots never appeared in the Jarve with dark
surroundings.)

July 6th.—The larve were still all green, but paler.

July 14th. — The third ecdysis occurred. The shade
of green of all the larve became very delicate and bluish.

July 20th.—Up to this time the food had been young
ereen shoots with green stems, but now, finding it pos-
sible to procure leaves with stalks long enough to use
singly, I gave leaves only for the rest of the time.

July 21st.—The fourth ecdysis took place, and was
followed by a slight intensification of colour in all five
larve.

July 22nd.—I drew the greenest larva (Pl. XI., fig. 7),
but, like the larve in cylinder 2, these varied very
slightly in depth of colour. Their general ground colour
was a light and peculiarly delicate shade of bluish green;
the dorsal surface was tinged with a shade of brownish
erey, so light as to be barely perceptible, and was mottled
with minute dark specks; the heads were tawny, pen-
cilled with black ; the dorsal humps black-marked ; the
legs and claspers green, of the same shade as the body.
The largest larva measured nearly 7} cm.; this was the
largest larva obtained in the case of this species.

Aug. 9th.—The first larva was spinning up on the
floor.

Sept. 2nd.—The second larva pupated. I saw it im-
mediately after pupation ; the pupa then was of a bright
deep shade of yellowish green. It had come out from
its partially-spun cocoon and pupated outside.

Sept. 3rd, — The second pupa lad turned to the per-

230 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

manent colour, viz., plum-colour, with a blue bloom
on it.

Sept. 4th.—The last three larvee pupated among leaves
on the floor.

Total results of experiment :—

Colour. No. of larve.
Bluish green... on 30e 5 ree
Other colours... ae wee Ri men 0
Motelamees so

This experiment would have been more satisfactory if
I could have had more material to work upon. As I
had only two sets of larvae, I could not satisfy myself as
to whether the darkening to brown or remaining green
in the second stage was normal. Mr. Poulton experi-
mented with the same species, the results of which are
now to be published.

4. Notes on larve of Mamestra brassice.

In June, 1891, some fertile ova of the Cabbage Moth
(M. brassice), from one parent, were sent me by Mr.
Poulton, for purposes of experiment in colour-relation.

June 28th.—Thirty larve hatched, and were placed
together in cylinder 1, and fed on cabbage. The colour
of the larve was uniform dusky brown; they had blackish
heads.

July 5th. — The first ecdysis occurred; the larve
having been hatched the same day, moulted together,
with a difference of hours only. The larve were now
light green, with yellowish heads.

July 7th.—I divided the larve (now all in the second
stage), placing fifteen in cylinder 2, and giving them
very dark brown earth asa floor. It was of no use to give
black sticks to this species, as they never rest on sticks;
so the earth was intended to serve for dark surroundings.
Fourteen larve were left in cylinder 1; one was lost
during the operation, and could not be found again.
Total, 29.

The larve with dark surroundings.
Cylinder 2.—July 13th.—The second ecdysis occurred ;
the larve changed to a deep green, with lighter longi-
tudinal markings; heads yellow. Of the fifteen larve,

on colour-relation. 231

two were somewhat darker green than the rest, and one
was very dark olive-green, with a brown head.

July 15th.— The larve from this time fed only at
certain times, generally about three times a day, and in
the intervals of feeding all descended from the leaves,
and buried themselves in the earth on the floor of the
cylinder.

July 21st.—The third ecdysis took place, and the
larve all became of varying shades of brownish green,
olive-green, and dirty greenish brown; all were fairly
dark, but these were darker than the rest. Their heads
were also brown, and the longitudinal striping was
much darker. The larve were large, and getting
crowded; so I removed the seven darkest to cylinder 4,
giving them dark green leaves and a dark earth floor.
Hight larva remained in cylinder 2.

July 26th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. There was
no change of colour. The colour had not darkened or
altered at all since the change at third ecdysis.

Aug. 12th.—Three larve pupated.

Aug. 13th.—The last five larvee pupated. There was
no change of colour due to surroundings in any.

Cylinder 4.—July 21st.—'The seven darkest larvee from
cylinder 2 were placed here with dark green leaves and
dark earth.

July 26th.—The fourth ecdysis took place. No change
of colour either before or afterwards. The larve still
remained slightly darker than those in cylinder 2, but
were otherwise like them.

Aug. 11th.—Four larvee pupated.

Aug. 12th.—The last three larvee pupated. No change
of colour due to surroundings occurred in any.

The larve with green surroundings.

Cylinder 1.—July Tth.—Fourteen larvee in the second
stage were left in cylinder 1, with light green leaves
only; no earth was given to these.

July 13th.—The second ecdysis took place. The larvae
changed to a green more or less dark, with slightly
lighter longitudinal striping; heads yellow to yellowish
brown, as in the larve with dark surroundings. From
this time the larve adopted stated times of feeding, like
the others, and in the intervals descended from the

232 Lilian J. Gould's experiments

leaves and remained quiescent on the floor. This set
had no earth in which to bury, but they constantly
covered themselves as much as possible with their
excreta, which was brownish green in colour, and always
of great quantity; so that it had to be continually
cleared out.

July 21st.—The third eedysis took place, and the
larve changed to various shades of very dark greenish
brown or olive-green; heads brown. ‘Two were very
dark. I removed seven of the lightest to cylinder 3,
with light green leaves only. Seven were left here.

July 26th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. No change
of colour, which had been quite normal ever since the
alteration at third ecdysis.

Aug. 13th.—Five larve pupated.

Aug. 14th.—The two last larve pupated. No change
of colour due to surroundings was perceptible in any of
them.

Cylinder 3.—July 21st. — Seven of the lightest larve
were placed here from cylinder 1, and were given light
green leaves and no earth.

July 26th.—The fourth eedysis took place. The colour
had been quite normal since the change at third ecdysis,
and no change took place now.

Aug. 12th.—Three larve pupated.

Aug. 18th. —The last four larve pupated.

Total results of experiment :

Colour. No. of larvee.
Various shades of olive-green to brown ... 29
Other colours ... ase ee Sas 0
Totally... .. 29

It will be seen that the above results were entirely
negative. The shades of colour are difficult to describe
in this species; but all my larve, variable as they were
in shade, were more brown than green, even when in
green surroundings, and this was the case with any
larvee I captured and compared with them. The lack of
resemblance to surroundings in this species may be
partly due to the burying habit; the greenish brown is
sufficiently protective while on the earth, and once
buried the colour would be of less importance. Mr.
Poulton made some previous experiments with MM. bras-
sicé, the results of which are shortly to be published.

R. crata

on colour-relation.

SumMARY oF RESULTS.
gata.

Total number of larvez experimented with, 19.
Number in dark surroundings, 10.
Number in green surroundings, 9.
The larve in dark surroundings.
Very dark brown, pera to black chow inte

Light brown = ; SF aco
Infermediate shades of anal ape S55 ye
Exceptions (green) sey “oF oes io

Total ... Pel

The larvae in green surroundings.

Brilliant green, with red touches
Lighter green -
Infermediate shades Bee green .
Exceptions
Total
C. nupta.

Total number of larvae experimented with, 42.
Number in dark surroundings, 12.

Number in green surroundings, 18.

Number in white surroundings, 12.

The larve in dark surroundings.
Very dark brown, dark dorsal lines ... 2
Light brown, faint dorsal lines : et
Intermediate, darkish dorsal lines... Need!
Total 12

The larve in green surroundings.

Light clear brown, light dorsal lines ... den oh O
Dark brown, dark dorsal lines ane Boome)

Intermediate, darkish dorsal lines ... ne
Total ... eS

The larve in white surroundings.

Light clear brown, light dorsal lines ... 5
Dark brown, dark dorsal lines ... ae eel.
Intermediate, darkish dorsal lines... ond)

12

Total

ol oanH

233

234 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

C. fraxin.
Total number of larve experimented with, 10.
Number in dark surroundings, 5.
Number in green surroundings, 5.

The larve in dark surroundings.

3rownish grey or pinkish drab. 5
Exceptions oe St sas ae Scorn
D

Motaluaess =

The larve im green surroundings.

Delicate bluish green Se 5
Exceptions SoD ae oa re nice
Total ... 5

M. brassice.
Total number experimented with, 29.
Number in dark surroundings, 15.
Number in green surroundings, 14.

The larve in dark surroundings.
Dark brownish green... bn Bisa dora geliDs

The larve in green surroundings.
Dark brownish green... sae as soe) LA:

Section II.

1. Notes on a possibly protective habit of larve of
Aumia crategata.

In the course of experiments in colour-relation, in
June, 1890, I made some observations on a peculiar
habit adopted by the young larve of R. crategata, which
seemed to me possibly significant. Mr. Poulton made
numerous observations in previous years on the irregular
or spiral attitudes assumed by young Geometer larve,
mentioning the habit as occurring in Hphyra pendularia,
E. omicronaria, E. orbicularia, Aspilates citraria, and
A. gilvaria (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, Part I.), and
again in Selenia lunaria and I. crategata (Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1887, Part III.). But in my larve of the
latter species I found this attitude associated with a
habit which, so far as 1 am aware, has not been observed
before.

During the third stage the larve in cylinders 5 and 9
(viz., those with dark and those with green surroundings),

on colour-relation. B85

continually adopted the above-mentioned attitude when
at rest, forming themselves into an irregular spiral
(Pl. XI., fig. 3), the fore part of the body being bent
round so that the head and first five segments were
erected almost vertically. This position was retained
for hours at a time, either when the larve were resting
on leaves, or when they were hanging by a supporting
thread from the leaf or a stick, which they frequently
did, something after the manner described by Mr. Poulton
in E. pendularia (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, Part I.).
The spiral twist was maintained, as well when hanging
by the thread as when resting on a leaf; it was most
prevalent during the third stage, but some individuals
continued it through the fourth and even fifth stages.
The spiral attitude was common to both sets of larve,
green and brown, but was continued much later by the
brown larve, which also adopted the hanging position
much more frequently than the green. In fact, the
brown larve hung in the spiral attitude almost con-
stantly, and it was when in this position that they
adopted the habit I observed. This was that, whenever
I examined them, which I did many times every day
(without removing the cylinder), the hanging larve took
to spinning round on their threads with a circular or
vibrating motion. I supposed the motion to be acci-
dental, and probably caused by my touching or jogging
the cylinders. But I soon noticed that the larve spun
whenever I examined them, and it seemed to me as if
the movement were voluntary, since it occurred when I
did not touch the cylinder at all, and when I approached
so as not to cause any vibration perceptible to me. The
movement appeared circular, but it was so rapid that it
might have been vibratory, the rapidity giving a deceptive
appearance; the movement caused by jogging or shaking
was, however, a to-and-fro one, quite unlike the spin-
ning. The latter motion was not unlike that noticeable
in young spiders (Hpeira diademata), when observed or
interfered with in their web; they set the web violently
shaking with a round-and-round motion, which confuses
the enemy, and renders the spider scarcely distinguish-
able. The likeness of the brown larve, when spinning,
to the bits of dead leaves, sticks, or rolled-up spiral
leaf-cases one sees hanging on a thread or web in a
hedge, and spinning or vibrating in the wind, struck me

236 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

at once, and it seemed to me that the likeness might
possibly be a protective one. The idea was confirmed
by the fact that I found the green larve, though
adopting the spiral attitude on leaves, hung compara-
tively seldom, and never spun at all. I cannot say
positively that the brown larve never spun when I did
not observe them, but I do not think that they did. At
the same time it has been represented to me that it is
difficult to conceive how a voluntary motion of the kind
can be caused by a larva hanging loose at the end of a
thread, and also difficult to see how the larve can have
become aware of the presence of what they supposed to
be an enemy unless by vibration, which did not seem to
be the case, or by shadow, which is possible, as I looked
very closely at them. I hope to investigate the subject
further, and to endeavour to show whether the movement
is related to the existence of some disturbance, as, if so,
I think it would prove strongly protective.

If the resemblance really is to objects spinning in trees
and bushes, the fact that the green larve do not spin
is exactly what we should expect, for green leaves or
objects are rarely, if ever, seen in the position described.
A green larva would be rendered more easy of detection
by the habit, for it would attract the attention of enemies
by spinning, and would run some risk of doing so by
hanging at all; while on green leaves it is sufficiently
protected by its colour. The suggestion is, however, a
purely tentative one, and the observation has not much
value without further investigation as to the exact nature
and causes of the movement.

2. Notes upon the red spots in Smerinthus larve.

On July 30th, 1890, at Mr. Poulton’s suggestion,
twenty-three newly-hatched larve of Smerinthus tile,
the parents of which had been spotted as larve, were
sent me by Mr. R. C. L. Perkins, a friend and former
pupil of Mr. Poulton. I worked at the ontogeny of
these larve, with a view to throwing further light, if
possible, upon the question of the origin and develop-
ment of the red spots which sometimes occur in this
species.

Since the appearance of Professor Weismann’s Essay
on ‘The Origin of the Markings of Caterpillars,’ and
Professor R. Meldola’s notes on it (‘ Studies in the Theory

on colour-relation. Pon

of Descent,’ vol. i.), Mr. Poulton made various observa-
tions on this species and others of the genus (Trans.
Bint. -Soce. Lond:, 1884; Part. 1.301885, Part Il.; 1886,
Part Il.; and 1887, Part III.), and his latest conclusion
was that the spots in S. tie probably arose from a
modification of a normal coloured border to the oblique
stripes, hence that we have in S. tile “‘a fading away
of the character (2.e., coloured borders) instead of its
origin.”

Unfortunately nineteen of the larve sent me by Mr.
Perkins were injured in the transit by post, and only
four were reared; but all these were spotted. I watched
their development very closely, and recorded every
change however slight. My observations did not agree
in all points with the descriptions of the young larve
given by Prof. Weismann (‘Studies in the Theory of
Descent,’ vol. i., p. 238). This may have been due to
variability in the larve; yet certain appearances, either
not mentioned by him, or mentioned as occurring at
different periods, were found in each of my larve ; and,
as some were transitory, it is possible they mav have
been overlooked by him, especially as his descriptions
are not very detailed.

The following is a record of the appearance of the
larve day by day :—

July 80th.—I received from Mr. Perkins twenty-three
larve of S. tilie just out of the eggs; they were placed
in cylinder 15, and fed on elm. Nineteen were injured
in transit and were dying or dead. The larve were green
all over, and the caudal horn was very long and dark
violet in colour. No oblique stripes. The dorsal vessel
showed through the skin.

Aug. 4th.—Only four larve were living; these con-
tinued healthy. The first ecdysis of the first larva
occurred. It now became light green, with the caudal
horn pure green. (This stage is described by Prof.
Weismann as occurring before first ecdysis, and before
the horn becomes violet). The oblique stripes were now
faintly discernible, and were green like the ground-colour,
only of a more yellowish shade. ‘here was no trace of
a subdorsal line as described by Professor Weismann.
Length of larva before ecdysis 6 mm. ‘The dorsal vessel
still showed through ; Prof. Weismann describes this as
appearing now for the first time.

238 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

Aug. 5th.—The horn of the first larva had acquired a
dark rough dotting on the upper surface near the base ;
the tip and under side were still green. Shagreening
appeared.

Aug. 6th.—The horn of the first larva became yellower ;
the dotting remained the same and became no darker.
The length of the larva at this time was 9 mm.

Aug. 9th.—The first ecdysis of the second larva occur-
red; the horn changed to pure green as in the first
larva. Shagreening appeared. ‘The head was brighter
ereen than the rest of the body. No subdorsal line.
The horn of the first larva was now reddish at the base,
but not darker towards the tip, and the under side of it
was quite light and greenish still.

Aug. 11th —The first ecdysis of the third and fourth
larve took place; the horn in both changed to pure
ereen as in the others. Shagreening appeared. No sub-
dorsal line. ‘The second ecdysis of the first larva occur-
red; there was scarcely any change, only the oblique
stripes became primrose-yellow and more distinct, and
the horn blacker on the upper surface. The apex of the
triangular head was very slightly bifid. The length of
the larva was 14 cm.

Aug. 22nd.—The third ecdysis of the first larva took
place. A perfect row of nine reddish-yellow spots ap-
peared. Hight were in the position of the spiracles, and
one on the supra-anal plate. They were present on
the thoracic segments, and the first to eighth abdominal.
Spots 1—10 were spiracular in position, and those on
the abdominal segments were posterior to the oblique
stripes. The spot on abdominal segment eight was the
brightest and most distinct, and next in distinctness
was that at the base of the horn; towards the head they
became less bright, though still distinct. The length
of the larva was 25 cm. The horn was less dark on the
upper surface, and there was a very distinct red line on
each side of the base ; the ground colour was greenish
yellow. The oblique stripes were primrose-coloured ;
they were never at any time white or ‘‘ whitish” as
described by Prof. Weismann, but distinctly pale yellow.

Aug. 24th.—The second ecdysis of the third and fourth
larve. The change in appearance was exactly the same
as in the first and second.

Aug. 25th—Sept. 2nd.—I was absent from home, and

on colour-relation. 239

meanwhile the third ecdysis of the second, third, and
fourth larve occurred. In all three, red spots were found
in the spiracular row only, exactly as in the first larva,
both as to number and position; the red spot on the
supra-anal plate was also present. The change in the
horn was also exactly as in the first larva.

Sept. 8rd.—The fourth ecdysis of the first larva
occurred. The ground colour was bright yellowish-
green; the stripes and shagreen dots pale primrose-
yellow. The character of the spiracular spots was
slightly changed; whereas in the fourth stage the spi-
racle itself only showed as an orange-red spot outlined
with a deeper green than the body-colour (Pl. XI., fig. 9) ;
each spiracle was now distinctly margined with orange-
red, the red area having increased, but being still out-
lined with deep green (Pl. XI., fig. 10). The most
striking change was the development of an upper row of
large bold red spots, seven in number, on abdominal
seements 1—7, one anterior to each stripe, the second
largest being those in front of the third, fourth, and fifth
stripes, counting the most anterior stripe as the first.
The last spot was the largest, those in front of the first
and second stripes much smaller, but distinct; the spot
before the sixth stripe was a mere trace. The oblique
stripes now took a slight upward bend at the places
where the upper spots occurred, and the third, fourth,
and fifth stripes were here slightly suffused by the spot,
on which the shagreen dots showed up as on a back-
ground. The spots showed aslight tendency to lengthen
vertically, but kept strictly to the lines of the rings of
the body, of which there are eight in each segment.
The spots in front of the third, fourth, and fifth stripes
covered three rings in width, the last spot four rings,
the first and second spots only two rings. The two
sides of the larva corresponded exactly. The black
dotting of the caudal horn entirely disappeared; im-
mediately after ecdysis the upper surface was pure green,
the under surface was yellow, and the red line up the
sides was longer and more distinct. The length of the
larva was nearly 43 cm.

Sept. 4th.—The horn of the first larva changed to
bluish on the upper surface.

Sept. 5th.—Having been absent on the day the second,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT II. (NOV.) T

240 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

third, and fourth larve moulted, I recorded their exact
appearance now. In the third larva the spiracular row
of spots was faint in colour, but distinct; they were
nine in number, on the first thoracic segment and abdo-
minals 1—8, and were orange-red in colour. Those on
abdominal segments 1—7 were posterior to each stripe.
The shagreen pale yellow dots were placed in vertical
lines following the rings of the body. The oblique
stripes were primrose-yellow, and the first was the
most distinct. I could see no trace of the eighth stripe
observed by Mr. Poulton in Smerinthus larvee and Sphinx
ligustri (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, Part II., and
previous papers). The caudal horn was black-dotted on
the upper surface, yellow beneath; there were faint
traces of the red line extending up the sides from the
base. The apex of the head was bifid and faintly red.
The thoracic legs were very faintly rosy; there was
no red on the claspers. The length of the larva was
38cm. The fourth larva was exactly as the third. The
second larva was evidently nearer the fourth ecdysis ;
its general ground colour was darker green than that of
the others, the stripes and shagreening yellower. The
apex of the head was distinctly orange-red and bifid.
Only the spiracular row of spots was developed, on the
same segments as in the others, but a darkening under
the skin was perceptible anterior to the fourth, fifth,
and sixth stripes, where the upper row of spots ultimately
appears. The caudal horn was black-dotted on a green
upper surface, and the red lines from the base upwards
were more distinct than in the third and fourth larve.
The thoracic legs were also redder; there was no red on
the claspers. There was no eighth stripe.

Sept. 6th.—The fourth ecdysis of the second and third
larvee took place. The second larva developed an upper
row of five spots only; these were in front of the second,
third, fourth, fifth, and seventh stripes, viz., on abdominal
seoments two, three, four, five, and seven. ‘The spots
were very small and inconspicuous, also brighter and of
a yellower tint than in the first larva, and so narrow in
extent as to really appear more like borders than spots
at all. Those in front of the second, third, fourth, and
fifth stripes occupied three rings each, but were vertically
a mere line in width, thus giving the border-like appear-
ance. The seventh spot was a mere trace. The two

on colour-relation. 241

sides of the larva corresponded. ‘The thoracic legs were
faintly red; there was no red on the claspers. The other
characters were all as in the first larva. There was no
eighth stripe. The third larva developed an upper row
of seven spots, one anterior to each stripe, viz., on abdo-
minal segments 1—8. ‘The third and seventh spots
occupied four rings, the first two rings, and the rest
three rings; nevertheless, the third, fourth, and fifth
spots were the largest, because longer vertically than the
others. All the spots were larger and more conspicuous
than in the second larva, also deeper red. ‘The sides
corresponded. All other characters were just as in the
first larva.

Sept. 9th—The fourth eedysis of the fourth larva took
place. It developed an upper row of six spots, one in
front of the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and seventh
stripes, viz., on abdominal segments one, two, three,
four, five, and seven. The spot in front of the first stripe
(on first abdominal segment) was the smallest, occupying
two rings ; the others each occupied three rings. Other
characters as in the first larva.

Sept. 10th.—The upper row of spots in the first larva
increased in width; the third, fourth, and fifth spots (on
abdominal segments one, two, and three) now covered
four rings. ‘This increase in the width of spots did not
happen in any other larve.

Sept. 25th.—The first larva pupated.

Sept. 27th.—The second, third, and fourth larve
pupated. The larva figured (Pl. XI., fig. 8) is the first.

Smerinthus popult.

On August 8th, 1890, I captured a red-spotted larva of
S. popult in the fourth stage on poplar.

Aug. 12th.—I drew (Pl. XI., fig. 11) abdominal seg-
ments five and six to show the spots. There were two
rows of spots, of ten each, the upper row being the
largest. The upper row were placed one anterior to each
oblique stripe, and four extra to these placed irregularly
towards the head. The lower (spiracular) row were
placed one posterior to each stripe, two extra on the last
segment, and one extra towards the head. The spots in
both rows were irregular and roundish.

Aug. 19th.—A change took place in the spiracular
spots without any moult. The lower row became like

242 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

eyes, of which the pupil was yellowish red, viz., the
spiracle itself; the iris green, boldly outlined with red
(PIO, tig? 12);

Aug. 22nd.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. Both rows
of spots slightly increased in size, lengthening vertically
so as almost to connect stripe with stripe, but not in-
creasing horizontally. The appearance was not in the
least border-like.

Sept. 5th.—The spiracular row of spots was now
eleven, another having appeared ; there was a spot on
each of thoracic segments two and three, the one on
thoracic sezment three being a mere trace. (On these
segments there were no spots in S. tilie). The spots
were still more eye-like, being more broadly margined
with red. The upper row of spots now numbered eleven
also, the extra spot occurring on the last segment, verti-
eally above the last of the lower row. The last spot but
one occupied five rings (two in the penultinate segment,
and three in the last); this was the only one which in-
vaded another segment. The first, second, third, fourth,
and fifth spots occupied four rings, and the eleventh,
first, second, third, and fourth only three rings. But the
tenth, eighth, seventh, and sixth were the largest, owing
to vertical extension, and these slightly suffused the
stripes. Both sides corresponded. ‘The head was
suffused with red. The thoracic legs were red, and there
was a red spot on each of the claspers. The ground
colour of the caudal horn was yellow, the base was
blackish above and reddish beneath, and a red line ran
up from in front of the seventh stripe to the base,
connecting it with the tenth spot. ‘This line was the
only attempt at extension borderwise, for the widening
on August 22nd was accompanied by great vertical
extension, which quite prevented a border-like appear-
ance. The larva ceased feeding on Sept. 8th, and pupated
during the night of Sept. 14th. The spots in S. popula
were unlike those in S. tlie in general effect, being
rounder, bolder, and not in the least linear, and I noticed,
as had been previously done by other observers (notably
Mr. Peter Cameron, as stated by Prof. Meldola in his
notes to Prof. Weismann’s ‘Essay on the Markings of
Caterpillars’), that they were strongly protective, from
their resemblance to the dark spots or blotches commonly
seen on the leaves of the poplar. Viewed from under-

on colour-relation. 243

neath, with the light shining through them, the leaf-spots
were of a red exactly corresponding to that of the larva-
spots, and much the same size. I did not, however, see
the likeness to galls (Phytoptus) suggested by Mr.
Cameron (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 69), for the effect
produced by a flat spot and a raised object such as a
gall would, I think, be very different. But my larva was
quite difficult to find, even on a small twig, when viewed
from below, and it would have been admirably concealed
from enemies below it at any rate.

In S. tlie 1 could see nothing in the spots which
would have led me to connect them with coloured bor-
ders until the second larva reached its last stage, but the
appearance of the spots in this individual was so linear
and so unmistakeably border-like, that it seemed im-
possible to doubt the correspondence.

It would have been natural to conclude, from appear-
ances, that the spots are merely protective in S. popult,
and in S. tili@ have either degenerated from coloured bor-
ders, or are on the way to become such; but that it seems
unlikely that the character can have a different signifi-
cance in the two species. It seems to me more probable
that spot-marking is the most ancestral, as Prof. Weis-
mann originally suggested, and that S. tue represents
a stage of its modification into stripes. The fact that
the spots do increase in area in both species, though in
two directions, seems to point to the character being a
developing one. If we had to do with a gradual short-
ening of borders contracting into spot-markings, it seems
more likely that if any change in area of the spots took
place it would be in the direction of contraction, which
was never the case in my larve. There seemed to be
no vestige of a former extension along the stripe ; even
when a stripe was suffused with red, it was so vertically
downwards, and never partially affected an extra ring so
as to lead one to suppose the spot had once been broader.
But the number of larvee reared was too limited to draw
conclusions from safely, and it is possible that if I had
had more individuals under observation, some of them
might have presented different appearances.

4, Haperiments as to the palatability of conspicuous larve.

In May and June, 1890, I made experiments with
larvee of Diloba ceruleocephala and Cucullia verbasci on a

244 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

tame jackdaw. ‘The bird in question had been taken
unfledged in June of the previous year, and reared in
captivity. He had never seen larvee, except those I gave
him, unless some might occasionally drop from a beech
tree, the boughs of which overhung his cage in the
garden.

May 380th. —I took some larve of D. c@ruleocephala,
feeding freely exposed on pear trees; they were blue,
yellow, and black, not hairy, very conspicuous. One
was given to the jackdaw, which had been fed early in the
morning (this was midday), and so was not very hungry.
The bird looked at the larva suspiciously for a long
time, and would not take it. Then he seized it, and, on
tasting it, shook his head violently, evidently disliking
it. He then dropped it, but picked it up and tried it
again, shook his head as before, and finally put it down
on the floor of the cage and refused to eat it.

May 31st.—I tried the jackdaw with a common smooth
ereen larva (species unknown); he ate it at once with
avidity.

June 20th.—I took two larve of Cucullia verbasci,
feeding together exposed on upper side of leaves of
mullein; they were green, yellow, and black, very con-
spicuous, not hairy.

June 21st.—The jackdaw was purposely not fed, and
by the middle of the day he was very hungry, for he
carried his empty food-vessel and stood it up against the
bars of the cage, an invariable habit when really hungry.
The largest larva was offered to him. At first he refused
it, then took it, but dropped it instantly, shaking his
head, and never touched it again. He appeared quite
subdued for a time, and sat shaking his head and
swallowing. Nor would he take anything else offered
him at all for a little while, but finally ate a gooseberry
with relish.

The unpleasant attribute in both species seemed to be
taste. Mr. Poulton mentions (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
March 1st, 1887) Mr. J. Jenner Weir having experi-
mented with D. ceruleocephala, ‘‘ using many species of
birds and lizards,” and says the larve were ‘disregarded
by all the birds,” or ‘‘examined when moving, but not
eaten.” ‘This, he says, gave ‘“‘strong support” to Prof.
Wallace’s suggestion, ‘‘that brilliant and conspicuous
larve would be refused by some at least of their enemies,”

on colour-relation. 245

while it afforded ‘‘no evidence” for Mr. Poulton's sug-
gestion ‘that a limit to the success of this method of
defence would result from the hunger which the success
itself tends to produce.”

My experiment affords strong support to Mr. Poulton’s
suggestion, since the larva was tasted twice, and that
when the bird was not especially hungry, which points
to its being eaten if he had been excessively hungry.

Mr. Poulton says that Mr. Jenner Weir also experi-
mented with Cucullia verbasci, on ‘many species of birds
and lizards,” and that the larve were ‘“ disregarded.”’
He refers to this as ‘strong support” to Prof. Wallace’s
suggestion, and as ‘“‘no evidence”’ for his own.

My experiment afforded some support to Mr. Poulton’s
suggestion, since the larva was tasted once, and tasting
would put a limit to the success of the method of defence
as well as eating, because it would be fatal to the larva.
I do not think, however, that this species would have
been eaten in any degree of hunger.

Both my experiments supported Prof. Wallace’s sug-
gestion also, as the larvee were in both cases refused at
first ; and, if the bird had not been very hungry, I do
not think he would even have tasted C. verbasci.

In September, 1892, I also made some experiments
with larve of Acronycta pst and Bombyx rubi on three
slowworms (A. fragilis), and one lizard (Z. vivipara).
Both species were entirely disregarded by all the animals,
though they were kept very hungry, and the larve left
with them for days.

It may not be out of place to note here that during
this experiment I had incontestable evidence of the
nature of the food taken by A. fragilis in the natural
state. The slowworms received rather rough handling
when captured, and immediately afterwards cast up a
quantity of half-digested food, among which I found a
perfectly uninjured adult shell of Zonites radiatulus.
Remains of slugs were also recognizable. It is rather
remarkable that A. fragilis should be able to swallow so
large and hard an object as the snail-shell.

246 Haperiments on colour relation.

EXXpLANATION oF Puate XI.

Fic. 1.—Green larva of R. crategata, last stage, nat. size.

Fig. 2.—Brown larva of 2. crategata, last stage, nat. size,
resting on black stick.

Fie. 3.—Larva of &. crategata (brown form), in spiral attitude,
resting on stick, x 4 diameters.

Fic. 4.—Larva of C. nuwpta {dark surroundings), nat. size, fifth
stage.

Fic. 5.—Larva of C. nupta (green surroundings), nat. size, fifth
stage. (The first abdominal segment has been inadvertently
omitted).

Fia. 6.—Larva of C. frawini (dark surroundings), nat. size, last
stage, resting on black stick.

Fic. 7.—Larva of C. fraxini (green surroundings), nat. size, last
stage. (This larva was only placed on a stick for convenience of
drawing).

Fic. 8.—Larva of S. tilie, nat. size, last stage.

Fic, 9.—Fifth and sixth abdominal segments of larva of S. tilia,
fourth stage, immediately after ecdysis, showing first appearance
of spiracular spots, x 4 diameters.

Fic. 10.—Fourth and fifth abdominal segments of larva of 8S.
tiie, fifth stage, showing first appearance of upper row of spots,
x 4 diameters.

Fie. 11.—Fifth and sixth abdominal segments of larva of 8S.
populi, fourth stage, x 4 diameters.

Fie. 12.—Fifth and sixth abdominal segments of larva of S.
populi, fourth stage, shortly before last ecdysis, x 4 diameters.

Fie. 13.—Same segments, fifth stage, after last ecdysis, x 4 dia-
meters.

XIV. Notes on a protean Indian butterfly, Kuplea
(Stictoplcea) harrisii, Felder. By Lionen pe Nict-
VILLE, Hl.) CoM Zio8.

[Read October 5th, 1892. ]

I wave asked my friend Mr. E. Y. Watson to exhibit on
my behalf, to the Fellows of the Entomological Society
of London, a series of forty-five specimens of a protean
species of butterfly, Huplea (Stictoplwa) harrisii, Felder,
consisting of thirty-three males and twelve females,
which I have selected out of a collection of upwards of
two hundred caught in the Khasi Hills, Assam, by the
native collectors of the Rev. Walter A. Hamilton. These
specimens were almost certainly all caught at or close to
the village of Chela-punji, at the foot of the hills on the
Sylhet side, and at an elevation but slightly above sea-
level.

On examination the specimens will be seen to exhibit
considerable variation in outline, the wings being broader,
and the fore wing more produced at the apex (less
rounded) in some specimens than in others. With
regard to the markings, the variations are almost be-
wildering. I have arranged the specimens in two series,
the males first, then the females. I have placed at the
head of the series the most sparsely-marked specimens,
which, as far as the fore wing goes, represent the
oldest-named form, and are characteristic of Burma and
the Malay Peninsula; and next those with the heaviest-
marked fore wing, which are characteristic of Sikkim, at
the other end of the geographical range of species. In
the Khasi Hills—as demonstrated by the specimens now
exhibited—the extremes of both forms with intermediates
between them occur. This extraordinary variation in
markings is not, in my opinion, due to seasonal or
climatic causes, but is probably inherent in the nature
of the butterfly itself. This mutability of character has
been noted and commented upon in the writings of every
field naturalist who has seen these butterflies in life,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT III. (NOV.) U

248 Notes on a protean Indian butterfly.

but it does not appear to be realised by some cabinet
naturalists in Europe.

Dr. Felder, who was the first to describe this species,
named the southern form, the one extreme, Hupléa
harrisii; and the northern form, the other extreme,
E. hopei. In this he was fully justified, as his material
was very limited, as I can testify, having seen his type-
specimens in Vienna; and these, taken by themselves,
are quite distinct. Myr. Butler then added to the
synonymy by describing Stictoplea microsticta, with
three submarginal spots to the hind wing on the upper
side, and S. binotata with two. Lastly, Mr. Moore
described S. regina, with no spots at all on the hind
wing; S. pygmea, which is simply a dwarf of the
northern form; and S. crowleyi, which combines the
characters of the two, having the fore wing of the
southern and the hind wing of the northern form. In
his ‘Lepidoptera Indica,’ Mr. Moore admits six of these
species as distinct, rejecting only S. microsticta, on the
cround that it was described from a specimen without
locality, and has broader wings than S. hopei; and he
devotes two plates to the illustrating of them. In the
series now exhibited,—taken, let me repeat for the sake
of emphasis, in a single spot,—every one of these species
can be accurately matched ; and, as they are now proved
to intergrade one into the other, and also are not con-
fined to any geographical region, these seven species
must be reduced to one. If stay-at-home naturalists
would only pay a little more heed to the observations of
field naturalists, such results would not have to be
deplored. Messrs. Wood-Mason, Marshall, Elwes, Adam-
son, Watson, and the writer have all drawn attention to
the fact that the species of certain groups of Huplea,
including this one, are eminently variable, as our field
observations had proved them to be; and yet these
expressed opinions of competent naturalists are per-
sistently passed over in silence, and ignored by those
who have never seen an Huplea alive in its native home.

( 249 )

XV. New light on the formation of the abdominal pouch
in Parnassius. By Samurn H. Scupper, F.E.S., of
Cambridge, Mass., United States.

[Read November 2nd, 1892. ]

Captain Ewes, in a paper on the genus Parnassius
(Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1886, 6—53, pl. 1—4), has
based his classification of the species largely on the
structure of the abdominal pouch of the female, and
given a very interesting and useful résumé of what was
known with regard to its formation. From this, and the
new observations by Thomson and Howes given in his
paper, as well as from some notes of his own, it would
appear to be the general conclusion that the abdominal
pouch seen on the under surface of the subterminal
seoments of the abdomen of the female of Parnassius
is not present when the butterfly emerges from the
chrysalis, but is constructed during the prolonged
pairing of the sexes by a secretion formed at the
time, and which hardens into a definite form, varying
according to the species. Whether this secretion pro-
ceeds from the body of the male or of the female, and
by what means it takes on its definite shape, there is
more variance of opinion, but the weight of testimony
appears to be in favour of regarding it as formed by the
male, and moulded upon the shape of the terminal seg-
ments of his abdomen. Siebold, who was the first, more
than forty years ago, to make scientific observations on
this point, believed that the secretion was poured out from
under the two lateral valves of the male (ergiesse sich
5 . das gerinnende Secret unter die beiden seitlichen
Klappen), by which he means the expanded and pro-
longed side pieces of the eighth abdominal segment.

My attention was specially directed to this matter by
the field observations of Mr. David Bruce in Colorado,
communicated to me by Mr. William H. Edwards, who
asked me to verify and explain the same by dissection
of the male abdomen. Mr. Bruce, whose interesting

TRANS. ENT. 800. LOND. 1892.—PART IV. (DEC.) xX

250 Mr. S. H. Scudder on the

observations will be detailed in full in Part xiy. of the
current series of Mr. Edwards’s ‘ Butterflies of North
America,’ reported that during the mating of the sexes in
Parnassius smintheus he saw a “‘scimitar-like’’ organ
working beneath the membrane which formed the pouch,
and apparently moulding the same from the interior into
the definite shape which it assumes; and this organ,
which he believed to be no part of the genitalia proper,
worked with a piston-like action in each division of the
pouch, which yielded to its motion. This would seem to
be directly opposed to Mr. Thomson’s statement regarding
the formation of the pouch in P. apollo, as given by
Capt. Elwes (l.¢., p. 18), for he describes a membranous
sheet attached to the male body containing a green
fluid, covering the female pouch on the outside, and
forming a ‘‘mould in which the pouch is formed during
copulation.”

Mr. Edwards having placed in my hands abundant
dry material during the past winter, I soon reached a
conclusion which seemed to throw some new light upon
the matter, and perhaps to reconcile the apparently
contradictory statements of the two observers mentioned.
My dissections were almost entirely of specimens of P.
smintheus, but, as they left many points still unexplained,
I was anxious to examine living examples, which alone
could furnish an answer, and verify or disprove my con-
clusions. At Mr. Edwards’s solicitation, therefore, Mr.
Bruce sent me last spring on several occasions living
males of P. smintheus from Colorado, and Mr. Wright
one lot of living males of P. clodius from California.
Unfortunately none reached me alive, excepting a single
moribund example of C. smintheus, too far gone to be
useful; and since the failure of this experiment leaves it
improbable that an opportunity for my examination of
a living male Parnassius will soon occur, I venture to
publish my observations in the hope that some one more
favoured by position will be moved to further investi-
gation.

The structure of the abdomen of the male Parnassius
is remarkable for having, as in the Eupleid genus
Anosia, the sides of the eighth segment expanded and
posteriorly extended, forming a kind of false claspers
concealing the greater part of the genitalia proper ; in
BP. smintheus and P. apollo embracing also the inferior

abdominal pouch tr Parnassius. 251

surface of the true claspers, and thus here giving to the
eighth segment a length twice as great alone the ventral
as along the dorsal region. It is beneath these ** Klap-
pen,’ or false claspers, “that von Siebold says the secretion
is poured forth; and he is certainly right, for all the
crevices existing between the inner surface of these
expansions and the outer surface of the organs beneath,
which it closely clasps, are often filled completely, in
all specimens I have examined to some extent, with
a coagulated secretion, which, when compared under
the microscope with a fragment from the pouch of the
female, is of essentially the same character as it.

In S. clodius, S. mnemosyne, aud other species, the
false claspers do not embrace the under surface of the
true claspers, which are thus not at all concealed on an
inferior view, and therefore there is in these species
considerable modification of the parts I am about to
describe, in remarks which are based wholly upon an
examination of P. smintheus.

If the eighth abdominal ring is carefully removed bit
by bit (which can hardly be done without rupturing some
of the coagulated secretion, but often leaves broad sheets
intact), all the accessor y organs of generation are exposed
to view; it will then be seen that the sternal portion of
the ninth segment (the segment to which are attached
the claspers proper) is split along the median line, and
sends two anterior shafts side by side to the hindmost
edge of the overlapping eighth segment. Directly
beneath it, beneath in the sense of towards the middle
line of the body, i.e., lying between the lower anterior
ensiform process of the ninth segment and the lower
surface of the true claspers, 1s a pair of lamellate
scimitar-shaped organs diverging at tip, and so closely
connected with the sheet of coagulated secretion, and of
so nearly the same colour and texture as it, as to appear
a part of the same. It is only when the processes of
the ninth segment are in their turn removed that the
form and structure of these parts can be made out; it is
then seen that they have a membranous or tendonous
structure, hardly chitinous, and certainly not the same
as the hardened, jelly-like, structureless condition of the
secretion, which is continuous with their edges, and
permeates the crevices in the region about. By un-
covering the parts in front, i. ¢., toward the base of the

oe

952 Mr. S. H. Scudder on the

abdomen, it is seen to be formed mainly of two slender
blades, curving in opposite senses, which le under the
protection of the anterior processes of the ninth segment,
but, when they pass forward, dilate into triangular ex-
pansions which nearly fill the lozenge-shaped space left
vacant between the curved base of the anterior processes
of the ninth segment (following the similar curve of the
eighth segment) and the slightly emarginate apex of the
seventh ; at their base they appear to be attachments of
the seventh segment ; the opposite sides of the triangular
basal expansion are thicker than the middle, as if there
were a two-branched basal attachment connected by a
slight membrane to give greater support and rigidity to
the attachment.

This organ, which, so far as I know, has no homologue
whatever among Lepidoptera, seems to lie in just the
place and to be of just the form to serve as the apparatus
for moulding on its interior the abdominal pouch of the
female out of the secretions which flow either from it or
through it or around it from glands in close connection
with it; and consequently I suggest for it the name of
peraplast (xnpa, mAacow), indicative of its use. ‘The at-
tachments and the mechanism by which it may act,
together with the precise position and relation to it of
the adjoining secretory glands, can of course only be
told from fresh specimens; and fresh specimens would
doubtless serve also to correct in some particulars this
preliminary description. It will perhaps be found that
the ‘‘membrane” mentioned by Thomson “‘ containing a
dark green fluid” is an evaginable gland extended from
near the base of the false claspers (precisely as the
evaginable pencil of bristles in Anosia), and that when
it protrudes beyond their tip—as Thomson’s description
would seem to imply—it secretes from its inner surface
the material of which the pouch is formed, which is then
moulded into shape by the scimitar-shaped peraplast ;
this must have an extensile movement, surpassing even
that of the true claspers. This is a point which only an
examination, first of living males and next of pairs in
union, can fully satisfy: and it will then remain for the
histologist to scrutinise the organs themselves.

The problem still remains, to understand the purpose
of the feminine pouch in Parnassius, and the homologous
flaps in Huryades. Although they take on a definite

abdominal pouch in Parnassius. 2538

form, distinctive for each species, it has not only never
been shown that they possess any function, but it is
known that oviposition occurs without them, and they
are apparently quite independent of that. Such extra-
ordinary formations, moulded by the male upon the
body of the female during pairing, and through the
agency of special structures and special glands in
the body of the male, cannot have arisen for anything
but some most useful purpose. But for what ?

( 255 )

XVI. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central
America, with notes on some previously-recorded
species. By Cuarues J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S.

[Read November 2nd, 1892. |

PLATE XII.

Tue present contribution may be taken as a supplement
to the paper by the late Mr. H. W. Bates, which has
already appeared in the ‘Transactions’ for this year.
Twenty new species are described, of which nineteen
belong to the family Lamiide ; the remaining species is
placed in a new genus of Prionide. One new genus of
Lamiide is characterised. With these additions the
number of Longicornia recorded from Mexico and Central
America is brought up to a total of 1372 species.

LASIOGASTER, gen. nov.

(Male). Mandibles and front of head subvertical, the latter
transversely depressed near the base, feebly concave between the
antennal tubercles. Last joint of the palpi in the form of an elon-
gated triangle. Eyes large, encroaching considerably upon the
cheeks, which are reduced to two small triangular processes, one
on each side. Antennz surpassing but little the middle of the
elytra; first joint short and stout, third to fifth subequal, each much
shorter than the first; sixth to tenth gradually increasing in
length; eleventh as long as the four preceding joints taken
together ; each of the joints from the third to the tenth provided
at its outer distal angle with a long slender ramus, which is slightly
flattened and dilated towards its free extremity. Prothorax trans-
verse, somewhat rounded at the sides, slightly uneven above,
anterior margin very feebly sinuate; the lateral carina of each
side confined to the posterior half, where, commencing just above
the outer angle of the cotyloid cavity, it passes obliquely upwards
to join the basal margin, and at its junction with the latter forms
a slightly projecting angle. Elytra moderately elongate, parallel-
sided, rounded at their extremity, with the sutural angles briefly

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1892,—paRTIV. (DEC.)

256 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the

spined; each with three very distinct cost, of which the inner-
most is much shorter than the other two. Legs of moderate
length, somewhat compressed; the femora slightly dilated above
the middle. Prosternal process slightly arched. Metathoracic
episterna narrowly truneate behind. Abdomen rather broadly
subtruncate at the apex; each of the first three segments with a
large and sharply limited tomentose depression in the middle.

This genus will be best placed in the group Mono-
desmine, of which it possesses all the essential cha-
racters. It may be easily distinguished from the other
genera belonging to this group by the structure of the
male antenne. The median tomentose depressions on
the first three abdominal segments of the male form a

character unique, so far as I at present know, among
the Prionide.

Lasiogaster costipennis, sp. n.

Nigro-fuscus sparse pubescens; capite antennisque dense seabro-
soque punctatis ; prothorace dense minus valde punctato; elytris
(sutura margineque et costis tribus utrinque, fuscis, exceptis)
albido-testaceis, nitidis, sat dense punctatis, inter costas sub-
planatis vel longitudinaliter depressis. Long. 23, lat. 7.5 mm.

Hab. British Honpuras, Corosal (obtained from
Mrs. C. V. Wickham).

The inner costa of each elytron begins at its basal margin, and
does not extend for more than about one-third of its length; the
median costa arises in the basal depression above the shoulder,
takes a course backwards, at first directed slightly towards the
suture, and then almost parallel to the suture for the remainder of
its length, and ends at a short distance before the apex; the outer
costa commences below and a little behind the shoulder, and ends,
like the median costa, at a short distance from the apex.

Deliathis pulehra, Thoms.

Two additional examples, one from Trapiche grande,
Vera Paz (Conradt), the other from Escuintla, Guate-
mala (Conradt), agree with the Guatemalan specimen
placed in this species by Bates, in having a bluish grey
tomentum in the place occupied by the black and
glabrous elytral vitte of the ordinary form. In the
specimen from Escuintla the two yellowish tawny bands
of each elytron have widened out and coalesced along
the posterior half,

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 257

Deliathis Batest, Gahan.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. ii., p. 398.
Hab. Mexico, Acapulco in Guerrero (Hége).

The single specimen sent by Herr Hoge presents all the
characters of the two examples from which the species
was originally described. For these two examples no
more precise locality than Mexico was known.

The species is easily to be recognised by the uni-
colorous yellowish tawny pubescence of the elytra, which
is interrupted by numerous rounded shining black spots.
The mesosternal process is only slightly produced for-
wards at its antero-inferior border.

Deliathis diluta, sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 11).

D. buqueti similis sed vittis fulvis elytrorum pallidioribus,
maculisque nigris glabris majoribus, et preecipue mesosterno antice
recto, non producto. @. Long. 832—40, lat. 1O—11°5 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Amula, 6000 ft., and Omilteme, 8000 ft.,
in Guerrero (H. H. Smith) ; Acapulco (fége).

This species somewhat resembles D. Buqueti, Taslé, in its style
of coloration. The pubescence of the elytra consists of two very
pale tawny-yellow longitudinal bands on each elytron, alternating
with two of a bluish white colour. These bands are much inter-
rupted by rather large, more or less rounded glabrous black spots,
so that in some specimens their character is not so evident, the
pubescence in such cases appearing in the form of irregular reticu-
lating patches.

The species may be distinguished from D. Buqueti
and allied forms by the structure of the mesosternum ;
this has its ventral face horizontal, its anterior face
vertical, so that the angle between them is almost
exactly a right angle, being usually slightly less, some-
times a little greater.

In D. Batesi and D. pulchra the mesosternum is dis-
tinctly, though occasionally but slightly, produced for-
wards at its antero-inferior angle; in D. Buqueti it is
more strongly produced forwards; while in D. nivea it
is so strongly directed downwards and forwards as to
form a large and conspicuous tubercle.

258 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the

Parysatis perplexa, sp. 0.

Angusta, pube fulvo-brunnea sat dense obtecta; prothorace
lateraliter minute obtuseque tuberculato, supra sparsim punctato;
elytris modice sat irregulariterque punctatis, apicibus truncatis.
Long. 12, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Mrxtco, Cuernavaca in Morelos (Hdége).

Clothed with nearly uniform tawny brown pubescence. Pro-
thorax feebly and somewhat obtusely tubercled on the middle of
each side; sparsely and not very strongly punctured above along
each side of a longitudinal median smooth space. Elytra mode-
rately and somewhat irregularly punctured; each with a feebly
raised longitudinal costa at a short distance from the suture, and
with a few almost obsolete lines external to it. Apices of the
elytra truncate. Antenne a little longer than the body; the scape
about a fourth shorter than the third joint; the joints succeeding
the third each narrowly ringed with pale grey at the base. Upper
side of tarsi greyish.

This species may be recognised by its nearly uniform
fulvous brown pubescence, combined with its moderate
and somewhat irregular punctuation. (The punctures
of the elytra, though placed along definite lines, are at
very irregular intervals; so that an appearance of
irregularity is given to their whole distribution.) In
general facies the species more nearly resembles Esthlo-
gena albisetosa than any species of Parysatis, but the
presence of a narrow cicatrice at the apex of the scape
requires that it should be placed in the latter genus.

Parysatis nigritarsis, Thoms.
Physis., ii., p. 120.
= Parysatis flavescens, Bates, Biologia C. A., Col., v.,
ps 112:

The Central American examples from which Bates
described P. flavescens are specifically identical with
specimens from Brazil and Bolivia in the British Museum
collection. The latter answer very well to Thomson’s
description, and moreover carry the manuscript name
Hebestola nigritarsis of Chevrolat, which has been quoted
by Thomson.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 259

Ptericoptus fuscus, Bates.
Biologia C. A., Col., vol. v., p. 345.

Hab. Mrxtco, Xucumanatlan, 7000 ft., and Amula,
6000 ft., in Guerrero (H. H. Smith); Cuernavaca in
Morelos (Héqe).

This species was described from a single Mexican
specimen, the precise locality of which was not known.

Ecyrus arcuatus, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 2).

?. Brunneo cinereoque pubescens; capitis fronte et vertice
ochraceo-albis ; hoe postice leviter bituberculato; elytris fascia
submediana transversim fortiterque arcuata, sordide-alba, et antice
linea brevi nigra transversim arcuata; utrisque lineis quatuor
breviter penicillatis. Long. 8—11 mm.

Hab. Mextco, Temax in North Yucatan (Gaumer).

This species resembles H. dasycerus, Say, but is somewhat
larger, and may be distinguished by the distinct backwardly-bowed
band of dirty white pubescence which crosses the elytra just in
front of the middle. In front of this band the elytra have a
brownish pubescence like that of the prothorax ; behind it they
are more or less cinereous. Midway between the band and the
base there is a short transversely arcuate black line. The elytra
are somewhat coarsely punctured, and each has (including the
sutural rows) four series of short backwardly-directed pencils of
fulvous brown hairs. The antenne of the female are a little
longer than the body, and have a thin fringe of greyish hairs
underneath ; on the inner ventral surface of the antenne near the
apex of the fourth and along almost the whole length of each of
the succeeding joints there are narrow, slightly depressed, longi-
tudinal areas, over which the ordinary coarse pubescence is replaced
by exceedingly minute hairs. This character of the antenne,
which is met with also in the other two species* of the genus, and
is apparently common to both sexes, recalls a somewhat similar
character which is to be found in the Ceroplesides.

* Heyrus exiguus, Lec., is (as was pointed out to me some time
ago by Dr. Horn) the male of Heyrus dasycerus, Say. Though
the former is stated by Thomson to be the type of his genus
(Ebaceres, the characters given for this genus by no means apply
to it. Leconte’s Hcyrus exiguus and Thomson’s Gibaceres exiguus
are evidently two very distinct species, and neither seems to me to
be identical with the species which I find in the Dejeanian col-
lection under the name of Hrocentrus exiquus, De}.

260 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to tie

Spalacopsis similis, sp. n.

Fusco-ferruginea, pube fulvo-grisea haud dense pubescens ; pro-
thorace dense punctato, quam basi elytrorum hand angustiori,
supra lineis tribus pallidioribus; elytris dense sublineatimque
punctatis, utrisque lateraliter unicostatis. Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Acapuleo in Guerrero (Hége).

Dark reddish brown, with a greyish or fulvous grey pubescence,
which is somewhat uniformly spread and scarcely thick enough to
conceal the punctuation of the head and thorax, while it leaves
the stronger punctures of the elytra clearly visible. The elytra at
the base are not broader than the base of the prothorax ; they are
slightly constricted a short distance behind the base, and attain
their greatest width a little distance beyond the middle; their
apices are cut away very obliquely from the suture, so that they
appear somewhat divergent. Each elytron has a single longi-
tudinal costa, disappearing in front, which is placed along the
angle between the dorsal and lateral face. The row of punctures
contiguous to this costa on the dorsal side is more conspicuous
than the rest.

From S. varieyata, Bates, which it somewhat resembles
in shape, this species may be distinguished by its much
more uniform coloration, and by the absence of the
second (dorsal) costa from the elytra.

Spalacopsis fusca, sp.n.

Precedenti similis sed minor, nigro-fusca, griseo tenuissime
pubescens. Long. 73—9 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco in Guerrero (Hdége).

Blackish brown, with a faint greyish pubescence. Head and
prothorax rather thickly punctured. Elytra distinctly punctured,
and having the punctures arranged in rather closely approximated
rows, with an impunctate and scarcely raised interval along the
dorso-lateral edge; this subcostiform interval disappears anteriorly

and posteriorly. The dark colour of the elytra is lightened by a
faint reddish tint.

This species differs from the preceding by its smaller
size, scantier pubescence, and darker coloration. The
prothorax is without lines of paler pubescence. The
impunctate interval between the dorsal and lateral face
of each elytron is not distinctly raised nor costiform, as
in S. similis.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 261

Tessarecphora arachnoides, Thoms.

To the localities previously known for this species
may be added Acapulco in Guerrero, from which Herr
Hoge has sent one example. This appears to be the
most northern limit yet recorded.

HommopHia@us, gen. nov.

Female. Form broad and robust. Head flattened in front,
widened out at the base, with the cheeks rather long and promi-
nent. Eyes emarginate, with the lower lobes somewhat trans-
verse. Antenne about one-third longer than the body, ten-jointed,
with the tenth joint very short, the first joint stout and clavate, the
third longer than the first, and slightly thickened towards the apex.
Prothorax transverse, with two tubercles on the disk, and furnished
on each side with a median conical tubercle, and, lower down, a
smaller anterior tubercle. Elytra much broader across their base
than the base of the prothorax ; their length to their united breadth
in the ratio of about 3 to 2; sides subparallel; apices broadly and
conjointly rounded. Femora strongly clavate ; tibie regular, those
of the middle pair grooved obliquely on their outer face. Claws
of tarsi divaricate. Intercoxal processes of the pro- and meso-
sterna very broad and flat. Cotyloid cavities open on the outside.

This genus appears to be allied to Onychocerus, Serv.,
the species of which it closely resembles by its rather
short robust form, the inequalities of its elytral surface,
and its general bark-like style of coloration; it has,
however, much broader sternal processes than Onycho-
cerus, and is further to be distinguished by the less
number of joints to, and the absence of a claw-like
terminal joint from, the female antenne.

Homeophleus licheneus, sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 6).

Cinereo-pubescens, atro fuscoque plagiatus; prothoracis disco
medio fusco tuberculis duobus nigris nitidis munito; elytris basi
sparsim granulatis, utrisque tuberculo magno basali et costis tribus
obtusis, munitis. Long. 21, lat. 10 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Amula in Guerrero, 6000 ft. (H. H.
Smith).

Pubescence ashy grey in colour, with blackish and brownish
patches. Head sparsely punctured, ashy grey on the sides and
lower part of the front, brown above. Prothorax sparsely punc-
tured, the punctures almost wholly confined to the sides and mar-

262 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the

gins of the pronotum. Elytra with small shining black granules
sparsely spread on the basal fifth or sixth, and extending on to the
summits of the two large tubercles or humps, which are placed—
one on either side—a little behind the base; behind these tubercles
there is on each elytron a large oblique depression, succeeded by
three broad irregular longitudinal grooves or depressions, which
form the intervals between the cost. The elytra appear to be
without punctuation beyond a few scattered punctures near the
middle of their length. The dark patches are almost absent from
the basal fourth of the disk of the elytra, but there is a large
almost black patch extending from the base backwards on each
side below the shoulder.

Oreodera affinis, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 14).

Capite, prothorace, elytrisque basi et corpore subtus fulvo-
brunneis; elytris pone basin albo-griseis utrisque plagis tribus
viridi-fulvis ; prothorace supra tuberculis duobus distinctis ; elytris
utrisque pone basin fasciculato-cristatis ; apicibus obliquiter trun-
catis fere rotundatis. Long. 12°5 mm.

Hab. GuatEmMaua, Coban in Vera Paz (Conradt).

Head, thorax, base of elytra, and under side of body clothed
with a fulvous brown pubescence. ‘The rest of the elytra with a
close greyish white pubescence, interrupted on each by three
greenish or fulvous green transverse plage or fasciz, the first of
which immediately succeeds the basal fulvous brown band, and
reaches the suture on the inner side; the second, placed just
behind the middle, is more distinct, but does not reach the suture ;
the third forms a spot at the apex. The colour of these bands and
spots seems to be due to a fulvous brown pubescence laid on a dark
olive-green derm; while the part of the derm covered by the
whitish pubescence is apparently of a testaceous colour. Near
the base of each elytron there is a short crest surmounted by a
tuft composed chiefly of fulvous hairs with a few darker hairs
behind.

This species seems closely allied to O. costaricensis,
Thoms., from which it is to be distinguished by the
colours of the elytra, and by the more distinct basal
crest and tuft on each elytron. The punctuation also is
scarcely evident, except along the lateral margins of the
elytra.

Acanthoderes piperatus, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 4).

Griseo-fulvescens, punctis numerosis fuscis maculatus; pro-
thorace lateraliter subacute tuberculato, supra bituberculato dense

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 268

punctato, medio haud earinato; scutello fusco, marginibus fulve-
scentibus ; elytris supra conyexis, haud costatis, griseo fulvescente-
que pubescentibus, dense sat fortiterque punctatis, punctis fusco-
limbatis; utroque elytro macula parva pone medium fusca; cor-
pore subtus pedibusque fuscis griseo subtiliter pubescentibus ;
antennis (g') quam corpore paullo longioribus, fuscis, articulis basi
griseis. Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Murxtco, Ventanas in Durango (Héqe).

Head sparsely punctured in front; vextex with two closely
approximated dark brown spots. Prothorax without a median dorsal
carina; thickly and rather strongly punctured above, and with two
tubercles on the disk. Elytra convex, without costa or basal
wmbone, deeply and rather thickly punctured anteriorly, with the
punctures posteriorly as thickly distributed, but somewhat shal-
lower, and each surmounted by a fuscous border; in addition to
the numerous dark brown points thus spread over the whole elytra,
there is a small irregularly rounded spot on each just behind the
middle, while the conjunction of some of the points forms a
similar but less distinct spot on each near the apex. Apices of
elytra slightly obliquely truncate, the angles not produced. Pro-
sternal process gradually declivous posteriorly ; the mesosternal
somewhat more abruptly declivous in front.

In addition to this species there is only one other of
the genus, so far as I know, in which the elytra are
without either a costa or basal umbone. This species
(A. morristt, Uhler), which I have not seen, has a dis-
tinct zigzag or M-shaped band behind the middle of
each elytron, and so appears to differ sufficiently from
the present species.

Acanthoderes signatus, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 8, 2).

?. Supra albo-cinereus, nigro ornatus ; prothoracis disco vittis
tribus nigris, medio earinato et utrinque tuberculato; scutello
nigro, medio griseo; elytris basi sparsim granulatis, utrisque macu-
lis vel plagis septem et punctis minimis nigris, apicibus truncatis ;
antennis medium elytrorum paullo excedentibus, articulis 80—5um
apice subtus dense fimbriatis. Long. 13 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Xucumanatlan in Guerrero, 7000 ft.
(H. H. Smith).

Greyish white, with black markings. Prothorax with a median
narrow black vitta, which ends ina small triangular dilatation in
front and behind, and with a shorter black vitta passing from the

264 Mr. ©. J. Gahan’s additions to the

summit of each of the two conical tubercles of the disk to the base
of the prothorax. Elytra each with an obtuse costa, which ante-
riorly is somewhat more prominent, and furnished above with
minute granules; some similar granules are placed over the
shoulders. The black spots or markings are seven in number on
each elytron; four (1st, 8rd, 5th, and 7th) being placed along the
side, and three on the disk; the second is shaped somewhat like
the Greek letter y, the sixth like av. Some small black points
form a row on each side of the apical half of the suture. Apices of
the elytra truncate. Legs and under side of body with a greyish
white pubescence; tibia ringed with fuscous; tarsi above, first
joint excepted, dark brown. Antenne in the female extending a
little beyond the middle of the elytra, grey, with the last two joints
and the apices of the preceding joints brownish black ; apices of
the third, fourth, and fifth joints with a short thick fringe of black
hairs underneath.

A small specimen from Chiapas (length, 8 mm.), in
the British Museum collection, appears to be the male
of this, or of a very closely allied species. In this speci-
men the last three joints of the antenne, as well as the
apices of the preceding joints, are rather thickly ciliate
underneath ; the dorsal cost of the elytra can be dis-
tinguished only near the base, and the basal granules
are wanting; the fourth and fifth black spots of each
elytron are united to form a very irregular transverse
fascia extending from the outer margin almost up to the
suture; the sides of the prothorax below the lateral
tubercles are entirely fuscous ; the under side of the body
and the femora underneath are so scantily furnished
with greyish hairs that they appear almost entirely
black.

Acanthoderes sp.

One imperfect example of this species was taken at
Mexico city (d/ége). It appears to be closely allied to,
and may perhaps be only a variety of, A. nigritarsis.

Acanthoderes nigritarsis, White.
Cat. Longic. Col. Brit. Mus., ii., p. 863.

= A. sylvanus, Bates, Biol. Cent. Amer., Col., v.,
p. 141.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 265

Leptostylus arciferus, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 8).

Fulvo-brunneo-pubescens, elytris inter medium apicemque
fascia angusta nigra valde sinuata, et paullo ante hance fascia
minus distincta A-formante; prothorace lateraliter obtuse tuber-
culato, disco inequali antice binodoso; elytris utrisque lineis
tribus leviter elevatis, fasciculis minutis pilorum nigrorum munitis ;
apicibus obliquiter truncatis, subrotundatis; antennis griseo-tes-
taceis, articulis apice angustim fuscis. Long. 9—10 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Cuernavaca in Morelos (Hége) ; Chil-
pancingo in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

With a fulvous brown pubescence, mixed with grey on the front
of the head and towards the middle of the elytra. The elytra with
two narrow black bands placed between the middle and the apex,
the anterior less distinct and somewhat chevron-shaped, the pos-
terior strongly bowed forwards in the middle, and at the sides
curved round so that its outer extremities take a slightly forward
direction. For a short distance in front of the anterior band the
elytral pubescence has a paler greyish tint. Hach elytron has two
or three slightly raised lines, along which at intervals are placed
minute tufts of short black hairs, with one somewhat larger than
the rest near the anterior extremity of the innermost line. Body
underneath and legs with a greyish pubescence. Antenne (3)
half as long again as the body, testaceous, with a grey pubescence,
which is somewhat unequally distributed over the basal joints,
these having in consequence a rather mottled appearance ; apices
of all the joints fuscous.

Leiopus Batesi, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 9).

Leiopus sp., Bates, Biol. Cent. Amer., Col., vol. v.,
p. 393.

Brunneo-testaceus, cinereo-pubescens; elytris maculis punc-
tisque fuscis adspersis; prothorace lateraliter paullo ante basin
acute tuberculato ; antennis quam corpore plus duplo longioribus,
griseo-testaceis, articulis apice late infuscatis. Long. 4}—6 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Iguala in Guerrero (Hége) ; Ventanas
(Forrer).

Brownish testaceous; clothed with a rather dense pubescence,
varying in colour from ashy white to brownish grey. Elytra with
a number of small points and a few spots of a dark brown colour.
Of the larger spots, one is placed dorsally on each elytron near the
base, another a little further back at the side, and a third, slightly

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) Y

266 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the

transverse and oblique, is placed behind the middle. The sides of
the prothorax are almost straight and gradually divergent from the
front margin up to the summit of the lateral tubercles, behind
which they are abruptly constricted. The apices of the elytra are
somewhat obliquely truncate.

Anisopodus brevis, sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 12).

Depressa; prothorace supra griseo, maculis duabus fuscis ;
elytris cinereo-fulvis, vitta laterali, fascia angusta transversa sub-
basal, et plaga pone medium conjunctis nigro-fuscis; apicibus
obliquiter truncatis, angulis obtusis. Long. 5—7 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Amula in Guerrero, 6000 ft. (H. H.
Smith).

Head and prothorax with a greyish pubescence. Pronotum with
two fuscous spots, which are sometimes almost obsolete. Elytra ful-
vous grey above; witha broad dark brown vitta on each side, which
does not extend to the apex, and which is dilated above near its
hinder extremity to form a plaga on the outer part of the flattened
disk of the elytron; a similarly coloured narrow band crosses the
elytra close up to the basal margin. The apices are cut obliquely
backwards from the suture, with all the angles obtuse.

Sympleurotis armatus, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 10, 3).

S. rwdi affinis et similis sed differt prothorace lateraliter pone
medium tuberculo parvo conico armato; segmento ultimo abdo-
minis (g') lamina dorsali profundius emarginata.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme in Guerrero (H. H. Smith) :
GuATEMALA, San Gerénimo (Champion).

Head with a somewhat greyish or fulvous grey pubescence in
front, passing into brownish above. Disk of prothorax with a
median area covered with close brownish pubescence, at the outer
limit of which, towards each side, are two small velvety black
spots placed one in front of the other, and each marking the posi-
tion of a small very feebly raised tuber; the sides of the pro-
thorax have an ashy white pubescence, interrupted by a number of
black points, and each is furnished, a little behind the middle, with
a small conical tubercle (rather larger and more easily seen in the
female example). Scutellum dark velvety brown, with a light
brown or greyish centre. Elytra closely punctured, carinate on
each side from the shoulder up to the middle. Anterior half of the
disk of elytra brownish, with fuscous and ashy points; this is
succeeded at the middle by an ill-defined greyish band; the sides ~

Longicornia of Meaico and Central America. 267

and posterior part of the elytra are of a dark olivaceous colour,
varied with greyish and fuscous; near the apex is a fuscous
olivaceous spot with a margin of pale fulvous. Body underneath
with a greyish pubescence. Dorsal plate of the last abdominal
segment of the male narrowly but very deeply emarginate, ventral
plate feebly emarginate. Last abdominal segment of the female
produced as in Astynomus, the dorsal valve attenuated and sharp-
ened at the extremity, the ventral valve narrowly emarginate.

Phea phthisica, Bates.
Biologia C. A., Col., vol. v., p. 197.

To the localities previously recorded may be added
Mexico, Tapachula in Chiapas, and Jalapa in Vera
Cruz (Hége).

A number of examples of the variety described by -
Bates (J. c., p. 425) have also been taken by Mr. H. H.
Smith at Teapa in Tabasco. In this variety there is a
fulvous vitta on each side of the disk of the prothorax,
and the anterior margin of the disk is also fulvous. In
the normal form the anterior margin only is fulvous,
though sometimes there are traces of the lateral vitte.

Phea unicolor, sp. n.
P. tenuate affinis sed major et omnino nigra. Long. 8°5 mm.

Hab. Mrxtco, Omilteme in Guerrero, alt. 8000 ft.
(H. H. Smith). One example.

Entirely black and nitid; slightly obscured only by some faint
greyish sete. Strongly and closely punctured. Prothorax cylin-
drical, slightly constricted at the base, where there is a tolerably
distinct transverse groove; with a much feebler transverse groove
close to the anterior margin; the disk without any trace of an
umbone.

This species has a similar elongate and slender form
to P. tenuata, Bates, and agrees very closely with this
species in most other respects. It is, however, some-
what greater in size, and is entirely black.

Tetraopes femoratus, Lec.

Journ. Acad. Philadelphia, ser. 2, vol. i. (1847), p. 93;
vol. ii., p. 157; Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. vii.
(1878), pp. 48 and 49.

y 2

268 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the

To the previously known localities may be added
Mexico, Durango city, Aguas calientes city, Monterey in
Nuevo Leon, and Tula in Hidalgo (Hoge).

Bates had already, with some doubt, but, as it proves,
correctly, referred a single example from Northern
Sonora to this species. The considerable series of ex-
amples since sent by Herr Hoge are mostly from Durango
city ; a few only from the other localities cited. These
specimens all agree in having the first antennal joint
and the femora red; the two front pairs of tibie are
usually dark red, but are in some cases almost entirely
blackish; the hind tibie are generally more or less black.
The full number of elytral spots are usually present, and
of a fair size; but one or both of the two antemedian
spots of each elytron may be absent or much reduced in
size. The prothoracic umbone is somewhat oblong in
shape, its sides, which are sharply limited, being only
slightly convex in outline; it is traversed along the
middle by a feeble groove or depression, so that its
surface is usually slightly concave from side to side.
Many of the Mexican specimens agree very closely in
every respect with a Californian example in the British
Museum collection. In order to feel quite sure of the
identity of the species, I have submitted a couple of
specimens to Dr. Horn for his inspection, and he has
kindly replied that they are without doubt to be referred
to the T'etraopes femoratus of Leconte. The Mexican
specimens come nearest, I think, to the varieties basalis
and oregonensis of Leconte, as distinguished by Dr. Horn
(op. supra cit.); and I have reason to believe that one or
more of the other Mexican species will, on comparison
with authentic North American specimens, prove to
belong to other varieties of femoratus.

Mecas marmorata, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 7).

Elongata, pube grisea fulvo-varia obtecta; capite prothoraceque
et elytris punctatis, his supra planis, medio leviter depressis ;
antennis (g') quam corpore paullo longioribus, articulis lo, 20,
1loque nigro-fuscis, articulis 80 ad Tum subtus cinereis, supra
testaceis vel fuscis, articulis 80 ad 10um omnino cinereis. Long.
10—13 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Amula (6000 ft.) and Xucumanatlan
(7000 ft.) in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 269

Elongate, narrow. Prothorax with the sides parallel. Elytra
flattened above and slightly depressed towards the middle. The
entire body clothed with a mixed pubescence of grey and pale
fulvous, the latter being condensed in places to form numerous
small patches. Antenne a little longer than the body in the male,
with the first, second, and last joints blackish brown, with the
under sides and bases of the joints from the third to the seventh,
and the whole of joints eighth to tenth, pale cinereous ; the upper
side of the joints third to seventh, especially towards their apices,
fuscous testaceous; the last joint is slightly thicker and scarcely
longer than the preceding joint.

Cirrhicera conspicua, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 18, ?.).

Nigra, fasciis flavo-ochraceis ornata ; antennis nigris, articulis
50, Goque subtus dense, articulis lo ad 4um minus dense ciliatis.
Long. 15—16 mm.

Hab. Mrxico, R. Papagaio in Guerrero, 1200 ft.
(EES ETS Smath).

Head (excepting a narrow median portion of vertex), sides of
prothorax, a broad triangular plaga at the base of the elytra, a spot
under each shoulder, and a broad transverse fascia behind the
middle, clothed with a thick bright ochreous yellow pubescence.
Sides of the meso- and meta-sterna, and of the first two abdominal
segments, similarly clothed in the male. Legs in the male testa-
ceous yellow.

The female differs from the male by its slightly shorter
antenne, its rounded (instead of shghtly sinuate) apical
margin to the abdomen, and by having the first three
abdominal segments clothed with yellow pubescence ;
while the last two have each a spot of the same colour
on each side; the femora also in the single female before
me are almost black, and the first three joints of the tarsi
dark brown.

Cirrhicera basalis, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 5, 3).
Fusco-testacea, griseo subtiliter pubescens, niveo ornata; pro-
thorace utrinque vitta lata nivea; elytris macula parva nivea
utrinque ad basin extremam, et maculis duabus sutura conjunctis
paullo pone medium; lateribus meso-, metathoracisque et maculis
duabus abdominis utrinque niveis. Long. 7—10} mm.

Hab. Mexico, Venta de Peregrino and R. Papagaio,
both in Guerrero (1. H. Smith); Acapulco (Smith and
Hoge).

70 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the —

This species somewhat closely resembles C. niveo-
signata, Thoms., but may be at once distinguished by the
position of the basal white spots of the elytra. These
are placed at the extreme base in the former, while in
the latter they are a short distance from the basal
margin.

In addition to the usual difference in the length of the
antenne, and the shape of the abdomen, the males of
the present species differ from the females by the thicker
pubescence on the front of the head, which may be
greyish or even whitish in colour, and by having the
lateral spot on the first abdominal segment equal to or
larger than the spot on the second segment. In the
female the first spot is much smaller than the second.
In the females also the femora are more or less black,
while in the males they are pale testaceous.

Malacoscylus humilis, Bates.
Biologia C. A., Col., vol. v., p. 223.

One male specimen only was known to Mr. Bates
when he wrote his description. Mr. H. H. Smith has
since sent a long series, including both male and female
examples, from the following localities in Guerrero :—
Omuilteme (8000 ft.), Xucumanatlan (7000 ft.), and Chil-
pancingo (4600 ft.).

The female differs from the male by its somewhat
shorter and relatively broader form; by its shorter,
thicker, and more densely fringed third antennal joint ;
the front of the head also is black and glossy, excepting
a slight patch of greyish or fulvous pubescence on each
side beneath the antennal tubercle; the lateral fulvous
vittz of the prothorax only exceptionally extend on to
the humeral depression at the base of the elytra in the
female, while they very generally do so in the male; the
tarsi of the females are entirely black, while in the
males the first three joints of the anterior tarsi are
more or less yellowish. In some examples of both
sexes the fulvous vittz of the prothorax have extended
dorsally so as to cover part of the anterior half of the
disk; while in one small male almost the whole upper
surface of the head and prothorax is covered with ful-
vous pubescence. ‘These examples differ in no other
respect from the typical form, with which they are, in

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 271

fact, connected by almost insensible gradations. It is
otherwise with the two following varieties, which might
indeed, with some show of reason, be regarded as dis-
tinct species.

Malacoscylus humilis var. grisescens.
M. humili typico differt prothoracis disco elytrisque pube grisea
vel fulvo-grisea obtectis, corpore subtus versus latera (g\) cinereo
pubescente.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme (8000 ft.), Chilpancingo
(4600 ft.), and Xucumanatlan (7000 ft.), in Guerrero
CAE Smiitiey.

The specimens which I have placed together under
the above name agree very closely in general form and
structure with the more typical forms of M. humilis.
Their coloration is, however, so distinct that I have
thought it well to give this variety a separate name.
The whole of the upper side, with the exception of the
usual fulvous vitte on the prothorax, is covered by a
more or less dense dark grey or fulvous grey pubescence ;
the under side of the female has a somewhat similar
pubescence, but in the male the pubescence of the under
side varies from pale greyish to ashy white, with always
a distinct patch of the latter colour, sometimes mixed
with fulvous, along the sides of the meso- and meta-
thorax.

Malacoscylus humilis, Bates, var. fulvescens.
(Pion ie 46.9%).
M. humili typico differt elytris testaceis, pube fulvescente fere
omnino denseque obtectis.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme and Chilpancingo in Guer-
rero (H. H. Simith).

Three examples only of this very distinct variety were
taken. The elytral derm, which is almost entirely
testaceous in colour, is so closely covered by a pale
tawny pubescence that the punctuation is very incon-
spicuous, and in places quite invisible. In the ordinary
form, and in the preceding variety, the rather close and
moderately strong punctuation is clearly enough dis-
cernible, though ‘it should be mentioned that in one
female example of the var. grisescens the punctuation is
almost as much concealed as in the present variety.

~

272 Mr. ©. J. Gahan’s additions to the

This variety has a strong resemblance in colour and
facies to Hemilophus prolixus, Bates, from which it may,
however, be easily distinguished by the structure of the
antenne.

Malacoscylus bivittatus, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 15, 3).

Niger, griseo vel fulvo-griseo sat dense pubescens; capite supra
vittis duabus albidis, antice convergentibus et inter antennas con-
junctis; prothorace elytrisque utrinque albido-vittatis ; elytris ad
apices angustim rotundatis; carinis lateralibus paullo pone apicem
evanescentibus. Long. 11—14 mm.

(g). Antennis quam corpore vix brevioribus ; articulo 30 quam
lo vel 40 sesqui longiori ; articulis 80, 4oque basi testaceis.

(?). Antennis dimidium corporis vix excedentibus ; articulo
80 incrassato dense sed breviterque nigro-fimbriato, quam articulo
lo vel 40 paullo longiori; articulis 40 ad 6um plus minusve
testaceis.

Hab. Muxtco, Omilteme (8000 ft.) and Chilpancingo
(4600 ft.) in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

The diverging dingy white vittwe of the vertex of the head are
continuous behind with the two vittz, one on each side, of the
prothorax ; these again join at the base the two vitte which run
along the elytra, one on each side immediately above the lateral
carina. The prothorax and elytra are rather strongly and thickly
punctured, the prothorax somewhat less thickly than the elytra.
At the apex each elytron is narrowed to an obtuse point, and in
this region the punctures are almost obsolete.

This species differs from the other members of the
genus in the rather narrow apices of its elytra; and, in
common with the preceding species, it differs in one or
two other important respects from the more typical repre-
sentatives of the genus. The third joint of the antenne is
relatively much shorter in both sexes, and in the female
it is very distinctly thickened. The head also does not
exhibit the broad depression above between the antennal
tubercles, which is to be seen in M. cirratus, Germ., and
other South American species.

Lycidola levipennis, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 1).

Nigra, fulvo-fasciata; elytris pone tertiam partem basalem
fortiter dilatata, apice late nigro-cyanea, submetallica; antennis
(2) apicem elytrorum haud attingentibus, articulis tertio quarto-
que crassatis, subequalibus, dense ciliatis, utrisque quam primo
paullo longioribus. Long. 26, lat. ad hum. 9 mm,

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 278

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (T'rstsch).

Head black, with the front, the cheeks, a short vitta behind
each eye, and a median dorsal vitta fulvous. Prothorax black,
with a broad fulvous vitta on each side. Elytra with their sides
straight and parallel to about the end of the anterior third, and
thence strongly diverging to enclose the posterior flattened and
laterally rounded expansion, which occupies about the hinder
two-thirds of the elytra. The upper surface exhibits scarcely any
indication of raised lines, and is crossed by two fulvous bands—
one at the base, the other somewhat broader and with a strongly
indented posterior margin—placed just behind the middle. Between
the latter band and the apex the elytra are dark blue, with a some-
what metallic tint. Body underneath black, with the middle of
the metasternum andthe hind part of the prosternum yellowish
testaceous. Last abdominal ventral segment strongly convex, its
hind margin angularly incised in the middle.

In this species the lateral expansion of the elytra
commences farther back from the base than in the other
members of the genus, and this character, together with
the almost complete absence of raised lines from the
elytra, will serve for its recognition.

Note.—Dr. Horn has directed my attention to an error
in synonymy, which occurs in Bates’s last paper (ante,
p- 161). Bates places Cyllene robinie, Forst., and
C. pictus, Drury, as synonyms of the same species,
having evidently overlooked Horn’s paper (Trans. Amer.
Soc., vill., 1880, p. 186), in which the two forms are
shown to be quite distinct. The species which Bates
had in view, and which is to be recorded as occurring in
Mexico is Cyllene pictus.

~

274 Longicornia of Mexico and Central America.

EXPLANATION oF PuatE XII.

Fie. 1. Lycidola levipennis.
2. Heyrus arcuatus.

3. Acanthoderes signatus, 2.

4. 3 piperatus.

5. Cirrhicera basalis, 3.

6. Homeophleus licheneus.

7. Mecas marmorata.

8. Leptostylus arciferus.

9. Leiopus Batest.

10. Sympleurotis armatus. 3.

11. Deliathis diluta.

12. Anisopodus brevis.

13. Cirrhicera conspicua, 2.

14. Oreodera affinis.

15. Malacoscylus bivittatus, 3.

16. | humilis, var. fulvescens, 2.

GE2Go.”)

XVII. Contribution to a knowledge of the Homopterous
family Fulgoride. By W. L. Disrant, F.E.S.

| Read November 2nd, 1892. |
PuaTE XIII.

THE species and a new genus described in this paper are
all from the Oriental and Australian regions, and embrace
the discoveries made in the family Fulgoride by Mr.
Hampson on the Neelgiri Hills, Mr. Lewis in Ceylon,
Dr. Townsend in Perak, Mr. Whitehead on the Kina
Balu Mountain in Borneo, Mr. Doherty on the Naga
Hills and the Island of Sangir, and by other travellers
and collectors, of whose names I am unfortunately igno-
rant. Dr. Stal generically studied this family with
excellent result, and his genera have now been followed
by the late Mr. Atkinson, who did so much for the
Indian fauna, and all other competent students of the
Homoptera. That arrangement is of course followed
here.
Fam. FULGORIDAL.

Subfam. FULGORIN A.
Cyntlila viridimaculata, n. sp.

Head ochraceous, cephalic process above with a central longitu-
dinal blackish sulcation, an indistinct line on each lateral margin,
and with two or three indistinct dark spots beneath; two central
black lines preceded by a basal black spot between the eyes, which
are fuscous. Pronotum ochraceous, with two central black lines
near anterior margin interruptedly continued in triangular manner
to base, and with scattered blackish spots. Mesonotum reddish
ochraceous, spotted and marked with black. Margins of metanotum
black. Abdomen blackish, with the posterior segmental margins
green. Body beneath and legs ochraceous; central area of the
face, base of rostrum, lateral margins of sternum, sternal spots,
spots and annulations to femora and to anterior and intermediate
tibiex, the tarsi, and apex of rostrum, fuscous or castaneous.
Tegmina with rather more than anterior half brownish ochraceous,
irregularly spotted with fuscous, remaining area hyaline, with the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1892,—PaRtT Iv. (DEC.)

276 Mr. W. L. Distant’s contribution to a knowledge

venation ochraceous and irregularly spotted with fuscous. Wings
pale hyaline, the venation fuscous, their bases somewhat shining
pale green. The cephalic process is almost equal in length to the
distance from its base to the apex of the mesonotum, and its apex
is distinctly incrassated, but laterally compressed.

Long. excl. tegm. from eyes to apex of abdomen, 14 millim.
Long. ceph. proc., 5 millim. Exp. tegm., 40 millim.

Hab. Mauay Pentnsuna; Perak.

Allied to C. ferocula, Stal, but separated, apart from
other structural characters, by the basal green coloration
of the wings.

Scamandra diana, n. sp. (Pl. XIIL, fig. 4).

Body above brownish ochraceous, the mesonotum darker in
hue; pronotum with two faint dark discal spots on each side;
anterior segmental margins of the abdomen pale castaneous. Body
beneath ochraceous or pale castaneous ; a broad central fascia to
face, margins of sternum and the femora blackish, the tibiz oliva-
ceous, bases of the posterior femora castaneous. Tegmina with
about basal two-thirds olivaceous green, containing a reddish
ochraceous spot at costal base, and a large basal claval streak,
followed by two small spots, a discal spot, and a transverse fascia,
all pale ochraceous; the green area terminates by a much waved and
sinuate narrow black fascia; apical third pale brownish ochraceous,
the venation very finely reticulate and paler in hue. On the under
side of the tegmina the discal spot and transverse fascia are bright
creamy white. Wings with about half or basal area olivaceous
ereen, shaded with blackish, the extreme base narrowly testaceous,
and the inner, outer, and apical (the last very broad) margins pale
brownish ochraceous, reticulated as on apex of tegmina. The
tubercle at the base of the posterior tibiz is in the form of a more
or less acute spine; the mesonotum is distinctly rugulose.

This species is allied in general coloration to S. daphne, Stal,
but the apex of the tegmina is considerably narrower, the sculpture
of the frontal part of the head quite different, and the pronotum
has a distinct central carina on its posterior half. In general
structure and size it is more closely allied to S. arcuigera, Stal.

Long. excl. tegm., 21 millim. Exp. tegm., 60 millim.

Hab. Matayan Ancuipenaco; Sangir (Doherty).

Birdantis pallescens, n. sp.
Head and thorax brownish ochraceous ; eyes fuscous. Pronotum
with two small central blackish discal spots. Mesonotum with four

of the Homopterous family Fulgoride. 277

fuscous spots, the central pair largest. Abdomen black, apical half
with a double series of pale discal spots, and a series of similar
spots on the lateral margins. Head beneath, sternum, and legs
ochraceous; femora and anterior and intermediate tibiz annulated
with fuscous. Abdomen beneath black. Tegmina with about basal
two-thirds ochraceous, irregularly mottled with darker brown ;
apical third fuscous, with the reticulated venation ochraceous.
Wings pale hyaline, the venation fuscous, the basal third blackish,
containing a pale greenish white fasciate spot. Disk of front dis-
tinctly subrugose; anterior margin of pronotum with a distinct
central notch.
Long. excl. tegm., 17 millim. Exp. tegm., 42 millim.

Hab. Mauayan Arncuipenaco; Batchian.

B. pallescens can at once be distinguished from the
other two species described by Stal by the differently
coloured base of the wings.

Desudaba maculata, 0. sp.

Body above, with the head, thorax, and base of abdomen, black ;
remainder of abdomen and the eyes ochraceous. Body beneath
ochraceous; the head, prosternum, and legs, black; nostrum
fuscous, its base black. Tegmina black, the apical third fuscous,
the black portion ornamented with seven to nine bright red spots,
the extreme base also streaked with the same colour. Wings
hyaline, with the venation fuscous, the basal third dark fuscous,
containing a large basal reddish patch streaked with greyish.

Long. excl. tegm., 18 millim. Exp. tegm., 34 millim.

Hab. Avusrrauia; Peak Downs.

Allied to D. psittacus, Walk., but at once separated by
the spotted tegmina and the larger fuscous basal area to
the wing.

Subfam. DICTYOPHARINA,

Dichoptera nubila, n. sp.

Body above dark ochraceous. Head, with the anterior and
lateral margins of vertex, a small spot at anterior angles, and two
central fasciz to same, black; a central fascia to front, a small
spot at each anterior angle, and a lateral fascia in front of eyes,
black. Pronotum, with the central keel, margined with two pairs
of elongate spots, the anterior margin and irregular discal mark-
ings, black. Mesonotum, with the space between the three central
carine darker in hue, and containing four ochraceous spots mar-
gined with black, a large black spot on anterior margin, and a

278 Mr. W. L. Distant’s contribution to a knowledge

strongly sinuated black fascia on each lateral area. Abdomen
with four macular black fascie, two central and one on each
lateral margin. Body beneath ochraceous, spotted with black; tibiz
annulated with black at base, centre and apex, the annulations on
posterior tibie faint above ; femora spotted with black. Tegmina
hyaline, the venation and costal membrane ochraceous, spotted
with fuscous ; a waved and somewhat broken dark fuscous trans-
verse fascia at base of apical area; beyond this the costal area is
dark fuscous, with an intermediate ochraceous spot; the whole
apical area irregularly shaded with fuscous. Wings hyaline; the
venation, anal margin, and the apex, fuscous. The anterior pro-
longation of the head is somewhat foliaceous, the length of the
head being a little less than that of the pronotum.

Long. excl. tegm., 17 millim. Long. head, 2 millim. Exp.
tegm., 48 millim.

Hab. Continentan India; Upper Assam. Burma;
Ruby Mines.

Allied to D. hyalinata, Spin., but differing by the more
foliaceous head, different colour, markings, &c.

Dichoptera hampsont, n. sp.

Allied to the preceding species, but with the head much longer
and less foliaceous, and without the anterior spots to vertex, which
has its anterior prolongation ovate, and not subquadrate as in
D. nubila ; the pronotum has a black fascia on each side of the
central keel. The tegmina are a little longer and more slender,
with the fuscous markings somewhat paler. The wings have the
apex alittle darker fuscous. The length of the head is equal to that
of the pronotum.

Long. excl. tegm., 20 millim. Long. head, 24 millim. Exp.
tegm., 53 millim.

Hab. Conrryentau Inpia; Neelgiri Hills, Southern
Slopes, 8000 feet (Hampson).

This species is also allied to D. picticeps, Stal, from
the Philippine Islands, but differs by the annulated
tibie, the shorter head, &ce.

Mr. Hampson captured the species at sugar.

Dichoptera nasuta, n. sp.

Body above ochraceous ; head very long, cephalic process with
a central triangular fascia, the apex and the lateral margins dark
fuscous. Pronotum suffused with fuscous, the central keel and the
lateral areas ochraceous. Mesonotum suffused with fuscous, and
with some basal spots and the apex ochraceous ; abdomen above

of the Homopterous family Fulgoride. 279

with four macular fuscous fascie. Body beneath ochraceous,
spotted with fuscous; tibia annulated with fuscous (intermediate
and posterior tibiz obscurely annulated) ; femora spotted with fus-
cous. Tegmina and wings as in the preceding species, but the fuscous
markings rather larger. The head is about equal in length to the
whole thorax above ; the cephalic process is ascending, irregularly
triangularly channelled for more than two-thirds its length, and its
apex slightly gibbous above, with the lateral margins spatulate.

Long. excl. tegm., 22 millim. Long. head, 6 millim. Exp.
tegm., 50 millim.

Hab. Mawuayan Arcuieenaco ; Celebes.

The great prolongation of the head distinguishes this
species from any other previously described.

Dictyophora preferrata, n. sp.

Head and thorax above ochraceous; cephalic process, with the
lateral margins and sometimes the apex, fuscous. Pronotum, with
the central keel and margins, somewhat paler in hue, the disk
wrinkled. Mesonotum, with three central keels, triangularly
united posteriorly, and pale ochraceous. Legs ochraceous, femora
striated with fuscous. Tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation
fuscous; their apices—broadly in the tegmina and narrowly in the
wings—fuscous. The cephalic process is distinctly and broadly
grooved above, the apex very slightly widened and subacutely
convex ; in the neighbourhood of the eyes it has three distinct keels.

Long. excel. tegm., 12 millim. Long. head, 5 millim. Long.
tegm. 9 millim.

Hab. Auvstrauia; Peak Downs.
Dictyophora bifasciata, n. sp.

Body above ochraceous, with a broad lateral fuscous fascia on
each side, from belind eyes to near apex of abdomen ; body beneath
and legs ochraceous, margins of the sternum fuscous. Tegmina
ochraceous, with a broad central longitudinal fuscous fascia,
widenod at apex. Wings hyaline, with a large fuscous spot at
apex. Structure of cephalic process much as in preceding species.

Long. excl. tegm., 9 millim. Long. head, 3 millim. Long.
tegm., 7 millim.

Hab. Austrauia; Peak Downs.

Dictyophora wmsignis, n. sp.
Closely allied to the preceding species, but the cephalic process
more nodulose at the base, which, together with the lateral areas,

280 Mr. W. L. Distant’s contribution to a knowledge

are castaneous ; tegmina without the longitudinal fascie, but with
the apical and one-third of the inner margin and the stigma
fuscous.

Long. excl. tegm., 7 millim, Long. head, 3 millim. Long.
tegm., 6 millim.

Hab. Austratta; Peak Downs.

Subfam. EURYBRACHYDINZ.
Messena radiata, n. sp. (Pl. XIII., fig. 1.)

Head and thorax above ochraceous, with irregular darker
markings; face ochraceous, its anterior margin speckled with
fuscous. Abdomen sanguineous, its lateral margins and anal
appendages orange-yellow. Sternum and legs pale ochraceous,
anterior femora and tibie speckled with blackish ; posterior tibie
—excluding base,—rostrum—excluding apex,—and posterior coxal
spots black. Abdomen beneath orange-yellow, the segmental
margins and apex somewhat fuscous. Tegmina with almost basal
half ochraceous, shaded with purplish towards its margins, and
with a few scattered discal small purplish spots; remaining area
pale greyish brown, with a central subapical spot, a spot near apex
of inner margin, and some very small scattered spots on apical
margin, black. Wings pale greyish, with three subapical marginal
black spots.

Long. excl. tegm., 12 millim. Exp. tegm., 36 millim.

Hab. Continentat Inpra; Neelgiri Hills (Hampson).

Most nearly allied to the Hurybrachys rubrescens,
Walk., which belongs to this genus.

KANDIANA, gen. nov.

Allied to Messena, but with the tegmina very long and
narrow, much longer than the wings, which are also
narrower than the tegmina. Posterior tibie—in speci-
men here described—with five spines on one tibia and
six on the other; probably six in normal specimens.

Kandiana lewisi, n.sp. (Pl. XIII, fig. 2.)

Body and legs warm ochraceous; head and thorax mottled with
darker hue; eyes pale fuscous. Tegmina obscure ochraceous, with
two broken macular pale fuscous fasciz near apex, and with some
apical marginal spots of the same colour. Wings pale obscure
ochraceous, the apex greyish, preceded by an elongate fuscous
spot, the apical margin narrowly of the same colour.

Long. excl. tegm., 9 millim. Exp. tegm., 32 millim.

Hab. Ceylon (Lewis).

of the Homopterous family Fulgoride. 281

Loxocephala castanea, n. sp.

Body and legs ochraceous; anterior margin of front, central
portion of anterior margin of pronotum, transverse fasciz to abdo-
men above, a longitudinal fascia to the anterior tibiw, apices of
tarsi, and base of apical segment of the abdomen beneath, black.
Teemina bright castaneous, minutely spotted with greyish, the
apical area bright ochraceous, containing a central black macular
fascia, the apical margin also black. Wings greyish white, the
apex bright ochraceous, with its margin black.

Long. excl. tegm., 10 millim. Exp. tegm., 28—30 millim.

Hab. Continentan Inp1a; Naga Hills (Doherty).

Allied to LZ. decora, Walk., from which it differs by the
different colour of the tegmina, absence of the basal
black fascia to same, and also by the absence of the
black subapical spot to the wings, and the black fascia
to the mesonotum.

Hurybrachys apicata, n. sp.

Body and legs dull sanguineous; head—-excluding eyes—pale
ochraceous. Tegmina pale olivaceous green, the extreme base and
a broad transverse fascia at apex dull reddish. Wings pale greyish,
with nearly the basal half dull reddish.

Long. excl. tegm., 8 millim. Exp. tegm., 18 millim.

Eidbime ln dia astGe!
A species to be readily recognised by its distinctive
colour markings.

Platybrachys signata, nu. sp.

Head, thorax and legs fuscous, speckled with testaceous ; abdo-
men sanguineous; cox, base of anterior and intermediate tibix,
and the posterior legs, pale sanguineous. Tegmina brownish,
speckled and irregularly spotted with fuscous; a series of small
greyish spots on costal margin, of which one is very large at about
two-thirds from base, a transverse greyish fascia a little before
apex, after which the colour is dark fuscous, containing either one
or a few very small greyish spots. In some specimens there is a
distinct and somewhat large fuscous spot at about centre of clavus.
Wings blackish, the basal area ochraceous, and with two large
ereyish marginal spots, one at apex and the other at about centre
of posterior margin.

Var. a. Tegmina with a transverse fuscous fascia near base.

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1892,—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) Z

282 Mr. W. L. Distant’s contribution to a knowledge

Var. b. As var. a, but the wings are without the apical grey spot.
Long. excl. tegm., 7 millim. Exp. tegm., 20 millim.

Hab. Ausrratta; Peak Downs.

Allied to P. transversa, Walk., but much larger, and
always to be recognised by the different coloration of the
wings.

Platybrachys insignis, n. sp.

Head and thorax above brownish, speckled with ochraceous ;
face ochraceous; abdomen and legs sanguineous; apices of the
femora, tibia—excluding base—and the tarsi, fuscous; anal
appendages to the abdomen ochraceous. Tegmina ochraceous,
much spotted with fuscous, especially on the costal and claval
margins, and the apical area; the whole disk is thickly, often con-
fluently, spotted with paler fuscous. Wings dark fuscous, the base
narrowly sanguineous, and with two prominent greyish white spots
on the apical margin.

Long. excl. tegm., 9 millim. Exp. tegm., 22 millim.

Hab. Avustratt1a; Peak Downs.

This species may be superficially recognised by the
two apical greyish white spots to the wings.

Platybrachys erata, n. sp.

Head and thorax above brownish ochraceous; abdomen ochra-
ceous ; face obscure ochraceous or pale olivaceous ; legs testaceous ;
apices of femora, subconfluent spots to tibiw, and apex of the abdo-
men, dark fuscous. Tegmina bronzy brown, with an oblique
transverse greyish fascia, extending for a little beyond the middle
of the costa half across the disk, and subobsoletely continued by
greyish spots to inner margin; a distinct greyish spot on costa at
apex, and a less distinct spot near apex of inner margin. Wings
ochraceous, with a fuscous outer marginal fascia, which is broadest
at apex.

Long. excl. tegm., 7 millim. Exp. tegm., 22 millim.

Hab. Samoa Isuanps and Ausrratia; Peak Downs.

Dardus albomaculatus, n. sp.

Head, thorax, and legs, brownish ochraceous; abdomen pale
sanguineous ; pronotum, with the posterior margin and a central
linear fascia, greyish white; apices of the femora, anterior and
intermediate tibize and tarsi, and bases and apices of the posterior
tibia, fuscous. Tegmina brownish ochraceous; a claval streak and
spots, a short broad fascia between clavus and costa, a broad

of the Homopterous family Fulgoride. 283

transverse macular fascia near apex, and some marginal apical
spots, greyish white. Wings pale fuscous.

Long. 6 millim.

Hab. Avusrrauia; Peak Downs.

Allied to D. abbreviatus, Guer., but distinguished by
the differently marked tegmina, «ce.

Dardus obscurus, 0. sp.

Head above, thorax, and tegmina, dark castaneous ; face, abdo-
men, and legs, pale sanguineous; face with a broad castaneous
fascia at base; eyes pale ochraceous.

Long. 5 millim.

Hab. Avusrrauia; Peak Downs.

Subfam. RICANIINA.
Ricania (Pochazia) flavocostata, u. sp.

Body blackish, legs and eyes pale fuscous, apex of abdomen
sreyish tomentose. Teemina pale fuscous, the apical and outer
areas dark fuscous; costal margin for about two-thirds from base
ochraceous. Wings pale fuscous.

Long. excl. tegm., 10 millim. Exp. tegm., 35 millim.

Hab. Matay Peninsuta; Sungei Ujong. Borneo;
Kina Balu Mount.

Allied to R. fumata, A. & §., but differing by the
broad ochraceous costal margin to the tegmina, which
are also more distinctly sinuate before apex.

Subfam. FLATINA.
Phromnia parmata, n. sp.

Body and legs pale ochraceous; eyes, antenne, anterior and
intermediate tibiz and tarsi, and the posterior tarsi, black.
Teemina pale ochraceous, the apical margin and a double curved
discal fascia on outer half very pale fuscous; a black central spot
a short distance from base. Wings greyish white, the venation
very pale ochraceous.

Long. excl. tegm., 11 millim. Exp. tegm., 44—50 millim.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Palawan.

Allied to P. hamifera, Walk., but differing by its
smaller size, the black subbasal spot to the tegmina, &e.

Z 2

284 Mr. W. L. Distant’s contribution to a knowledge

Phromnia montivaga, n.sp. (Pl. XIII., fig. 5.)

Head and thorax above reddish ; abdomen and legs pale ochra-
ceous; eyes, antenne, anterior and intermediate tibie and tarsi,
and the posterior tarsi, black. Tegmina ochraceous, reddish
ochraceous on disk of basal half and the clavus; the costal area
and the apical half thickly powdered with greyish tomentose, the
basal disk very sparingly so; the apical margin and a double
curved discal fascia on outer half very pale fuscous, and very
indistinctly seen through the tomentose covering; a black central
spot near base. Wings greyish white.

Long. excl. tegm., 13 millim. Exp. tegm., 50 millim.

Hab. Bornto; Kina Balu Mount (Whitehead).

By the ground colour of the tegmina this species is
allied to P. tricolor, White, and by the markings of the
saine to the previously described species, P. parmata.

Flata radiata, n. sp.

Body and legs pale tawny; abdomen clothed with greyish
tomentose. Tegmina greyish, with a pinky hue and two bright
ochraceous ray-like fasciz ; one bounding lower portion of radial
area, the other on the inner claval margin, neither extending
beyond middle. Wings greyish white.

Long. excl. tegm., 14 millim. Exp. tegm., 43 millim.

Hab. Borneo; Sarawak.
A species of unique coloration and markings.

Flata labeculata, n. sp.

Body and legs pale greenish; the eyes and tarsi blackish.
Tegmina creamy white, the margins and a curved subapical fascia
very pale reddish ochraceous; six irregularly shaped spots crossing
radial area, and a spot near apex of same, two irregular spots
beneath radial area situate at centre and near apex, and four
elongate spots above clavus, dark reddish ochraceous. Wings
creamy white.

Long. excl. tegm., 13 millim. Exp. tegm., 50 millim.

Hab. Crureses; Minahassa.

The tegmina are broad and rounded apically, and the
venation is close and somewhat reticulated on the apical
area. <A very distinctly marked species.

The two species of Flata above described belong to
that portion of the genus represented by Ff’. modesta,

of the Homopterous family Fulgoride. 285

Don., and F’.. helena, Walk., in which the apices of the
tegmina are more or less rounded, and the posterior
angle not angularly produced.

Flata (Colobesthes ?) semanga, n.sp. (Pi. XIIL, fig. 6.)

Body and legs greenish ochraceous. Tegmina pale green, the
margins very narrowly ochraceous and with five large discal spots,
and an outer submarginal fascia, greyish white tomentose; of these
five spots the first is oblique and at about middle of disk, the other
four being between it and the submarginal fascia. Wings greyish
white.

Long. excl. tegm., 12 millim. Exp. tegm., 50 millim.

Hab. Mautay Peninsuta; Province Wellesley.

The tegmina are very broad, and their posterior angles
at apices of inner margins are angularly dilated, as in
Col. jaleata, Guer. The striking coloration of this large
and handsome species renders it very distinct.

Cenestra ligata, n. sp. (Pl. XIIL., fig. 3.)

Body and legs ochraceous; two longitudinal fasciz to the face
continued to vertex of head, two longitudinal spots to pronotum,
and two much larger ones to mesonotum, blackish. Tegmina
creamy white, with the base ochraceous; the margins, a curved
fascia a little before apex extending from costal margin to about
middle, and a longitudinal fascia between this and base, blackish.
Wings creamy, tinged with ochraceous.

Long. excl. tegm., 12 millim. Exp. tegm., 37 millim.

Hab. Mauay Pentnsuna; Perak (Townsend).

Allied to C. circulata, Guer., but differing by the
much narrower tegmina and the different markings of
the same.

Cenestra copulanda, un. sp.

Closely allied to the preceding species, but with the tegmina
shorter and broader, the subapical curved fascia extending to near
inner margin, and with the central transverse fascia shorter and
straighter; mesonotum with two additional black spots on each
lateral margin ; anterior and intermediate tibix blackish.

Var. a. Tegmina and wings with the ground colour pure
greenish white.

Long. excl. tegm., 7—10 millim. Exp. tegm., 26—82 millim.

Hab. Java.

.

286 The Homopterous family Fulgoride.

Copsyrna ochracea, n. sp.

Body and legs ochraceous; eyes and two contiguous central
spots on vertex of head, two central spots to pronotum, two elon-
gate central spots to mesonotum, four spots on posterior margin
of same, and the apices of the tarsi, black. Tegmina greyish white,
with transverse spots on basal portion of the costal membrane,
scattered, irregular and reticulated spots on basal half of disk, four
curved fasciz on apizal half,—the innermost shortest and most
irregular,—and the apical margin (narrowly), dark fuscous. Wings
ochraceous.

Var. a. Tegmina shaded with bluish grey, tomentose; face with
a central longitudinal black fascia.

Long. excl. tegm., 11 millim. Exp. tegm., 45—48 millim.

Hab. Mauay Pentysvta; Sungei Ujong and Perak.

This species is allied to C. maculata, Guer., from
which it differs by the much broader tegmina, the
ochraceous wings, &c.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1, la.—Messena radiata.
2, 2a.—Kandiana lewist.
3, 3a.—Cenestra ligata.
4, 4a.—Scamandra diana.
5, 5a.—Phromnia montivaga.
6, 6a.—F lata (Colobesthes ?) semanga.

© (287, -)

XVIII. The secretion of potassium hydroxide by Dicranura
vinula (imago), and the emergence of the imago from
the cocoon. By Oswaup H. Larter, M.A., Assistant
Master at Charterhouse ; late Tutor of Keble College.
Communicated by FrepErtc MErririexp, F'.E.§.

[Read November 2nd, 1892. |

THE investigations of which I now publish the results
were undertaken at the instigation of Mr. FI’. Merrifield,
to whom I must at once acknowledge my utmost in-
debtedness, not only for his suggestion, but also for a
most generous supply of material wherewith to conduct
my experiments and observations. I must also thank
my colleague, the Rev. §. D. Titmas, for much kind
assistance and advice.

More than forty-five years ago Mr. Merrifield observed
that the imago of D. vinula produced an alkaline fluid at
the time of emergence from the pupa. The observation
was, I believe, never published, and no further work, so
far as I am aware, has been done on the subject until, at
Mr. Merrifield’s suggestion, I undertook its continuance.
It is well known that the larva of D. vinula spins an
exceedingly hard cocoon, composed partly of a tough
semitransparent substance, which is, as | conceive it,
virtually a mass of agglutinated silk, and partly of
portions of bark gnawed off from the tree on which
the cocoon is constructed. The whole forms a hard
unyielding protection to the enclosed pupa. Notwith-
standing the character of this wall, the imago pierces it
at the proper season without difficulty. ‘The means
whereby this 1s accomplished I hope to show in the
following pages.

Two distinct points present themselves for investi-
cation. (1) The means by which the cocoon is softened ;
(2) the apparatus employed in tearing open the cocoon
when soltened.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—paRT lv. (DEC.)

~

288 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of

I. The softening of the cocoon.

A number of pupe were cut out from their cocoons,
and enclosed in red litmus-paper in such a way as to
compel the moths to pierce the paper in order to effect
their escape. In each case the papers were moistened
by the emerging imago with a fluid which produced a
deep blue stain of varying dimensions. The alkalinity
of the fluid was thus proved. These stained papers were
useless for analysis owing to the impurities present in
the litmus-papers. Accordingly some forty pupx were
enveloped in best Swedish filter-; aper, which is entirely
free from all impurities, and contains no substances
soluble in water. There was a slight difficulty in
arranging the paper so as to afford sufticient obstruction
to the emerging imago. Double thickness of the paper
was too much for the imago to penetrate, and a single
thickness not sufficient to provoke the maximum dis-
charge of the softening fiuid. About ten pup# were
enclosed in glass tubes, with their heads against the
closed ends. The majority of the pupe# emerged success-
fully from the papers, yielding me thirty-two papers,
each stained very faintly by the ejected fluid. The
pup in glass tubes did not succeed so well—only four
hatched (one is still alive, and evidently going over to
next year), and of these only one was of any use: the
fluid in the other three cases being spoiled by mixture
with excrementitious matter. The one tube I was able to
make use of contained a few drops of clear watery liquid.
This tube I obtained in a satisfactory condition by fortu-
nately seeing the imago just struggling to get free. I
accordingly waited till I judged that most of the fluid
was ejected, and then withdrew the moth and pupa-case
from the tube with a pair of fine forceps.

I then proceeded to analyse the stains on the papers.
All stains of excrement were carefully cut away, and
only absolutely pure stains were retained. These were
placed in distilled water, and raised to a temperature of
about 90° C.; at the same time the papers were kept in
motion by stirring them with a glass rod, so as to reduce
them to pulp. 1 then filtered off the liquid, and con-
densed it by evaporation at about the same temperature.
When cool, analysis yielded the following results :—(1)
The fluid was decidedly alkaline; (2) there was present

potassium hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 289

a mere trace of a chloride—hardly enough to be sure of;
(8) potassium hydroxide was present in considerable
quantity. The presence of potassium was proved by (a)
the platinum perchloride test ; from the yellow crystalline
precipitat> so obtained after treatment with alcohol, the
platinum was separated by heat, and potassium chloride
recovered; (b) the sodium and hydrogen tartrate test ;
(c) the characteristic colour imparted to the flame of a
Bunsen’s burner; (d) the remainder of the lquid was
evaporated to dryness, and yielded a whitish solid, which
was strongly alkaline, and deliquesced on exposure to
the air, eventually forming potassium carbonate. Having
arrived at these results, I confirmed them as far as
possible with the few drops of pure liquid in the glass tube,
from which also I obtained the same results, including
the presence of a very small quantity of a chloride—
again almost too little to be quite sure about.

My next step was to try the relative caustic powers of
potassium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide on the
cocoons—applying the solutions to the inside. I took
solutions of both substances of equal strength, and
placed a few drops in four cocoons —two with each
solution: the potassium hydroxide reduced the cocoons
to which it was applied to a soft pulp in less than three
minutes, whereas the sodium hydroxide took more than
fifteen minutes to produce the same result. This of
course was to be expected, owing to the superior caustic
power of potassium hydroxide on most organic substances.
It was thus proved that the imago of D. vinula produces
caustic potash in order to soften its cocoon, and that
this substance is better suited to this end than the
other of the two commoner caustic substances.

Il. The apparatus employed in perforating the cocoon.

The imago invariably emerges from the cocoon wearing
as a shield a portion of the pupa-case (see fig. 1, p. 291).
This “shield” consists of the median dorsal piece (figs.
1—3, s) of the head of the pupa, extending as far as the
labrum (p. 1.) towards the ventral surface, and also of
the two pupal eyes (p.e.), which project laterally further
towards the ventral surface than the median labrum.

At first sight it appears that the ‘shield’ is the tool
used to thrust against the softened cocoon, but closer

~

290 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of

examination reveals a far more efficient apparatus. I
placed one individual in absolute alcohol the instant it
emerged from the cocoon, and so secured it with the
“shield” still on. Examination of this specimen showed
two small sharp points (figs. 1 & 2, aa) projecting in
front of, and just ventral to, the pupal labrum from the
labrum of the imago. These points are entirely con-
cealed by the abundant fluffy scales on the head of the
fully developed imago. If the head is “plucked,” they
are readily seen, even with the naked eye (see fig. 1).
The points are about 0.5 mm. in length, and about
0°75 mm. apart, and project forwards and downwards:
their outer margins are thickened, and the two together
are carried upon a slightly thickened elevation of the
imago’s head. On each side of this elevation is an
elongate pit (fig. 2, bb), open towards its ventral aspect,
and running up dorsally towards the vertex of the head
to end about a third of the way up in a socket. The
total length from the socket to apex of points is about
12mm. On the inner surface of the pupal ‘shield,’
i.¢., the side which is in contact with the underlying
imago, is a pair of recurved hooks (fig. 4, hh), which
fit accurately into the groove and socket of each side—the
grooves serving as guiding lines towards the sockets. It
is thus impossible for the “shield” to be removed by any
upward pressure, for all pressure in that direction merely
serves to lock the ‘‘shield” more firmly to the head of
the imago below. On the other hand, downward pressure
causes the hooks to come out of the sockets, to slide
along the grooves, and the shield may be set free.
These appearances warrant the conclusion that the
imago attacks the softened inner surface of the cocoon
with the above-mentioned pair of pointed processes, and
that the ‘‘shield”’ serves to protect the eyes and head of
the imago from injury which might otherwise result
from friction against the walls of the cocoon. Probably
each stroke is made ina downward and forward direction
by the head of the animal, and probably fresh applications
of the potassium hydroxide are made as each softened
layer is in turn removed in order to soften the succeeding
layers. I believe the potassium hydroxide is produced
from the mouth—at any rate I could discover no other
aperture of any kind: if this surmise be correct, it seems
probable that the muscular efforts necessary for scraping

potassium hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 291

at the cocoon may also serve to eject successive quantities
of potassium hydroxide.

o ( p.l.
3 4

Fie. 1.— Ventral view of freshly emerged imago of D. vinula, showing
pupal shield, s, pupal eyes, p. e., and processes of labrum of imago, a a,
just visible below shield.

Fic. 2.—Head of imago denuded of scales, showing, aa, the labral
processes; b b, grooves terminating above in sockets for reception of hh
in fig. 4; ec, basal joint of antenne; d, median anterior region of head ;
@ e, eyes.

Fie. 3.—Outer surface of pupal shield, slightly flattened to show its

‘full extent: p. e., pupal eyes; s., points to same spot as in fig. 1. p.l.,
pupal labrum.

Fie. 4.—Inner surface of same. hh, hooks for attachment of shield
by locking with b b, fig. 2. Other letters as before. -

I may mention that the whole surface of the body of
a freshly emerged imago is damp with an alkaline fluid,
but this is probably due to the whole body having to
pass through the aperture in the cocoon which is moist
with the hydroxide. Iam not able to speak with certainty
on the manner in which the imago gets rid of the

292 Secretion of potassium hydroxide by D. vinula.

“shield.” The only one I saw free itself did so at the
moment it met a vertical surface when crawling along a
horizontal board ; it looked as though the animal struck
the shield accidentally against the vertical side of the
box, and made an upward movement of the head prior
to ascending in order to let the wings hang down. But
from this single instance I cannot draw a general
conclusion. In this case the shield was on till the
vertical side was encountered, and then fell off at once.
Certainly, if the ‘‘shield” were pressed against a surface,
and the head drawn upwards, the former would easily
be removed by withdrawal of the hooks from their sockets.

Summary.

I.—The imago of D. vinula produces a solution of
potassium hydroxide, probably from the mouth,
in order to soften the cocoon.

II1.—The labrum of the imago bears two sharply pointed
processes, used for scraping the inner surface of
the cocoon in order to break a way through.

IfI.—The eyes and median portion of the head of the
pupa are retained as a protecting shield over
the same structures of the imago until emergence
is completed.

( 2938 )

XIX. Further experiments upon the colour-relation between

certain lepidopterous larve, pupe, cocoons, and
imagines and their surroundings. By Kpwarp B.

Pounron, Mavs. Hanes, Halo... cc.
[Read October 5th, 1892. |
PuaTES XIV. & XV.

CONTENTS.

A. INrRopUCTORY.
B. Experiments veon Lerrpoprerous Larva, 1886—1892.

1

2
3.
4,
5
6

. Mamestra brassicae, Hadena oleracea, and Luplexia lucipara, 1886,

a persicaria, 1886,
Catocala sponsa, 1888,

‘6 electa, 1889.

A elocata, 1889.

ho fraxini, 1890.
Ennomos angularia, 1886.
Selenia lunaria, 1886.
Ephyra omicronaria, 1887.
Melanippe montanata, 1887.

. Boarmia roboraria, 1888.

2. Geometra papilionaria, 1888 and 1889.
. Phigalia pilosaria, 1890.

. Crocalis elinguaria, 1887 and 1888.

. Hemerophylla abruptaria, 1889.

16.
Tf
. Experiments upon LeprpoprzRous Puram, 1887—1892.

Rumia crategata, 1886, 1887, and 1888.
Amphidasis betularia, 1886, 1889, and 1892.

Vanessa urtice, 1887, 1888, and 1892.
5 zo, 1888, 1891, and 1892.
rs atalanta and Cynthia cardui, 1892.
a polychloros, 1888.

Argynnis paphia, 1888.

Pieris brassice and P. rape, 1888.

. EXPERIMENTS UPON THE Cocoons or LEPIDOPTERA.
. EXPERIMENTS UPON LepipoprEeRousS Imacinss, 1891.
1.

Gnophos obscurata, 1891.

CONCLUSIONS.

. APPENDIX. An account of the various receptacles used in the experi-
ments on pupe (C).

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1892.—paRT Iv. (DEC,)

294 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

A. INTRODUCTORY.

My attention was first directed to this subject by
the writings of Meldola, and especially his editorial
notes to Weismann’s ‘ Studies in the Theory of Descent.’
His statements recalled my own early experience of
the variations in colour of the larve of Smerinthus ocel-
latus when found on different food-plants. I therefore
determined to experiment upon this species and other
Sphingide which were also known to vary under similar
conditions. I first experimented (1884) upon Smerinthus
ocellatus and Sphinx ligustri, and proved that the shade
of green can be modified in both these species (Proce.
Roy. Soc., No. 237, 1885, p. 269). At the same time
I showed that the effect cannot be phytophagic in the
strict sense of the word, but rather phytoscopic (I. c.,
pp. 806—3808), inasmuch as the colour of the surface
of the leaf rather than its substance acts as the stimulus.
In 1885 these results were extended and confirmed by
further experiments on 8S. ocellatus (Proc. Roy. Soe.,
No. 243, 1886, p. 135). For some years I continued
working at this species, and expended a vast amount of
unproductive labour upon it. At some future time I
hope to extract from the voluminous notes of several
years’ work a comparatively few details which may be
of interest. At that time no one believed that this
susceptibility was of common occurrence, and could
produce far wider differences in many well-known larve,
which were therefore more suited for an investigation
into the conditions and limits of the change which
takes place. A suggestion made by Lord Walsingham
first turned my attention from the Sphingide in the
direction of far better material. This suggestion was
that the larve of Rumia crategata, sometimes green and
sometimes brown, might perhaps be found susceptible
to these influences. I first experimented upon them in
1886, and in that and the subsequent years investigated
many species of Geometre and Noctue. The general
results of this work have been very briefly stated from
time to time (‘ Colours of Animals,’ Internat. Sci. Series,
London, 1890, pp. 150—158, British Assn., 1887, 1892,
Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., &c.), but the details have
never been given. At the same time, the complete
establishment of a principle such as this demands the

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 295

publication of the fullest detail, at any rate as regards
many of the species first investigated. When the prin-
ciple has been proved, the same evidence is not necessary
in all cases.

I am now therefore bringing together the results of all
my notes of these experiments upon lepidopterous larve,
omitting those upon the Sphingide. These details, to-
gether with the confirmatory results obtained by Mr.
Perkins upon Boarmia rhomboidaria (anpublished), and
by Miss Gould and Mr. Bateson as published in these
Transactions for the present year (pp. 215 and 205), will,
I think, leave no room for doubt as to the importance and
prevalence of this principle as regards Lepidoptera. It
will be interesting in the future to test its applicability to
other species, but the greatest interest and importance
now attaches to the attempt to acquire further knowledge
of the physiology of the process. Certain solid contri-
butions (so far as they go) towards this end will be
found in the subsequent experiments, and especially those
upon Amphidasis betularia in the present year (1892).

As regards the susceptibility of certain exposed pup,
I began to experiment in 1886 upon Vanesside and
Piemde «(Phil Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. 178 (@887), B,
pp. 811—441). Since then I have again experimented
upon the same species, as well as others, but, as in the
larve, only the most general statement of results has
been made (‘Colours of Animals,’ pp. 110—142). The
details now published, together with the confirmatory
results obtained by Mr. G. C. Griffiths (Trans. Ent. Soe.,
1888, p. 247), Rev. J. W. B. Bell, Mr. Pembery (both in
‘Midland Naturalist,’ Dec., 1889, pp. 289, 290), Mr.
W. H. Jackson (Linn. Soe. Trans., vol. v., 1890, pp. 156,
157), Mr. P. C. Mitchell, quoted by Mr. Jackson (l.c.),
Mr. Bateson (these Transactions, 1892, p. 205), Mr.
Merrifield (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. xxx),
will leave no doubt about the importance of the prin-
ciple as regards exposed pupe of Lepidoptera, and here,
too, future work will best be concentrated upon the
attempt to make out the physiology of the process. In
this case, however, far more has been done, as will be
seen by an examination of my previous paper (Trans.
Roy. Soe., l.c.), and the details of experiments during
1892 upon Vanessa io and V. urtice which are to be
found in this paper.

~

296 Mr, Poulton’s further experiments wpon

My conclusions as regards the modification of colours
of cocoons have been shown to be erroneous by Mr.
Bateson (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1891 and 1892); although
there was no doubt about the colour-change itself. This
he has shown, in the cases of Eriogaster lanestris and
Saturnia carpint, to be due to disturbance of the larvee,
and not to surrounding colours. It is probable that this
criticism affects the conclusions as regards other species
(Liparis auriflua and Rumia crategata). It is likely,
however, that the principle still holds good in the genus
Halias, inasmuch as my earlier observations (Proc. Ent.
Soc., 1887, pp. 1, li) have been confirmed by Mr. Tutt’s
recent publication (‘Journal of Variation’), as well as by
a few experiments of my own during 1892, published in
this paper. The negative results of certain other experi-
ments upon cocoons are also given.

The details of experiments upon the colours of the
imago are also recorded below. The species selected
was “Gnophos obscurata, and the results were completely
negative.

In certain cases the investigation of the susceptibility
of one stage has given information as to that of other
stages. Thus in the case of Gnophos obscurata, the colours
of the cocoon and of the larva were tested incidentally
in testing those of the imago. In such cases the chief
object of the research has determined the class into
which it has been placed in the arrangement adopted
below.

B. Experiments upon Leprrpoprerous Larva,
1886—1892.

In the following arrangement the experiments upon
Noctue will be considered before those on Geometre, and
in each of these groups of experiments the order will
chiefly foliow that of time, and also to some extent the
importance or completeness. of the results, the earlier
and less satisfactory results being considered first.

1. Experiments in 1886 upon Mamestra brassice,
Hadena oleracea, and Huplexia lucipara.—The experi-
ments were conducted upon captured larvee, and were
therefore far less satisfactory than those upon hatched
larve. The progress of the investigation and its results
are most concisely given in a tabular form,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

I. Dark Surrounprnes.
Dead leaves, &c., intermixed
with food-plant.

Aug. 28.—5 green M. brassice

(24°3, 23°75, 22°3, 16°25, & 12°5
mm. long), 4 green H. oleracea
(19-0, 15-6, 11:3, & 9:7 mm. long),
and a small brownish green M.
brassice, all found on marigold,
were placed in dark surround-
ings on the same food-plant.
To these were also added 3 green
M. brassice (23:9 mm. when
found on Aug. 21, 23-0 and 13-5
mm. when found on Aug. 25),
and 1 dark green Huplexia luci-
para (24-5 mm. when found on
Aug. 25), all from marigold, and
placed up to this date with the
M. persicarig in dark surround-
ings described on p. 299.

Aug. 29.—2 M. brassice had
become dark, 1 large and 1
having just changed skin.

Aug. 30.—1 small oleracea
(17°25 mm.) was becoming
darker; 4 brassice had now
changed last skins, and 3 were
dark; i oleracea and 2 brassice
were changing skins, and rest-
ing on brown leaves; they were
removed for examination: 1
large green brassice added.

Sept. 1.—The 3 larve removed
Aug. 30 had changed skins, and
were all brown; they were re-
placed. Of the rest, 4 brassice
were brown (3 very dark); 1
oleracea was apparently darken-
ing gradually instead of sud-
denly after an ecdysis. E. luci-
para still green. 1 green bras-
sicé changing skin on a brown
leaf was removed. The large
brassice added Aug. 30 was still
green: it was now pupating and
removed.

Sept. 10.— 2 oleracea alive;
1 about mature and brown, 1
changing skin and brownish.
6 M. brassice, all brown. 3 more
green oleracea added (about
17°5 mm. long). The green
larva changing skin and re-
moved Sept. 1 was now dark;
it was replaced.

II. GREEN
SURROUNDINGS.
Food-plant alone.

Aug. 28.—4 green
larve of M. brassice,
24:0, 22:0, 20:0, and
16:0 mm. long, found
on marigold, together
with 4 green larvee of
HI, oleracea, 14°5, 13°25,
12-0, & 8:75 mm. long,
were introduced into
green surroundings;
also another small
greenish M. brassice.

Aug. 30.—2 M. bras-
sice had changed skins
and become dark (re-
moyed).

Sept. 1.—1 WM. bras-
sicé had changed last
skin and become dark
(removed).

Sept. 10.—3 H. ole-
racea about mature, 2
green, 1 brown. 2 M.
brassice, 1 nearly ma-
ture, 1 small; both
green. 1 green oleracea
added, 20:0 mm. long
when extended in walk-
ing; it was changing
its skin.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892,—PART IV.

(DEC.)

297

III. GREEN
SURROUNDINGS,

Food-plant alone.

Aug. 30.—The 2
removed from II
placed here.

Sept. 1. — They
were a very green-
ish brown: the
third dark larva
from II. added.

Sept. 10.—Only
2 found; 1 darkish
brown, 1 lightish
brown. The latter
died; the former
was replaced in II.

Qa

~

298 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

I. Dark SvuRRouNnpDINGs. II. Green | III. Green
Dead leaves, &e., intermixed SURROUNDINGS. | SURROUNDINGS.
with food-plant. Food-plant alone. | Food-plant alone.

Sept. 19.—1 H. oleracea, dead,| Sept. 19.— Only 2 brown larve, 1 bras-
was brown; 1 ditto, pupating, | sice and one oleracea ; the others remained
was brown; 1 ditto, changing|¢reen. All were dead except 3, but their
skin, was brown; 2 ditto, feed- | colours could be made out.
ing, were perhaps darkening.
1 M. brassice, dead, was brown ;
2 ditto, feeding, were brown.
There was also 1 pupa of bras- |
sice.

The results are not at all satisfactory or convincing,
because the large proportion of deaths shows that the
larvee were not kept in a normal and healthy condition,
and especially because of Miss Gould’s negative results
with more successfully conducted experiments upon
Mamestra brassice (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 215).
At the same time, I should be glad for further experi-
ments to be made, especially with H. oleracea and EH.
lucipara. The investigation is far more difficult with
such Noctue as these than with the genus Catocala or
with Geometre. The larve tend to bury or conceal
themselves low down on the plant. The abundant
feces very quickly produce the effect of dark surroundings,
and, being moist, promote decay in the food-plant. Hence
it is very difficult to keep the conditions uniform, and in
addition to this, the larve are apt to become stained by
the semi-liquid material on the floor of the case. All
these difficulties could, of course, be obviated, but this
would require much time and constant attention. These
experiments were conducted at the same time with many
other lines of work, and did not receive sufficient care.

I may, however, claim that the results point to the
desirability of further investigation upon these or similar
dimorphic species.

2. EXPERIMENTS IN 1886 upon MAMESTRA PERSICARLE.

These experiments were also conducted upon captured
larve, and are open to the same objections as those just
described. They are given in a tabular form below :—

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

299

I. Dark Surrounpines. Dead

leaves, &c., mixed with food-plant. |

II. GREEN SURROUNDINGS.
Food-plant only.

Aug. 21.—A green larva of M.
persicarieg, 17°5 mm. long, found on
marigold, placed same day on same
food with brown surroundings, dead
leaves, &e.

Aug. 25.—Brown paper floor sub-
stituted for earth. Larve still
green. Added at this date 3 more
green larvee, measuring 44:3 (when
much stretched), 24-25, & 15-0 mm.,
found on marigold, except the largest
larva.

Aug. 27.—4 larve still green, but
the largest seemed darker.

Aug. 28.—6 more larve, found on |

marigold, added, measuring 21°25,

19°5, 16°75, 14:25, and 2 of them |

16:0 mm.

Aug. 30.—1 became brown, haying
changed the last skin, and 25:0 mm.
long. The largest was pupating,
remaining green (removed) ; 2 were
changing their skins, and resting
upon a brown and green leaf re-
spectively ; removed in order to note
effect. Another larva, 19°0 mm.
long, added.

Sept. 1.—Same as Aug. 30, all
green but one; some of the green
ones appeared to be darkening; 4
in last stage, 1 of which was eating
a small larva of same species, al-
though there was plenty of food; 1
in last stage but one; 3 changing
last skin, 1 on green, 1 on brown
surface; the other placed on a
brown surface, and all 3 removed to
note effects.

The 2 removed Aug. 30 had now
changed their skins, and were both
green: they were now replaced.

Sept. 10.—8 larve advanced in
last stage, 1 of which had changed
in colour before pupation; 1 was
dark brown, 4 greenish brown, and
2 brownish green. The greenest was
darker than any among the 9 larve
in II., except a small one in the
latter.

Of the 3 removed Sept. 1, 2 were
dark brown and 1 was green; the
latter was on a brown surface, and
1 of the former on a green surface.
they were now replaced.

Sept. 19.—4 changed in colour
before pupation; 4 brown and 1
green at earlier period of growth.

Aug. 21.—A green larva of JM.
persicari@, 11:3 mm. long, found
Aug. 19 on Ribes americana, was fed
on marigold in green surroundings
at this date.

Aug. 25.—The larva was changing
its skin; also introduced 2 green
larvie (20°0 and 22:0 mm. long), the
smaller of which was found on mari-
gold at this date.

Aug. 27.—Examined ; all 3 green.

Aug. 28. —9 more green larve
|added (22:0, 20:0, 19:5, 17:3, 17-0,
16:0, 15°3, 14:3, and 14:0 mm. long),
found at this date on marigold.

Aug. 30.—1 larva, 26°3 mm. long,
has changed skin and become brown
(removed); 11 green.

Sept. 1.—All green ; 1 dying and
removed; 2 more green larve added,
16°75 and 23°5 mm. long, the latter
changing last skin. The removed
larva was now a very greenish
brown.

Sept. 9.—9 larve alive, all in last
stage, 8 green, 1 brownish green (a
small larva).

Sept. 19. — Only 2 still feeding, 2
pupating; the rest dead, but no
more became brown.

2a2

~

300 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

These results are also unsatisfactory. I cannot point
with any confidence to the colours of larve which had
died in the course of the experiments, for the existence of
abnormal conditions is only too evident. It is probable
that such conditions are to be found in the numbers
of the larve in these and the previous experiments.
Having regard to the habits of the larve, in future
work it will be well to place very few in each cylinder or
case.

The results, however, clearly call for further work,
and seem to hold out some hope of positive results. In
one respect, however, negative results of much interest
are to be gained from the experiments here recorded.
In dimorphic (green and brown) species the change from
one colour to another in the lifetime of an individual
takes place, at any rate as a rule, rapidly in the transi-
tion from one stage to another. The larva changes its
skin and assumes the other colour. Now, the analogy
of the pupal changes of colour made it worth inquiring
whether the larva was susceptible to the colours on
which it rested during the period before ecdysis. Certain
observations were directed to test this possibility in both
these and the former series of experiments. In 1 the
results were consistent with the existence of such
susceptibility, but the evidence was far from strong,
inasmuch as the conditions of the larve observed were
such as to correspond with the general tendency to
become brown in the last stage. In these experiments
the results are clearly negative, and seem to prove, so far
as this species is concerned, that no susceptibility exists
at the time in question. In Experiment I. it is recorded
that 2 green larve were resting, during the last ecdysis,
on green leaves, and 1 became brown ; while of 8 green
larve similarly resting on brown surfaces, 2 became
ereen.

3. EXPERIMENTS IN 1888 upon CATOCALA SPONSA.

This experiment was conducted in the early summer
of 1888. ‘The larve were reared from eggs obtained by
George Tate, of Lyndhurst. The food-plant employed
was oak.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 301

EXPERIMENT I.: Dark SURROUNDINGS.

May 15.—11 larve were placed on the food-plant intermixed with dark
twigs.

May 16.—2 larve were removed and placed in green surroundings.

May 20.—More dark sticks were added.

May 27.—Larve placed in a larger cylinder with still more dark twigs :
all the 9 were alive and healthy.

June 11.—The first larva spun up.

EXPERIMENT II.: GREEN SURROUNDINGS.

May 13.—1 larva hatched.

May 14.—5 larve hatched.

May 20.—Placed in green surroundings, viz., only the leaves and green
shoots visible.

May 27.—Combined with Experiment III. At this date some of the
6 larve were light coloured, while others were as dark as those of Experi-
ment I.

Experiment III.: GREEN SURROUNDINGS.

May 16.—2 larve hatched, and 2 were transferred from I.

May 20.—Placed in green surroundings.

May 27.—The larve of Experiment II. added to these, making 10
altogether.

June 10.—All larve were now nearly mature, and were carefully com-
pared together. There was a decided difference between the shade of
larve exposed to dark surroundings (I.) and those exposed to green
(II. and III.). The difference was not nearly so marked as in many
other species, e.g., Crocallis elinguaria, but was nevertheless distinct,
and in the same direction, dark surroundings producing darker larvae,
green surroundings lighter ones.

June 11.—1 became mature and spun up.

As in so many other cases in which these experiments
have been made, the dark larve are far more perfectly
concealed than the light ones, but the latter are much
less conspicuous on the leaves than the dark ones would
have been. ‘The very rapid development of these large
larve is somewhat remarkable.

4, KxPERIMENTS IN 1889 upon CATOCALA ELECTA.

Eges of this species were kindly sent me by my friend
Mr. William White.

May 28: 2 larve, at this date about 21°7 mm. long,
hatched May 12 and 13, together with 4 larve, about
14°5 mm. long, hatched May 16 (2 0n this date), 18, and
20, were divided into two lots as equally as possible as
regards size and colour, and were subjected to dark and
green surroundings respectively.

302 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments wpon

EXPERIMENT I. Exprerment II.
Dark surroundings. Green surroundings.

May 28.—3 of the larve men-| May 28.—3 of the larve described
tioned above were introduced, abun- | above placed among leaves and
dant dark twigs being intermixed | green shoots only.
with the food.

June 5.— The larve compared} June 5.— Another small larva
with those of II., and they were | introduced, hatched May 25 or 26.
certainly rather darker than the
latter. Another small larva was
introduced, hatched May 25 or 26.

June 14. — Another comparison
was made, these larve being dis-
tinctly, although not strongly,
darker than those of II.

June 17.—Again compared, with| June 17.—1 has spun up. The
the same results: a very fair com- | difference between the large larve
parison could be made between the | here and those of I. is not great, but
3 largest of this and the 2 largest of | it is all in the same direction.
Experiment II.

June 25.—2 larve spunup. The| June 25.—2larve spun up. The
small larva introduced June 5 is| small larva is 31-4 mm. long.
now 25°25 mm. long, and very dark,
much darker than that in II.

July 11.—The large larva pupated| July 11.— The remaining larva
much earlier. The small one is now | spun up at this date.
mature. The difference is very dis-
tinct, but not to be compared with
that of C. elocata, in which the dark
larva is far darker, and the light
larva far lighter, showing greater
susceptibility in both directions.

The development of the larve is not remarkably rapid,
like that of C. sponsa. The degree of susceptibility
appears to be about the same as in this latter species.

5. ExpERIMENTS IN 1889 upon CaTocaLA ELOCATA.
Eges were kindly supplied by Mr. William White.
The very few larve which hatched were arranged in

two lots, as in the case of C. electa. The food-plant
employed was poplar (Populus nigra).

EXPERIMENT I. | Exprrerment II.
Dark surroundings. Green surroundings.
June 14.—1 larva introduced;! June 14. —-1 larva introduced ;

hatched May 27, and 23:0 mm. long | hatched May 31, and 21:0 mm. long.
June 25. — The larva was much| June 25. — The larva was 29:0
darker than that of IL., its length|}mm. long. The strong difference
being 32°5 mm. Another larva in- | between this and that of I. was thus
troduced; hatched June 5, and] produced in 11 days. Another larva
22°25 mm. long. It was very light |introduced; hatched June 8, and
in colour, as up to this date it had|13-0mm. long. It was much darker
been surrounded by leaves alone,|than that introduced into I., but
viz., under the conditions of II, this was partly due to its youth,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

303

ExpERiIMent I.
Dark Surroundings.

TixeERIMENT II.
Green Surroundings,

June 30.—The difference between
the large larve of I. & II. continued
to be very marked. The small larva
was not seen, and was apparently
lost.

July 11. — Between this and the
last comparison the difference be-
tween the 2 large larve had greatly
increased, the dark one being almost
black. The latter was apparently
mature, being larger than that in
Il. They were therefore painted
(July 11), and afterwards preserved
(July 13). A few days earlier they
were photographed.

July 11. — The large larva had
been very light brown for some
weeks. The small larva was equally
light. Between this date and June
30 the two large larvie were seen by
many physiologists and others (Dr.

3urdon Sanderson, Sir William
Turner, Prof. C. Stewart, Prof.
Gotch, Dr. Page, and Dr. Bradford).

| Everyone was much impressed with

the extraordinary difference between
them.

The difference between these larve is indicated in an
uncoloured illustration to ‘ Colours of Animals’ (p. 151).
The larve were photographed for me by my friends
Mr. F. J. Smith and Mr. G. J. Burch. In both cases
they were induced to rest upon white paper spills, and
were arranged so that the light fell on the same part of
both from the same direction. The photographs did not
show nearly so marked a difference as was seen in the
larve themselves. <A collotype reproduction from one of
Mr. Burch’s negatives is shown on Plate XV., figs. 1 (the
dark) and 2 (the light larva). Apart from the colour
difference the representation of the larve is extremely
good.

The number of individuals experimented upon in the
case of the Catocalide, and especially in C. elocata, would
have been utterly inadequate for the purpose of proving
the existence of colour susceptibility. But this principle
having been firmly based on the results of experiments
with other genera in which very large numbers of indi-
viduals have been employed, the evidence now obtained
is sufficient to show that the principle applies to the
Catocalide. The mere extension of a principle to fresh
cases of the same class does not of course require any-
thing like the same amount of evidence as that which
was necessary in the first place to establish the principle
itself.

304 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

6. EXPERIMENTS IN 1890 upon CaTOCALA FRAXINI.

Similar experiments were conducted on this species,
but I cannot now lay my hands on the notes. However,
I remember clearly that the results were similar to those
obtained by Miss Gould in the same year, except that
my light larve did not exhibit a tendency to become
greenish, but were very light brown. My results were,
in fact, similar to those obtained in the case of C. elocata,
and both these species may be regarded as extremely
sensitive to the colours of their surroundings; while the
other Catocalide investigated, including C. nupta, tested
by Miss Gould, are far less susceptible. It is very
remarkable that closely allied larve, belonging to the
same genus, should differ so widely in the degree to
which they are susceptible. It is possible, however,
although not probable, that experiments upon larger
numbers may modify these conclusions as regards Cato-
cala. It is, however, known that the same difference
obtains in the pupe of certain species of the genus
Papilio (Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., 1887, B, p. 408).

We now pass to more numerous and satisfactory
experiments upon the larve of Geometre.

7. EXpERIMENTs IN 1886 UPON THE LARV& AND PUP OF
EXNNOMOS ANGULARIA.

The ova were obtained from a captured female, and I
believe that all the larve hatched from one lot of eggs.
The food-plant employed in all cases was elm. The
experiments were arranged May 8 and 9.

I. Dark surroundings. — The twigs of elm were intro-
duced with the leaves. The larve were compared June 12,
when there were 23 alive, and all decidedly darker than
than those of II. By June 15 they were spinning up
rapidly. JI am not sure whether there were more twigs
added in addition to those bearing the leaves, but probably
not, considering the relative darkness of III.

Il. Green surroundings.—The leaves alone of elm were
used. 7 larve were alive on June 12, and much lighter
than in I.

Ill. Darkness.—The same food-plant, twigs as well as
leaves, was covered by a cylinder enclosed in two thick-
nesses of black tissue-paper. On June 19 they were

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 305

examined, and 19 were found alive, and were distinctly
darker than either of the other lots. This result is ex-
ceptional, for larve brought up in this way are usually
lighter than those among an abundance of dark twigs in
strong light.

Other experiments were made to test whether the
pupa is susceptible to surrounding colours. I have
already described and figured the pupa as dimorphic
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 819, Pl. VII., figs.
20 and 21), ‘fone form being light bluish green, covered
with white dots, and the other dark brownish green,
sprinkled with black dots.”” The brown larva becomes
green in its cocoon before pupating (l.c., p. 819, and
fig. 19). Many larve in this condition, and in the
earlier brown state, were placed in paper cocoons of
various shades,—black, green, white,—but no corre-
sponding differences were seen in the pup. I should be
glad for this experiment to be tried again, employing
more natural substances, such as brown leaves and bark,
green leaves, &c., and applying these conditions to a
somewhat earlier period of larval life.

There is no doubt that the larve of this species are
highly sensitive to the greens and browns in their im-
mediate surroundings, but there is at present no reason
for the belief that the pupa is similarly susceptible.

8. ExPERIMENTsS IN 1886 upon SELENIA LUNARIA.

Moths bred from purchased pupe paired and laid the
eges which provided the material for these experiments.
I am not sure whether all were produced from the same
parents. The experiments began June 8—11, when the
larvee were arranged as follows :—

I. Dark surroundings. — Fed on Quercus cerris, the
dark twigs being present as well as the leaves. About
30 were introduced June 9, of which only 19 were alive
June 26, and the same number July 13, when they were
compared. These larve were extremely dark as a whole,
and very different from those in II., being much darker
than the darkest of the latter.

Il. Green surroundings. —Fed on leaves of Quercus
cerris Without any dark twigs. Introduced June 9, and
18 alive July 18. They were very variable, but none
very dark, and much lighter than the larve of I. It

~

306 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments.

should be remarked that the leaves of this species of oak
are very dark green.

III. Green surroundings.—Fed on leaves alone of elm,
and from July 8 on variegated elm, the leaves of which
are of course much lighter. Introduced June 8, and
5 alive July 138. These were much lighter than IL.,
and 3 out of the 5 extremely light. These larve were
advanced in size.

IV. Green surroundings. — Fed on leaves alone of
Quercus cerris, in a cylinder surrounded by a single
thickness of green tissue-paper, and a roof of the same.
20 larve were introduced June 10 and 11, but most had
died by June 26, and, on July 18, only 3 small darkish
larvee were left. The paper screen had prevented the
leaves from being seen, so that they had become brown
and withered, accounting for the failure of this experi-
ment.

There is no doubt that these larve are highly sensitive.

9. EXPERIMENTS IN 1887 UPON THE LARVE AND PUP
oF EPHYRA OMICRONARIA.

(See Table, page 307.)

In addition to the experiments of which details are
given on the opposite page, there were others which are
not noted. Dark surroundings were employed chiefly in
the form of intermixture with dead brown leaves, princi-
pally of ivy and oak. There was also another set of 11
larve reared successfully in almost complete darkness
(surrounded by one thickness of black tissue-paper). The
larve in nearly all cases became pup, many dozens beiug
produced, and giving rise to imagos; but, as with the above
experiments, the results were invariably negative. Hvery
larva and every pupa was green, and this although large
numbers of the latter were fixed to brown leaves, on
which they were conspicuous, and although most of the
former had been surrounded by these dark objects for
nearly the whole of their lives; for the leaves on which
the stock of larve was kept often became brown, and dark
twigs of the food-plant were invariably present during
_the early stages, if not always (as was the case with
most larve). There is no doubt that H. omicronaria is
not sensitive to the surrounding colours.

It must, however, be remembered that the species only
exhibits a trace of the dimorphism which is so marked in
the allied E. pendularia and E. punctaria. Nevertheless

(2300)

*padiatue pey soseut g
‘BAIRT UdeI3

FI ‘ wdnd users ¢

‘uoryedud
1oy Apvad T ‘BAIRT TZ

*pos1otl pRy SOSBUII 6
“‘uaers
BAI] [[B pue wdnd ¢

‘user Te ‘ayednd
0} qnoqge T ‘eATT® IT

*poonporjul
‘sqjueuttiedxe snotacid
JO 9soy} UY} Ae][BUs
Tayyet ‘BAICT OT

*paaras
-aid useq pey adnd F
: pas.1eUla pel SOSBIII g

‘adnd users
g {@AIv] useaIs 9

*pouri0g ATJUa0e1 adnd
ueeIs % !udeI5 [[V

‘peonporyut "T Sv azis
AUIBS OY} NOG JO BAIVT
ZL pus g JO S}aS OALT,

‘ad
-nd SutArl ¢ { peszeuta
pey sosvulr g
*BAIB] U9EIS ‘edud weer
g ‘adnd usais ¢ T {Marvy useIs OT
gz oUNL pa}sneyxe JOU
| SBAL TOIT ,, Y9OYS ,, 9}
UWLOIF poppe seuoO [BUS
al10UL ZT * Usats [[B
‘punoy wary ), ATUO

"pasz0ule §T ITV

“U90I5 [TV

| *T UL 4saDIV]
|au3 sv oSaivy os auouU

‘PIMPOIJUT VAIL OT —s : POON POAZUT BAIL ZG

*pas1eule

pey sosvwt ¢T
‘BAIV] UdaID

‘users [je ‘ednd TT

*£pyue0e1 poyednd
pry T ‘uaais [Ve pus
aIN}VUL SUTULODE [[V

*‘peonp
-O1JUT OT0M SUOT “WUT
Q-L yHoge 0} Q-f JnogB
WOIf ZT pues ‘suoT ‘wUt
G.Z[ JNOqe KAI, E

1G “ony
FL Ang

L Aug

gz oune

“yuv[d-pooy jo
S5IM} YIVp epnypoxo 04
arvo yeois AuUeredde
alo} SBA SPTOUATIOdX |
aseyy Jo auo OU UT
‘FOOL UL[SNUL 9} AA
> SSUIPUNOAING Waat4)

TA

‘Joor raded user)
:SSUIPUNOAING Uda)

A

"JOOI
pur toog teded user
: SSUIPUNOIING WdeI4)

“AI

| pue ‘sapis punos zoded |

‘amoTe yueyd *poxrul
“poo ‘“ssauyory} T | -AO}UL SOAVET TALOIG
Iooy {Foor Surat0f prep ‘zoo zoded youTq
‘aepurtpso Suttaa0o
Ajxeou reded yortg
:SBUIpUNOIING yABg

be

-anssl} yovlq ofqnog
ssouyIed |
‘III |

“yuv[d-pooy} Y}TA\ poxtur
raded fo sasatd ‘oor
pue 10ooy zeded youtq
:ssuIpunorimmg yareq

it

*30}8q

10y}050} ydoy o1oM AOTY,
posvyoind wor perq syjout Aueu Ayqeqoid Aq pret 91am pourezqo O1OM BATBT 9sot}

-gtdvurt sv poXopduie yuvjd-pooy ATuo OU, ‘posuviry a10M SJUoTUTIodxe SUI
‘sKep [eqoros Joy Ivodde 0} ponuryuos pus ‘Zl oUNF YOY Of URdOq BAIV] OU], -adnd
Yoga WOaf so59 ol],

‘VIUVNOWOINO VUAHd GT AO WdNd ANV WAUVI AHL NOdA JOST NI SENAWIYEIXY °6

MOT[OF OY} Us ‘9z ouN- [IZUN

308 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

brown varieties of the larvee of EH. omicronaria, producing
brown pup, are not unknown, for I bred one in 1883
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1884, p. 51, and Plate L., fig. 10).
It would be desirable to repeat these experiments upon
other species of the genus.

10. ExpERIMENTS IN 1887 upon MELANIPPE MONTANATA.

A female captured at Oxford laid the eggs from which
the larve of these experiments were hatched.

EXPERIMENT J. Experiment II.
Dark surroundings: dead leaves Green surroundings: green leaves
and bits of brown stick intermixed of food-plant alone, but these
with food-plants (primrose became brown from time
and polyanthus). to time towards end of experiment.
June 30.—27 newly hatched larve| June 30. — 23 larve from same
introduced. batch of eggs introduced.

July 17.—27 larve; very remark-| July 17.—23 larye; about 9mm.
able difference between these and II., | long in both I. and II.
the latter being much lighter.
July 30. — 27 larve; still much} July 30. — 20 larve; both lots
darker than II. were brown, but these far paler.
Aug. 21.—27 larve ; the difference Aug. 21.— 19 larve; the larvie
was now much less, although these | had been somewhat neglected, and
were still probably the darker lot. | the leaves had partially become
brown, hence the darkening of these
larve, and smaller difference be-
tween the two sets.
Aug. 30. — 27 larve; still appa-| Aug. 30.—20 larve.
rently slightly darker.

It is quite evident that these larve are very sensitive,
and can adjust their shade of brown to that of their
surroundings, becoming very light in a green environ-
ment. ‘Two adjustments took place in the larve of
Experiment II., for they became at first pale upon the
green leaves, and then dark when the leaves were allowed
to become brown. The first change is shown to have
been complete in a little over a fortnight; it probably
occupied a still shorter time.

11. Exprriments In 1888 upon BoaRMIA ROBORARIA.

A few larve were obtained from eggs laid by a female
moth captured by Mr. Arthur Sidgwick, who kindly
allowed me to experiment with them.

|

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 309

ExpEriMent I.
Dark Surroundings.

ExPerment II.
Green Surroundings.

Aug. 19.—7 larve introduced ;
average length, 11-4 mm. Dark
twigs intermixed with food-plant
(oak).

Aug. 24.—Older leaves of a darker
green were offered at this date. On
all other occasions, unless specially
noted in this and other experiments,
I was careful to use leaves of the
same age.

Sept. 2.— Refed; the average
length in both I. and Il. was now
16:1 mm.

Sept. 13.—The average length was
now 20°6 mm. The difference in
colour was very great. The lightest
of these 7 were much darker than
the darkest of II. These were
rather variable, and marked with
various shades of grey and brown.
It is true here, as in all experiments
with stick-like larvie, that, except
when feeding, they are almost in-
variably found resting on the twigs.

Sept. 30.—The average length
was the same; it is therefore pro-
bable that they had ceased feeding
for some little time.

Nov. 12.— The larvee were care-
fully compared for the last time: 1
had died. The6 larve were various
shades of dark brown, with patches
of greenish brown often present, and
far darker than those of II.

Aug. 19.—7 similar larve intro-
duced.

Aug. 24.— Younger leaves of a
lighter green were offered at this
date.

Sept. 2.—Also refed. The effects
of surroundings were already very
marked, the experiment having
lasted about a fortnight.

Sept. 13.—The general effect of
the larve was greenish ; their colour
may be described as a light greenish
grey; they were very slightly vari-
able in colour and marking.

Sept. 30.— The difference was as
marked as before.

Noy. 12.—All 7 larve were of a
light greenish brown. They had
now been hybernating, and had not
been offered food for a long time.

Thad arranged to continue the experiments through

the winter, some of the lightest larvae being exposed to
dark surroundings, and vice versd. It would be very in-
teresting to test whether there is any susceptibility at
this period when concealment is so especially necessary.
It is, however, improbable that any susceptibility exists
at this time because of the physiological inactivity of
hybernation. It must furthermore almost invariably
happen that the larve remain resting throughout winter
upon surfaces with which they had previously been
brought into resemblance. The experiment failed, because
only a single larva survived the winter. This individual
spun a cocoon May 25th, 1889.

310 Mr. Poulton's further experiments upon

It would also be interesting to continue the experiment
beyond hybernation. In the case of Geometra papilo-
naria it has been shown that the larve are sensitive to
colour influences before hybernation but not after, when
they become dimorphic. It is improbable that this is
the case with B. roboraria, in which I anticipate that the

susceptibility will be found to continue.
The species is certainly highly susceptible before

hybernation.

12. Experiments In 1888 anp 1889 upon GEOMETRA
PAPILIONARIA.

1888.

The experiments in 1888 were conducted upon the
larve after hybernation, when it is well known to be
dimorphic, appearing as green and brown forms.

The hybernated larve hatched from one set of eggs
were placed in dark and green surroundings early in the
spring of 1888, the date being unnoted. They were sub-
sequently compared as follows :—

EXPERIMENT I.
Dark Surroundings.

EXpERIMENtT II.
Green Surroundings.

May 22.— 6 larve, much larger
than those in II., 3 nearly adult, 2
green and 1 brownish; 3 half-grown,
green, with brownish on back.

May 27.—1 green one has spun;
lis brown and the rest green; no
further change occurred after this
date.

June 1.—1 green larva spun.

June 7.— The remaining larve
spun.

May 22.—8 larvie: 1 nearly ma-
ture and green; 3 half-grown and
green, but more distinctly brownish
on back than those in I.; 4 smaller
and chiefly brown.

May 27.—4 large and all green,
like those in I.; 4 much smaller, 1
brown (very small), 3 brown and
green.

June 1.—1 green larva spun; 2
of the small ones had become green.

June 7.—3 green larve spun; 1
small larva remains brown and 3
green.

The results are thus negative.

Other experiments I

have made, but not recorded, also led to negative
results. It is probable that the green or brown form
cannot be assumed by any individual as the result of
susceptibility to surroundings during the stages which
immediately precede that in which they become dimorphic

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 311

(viz., the last). It is still possible, although unlikely,
that some predisposition towards either form may follow
from the influence of environment during the earlier
stages which are certainly susceptible (as will be shown
below). Against such a view must be set the fact that
both green and brown forms are found among larve
which have been kept together in a muslin bag upon the
same branch ever since hatching, or at any rate since
the first stage. I have observed this several times in
different years.
1889.

The experiments in 1889 were conducted upon the
larve before hybernation. I had already shown that
these younger larve are certainly susceptible and capable
of becoming either light or dark brown, according to the
colours of their surroundings (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 593). I was anxious to test this conclusion
still further.

On July 8rd about 24 newly-hatched larvae were placed
in a cylinder, and fed upon filbert leaves, surrounded by
abundant dark twigs ; while an equal number from the
same batch of eggs were placed in a similar cylinder,
containing the leaves alone. On July 11th the two lots
were compared. The larve were about 5°25 mm. long,
and those in dark surroundings were decidedly, but not
strongly, deeper in tint, some effect having thus been
produced in about 8 days. Later on in the summer (date
unnoted) they were again compared, and the differences
were more pronounced. ‘The larve did not survive the
winter.

It is therefore clear that these young larve are dis-
tinctly susceptible during the earlier stages, when they
are not as yet dimorphic, but only exhibit various shades
of brown.

13. ExpreRImMENtTS IN 1890 upon PHIGALIA PILOSARIA.

38 larve hatched in a cool cellar a few days before
April 26th, when they were first fed (on Populus nigra
and elm). The experiments did not begin until May
12th, when the larve were of an average length of
20 mm. in the curved position of rest. They were then
divided among 4 cylinders as follows ;—

312 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

EXPERIMENT III. | Exprertment IV.

Exprerment I. EXPERIMENT II. : : :
Dates. | Dark Surround- | Dark Surround- ea sein Abe Surround-
ings (dark twigs). | ings (dark twigs). gic fey ou] JOS noes c&e.,
May12) 10 introduced. 9 introduced. 10 introduced. | 9 introduced.
,, 17| Averagelengthof| Asin I. Distinctly but} Asin III. 7 alive.
31-5 mm. in all ex- not greatly lighter
/periments. Larve when compared as
on the whole ra- a whole with I.
'ther darker than and II. 9 alive.

those in III. and
(TnVic
, 23| All full-fed. As| Full-fed. Asin] Full-fed, and| Full-fed, and 1

before, slightly | I. most of them seek- | seeking pupation.
darker than III. ing pupation.

and LY., but little

difference.

The fact that there was some noticeable difference
probably indicates considerable susceptibility, remem-
bering the late period at which the experiments began,
and the rapid growth which at once set in. It is likely
that these experiments will prove to be chiefly interesting
as showing, with some of those conducted upon A. betu-
laria in 1892, the comparatively early stages during
which the colours of the mature larve are determined in
species which possess the power of individual colour-
adaptation.

14. ExprrRIMENTS IN 1887 anp 1888 vpon CRrocALLIS
ELINGUARIA.

1887.

A batch of eggs of this species, laid by one moth, was
sent me, in the autumn of 1886, by Professor Meldola.
They hatched in the following spring, and were at first
fed in a bottle, being offered privet, hawthorn, and lilac.
The latter food-plant was preferred, and, after April 25th,
was alone employed. ‘The experiment was begun at this
date. The tabular form is unsuited to the notes taken.

April 25.—The largest larvee were about 15:0 mm. long; 8 were this
size or rather smaller, while 4 were much smaller (about 8 mm. long),
and 1 intermediate between these two lots. 4 of the larger larvie and 2
of the smaller were placed in dark surroundings, while the remaining 7

were placed in green surroundings. The two small ones in the latter
were subsequently isolated, although the surroundings were still green,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 313

May 23.—5 in green surroundings and 4 in black were now nearly
mature, being about 42°0 mm. long. There was a very marked difference
between the 2 sets of larvee, especially on the ventral sides. They were
now (8 a.m., May 23) reversed, the 5 being put in dark and the 4 in green
surroundings, to test whether rapid changes of colour could occur; 2 in
black and the 2 solitary larve in green remained small, and were inter-
changed also.

May 24.—Noon. No change of colour in the interchanged larve. All,
except 1 large and 2 small dark larve and 2 large light ones, were
removed for painting.

May 26.—10°:30 a.m. The smaller of the 2 dark small larve now
seemed to have been affected slightly by the green surroundings, for it
was somewhat lighter. The others were unchanged, and were now
replaced in their original environments. The 2 now replaced in green
were about mature, and very light coloured ; the other 3, one of which
was quite mature, being dark.

The other larve were subsequently replaced, and the
pup of the two lots kept separate. Many eges were
obtained from moths which emerged from the pup of
dark larve, and these formed the material from which
the experiments were continued in the following year, as
described below.

This experiment showed conclusively that the larve
are very sensitive to the colour of their immediate
environment, and also that the effects are gradual, and
cannot be rapidly reversed by changing the surroundings.
Greater effects might perhaps have been produced if the
8 larger larve had been subjected to experiment at an
earlier age.

1888.

These larve were obtained from eggs laid by moths
developed from the dark larve of the previous year.
From the arrangement of the eggs it seemed probable
that they were the product of a single pair of moths, but
it was impossible to feel sure of this. The experiments
are shown in tabular form below.

EixpermMent II.
Green Surroundings.

EXPERIMENT I.

Dark Surroundings. in the dark

Experiment III.
Green Surroundings

Larve hatched and intro-
duced April 27, 29, and
May 2.

May 6.—Dark twigs in-
troduced; 17 larve alive.

May 18.—Larve about
19°3 mm. long. A very
marked difference between
these and II.; seems to have
appeared suddenly during
the last 24 hours.

May 19.—17 larve.

TRANS. ENT. SOC.

Larve hatched April 27,

28, and 29, and introduced
same dates.

May 14.—17 alive; 8}

were separated and placed

in lots of 3, 3, and 2 in 3 |

small cylinders, subject to
the same conditions ; 9 were
left in the original cylin-
der.

LOND. 1892.—PpaRT IV.

Larvee hatched and
introduced April 30
and May 1; 1 added
| May 4.

May 14.—15 alive;
/many had escaped.
May 22.—14 larve.

(DEC.) 2B

314

Experiment I.
Dark Surroundings.

ExprriMent II.
Green Surroundings.

May 27.—16 larve ; the
least dark twigs were re-
moved and replaced by very
black ones. The larve were
all very dark, 5 being ex- |
tremely black. They were
not quite so large as II.

May 30.—9 very dark,
although 5 were still black-
est. The remaining 7 were
removed to another cylin-
der with similar surround-
ings ; 2 of them were nearly
mature and dark, although
not so deep a tint as the 9.
The 5 smaller larve were
dark, but varied in depth.

June 2.—The 5 smaller
larvee were becoming very
dark; the 2 large ones had
also deepened, but not so
much as the others: they
were now practically mature.
No note as to the 9 dark
ones, which were probably
unchanged.

June 4.—2 of the darker
lot of 9 and 2 of the less

| darker.

dark lot of 7 were preserved.
The former were not the
blackest individuals.

May 27.—Lotof 9 : Many
nearly full-grown; 6 being
large and very light, 1
2 smaller larve
were much the darkest. A
remarkable difference be-
tween these 9 and the larvee
of Experiment I.

First lot of 3 (moderate-
sized larvee when separated
May 14).—Larvie becoming
very light, perhaps more so
than the lot of 9.

Second lot of 3 (small
larvee when separated May
14). — Larve were still
small.

Lot of 2 (moderate-sized
when separated May 14).—
Both larvee becoming very
light, with a greenish tinge.

May 30.— Lot of 9:7
nearly mature ; 6 very light ;
1 large one and 2 smaller
ones were distinctly darker

than the 6, but not like the
‘larvee of I.

June 1.—Lot of 9: 2 light
ones spinning; another
matured June 2.

First lot of 3.—Becoming
light ; 2 very light, like the
lightest of the lot of 9.

Second lot of 3.—Becom-
ing lighter.

Lot of 2.—Very light, as
light as any in Experiment
if.

June 4.—Lot of 9: 2 light
ones spun up, and 1 drown-
ed accidentally ; the large
darker one preserved: it
remained much darker than
the others to the end.

First lot of 3.—1 dead
(probably the least light
larva); 1 spun and 1 pre-
served.

Second lot of 3.—Had be-
come still lighter, especially
the 2 larger, which were
preserved. No further notes
of the remaining larva.

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon —

ExpreRiMent III.
Green Surroundings
in the dark.

May 27.—11 larve ;
they were small, darker
than II., but much
lighter than I.

June 1.— The larvee
were now becoming
darker rather sudden-
ly ; they were consider-
ably smaller than those
of I. and II.

June 4.—11 larve, a
|good deal darker than
|II., but not dark like
I., being much nearer
to the former; 4 pre-
served, 1 of which was
much lighter than
others.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

EXPERIMENT I.
Dark Surroundings.

315

Experiment II.
Green Surroundings.

EXPERIMENT III.
Green Surroundings
in the dark.

June 6.— The lot of 9:
2 had been sent away June
4; the remaining 7 were
spinning or just about to
spin. They remained ex-
tremely dark to the end.

The lot of 7.—2 had been
sent away June 4; 2 were
spinning ; the remaining 3
were quite dark, like the
lot of 9.

June 10.—Of those left,
1 spun and the remainder
were preserved.

June 6.—Lot of 9: 1 of
the darker larvee spun up ;
no further notes of the
other. They remained com-
paratively dark to the end,
but not like the larve of
Experiment I.

Lot of 2.— These very
light larvee were both spin-
ning up.

June 8.—2 spun np;
now thatthe larvee were
mature their tint was
unchanged. They all
remained much darker
than II., but far nearer
these than the larve
of I.

These results confirm those of the previous year, and

show the great susceptibility of the larve. The effects
seem to have become prominent somewhat suddenly
after about 12 days’ exposure to the conditions of experi-
ment.

Experiment III. proved that the larve are far more
strongly affected by dark surroundings in a strong light
than by darkness. This result has been confirmed in
other species, and may be considered as established (see
especially experiments on Amphidasis betularia in 1892).

By far the most important result, however, is found
in the fact that the susceptibility to green surroundings
was not diminished by the fact that the parent larve
had been made dark by dark surroundings in the previous
year. The comparison between I. and II. leaves no
doubt on this point. The rather less complete results in
the lot of 9 in II. were probably due to the effect of these
large larvee upon one another. When less crowded the
effects were more marked.

There is evidence, then, so far as it can be relied on
in one generation, that these marked characters, acquired
in a normal manner, and very early in the life of the
parents, are not transmitted to their offspring, even in
the form of a tendency or bias in one direction rather
than another.

2B2

316

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

15. Experiments IN 1889 vupoN THE LARVAE AND
cocooxs oF HEMEROPHYLLA ABRUPTARIA.

A captured female laid the eggs from which were
obtained the larvee employed in the following experi-

ments.

The great majority of the eggs hatched June 5,

a single larva appearing on the 4th. They were fed
together until June 17, when the experiment was begun.

EXxpErmMent I.
Dark Surroundings.

June 17.—26 larve of an average
length of 7-4 mm., and most of them
12 days old, were introduced ; many
very dark twigs (of Quercus cerris,
&e.) being intermixed with the food-
plant.

June 30. — Larve compared.
There was a most remarkable differ-
ence between them, these being very
dark, almost black. The effect had
thus become marked in 13 days or
under. The larv were of an average
length of 15:0 mm.

July 14.—All the 26 were alive,
and very uniformly dark. Their
size was about the same as those of
Experiment II.

July 25.—2 larve had spun up.
The 24 remaining larvee were com-
pared for the last time with those
of II. The difference was wonderful,
and there was no exception on either
side.

July 26.—1 larva had spun up.

These larve are thus seen

Experiment II.
Green Surroundings.

June 17.—25 similar larve sur-
rounded by leaves and green shoots
of lilac. Leaves of similar age and
from the same plant were supplied
tol. Up to this date the 51 larvie
had been fed under the conditions
of II., viz., among leaves and shoots,
without the intermixture of any dark
sticks.

June 30.—The darkest of these
larve were probably lighter than
the lightest of the others.

July 14.—The largest larvee were
31:0 mm. long, and were nearly
full-crown. The most usual length
was 25:0 mm., some 3 or 4 being
much shorter (about 18-0 mm.). All
25 were alive. The colour was ex-
tremely uniform, being a pale brown
with a greenish tinge in the lightest
individuals.

July 25.—24 larve still feeding,
and compared. Both lots were
photographed at this date.

July 26.—6 of the largest larvie
were put under the conditions of I.,
but there was no change.

to be extremely sensitive.

I was kindly helped by Mr. G. J. Burch in photo-

eraphing the larve.

Isochromatic plates were used,

and the most favourable results were obtained when
the larve were exposed for 80 seconds to the light
from a small magic lantern (with a paraffin lamp), after

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 317

passing through a sheet of yellow glass. The larvee
were resting on a piece of black net, and the dark and
light varieties were intermixed, so that examples of both
were in areas of all degrees of illumination (which differed
greatly on the two sides of the net). A collotype of the
negative is shown on Plate XV., fig. 3.

The larvee were painted by Miss Cundell on July 27,
and reproductions of the drawings are shown on Plate
XIV., figs. 1 and 2. The larve are represented of the
natural size, and the colour-difference is very well shown,
although the attitudes of the resting larvee are not quite
natural. They were probably temporary attitudes as-
sumed after disturbance.

The colours of the cocoons were also tested in these
experiments. At first sight the power of adjustment to
the surface of attachment seemed to be undoubtedly
present, but when I examined the cocoons in 1889,
I soon found that the appearance was due to adventitious
material being woven into the fabric. The resemblance
to surroundings is extremely perfect, and so well packed
and so small are the foreign particles that the lght
brown silk does not in the least interfere with conceal-
ment on a dark surface. This is shown in Plate XIV.,
fig. 2, where a cocoon is represented on the right side of
the base of the twig of Quercus cerris. When the cocoons
were spun on muslin, the larve had but little power of
enawing off fragments, and these being few and thinly
scattered, the appearance of the cocoon was made up by
the light brown silk. Their power of dealing with paper
was superior to that of dealing with muslin, but far less
than when supplied with bark, which is probably the
natural surface on which they spin.

16. ExprRIMENTS IN 1886, 1887, anp 1888 vvon
RUMIA CRATAGATA.
1886.

These experiments have a personal interest to me,
inasmuch as they first indicated that the power of
individual colour-adaptation was widely present among
lepidopterous larve, and was best studied among the
most perfectly concealed forms, rather than among the
Splingide. 1 have already said that I owe the suggestion
to test this species to Lord Walsingham.

A captured female laid the eggs which furnished the
material for this experiment.

318

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments wpon-

EXPERIMENT I.
Dark Surroundings. |

June 26. — 9 larve introduced ; |
dark twigs mixed with the food- |
plant (hawthorn), black paper floor |
and roof to cylinder.

June 27.—13 more larve added.

July 14.—- Only 4 now alive ;
small and brown.

July 24.—All but 1 much darker
than other lot; that 1 about the
same as the 3 in the green cylinder.

Aug. 12.—3 alive; 1 so dark as
to be almost black; another larger
one was dark brown, mottled with
grey; 3rd small and dark brown.

Aug. 13.—The largest larva was

painted (see Plate XIV., fig. 3).

Aug. 28.—The very dark larva
continued almost black. There was
no trace of green in any of the three.

Sept. 5.—The largest had spun
up a few days before.

Sept. 17.—The less dark of the 2
remaining lary was painted (see
Plate XIV., fig. 4), but both were
now very dark, and no trace of green
was seen on the darker one, except
on using a lens. A little green was
present on that which was drawn.

Sept. 28.—-The 2nd larva painted
had spun up.

Oct. 4.—The darkest larva had
just spun up. It had previously been
painted (see Plate XIV., fig. 5).

Exprrimmenr II.
Green Surroundings.

June 25.—29 larve introduced;
leaves only, with green paper floor
and roof to cylinder.

July 14.—Only 5 now alive; quite
small, and various shades of brown.
July 24.—Only three now alive.

Aug. 12.—Not so large as in IL.;
the largest was light brown mottled
with grey, and with green apparently
showing through in many places;
the next in size was a little darker
brown, witha distinct squarish green
patch on each side of the humps on
the 3rd abdominal. There was also
green in other parts, especially on
sides of 6th, 7th and 8th abdominals.
The 3rd and smallest was darkish
brown.

Aug. 13.—A most striking change
had taken place in the last 24 hours
in the clearing up of the opaque
brown pigment, and the consequent
appearance of the underlying green.
The whole effect was now as much
green as brown. This chiefly applied
to the 2 larger larve; on the 12th
they had been brown mottled with
green (as the smallest was now) ;
on the 13th they were as much green
as brown.

Aug. 28.—The smaller larva re-
mained the same; the others were
not quite so green as on the 13th,
but still a distinct greenish brown,
a bluish grey ‘‘bloom” haying ap-
peared on the larger one.

Sept. 17.—The largest, with the
“bloom”’ on it, nearly full-fed, was
painted (see Plate XIV., fig. 6);
the next in size was much lighter in
colour, and a yellowish brown with
green appearing through in various
parts. The smallest was a dark
brownish green, but still much of
the latter colour present on it.

Sept. 23.—One of the larger ones
had spun up a day or two. The
lighter large one was painted about
this time (see Plate XIV., fig. 7).

Sept. 26.—The smallest had died ;
it was lighter than any in I., but
not light like the two larger in this
experiment.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 319

These results show that the larvee are very sensitive to
the colours of their normal surroundings. This was the
first species in which green and brown environments
had respectively produced green and brown larve. In
others the former had merely produced very light brown
larve, and this is still true of the great majority of
species as yet tested. The results determined me to
conduct the same experiment more carefully and on a
larger scale in the succeeding year.

It is interesting to observe that, although there was so
marked a difference between the larve in I. and II., con-
siderable individual differences were noticeable in each
set. The sets varied in the amount or distribution of
darkness and greenness respectively, and in the amount
and distribution of “bloom.” Although the conditions
were the same for each set, the larve reacted rather
differently, according to their individual predispositions.
I find this to be the case in many species, but the results
become more and more uniform as the conditions are
applied earlier, and as care is taken that they shall be as
extreme as possible throughout. But when every pre-
caution is taken, occasional exceptions show that there
are sometimes strong individual differences of predis-
position. This will appear in some of the experiments
on Amphidasis betularia.

1887.

(See Table, pages 820, 321.)

These larvee were shown at the British Association at
Manchester, and a brief summary of the result is printed
in the Report of the Meeting (see Report, 1887, p. 756 ;
also ‘Nature,’ vol. 86, p. 594). Professor Weismann,
who was staying with me before the meeting, compared
them carefully ; he subsequently alluded to them in his
essay, “On the Supposed Botanical Proofs of the Trans-
mission of Acquired Characters” (1888). See Weismann,
“On Heredity,” Oxford, vol. i., 2nd edition, pp. 406, 407.

One of the chief interests is, however, due to the fact
that the moths produced by the larve of Experiments II.
and III. paired and laid eggs, providing the material for
the next year. As the larve of Il. had been made dark
by their surroundings, and the larve of II]. green, and
as the offspring of both were subjected to both these con-
ditions, the test of any hereditary result was unusually
complete.

‘9SRT UT poureyqo AUB uBYyy
I9UdaIS yAVd JsOUL JY} OJ 19Ar
BAIR] ayy, *“(g “‘Sny) uoryeurure
-XO JSB] 9} IOUIS WaaIS SpIVMOY
ASUBYO JVIIS BSBA OLOYT, [IB
UI UMOAG 9UTOS [SNoyI[B ‘UMOIq
UL} LOYJVI WIITS 919M F INQ [TV
‘a5BYS JSBI UL S1oyJO OU ! UMOTG
Ysitears pus oinjeur ATAveU T

‘sABp MOT BOS
pourvmad pur ‘UAOIG atIIODAq 0}
POMOT[V ULVSV SOABIT !OAT[V ZT

‘sfep

MOF SBI 9Y} WAOIG auIODeq pry

SOAR] OUIOG “UMOIG FO SapeYs
SNorIVA FO ‘aaT[e ZI—'9z Aye
*poonpoajul BALvy LT

40]

/Auev Ul jsoueers ot} SBAL

auo [[VUIS [ ‘ psopur user
AWA Surutooeq atom ary}
‘IS TeT[Vuis stato ‘acvys
4SBl UL [TBS Z faAr[V J

‘aare 2, TUQ—'0¢g AyuE
*PoONpPOAJUL BAIVT OZ INoqy

*gaSBO JSOUL UT UaaIS fivaa
SUTULODeq PUB ‘ato Jnq a5R4s
qsvT ur Aysour toate 6

‘SPpIVA.Ia}yV pojvedar jou
SVM SIU], ‘“WAOIq 9uUIODaq
AjoyeunjzroyuN pVy seavoaT
ay} soate 6 — ‘og 4[ne

*poonpOIJUL BAIVT ET

‘uMoIq are ATTeIOadsa souo
IOpO ay} ‘ 4t Sutsoy are Ady}
‘deers ATperyred atom Auvut
ysnoyipy ‘asvjs ysvl Ur
S1oyy}O OU JNq ‘a[[VUIS FVyA
-9Ul0S [ ‘aInjvul ATIvaU T

“yep
3U1}403 9q 07 WL9aS ET TLV
‘unbag quauriadxa
puv ‘pappo syous YyLoq
“UMOIG
JO sopeys snormea si1aqjo
Tf@ ynq ‘wears eq 0} saved
-de ~ ‘umoi3-jyeq ATprey
SOATTV BAIB] GI—"ge ATne
*paONpPOMUL BAIV] CZ

*10}} BT UL UBT} ALOT UMOIG
dWMBdaq SaAVIT Jn ““T[]T UI sy
:SSUIPUNOLING Waai4
‘A INGNIUAAX

“UMOIG BULBI9 IOAVU SOABIT |

yeuy ydeoxe ‘TTT ul sy
:SSUIPUNOLING eats
‘AJ INANINAaX

‘MOISBID0 BO WO UAMOIG
aUIvdEq SAABIT OYJ, “JO
ASN spVUl JUOTR ULONIMCY

| Jo sjooys Sunod pus saavary

:Ssurpunoding Uday
‘TIT INaWIUaaxy

*SJOT LAYJO UL URY} 199RT
qYStuyatof B yNoqeB uNsaq
queuttiadxe ATWO “T UL SY
:SouIpuNodING yreVq
‘T] INGNINGIX

‘a5R4S
JS¥[ UL podUBAPe F 10 ¢ 9T ‘ony
“peyey g ‘sny
Og 10
‘oar ez—"og Aine 9z Aqne
*poonNpOrAPUL BAIR] OE INOGY Ir Ajn¢e
“(a0y Mey) JURTI-pooy |
a 2.
UJIM POXTULIAJUL SOM} YIVT “aL

:ssuIpunoIINg, yIVG
‘Ty INDUWYadx

UO *194V_ JUSTUAOF V 19AO IaT}VI uUVSaq syuoutIedxo oJ,

—! SMO][OJ SV POSUBIIV 9IOM BAIVT oY} WOM “TT Aus

‘FZ UNL UO SLoqUINU dSAVT UT TO}VY 0} UBseq BAIL] oy],

"SPUOUILIOTX9 SUIMO[[OJ OY} LOF [VILO}VU OY} poplOPe YIM sooo JO TequINnu 9oIL[ V Pe] yyobow1o wy ayeuey pornydeo W

“L881

“qnsoa
AY} OF POINGIAJWOD OSTB BAIT JO
JOqUINU Josey oy} + S8LOYJO Oy
jo anojoo eyy Aq poyooye yonut
SBA TOBE YBYy OS ‘Aopur[Ao [[wuIs
fios %@ UL popaoto ‘og “dny
0} dn ‘orom LOY} OSNBOOG PUB
4SOABOT UMOIG 0} posodxa ato
MACBT o8oy} YOIYA SuLINp ory
qosuoy oy} Aq poure[dxo ATISve ST
"AT pus ‘[[— Woay ooues10Atp
OUT, ‘Il pus "T Jo esoyy oF uvyy
JO\B] OY} OF Aorvou wf oTOM
Loy} ng “AT pus “TIT Ul pouty
-qO O80} SB S}[NSat oULot}xXO
yons Ajvou JOU o10M OSOTLT,

“7 ut poounouoad Ayywtoadso ‘osury
YSIUMOIG JOUTISIP SSo[ LO aLOUL B
pvy J[VIy ynoqe pur ‘souo uss
ASO} UL poxIVUL SVA (, WLOOTY ,,
Aoad oy, “surpooy [IMS 6

“Burpooy [INS 6 + perp T

“AL 70. TIT 38
Ud0Id OF JOU OADM BAIV[ OSOULT,
OUT] OT}IT] OULOS OF UMOT OULD
-oq Urvse pe soavory ‘suryednd

4SBOT 4B T ‘oatye ZlI— ‘0g ‘ony

II] Ul sv sy[Ns0yT

OUI} XO Suroq woyy
jo p ‘SULLOF WodId YOuTySTp
aA0M [TY ‘oanyeurt ATUoredde
ALB YOIYM JO Z% SBAIVT G

‘dn unds [ ‘surpooy G

OANYBUL BAIVE LT “TIT
SB oUBS oY} JNOGB puB ‘A
uBY} couDeIH — ‘Og ‘dNYy

*T ut Ayle1oodse
pues “TPE ut poonpoid syooy
-jo oy YW ATSuoas ysout
poysvayuoo pus ‘scurpunod
-INS UddIT JO OISTLOJOVIVYD
AOA LOM S}[NSOL OSOULT,

‘adnd gz ‘sured
-nd gz { ysrudars ynq ‘taxtep
st yor ‘T ydooxe ‘us0ad
fisaa [ye ‘sutpooy [LS g

‘unds pey T

*AGAIV] OOM
P ‘“YSTUMOAG SBAL TOTAL ‘T
qnq uoats a1OM [TY “UOTy
Ud9MJoq oOUALOTIpP SULYLAYS
qsout B S "TT YyTAN powedutoo
BAIBE G6 OUT, — “6G ‘INV

HAN
pus “AT “TI Wor yuoroyIp
fisaa oxam Ao, “UBUTULOp
-oad oxout Sureq Aors omy
“7 sv yavp os eyinb ourvooq
OAOU “TT JO BAIVT OUT,

‘dn unds % puv ‘aarvy g

‘poaoutor pus Suryednd ¢
‘aorednd

aoy Apvor Z ‘SUIpsofF TT
‘TL sv yep os oymmb
JON ‘A PUB “AT “TIT Ut
BAIBT oY} PUB Oso} UIAY
-o dOUAIOTIP o9[QByIvULat
qsout y ‘g 10 % UL odUTy
ysttoois = @ YIM Ysnoryy
-[e ‘umorq doep Apysout
pue YsuUaorq [[B ‘AHtVBy

L Soale pl — "66 “sny

‘moy} Jo Auvur
uo ,,WooTq,, Ystsats Jo
JUNOULB I[GBLOPISUOD B ‘9A
-MOY ‘SBA LOY, “Wood Jo
aovly ysoqurey oy} ynq Aue
qNOYIA ‘SUILOF YIVp YOUTy
-SIp ssopoyyatoaou arom AOU,
| ‘QQQT Ul poulyyqo ysoyxlvp yy
OYI] SOTPOLAIBA YIBp 9ULaIyxXO
jou ynq ‘syuourttedxe osayy
[[@ JO BArvy ysoyrep py,

“SUIpPooy [TS 6T

‘suryyednd Z SoAr[e FZ

‘yep

AxoA ‘9At[R GZ—Og “SnY

~

x
‘SLTASAY

Ge “ydag
gt “ydag

ZI ‘Weg

0g 10
66 “Suy

322 Mr. Poulton's further experiments upon

1888.

The larve hatched from eggs laid by moths from
Experiment II. (1887) will first be considered. The
pupe of this experiment were kept in one receptacle,
and the moths emerged together, so it is impossible to
decide upon the number of moths which laid eggs; but
the small batch obtained favours the conclusion that only

one did so.

The experiments on this lot of larve are given below

in a tabular form.

EXxpERIMeEnt I.
Dark Surroundings.

ExpEerment II.
Green Surroundings.

July 1.—12 larve introduced, still
quite young.

Aug. 5.—10 alive ; larvie were still
small and not very dark yet.

Aug. 19.—10 alive; much darker
than II., but not so dark as might
be expected from the dark surround-
ings. Most were nearly mature.

Sept. 3.—9 alive; 1 spun. The
results were not nearly so marked
as in II., but they were much darker
than these; 3 of them were grey
rather than dark, the remainder
being darker, but only one very dark,
and this with some green on it.

Sept. 12.—1 more had spun and
7 left.

Sept. 14.—Still 7 left, and not
very dark considering the condi-
tions; 3 were greyish and 1 of the
darkest was still greenish. Com-
pared with the larve descended from
moths of Experiment III., 1887,
those in I. (of which only 5 could
now be compared safely, because the
others had undergone changes pre-
paratory to pupation) were rather
darker than these 7, but not much.
On the other hand, these 7 were
rather darker than the 4 II., and
much more so than the 51V. There
was only 1 III. left for the purposes
of comparison, and this seemed to
be about the same as these 7.

July 1.—12 similar larve intro-
duced.

Aug. 5.—8 alive; still small. Com-
pared with I., these were decidedly
lighter and somewhat greener ; they
were not as yet very light and green.

Aug. 19.—8 alive; these were
clearly greener and lighter, and good
examples of the effect of green sur-
roundings.

Sept. 3.—8 alive, 3 having spun
up; 2 full-fed and green-grey in
colour: the results very characteris-
tic of green surroundings. 3 smaller
and not quite so green, but still
light varieties.

Sept. 12. — 2 more had spun and
3 left.

Sept. 14._Still 3 left; they were
very pale greenish grey, showing
distinctly the effects of the experi-
ment, far more than in I. Com-
pared with larve from moths of
Experiment III., 1887, these 3 were
certainly lighter than the 5 IV. now
left, much lighter than the 1 III.
and 4 II., and far more so than
the I.

Dates.

July 3

July 20

Aug. 6

Aug. 19

Sept. 4

Sept. 14

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

323

Conclusions are best deferred until the description of
experiments upon moths produced by the larve of Ex-
periment III., 1887.

As in the last experiments, it is impossible to decide

the number of moths which laid the eggs.

The larvee of

these experiments were hatched on June 16th, 1888, and

other days not far removed.

The young larve were kept

together until July 38rd, when many were arranged in
Experiments I., Il., and III.
number were divided between II. and IY.

Exprertment I.
Dark Surroundings
(dark twigs).

23 larve intro-

duced.

More dark twigs
added, although
many were present
already. Marked ef-
fects had been pro-
duced.

22 larve living:
compared with
others these were
considerably darker
than any of the
others, including
Lie Only else?
larvee were greenish
brown, like many of
II., and these less
distinctly so.

3 had spun.

Only five larve
could be relied on
(the others having
spun or changed
colour before pupa-
tion). They were
dark, but not ex-
tremely dark forms,
but considerably
darker than the 7
of Experiment I. de-
scended from moths
of II., 1887.

Experiment II.
Dark Surroundings
(dark twigs covered
with black paper).

12 larve intro-
duced; 8 more ad-
ded July 7.

At this date twigs
covered with black
paper were substi-
tuted for the ordi-
nary dark ones.
Their number was
gradually increased
for about a week.

20 larve living ;
many of these larvee

were greenish
brown. The slight
effect of the black
twigs here was one
of the most inte-
resting things in
this comparison.

3 had spun.

Only 8 remained,
the rest having
spun. ‘The 8 are
full-fed and dark-
ish, although by no
means
dark.

4 larve could be}

relied on. They are
of a rather dark

| greenish brown, cer-

tainly darker than
IV., but not greatly
sO.

extremely |

On July 7th a further

EXxpERIMeEnt III.
Green
Surroundings.

36
duced.

larve intro-

Examined; much
effect was seen to
have been produced.
13 larve removed
from here and in-
troduced into IY.

21 larve living.
These larve were
much greener than
I. and II. ; only two
of them were dark
and brownish ra-
ther than green,
and these not very
dark. 1 larva had
spun at this date,
and 1 previously.

Many had now
spun, for the most
part afew days pre-
viously.

Only 2 remained ;
both greenish larvee

1 larva only could

_be compared: it re-

sembled those of II.

EXPERIMENT IV.
Green
Surroundings.

July 7.—8 larve
introduced.

13 larve intro-
duced from III.

21 larve living.
These were like III.,
except that none
were very brown.
The marked green-
ness of IIT. and IY.
is remarkable as
compared with the
less marked dark-
ness of the other 2
lots, even I.

Many had now
spun.

5 larve could be
compared; 4 were
of a ight greenish
brown, and much
the lightest colour-
ed larve at this
date in this set of

| experiments, 1 re-

sembled II. and III.

324 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Kixperiment II. is interesting, in showing that black
paper-covered sticks are not nearly so effective in pro-
ducing dark larve as dark twigs, although the latter are
less black. At the same time it must be remembered
that the former tend to become grey from the growth
of mould.

The comparison between these and the former larve
of this year certainly shows that the results produced
in the parent larve in 1887 were not hereditary. A
careful comparison was made on Sept. 14th (see both
sets of tables), showing that the larve descended from
those which had been made green (III. in 1887) were not
only darker than those descended from larve which had
been made dark (II. in 1887), when both were exposed
to conditions which tended towards darkness, but the
converse was also true, viz., the larve of the former set
became less green than those of the latter, when both had
been subjected to green surroundings. In other words,
the tendencies exhibited were rather the reverse of those
to be expected by the operation of heredity, and it seems
clear that no bias whatever was imparted to the off-
spring by the conditions to which the parents had been
exposed.

In addition to these two sets of experiments, another
set was conducted in the same year (1888) upon larve
hatched from eggs laid by a captured female. These
eggs hatched June 18th and 19th. Thus all the larve
in this set of experiments came from the same parents.

AXPERIMENT II.

Dates.

July 1
July 21

EXPERIMENT I.
Dark Surroundings.

Green Surroundings
in dark.

45 larvee introduced |
when quite small.

All had escaped ex-
| cept 3 by gnawing holes
in the black tissue-pa-
per roof to cylinder.
Black net substituted,
and 12 larve intro-
duced from II. and

III., making 27 here.

45 similar larvee in-
troduced.

34 or 35 larve alive. |
The leaves found to be |

withered and brown
when examined Aug.
1h}

Exprertment III.
| Green Surroundings.

45 similar larve in-
troduced.

39 larve alive. Leaves
had become verybrown.
| Larve had not become
green.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 325

D EXPERIMENT I. irrss ae ae | EXPERIMENT III,
ales. Dark Surroundings. Tie neous ™88 | Green Surroundings.
in dark. 5
Sept. 4 tey2 larve alive. They 12 larve alive; 2) 17 larvealive; 1had
/were carefully com-| had spun up. | spun up.
| pared, and no effects
were to be seen, all the
larve of I., IT., and III.
being darkish. The
larvee in the latter were
evidently affected by
the frequency with
| which the leaves had
become brown. |
Sept.14) 9 alive. Many were | 10 larve alive... ‘13 larve alive.
now spinning, and the | —_———.M_——-—.
rest nearly mature. These larve were somewhat greener
This lot is but slightly| than in I., but it was a very brownish
\different from the| green; a colour which, however, con-
others, which are prac-| cealed them very effectually among the
tically the same; these} gyeenish brown leaves which surrounded
/are no darker, but ex-| them.
hibit rather less of a

| greenish tinge than the
| others.

It is evident that these experiments were treated with
some neglect, and the food not changed sufficiently often,
so that the leaves became brown, and remained so for
some time. The results are, however, interesting,
showing that such surroundings produce a powerful
influence, no less than those provided by dark twigs ;
and in the case of Experiment I., it is clear that the
effects of the latter were mitigated by those of the
former. The results of Experiment Il. harmonise with
those of other experiments in which darkness produces
darkish larve intermediate between the effects of dark
surroundings and of green surroundings in the light.
For this would have been the position of the larve in II.
had the experiments upon I. and III. been carried out
with care.

After the experience I have now had with Amphidasis
betularia, I should be glad for the experiments on R.
crategata to be repeated with the use of other greener
food-plants, such as Populus nigra (if, indeed, the larvee
would eat this plant). I anticipate that bright green
larve might be produced in this way without any of the

326 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

brownish shade or ‘‘ bloom,” either or both of which are
usually found when the green surroundings are contri-
buted by hawthorn. It would also be interesting to test
the effect of dark lichen-covered twigs on this very sensi-
tive species.

While larva-beating during the past autumn (1892), I
have noted the colours of the larve of this species beaten
from various bushes of hawthorn and blackthorn, and I
always found a most marked correspondence between
the appearance of the larva and the particular bush on
which it had lived. The bushes, even when belonging
to the same species, differ greatly in the darkness of
their twigs, and the amount of bloom-like superficial
colouring. These individual differences were faithfully
reproduced, showing the efficiency of the power of colour-
relation to surroundings in promoting concealment under
normal conditions.

Some of the cocoons produced in these experiments
are described in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. xxvii, as
illustrations of the power of individual colour adaptation,
being brown when spun upon green paper and green
leaves, but white when spun upon white muslin. I
should not now advance these cocoons as examples of
the power until after renewed experiments have been
made, guarding against the sources of error pointed out
by Mr. Bateson.

17. ExprerimMents In 1886, 1889, anp 1892 upon
AMPHIDASIS BETULARIA.

1886.

A single captured female laid the eggs which produced
the larve described in the tables below.

When examined and compared Aug. 17th or 18th the
sizes of the larve were found to vary very greatly, but
none had entered the last stage. The following letters
were therefore used to express the sizes :—

A.—Changing last skin.

B.—Large in last stage but one ; over 30°0 mm. long when extended

at rest.

C.—Medium size in last stage but one; over 24:0 mm. long when

extended at rest.

D.—Very small in last stage but one, or changing last skin but one.

E.—Earlier stages.

(See Table, pages 828, 329.)

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 327

In working at experiments such as these, I often note
the results in each set of larve, without paying attention
to the conditions (which are generally indicated by a
number or letter). Hence the observations are entirely
unbiassed, for I do not know the past history of each
set. Subsequently the notes are written out and the
conditions described, and then only can the value of the
experiment be estimated properly. In the case of the
experiments just recorded, this has only just been done,
more than six years after the experiments were con-
ducted. Had I written out the results earlier, I should
have seen what admirable material was afforded by the
larvee of this species, and should have sought them for
more detailed and careful investigation. My general
impression at the time the notes were taken was, as is
often the case, the reverse of that now gained by a
careful study and comparison of the whole course of the
experiments. At the time I thought that the larve were
not susceptible, or but slightly so. I had even less time
than usual to do more than take the necessary notes,
being exceptionally hurried while this work was pro-
eressing.

1889.

The next investigation of this species took place three
years later, in 1889, and was the outcome of the acci-
dental capture of a female moth which laid large numbers
of eggs. I remembered the tendency of the birch leaves
to become brown, and determined chiefly to make use of
Populus nigra, the large bright green leaves of which will
keep fresh for a very long time if the twigs are placed in
water.

Most of the experiments were begun July 15, a few
days after hatching, when the larve were still quite
small. The results can be given most concisely in a
tabular form.

(See Table, page 830.)

I
Ordinary food-plant.

> =

As
Dark twigs.

Is.
Blinding Experiment.

Upon birch leaves
and twigs (including
dark ones) for the whole
larval life up to Aug.
18, and retained to the
end in many cases.

Aug. 18.—Compared.
A. Greyish brown.
Greenish brown .
Reddish brown .
B. Reddish brown
Greenish brown .
Greyish brown
Greenish
C. Light greenish
brown m 1
_ Brown . 4
D. Reddish brown it
Greenish brown . 2

Be Rw ee

21
Many removed for
other experiments.

Sept. 3.— All the 8
remaining larve in last
stage, most being near-
ly mature, the smallest
about half through the
stage ;4¢reen, although
not very bright, brown
dorsal line present ; 1
dull greenish brown ; 3
dull reddish brown.
The last 4 were not
very dark.

/brown, 1 greenish,

|and 1 of the D (the

In I. up to Aug.
18, then dark haw-
thorn twigs inter-
mixed with food.

In I. up to Aug. 18,
then surrounded by
green twigs and leaves

|of birch, 3 out of 5

larvee being blinded.

Aug. 18.—4 of the
B larvee (2 reddish

and 1 greyish brown,
the lighter of the 2),
3 of the C (2 brown
and the lighter one),

lighter of the 2 green-
ish brown ones) were
introduced from I.
at this date.

Sept. 3.—1 a de-
cided green, much
brighter than any in
leit avery madanic
smoky brown, much
darker than the red-
dish brown ones in
I.; 1 greyish brown,

much darker than |

the greenish brown
larva in I. 1 of the
dark larve pupating.

In feeding the larve
it is probable that twigs
with a great profusion
of leaves were em-
ployed ; hence the ab-
sence of very dark
forms and the preya-
lence of green.

The effect of the
dark twigs present
between Aug. 18 and
Sept. 3 is very clear
on all the larve, ex-
cept the single bright

green one, which
seems to have been
especially _ predis- |

posed towards this
variety, or more pro-
bably may have been
older than the others
andits colour already
determined.

Aug. 18.—The A lot
from I.
this date. By Aug. 21
they had changed their
last skins, and some
were blinded, as fol-
lows :—

1 light reddish brown

(blinded).

1 light reddish brown

(unblinded).

1 dark reddish brown

(unblinded).

1 greenish brown

(blinded).

1 greyish brown

(blinded).

Sept. 3. — The larvee
had a very smoky ap-
pearance, especially
the blinded ones; the
others redder and not
so dark as those in I. a.

introduced at) A.

Te
Green and brown
leaves.

Surrounded for about
a fortnight with the
leaves alone of birch,
but these had become
old and brown towards
end of time.

Aug. 18. aac

Light greenish
brown . .

Dark reddish brown 2
C. Reddish brown 3
D. Reddish brown 5

13

3 of the B (1 of each
colour), 1 of the C, and
2 D (changing last skin
but one) removed to
dark surroundings
(II.a). Fresh green
leaves added and brown
removed. On Aug. 21
an escaped reddish
brown larva (D) was
added.

Sept. 15.—1 pupa, 3
nearly mature green
larvee with brown dor-
sal line.

; 0
B. Greenish. > el
2

The results are not
convincing, because
the larvee were only
subjected to these con-
ditions during the last
stage ; and more care-
ful recent work (1892)
shows that they are but
little sensitive during
this period. Nevyerthe-
less, the results are
such as to suggest fur
ther blinding experi-
ments in the future,
and for longer periods
of larval life.

|

The effect of green
surroundings predomi-
nated in spite of the
leaves becoming brown

‘part of the time. This

result and that of I.
perhaps indicates that
the larve may have
been somewhat pre-
disposed towards the
green forms.

UII
Black paper
leaves, &e.

III.
Darkness.

IV.
Green leaves.

We
Orange paper leaves.

Up to Aug. 18 same
surroundings as IL. ;
then brown bir ch
twigs introduced with |
food, and also pieces
of black paper rough-
ly cut into the form
of leaves; also black
floor and roof.

Aug. 18.—The 6
larve which had
been removed at this
date from II. were
now placed in dark |
surroundings.

/and black floor.

Sept. 15.—5 larvee
in last stage, 3 being
dark brown and 1
greenish brown; 1
small and reddish
brown ; 1 pupa.

For about a_ fort-
night, ending Aug. 18,
enclosed in a darkened
cylinder (covered with

one thickness of black |
tissue paper). Dark
twigs of birch not ex- |
cluded.

Aug. 18.—Compared. |

A. 0
B. Dark reddish
brown 4
COR ae ne 0|
D. Reddish brown 2,

Light greenish
brown

Placed at this date
in a larger cylinder
covered with 2 thick-
nesses of black paper

Sept. 15.—Only one
larva left; greenish
brown.

Kept for last fort-

‘night on birch leaves

and green twigs under
a shade of one thick-
ness of faded yellowish
ereen tissue paper.

Aug. 17.—Examined
and compared.

| A. Dark reddish

brown iy el
B. Dark reddish
brown 1
Green pe |
Greenish brown ne
C. Reddish brown. 3
Light greenish
brown . . 1
D. Reddish brown! 3
Light reddish
brown 2
15

Put in a larger cy-
linder; tissue paper
changed.

Sept. 15.—1 pupa; 1
nearly mature green
larva, with brown along
back. Others escaped.

Kept for about a fort-
night on birch leaves
and twigs (brown ones
included), intermixed
with pieces of orange
paper cut roughly into
the form of leaves.

Aug. 18.—Examined
and compared.

A. 0
Bais: 0
C. Greenish brown 3
Tending in diffe-
rent degrees to-
wards reddish
brown, two being
the typical colour 6
D. Reddish brown 1
K. Reddish brown,
varying . 4
Light greenish
brown
15

Sept. 15.—Only 2 re-
maining; both dis-
tinctly green, with a
brown line down back.

—~—|

The effect of dark |
surroundings added |
Aug. 18 is clear when |

these larvie are com- |

pared with those of |
Il.

Insufficient to draw|

conclusions, but so far
as it goes, the evidence
corresponds with later
experiments in show-
ing that darkness is
in

surroundings a

strong light,

not so effective as dark |

but corresponds with
| II. in showing suscep-
tibility to green sur-
roundings.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT IV.

(pEC.)

Insufficient evidence,

Results correspond
with those obtained in
1892, showing the
power of orange sur-
roundings 1n pr oducing
ereen larvee.

20

330

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

A. Dark Surrounpinas.

Cylinder with abundant dark twigs
intermixed with food.

July 15.—31 young larve intro-
duced.

July 24.—Compared on this and
following dates. Resting (by day)
on the dark twigs were 16 dark,
1 green, and 2 intermediate larve.
Resting on leaves and green shoots
were 3 dark, 3 green, and 6 inter-
mediate larve.

Aug. 5.—8 dark larve on leaves;
25 dark larve on dark twigs; 1 inter-
mediate larva on dark twigs; 2
brownish intermediate larve on
dark twigs.

Aug. 10 and onwards.—The larve
sought pupation without further
change of colour.

ie
Same as I.

July 15.—30 introduced.

July 23.—Compared. Nearly all
dark brown; at later dates this ten-
dency became more marked, and
finally only 2 exceptions remained,
1 being bright green, and 1 inter-
mediate.

Aug. 11.—At this date and on-
wards the larve began to seek
pupation.

The extreme susceptibility to dark surroundings is clear
from these results. The fact that green surroundings
cannot be excluded is no doubt the explanation of the
few exceptions. In the converse experiments with green
surroundings everything dark can be excluded, and hence
exceptions did not occur. The exceptions undoubtedly
show individual differences in the degree of susceptibility
to green and brown surroundings respectively, although
the final result—1 marked exception (the single green
larva)—out of 61 individuals shows that such differences
are of no great numerical importance in determining
the colours of this species. The proportions of hght and
dark larve found July 24, in I., on dark and green
surfaces respectively, seem at first sight to suggest the
existence of a tendency to seek an environment with the
corresponding colour. On Aug. 5, however, nearly all
were on the dark twigs; and in 1892 very inappropriate
situations were often observed (Experiment XXVI.).

It is also seen that a period of 8 days (July 15 to 23)
is sufficient to produce marked effects on the majority
of the larve.

the colowrs of certain Lepidoptera. 331

B. Artiric1aL Dark SURROUNDINGS.

A single experiment was made with sticks covered
with black tissue paper taking the place of twigs which
were naturally dark, like those of I. and Il. This and
some of the other experiments were begun rather later
than those just described; for the whole stock of larve
was not exhausted on July 15th.

Experiment III.

Black-paper-covered sticks intermixed with food-plant.

July 20 .... 9 larvee introduced.

‘Nive Up Soe The larve were very large. All 9 were very black, at
least as dark as those of I. and II.

Aug. 30.... 4 ceased feeding.

Sept.4 .... 2 ceased feeding. They remained as dark as ever to the

end; 1 was dead by Sept. 5.

This experiment shows that artificial may be as effec-
tive as natural surfaces. It is probable that the com-
parative failure in the case of Lt. crategata (see p. 324)
was due to the growth of mould upon the black paper,
making it much lighter in appearance.

C. VERY SMALL PROPORTION OF DARK TWIGS IN _ SUR-
ROUNDINGS, AND COMPARISON EXPERIMENT WITH GREEN
ALONE.

Two experiments were then made with the object of
testing the susceptibility of the larve to a very small
proportion of dark material in the environment. Inci-
dentally the effect of green surroundings produced by
another food-plant (nut) was also tested, and found to be
as effective as that due to Populus nigra.

The experiments were arranged as follows :—25 young
larve were introduced July 20 into a large glass lamp-
shade (about 165 mm. high, and the approximate capacity
of 1300 ec.). On Aug. 21 they were removed to a larger
lamp-shade (204 mm. high, and the approximate capacity
of 1900cc.). These relatively large areas were kept filled
with green leaves and shoots of nut, intermixed with
which were 5 small dark pieces of dead twig. Three of
these were about 40, 65, and 75 mm. long respectively,
while 2 of them were about 80 mm. in length; the
diameters varied from 8to5mm. They were unbranched,

2c2

382 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

but mostly very rough; 1 was curved, the rest straight.
The relation between the sizes of twigs and the smaller
class cylinder first used is shown about + the real size in
Plate XV., fig. 4.

In the comparison experiment, 25 larvze were intro-
duced July 20 into a glass cylinder (about 185 mm. high,
82 mm. internal diameter, and 1000 ce. capacity); and
on Aug. 21 they were transferred into two lamp-shades
(about 165 mm. high, and the approximate capacity of
1300 cc.). These larve were treated exactly as in the
former experiment, except that their surroundings were
uniformly green, no dark twigs being at any time ad-
mitted. The results of the experiments are given below.

ExpEermMent IY,
Green Surroundings, with very
small proportion of dark material. |

EXPERIMENT V.
Green Surroundings alone.

July 20.—25 larvee introduced. July 20.—25 larve introduced.
Aug. 12.—8 larvee were resting on
the pieces of dark stick, and 1 was
holding a piece by its thoracic legs.
Aug. 21.—23 larve alive; shifted| Aug. 21.—22 larve alive; shifted
to larger lamp-shade. to two lamp-shades, between which
they were equally divided.
Aug. 24.—The larvee compared (1
unnoted) :—
Intermediate . . 6
CORTE 5
IDOAG 5 oo ae UY?

22

Aug. 26.—1 dark larva dead (about
half-grown in last stage).

Aug. 30.—6 larve dead :—4 dark
(1 large, 3 small in last stage) ;
2 green (small in last stage).

The rest carefully compared :—

Green. Suen ms 5)
Greenish intermediate 2
Intermediate : 1
Brownish intermediate 2
Dark . 8 |
ay |
16
Sept. 2.— The larve were now} Sept. 2. — Many were now pu-

mostly pupating; 1 had died, and| pating; all the 22 were alive, and
1 was lost. No further change in| all bright green.
the colours.

‘hese results are very interesting and remarkable.
They show that the susceptibility to dark surroundings

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 333
is far keener than to green, and this corresponds with
the fact that the dark larve are much more perfectly
concealed than the green. Although the proportion of
brown to green in the surroundings may be very small,
it is still to the advantage of the average larva of this
species to resemble the former, and the average larva
does so.

The green larve are of a yellower shade than that
which appears when they are fed upon Populus nigra.
This corresponds to the difference between the leaves

themselves.

D. Darx

SURROUNDINGS NEAR THE LARVA, BUT NOT

ACTUALLY IN CONTACT, AND COMPARISON EXPERIMENT

WITH GREEN ALONE.

The details of the experiment are described below :—

War
On green leaves alone, with dark
5 . . .
twigs outside cylinder.

VII.
On green leaves alone, for
comparison with VI.

July 23. — 21 larve, previously
surrounded by green leaves alone,
were carefully divided into two lots
as much alike as possible; when
any difference was unavoidable, the
darker larve were put in VI., the
greener here, in a small cylinder
containing green leaves alone, but
surrounded by a large cylinder with
dark twigs packed between the two.

Aug. 2. — 1 is certainly brown,
though not a very dark one; the
rest green.

Aug. 13. — The dark twigs were
absent Aug. 6—12. The first be-
came mature. The single larva still
remained brown; all others green,

Sept. 2. — The dark larva was
nearly mature (quite so Sept. 6),
and was a brownish intermediate
larva. All the others remained
bright green, and matured at a
rather earlier date.

July 23.—The 21 larvee divided at
this date between VI. and VII. were
small and nearly all greenish, ex-
cept one, which was large and green.
The latter was placed here with 10
of the small ones, on the whole
slightly darker than those in VI.

Aug. 2. — All green, or evidently
rapidly becoming so.

Aug. 4. — 6 are still in last stage
but one, 4 in last stage, 1 changing
last skin; all bright green, except
the smallest, which is changing in
that direction.

Aug. 13. — The first became ma-
ture. From this date onwards the
larve gradually sought pupation,
all being bright green.

334 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments.

Conclusions. — The fact that one larva became brown
in VI. is not sufficient evidence that any results were
produced, except by the light being somewhat dimmed
by the surrounding twigs, and especially by the effects of
crowding in a small cylinder. The experiments of 1892
show that both these causes are effective in producing
dark larve. It is probable that the dark larva is to be
accounted for in one of these ways, Inasmuch as green
surroundings in which such causes did not operate never
produced a single dark larva (see below).

E. GREEN SURROUNDINGS.
(See Table, page 335.)

The strong susceptibility to green surroundings when
nothing brown or dark is present is extremely clear in
these results, as well as in the comparison experiments
of C and D (V. and VII.).. Among the 105 larve which
matured in these 7 experiments not a single exception
occurs.

A very characteristic green larva with a brownish
shade along the dorsal area was painted by Miss Cundell,
and is represented in Plate XIV., fig. 8. It is shown
in a very common attitude, resting on a green twig of
Populus nigra.

Many of the green and dark larve from one of these
experiments, and either I. or II., were interchanged for
a few days during the last stage. No effects were pro-
duced, and it was clear that the larve are not susceptible
to a short exposure during this period of life.

F. WHitE SuRROUNDINGS.

Nine larve were fed upon Populus nigra, the sur-
roundings being green, except for the presence of many
white paper spills. The experiment was arranged July 20,
and the larve were compared with the others Aug. 17.
Some of them tended towards green, and some towards
light brown, but in both, these colours were, without
exception, almost hidden under the predominant whiteness
which gave the larve a very remarkable appearance,
utterly unlike that in any of the other experiments.
They were again examined Aug. 24, when the whiteness
of the larger larvee was even more pronounced. ‘They
were carefully compared Sept. 2 with 12 of the green
larve upon nut (Experiment V.); 8 remained small in

‘UdeIS YYSIIq Sur
-UIVULIT ‘pamnyeur VAIL] ot}
ayBp SI} ul01g~—'g ‘sny

“Ud0I5 YYSIAQ [TV
‘UIYS ISBT SUISUBY Z ‘pezis
-oyeIOpOU Z% ‘asIVy] F ‘adv4s
JS¥Bl Ul [[VUls F — "fF ‘Sny
“UOTPIOIIP JV] UL SuIBUBYD
SATO [[B pu ‘users aysraq
$90 LadIVT [[V¥—"Es Apne

*psonpomur g[—'eT A[n¢

"Us0IS YYSIAq Sur
-UTBULL ‘patnzeudl VAIV] oy}
ayep SIY} wo1—s ‘sny
"Uda YYSTIq MOU [TV
ULYS ISBT SUIDURYD E ‘pazIs
-O]B1NpOUl Z ‘asIvy T ‘asvys
{S¥[ UL [[VUS QT —F ‘sny
“UdAID JISTAIG pure ‘SuOT “UU
0-FE SI ysesrvyl oy, ‘users
YstuMoriq st orm ‘auo
ynq ueeds [TV — "9g Aque
‘Yyeoueq yrwp pur ‘youq
UO aepBys UMOIG TIA ‘TST
-U90I3 [[V “SUOT ‘UI 2. TT
qnoqe ATsoy, — “1% ATne

‘peonpomut g[—"GT Alu

*prvzty @ Xq uayBe
SBM JI MOA ‘amnyeut [run
YlVp pourvuiod yy “ouo yng
{sel 94} JO pus oy} 4B IO
‘Q0B4S ISB] OU} UT [[BUIS SBAL
JJ “ANOTOD sql asuBTD prnoo
qt TOYO 9aS 0} Japurttso
SIU} 02 pappe sva add uo
-dn plIM punoj BAIR] UAOIG
-ayepoooyo B ayep Sit} YW
19240
T $UeaIs ywyst1q poureuter
Il® pur ‘pamnyeut Barry ayy
aj¥p Sty} wWo1g—¢ ‘sny

2

“Ystuaers
IO useIs [TV —'Gg A[ue

*poonporur eG{[—eT Apne

“perp

T {Uaeis 4yystaq Surureut

“aI [[B ‘parnjyeul wBarey oq}
a} Bp Sty} Wolg— oT ‘sny

‘UIYS SBI SUT

-SUBYPD Z ‘T[BVUUIS g ‘pazIs-9} BI
-Opoml ¢ ‘aDIv] [—"F “SnYy
“U90I5 [[TV¥—'gz Ane

“ystuaaIs
10 UaeIs [TY — ‘FY A[nE

‘paonposyur FI —"gT A[ng

“pus ou}
0} WAAIS YYSIIq Surureuesr
‘paiIn} VU BAIV] ay} Spavauo
ayep sIyy wWor1g—'g ‘sSny

“UdaIS SII [TB pues
‘puUNoy BAIV] GI —'g ‘sny

“u90I15 YSt
-UMOIG SIATIO ‘MIdIS YYSTAG
Il® ysesrey 7 — “ez A[ne
*paonporyur
wacky sunok g[—‘eT Ane

FLLX

“IX

x

“XI

TIA

"JO OSN OpBUl OULOTV oA0M JURTU-poo}y otf} JO sJooys Users puv soAvorT

"SONIGNAOUUNG NAGA) “of

336 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

the last stage, while 6 were nearly full-fed, and these
latter were chiefly compared. The white points on the
skin appeared to be far more abundant in these 6, and,
so far as any green tint appeared, it was of a whitish
bluish shade, instead of bright and yellowish, as in all
the larvee upon nut.

The green blood from 2 white and 8 bright green
larvee was then compared, to see whether any difference
in the shade of green was due to its colour. There was
some individual difference in the tint of the blood, but
this was true of both sets of larve. It was clear that no
explanation was thus to be found, and that the seat of
effective colour was in the skin and the structures
immediately below it.

The three smaller larvee were also white; and although
1 tended towards a dark variety, the tendency was
obscured by the whiteness.

These results were so remarkable that, although there
was no exception, I did not venture to publish them until
I had obtained confirmation. This, however, has been
forthcoming in the experiments of the past summer
(1892), and the results have now been seen by many
naturalists.

G. Errrecr oF UNSUITABLE FOOD UPON COLOUR-RELATION.

On July 20, 21 young larvee were introduced into a
cylinder, and supplied with lilac-leaves, dark twigs being
abundantly intermixed with the food-plant. The larve
were observed as follows :—

July 20.—21 young larve introduced.

Aug. 9.—11 alive, but small for age.

Sept. 4.—5 alive, but quite small for age; reddish
brown in colour.

Sept. 25.—3 still alive, although these subsequently
died.

It is therefore probable that the unsuitable food,
which prevented the larve from attaining maturity,
did not interfere with their susceptibility to the colours
of the environment. ‘The results observed on Sept. 4
show that all the 5 surviving larvee harmonized with the
dark surroundings. In order to furnish conclusive proof
that this result was due to true susceptibility, and not to
pathological change, it will be necessary to repeat the
experiment, employing green surroundings alone. Such

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 337

an experiment was attempted as a comparison with the
above, but the 21 larve had all died by Sept. 4.

The chief results of these experiments, as regards
green and dark surroundings, have been briefly men-
tioned in ‘Colours of Animals,’ pp. 152, 158, where a
dark and light form are represented by uncoloured
illustrations.

These experiments at once proved that A. betularia
was by far the most suitable species for the purposes of
this investigation; and I tried to obtain eges in the
succeeding years. In this I was unsuccessful until the
present year, in which a much larger series of more
careful experiments have been conducted.

The pup obtained from these experiments were care-
fully separated, and the attempt was made to breed from
the imagos which emerged. The great majority, however,
died in the pupal state, and those which emerged did not
pair.

As the moths are well known to vary in darkness,
I noted the colours of those few which emerged, but
found that there was no relation between the larva and
imago in this respect.

1892.

This is by far the most extensive series of experiments
upon the modification of the colours of larvee by the en-
vironment that I have ever undertaken. ‘The results
obtained in 1889 not only proved that this is the most
sensitive larva as yet subjected to experiment, but also
that it is most satisfactory to breed, and in every way
the most suitable for the purposes of this investigation.
I was therefore very anxious to repeat the experiment on
a larger scale, and especially to test again the effects of
white surroundings, which had produced such remark-
able results on the previous occasion ; also to make use
of other artificial colours, as well as the natural tints
of twigs of various kinds and conditions.

A captured female laid a very large number of eggs, of
which probably about 200 were sent to Mr. Bateson;
these unfortunately hatched during his absence from
home, and the larve died. The remaining eggs began
to hatch in large numbers on June 29th, and all the

338 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

larve appeared in a few days. The majority of these
were at once placed in a cylinder, and fed upon the leaves
and green shoots of Populus nigra, being thus kept in
green surroundings, although just before they were re-
arranged many of the leaves had become withered and
brown. The susceptibility of larve during these early
stages, if any exists, has been shown not to interfere
with such experiments. These larve formed the stock
from which, when they were rather older, the majority
of the experiments were supplied. They will be alluded
to below as “ the first stock.”

As soon as the larve began to hatch, a mass of the
eges was separated, and placed (June 29th) in green
surroundings in complete darkness until 11 p.m., when
it was exposed to the light of a paraffin lamp until
9.10 a.m. the following morning, when it was again
placed in darkness. Under these conditions the larve
hatched, and they constitute ‘‘ the second stock,’ from
which several experiments were supplied. This alterna-
tion of darkness and lamp-light was continued in some
of the experiments until the evening of August 2nd.
The changes were made every day, and the fixed times
were never departed from by so much as an hour.

All the larve which hatched from the eggs were made
use of in the experiments, except 30, which were sent to
Mr. Bateson, and were experimented upon by him with
results published in this volume (p. 218), and 80, which
were placed on a tree (Populus nigra) in muslin bags.
These last were intended for experiments, which, how-
ever, I was unable to undertake.

The sizes of the glass vessels in which the larve were
kept are given, because the amount of crowding is shown
to exercise a considerable influence on the colour.

When measurements are stated, it must be understood
that they were taken when the larve were at rest in
the rigidly straight position which is characteristic of
Geometre.

The experiments are so numerous that it has been
necessary to classify them, and treat the various classes
separately. The following table indicates the arrange-
ment pursued, and serves as a guide to any particular
experiment :—

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 339

EXPERIMENTS.
A. Dark Surrounpines (inad- 1. Natural :—I. Black twigs; II., brown

dition to the necessary twigs ; III., 1V. and V., reddish twigs
green leaves of the food- or stalks, becoming blackish; VI.,
plant) :— brown leaves; VII., red leaves, be-

coming blackish.

. Artificial :— VIII. Black enamelled
smooth twigs; IX., black enamelled
rough twigs.

3. Dark Surroundings near the larve, but
not actually in contact:—X. Dark
twigs.

B. Green SuRROUNDINGS :— 1. Natural :—XI., XII. and XIII. Green

leaves and shoots of food-plant
(Populus nigra); XIV., leaves and
shoots of food-plant, with golden-
green twigs intermixed.

2. Artificial: —XV. Green paper spills ;
XVI., dark green enamelled rough
twigs; XVII., dark green enamelled
smooth twigs; XVIII., light green
enamelled twigs.

C. Smumar Surrounpines 1n XIX. Dark twigs; XX., red stalks, be-
pim Lieut :— coming blackish; XXI., green leaves

and shoots of food-plant; XXIL.,
dark twigs; XXIII, green leaves
and shoots.

D. Summar Surrounpines 1n XXIV. Dark twigs; XXV., green leaves

bo

DarkNEss :-— and shoots of food-plant.
E. TRANsreRENCE ExXpEni- XXVI. Transferred from green to dark
MENTS :— surroundings; XXVILI., transferred
from dark to green surroundings.
F. Wurrr Surrounpincs:— XXVIII. White paper spills; XXIX.and

XXX., white enamelled twigs.
G. SURROUNDINGS OF OTHER XXXI. Dark blue paper spills; XXXIL.,
CoLours :— blue spills; XXXIII., orange spills
and pieces of paper; XXXIV.,
orange enamelled twigs.

During the critical period of all these 34 experiments
the same food was made use of—the leaves of the black
poplar (Populus nigra). Great care was taken to ensure
that the larvee were supplied with leaves of the same age,
and it may be safely concluded that no effects were pro-
duced by the different condition of the food-plant in the
various experiments.

The conditions described above were kept up in all
cases until August 8rd, when the larvee were packed for
removal to Edinburgh, in order that they might be ex-
hibited at the British Association. After this date they
were fed irregularly, and sometimes upon other food-
plants, while the conditions of some of the experiments
were relaxed; but only in the case of larve which were
advanced in the last stage, and long past the period at

340 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

which change of colour is possible. Whenever there
was any possibility of further change, the conditions
were carefully adhered to.

The majority of the larve were also arranged in cases
more suitable for travelling than those in which they
had been previously kept. During the susceptible stages
clear glass vessels were always employed ; some of these
were cylindrical, others of the shape shown in Plate
XY., fig. 4, bulging in part of the length and con-
tracted at both ends, although often to an unequal
extent, while the bulging was nearly always closer
to one end than the other. These will be called
lamp-shades in the description of the experiments, and
their heights and approximate capacities will also be
given. The former will be called cylinders, and their
heights, internal diameters, and approximate capacities
will also be furnished. Each glass receptacle was placed
on a plate perforated by a hole, through which the stalks
of the food-plant passed into water below. The food-
plant was invariably represented by green leaves and
shoots alone, whether other surroundings were made use
of or not.

The details of the experiments will now be given in
order.

A. Dark SuRROUNDINGS.

(In addition to the necessary green leaves of the food-
plant).

1. Dark Objects which are natural to the Larve.
(See Table, pages 342, 343, and 844.)

The results of these experiments are a great advance
upon those of 1889. Instead of merely proving that
dark larvee are produced by dark surroundings, we now
know that each of certain varied tints which are lable
to occur in a dark environment produces its appropriate
effect.

Thus black twigs produce black larve (I. and fig. 10) ;
brown twigs produce brown larve (II. and figs. 11 and
12); light brown mottled leaves produce larve which
harmonise with them (VI. and fig. 14).

I omit Experiments III., [V., V, and VII., because
the results were complicated by the environments altering

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 341

during the course of the experiment. But the results in
reality harmonise with those given above, for the dark
larve were never like those of I., but tended more in the
direction of the mouldy, dark grey, or blackish appear-
ance of the twigs or leaves. Sometimes, however, the
larvee were evidently affected to the end by the earlier
appearance of their environment.

Some conclusions as to the period of greatest suscepti-
bility may also be drawn from these results. The facts
that the single exception in [. was older than the other
larvee,—that the larve transferred from II. to XX VII. for
nearly the whole of the two last stages could change so
little,—that the larve of IV. were considerably darker
than III., in which the environment changed more slowly,
—and that the earlier colour of the surroundings pro-
duced its full effect long after its change, in certain ma-
ture larve of ILI, IV., and VII.,—clearly indicate that
the time of chief susceptibility has been passed when the
last stage but one has been reached. It is equally clear,
however, that there is some susceptibility in certain
larvee during the last two stages. On the other hand, the
condition of the larve during the earliest period of growth
does not seem to produce any effect, or at any rate does
not interfere in the least with the full power of the sur-
roundings which are subsequently applied. Thus the
larve of these experiments began to hatch on June 29th,
and were kept in green surroundings until July 9th or
10th, when the dark environments were substituted.
But the earlier green surroundings probably did not
diminish the influence of the later environment in any
instance, except perhaps the single green larva in I.
The same conclusions are to be gained by a study of
nearly all the species experimented with, for the en-
vironments were very rarely applied immediately after
hatching.

And this is what we should expect from the habits of
the larve, which always rest on the leaves during the
earliest stages. It is probable that the colours of the
mature larve are decided when they abandon this habit,
and first come to rest on the twigs. ‘Too early suscepti-
bility would render all larvee green.

We may therefore conclude that the time of effective
susceptibility lies somewhere within the second and third
stages of larval life, and perhaps in the third rather than
the second.

*T UL sv ‘paonporyUT #Arry|

sunok 9g — ‘oT fpne

“Apynow pure
Ystyov[q euivosq uoos
SeABsT 94} Jnq ‘yuasoad
UeYA. JO 4nd ata sespe
pus sjods umoiq oy,
“pax TULt9}UT Ayaeyraats
atem vyofinby vru0ynyyt
JO S@ABBT por AUT

*mu9013

Apsom— 11 Aine |Aysoy — 21 Aine

La
SB ‘pesonpoarpUL BAIv]
sunods g[— ‘OT Ane

*poaout
-0I W90q PBI Seavey

asey} JO SY[VIS IJ,
“poxtu1eyUr

‘umorq yysty Auvyy

Sv ‘poonporqyUL BAIR]
sunok pT — oT fyne

Apynour pur ystyovyq
aue0eq woos
eso, ‘pexruatezut AT

-IB[IUIIS B1OM ‘SOABOT
meyy jo peddrays
‘DILLDUyNn nowy

Ajxe[ JO stays pus sy[R4s
-IUWIS SOABET AAT pBap U80I3-pUv-por
JO stoquinu oes1eTy

*yorlq AtaA Sututooeq
QTM SSIMY OY, ‘Uaears
JUSUq SBA (‘WUE 0.)T
qnoqe) Barvy asrey T A[UO
| ‘YSIUeeIs 10 UVeIS G
| ‘yst
-yrep Auvur ‘UMoIq ET

: OATTV 8BI—"6T Ane

‘UMOIG *yovyq Urn} 07 Suru

-UIS0q SSIMT— JT fine

TU
‘T UL seB ‘poonporyur Bare]
sunoA gT— ‘oT Apne

OsTR

*IOUOOS MAAS YSTYOB]G
oY} eurvdeq SSIAJ oY} 4VTy

ydaoxe “TIT 0} reprurg

“AT ULSB
os yonu os oyinb you
ynq ‘yoRTq Surutooaq
ATOM SSIAJ OUT, “AT
YIM ysviyuod snorind

@ poploye BAAR] OUT,

“UMOIQ G

‘YSIUeeIS IO Woes ZT
“WU 2-27 SBA WSU]

[eusn ey, ‘SsUTATT
BVAIVE LI—6T fine
“sOBTq

SUIUIONIG ITOA SOTA
ay} JO SO — LT Apne

Tu

SB ‘pesonporjUt @ArRy]

jsunok pT —"6 fyne

“YSEypoRyq euvoaq Aouy

OUT} JAOYS BUT “paxtw
-T9JUL A[AV[IWIS aTOA\
‘SOABOT Ao] Fo poddrays
‘DAQn.l LYVY JO SIA
yseqy UMOIq YstIppoar
jo sdequinu s51BT

“TMOG

*PoTOYIIA JBTTAL
hyne

-em0s autodeq AJAqBT
PBI Seavey oY} YSNoYAyS
‘AJsnorseid =sSurpunoar
-ms wudeeIs Ul wuseq
‘T miouraey ,.6y903s 4say,,
SB ‘poeonpoOrUL MAIL| WLOIF pooNpoIyUt BAIT
Sunof [[—oT fyne |sunok eg—'g fynge

Aso — “LT

*qoouIs
O19M SSTIA) 94} :°T Ut
SB poexXIULIayUl L2YY JO
soroads ouIos JO SHIA
pvep uUMOIq YSYST
jo Ssdequinu osiery

“SABO OTT}
punoz padvoy pur yt
POXIUMIOJUT BLOM ‘S20
-aa snowan?) yo Ayetyo
‘SSTA} [ono yORyq ATOA
jo sdequinu od1eTyT

09 QOOT ‘/iq1and
-p) agpuaxouddy * ‘wut FR
‘waqgawupip youlazur $ *uAUT
QLT ‘Iya “ropuryAg

‘TIA

"09 QOOT ‘A210 Ayroedvo Sutsvesout sn

“09 OOOT

‘fiqvavdva aypwmrxoud

00 0G) ‘fj20\-ndno = aynurxouddn ‘ky Ss pastnq rapurpso
-pdvo =aynurxouddy smut «3g ‘lajawuvrpeyy, ‘09 QeG ‘Ajondva
sm AST ‘2yAvaz ouLaqu, Sum ggpTaypwixorddy {wut ¢.6))-dv ‘uu got ‘ayhiay

-apeys-durery

‘IA

“ybvayT *xaputpéo

‘Wajzaunip 7wU.laqur $ “UCU
QLT ‘My hiaH = “xaputysp

“A AI

Shi wane ow eee See

‘apeys-durery

‘TIT

"00 006 ‘Anandva agnw 09 OOGT
-wouddy £uaut 7g ‘aja ‘figrandyo apounxroud
-Dip ]DULA}UL "TAT G)T\-do $ uM FOZ “7yhray
“ybiy *axeputtdg ‘apeys-durery

‘TI AL

‘TIA— I SINaWIUaax

“DAMDT 2Y} 07 JOLNQDU auM Yoryn s222l(QQ YW *T

ON Ee RL NR ed EG ie ae a ep ech CD TE Ee AE eee Se a tein es Ye ee ee ee

a Re NN

*Iaylep
yeyaoutos ATqeqord useq
py wBarvpoyy, ‘uomednd
a10faq NOOO Jo sesuey
oy} Joosnevoaq ‘ayvutrxoad
-dB o1aM sj[nset 9souy,

‘AICP ET
‘oy 8Tp
-OULIOJUL YSTUMOIG ¢
‘ayVIPIWMIIJUL Z
o} VIPIUII9}UI YSTUIeIS Z
‘sued
-nd Auvyy — "eT “ne
“UMOI T
2 au0
wys 3sv) burbunyp
“UMOIG T
2 auo 7nq abyis Wsv'T
‘UMOIG
wmys asp) Burbunyp
‘ayeIpourlIeyUL T
‘UMOI FT
Sabvzs Isv'T
— | ‘bine

nq

*YSTUaaIS Z%
‘yst
-UMOIG PUB UMOIG QT
— "eo fine

“ssurjured
IO} poayoojes sBA\
IawIOF Vy} JO T
“SAABIT OT} JO oULOS
uo yueseid osTe
mmofoo 8 ‘UAOIG
YOU B Taye SBA
T ‘ skor8 4ys1y pur
ylVp JO YIOMJoU B
Aq poyreut Ssureq
‘soavot AAT U3TA
]]OM SUIstuoTIABY

pues ‘uMorq YYSI] OT

‘ay eIpoul

-19JUL YSTUMOIq T
aul] [BSIOP UAOIG)
ueeds 4YSaq T

—

-9In} eu

AjIvaN — °G *bny
‘oJVIPOUIIOJUL Z
‘9018 T

‘UMOI 6

"95BYS JSP]
ur Ty—“o¢e fine

"ma0I5 9
‘UMOIG 9

—¢g fing

-(12ep

AIOA JOU) SUIIOF
ysthois yaup g
‘ePBIPOULIO}UL ¢;

—"elT ‘ine

a} VIPOULIOJUL
‘T9013 G
‘UMOIG ZT

—"9% fine

‘pap pel s19TI10O
“yrep T
‘aVBVIPULIOJUL T
‘maa15 T
‘surged

-nd AYsof[—"eT “ne

“oY BIPOUIIE}UL T
‘UMOIG YSIUsaIS T
‘UMOIG JUST T
‘UMOIG-9}8[090Y9 T
5 auo 7Ng abvzs IsY'T

‘oY VIPIULIOJUL YSTUIIIS T

‘u9e1S T
> uys asp) Burhunyp
UMOIG YIVP ZT
! abn}s 7sp) UT —'T ‘np

‘raT]eMs

youu Apysour atom Lotyy
qnq ‘Uys 4sSBT 94} Sur
-SUBYD IIA 4SE5IVT OIL,

“Ud0I5 %
‘aJVIPSULIIJUL G

‘UMOIG TT

—'16 fine

EPR Ti
‘amoiq deep g

‘OF}1P YSTAMOTG %
‘ayerIp

-OUIOJUL YSIuseIs ¢
“‘JUSTASES TOBA

jo 4gaed szotreque
ay} UO SsprvauMop
pvaids 0} outos Ur
SUIPUS} ‘AUT, [VsIOp
peounouoid AIA
‘ysTinp = tay} ea)
weais §=9youlysIp Gg

—'g ‘bnp

PIZSD
AIOA MOU TOM 10}}R]
eu, ‘SSI WO poysar
skeaye Ayrvau ayy
SUIYS ISB] oy} Sursuvyo
OIOM BAIL] oT} Jo Luv
‘O]VIPITAIIJUL G
‘UMOIG F
‘m90I3 )
: OATTL 9I—"L3 Ayne

°

“SULINSY IOj
poqoayes Z ‘SsTA UMOTq
ay} Suryoyeut AT}Ovxe
qsouye ‘UMOIG [ord
ames eq} poeuremor
Te § peutuexs ATyUenb
-a1,J—' I —E isnhnpr
‘arqtssod Mou st asueyo
oyyNny BV TotorAr
{Sd} 0} SOAVIT UdeIS UO
peovtd sureq “TIAXX
0} peaoutat g *ayIep
Ioy}eI St 4t yvyy ydeo
-X9 ‘SSIMJ Ol} SotOyvUT
Woy oepeys eB jo
‘UMOI [[B pus ‘aT0 Inq

‘sutured
IOJ poyoejes ouo yovrq
@ puv BVAIB] WdeIS dU,
‘a5B4S JSR] OY} UL [[BUIs
siaqjO 3y} feanqzeut
Ajzeoau auo ATuo 9y7
SBA BAIVT UVEITIS sIJ,
“SIM YORTq
ey} ext, Apoexe
‘yovtq AyTAasUdJUT 6%
‘Ka13 YABp T
‘TadI3 JUSTAq T
‘a8R4s JSBI UL
s1eqjo oyj ‘UMOIG
-9'B,ODOTO pue
UIYS JSVl SUISUBYD T
> OATTR ZE—'S “Hr

“uo
qnq 95B4S JSR] UL [TeVWS
Ssi1oqjO 9} : UTYS ISBT
Suisuvyo pure ‘ysasrey
ay} SBA 199IBl OT],
“WATS FSA T
‘ayeIpouAoyUL T

a5B4S JSVI UL [[VUIS [[B
foals TIL] Ane

‘UMOAd BE
eae FE—LS Aine

*ATOAISNIOXA OS SIAVOT
yep ey} Suryoss you
qnq ‘yueserd are Asoyy
UdYM SSIAJ Yyarep uo
suyset Apoyo Marvy
ayy 0} anp Ayqeqoad st
sIyy, ‘porddns st yuout
-U0TIAUS YABp [BULIOU
a10ul 84} UeyA uUvyy
uojyrzodoid 9 xayevers ut
Ind00 ~suoTydaoxe 4Req4
“TA Ut pues ‘juoUIIt
-edxo Sty} Ur yey} puy
OM BDO PUB ‘SdABOT
you pues sstay Aq dn
apeul aiv satoads s1q} Jo
SssuIpunorms yrep [eur
-10U dT, ‘Seavey Aprnout
YSLypoVy[q oy} Surpquiasat
‘SULIO} YIVp stam yng
“J UL esoyy Ol] ‘yoRTq
JOU 9IOM BALK] OSU J,

‘a[durexa auo Aq
Po}BOIPUL ST SOARET
Sat ayy jo soue
-1gadde at etetpAr
‘FT “95 “AIX ‘Id
UI UMOYS ST pus ‘G
‘Bny ynoqe pansy
sea usutoeds [Ro
-1d44 YW *soAvoy AAT
UMOAG OT} UTA TOA
AIOA —- poSTUOTHAARY
BAIVT aseyy yey}
aaoqe yno pezurod
useq sey 4T

“JUSTIMOITAUO
ILO} POULAOJ TOTP |
suioys Apynow Aaa
S110 DOU me yo
yaa AraA pastuout
-IBY, BAIR] VST,

“JUOTAUOIIAUA TPIT
-noad UMO I9Y} poTquiasea aout ynq ‘*T] 10 *T FO
aSOU} SFI] JOU ALAM BAIV] YIVp oyy, “pus oy}
ye quoreyip AtaA pourewor AayY ynq ‘1919003
TOIVIU IFT] B S}[Nset OMY oyy yysnorq ‘AyI1TIq
-1ydaosns sso] JO porred B IOAO SuTJOR SSIM4 pouta
-ylep oY} JO soUleNyUL [VNpeAS oy} Sspavaraiyy
(61 Ayn) isayg ye AyTTe1edsa ‘ajoyA B SB JayIep
YONU 91B BAB] syt AT ut ATprdva orout rsyyVA
SUIMEYIVP SSTM} oY voUey puvB “ysoueoy st AIT
-Iqudeosns UeYA ‘afIT [BAI] UL ported [eorr10
ayy ynoge sov[d Suryez svar sStay ay} JO anojoo
UI BSUBYD OY} IVY} QUSPIAD SI 4T ‘“SurTysoIO]UT
AIOA ST “AT PUB “TTT UadAJoq Mostredu0d oY,

‘(om ‘SONIGNQAOUNNG WAV] “y) SLIAsAy

“queoy
-tustsut A104 st ‘auo
ynq ySB_ ey} JO ysour
pus ‘aseq{s 4sel ey
sulInp ssurpunoiims
WdaIs JO JOoTFo oY ING
QUI} UL AAJ SIL Loyyer
SI 9 ‘pojured sea
euo UsYyM ‘OT ‘ony
Thun 4g Ang woy
SSUIPUNOIINS Weed
O}UL @BAIB] oy} Jo
€@ SUTAOWLAI JO yore
ay} SAMOS OITA “ET
‘Sy oredmo0p ‘sernoy
OM} oSey} UL UAOYS
St SsuIpunotIns 9}
| UL pasn SsIMy et} Jo
mood ayy, “yueurtszed
-X9 SIQ} UT JIA Jour
| gUBSIOATP oad} xo
| sour ey} payuesatdaa
| puB ‘[[VUIS ST edAIOEF
| -JIp oy} ynq ‘ azeXars
pue Jays, AIyBA
(ZT ‘Sy) teq30 ayy pue
‘UMOIG TayIBp PBT
-emos B st (TT ‘5y)
aug “ZI pue TT ‘sey
“AIX ‘Iq Ut waAoys
|o1w @ ysnsny ynoqe
poinsy #BAIvy OY ot,
‘aioq, «uoldeoxe ou
SBM d1oY} puB “Tt JO
asoy} SB paxyreUl svB
| aIOM SJTUSET oso J,

‘6Q8T “TT yuouttteds gy
Ul BAIR] W8eIS a[SUIS

ay} ey, ‘ssurpunor
-Ins 9Y} UI UseId Jo
POUIN FUL OY} SPABAOZ
posodstpaad 9 Ajjeroed
-sa Ajqeqord osje sea
BAIR] SIT} ING “BAIT
Suureutel ay} jo
yey} Ul Jou YSnoyle
‘g ATU UO asBd SII UL
ysno1yy passed Apvar
[8B useq psy AqTIqY
-daosns JSeueey JO por
-od oY} 48U} oy BOIpUt
01 suteas ‘(OT puB 6G
*s3y Jo sozts ervdui09)
¢ ‘sny ynoqge pajured
udyA OS[B puB ‘1G
A[NE UO BAIR] JSOSIVT
ay} SBA uorljdeoxe
aU 9} IVY JOVI OT,
*quOTATIed xe SIT} UI JO
asn opeut Apatyo ‘s24
-.29 snalan?) JO SBTAY
yep oy} uodn uaoys
aie yOog ‘OT ‘Sy euo
yep ay} pue ‘6 “sg
“ATX ‘Id poqueseida.c
SI BAIR] W80IT OTT,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

B45

2. Artificial Dark Surroundings.

ExpPrErRIMents VIII. anp IX.

VIII.
Cylinder.
Height : 182 mm.
Interm. diam. 83 mm.
Approx. capacity 1000 ce.

Smooth stripped twigs of Salix
rubra and other species of Salix
were enamelled black, and inter-
mixed with and placed round the
food-plant.

IX.

Lamp-shade.
164 mm.
1300 ce.

Height
Approx. capacity

Rough twigs chiefly of Quercus
cerris and elm were enamelled with
black,.and intermixed with and
placed round the food-plant.

July 16.—10 introduced from the
‘second stock,’ having been pre-
viously in green surroundings, in
darkness by day, and illuminated

July 14. — 10 young larvee intro-
duced from ‘first stock” (green
leaves and shoots, which became
brown towards the end).

by a lamp at night.

July 25.—Length about 24:0 mm.
7 brown, 3 green, but the latter not
bright.

Aug. 1. — 10 all brown, although
some of them not very dark.

Aug. 13.—1 had pupated, and 1
was missing. 5 intermediate or
lightish brown (they had changed
in colour before pupatiitg). 3 dark.

Aug. 12. — 1 green (pupating), 1
intermediate, 1 light chocolate-brown
7 dark brown (5 pupating).

’

These results harmonize with those of black-paper
covered sticks in the case of Rh. crategata (see p. 824),
although probably for a different reason. The artificially
darkened surroundings did not seem to produce nearly so
strong an effect as those which are natural to the larve.
At the same time, the larve were subject to different
conditions for a considerable part of their earlier life,
and these probably produced effects which endured till
maturity in several instances, especially in IX. It would
be well to repeat these experiments, employing similar
environments for the whole larval life, and again to make
use of black-paper covered sticks, which were found to
exercise a very strong influence on this species in 1889
(see p. 381).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—parRT Iv. (DEC.) 2D

346 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments wpon

3. Dark Surroundings near the Larve, but not actually
in contact.

EXPERIMENT X.

Cylinder: Height, 190 mm.; interm. diam., 26°5 mm.; appro.
capacity, 110 ce.

In this tall narrow cylinder only green leaves and shoots of food-plant
were present, but outside it many twigs, as in I., were placed.

July 10.— 12 young larve intro-| Aug. 5.—Allinlaststage; 3 green
duced from the “ first stock.” (rather dull), 2 greenish intermediate,
July 25.—Length about 24:0 mm. | 1 very light brown, 1 very light grey,
4 green, 2 intermediate, 6 brown. 4 deep brown (1 very dark, 1 dead),
Aug. 1. — All but 1 in last stage; | 1 very dark blackish grey.
3 green (1 changing last skin), |
2 greenish intermediate, 2 light
brown, 5 dark brown.

The criticism made on the analogous experiment with
the 1889 larve (see p. 3834) holds in this case. The
effect of crowding comes out so clearly in some of the
ereen surroundings (see Experiments XII. and XIIL.),
that it will be necessary to repeat this experiment, in-
cluding very few larvee in each cylinder, and making
comparison experiments with the light dimmed by
objects other than dark twigs. Until this is done, there
will be no reason for believing that a larva is affected
by any twigs except those with which it is in contact,
or at any rate immediately surrounded. It would be
interesting also to make use of dark cylinders enclosed
in glass tubes of varying thickness.

B. Green SURROUNDINGS.
1. Green Surroundings which are natural to the Larve.

(See Table, page 347.)

The strong susceptibility to green surroundings in the
absence of darker colours is very clearly brought out in
these experiments, but also the much greater suscepti-
bility to brown, so that when the larvee were crowded, as
they were in XII. and XIII., in cases with only half the
capacity of XI. and XIYV., they were strongly affected by
one another’s colours, which are always brown in the
earlier stages. The heht brown larve thus produced
much resembled those from Experiment VI., one of
which is shown in Plate XIV., fig. 14.

XI.
Lamp-shade.
Height . 165 mm.
Approx. cap. 1350 ce.

Green leaves and
shoots of Populus ni-
gra alone.

July 9. —20 young
larve introduced from
the ‘first stock,’’ hav-
ing been on the same
surroundings with
many others since)
hatching, & the leaves
having become rather
withered.

July 21. — Length |
from 15-0 to 20-0 mm.
12 larve green,

1 ,, greenish,

7 ~,, brown,
but only 1 of them
darkish brown.

July 30.—20 alive.
Bright green:

11 in last stage,

6 changing last skin

1 last stage but one.
Intermediate, perhaps

greenish:

1 changing last skin.
Very light brown, per-

haps intermediate :

1 (stage unnoted,

probably young).

Aug. 7.—All in last
stage, and many pu-
pating.

All bright green, 11
without the brown dor-
sal stripe, or with it
very faint, 8 with it
distinct, the latter
being generally the
smaller larve.

EXPERIMENTS XI.—XTY.

XII.
Lamp-shade.
Height . 131mm.
Approx. cap. 650 ee.

Approx. cap. 800 ee.

XIII.
Lamp-shade.
Height . 130mm,

As in XI.

July 10.—20 young
larvee introduced ;
hitherto as in XI.

July 17. — 18 alive;
for the most part they
remained brown.

July 23—17 alive ;
14 brown,
3 green,

July 30.
Bright green :

1 in last stage but one
Greenish :

1 in last stage,

1 changing last skin.
Light brown :
1linlast stage,

2 ‘ but one

1 changing last skin.

Aug. 7. — All in last
stage:

2 bright green (1 with
and 1 without dor-
sal stripe).

2 greyish intermediate

13 light brown, like the
7 of XIII. and the
10 of VI.

eRe

July 10.—20 young
larvee introduced ag in |
XI.

July 23.—20 alive:
8 brown,
12 green ov greenish.

Aug. 1.
Bright green:
3 in last stage.
Greenish :
6 in last stage,
1 changing last skin
Brownish intermediate:
1 in last stage but one
Light brown :
8 in last stage,
1 changing last skin

Aug. 5.—In last stage.
3 bright green (1

small),

dull but distinct

green (marked

brown dorsal line),

6

1 greenish inter-
mediate,
1 brownish inter-
mediate,
7 light brown (1
rather darker than
others),

1 rich brown (small),
changing last skin

1 intermediate.
The 7 light brown much

resembled the 10 of VI.

XIV.
Lamp-shade.
Height - 163 mm.
Approx. cap. 1300 ce.

As in XI., except
that abundant golden
green, smooth, stripped
twigs of Salix vimi-
nalis were intermixed.
These retained their
colour a long time, and
only became a light
greenish brown when a
change eventually oc-
curred, but the larvae
had then ceased to be
sensitive.

July 10.—40 young
larvee introduced as in
XI.

July 16.—6 larve
removed to put in

| XXXIV.

July 19.—33 count-
ed, of which 30 green
or greenish (mostly
former), & 3 brownish
(not dark), & of these
1 quite small. Usual
length 17-0 mm.

July 26. — 33 alive ;
all bright green except
1 small larva, which ig
intermediate. 4 just
before changing last
skin were removed to
XXVI. to test whether
any further change is
now possible.

July 31.—All bright
green :

Last stage . . 24

Changing lastskin 3

Last stage but one 2

1 of the 2 last was re-
moved to XXVI., being
added to the 4 removed
July 26.

Aug. 7.—All in last
stage:
24 bright green, with-
out brown dorsal
stripe or with it

very faint (most
pupating),

4 light green, with
dorsal line dis-
tinct (all these

small in stage).

348 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

The larve of XIV. were much more crowded than
those of XI., but became equally green, or perhaps even
brighter. I attribute this to the presence of the golden-
green twigs of Salix viminalis upon which the larve
rested, and which influenced them strongly. We see
this when we compare the rates at which the effects
were manifested in XI. and XIV. Thus XIV. were far
more strongly influenced by July 19 and 26 than XI. by
July 21 and 30 respectively. The larve manifest a
strong tendency to rest by day on anything twig-like,
greatly preferring it to the leaves. When the latter are
offered alone they frequently rest on each other, and
hence their progress towards greenness is retarded or
even arrested if they are sufficiently crowded.

The result of the transference of green larve from
XIV. to dark surroundings (XX VI.) for the whole of the
last stage, and in one case for most of the last stage but
one also, showed that there was no power of further
change. No effects at all were produced by the trans-
ference. This supports the result of the converse experi-
ment already described (see p. 344, Expt. II.). And yet
the dark surroundings to which these larve were removed
had every opportunity of influencing them, if this were
possible; for the larvee almost invariably rested on the
dark twigs with which their colours were in such marked
contrast.

2. Artificial Green Surroundings.
(See Table, page 349.)

Omitting XV., the larvee of which may have been
affected pathologically by the green pigment, the other
experiments show that the larve are affected in the
direction of green, but not nearly so strongly as when
the natural green surroundings are employed. The
effects of the dark green enamel were very similar to
those of the green leaves and shoots when the larve are
crowded (Experiments XII. and XIII.). It is probable
that the quality of the green light was less effective than
that reflected from leaves and shoots: this will be
considered later on (see Conclusions). The lighter
green enamel (XVIII.) produced much stronger effects
in the direction of green, but not equal to those of
natural surroundings when the larve are uncrowded
(XI. and XIV.). It would, however, be well to repeat
the experiment over a longer period of larval life.
Stronger effects would probably be witnessed, especially
under the conditions of XVIII.

XV.
Cylinder.
Height . 179 mm.
Internal diam. 71 mm.

Approx. cap. 700 ce.

Bright green paper of Quercus cerris and enamelled dark green, |
spills intermixed with elm, enamelled dark as in XVI., were inter-

food-plant.

2. Artificial Green Surroundings.

EXPERIMENTS

XV.—XVIII.

XVI.
Lamp-shade.
Height . 166 mm.
Approx. cap. 1200 ce.

_ Rough twigs, chiefly

green, were intermixed.

XVII.
Lamp-shade.
Height . 109 mm.
Approx. cap. 700 ee.
Smooth twigs of Salix

XVIII.
Lamp-shade.
eight . 133 mm.
| Approx. cap. 700 ee.
| ‘wigs, chiefly rough,

| Were enamelled light

lettres | green and intermixed.

July 9.—8 young
larve introduced from
“first stock,’’ having

been in green surround- |

ings, the leaves _be-
coming rather brown
shortly before this
date.

July 23.— More green
spills added; only 4
larve alive; all light
brown.

July 31. — All large
in last stage but one;
3 greenish, 1 light
brown. 2 were resting
on spills, 2 on leaves.

Aug. 5.—All 4 rather
small in last stage:
2 brownish green.
1 intermediate.
1 light grey.

Aug. 12.—All dead.

larve introduced as in
XV.

[ie eji0}:0 10) 6) :0)\0;'0)/0)0.(6.L0),6 10.0! 6) 6 9-0
|

|

July 30.

| 6 dark brown, all at |

| beginning of last
stage,

3 green (not very
bright), 2 at begin-
ning of last stage,
1 changing last |
skin.

1 intermediate,
changing last skin. |

dug. 5. — All in last |

stage:

| 2 bright green (dorsal
band distinct, & in
1 tending to spread |
downwards),

2 intermediate,

3 greyish brown

| light),

& deep brown.

|
|

(1

vo
| Not a great difference
between the dark
forms; none of them
very dark.
Aug. 12.

2 green,

3 intermediate,
| 5 dark (although not
very dark).

July 14.—10 young

| stage:

July 16.— 10 intro-

July 16. — 8 intro-
duced as in XVII.

‘duced from ‘second
stock,” having been
previously in green
surroundings, in dark-
|ness by day, and illu-
/minated by a lamp at

| night.
July 25, July 25,
1 green, 3 green,

2 intermediate,
5 brown (not dark).

1 greenish,
1 intermediate,
5 brown.
July 31.
Last stage:
2 bright green,
4 dull green,
2 darkish brown.
Last stage but one:
1 dull green,
1 intermediate.

OFC ONTO CuCHORO CEPA Curt)

Aug. 7.—All in last) dug. 5.—3 larve had
' ceased feeding—2 sreen
and 1 brown.

7 in last stage:

5 green (1 small),
1 intermediate,
1 light brown.

All the green larvae
wer rather dull, with
pronounced brown dor-
sal line.

l bright green (faint |
dorsal line),

1 greenish intermedi-
ate,

6 grey, like the 10 in
VI., only darker as
a whole, although
with much indi-
vidual difference.

“SUIpoez pourvulad Z ATUO
“qrep 11498 6 IV— ET “oer
TTXX Ueyy zaqy5y] AOU
-stq ‘Aors YIM paxturteyutr
‘UMOIG YOII SBA BAIV[ 9UCO
*yarep Ar9A ou—‘sut10F Kors
YsTyprep sureq ‘uirojrun AIBA
pue einyeut [Ty—'¢ ‘npr
“ULYS ISB]
Sursuvyo ‘apprpa.azwe T
“ULYS JSBl SULSUBY ¢
“auo yng = I
‘9381S JSBl Ul F
FUNOLE B
— og fine

“XTX Ul SB
“peonpoayur § — ‘9 Apne

souryednd a1am AuRyy
‘T Jo ssouypeyq
deap ey} Surureyye Ayrveu
jou Ysnoyye “TXX Urq}
IayIVp TOU pus “yy ueyy
IayIVp ‘SULLOF YStyoRlq yep
Ssuleq “XTX Surpqurasea pu
‘anB]s ISB UL [[TyY—' 4 ‘One

‘ULYS JSR] SUISURYD T
‘auo ynq es be
‘9581S JSP] UI

SUMO YIVp TTV¥—'og ne

‘Suyyednd arom Luvyy
‘kas puw WAMOIG JO
Sepeys SNOIvA ‘SUTIOF
yarep AIBA you ‘wR0LQ ZS
‘apprpauilajur YysiUaaL
:95B4S JSVT UL [[Y—') “Snap

eo ee eer eee errs ee eseeeeees

OAT[V FZ VOUATT
‘UMOI OT
‘a]BIPIULIayUL Z
‘([[up) wsae13 9g
> I[[VUUIS S1eyyO ‘SUOy ‘UU

0-Z¢ uayy Jo AUBW—"gz Ayn

“XTX UT SB

‘poonpoayur eg —"g fiynge

‘surednd ataa Aueyy

“ULAT{} JO [TB ynoqge |

asuty UMOIq deep B UIA |

“TXX uvyqy reyrep Apouny

-SsIp ‘SULIOJ yIVp TTB pur
‘9548 ISBT UL |[Y¥—'L “Onp

"9 BIPIULI9JUL T
2 auo yng abnjs ISY'T
‘UMOIG YIVP TZ

‘UMOAG IYSIT 1OYyABL Z

! abvys ysv'T— 0g fipne
“UMOIG GT
‘OVBIPOULIOYUL F
‘uaaI5 [
:asBqS ISBT patoyua ysnl Z%
‘SUOT ‘ULUL().ZE INOGe ISasIVT
ay} : oATTe FE — “9% Mane

“aarT® CE—6T Ayne

"XTX Ur se
‘paonporyur ¢Z — *g fine

‘IXY Ul sv ‘sets poureut
-91 SSUIPUNOAINS ayy yeVyy
ydaoxe “TTXX 0} repraaig

‘a0 oGE 6° dna -woudder
“UU 9 “UDIP [DUWLAUT
‘UU FZT O° OCC OY Ha

‘rapurpAg

“THTXX

"XIX UI se

‘paonporjut § — “9p Agne
‘ot Ato
poppe ssiay yreq -(9T

ATUP) ayBp 19yV] B 4B ,, YO03S
puooas,, ay} wWoIy poyzer
-edas a1aM BAIG[ at} Jey}
ydeoxe “XTX 0} IRTTUAIIG
09 069 ° ‘dno ‘xouddyr
‘UIUL GGL * OO RY HnaRT
‘apeys-dureryT

“TIXX

‘(vibe snyndog Jo auoye
SJOOYS AW SoaveT) UeeIS ssut
-punodins ynq ‘uo1RUTUINy,
-[I JO SUOT}IpUOD LRTTUIIG

00 008 ° ‘dna -wouddpy
Coohoon ey, 9 2 Oo Tlieyar
‘apeys-durery

‘IXX |

‘oy ‘va.uds ay} axty ‘YSt
-yovyq jou ynq ‘tayrep sured
-oq esau, “9T AlN pappe
AIO [ALIOS IO Oop JO Sulays
peddtays uaeis-pue-par 4Byy
ydaoxe “XTX 0} AB[IUMAIG

‘on geet ° ‘dna ‘wouddp
mumg9gT 3° °° RYyhlaH
‘apeys-duery

“suryednd arom Aueyy
*T Jo ssouyoryq deap
ay} Ssurureyye Apreeua you
YSnoyye “TXX Uvyy Jayrep
Yonut pus “yx UBYyy Jeyrep

| ‘SULIO} YSH[oVvlq Yxlep [[B pus

‘a0B4S JSBl ULTTY—') “ony

Ce

“UMOIG GT
‘O]BIpaMIGJUL T
‘([[up) ueeI5 9
: Joy[BUIS
sieyjo ‘suo, “WU ().Z¢
way} Jo Auvyy—9z Apne
‘Ystueals puv udais
|atam AUB — “6 Agne
| ‘SUIYOJVY JO auITy at WoIAy
| AAOGe paqiaosap SuOT}IpuoD
ay} 02 yoolqns useq sur
/-ABY ,.{Y0}S puodaS ,, MOAT
| psonpout 9z —"g Apne

“gT ATUL papp® ora STAY
yreqy *(suorjrpuos Areurpao
0} posodxe UseyA ‘pig ‘ony
Tyan) ywWstu ye durey uggered
jems Aq pozyeuraNyT pure
‘kep q ssouyaep ut yday

09 NOOT ‘doo -xouddp
“UU EOT My bray

‘apeys-durery

“XX

“XIX

‘TNX X— XIX SINDNIIaaax
“LHOIT Wii NI SONIGNNOWENS NaaUr) GNV MUV({ 16)

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 351

C. Dark anD GREEN SuRRoUNDINGS IN Dim Licart.
(See Table, page 350.)

These experiments were conducted with the object of
investigating the relation between the habits of the larvee
as regards resting and feeding, and the external con-
ditions as regards light. In this respect I did not come toa
conclusion; but the experiments have proved very valuable
in another way,—in testing the effect of dim light upon
the colour-relation between larve and their surroundings.
The effect is very clear, and conclusively proves that
light is the agency which influences the larve. For, with
this dim illumination, neither green nor (probably) even
dark surroundings produce their full effect, the influence
of the former naturally being diminished far more than
that of the latter. Thus green surroundings continued,
in this case, for the whole of larval life (XXI. and XXIII.)
failed to produce a single green larva, only 2 out of 33
being greenish intermediate. It must be remembered,
however, that XXI. was much crowded, as were the
larvee of XXIII. previous to July 16. On the other hand,
the dark twigs in XIX. and XXII. produced very different
effects from those of I., where, however, they were added
7 days earlier. Although the effects are diminished, they
are not altogether absent even in the case of the green
surroundings, for we find that the larvee exposed to the
latter (XXI. and XXIII.) are the lightest, those exposed
to dark twigs (XIX. and XXII.) are the darkest, and
those exposed to the stems of dock which became dark
brownish (XX.) are intermediate. When we compare
these results with those of the next experiments, in
which dark and green surroundings in darkness produced
the same effect on the larve, it becomes clear that
light is the agency by which the colour-changes are
directly, or more probably indirectly, brought about.

D. Dark anp GREEN SURROUNDINGS IN DARKNESS.
EXPERIMENTS XXIV. anp XXYV.

XXIV.

XXV.

Lamp-shade. Height, 132 mm.; | Lamp-shade. Height, 129°5 mm. ;
approximate capacity, 8U0 ce. approximate capacity, 750 ce.
Kept in same illuminationasXIX.| As in XXIV., except that abun-

—XXII. from hatching until July | dant dark twigs were added July 16.
9. From July 9 to Aug. 3 kept in)
total darkness, except when fed and |
when XIX.—XXIII. were being}
shifted from light to darkness, and
vice versa, every 24 hours. Green
surroundings as in XXIII., &e.

July 9.—25 larve arranged in| July 9.—25 larve introduced, as

is cylinder. in XXIV,

XXIV.
Lamp-shade. Height, 132 mm. ;
approximate capacity, 800 ce.

XXYV. :
_Lamp-shade. Height, 129:5 mm. ;
approximate capacity, 750 ec.

July 20.— Many about 20-0 mm.
long; others smaller.
2 green,
7 greenish,
16 brown.
July 26.—The largest about 32-0
mm. long.
4 green,
2 intermediate,
19 brown.

Aug. 7—All in last stage, and all
dark,—grey, brown, and blackish
larvee being intermixed. Although
dark, none of them approached the
results of I.

July 20.—Same size as XXIV.
6 green,
7 greenish,
12 brown.

July oh —
2 green,
7 intermediate,
16 brown.

Aug. 7.— All in last stage, and
similar to XXIV. It was impos-
sible to assert that these were any
darker than the latter ; the two lots
were as nearly as possible the same.

The significance of these results has been pointed out

already (see p. 351).

It is interesting to note that the larve varied greatly ;
this was also the case in some of the larvee exposed to
dim light (XXI.), while others were very uniform (XX.,

POG uLp

I. TRANSFERENCE EXPERIMENTS.

EXPERIMENTS XXVI. anp XXVII.

XXVI.

First contained in XIV.; then in
cylinder.
Height, 176 mm.
Internal diameter, 71 mm.
Approximate capacity, 700 ce.
Transferred from green to dark
surroundings for the last stage.

XXVII.
First contained in IIJ.; then in
cylinder.
Height, 86 mm.
Internal diameter, 61 mm.
Approximate capacity, 250 ce.
Transferred from dark to green
surroundings for last stage, and part
of last but one.

July 26.—4 green larve about
32-0 mm. long, just before changing
their last skins, transferred from
XIV. to another cylinder with abun-
dant dark twigs intermixed.

July 27.— All but 1 were changing
skins, and all were resting on the
dark twigs.

July 30.— Same; all on brown
twigs, and as bright green as ever.

July 31.—Same; still resting on
brown twigs. A fifth bright green
larva, small in last stage but one,
transferred from XIV. to this eylin-
der.

Aug. 1.—All resting on brown
twigs, and all bright green.

Aug. 5.—The 4 larve transferred |

July 26 had ceased feeding, remain-
ing bright green, with a faint dorsal
line. ‘The 1 small larva transferred
July 31 was changing last skin, and
was bright green, with distinct
dorsal line. There was no further

July 27.—3 brown larve, about
24:0 mm. long, transferred from II.,
where they had been subjected to
brown surroundings, to green leaves
and twigs alone of food-plant.

July 31.—2 changing last skin,
1 at beginning of last stage; still
brown.

Aug. 5.—The 3 larve were now
more than half-grown in last stage,
}and had become rather lighter than
those remaining in Il. The most
changed was painted.

change.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 353

The results of these experiments have been described
under II. and XIV. respectively (see pp. 344 and 348).

It is interesting to note that the darkening of a larva
which has become green appears to be more difficult
than the converse change. ‘hus the effects, if any, in
XXVI. were confined to the dorsal area (even in the
larva transferred on July 31), whereas the pigment in
XXVII. had become somewhat lighter over the whole
surface.

I’, Wuitr SURROUNDINGS.

(See Table, page 354.)

The faintly greenish white larva is shown in Plate
XIV., fig. 15; the faintly brownish in fig. 16. Reference
to these figures will show how completely the white
dominates the tendency to other colours ; and, as shown
above, there was no such tendency in most of the larve
in XXVIII.

The less marked effects witnessed in XXIX. and XXX.
were probably due to the facts that the experiments
began later, and that the enamelled surface was less
congenial to the larve than the paper. But it would be
well to repeat these experiments. It must be remem-
bered, too, that the sticks in XXX. were not so white
as the others.

G. SURROUNDINGS OF OTHER COLOURS.
(See Table, page 355.)

The influence of blue (XXXI. and XXXII.) is evidently
strongly in the direction of dark forms. The uniform
purplish brown colour of all the larve in XXXI. must be
something more than a coincidence. Itis clear that the
blue not only tended to produce dark larve, but dark
larve of a certain kind. At the same time the larve
did not resemble the blue spills, but were such as would
have been protected on dark purplish brown twigs.
Some quality in the light reflected from such twigs would
cause the larval adjustment, and this experiment sug-
gests that the proportion of blue rays may be the effec-
tive stimulus which causes the larve to assume the
appropriate shade of brown. The appearance of these
larve is well shown in Plate XIV., tig. 17, where the

354 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon
F. Wuire SurRounDINGs.
Experiments XXVIII.—XXX.
z XXIX. XXX.
Pe as Lamp-shade. Lamp-shade.

- barat: Height 165 mm. | Height 147 mm.
Height 149 mm. ree : : -
Taieaiidinnne alee Approx. cap. 1300 ce. Approx. cap. _ 990 ce.
Approm. cap., 600 ce. Many rough twigs,| Similar to XXIX., ex-

Many white paper spills
intermixed with and sur-
rounding food-plant.

chiefly of Quercus cerris
and elm, were enamelled |
twice with white, and |
intermixed.

cept that twigs were only

enamelled once, & hence
were not so_ brilliantly
white.

July 11.—10 young
larve introduced from
“first stock,” having been
previously on green leaves
and twigs alone, which
had become somewhat
brown by July 11.

July 21.— Larvee 22-0
mm. long:

3 bright green,

6 greenish,

1 light brown.
Some of the larvee had a
very whitish appearance ;
this was noticed some
days previously.

July 23.— More spills
added.

July 30. — All in last
stage; all resting on the
spills:

8 very whitish & opaque-

looking,

1 green,

1 brownish (small in last

stage).

Aug. 3.—Carefully com-
pared; all 10 nearly ma-
ture, and extremely white
and opaque. The results
were very uniform, al-
though 2 were faintly
greenish and 1 faintly
brownish, but these tints
were nearly hidden in the
predominant tendency
towards white. One of
each was selected for
painting.

July 14.—10 young
larve introduced, as in
XXVIII.

July 25.—
5 green,
1 greenish,
4 brown (not dark).
dug. 7.—All last stage :
4 bright green (dorsal
line very distinct on 1,
faint on 2, overspread
with grey on 1),
4 whitish, |
2 very light grey, in- |
clining to whitish.
The whitish larvae were
duller and more inclining
to other colours (green-
ish, brownish or yellow- |

ish) thanthoseof XXVIII.

They were, however, quite |
distinct opaque whitish |
forms.

July 16.—9 introduced
from the ‘second stock,”
having been on green sur-
roundings, in darkness by
day, and lamp-light at
night.

July 25.—9 alive:
7 green,
2 greenish.

Aug. 7. — All in last
stage :

4 bright green (8 with
distinct dorsal line, 1
tending to be over-
spread with grey),

4 whitish (duller than
XXIX.),

1 light brown, like the
10 larve in VI.

XXXI.
Lamp-shade.
Height Simm:
Approx. cap. 700 ce.

Many dark blue pa-
per spills intermixed
with food-plant and
surrounding it.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

355

G. SURROUNDINGS OF OTHER COLOURS.
EXPERIMENTS XXXI.—XXXIV.

XXXII.
Cylinder.
Height . 158 mm.
Internal diam. 71mm.

Approx. cap. 650 ce.
Similar to XXXLI., ex-

cept that the blue, al-

though pronounced,

was not so deep in tint.

XXXII.
Lamp-shade.
Height . . 133 mm.
Approx. cap. 700 ce.
Many deep orange
paper spills and pieces
of paper similarly in-

termixed.

XXXIV.
Cylinder.
Height . 180 mm.
Internal diam. 82 mm.
Approx. cap. 1000 ce.
Many smooth twigs of
Salix enamelled deep
orange were similarly
intermixed.

July 10.—11 young
larve introduced from
the ‘ first stock,’’ hav-
ing been previously in

green surroundings,
which had become
somewhat dark to-

wards this date.
July 21.—10 alive:

9 brown, many dark ;

1 greenish,the largest.
The general length was
about 19:0 mm.

July 23.—More spills
added.

July 31.—All 10 in

last stage, and all very |

dark. They nearly al-
ways rest on the spills.

Aug. 3.— Uniformly
very dark purplish
brown, with hardly any
individual differences.
The 10 larve were
nearly mature. A larva
was selected for paint-
ing.
Aug. 12.—Only one
feeding. Allremained
very dark, as before.

larve introduced, as in
XXXI.

July 21.—10 alive :
9 brown, many dark ;
1 green (the largest
larva).
About 19:0 mm. is the
usual length.

July 23.—More blue
spills added.
July 31.—
9 small in last stage ;
all dark, but not so
dark as in XXXI.
lgreen. not bright, but
with much brown on
back, and _ yellow
spots distinct on side
and beneath. This
is the largest, and
almost mature.
The larve nearly al-
ways rest on the spills.

Aug. 5.—All in last
stage, and about ma-
ture.

1 greenish interme-

diate,
1 lightish grey,
4 deep rich Sa ead
brown, 33%
4 blackish. a

These lary were very
dark, although not
nearly so much so as
those of XXXI.

Aug. 13. — All pu-
| pating.

|

July 10.—11 young |

July 9.—12 young
larve introduced, as in
XXXI.

July 19. — Larger
larve about 17°0 mm.
long.

1 darkish brown,

11 varying from green-
ish to brownish
green.

No bright green larve.

July 23. — More
orange spills added.

1 brown,

11 green, some of them
greenish.

July 31. — 12 all
green, although many
were not the brightest
green. They were near-
ly always found resting
on the orange paper.

Aug. 12.—Many pu-

| pating, and all 12 ma- |

ture. All bright green,
generally with but
slight dorsal line.

July 14.—4 young
larve introduced, as in
XXXI.

July 16. —6 more
added from XIV.

July 25.—
7 green,
1 greenish,
1 intermediate,
1 brown.

Aug. 5. — All last
stage, nearly mature.
7 bright green (only 1
with dorsal line dis-
tinct),
2 intermediate,
1 light brown.

556 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

purplish larva is represented on a spill of the dark blue
colour employed. The effects of lighter blue (XXXIL.)
were far less uniform. It may be that the blue rays
must come from a surface of a certain depth of colour in
order to produce the effect seen in XXXI.

Orange surroundings, on the other hand (XXXIII. and
XXXIV.), tend to produce typical green larve, although
the effect of orange paper was much stronger than that
of orange enamel. ‘The larve were, however, exposed to
the latter for a shorter time, and probably found it a less
congenial surface to rest upon.

Here, too, when an artificial colour entirely different
from anything in the normal surroundings of the species
produces exactly the same effect as a totally different
appearance in the natural environment, the most
probable view is that there is some common quality in
the reflected light, and that this is the effective stimulus.
If there were any evidence for pathological change or
abnormal development of any kind, the argument would
not hold; but the larve reared among orange spills and
sticks appeared to be as healthy, and in every way as
normal, as those reared among the green leaves and
shoots, which produce the same result. Nor is it at all
probable that the results are merely due to the quantity
of reflected light rather than its quality. Thus the
greater amount of light reflected from white paper does
not make the larve greener than orange paper, but
utterly different in appearance.

These considerations will be brought side by side with
those derived from the experiments on pupe in the
Conclusions at the end of the paper, where the spectro-
scopic composition of the light reflected from the back-
grounds will be described, together with its effect upon
the various species employed.

Comparison with the earlier experiments on the pupe
of Pieris rape and P. brassicé strengthens this con-
clusion; for | have shown (Phil. Trans. Roy. Soce., vol.
178 (1887), B, pp. 429—482) that in both these species
the same orange paper employed in XXXIII. and the
same blue employed in XXXI., produced green and dark
pupe respectively. On p. 48] the extent in the spectrum
of the rays which were chiefly reflected from these colours
is represented in a diagram, and it is shown to be pro-
bable that the rays which check the formation of true

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 357

pigment, and so reveal the more deeply placed ok lie
between a wave-length of zo3455 and 7582855 Mm.; in
other words, about the D line of the solar spectr um.

It will be of the greatest value to now test these con-
clusions by the use of coloured glass or gelatine screens.
White spills or painted sticks might be employed in a
large number of experiments with screens of various
colours. This method has been already tried to some
extent with the pup (see Vanessa io and the Pieride),
but the larve of A. betularia are far more suited for the
investigation, being so highly sensitive, and possessing
such a wide range of possible colours and combinations
of colours.

The fact that each of these artificial colours produces
nothing peculiar, but only some one out of the well-known
appearances which are liable to occur in the surroundings,
is strongly in favour of the essentially protective signi-
ficance of the change, which is thus only possible when
it leads to harmony with some natural environment.
The same fact holds universally throughout the species
which have been proved to be susceptible, unless an
exception is to be made in favour of the golden pupe of
Vanessa urtice. These, however, are discussed in a
later part of the paper (see Conclusions).

Tue StrrRucturRAL CAUSE OF THE VARIED COLOURS OF
THE Larva oF AMPHIDASIS BETULARIA.

This was partially investigated in 1889 (see p. 336),
and was proved to be due to colour in the skin or just
below it. In the present year the following method was
adopted, and found to work well. - The larva was stretched
with its ventral line uppermost across a glass slide
covering a window cut in a sheet of cork. The anterior
and posterior ends of the larva extended beyond the
glass, and were pinned to the cork. ‘The body walls
were then divided along the median ventral line and
pinned out flat at each end, so that the section of the
body passing across the glass was flat also. The latter
part could be examined “from above or below with the
lens or a compound microscope, and the effect of
removing any coloured layer was at once seen.

In such stretched and flattened larvee the loss of the
sreen blood made the colour rather less deep, and the

same effect followed the removal of a section of the

358 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

digestive tract. But I do not think any effect is pro-
duced in the normal state when the larva is less
stretched, and the superficial coloured layers are there-
fore thicker, and when the light has to penetrate the
larval skin before reaching the blood and internal organs;
so that the latter cannot be highly illuminated as they
were in the dissection.

In all larve the layer of fat between the superficial
muscles and the epidermis (hypodermis) was more or
less green. In green varieties it is bright green, and
causes the colour of the larva, as is at once seen if a
small area be removed. In some brown larvee it is quite
as green as in the green ones, but is concealed by dark
pigment in the epidermis, which acts as a screen. In
others the colour is developed but little, and in one dark
larva examined this fat was pale yellowish green, except
in the first abdominal segment, where it was as strongly
coloured as in a green larva. If a little of the green fat
be removed and examined under the microscope, it is
seen to be opaque and bright green. It can be made
thinner by pressure, and thus rendered transparent,
when it appears as a pale yellowish green. High powers
show that the green colouring matter (probably some
derivative of chlorophyll) is contained in the oil-globules
within the cells. Alcohol instantly turns the fat deep
yellow, and causes the oil-globules to be compressed out
of the cells, and to cohere in large yellow drops, gradually
decolorised by the alcohol, which becomes itself tinged
with the same colour.

The dark pigment is contained, as I have said, in the
epidermis cells, which lie over this layer of fat, thus con-
cealing the latter. In green larve the epidermal layer
covering the green fat contains a light yellow transparent
colour, appearing greenish yellow under the microscope.
It dissolves out in alcohol, and is probably some chloro-
phyll derivative. The cuticle is colourless, except for
certain small brown spots.

Intermediate larvee are well suited for displaying both
these causes of colour. ‘These are commonly green,
with a distinct wide brown dorsal stripe, which, ante-
riorly in each segment, passes downwards, and forms a
girdle round the larva; while posteriorly the green
colour forms a broader girdle, interrupted in the dorsal
region by the brown stripe. If such a larva be pinned

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 859

out in the manner previously described, the appearance,
as seen from the internal surface, after removing the
digestive tract and most of the deep part of the fat-body,
is shown in Plate XIV., fig. 18, where abdominal segments
1to4 are represented. The tracheal system is only in-
dicated on the left side. The anterior direction is shown
by the arrow. In each segment the anterior brown band
prolonged from the dorsal stripe is well shown, and here
the epidermis is not underlaid by green fat, although this
effect is probably in part due to the stretching. A mass
of bright yellow fat lies on each side of the dorsal stripe
anteriorly in each segment. This belongs to a deeper
part of the fat-body below the muscles of the body-walls.
Over the green fat which forms the posterior band in
each segment, it has been already stated that the
epidermis is not brown but pale yellowish in tint, and
quite transparent.

It is therefore clear that the surroundings determine
not only the presence or absence of true pigment in the
epidermie cells, but also its constitution and therefore
colour when present. And the range of possible tints
and combinations is very wide, including all shades of
brown and grey, passing into black on the one side and
white on the other, and comprising uniform tints as well
as the most complex combinations, as when these larvee
resemble the appearance of lichen. But the surroundings
also determine the presence of the green colour in the
superficial layer of fat. These are the results, and some
quality in the light reflected from surrounding objects
forms the cause, but the physiological chain which con-
nects the two has yet to be discovered.

Direct EviIpENCE oF A COLOUR-RELATION BETWEEN THE
Larva or A. BETULARIA AND THEIR NaturaL Sur-
ROUNDINGS.

Nearly all the colours obtained in these experiments
are well known in the field, and the others will doubtless
be found if looked for on plants of the appropriate colour.
Thus the white varieties, the only ones I have not seen
wild, would probably be found upon food-plants with
white pubescent or glaucous shoots. Such a wide power
of colour-adaptation is especially necessary for a larva
which feeds, like A. betularia, on almost any shrub or

360 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

tree. For several years I have observed the corre-
spondence between wild larve and their food-plants.
Thus they are especially common in gardens feeding on
rose, and, so far as I have observed, these are invariably
green and well concealed among the abundant green
shoots on which, and not on the older brown wood, they
are found. Ihave found the same to be true of larve
found on the green shoots of sallow and Ribes americana,
while larve found on the brown branches of cherry were
brown, and the same was the case with one found on apple.
Two green varieties found feeding on broom were brought
me by Miss Gould during the past autumn. The larve are
very commonly beaten from birch and oak, and these are,
so far as my experience goes, always dark varieties. Mr.
Arthur Sidgwick, who has had a wider experience of the
wild larvee, not only agrees with this, but tells me that
he always notices a difference between the dark larve
beaten from the two trees, corresponding to the difference
between the twigs on which the larve rest in the two
cases.

The most interesting example, however, was told me
by Dr. Stacey Wilson, of Birmingham, who beat the larva
from a lichen-covered food-plant, and found it so exactly
resembled the lichen that he thought it could not be this
species at all, and was only convinced when the moth
appeared. Had I known this earlier in the summer,
I should have tried the effect of lichen-covered sticks.
In a complex result of this kind it would be especially
interesting to attempt to determine the peculiar quality
in the reflected light which acts as the stimulus.

There is thus a considerable body of evidence to prove
that the results obtained by breeding in confinement
under certain conditions, point to the existence of a
power of individual colour-adaptation which is possessed
and is widely used by the wild larve in their natural
surroundings.

C. EXPERIMENTS ON THE Conours or Pups,
1887—1892.

These experiments were partly undertaken in order to
confirm the results of my previous work (Phil. Trans., B.,
1887, p. 811), and partly to make out further details.
Professor Weismann had suggested to me that con-
firmation was desirable, inasmuch as the results of

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 361

experiment were not uniform, but depended upon
averages. I was also very anxious to investigate the
pupa of Vanessa io as completely as that of V. urtice.
Considering the importance of the conclusions which
seem legitimately to follow from the results of conflicting
colour experiments, I was desirous of repeating these,
and of devising some improved method by which the
larvee could be subjected to the conditions for the whole
of the sensitive period. Coloured glass screens have also
been employed in many of the experiments, especially
with the Pieride. Attention was also directed to other
special points, some of which came out in the course of
the enquiry.

Crowding the larve affects the colour, and therefore
the size of the receptacles becomes a matter of im-
portance. These are described in detail at the end of
the paper, and will be referred to by numbers, accom-
panied by a very brief description, under the experiments
themselves.

EXPERIMENTS UPON VANESSA URTICH.
1887.

In working at these pupe in the preceding year, I gained
a very strong impression that the pup in darkness were,
other things being equal, formed later than those in the
licht. If this were the case, it appeared possible that
time might be an element in the production of the dark
superficial pigment which prevents the golden appear-
ance. I had concluded that this protraction of the
period before pupation occurs, from the experiments on
Pieride, as well as those on Vanesside (Phil. Trans.,
1887, B., pp. 339 and 482), and my friend Mr. G. C.
Griffiths had independently noticed the same thing with
the Pierideé (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888, pp. 256, 257).
I was therefore anxious to make some experiments with
this special end in view, the impression I had gained
being merely the incidental result of experiments
intended for other purposes.

I made three such sets of experiments upon V. urtice
in 1887, and a brief summary of the first is given in a
footnote to the paper referred to above (Phil. Trans.,
l.¢., p- 339).

Before detailing these experiments, it will be necessary

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—parriv. (DEC.) 25

362 Me. Poulton’s further experiments upon

to quote the description of the varieties of this pupa from
my earlier paper :—
(1) Very unusually dark, almost black; very little
gold, or none.

(2) Dark normal form; dark grey, often with a slight
pinkish tinge, with very little gold, or none.

(3) Light normal form; light grey, often with a pro-
nounced pinkish tinge; more gold than (2),
occasionally none.

(4) Lighter than (3); the pinkish tinge often very
pronounced, and usually a large amount of gold.

(5) Very light forms; generally completely covered
with gold” (Phil. Trans., B., 1887, p. 320).

It was also found convenient to subdivide the (3)s still
further into dark (8)s, (8)s, and light (8)s. This ar-
rangement will be adopted in the present paper.

EXPERIMENTS 1 AND La.

A small company of 44 larve of Vanessa urtice were
found at Oxford, at 7.30 p.m., July 11, 1887. They were
so obviously mature that it was probable that some had
already left the food-plant, and that the shock of capture
would cause these remaining larve also to seek pupation.
Their size being very uniform, they were well suited for
the purposes of this enquiry.

About 10 p.m. they were offered food; the majority
refused it, and wandered. These were separated, and
again offered food; and it was assumed that the 29
larvee which again refused it, had entered Stage I. of the
period before pupation. They were therefore divided
between the 3 receptacles described below, while the 15
which remained on the food were placed with leaves in
3 similar receptacles. The arrangements were complete
about 10.45 p.m.

(See Table, pages 363, 364.)
Several very interesting conclusions can be derived
from this table.
Bearing upon the duration of the stages before pupation :—

The observations were repeated so frequently that the
beginnings of the stages can be fixed with a very small
margin of error,

“OFT
OV
*(BAIRT YE IO} CT'G
kes) papuedsns ¢

*(BAIVT
UP pues pig 10} OG"9
Aes) papuedsns +
*(BAIV] WY), oy ‘urd F
Avs) pooy iyo oavy [le
‘ (Bare, pug tof ‘urd
7 Avs) papuedsns z
*(BAIV] 39 10} OFT
fes) Jooruoe *(OF'T
es) papuadsns tf
*(BAIR] UIE TOF OTT
Aes) poozryoy oavy e
(BAIR] UF pure pig
“pug toy OGG Avs)
pooy Je, SAVY F
“pooy
uo 4saq ‘JOOI UO T
*poonporyUl BAIy J,

‘0791,
‘oI
"(BAIR TQ TOF CT'G
es) papuedsns 9

*(BAreT TIE OF OG"9
Aes) papuedsns ¢

*(BAIv]
TF Y preg roy “urd F
Aes) papuedsns fF

*(BAIRT
pug pur 4ST OF OFT
kes) popuedsns %

“OUT
‘(marry yg pus ‘TIF
‘preg 10} 0G°6 Avs) pooy
qJoT MOU OAR G
“pooy
uo 4seX ‘Joor 00 Z%
*paoNporpUL BAIR]

‘OWI
‘OWI

‘OI

"(BAIT pugs OF QE"
kes) papuedsns z

‘(curd F
es) papuedsns fT
*(BAIRT
pug 107 OFT Avs)
[eho RAUCH SEAL U BRON
‘(08 IT
Aes) pooj oy svy T

‘out

sROCh UOMDY:
“paonporyUl BAIR] |

(BART UIST 10¥ OF TT
kes) papuodsns ZT
“OU
“(BAIL TILT 1OF STG
Xes) papuedsns [T

*(BAIVT

UOT 9F WE 10F OG"9
es) pepuedsns OT

*(BAIVT
WF Y pag rox “tard F
es) pepuedsns F

*(BAIVT
pug pus Is] 10F OF T
Aes) popuedsns Z

‘OHI

oy

*JOOI ay} UO [TV
*paonporjUl BAIL] FT

“out
“out

‘oy

* (BAIT

TG pues UIP OF OG"9
es) papuedsns ¢

*(BAIR] pg IoF-Ur'd F
kes) papuedsns ¢
*(BAIVT
pug PUB 4ST IOF OFT
Aes) papuedsns %

Oy

*094TT

*JOOL at} WO TTY
*paonporpUl BArVy g

“ssouyIVp
ut tapurpéo yorlg

AUN EEC) aah wal

“qUusty Suo1ys
UI XOq Ul} WSU

“XITX 0} telrUATg

‘Vy sT]
Suo1s UL X0q 4[LD
*Feoy YoynG
| PLEA TEXG LO) STEXENGXG

“ssouyrep
Ul JapurfAd YOR

00 oa oa

“qySI] Suo014s
UL xoq UT} FYSIIg

“XITX 0} tepraarg

USI
“Tq. (g) gusty Aros
® ‘JOOI 9} UO BAI]
pepuadsns g jo dnoas
® Jo au0 ‘(OF TT Avs)
peyednd xeyjouy
“Ot

‘oy

“qUBIT [Iq a10UL
ay} aye SuLeq auo
I9}}R] 9} ‘s(G) Uaplos
Ajay elopoul YYOq pure
‘Joor to payeyost d[a4B
-rapout Tog (ZB
ABS) SOINUIU MOF B T
‘(og Avs) moy ue
ynoqe T ‘payednd z

*(BAIL]

TIS Y IL toy urd F
Xvs) pepuedsns g
‘(warey YG pus
“HIG “UNF ‘prg LOF OFT
evs) pepuedsns 9

“OUT

"(BAIR PUZ 1OF (G"6
es) papuedsns %
‘JOOI UO
ysat ‘popuedsns T
‘PIONPOAJUL BAIV]

“FySTT
Suois UL xoq 4[L)
‘yeoy Yong
STATX1O TX

*(xIaNaady ‘x) 99S) sapoeydeoer Jo uodtiaosep poltejap 0} JoJo stequinu asely,

‘qysUprlUryT
‘urd CTT

‘urd 0 ‘OL

‘urd 0e'8

‘urd L °¢

‘md Q ‘¢

‘urd 02'S

“ua'® OS OT

‘ure cT'6 ‘er Arne
‘urd GOL ‘TT Alne

ce

ee

ee

te

ee

ce

*soqeq.

*pooy UIM— VT INGKINaGaXy | *poofz JHOYJTAA—"[ INGWIUaaX Gy |

*(g) yxep ® “(0€"8)
pojednd ysnl sey J
‘(g)
yaep 10a @ ‘(OF"g)
poyednd ysnf sey T
‘od
“oy

(1) 8 (OFT)
poyednd ysnl svy T

“asUvYLD TOY}ANJ ON

“(g)

@ pus (T) @ ‘(#arry

UF purv pig IoF ul’ you ‘Foor uo (‘ure
|6 Avs) poyednd fT

¢ Avs) poyednd %

*popuad
-snS ®WAIR] 9Y} [[V
“tapos AyTeuotydaoxe
*(¢) yqAT, Aroa B puB
*(og', Avs) AT}UA00. T
:uepjos AT[euo1ydao
-xe ‘(¢) WysIT B pur
‘(ure fF Avs) sanoy
Moz oUOS T ‘poyednd z

|

LLL ——————————aaeEeEeGEu050— men ew TT

“querypIaq A19A |
‘(g) @ : a10Jaq paoTyou
jou pues ‘(urea
-un AtoA yng “ure |
7 Aes) sanoy Moz)
autos Ayqeqoad ‘jue |
-pooj uo poyednd {|

*[IS 0} B1epout
{IA (fF) B ‘pepaoro

‘uapos uvyy AraAqIS
arout (F) B ‘(papao.o

you) oor uo (‘ure Q)
poyednd ysnl yuo TI

QA0qB SB
(F) @ ‘(papaoro you) |
yoor uo (gg'y Avs)

Ayyuaoer payednd T
*(g) yavp AT9A B
‘LOO OF [LaF yng ‘yporq
uo papuedsns JT :4II5 |
ayVLepOuU YAITA (F) vB
‘(papao.o you) Foo. uo
T ‘(ure fF Avs) stmoy
Moyatuos Z ‘poyednd F

‘(@) querptiaq AToute1y
-xo uv ‘que[d-pooy
jo jee, @ uo (‘me
¢ Aes) payednd T

*(@) yuerpiaq Ajouter
-xa uB !yoor ay} UO
poyepost ‘(Qg', Avs)
Ayyue0ea poyednd T

*(Z) 8
‘(urd g Aes) ATQua00a
aqmb T a» ‘(g) IysTT B
‘curd g Avs) sanoy |
amos T :payednd Zz
ueppos Austr ‘(¢)
e (‘ud ¢ Avs) moy ue

Ajreou poyednd sey T
‘oI
‘oul
‘(g) B ‘(uoou
aL Avs) Apuedoar
aytnb payednd svy T

*(g) yavp A030
e pue ‘(ggoT Avs) |
qarree T *(¢) IUD] T
pue (¢) ws Atos %
‘(ue TT Avs) A]JUe.
-ar g :peyednd F
*(g) @ st (‘ue 6 Avs)
ednd pag oy, ‘(#)
B pure (¢) yaep ArOA
eB ale pu ‘(ure QT)
asuviya pajetduroo
qysnl <yu0 Z: poyednd ¢ |

*popued |
“SNS @BAIRT oY} [LV |
*(¢) yarep ATA B pur |
‘(ure g Avs) payed
-nd ysnf Ayuo T ‘(¢)
yaep StaA B pur (T)
yovtq AIoA B : (‘U'R
7 Aes) sanoy Moy
euos g ‘payednd ¢

“9[15 [ensn
-un IM (fF) B fyoor uo
pezejost ‘pozwdnd (g*TT)
ysnl seq BAIR] 4SBl OUT,

‘(g) qySI] Bs aAoge sv
‘(cord g Avs) samoy

| Moy autos poyednd T ou
‘OUT men CG |
oUt “OU
‘OG “ouG
“OUT OIG

"YES eTa9T]

(7) @ =(o¢°0T Avs)
aaoqz sv peyednd T OUI

“[LS 07B19poum
(F) B : papaozo ATayVI
-apout ‘(‘ut'e 6 Aes)
joor uo payednd T

*(BAIV] TG LOJ “Uv G
es) papuedsns Avou
SI BAIR] 4SBl OUT,

‘s(¢) uapjos AT[vu10u
y10q (0g"L Aes) AT}Ue0
/-al G ‘4113 apy}tT ATOA
uta s(g) [78 : (ue
‘q[13 peuriou YIM (fF) F ABs) SMMoy Ay
T puv s(g) g “yoor uo | aulos g ‘aAOGe peuTOTy
pepaoro ATa}BIEpOU | -UAU FOO 9t{} UO g Jv
‘cure 7 Avs) sanoy /dnorS ay} fo s1ayyo
Moy outos poyednd ¢ | ayy $ payednd ¢

‘ard 0g'TT “cc

‘md 0g'8 ce
‘urd OFS sc
‘ud Or ec
‘urd CET “ce

‘ud OFZI “ce

"TU? Ce'TL “ec

‘U'®B 9 ‘OL ce

me o's ‘et Aine

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 365

I have previously spoken of the period before pupation
as the ‘‘ preparatory period,” and have pointed out that
it consists of three stages :—

“ Stage I., in which the larva quits its food plant and
hurries about, seeking for some place upon which to
pupate.

Stage II., in which the larva rests motionless upon the
selected surface, and towards the end of the stage spins
the boss of silk for its subsequent suspension.

Stage ILI., in which the larva hangs suspended by its
posterior claspers from a boss of silk”? (Phil. Trans.,
1887, B., pp. 327, 328).

If we assume that Stage I. began with the shock of
capture in the case of the first three larve to pupate in
each of the three receptacles without food, the following
table indicates the beginnings and ends of all the stages
and preparatory periods which could be safely fixed.

(See Table, pages 366, 367.)

The first point brought out by these figures is the
creat difference between the lengths of the stages, ac-
cording as the larve remained upon the food-plant, or
were wandering at the time the experiment began.
Stating the results approximately, this difference is
more clearly shown by the following arrangement :—

(See Table 1, page 370.)

It is here seen that the great difference between the
length of the period before pupation in A, C, EK, and B,
D, F, is almost entirely due to the immensely greater
duration of Stages I. and II. in the former, Stage III.
being approximately the same throughout.

My former conclusions as to the lengths of the stages
before pupation were chiefly founded upon experiments
which resembled A, C, EK, rather than the others, and
hence this comparison has an important bearing on the
recorded results, which were summarized as follows :—
‘“The larvee wander for a variable time, then rest for
about 15 hours upon the surface selected for pupation,
and finally hang suspended, head downwards, for about
18 hours, after which time pupation takes place” (Phil.
Trans., l.c., p. 488). The estimates arrived at above are
much smaller, especially in the larve provided with food,

“UL 0G atid a e

‘age FT

Ten}

‘MOS ‘TE bc e 6 | OT, T61
‘UFT “ ¢ ‘“ | “UL Og HL
‘HOG 'TP

“tr £9 ‘YJ, ‘SOSVd g JO ADRIBAW] UW QE "IL QT ‘SasvdgJOosBIBAY|| ‘sosuo z

JO osBIDAY

aed $oz "7 cB “ec € “

‘UL Sy¢e ‘TU €L “ec 8 “cc

‘Ul GT ‘Y QT ‘sasvo Z Jo odvIoAY

UPL! 491) IST] APT

*pooy GTM

BAIL] IST

|
|&
a
@D
rt
a

ce
oe

<

oO

ee

ae
(g) | (ge) | (e) | (e) | SF} (9)

é é é

.. (UOE MOE UYE UOT WOg
UGE| (6E| CEE) 18S) LFS
UL OYE UL YS) Ut YZ UO} ULE
UST| CFL) OFT) APT) GOT GOT
cod acall Badge eeu
U8 lt) UP
Telalele/s|ely,
Brel eeet depletes ype

“cc
“cc
“ce
‘

“poof yNoUTAL

“QUST[ SUOT}S UL Soxoq UL,

SuOIs UL Sexoq ITD

| uoyvdnd a1ozoq ported
a[OYM JO YySus, sdsBI0Ay

ena oT
a5B1S JO YYSue, osvrsay

lesgeuarauiaeeeae T
Sesvq1g JO U\Sue] odeIeAy

cise F me NOTOR jedng

(creeee uornednd arojyaq

{porzed efoya jo y\suerTy

“ees TTT a8Bqg Jo yysueT]

"TT YT sedeyg Jo qysuaerT]

‘mw 9¢ U7 “9

ee

“Wey 4 PL g

‘ut EQz ‘YQ ‘sasvo F JO osVIOAY

oe

“UI OG “I 8

“ut $e¢ “Ul GT

‘td £9G "Y BT ‘sasvo ¢g Jo BdVIDAY

| -< | | < |
| 2 | ee ive | |
hey (2)eT ay s/o | (g) | (¢) 4x
al ois pue Ep ag (g) (e) yy81] At0a Ziyrep| A10A T
2) (|) art | & 8 Te) jase (¢) | (e) | (e) a8 T [At0A| pure (F) T
wg Lesa MeCN AU ANOLONT oo || yendieocalh Gomesoelloee Suc on lleoacl) oo foc
186 19% TEs TEs| UES| Ue
Le) ge MHEG UOT UOT UTOg UOT .. | .. MOS UISF/ULOT/ MOT MOT MOT MOT| MOT,
| 4ST) MPT] TFT) UST] WET UST| UFT| TOT WOT U9T| TOT WET| UST
Pee iuser TEE OT ok | Wea eater oead aro | RH tes ||
'46 | 46 |46 | 49 | |
a — — —— ———| = | —a
SSS Sos ase esa eae
i=) | i=) 5 | =) a fo¥ a & = a a = 5 i=) a | En zal
~ | v ~ |. ~ - 2 - - ~ - . - ~~ - | ~~ |
~ | ~~ ~ | ~ ~ ~ 4 ~ a ~~ ~~ ~~ 4 ~ ~ - . |
| | 2 | |

“poof WIT

“poof PNOTITA

{LT

(g) yrVp
AQOA T
puv (T)T
ULE ULOE
USE) UGE
ULYZ UO]
WPT UFT
UOT UOT
UST el
ies ees
B n
Sy |) Se
eal

‘ssouyIep UT

saopurpéo yor

( uoyednd arozaq potted

4

{e[OYA JO Yscus, aoR10Ay

fCORROG QU CD00 D90C

J ‘TI
|a5eyg fo YSuaT asevI0Ay

a ey

SOUL eM
$a8v{Qg JO YASUe] aoBIIAY

smmoyoo jedu gq

(c+++++ uomednd ar0jaq
| potzad apoya Jo yyouery

pete aan oo (1 aBneq4g jo qyysuary

“TT PT sadvyg jo yysuery

368 Mr. Poulton's further experiments upon

and the question arises as to whether these or the larve
without food gave the more normal results.

Assuming that the power of resembling surrounding
surfaces is normal to the species (and we are justified in
assuming this), the extent of resemblance becomes some
test of the normal condition, including duration of the
preparatory stages, in which the resemblance is brought
about. The pupal colours are tabulated at the end of
the last analysis (pp. 866, 867), which distinctly shows
that the number of exceptions is far greater among the
pupe in the receptacles without food, the larve of which
passed through the longer preparatory stages. It becomes
probable that some of the more irritable larve, which are
so disturbed by the shock of capture that they refuse to
feed, do not pass into a normal preparatory period, so
far as Stages I. and II. are concerned, and, inasmuch as
Stage IL. is in this species the chief time of susceptibility,
frequently produce pup which are abnormal in that
they are exceptions to the usual resemblance to sur-
roundings. If this be so, the normal susceptibility of
the species must be far higher than that indicated by the
results of my previous paper, in which the larve were
cenerally treated as in the receptacles without food; and
Stages I. and Il. must be far shorter.

On the other hand, it must be remembered that the
batch of 44 larvee were probably the last of a large
company, while the 15 provided with food were the last
of the batch. If there is any tendency towards the
shortening of the stages in the latest larve, these 15
would exhibit the tendency. ‘There is, however, no
evidence for the existence of such a tendency, and the
fact that pupation occurred far later in certain larvee
without food than in any of those provided with it,
seems to indicate that we are dealing with an abnormal
protraction of the preparatory period,—the larve which
were the first to leave the food being much the last to
pupate.

Upon the whole, it is probable that the preparatory
stages of the 15 larve are about normal, and that
Stages I. and Il. are made too long in my previous
paper. It is true that the early stages are hurried on by
the shock of capture, but they appear to be far from
hurried through.

Stage III. does not seem to be affected by disturbance

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 369

of the larve. The estimate of 18 hours must be reduced
to about 15, but this latter duration was commonly
noticed in the previous observations (J. ¢c., pp. 342, 347,
351, &e.).

At the same time, I should be glad for these conclusions
to be tested by the observation of larger numbers, and of
many companies. My previous results depended on such
varied material, which, upon the whole, gave such dis-
tinct testimony in favour of longer stages, that it is
possible that some of the difference may be due to the
hereditary individual predispositions of the 44 larve
observed in 1887.

Relying on the latter observations alone, we should
conclude that the preparatory period varies from 20 to
24 hours, Stages I. and II. together from 5 to 9; while
Stage III. has a nearly constant duration of 15 hours.

Bearing upon the lengths of preparatory stages in
different conditions :—

Under any circumstances the observation has a clear
bearing upon the conclusion I had previously arrived at,
—that darkness protracts the stages. Whether we con-
sider the larve with or without food, the results are the
same: Stages I. and II. are longer in the tin box than
in the gilt box, in the dark cylinder than in the tin box,
and the pupal colours become darker in the same order
(see preceding table, pp. 866, 8367). And the difference is
much clearer in the larve with food, which have been
shown above to be, in all probability, in a more normal
state. The conclusion previously arrived at was capable
of two explanations: darkness might directly protract
the stages, or its action might be indirect, tending
towards the production of dark pup, and time being an
element in the formation of the superficial pigment, or
rather of some colourless precursor. The latter view is
strongly supported by the observations here recorded ;
for the difference in duration is true of the tin- as com-
pared with the gilt-box, in which, although both were in
light, there was a corresponding difference in the pupal
colours. Furthermore, the more marked difference, in
the case of the larve with food, corresponded to a more
marked difference of pupal colours, although unattended
by any difference of illumination, as compared with the
larve without food. All these statements will be found

ae

"T TIaVy,

j se OF GI j > 0S rE Sj ss o¢ “ Pf |fuesetq | (c)
j Me Gre a EG v tcl, 4 eL ii ‘06 “PTY quesqy |)
g i 0Gms a = 8Ge ig zn Our eo SGD g “ $9 “2b |quaserg | | (s)
I ies Ae RU hae Pea v SIGE ee ar quesqy |
il e OF IZ j i CC at | T ot “ 9 |gueserq |) (¢)
I oe Ole 8G i Soot Le ayy T “or “ 8T| quesqy |) +5rT
I “ee OL ee €3 T iad OL “ee al T oe 0 “ee 6 quasar gy it (¢)
j Bre 1060 5 e GE g sc me ath ake! quasqy | )
j LO ee ee 3 T OG eT quasatg |) (¢)
3 ae es0G mre Ke if Breen 9Gy pee UL j “02 6Tl| quesqy |) 418d
| quesarg | (2)
yuesqy ;
z dee OL sh akG j ed z “ ¥ee “6 |queserd | 1 (7)
T *‘SOINUIUL QE SINOT FE T ‘SoINUIU QZ SNOT FT T ‘seInUIW QT smMoy gT| yuasqy |} *
ein ‘uoryednd ar0jeq eet fs ae ‘TIT 95819 boats ore ‘TI puejsesusg | , oog *SINO[OD
ae qanyy afoyA Jo [sue'T s1oquinN jo Youe'y sioquian jo Mauer | “PB jedug
7 ‘V[ WIaVy,
ae : = : : = t
Li | G Il G j “fae | al | -) 38 A °° pooz uyra ‘tapuryso yourg
vi | 1 tl p j 7 [ I “$68 “ $er | 6 | A pooy gnoyyTs ‘xepurpéo youlg
cS oe it F T ct $66 ope | 4 L ad ** 77 °° ** poof UAT ‘xoq UIT,
oi lieece T id | “ #88 ETP | = eB eee pcOE DOU aT OC Ung,
ol 6" [EE ral “Ep fa corr tt poor qyrM ‘xoq 41D
6 = } T il © | ‘sanoy $cz ‘sanoy $e | ‘stnoqg f¢9T JV °°°** pooy ynoyytA ‘xoq 4[UD
() | @) 18 | @) [9 | @ | () swomsdndoxojoq aut :
7 WSVT yred BeeTSLCV riot] MOR ROCRIS ie UU USS)
= oe a Ks) yjsue 0 Wysua'T
yo yysuary 70 ¥ Al yO U
“mmopog Tedng jo sversaq.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 371

to be amply supported by the last table. In order to
test this conclusion more fully, I have constructed
another table, in which the lengths of the periods and
stages are shown in the pupe of the various degrees of
colour, without taking into account the conditions to
which they had been subjected, except as regards the
presence or absence of food.

(See Table 1a, page 370.)

This table shows a remarkable uniformity in the
length of Stage III. in pupe of all degrees of colour,
just as the preceding table showed it in all conditions of
illumination, &e. On the other hand, Stages I. and IL.,
upon the whole, exhibit a marked tendency to become
longer as the pupe become darker. There are exceptions,
but the general tendency is clear, and especially so in
the case of larvee with food. Besides, the history of the
exceptions lends no support to the theory that the pro-
traction is determined by darkness, apart from any
influence on the pupal colours. The table suffers from the
small numbers employed in taking the averages. The
careful study of these observations, made in 1887, con-
vinces me that I was mistaken in maintaining, as the
result of a far more superficial examination of the figures,
that ‘‘there did not appear to be any evidence for the
supposition that the gilded pup pass through a shorter
preparatory period than those which are less brilliant,
when both are equally exposed to light” (Note added
Sept. 10th, 1887, to p. 339 of Phil. Trans., 1887, B.).

I believe, on the other hand, that we are warranted in
the conclusion that dark surroundings tend to prolong
Stages I. and II. (taken together) of the preparatory
period, and that this protraction is associated with the
production of the colourless precursor of the dark super-
ficial pigment.

I have hitherto treated Stages I. and II. together, but,
if the above conclusion be valid, it is clear that Stage II.
is alone concerned; for in the earlier wandering stage
the larva has not yet reached the surface by which it is
to be affected, and, as soon as it reaches it, Stage I.
begins.

The question as to whether darkness acts, except by
promoting the formation of dark pupx, was most easily
answered by observing whether dark surfaces in strong

372 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

light produce the same effect. This test was applied in
the same year as follows : —

EXPERIMENTS 2 AND 2A.

A company of 29 mature larve (probably the last
remaining ones) was found 1 p.m., July 80. By 3.80 it
became evident that the shock had caused 16 of them to
cease feeding, and enter Stage I. These were placed in
two receptacles, a box lined with gilt, and a cylinder lined
with black paper, with the open end closed by a sheet of
clear glass, and turned to a strong east light. Others
were subsequently added as they entered Stage I.

EXPERIMENT 2. | EXPERIMENT 2.
Dates | XXXI. or XLVI. | Meg Wl Cope IE
airy dae Gilt (Dutch-leaf) Surround- | Black Surroundings in
| ings in strong east light. strong east light.
July 30. 3.30 p.m. ....| 8 larvee introduced. 8 larvee introduced.
7.30 p.m. ....| 38 larve introduced. 3 larvee introduced.
10. Op.m. ....| 3 larvee introduced. 4 larvee introduced.
July 31, 10. Oa.m. .... 5 suspended. 4 suspended.
2.25p.m. ....| 138 suspended. 10 suspended.
4.50 p.m. ....| All 14 suspended. All 15 suspended.
9.30 pm. ....| 8 pupated(1some hours,| 1 pupated.
| 2 recently).
UOMO TAS S500 1 pupated. 3 pupated.
10.54 p.m. ....| 1 pupated.
12.40 midnight.| 1 pupated.
Aug. 1, 10.30 a.m. ....| All pupated a long time. All pupated except 1, but
| 3 evidently quite re-
cently.

No notes were taken as to the colours of the pupe, but
it may be safely assumed that those in black were far
darker than the others; and it is also clear that, although
the larve were treated in exactly the same way (except
as regards their surroundings), those in black pupated
rather later than the others. Although all were sus-
pended by 4.50 p.m. on July 81 in both sets, all but one
had been suspended more than 2 hours earlier in the
cilt, a time at which only two-thirds of those in the black
had entered Stage III. These are less satisfactory than
Experiments 1 and 1a, in the fact that probably all the
larve were disturbed by capture, but they undoubtedly
support the conclusions previously arrived at.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 373

EXXPERIMENTS 8 AND 8a.

Another small batch, also found July 80, continued
feeding for a day or two, and were then subjected to
similar conditions. They were in fact probably placed
in the same receptacles with the same conditions of
illumination, but | have no note upon the latter point.

Dake | EXPERIMENT 3. EXPERIMENT 3.
Gilt Surroundings. Black Surroundings.
Aug. 1,10.45a.m.| 12 larvee introduced. 11 larve introduced.
», 12.40p.m. 1 larva introduced. 3 larve introduced.
Aug. 2, 11.40 a.m. 12 pupated. 5 pupated, 6 sus-
pended.
on pets Unchanged. 7 pupated (rather
recently).
Last 1 unnoted. Last 2 unnoted.

These brief notes show the same prolongation of the
preparatory period in dark surroundings even more
clearly than in Experiment 2and2a. We may conclude
that dark surroundings in light produce the same effect
in this respect as darkness.

Other conclusions as to the effect upon pupal colours
of different metallic surfaces, and of darkness as op-
posed to black surroundings in light, are to be gained
from Experiment 1; but they are better deferred until
after the examination of the experiments made in 1888.

1888.

The object of the numerous experiments made during
this year was to obtain abundant confirmation of the in-
fluence of surroundings upon the pupal colours, and also
to test the effect of various metallic surfaces, &c. It will
be most convenient first to tabulate the whole of the
experiments, briefly indicating the results of each, and
then to analyse the tables in such a manner as to show
the chief conclusions.

Effects of black well shown.

‘ednd yYSst[[np JeyMeMOG

*SULIO}I[S
Tl@ 38 area s(g) oy} ATUO

“qury yurd
qourjstp Area @ Aq post[eay
-neu 4yeyaotuos ‘yueutstd
yoryq Aroa yt 8(g) LV

*(g) gus B some (F)
ay “urd yysry Aq poaorort
qeyMoutos ‘youtq AtoA [TV

*pasuojeq
ay} YOM 0} searsep oy}
SUTLapTsuod ‘aTI9T] UTA esouy
pue ‘(¢) 34ST T oy} pus
| S(F) ut ydeoxe “ynoysnoryy
pros apart = Ataq*8(8)
yy sr Aj[rvou a10M S(F) Z OUT,
‘oa1dep SI} Joy yep ATOA
arom S(¢) YIVp OT OU,

iF 6 |G T
1 Mts: a. I
G War Wh WG
iL i
G IT
6/16 |F |

oe ++ -doq sseis pewop
pur joor seded yor[q uO
‘doy ssvis poop ud

cae ++ -doy sse[s peutop
pur joor soded youlq uC

-(paonp

-O1JUL atojoq ‘yr jo 4yavd

Io “]]T a9Rj}g passed savy
Avut) oof toded yov[q uO
‘+ -yoor saded youlq UG

‘Joor raded yor[q uo [TV

‘100H UO
‘+ Joor raded you[q uC

(+: ‘1o0y Jeded yor[q uO
or ee *papaoro ATOA
‘you ‘Joor zeded yorlq UO

oop pure yue[d-pooy ug
oy "FOOL UO papAMoIg

“THAD se EL
TEX: * ‘OL
TENG ee 6
Ose oe 8
al “ec of

‘ssouyiep Ut
saopurfso xOeTq TV
| ‘ITLA 9

‘Ge {UOTAIIOdx | “SSOUYIVp UL
Ajqeqoad ‘xepuréo yovlg
eum

‘pF yUeUIedsy = “AUST
Ssuoys Ur xoq wUapooA
jo yuemyreduios yovlq
‘(1eded Jo pua 4% sappeydeoar

jo uoydtrosep 908) "TTA

Compared July 12, 13, and 16.

Three or four mixed colonies found at Malvern June 29, and
Worcester June 25.

A.

*sq[NSayy

‘ox ‘sanojoo yednd
ay} UO SYIVWAL LOYYAN YT

(¢) | (#) | (e) | (e) | (e) | (8) | (1)

ye &

‘sanojoo tednd jo seaisaq,

‘adnd at} Jo UoMIsog

|

‘(xtpueddy “45 aas ‘raded jo
pue ye uoTdrzosep pelrejep
0} Aojor s[BIOUINU UBUIOY)
‘sapoeydader JO UOT}
-diosep Jatiq pur tequiny

*SoTUOTOD
jo uOT}BU
-BXT] pus
aimjydeg

JO soqBcT

-oumt} AUB 7B OORJINS J[IS OY} Udas BART JOUULD BAIL] 9} YY} OS ‘SSOUYIEP OY} Y}IA SULTEp{O}UL JNOTIM ssurmys Aq pouedo ueyy

SBA XOq eYJ, ‘“S}VUL pu SINA YIIM petaaod Suleg 103}R] oY ‘AepurpAD oy} Jopun poov[d sv OIA “xoq Yovy[q B UL dn ynys 019M BAIR] OUT, x

A curious

Characteristic effects of gilt surfaces.
exception in 17 was doubtless due to crowding.

Those in 16 (the (1) and (2)) are less noteworthy,

not being on the gilt surface.

*SsouUyIBp UL SIRT
-INS YovR[q se s}[nser
aures oy} A[[BoTOVIg

“UMOYS
[2% YoRyq Jo spooypy

‘TT e819
ut psouvape Apeerye ATqeq
-oid pue ‘aye, ul yng

TINp exe yorya ‘s(F)
ayy ydeoxe ‘TeuItou ynoGYy
"(¢) yy ydaoxe ysTNg

“yy 311q A10A 8(G)
‘yystaq AraA 8(G)

qdeaoxe “qust1q ATjeI0eds you

s1aq}o $ eAoqeses(g) IST
“gore [esiop JO YONUI 1eAO

_uapos AyT[np wdnd ysoyy

Toy yueiyiaq Ataa you 4nq

WS] pue s(¢) puv s(F)

“uapjos
reyyer (fF) {8(Z) Alreou
pue yrep Ar0A 8(¢) YrVp ]

Te
ut yovpq AOA JUOUISTg

*(g) T pure (F) T

*soatsap I1ayy |

‘I9A0 [[B Uapfos ‘100 UO (¢) |

etree

om <O

OT |

Pp[oOs Mozaq apis uO
| sis sie ** Foor Jo Jeu
(-109 JayJOUR UL pepMoAg
JOOL JO IAULOD UI popMOID

"* Joop pure yued-pooT
Ze Ue **SoATOYs [[B
pus JOOI UO pepAo.d JON

‘> Joo pus yuv[d-poo,7
oo (papaoro
awdnd ¢) saaftays 1aMo, UG

lie soajays zeddn
| pue FOOL UO papAo.1d JON

ate 50 v6 yoor
| JO ssad0a 9UO UI paparolg

50 ‘+ 100 UO
que[d-pooy ug
“ce JOOL UO payBlOsy

yool uo papaorzo dnory

papAaodrd you ‘Foor WO [TV

: oo uQ
** yooa soded yov[q uO

"LT Quowunedxy = *Tejeut
yong = peysyog “IUSIT
SUOAS Ul XOG WAapOOM 4TE)

“XXX
wu
*Teyaur Ton
SSG OTS CSI TOLLS
“TTIXXX

quotatiad x iy
PeoueOd:

‘GT JuowIIedxm ‘[RJeuL
going pessoquy “PL PA
pesuviie jueujreduog

“TITXXX

‘PL yueurtsed
“XQ “[TBjour Yong peystod
“ZY SI] SUOTS UL XOq UAPOOM
jo yuowyrrduo0s yr)
“IXXX

‘eT quoutrtedx ay
‘yejou«-YOIN(E = passoquag
, SSOUTVp [BIO} Ul Aapurpéo
peyoor pus peuly-plop

“TAX
‘Zl quoUIodxy ‘“sseuyIep
UL xOoq Uepoom yorxg_

“AX

A. Three or four mixed colonies found at Malvern June 2, and

Compared July 12, 13, ana 16,

Worcester June 25.

*{UITIUOITAUS OTT}
jO JojOVIBYD oY} WoT
poyoodxe oq yystur se
‘qnsor poxtut AI0A VW

*SUTIOF YSIUST]

spreao} Aouepuay,

“SULIOF YSTYAVp Spar
-0} sem AOUOpUD4 OUT,

Influence of silver not so
strong as gilt, in the direction
of brilliant pupz: light (3)s

greatly preponderate.

“9OBFINS 4[IS oy} UO Sur |

-aq 30U ‘AT}.10M9}0U SSOT
are ((%) pue (T) eq4)
QT ULOSOUy, “SUTpPA\O.10
0} ONp sseyqnop sBA
LT Ul uorydeoxe snorind
WV ‘seovjans 41d jo
SOTO OTSLAojowIVYD,

The 4 lightest of the (5)s
kept to see whether the

Vv
“

‘qystaq Aqrrey (2)
pue (1) ydaoxe [TV
"ysysraq ‘s(Z)
, puvs(T) ydeoxe ‘adnd
Iayjo ayy Jo sulog
"gystiq Aroa 8(G) %
*aAOqe SV
‘Tup sor
‘os Apurey s(¢) gusty
‘qusraq s(¢) pur s(F)
"eZ 01 peaouler U9eq PRI
YIOYS ayy atozoq ‘ayednd 04
BAIV] ISA OY} 219M SOUL,
‘(e) puv s(F) ydaox9 ‘saea3
“Op Toy} TOF IYSUIG TTY

all emerged

normally, July 24

were healthy:

“(¢)
ayy ATperoedse ‘ystT[NqG

‘usploy
“Ueppos you ynq “4YsrT

TI!P TV

‘waplos [Og

‘sjods uapjos yyia yok

pue ‘ayia Aroa (F) T “Query
“TH1q_s(¢) ‘TOP s(¢) SVT
“waplos (F) ‘TINp s(¢) TySVT

*(s¢) qs] ¢ ay} AT[eI0edsa)
que[d-pooy Aq pepeyg

‘soaidap
af} SULIApIsuod ‘sesvo JSOUL
ut wdnd jo 40, Yst[np V

im io |

N19

orn

II

OT

Or

6T

1G

SaoRy PUR POO;
jo sopid 1apun 100 uC
me ae at apeys
jo sjunowe pue = s[oad}y
SNOLIBA 4B JuURTd-pooy UG
doy ssv[S U0 papMorO JON

*+ doq ssv[s uo pepaorg

que{d-pooy ug
se UI[SNUL 9yIYA UC

jOOr WO [TV

"+ Joop reded ayy UG
fe ne We + Joon,
uo poyefOsT yeyAomog |
3 Oe (auop TATIS |
jo xadwv) yoor uo papmoig

quv[d-poojz uO 10 LOOG uO

os o- os (uoy

-BUIUIN] IE SU014S Jo UoIsod

ur ynq) Joor UO papaorn
JOOI WO PapMolD JON

“2 yorq U0 papao1p

ats yoeq UO payeposy

** 100M uO
‘es +. =i ** Joor
JO ySol UO papAOID JON

ar re .s ++ TTOM
SB yoRq 4[L3 oq} Ivou Os pue |
‘foot jo yovq sparBMoy,

ez yuouIIedx ny
‘qday o1aM MAIR, JO yo04s
Ory ut ‘doy ssvps xreayo
YIM xX0Q WapooM uTeTg

‘ZG JUoTATIOdxG = *o2p
‘soomy ‘gueyd-pooy Suture,
-W0d SVq UI[SNUL oI AA

“IG
quetantedxn = “Surat, zaded

uaetIs [[Np ‘SMOPUTA ssRTs
Ud0IS YIM KO UapOoOM

TIAXX'T

‘Ox quotatied
“XW ‘yStT uy = ‘xoog sz0oded
OIF ‘JOOL pautop YAM rep
-urjAo peur, toded xaatig

TIA'TX
“61
justatedxy = *yysty Sus

UL XOq WApPOOA Fo yuoTIed
-ut0d peur, Jaded aaAtIg

“TATX

‘ST
quomttedxy ‘Bou Youn
peystfog “ystT suoys ur
‘QUOI SSBIS TRI]D YALA Opis
uo pesovyyg ‘tepurpAo yyy

“TIAX

A. Three or four mixed colonies found at Malvern June 29, and Worcester June 25.

Compared July 12, 13, and 16.

"SOTJOLIVA | ee el "9g JUeuI| ‘0% ane
FOVTG 9} SpxlVaoy pus} “Tnp AIOA Iv | i HLA) 4 ore ve Se popAo.to “ad xqy “VUSTT Suo1ys Ul WOMaDieGaOR
jou seop Auojoo SIL | | AIOA jou ‘JOOL uo [LV queuyaredur0s peut] yovlg | ge Gg Apne
a UN PUNoy (ATO JO |
eee ee site oc a6 ** oor pee tat. &
*aTOA uo dnoss pateqyvos [TVUg We Mos)
9Y} WOT poureyqo s(F) Z G ** joor uo dnoas [peug ‘212 juouttedxny *reded
@ A[uQ ‘uaplos opr “pos apaqiy Ar90a ra | oie **JOOI UO payBfOsT | UIT, ‘foot ayy patttof pus
Ajisva you aav adnd ayy $ Suryoo, q[np A19A [TV Hae We | ae ag a atUes | LaYy}O ayy Surzaso9 zeded uy 2
pue ‘sotjerivA yarep jo | | jo sxeqmiem Sutd{jng | petdumn.azo ayy os ‘pua uado 3 ie
woyonpoid ayy spavar ie NON ae ae Ml 2? ai Ae yoot uo} uo paoe{d sepurpég “yysT] a 5
-0} Aduepue, sSuo.rys | dnois pepMo.to asaey AtaA = | UL «SSUIpUNOLIMS ATI x a
% 4IqIyxe 0} sutaas “TIIAIX ES
Auojoo styy, ‘2% Ut *aloyoq 0% Rick F
snoraqo A1eA SUIPMOID | paouanyur weeq ATqeqoid yo quewiiedxny = *pRyout yony at 2S
JO qoayo ayy, ‘“a«vato prey pu ‘uoos Araa payed | 1 heal peystog “xoq uapooa jo re = a
AIOA BIB POS Jo syooya -nd sasyjo ayy, “4ystaq ienllZ On ie ‘* loop ug | yueujardurog “yySIT Suo0rys 3H —
[NjJtomod aiow oyy, | aoaas(F) pues(g) ISt[ ou, zie | IT ‘+ papAoio jou ‘Joorug | UL ssuIpunorins poy Sa las a
| eu Pt 1x kx 35
“pairs | } | oP rey :
-uadui0d os pur ‘tayortq: | Ss 5 eX
SVM yuoUTsId yIep ay yok pias a ioe)
pue $(*A ut ydeoxa) saai40 os 8 ie
ey} eytjun eaymb uolsor | | 5 8 A
[esiop «o11eyUB oY} ynoqe | & a a
quid yysiy jo yuemdoyea | rae =]
-op vB puv AouvT[IAq B pry icy S
‘ednd rayaep ayy Jo autos as }
“‘VYSIT Suoys | pus ‘s(e) yaVp Jsoqy sry] |G 9Yy Be RQ
Ul SSUTpuNOLIMsS Yyortq | puv s(¢g) eyy asnvdaq ‘sxoyyO eas =
pue ssauyiep wloaz| yA Ajissvpo 07 4[noyyrp ‘cZ Juomtedxy, «‘ssouyrep q AZ
sqnser avprus Aroq =| ATOA = ‘TIMP [TV 7B JON 8 |€L\¢ |F | °° joo uo pepMoro [Ty | UL ssuUTIpunodins yorlq = a
. (>) wn
> *E\ 0 Ve Z
: ( I | °° (peuroyzep) too ug =| qyuewitzedxm = “yySty Suo0.14s fea] a
TP TV | > |FS/ILT/F | °° yoo uo dnoas osaey | ur ssurpunotims yorrg a

a

(ze ‘Te ‘os ‘FG)
sjuetitsedxa 19y40
yi peredutoo sv
‘qo0TJo YBols B JON

“sjooyjo ours

ey} 4 «ysouye §=9onp
-o1d U1} pUB TOATIG

‘U1} IO TOATIS ULI}

yooyo oe10ul s9onp
-o1d a10zaq sv ploxr
‘sqqus

-91 OTySIIeyowIeyO

*SOTJOTIVA YOVT
eI SPIVMO} pus} JOU
seop Auopod sIqy,

°6Z UI WAS 9Iv SUT
-PpAOID JO Spo

(#)
ayy Surpnypour “OT [Mp V¥

-10U pue yysiIq (F) OUT,

‘yeutrou ApTvEU
nq “URITIq you s(F)
‘TI Ul eAOgE sv
(se) yIeq ‘pos jo sjods
[[eurs tof ydaoxe ‘T[UpP ITV
‘au0S UO plo Jo
sjods ]][VUIs TIM yng ‘yxovTq
kioA Apysour s(g) yareg

‘aaoge s(¢) IST
ou} OXI ‘Fyst1q ATPVUION
“qySr1q you (F) ou,

“queryIaq AT[VULION
tay
sIoqyo ‘yeurrou s(¢) ISIT

OT

orf

1!

GZ

ee ee

** 00H UO
‘+ gepurpso jo doy avon

pepsoro
yeyMouos ‘foot uo T[V

oe BO Sopis
Joded I9aTIs WO pozelOsyT
yoor jo yaed

ysiy uo dnois pepo

ee ee

yorq 419 UO
Jood UO papaoro A1BA JON

FOOL UO TV

yOor UO TTY

** lOOW UO
SIeToo 34} FO
eumos UI g AO Z : Foor ug

<i **JOOI UO poye[OsT
ee ee “* ee joor
JO JoyJoo ouo Ul popMorp

‘9g JUOTILIOd x
‘100 Jaded yorlq ‘sseuxyrep
ut dapurso pareaoo youlTq
“TITX

‘eg qyuoutsed
“xq ‘soded r0ATIg 91007
Jeded oj1yM ‘{jyoor pewop
Yytas topuypAd peut] LATS
TIATX

‘Fe quotwedxg = “seded |
UL, ‘opis sjr uo poor
‘zapurjéo = peur, §=TaATIG

“THTA'TX

‘ee quetaTIodxy = “7B JOTI |
yond peysfod “epts 8} U0 |
pooryd ‘repurdd pouty pjoy

‘TIAX

oii ‘SE “e

A ‘Te ydxq ‘s100g
qeded =yorq ‘ssouyrep
ut szepurfséo paul] yoRlg
‘0&
queulttedxyy §=«*yRJeu Fyn]
peystod. «= TIXXX =A
queujavdur10d peur, ploy
“TITXXX

“6% JueuIIedx
‘Tejoul «yond pessoquy
{YU BT] SU0IjS UI XOq oUIeS JO
quewyavdui0d peur, ploy

“TIXXX

13 9 0G Aine
pareduog °6
Ajng przoyxo
38 punos Lavd
-W100 [[BUg "Gy

. Company found at Northampton July 5.
Compared July 20.

C. Small company (or
part of one) found July D

5 at Northampton. Com-

pared July 20.

‘op quoumttedxg tod) og cmp

*[BUIIOU 8.1910 -ed JOATIS “4USI[T Su0ys ur) pexedmog
ostIojowryY — | SIT pur Aroaqts (F) ou, I |¢ |t "+ JOO UO pepaor oN | guounzedutos pauyproatig | “6A DOIG
Aalte m4 a Pe. wey IATX an W109 [[BUIg ">
SBM BAIV] JO YOo\s YOryA| JuowIedxy -4ySt] warp ur MEP
ur xoq jo doy ursnyy | A[qeqord ‘ursnur oz Ay = 5
Sr
‘ep yuountedxg -yejout| E =
yond =passoqugq ‘apis| § Ey
*plod jo yooyo [yeutg "407 YSTT[Np V ANG Wat zs OG "* ‘papMorto|/uo peovd 4451, Suors | 1a 3
AywoA Jou ‘Joor uo [Ty |ut szapurfso peur, ploy 5 o
TAX Sis
Eo .
I |+ eee oC WONT va lax ep SBS
eae *% ydooxe ‘aAoqe sy TaNOn ** Joor Jo eps jodojy ug | "TITA ‘TP i a 5 =
oe UE EY ‘s(z) Ajrvou pure ‘xoetq A10A IL/¢ os ** — JOOH UO T puv gps
¢ ydeoxe ‘s(g) yrep [Ly apis UO [ 4ydaoxe ‘Joorug | ‘Tt ‘OF juewmedxsg | YOR
‘sloop Joded yoxtq ‘ssouyrep] fy

UL stapurltso paul, yorlq

e ore sie ** qday useq "ge UO ropes

PLY VAIL] JO YooYs YOIYM UL} -todxy 4YystT suoys ut Sid

gepurféo jo doy ursnyy | A[qvqoad ‘ursnur oft A, SE

t a fe -* 00H UO es

‘quer (F) ey, Z \T I aa ** ssels rvou ‘10498] "ge Jueurtred s a

“OLSTIOZOBIVYC ey} Uo Z pue ‘plod avou|-x@ ‘TeyeuT Young possog | a=
‘quoay sseB[s Jo doy ug |-wy ‘yySI] Su01ys ut ‘1oded 55

I Sa he JOOI UO papMorg | plod YYA peur] xoq UrT, iste

*XIXX a

"LE “4dxq ae

qejour yong «= poystog| = «EB

*peuruliojap ATSNOTA ‘qysIT Suoys ur sepurso oo
-o1d sanojoo jednd peull plos [[Vuis 09 “JITX eS S
ay} : souerejsuety Aq w1orj (popuadsns) “TJ 99819 el
peonpord yoayya on z as Joop toded ys ug «=| ur QZ A[ng paarojsueay, i 3
‘IAXX i

“OIpSTIOpOVIVYO,

*TOATIS
IO} yoaye suosyg

‘JOT TayIVp
ayy Suroq gp ‘Ares
-se00u jou aiB ‘Oy
‘s8nI oq} IVY} SAOTS
sjuouttiedxe OMy
asoy} Jo uostavdut0o

eUL 9s ATT You

"OIISTIOJOVIVYD
L

‘gaisep SI} LOF [NG
Wey
qsox ‘~eurtou s(g) yysry

*£IBATIS pu
yyst AraA ynq ‘uepfos you

_s(F) ‘uappos ATyeur10U s(¢)

*KIOA
-[IS JoyyeI pue yysry fisaa
qnq ‘ueplos you (fF) emL

‘TInp (¢) T pur (F) ou,
“yep Toyyer 8(¢) yep
‘Trap (F) ‘sysriq Atos (¢)

AroATIS pur ered (F) T
“ 8(F)
“queriiq A10A 8(G) Z

s(z) avou pue yovtq A10A
S(¢) Yep oy} JO 4so]y

“Tjap Area

(¢) 348 913 * T2p TIV

(yoeq TaATIS
Iva ‘SSRIS Iv9][0) LOOF UO

ze JOO UO papAorn

rd JOOL I9AO pate}}BVoG

** OOH UO

oe ee ee

Joes
-O} IvIU JaY}VA ‘Joo UC

*+ gaded 4]13 uo poye[osyT

+: oded 415 UO pepMorg

papaoro AreA JOU ‘FOOL UC

joor aded pu sapis uO

** IOOH UO

‘I 4f aevou septs 10 yoor uQ

SG JuOTATIOd xT
‘reded uty, ‘apts uo paoeyd
‘jeapurjéo pout, JTeATIg
“THIATX
aE]
quoutedxm ‘roded araAqIg
‘qysIT suodjs ur ‘xoq jo
JUITAAVAULOD Pauly JATIG
“TATX

‘0G yuetaraz8d
XH) Helen ro NG peystod
‘qysIT suoys ur ‘xoq jo
quouyazvdui0d paul, pox)
“IXXX
“OF
quouttedxa = ‘yejour yoyny
pessoqmum “4ysty suoays
up xoq" uly peat Pes
“XIXX
"SP queued
“XW ‘[ejour younq pessoq
“WH "JUST, Suoys Ul apis
uo aepuijéo peur, ploy

TAX
“Lp yuu
-wadxmy ‘om ‘syeur ‘soni
YIM petaaog ‘sseuyrep

url JapurpAd paaaAoo yorlg_

TIX
‘oF JUOTUTIOdXG ‘op ‘s}vUT
‘sBnI JNOYIIAA ‘“ssouyrIep

Ur TapurfAd peteaod Yyou[g
“TITA

Compared J uly 30.

H, Company found at Oxford July 16.

ing

.

terest

*sqooqfo

™

inanin

Bright forms are produced easily, and the

darkest not at all.

-jo [[eug

This company compares with B
manner, the whole tendency being the exact oppo-

site.

"pe ored
-m0g =-adnd ary jo
alos UO yoaTya youTY
-SIp ® paonpord sey
BOUAIOJSUBI} B1OFT

“qureid-pooy
jO asoyi pur ourz
jO sjooye ueaMjoq—
aoUdIeyIp area[9

“SUL
-pAO.19 910UI pure UOT}
“BUTUINTTE 889] 0} onp

‘Tg UR Jaya ssary

*BUTIO}YITS
AIBA Jou yng “4qstT ATOA
“qysty Ara nq ‘uappos A10A
you s(F) {yuet{pI41q Ax (c)
| ‘Ueplos wey 1oyyet ATOA
-[IS 9u0 aq ‘querppiaq AIOA

s(¢) yjoq Sy[np (F) OUT

“querypiaq £19 A.

PBF
Axa s(g) rep oy,

‘Uap[OS yreITMouTOS

ysnoyyye ‘Tp s(p) oy,
‘saaISap ITaq} OF

uapfos (¢) yarep ay} 4Nq ITV

‘ayrye qonur A19A s(¢)
yIzp ysout pu s(¢g) ety,

G
I!

And

Ce OC

me

aoa N MO

Hono
rt

IT

** JIS MOTAq apts ‘ssepy

sie F001 To pare osy
or as * Joor
wo ano pepAaor1 jon
Ue SH 2 yoor wo
dnois papaoro £19A YON

** papAioro you ‘foor UG

joor WO [TV

‘+ 100 uQ

yoor UG
-° dog

raded yovyq pue soprs UG

sis ** saprs Jo do} ud

ee ee ee

“CTIT e819 ‘pepuedsns
Uaeq pRy YOM MAIR, |
Atyueprac) Ioop ys uo

: “+ -Joor pus
RODIS He UO papAMolod JON
pe syydep
SNOLIBA 4B yuRTd-pooz UG
‘+ SOPIS SSVID IvaTD UG

aC JOOL OUTZ 0} poxLT

O0 ok ** IOoOH uO
or **JOOI UO payeOsT
dno1s fo taqureut sutAyng
"+ yoor uo dnoas [[eutg

|

‘T9 JuowILIedx A = *yRyout
yong peystoq ‘(pua uedo
SI Uo pooe{d) 4yysty Suoays
ur qepuyéo paul, pox

‘THAX
09

queTIIIedxy = ‘Rieu YO NT
pessoqmm “4uysi, suo.rys
ur Jepuréo9 paul, ploy

‘TIAXX
‘I "6S 7
‘TI “8g ie
INI BNE SG “cc
IX ‘9g quourtradxny

“SIT WNOYYIA ayopdutoo
{SOWV ssouyrep yng ‘op
‘SSI YIM potaaod “TT 4nq
IlV ‘sseuyrep ut stapurpso
pertaa0d 10 paul, yorlq

‘eg quowntedxyy =*[@3
“our YON, paystod “Fysry
suodys UL “TAXX dJepurpso
peut pros jjeus 07, Yday
SBA YOOJS OITA UT ‘asvo
yO JOOL outZ WOT, “TTT
‘TI e8Rxg ur ‘porroysuRAy,

‘FG yuowtzedxm “ydaxy arom
BAIVT JO YOOYS OIA Ut ‘Foor
ouIzZ payeroptad ITA seo
SSRIS Ivap[O AB[NSUvpooy

"eg quourted xy
‘traded IATIG “Joor pautop
UJI JapuryAo paul] 1aaTig
TIATX

#H

Compared

y 16. I. Company found at Oxford July 16.
July 31.

Company found at Oxford Jul
Compared July 30.

25
aa “TIT 03838
ES jo Suruurseq 4B porqoy
‘era. “SUB Ajqeqoig “peonp
SS -oid yooya oulog
gs
ag
aa
ae
a 8
Bee
$4 7G ULSY
26
2 Laan
AS
sep
go
< AQ
pe
Qs *posve
zr] & -stp Ayyeaoues are Lou}
2 & ysnoyyye ‘yuetd-pooy
mn - , OY} UO aINyvU UT IM990
LOS vu Aouvrypiaq ysayvois
a a [=~] ell.
BH. otf} JO adud Ayyyeey
8° S qeyqy soaord styy,
oo ~ .
od°
A
bot
eee
ao a 6
gas 19 pus
g be 09 jt poreduroo st
gaa SIU} Wo UdES [[AA\ SUT
ass -pMo1o jo souenguy
38

‘TIMP yeyAouros (F) oY,

‘yrep AIOA
(g) yep ‘ TMp (¢) pur (F)

*pjos &q peaerjar ynq
‘yoByq ‘UMOp MOT T OL,

"s(g) 03 JO T Woy
posieute BAB] sno1e4dtp V

‘aso}
[Ie Wor AT[euI0U pases
SOSBUIL ayy, ‘Uapfos ATTensn

-un s(F) oy} ‘yuerTq s(¢)

erp

BAIv] € IY], “yuviypug

‘TIMp yOg
“gueryitg A10A (¢) T

T
i Wl
AE
6
T 16 {2k
T
I
9 T
& |OT|&

** 9yerd ontq
pus ers uo poyedng

: ** Loop UO
oe aC an sydap
SNOTIVA 4B JURTA-pooy UG
i (poof tof xoq UapooM
youyq B pus ‘yowpq tYpTA
punog e9[suve iveu UMOp
MOT [) SapIs ssB[s uC

JOOL OUIZ UO

ac sc “prey
ay} UL yue[d-pooy ey} uo
So3B}S Itay} JO eulos passed
Survy ‘ainda 10478

uoos Ssunednd wary
ron or Aine “Prey
ay} UL yURA-pooy 07 papuad
-sns @BAIey ¢ pue adnd ¢g

ac oe so0@y
pay pooy Suowe 100y uO
a yoor uo

sdnoia eqeredes yeus uy
: pr “yoor Jo 10u
-100 duo UT dnors adIe'T

G9
quewitedxy 9 ‘4usty su0.14s
at “TTAXX depuis pouty
[ejom Yong pessoquis 04
‘(TTT 98%1Q UI jJoor outz)
Y0OjS WOLF pocteysuBry,

‘FQ JUOUIIIOMEG “00g UT
peovyd (apisyno yoRtq) xoq
AOT[VYs B puB ‘yoRlTq WII
punoqg sajsuy ydeyx sea
BAIB] JO YOo}s YOM ur
‘doy ourz payetozrod YIM
XOq SS¥[S Av[NsuROay

"eg yuouttsed
-Xq * [9] 0383s Jolp1va autos

Jo ‘[¢] ‘T]]T 98B1g UT Barry |

io ‘[¢] awdnd se puno
“ppey eyy ur yued-pooy

*49 JuOwIIIedx gy =" [B}
-oum Yong peysod “F451
S8u01js UI XOq PeUl] plOr)
“XXX

Compared July 31.

I. Company found at Oxford July 16.

“ ma
2 5 “joaqo oyiyty £104
qo
oe 4
as
ap, 00
aH
BA
nm
fob) .
xy eo
oo 3
BES “Arpt vovyd Yoo, ooue
5 8,2 Aopsuey yor. ur ‘99
a = Yim eavdmod oj Sut
ds © -qsaroqyuy = ‘qoayya ON
om nm

ar)
alee:
Soc
ES o
KS nos
IB= lsc)

=|
ao 3
sas ‘(F)
pa a oq} — oulty ysasuoy |
a= § oy} TOF poarojsuvsy
5 Lrg WoYM Joao ysoqvoI4
Sac

3

oe
a FS,
Hoo

Sa

‘T10p (F) eUL,

are

ie ** gaded a1 04
| ‘TIT 95¥1g UT yJoor dulzZ Ug

+a doded ayy 04 “TIT
asejg Ur yurid-pooy ug

“8 ** JOOP IOATIS UO
oe ** IOOH 41s uO
|
‘(TTx) Juewuyredutoo pouty
teded JaATIs Fo Foor ug
oe =i siay}O uByy
| 1978, poyednd ‘ yuauryacedutoa
| peur taded ur Jo yoor ug
oe = sjyueutredutoo
| peur taded uty Jo yoor ug
Gc che queued ut09
peury [ejout Young paystod
pue passoqura Jo Joor ug
“quoujrvduod pauly [eyour
yoyncy peystjod fo 1007 uO
syusuyarrdui0d pauty [eyou
| yong peystpod jo yoorug

"gy Juoutzedx ay
‘raded aI 0} YOO\S WOAF
‘TI 95839 Ul pordojsuB_y,

"19 yueuttred
-xq os *(xeded sun) ‘Atqy
pues ‘([eyotu yong passoq
“ula pue peystfoq) “XIXXX
UL ¥USIT Su0Is 0} (ssou
-yqep) “TIT Wory “TIT e5e1g
UL polLoJSUBI} @BAIVT Z

109
quountiedxm “quetayredutoo
qova Ul BAIvT T :xoq ua
“poo Jo (“A TX 0} “AIXXX)
syUatTIVdULOd pataatis pur
qs ay} JO autos 0} (yoor
uo Ajqeqord) osvo ssi
Iepnsuvyoal UL Yyooys woz
‘TI esBIG UL palteysuvay,

Compared July 31.

I. Company found at Oxford July 16.

384

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Pupal Colours.

a
°o
23 Dark Light
‘5 (1) | (2) (3) | (3) | (8) | @ | ©)
oD — —
a Experiment (1887)1 | 1| 1] 4| 2| 4] 1] 1 |=14
8 3 (1887) la} 2 Py Ay I =,
= " 6/4) Soa | 2 —13
eZ a ‘ ” 8 if 2 a= 5)
Ho 56 10 | 2 \) yy al =p
A 28 = flog eel 2| 2 i} =?
ns - 12 eLOU oie 6.15153) Sania =41
= ae ; 25 | 4| 3113] -8 —28
genau Ks Sie Oe ano o a | al =o5
E ae io 32.1 lS ee I —18
ym oe = 36 MY tase esa 8 | al =e
6 oS af 40 5] 11 —16
=) sigs ni! 41 (OR) yal —11
ie le 2 5 42 4}, 1 =
woe 5 46 Wy ak |} wi Zhi) i
9 Ag - 47 9| 4 =i15
a 8 5 56 PAN al |) a =
= is 57 Aa) Slee = (9)
° =
= e 59 i Dl webey] eh) |ak Wek me
5 Totals..| 31 | 53 |164 | 50 | 25] 5] 1 | 329
3. Results expressed as
1 percentages of he} 9-4 | 16-1] 50-0) 15-2] 7-6] 1:5] °3
Ot ellee crerrcncieredee
Buack SURROUNDINGS Experiment4| 4|14]16]) 6| 3] 2 =45
IN StronG Lieut. n 24/ 5] 11 | 24 a —44
Pup found on floor ” 28 IR fe EG =13
included, except in ae alae 2 a alii
Experiment 4 (where Totals. . 9 26 51 11 | 3 2 102
they were not dis- = | ae ee
tinguished from Results expressed 23) |
those on food-plant).| percentages of the }| 8°8 | 25:5}50-0| 10-8) 2-9] 2-0
WOME! ~~ Goaasagnoc J
Experiment 54| 1/ 2]11/ 9| 2 =25
» 64 | Ta 2a ee 0)
Den _ L 7 io t= | =a Ll oe | ei ee a A | ee ae
lati cack Totals... 1| 2]18|11] 3 35
Results expressed as | |
percentages of the! 2°9| 5:7] 51-4) 31-4) 8-6
COB es traisvertnens |

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 385

THE INFLUENCE OF Dark SURROUNDINGS IN LIGHT AS
CONTRASTED WITH THE EFFECTS OF DARKNESS.

In my previous paper (l.¢., pp. 864, 865) I had made
a pair of experiments in order to test the relative
efficiency of black surroundings in light and in dark-
ness. The results favoured the latter, which, upon the
whole, produced somewhat darker pup, although they
also included some which were lighter than the others.
The numbers were insufficient for any safe conclusion,
and I was therefore anxious to repeat the experiments
on a much larger scale, especially considering that larre
brought up in darkness are as a rule much less dark
than those brought up among dark surroundings in
strong light (see the earlier part of this paper). Hence
a far larger number of experiments were devoted to the
solution of this question than of any other. The
table at p. 884 shows the results of all such experiments
upon this species in 1887 and 1888, omitting No. 5, the
arrangement of which is uncertain, and including the
pupe formed upon a darkish surface of perforated zinc.

Below, the percentages are placed one under the other,
and compared with the results obtained in 1886, and
with the single experiment in which a gilt surface
(embossed Dutch metal, Experiment 13) was used in
complete darkness.

| Dark} Light’ Number
Degrees of Colour. (1) | (2) 7 (8) | (3) | (3) 7 4] (©) SAEs
2 zr “y 7 og 1 | zr ae
a. Black surroundings in 15-4 15-4] 30°8| 23-0. 15-4 | 13

darkness, 1886... .. |
GB. Black surroundings in)| ,.,/47.4/ xo. ? A Ale Boe) ob,
aeaeee eee 1888 f 9-4 1611500 15-2, TO 16-3] 329
y. Gilt surroundings, in)
darkness, 1888.. ..j
6- Black surroundings in) ‘all Aacel ers ap} ig 9! ‘
strong hght, 1886 .. | | 9 8 29-3] 25-0) 20 7 13:0} 2:2) 92
e. Black surroundings in)) g, -ALKQ.01 10-9) 9- 0) ‘
strong light, 1888 .. j 8°8 25-5]50-0| 10-8, 2-9) 2-0 102
é. Zine surroundings in) |
strong light, 1888 .. |

28:6 [42-9114-3| 14-3 7

2-9 5-7)51-4| 31-4) 86 35

This table indicates that there is very little difference
between the pupe of a, 2, as compared with 0,«. a is
not much to be relied on, because of the small numbers
employed. As regards the darkest pup, ?, 6, and « are
practically equal, but there is a much smaller proportion
of (2)sin 8. In other respects no great difference can

TR

vy

A

--

386 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments wpon

be made out, for the percentages of / are either practi-
cally the same as either 3 or «, or intermediate between
them. The wide difference between the (2)s in the
averages of these large numbers justifies the conclusion
that darkness tends rather less towards the appearance
of dark pups, than dark surroundings in strong light.

So far as it is possible to judge from the small
numbers, gilt surfaces in complete darkness (y) produce,
as we should expect, the same effect as black surfaces
subjected to the same condition.

The larger numbers attached to a darkish surface of
zine (¢) tend in the same direction as those exposed to
black surfaces, but are, as might be anticipated, stronger
in the intermediate forms, and weaker in the darkest.

THE INFLUENCE OF VARIOUS BRIGHT METALLIC SURFACES.

The following is a summary of all experiments of this
kind in 1887 and 1888. In those of the latter year the
crowded are carefully separated from the uncrowded
pupe, and those which pupated on the food-plant or
floor are excluded.

(See Table, pages 387, 388.)
The percentages are now placed under one another to

facilitate comparison, the results obtained by ‘‘ gilt”
paper in 1886 being also added.

Dark Light
Degrees of Colour. (1) | (2) } (3) | (8) | (8) | (4) | (3)
. Embossed Dutch metal, not crowded | 2°9) 5:7 |25:7 [28°6 |37:1
. Embossed Dutch metal, crowded 10:9 |36°9 |45-7] 2-2) 4:3
. Dutch leaf, 1886... 1:5] 3:0 |10°4 23-9 [40-3 |20-°9
Dutch leaf, 1887.. 30:0 |10-0}10-0 |50-0
Polished Dutch metal, not crowded 1:2] 2°4/21°4 |31:0]29°7 |14:3
Polished Dutch metal, crowded 1:7| 1:7] 6°9 |29°3 |31-0413°8 |15°5
Silver paper (compartment), not crowded 16°6 |58°3}16°6| 8-3
Silver paper (compartment), crowded 60°0 420-0 20-0
Silver-paper (cylinder), not crowded 100
_ Silver-paper (cylinder), crowded 11:4 |50-0 |29-5] 6-8} 2:3
fF Metngeqey US 56° 00 60° 50 Ob 8:3 |16°7] 8°3]58°3) 8:3
Tin-paper, not crowded 36:4 36-4 127-3
y, Lin-paper, crowded 1:7) 7:0}45°6 |29°8 |14-0] 1-7

of Pupe.

“Gilt”? paper (covered with different forms of ‘‘Dutch metal,’’—a variety of brass).

Pupal Colours.
Experiments. | oer |) :

|
p | Experiment 15
= » | - 748) ae
5 3 38° 4.
° ~ ” 48
q BS ate
8 é Lae:
= me iF GONE.
ol re)
3 a Totals. .
2 EF
3 @ Results expressed
= as percentages of
a the total .. ..
a ae CN aN 2 el ee ee oe
= Experiment 15... 6
Bs a 71) ae I eee
3 3 . 38th 5 1
: E ae Fail leet
q 5 ” 9 ae ea (PEON enw ere | es
= e rab, 9 al Bd el 2
& Pi | Results expressed
=] as percentages of 10:9) 36:9) 45-7] 2:2) 4:3
A the total ..

—_

eH
wrRoOorRWE

to th te ue dl

:

Io ti We al

fo ot i ne oor)

23. / 2
S Base. 3 |Experiment 1 .. i —
adaqass| © 2 Tae; 1
B = a8 Bae BS Totals.. 5
rig bg al! § =H ==
oa 9H | @ | Results expressed |
mid = oa < as percentages of 50:0
ar 7, the total .. j |
g Experiment 14 .. i
& S 16 OMe suleesate 3. |e
5 : » 17 1 =
in z u 18 Sy TBs} tel (taal a
z = e 26 1 2| 2 =
a S % SOs Saieorl) =
oa S be BBY coc | Gill @ =
ay S Be 50) Were i} al | =
> : i Cieee Sheese 4c] —
‘2 E Totals. . 1] 2/18 | 26 | 25 | 12
iB soe ee eee) (a
a Results eapulesee))
= as percentages of } 1:2] 2:4 | 21-4) 31:0] 29-7) 14°3
ig the total
‘3
a . | Experiment 14 .. SRA Seno
a ts . fe Soares a By 5 2
3 5 Tn ee 1] 4/10] 9] 3] 4
5 9 a
5 e Romer tae te | 17 lass. °9
oe 5 |Results expressed ) |
aa) ie as percentages of }| 1:7] 1:7] 6:9 | 29-3) 31-0} 13-8) 15-5
the total

be
| es S| Experiment 19 Wipe) al | =
| ches z - 45 i)! ol = 7
| 3 = =
ei 5 ce 51 9AM Oh 797| ohare
AO q —T
pope | oO oo ooo
| = ws 8 Totals. | 4/14] 4] 2| 24
Peers a = | ce
Cre
| HS y ® | Results expressed |
"SD re a as percentages of 16-6) 58-3] 16-6) 8-3
pee the total
< Ss q = Ale
m Sy Ser
=
& Ba rs | Experiment 19 .. Go 25) 2) eo
‘a AS & zs ——
2 Bes 2 Z | Results expressed }
= ee = | as percentages of
a i) Weel oA on |
gq ee SS
S F
rd oe
cS a | Experiment 20 =I
o = es - 53 = 2
3 S
& a. S
s ont 2 Totals... 3
a 3 0
ued a
= a 2 |Results expressed
= 2B = as percentages of }
faa) fre the total
Be
nl oH
oO .
aS . | Experiment 20 = 24
tal rc
an o 49 35 =15
ra .O 2
2S 3 Totals.. 44
3 g
= a
| 5 Results expressed)
DB as percentages of
| the total .. j
ee co
> re | 5
ms = | Experiment 1 = 6
jones 5 3 Ares = (¢
se a a
P a 3 3 Totals... 12
wes q |
aes] s 'R “ ] HY 1
apa .2 | ttesults expressec
é rie — as percentages of
5 °
Be) ae Z, the total j
o .
= H rm | :
Fe aire Y | Experiment 27 =)
Y Ps
‘) ao 5 34 =
: oe: 5 :
i Fey ye: 2 Totals... 11
ey
a ons g a | 7 a a
3 25:5 2 | Results expressed
= & Sq =; as percentages of 36:4 36-4) 27°3
a Sete & | the total |
2 a 5 =
os 23% . | Experiment 27 1] 4} 22) 4) 2 =3o
ea) 4: B dia ts 34 5115.9 | Spur =i
eee Z S 52 Tle ace gs ee = 9
2.8 2 z
30 iS ee |
== ha a
Aas 9 Totals..i) 1 4] 26 | 17 8 1 57
ce & a a a ae
me S sae
ep & BS Results expressed
5 = ™ | as percentages of }| 1°7| 7:0]45-6) 29-8 14-0] 1-7
the total ..

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 389

The percentages of 4, 6, 4, A, and p depend on such
small totals that they are not of much value. The
remaining figures are mostly trustworthy, and lead to
some interesting conclusions.

The comparison of « with B, and of « with ¢, entirely
confirm the conclusion at which I arrived in 1886,—that
crowding the larve tends to produce dark pupe, the
effect being presumably due to the influence upon each
larva of the dark skins of its neighbours.

Any supposed chemical influence of the surface is
entirely dispelled by the comparison. When the same
material is employed in different forms, different effects
may be produced if the character of the reflected light is
altered thereby. Thus Dutch metal produces least effect
when it possesses a very highly polished surface (¢ and ay
most when it is broken up by a small raised pattern, as
in a (8 shows the effects of crowding to a remarkable
extent), while the Dutch leaf, which is not highly
polished, but of a very bright golden appearance, also
produces powerful effects (y). It is probable, indeed,
that this latter is the most powerful form of the sub-
stance, for the averages of 1886 are brought down by
the inclusion of pupz which were excluded or separated
in 1888 (pupz on the floors or food-plant of cases, and
crowded pupz).

So, too, the silver paper produced far more effect when
in strong light (n, 6) than when the light was somewhat
dim (s, x), and bright tin-plate (a), although the numbers
were very small, is evidently far more powerful than the
duller, greyer surface of tin-paper.

In 1886 I had sometimes thought that the pup pro-
duced on white opal glass tended to be silvery rather
than golden, and one object I had in view was to test
for any such susceptibility. This was the chief reason
for employing the silver and tin surfaces. The results
were entirely negative. Single pupw belonging to (5)s
or (4)s are occasionally met with having a silvery instead
of a golden lustre, but there was no evidence that they
were commoner on the surfaces with a corresponding
colour. The tendency of silvery surfaces is in the same
direction as that of golden ones, only it is not equally
powerful.

390 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

White surroundings (paper and opal glass), 1886 ..

White muslin.

Pups not crowded.

Clear glass.

Pup
crowded.

Deep green glass in
front of a dark green
background.

OTHER REsvULuts.

The effects of a few other conditions not tested by
large numbers of individuals are shown in the table
below, the percentages from white surroundings in 1886
being also included for the purpose of comparison.

Experiment 22
» 39
» 44

Totals..

Results expressed

4

as percentages of

the total ..

Experiment 23
54

”

r 64

Totals..

Results expressed

|

as percentages of

the total ..

Experiment 23

Results expressed

a

as percentages of

the total ..

Experiment 21

Results expressed
as percentages of

sil

the total ..

Numbers
of Pupe.

145

2°2) 8°7] 43-7| 21°7

Bie 7.46

23°8) 33°3| 28°6

It is thus seen that white muslin was not nearly so
powerful as the white paper and opal glass employed in
1886. The difference corresponds to the far smaller
amount of light reflected from the former, and its
feebler illumination under the conditions of the experi-

ment.

Clear glass,,when uncrowded, {chiefly produced inter-
mediate forms, while the crowdedjpupe were considerably

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 391

darker as a whole, although including 6°5 °/, of the
lightest varieties. It will probably be found that larve
suspended from threads at a distance from any back-
ground would tend, like the isolated ones on clear glass,
to produce intermediate forms.

The effect of light transmitted through deep green
glass was, with a single exception, to produce dark or
intermediate pup. This will be alluded to further on
in discussing the very different effect upon V. io of the
same light reflected from a white background.

The few transference experiments need not be extracted
from the descriptive table. They quite confirm, although
they add nothing to, the results obtained with larger and
more carefully conducted experiments in 1886.

The general result of the whole series of 68 experi-
ments conducted, in 1888, upon many hundreds of pupx
is to afford abundant confirmation of the earlier work,
at the same time extending it in many directions.

1892.

The only experiment upon V. urtice in this year was
one with conflicting colours. The results of such experi-
ments have so important a bearing upon the physiology
of the adjustment of pupal colours that I was anxious to
repeat them, if possible, in a more searching manner.

In 1886 I devoted a great deal of time and attention
to the subject (Phil. Trans. 1887, pp. 868—392), exposing
the larve during Stage IIT. to gilt and black surroundings
in compartmented tubes, and frames with perforated
shelves between the contrasted colours.

The following questions as to the physiology of the
process are answered by the results of these experi-
ments:—(a) The possible influence of colour upon the
larval eyes. Blinding the larve had failed to affect the
power of adjustment, and this experiment would apply
a valuable test to the conclusion that the eyes are of
no importance in the matter. If the colour surrounding
the anterior part of the larva had no more influence
than that surrounding the posterior part, the conclusions
from the blinding experiments receive strong con-
firmation. (b) The direct photographic effect of light wpon
the skin. Although the earlier view that the pupal tints
are determined in this way after the last ecdysis, has
been completely upset by the results of transference ex-

392 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

periments, it still remained possible that the light directly
influences the developing pupa beneath the larval cuticle,
and thus determines the presence or absence of the
colourless precursor of the pigment which subsequently
appears. If two colours with opposite influences pro-
duced opposite effects on the two parts of the pupa to
which they had been respectively applied, the suggestion
made above would receive very strong support. If not,
if some intermediate tint was common to the whole
pupal surface, the above suggestion could only hold if
we suppose that the superficial layer in which these
changes take place is in a condition of such complete
physiological unity that each local influence is just as
powerful in another part of the layer where an opposite
influence is at work as it is in the area directly exposed
to its action. Although such a view is difficult to con-
ceive, the tendency of recent research has certainly
afforded proof of the organic continuity of tissues which
such a hypothesis requires. Dr. Michael Foster tells me
that he does not by any means consider this hypothesis
to be essentially improbable as an explanation of the
adjustment of colour. (c) The influence of light through
the nervous system. If the nervous system receives the
stimulus, and controls the result, a general effect from a
local influence is to be expected. There is no difficulty
whatever in the supposition that the impulses from con-
flicting stimuli applied to different areas of the body
would become neutralized when they meet in some
nervous centre or centres, and hence result in efferent
impulses which produce a uniform intermediate effect.
This conclusion is also supported by the power of
adjusting the colours of the cocoon, which can still
be maintained to exist in the genus Halias, and which
receives its most probable explanation on the supposition
that the nervous system is concerned.

In addition to its direct bearing on these important
questions, the experiment also affords interesting in-
formation as to the relative strengths of stimuli opposed
to each other, and (in the form in which it has been
-conducted in 1892) as to the possible exercise of choice
by the larva.

The results obtained in 1886 are well known to be
negative—a uniform result following the two opposed
local influences. I was anxious to apply the experiment

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 393

in such a form that the larve would be exposed to con-
flicting stimuli during the most sensitive stage (II.), as
well as the last.

With this object in view, I constructed the case
which is represented, about one-fifth of the true size,
in Plate XV., fig. 5. It consisted of three rows of
compartments, each row containing 14. The com-
partments were 8'l cm. high in the two upper rows,
rather higher in the lowest row. Their width varied
from 1°5 to 5°0 cm.; their depth was 1°2 cm. at the
bottom, while above it tapered away to a chink only
0°3 cm. wide. The front of each row was covered in by
a strip of clear glass, which sloped gently backwards,
resting upon the wedge-shaped divisions between the
compartments. These divisions and the backs of the
compartments were lined with alternating strips of gilt
(polished Dutch metal) and black paper (black tissue
paper). Those of the lowest row were crossed by two
narrow gilt strips, 0°8 cm. broad, separated by black
bands of three times the breadth, the uppermost being
rather broader, and the narrow roof and floor (about
1:2 cm. wide) being gilt. The compartments of the two
upper rows were crossed by strips of black and gilt, with
an equal breadth of about 1°5 cm., except the uppermost
(black in the top row, gilt in the middle one), which was
rather broader. The narrow roof and floor were opposite
in colour to the adjacent strips.

In use, the case was kept vertical in the position shown
in fig. 5, and a single larva, having ceased to feed, was
introduced into each compartment. Hence no allowance
has to be made for crowding. The larve were left un-
disturbed in the compartments, and, after their first
excitement, passed all the stages in a normal manner,
and formed pup, suspended to either the back of the
compartments or the glass front. It is clear that two
or more parts of the larval body, succeeding each other
antero-posteriorly, had been subjected to conflicting im-
pulses during the whole of the sensitive period.

The last larve of a company found towards the end of
August at Oxford, being mature, were at once placed
in the case just described. The pup were compared
August 28, with the following results :—

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) 26

ee oe o-. oe oe oe oe

yoRy[q UO 4sat oy}
‘pueq or @ sutsso1o vdnd ay} Jo a[pptut ey} ‘yuemM4reduULOD Jo apis UO pexy T

Yovlq WO sem evdnd jo 4sor ayy pus ‘pos
ayy eee pus tor1ajsod yey} os ‘yoR[q pue plos Jo uoyounl oy] UO poxy T

fra

\

= oe id oe oe o- o- oe purq yovtq oyy
UO SBA edna aq} JO 4SOI VY} [][V VY} Os ‘plos Jo o[pprur ayy eaoqe ysnl poxy ¢

oe oe oe oe oe oe oe

pueq plod yxeu
pada qsnf pvoy yey} os ‘yovyq pue pos jo uoyounl mojaq ysnl pexy T

8 Oe oe oe

[PAZ] sty} aytsoddo ssv{3 uo poxy T
pueq prog {xoU oY} SUIpOBeT Jou pRay ayy

ie se oe oe OD

*souo
YOBTY OU} JO YIPTIAs
ayy $ [uo are spueq
POS ayy Yoryas ur
“TIT Moy Jo ssv[s 10
‘(apis uo auto ydanxa)
yoeq 0} ATAVUS paxLy

T || ‘yortq uo sem vdnd dTOYA 9} YB} Os ‘yoRTq puv plos Jo uotounl uo pexy ¢
ins she ae owe oes ae ‘+ JaAayT stqy aytsoddo ysnf sse[s uo pexy F
(22 O18 0 = oP “+ - pueq pros yxeu ey} peddeyazaao ysnl
| prey oy} pur ‘purq yortq uodn Av] Apog yey} Os ‘plod Jo o[ppru MoTeq poxy ¢
Oe a2 ‘+ -yovyq uo 4avd TOIIejUB puv pat] ‘plos Jo e[ppru uO pexy ¢
a0 ie a ye =r nce aytsoddo ysnl sse[s ey} UO pexy F
(eae ss : oe ere ** -yovtq uo pus ror1eysod
| pue prey a uo Apoq ou} eat pue pros jo uoyounl aaoqe ysnl pexy Z%
(ine o. oe ee e. oe oe o- oe reo YoRyTq Fo
le[pprar ey} ut peay ‘pos uo Apoq oy} ‘yoRTq pue pos jo uorounl 04 pexy ¢
oe ee oe oe oa 0.0 oo. ave o- oe pjos jo
hee & ey} UL poy ‘yovtq uo Apo ayy ‘yovTq puv plos Jo uotjounl 0} pexy ¢
(1) | ‘wdng yo moog jo saaisaq

“JUOJT SSRIS aq}

0} 10 ‘Yypta [enba
jo a18 spueq plos puv
YOR ot} YOU Ut
“TI pus *[ sMoy jo
yoRq [BOI}IOA 0} poxty

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 395

These pup were wonderfully uniform and transitional,
so that their classification was a matter of great diffi-
culty. It will be noted that there are only two out of the
whole number which were other than intermediate {some
form of (3)] varieties. There was remarkably little gold
on the pupe, the classification of the (3)s being entirely
dependent on the amount and depth of the pigments
present.

In order to test the results of this experiment still
further, a different mode of comparison was adopted.
Neglecting the pupe fixed to the glass, all the others in
Rows I. and II. were arranged according to the parts of
the body which were exposed to black or gold. They
fell into four classes :—

A. — 8 pupe with head well in gold.

B. — 6 fe " black.
Cc. — 3 , just in gold.
D.— 2 ie * black.

But there was no tendency for the anterior part of
pupe A. and C. to be any lighter than the same part of
B. and D. respectively.

Those fixed on Row III. were then similarly compared.
They fell into two classes :—

EK. — 10 pupe with head in black.
F,— 1 pupa %) gold.

The last was certainly lighter than any of E., but it
was light altogether, and not specially about the head
or anterior part.

It is thus clear that the colours did not produce
localized effects. The anterior or posterior end of a
pupa was often specially light, but this was quite
irrespective of the colour of the band against which it
had rested.

These comparisons were carried out with the greatest
care, the pup being not only arranged side by side ona
sheet of white paper, with the light falling on the same
side of each of them (for this plan is always adopted in
my comparison of pup), but the sheet was gradually
turned round to permit their equal illumination on all
parts of the body.

Although the results are entirely negative, thus con-
firming my earlier experiments in 1886, it is clear that

2a2

396 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

the pup in Row III., with the broader black bands, were
distinctly darker as a whole than those in Rows I. and II.
Although no localised effects are produced, the gold and
the black certainly influence the pupa, and when the
relative extent of one of the areas is increased, its effect,
as tested by the whole pupal surface, tends to pre-
ponderate over that of the other.

The bearing of this experiment upon the important
physiological questions set forth at the beginning of this
section is thus clear, and although nothing new is added
to my earlier work, it is at any rate important to confirm
by the use of an improved method an experiment upon
which conclusions of so much interest depend.

Mr. Bateson (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 212)
states that he gleaned ‘‘no hint at all of the physiology
of these phenomena,” as indeed was to be expected from
the class of my experiments of 1886, which he had
selected for repetition. But although he failed to select
experiments which would have yielded some information
on the point, the experiments had nevertheless been
made in 1886, and published with every detail in 1887.
Other workers are likely to be discouraged rather than
inspired by a statement which, although no doubt true
of the writer himself, does not represent the knowledge
of the time at which he wrote. For we do possess
certain clear indications as to the physiology of these
processes, even though they may not carry us very far.

I now turn to the bearing of the recent conflicting
colour experiments upon the smaller points already
alluded to (see page 392).

The larve, as a rule, tend to mount a vertical sur-
face, and suspend themselves from the under side of any
ledge projecting from it, but in the absence of the latter
they will fix themselves to the vertical surface itself.
Adyantage of this habit was taken in compelling the
larve to fix themselves to the vertical back of the con-
flicting colour case, where the conditions of the experi-
ment could be carried out in the best manner. Reference
to fig. 5 (Plate XV.) will show the positions selected by
many of the larve; for the white bosses of silk from
which the pup were suspended are clearly indicated as
white spots in the collotype. It is thus seen that they
did not mount to the highest points, but suspended
themselves about half-way up or a little above this level ;
and this was true of all the rows, irrespective of the

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 397

band of colour which happened to be at this horizon.
There is no evidence that any selection was made,
although there is no doubt that the resulting pup
would have been less conspicuous on the black than on
the gold.

We are forced to conclude that the larve ascended the
lessening space, arid stopped at the point where the
narrow width of the chink would have endangered the
success of the process of pupation which is so precarious
in this group of Lepidoptera. Such an instinct would
be extremely valuable to species pupating in cracks and
chinks of stone or bark, and it certainly seems to exist.
The evidence of it was equally clear in V. io, and was
found in both kinds of case employed with this species
(see the level of the bosses of silk on the black part of
fig. 6 in Plate XV.).

As to the relative strength of black and gilt when
equal in extent, the intermediate position of the pup
indicates a tolerably equal balance, inclining rather to
the side of the latter in the number of light (3)s and the
(4). When the extent of the areas becomes relatively
unequal, the balance of strength is of course upset,
giving black by far the greater power under the par-
ticular conditions of the experiment as carried out in the
lowest row of compartments.

2. EXPERIMENTS ON THE PUPA OF VANESSA IO,
1888, 1891, anp 1892.

In working in 1886 I had experimented upon a very
few individuals of this species, and had shown that
they are highly susceptible. I was most anxious to
investigate the species very fully, for it appeared to be
even more suitable for the purposes of this enquiry than
Vanessa urtice. Although the number of individuals
tested has been smaller than in the latter species, the
results are more decisive, and I think we may con-
sider that our knowledge of these two Vanesside is, in
this respect, about on a level.

The first necessity was the construction of a scale of
pupal colours in which each marked form is represented
by a number. This was made in 1888, and found to
work well in subsequent years. The divisions are made,
as far as possible, equivalent to those of V. wrtice, and,
indeed, the division into 5 classes was the one into
which a large series of individuals of V.i.o most naturally

398 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

falls. If we substitute green for gold, and remember
that the intermediate forms are not so common and do
not require subdivision into 8 classes, the criteria adopted
in the two arrangements become almost identical, as will
be seen below.

nearly [in some (2)s] concealed by the superficial pigment,
which is blacker in (1), lighter in (2).

Intermediate forms, with a varying amount of pigment, although
(3)

) [os darkest forms; the underlying green is completely or very

never sufficient to conceal the green colour, which is prominent
on the pupa.

(4) (Distinct green forms, very bright and glittering in (5), somewhat
(5) | duller ane ee more Pigment, in (4). The small amount of
pigment tends to exhibit a reddish tint.

The chief and obvious distinction is between (1) + (2)
and (4) + (5). Completely transitional forms occur,
especially among the (3)s, but these are not very
common, and a large majority of the pup are classified
with the greatest ease, far more so than in the case
of V. urtice.

A figure of the green and golden form (5) is shown in
Phil. Trans., 1887, B, plate 26, fig. 7, and a representa-
tion of the cuticle of the wing of the same form in fig. 10
(magnified 7 diameters), showing the small amount of
superficial pigment, some of which is reddish. In fig. 11
there is a similar representation of the pupal wing of a
dark form, (1), showing the relative abundance and in-
tensity of the cuticular pigment.

There is little doubt that the green forms of V. io
truly represent the golden ones of V. wrtice, the former
being also distinctly golden, although this appearance is
rendered less prominent because of the green colouring.
They are, furthermore, produced in almost every case by
the same stimuli.

In the following account all the experiments which
are intended to test the effects of various coloured back-
erounds and screens will first be given, with their details.
The results will be analysed at the end of the section
concerned with this species, after the consideration of
various other experiments, dealing with the length and
susceptibility of the preparatory stages and the effects
of conflicting colours. Thus the arrangement will not
necessarily follow the order in which the experiments
succeeded each other.

The effects of various colours will now be shown in
the accompanying tables.

*ATUIIOFIUN ysomye | ; Om as
1oft Ljueunedsg ‘yeoT|/ On S53 66 BY
adnd wears yy st1q peonpoid | T re *‘(joor uo) poonpoyur tT =| yaynq ‘szepurAd peuly ploy Ee eee 3 x eae as
sfurpunodims ys ayy, SApxe Bey [Oh toot tes te eerie
5 D, Oo . ga 5.40 @
a SE esl He g
*(Joor UO TTB) paonporyutr 9 ‘gqueursedxg -(op ‘s8n1|,S<4 3 5-574 2 Be 3
‘uvdutos 9 Worf YIM pateaoo) ssouyiep ojo[d 3 xe, o = 3 se
i ie |e | Way} OTOA BAIR] est} JO € |-too ur tepurso pouty youlg |.2 = = ae ae pee
“TITA Faas = gagae
‘Te[Nserat LIOA j *paonporzut ET Poke sds Sau’ Bo
SBM ssouyIep Jo yoy | - Ss Spepenen estes
| ‘Surdyjno (4) ony fSoe oH toca
| T z | LT ‘dnoaS parteyyvos ut yoor uo F ‘e quownrodxn ‘(op ‘s8n1|5 SSS oF nee eae
| Teen S| ‘dnois ut yoor uo F | IIA parteaod) sseuyrep ogetd Ar 8 8 on 3B Bee
I veers cece ‘100H Uo Gg |-wWOd UT Jepurfso peur, youlg (A Pe S Fr oo = & ao
a ‘BS SA SPSSES
| ‘p quemiiedxsg ‘1apuryAo sexs
if ss *(FoOI uo) peoonporyUt T petoaoo aeded aussi} user ae) 3 >
20:1 Conese
Felis
wm
“psounouoad | | ; ‘e quetitedxy * iN SSSR
¢ ETRE CONES cues
AIOA OIOM YOVTG JO s}[Nser | | T Ge ‘(joor uo) poonpoayur T | petaaoo seded onsst usety Seas
ayy, ‘oye eures ayy Ap0V | ‘XIX | Beccles a
-x9 psonpoad ssurpunoqms : pee 8 o 3
ys pus use18 GH geeUeH *Z queued xy | “a 2%, ie oi.
“SUIIOF weers sqarq pue | ‘Teo YONG pessoqury “4UysTy | Sey ea
aye Ajastoord s(¢) eq, 7 | +(joor 0} pexy [[v) poonpourp | Suoays Ur dtopurpAo peury ploy < Sen 3
| ‘IIAXX ao 5 eS
malt oe "+ parp T Gores | gn fas
| jo ‘Joor 0} papuadsus adnd ¢_ ‘T queurrtedxm = “qu SIT Coke 2
‘perp [ { peonporjur warey F |: BUOYS UT AepurjAd paul xor[_ Een & 2
; B & “AI es $48
(g) | (%) | (&) | (@) | @)
S}[Nsoyy -adnd jo suomisog ‘pofoydura sapovydeoayy yo ea eee
BaIv'y jo sa:uvduog
| ‘sanojog jedng

*ATULIOFIUN YSOUITS
ednd users yy St1q paonpoad~

ssurpunoimns

YIS OL,

—

*poonpoayut 2
*((#) T) dnor3 ut Z
*peyB[Ost T

“((f) T) Mnoas ur F
*JOOL UO [TV

a *(Joor uo) paonporzur T

*poonporjur g
*JOOI UO IOY}9504 VSO[D F
‘(g) B ‘100H UO patttojap T
“LOO UO pap T

*paonpo.rjzul g

“LOOP, UO T
*(pammoypoosip pue pvep Woety
JO [) yoor uo dnoas [[vus Ur J

*paonporjur 9

“IJV AS} WLOIT poyer

_-edas yeyMoutos ‘yoor uo ednd T

‘FOOL UO BAIR] pvap

“LOOP, UO BAIL] pBep T
*(papuedsns

/useq pey sdeyxed) oop uo T

| *dnois
ay} JO eTpprax oy} ur sem (B)
(ayy, *(pue 415) punorsyovq rwou
|foor uo dnoas poaieyyvos yey
| “aurOS ® UI [IB : peonporyUr 9

}

“ET yUSUL
-Wadxy ‘[Tejout yoING peystjog
‘juotmjyreduioo §=pault pox
“IXXX

‘EI JueutIedxy = “TRJau Yong
peystfod *tapurpéo peur] ploy
"IAXX

‘TT queatiedxmy = ‘yeyeu young
poeustog ‘tapuréo peuly proxy)
“XX

| ‘OT queutrredxy ‘[Rjour Yong
| peystjog “tepurtAo pauly ploy,
TIAX

"6 JuoUILIEdx yy = *[BJou YONG
passoquiy *xOq UT} peuly ploxy)
“XIXX

*g quout

-wadxy «*Tejour YONG passoq
“wg «“tepuréo peut, plop

"TAX

B. Company found at Chipping Norton towards the end of July, 1888; com-

It is possible that 2 or 8 larve from D. were accidentally intro-

It is probable that this

pared Aug. 9.
duced; and

ge, and found on

3 from C. were intermixed with Experiment 6.

and the next lot belong to one company, as they were of the same a

the same bed of nettles.

T
*SUUIOJ WIEIS JO WOTOAIIp |
ey} Ul JOATIS uBy} plod | T
jO yooyfa dayveis Youyl |
(

-adnd yrep
SPIVMO} BOY at} UO SUI
-UIPOUT ‘sy[NseI IVB[NSeAIT T

L

‘apeys Aq
payooye A[qeqord ora Loy}
aleR ‘UeeIs yYystaq AT[ensn
are saavey, uo adnd eseqy,

[| et

+

"4IIS JO FEY} OF!] SPOOH A |
if

“4713 03 Tenbe you sey €

a5 5c ore *+ paonp
-OIJUI BAIB] [T “FOOL 0} paxt iT
‘poonpo.myUul BAIR] T “OOH UO

poonporzUL BAIR] T
‘(peanfut pue ual[ey) 100of uC

*poonporjul BAIT 9

‘peop BAIR T
‘FOOL UO F

‘((T) 8) 100g UO T

** peonporjur ZT ‘yoorjo yred
Jeyjoue uo Z jo dnoas [[vug
Re oe ‘+ BAIBT pep T
SUIpNpour ‘Joos uo OT Jo dnowy

‘payepost ‘ papeys pue ‘yueyd
-pooy uo umop Mor adnd %

“‘paonporjzul ZT
‘100 UO T

‘Joor uo dnoas
pepMo1o ynq Ystsuo, 8 UL TT

*(Joor vou

apis 0} poxy) peonporyur T

‘poonpo.aqur 2
*paanojoostp ‘ednd peep T
*BAIBT pvp T

“JOO UO papAolo GE

“ATXXX

|
“IAXXX “GG i
“AXXX TG 7
‘0% JUaUILIOdx | |

‘Teyour Yong peysod
“‘S}UIUJIVAUIOD Poul] P[Ox)

for)
|

TE “QT JuouILIed xg |
(-o» ‘s3na) ssouyrep oye[d
-ul09 UI SAapuT[AD pour, YoRl_

“LT quowtied
“XG "BAIV] JO YOO}S UL punog

“QT Quoul

-Wedx] + ‘SMOPUTM SsBls ded |

YIM xoq poury coded ayy
“TIAXX'T

‘eT quowiedxy = ‘teputpAo
patasoo aoded onsst} weetr)

“XIXT

“PT quowedxy

; Chipping Nor-

A company found at
ton towards the end of July, 1888 ; com-

“quoul

C

-yaedutoo pouty toded JeATIg
“IATX

of B, they
kins when

re
,and were upon the same bed of net-

ug. 9. Like the larva
anging their last s

pared A
- were ch

B. Company found at Chipping Norton to-

wards the end of July, 1888; compared Aug. 9
It is possible that 2 or 3 larve from D. were found

accidentally introduced; and 3 from C. were {les,

It is probable that they belonged
same company; 3 of these were

It is pro- to the

bable that this and the next lot belong to jntermi

intermixed with Experiment 6.

xed with B in Expt. 6, and it

B may have been

possible that larve of
introduced into Expts. 31 and 382, al-

though this is unlikely.

les.

as they were of the same age, js

and found on the same bed of nett

one company,

‘adnd uaei3
4ys11q sonpoid spunois
-yoeq AMoTjed pue esuvig

“4[15 SB 4Ue}xXe OUIRS
at) 0} you ysnoyyye ‘adnd
uses sonpoid 0} spuay,

“4]I3 Jo syooyje
24} 0} 4uataytp AIOA

-ednd users yustaq [ AUC

*SULIOF U9eIS Jo WOT}OaATP
ey} UL JaATIS uUBy} pos
jo ooye aeyveris yon

OC (joor uo) poanpo.ayut T

*psonpoayut )

((g) T pave (8) 1) —
apts uo dn ysiy dnois |[vas F
((g) ) 100g Uo ¢

*‘paonporjut ),
‘100 UO peep T
*(Joor Ffo
Il9} T ‘peuttojap [) 100g uo ¢g
“papModo you yung ‘1ayy3e504
Ivau ‘do} Iva opis ssv[s uO g

*poonporjul g
‘dno13 pore}}Bos yel[Maulos UT )
*pe}e[Osl T
*‘JOOI UO [[V

“‘paonpoUl VAIV[ T ‘IOOy UC
St oo 5.0 -+ " paonp

| -OIJUL BAIR] T "FOOL 0} paxty

“‘paonporjUl BAIR [ ‘OOF UO
Ne ar ‘a “+ paanp
-OIJUL BAIVI T “FOOL 0} paxty

a6 50 -+ paonp
-OTJUL BAIT T “JOOL 0} poxty
< Re we peonpo.1yut
BAIBTT ‘dn YSiy yowq 07 pextyT
ae ar 36 +” paonp
-OTJUL BAIB[ [ ‘FOOL 0} poxly

‘ee quouttiedx gy
*{UOIJ SSBIS Teed ‘ 1aded a5uR10
UIA «peur =yueuryredutog

TIAXT

"GE Jue
-ladxq ‘aqo[s-ses ssvps pedo
ea

‘Tg quour
-1M0dx'Y ‘aqO[S-sBs ssuls [edgO
pat

‘Og quomttedxm “4yUOIT ssRls
Ivapo YIM ‘apis sjr uo paowyd
\‘xepuryséo peur aseded uty,

“THTATX
“ATTX “GZ 4
STTTGTEX: “8% a
MIDS “LG
LIB 6 "9% JuewmIedx
“AY ST] SuoTys Ur

| syuettj}avduios paury rzaded ury,

| “XIXXX “SG ig
| “ITIAXXX axe .
‘TIAXXX "eZ JuowtIed xq

‘[eJou Youn
passoquie pue paystjod paxtyy
*syuowy1eduiod peuly pox

same company ; 3 of

rds the end of July, 1888; compared
their last skins when found, and were

It is probable that they belonged to the
these were intermixed with B in Expt. 6, and it is possible that larvae of B may have been

Like the larve of B, they were changing
introduced into Expts. 31 and 32, although this is unlikely.

A company found at Chipping Norton towa

Aug. 9.

(OF
upon the same bed of nettles.

‘9IN}VU UL JUBTd-pooy ayy
WO pUNOJ UST UaaIs YYSTAqG
O18 BAIBT 9} OJ ‘apeys
0} onp SBA yoaye ou,

‘ednd ystyarep sonp
-o1d 0} spue} 4YsI] entg

“gg pus GE sB omIeY

“SUIPMOIO 04
anp Ayqeqord sea sty} ynq
‘adnd uses Jo uoroaip
ayy ut A[Suo014s Os a}1mb you
Ayuo ‘gg pue cg sv aueg

“qUST]
SI punoisyoeq oy} ueyM
adnd users yystiq aonpoad
eUI}VIES PUB SSBIS poy

-ednd weer
qystiq osonpord spunois
-yovq oles pue asurvi¢

"ss pazeposy =*yueyd-pooyz uo
| pepsys pue uMOop Moy adnd z

** (rat{J9504
Iva JOOI UO) pasonpomut e

** (JoOI 0} paxy) peonporyut T

** (1849804
aso[o JOOI uo) paonporjUl Z

J ee oe oe

| ** (19749304
|Ivau JOoI uo) paonporur F

a (joo Uo) paonporjzUt T

*poonpo.ajur ¢

| “LOO T
*T9YJOSO} IVU JOOI UO Z

eis (1009 WO) paonporyut T

‘TP jueur
-wedxy "4yday otaMa Bare, jo
(0038 TOI wo ‘yueld-pooz ug

‘OF quoutttedx ny
oUTJeIaS onyq JO 4yuoIF B YYIA
‘juemmyredtm09 §=poom ule, g

“ATXX'T

6g JuotITIedx| ‘raputtso
pateaoo aeded-anssy usar

“XX'T

"ge JuoUIIIed xo
‘OUTPBIAS UID JO JUOTF TATA
‘jusmyrvdui0d =poom ure[g
‘THIXXT ba
“LE yuout
“XY SSBIS MOTTek Jo UOT, YIM
‘yuewyIedu0d §=poom urrytg
TAXX'T

“9g yuourtied
“XW ‘SSRIS pat Jo 4UOTF YRIA
‘yuetyivdutod §=poom ule
“AXXT

| ‘eg yuoutried
| -XO

*OUT}B[ID Pat JO YUOIF ITAL
‘quouyivdu0d §=poom ured
TIXXT

“PE Juaurriadx | |
“QUOI SSRIS Ieajo ‘aeded Moz |

| -[e4 YYIA poury gueuyaedmog

It is probable that they belonged to the

Like the larve of B, they were changing their last skins when found,
same company ; 3 of these were intermixed with B in Expt. 6, and it is possible

C. A company found at Chipping Norton towards the end of July, 1888; com-
that larve of B may have been introduced into Expts. 31 and 32, although this is

and were upon the same bed of nettles.
unlikely.

pared Aug. 9.

‘paonp
-ord yoaya ou A[quqorg

‘sq[Nser TepNSerIy

“quotti1adxa
atojaq peyeaye ueeq oavy
Avra ayedud 04 sag oy,

“OMISTIOJOVIVYD

“yuauL
-11adx9 alojaq pojooyye uaeq
aavy Avut pue ‘ajednd

0} 4sIy oy} SBA (g) oY,

‘adnd ay} Jo Oy WO 4oaTa
ewos paonpoid Apyueredde
“TI J 99%4g ULsoUeAeTSURA,

8) 6) 0 6] © 0) ee) 66 ©) © e016)! v0) 8 (es se ewes

payouuy

yoor uo g

UAMOP [[9F pus ajyednd oj ysay Z

poyry
-OST [ ‘Iaqjeso0} % ‘jyoor uC

peyouuy

2s *+ azednd 07 puooas Z

ayednd 04 4say T

| passoqurgy

_A[jsour— pepuedsns #ArR, ¢

‘Lp Jueuttzed
-XQY ‘JUST Url sovjans youyq
0} ‘yo0}s Jo yuvid-pooy wor
‘TIL 285819 AO} portejsuezy,

‘oF Juouttzed
-xq ‘(Suruaaa) 6z ANE paonpory
-Ul BAIVT ‘ssauyatep ayetduioo
ur gepurdo pereaaoo yovlq
“ATX

‘ep yuouIIIEdxGY + *xoq pouty
Jaded aj1Y A 0} JUOIT SSBTS payy
BDXEXGT
“PP JuSUL
-wedxqy “yuewyredui0d peut]
qoded-anssty moljed = 4yuysrig

‘IAT

‘ep quowIedxy = *pejour yong
‘xepurfso 4D
‘ITAXX

‘GP ueuttted |
-XQ] ‘HTIS Jo ssoq eyy Aq dn)
peuutd Suteq 4yst, suoys Ur
[ejeu yon paystjod jo sovyins
B 0} ‘TIT 238}g UL porIeysURIy
aIOM € ASOT, “Poy OTM BAIT
jo YOojs yorya uo “yueBid-pooy
0}—Aopvys UL puwv UMOP AOT

The rest were

Compared Aug. 11.

1888.

€

D. Part of a company found at Oxford about
22,

July
used in Expts. 77—92.

“OY = 888T
‘{ing Jo pus oy} sparen
-0} U0JWION Surddryp 4e

punoy Auvdwoos y “9

=x

‘ays Youur
st wdnd users Jo uonsod
-o1d ayy sv $ uoTyeUTUINqI
jo sporiad q1oys eq} Suramp-| |
aoeyins 3[t5 ayy Aq poonp
-o1d uaaq oavy 0} savadde
yooyje ous Ynq ‘aAoqe sy

Foond

-ednd yrep
spreMo} ATSu0 ys ysout Sur | T
-pude} nq ‘s}[Nsarepnsaaty

*SUIIO}
yep oy1 spreMoy A[Suo0.1s

SurIpus} ‘s}[nsar Iepusatay OL

“‘sSurpuno1ins
Yovyq jo syoeyea suoyg

LG

€T

“‘poonporyut FT

“YIIS Jo yred TaMOT
pus s[PpIU aAO pateqyBos ¢

‘(peep 1)
JOor 4IIS Jo doy ye papmoro G

*‘peonporyut Z

“SSBIS UO T
“4[IS UO T
** paonporjut zg “4]13 uo g
"+ paonpoajur % “413 uo Z
a} a oe peonporzut |

‘Joor saded yoetq uo eT

*psonpomut 18
‘sepis Jaded yor[q uo peap T
‘sepis raded yoryq uo /
‘SSB[D Iva] UO pRap (OT

| Yond pessoqmes *xoq Ur} IE)

“Xq "[Rou ying peystjog

“SSV[S IBa[D UO GO

poonporjut BT *(uormtsod stqy ut
joou) apts fo yavd saddn uo GT

‘FG JUOWIIOdx| = *[Bjau

“XIXX

‘eg quowtedxa “Jeary Young
“AIXX

"SG JUOULIOdxX = "yea, Yong
“THIXX

"Te quouutsed

XX

‘0g JuotItIedxG ‘sseuyrep Ut
Jepurféo pouty szeded yorlq

III

"6F yueuat1ed

-XQ ‘ssuTpunorins yovtq pur
{UST UIP UI [esIOp ‘4YUSsIT Suo01ys |
UI SOOBJINS [VIJWOA ITOY} ITA
‘papaoro ATOSMOP IIOM BAIV] yf}
OIA WO “Yoosys ssvs xRap v
YIM peraaod pue ‘(spavAuAop
jooa) spasadn pua uado paovyid
‘yapurjAo pour, aeded yori

T

‘SP JUOUITIOdX =" yUST]
Sus UL apis st uo paorid
‘rapurpso pouty aaded yortq
ali

a

3 small cylinders and box in complete

darkness, except at 11 p.m. and 9 a.m.,

—

when the covering was removed to adjust

some other experiments.

July, 1892, near Oxford,

in
The pup were compared July 16,

E. Two companies of nearly mature larve, taken early
and mixed together,

‘yrep ATTeroedse
OIOM “TTATX JO Joor pautop
ay} WO papmor adnd oy,
*pjos 03 yuateyIp AIOA

*SUIPMOIO
kq poytpout yeyMoutos pros
JO spaya osttiojovreyO

‘eg “dx “ITXX ‘xopuryéo

Jay[Vus yONu B UI 9sotTy
YUA SuIpao1 Jo syooyo
aredui0d 0} SUT\se1eyUT

*‘JOOI Jo apeys oy}
Aq peonpoad yooye amog

“413
JO Yooyja ost1ejovreyO

*BUIPMOIO JO JOT

}

ST

Ke

G

g |r an ve

I | 4118 Jo opis ouo uO papMoro TT

poonporjyut FT
*do} IAATIS IAAO poyNqiajsip FT

“poonpoxzUr FT

‘OpIs 1dYJO ay UO IOYO904 ¢E
‘Foor

- peonp |
-O1JUL QT *(UOT{ISOd sty} Ur Joo.)

apis jo y1ed zaddn uo papaor9

"* peonpoyurg “115 u0g

"* paonporjar Z “4[I5 U0 %

*peonporyut ¢
‘(pesieua — |
BAIR] SnoIajdip) peep T |

‘q13 U0 ZS

‘+ -paonporjul g “413 UO g

Tes “2 S peonporjzut
ZL ‘papmoro ATOA ‘413 UO ZT

‘tg yuoutttedxg ‘azaded raattg
‘quoujiedu0d §=peul, JaATIG

TATX

‘Tg JuowIIedxg = ‘TRjouL
youd peysyod “yyst, Suors
UL queujIeduI0D peul, proxy

“IXXX

‘09 JuoUTIodxy = *TeyeuUL
yoyng pessoqummy ‘4usiyT suo14s
ur aepuréo paull plos osreT

TAX

*6¢ JUoTAIIedx = ‘[BJou Yong
peystog ‘MOpeYys UI a10UL Joor

8g} yy ‘epurpdo veyron

“TAXX

"ge yuowIIedx i
‘Tejew Yoong peysyog 34S]
Suois ut Japurpéd 41s [peurg
‘IXX

“LG quaeuittedx sy
‘[eyew yong peysog “FYST|
Zu0r4s ut Aopurpdo 4S [peug
“XIX
“9G
quoultedx my "Feey youn = “yySTT
Suoays Ul aepur[Ad 4IIS [Bug
PASXOX

‘eg quetaiedxy
‘[ejou young peysyod “F4St]
Suo0dys Url tepurfAd 415 [[euIg
TIXX

, taken early in July, 1892, near Oxford,

The pupe were compared July 16,

E. Two companies of nearly mature larve
and mixed together,

“A Ul UoTydeoxe SNOT
quo sBA oaloy} Ysnoyye
‘ase0 oY} SI SIY} JvVy} MOUs
s}[nset yy, ‘SssBls YIIM
po1dAoy USY A SUBS OY} OAM
soovjIns yovyq pure yIIs Jo
s}09yI IY} ToyJeyA 480} 04
alo S]UNUTIIEdKe OSOTLT,

*SUIIO} YIVP SPIBAO} SUT }

-UI[UT ‘S}[Nset Te[Nsa1IT

“413 Jo es0Y} OY!T SOONG

*yrep Ayetoedso
AIBA “TTATX Jo Joor poop
ayy Ur papaoro adnd oxy,
*pjos 0} quedeyip AIOA

—

OT

N

rio

*psonpoyut 9
“puryony, &q pettht T

"(qr UO Z

pur punorsyovq yovl[q ay} Fo
gsn{ [) sepis 0} pepuedsns ¢
‘Joor 0} popuadsns Z

*‘poonporzUr TZ

‘JOOI WO pap T
“sooMy

PU® SOABI] YJIA IOOY UO pap |
“"Sodey

puv SeAve, JIM AOOY UO F
‘apis Jo sapsue punoq-yovyq

ay} jo Jayjoue Ul JoYy}e50} Z
‘apis Jo sejsue punoqg

-YOB[G ay} JO 9UO UT Iay}9504 F

‘Opis oud JO O[pprat UL peep 7
‘apis

auo JO o[pPpIul UI pepo g

ae ‘+ paonporjul (T seprs
SSBIS Jo do} vou pepAodd OT

*poonporyur ST
*SOOM} PUB SOABOT
YA ‘1ooy Joded oytyA uo T
‘aulop
jo do} JAATIS UL pepMOID LT

599
qUeTITIedxy “SS¥B[s aprszno Sutaq |

jaded ay} Te “YysIT Suo0ys Ut |
JapurfAo pazaaoo zeded yortg

A

"eg quauatted |
-XW ‘FOOT ssvp3 aIvajo B YY |
‘xoq SSBIS Iva] Te[NSULKZd0xyT
Lv
“$9 JUsUL
-adx@ = «‘aqoys jedo oI AY
a

‘eg quouttrzed

-xq ‘aaded raaqig *Joor peutop |
yy dopurdo peut qaayig |
TIATX

"6 “Sny poredui0y
‘Z68T ‘LT Alnge proxxO
ye punoz Auvdurod 95.10]
B JO BAIR] 4SBl OUT, “A

E. Two companies of nearly mature larve, taken
early in July, 1892, near Oxford, and mixed together.

The pups were compared July 16.

*poonporzur QT

a) IT T *IOOP UO § ‘QL JUeUL
pure ‘ze ‘Te ‘s}dxq Jo esory ‘(raded -wadxqy ‘100y pue yoor szeded
UVY} LV[NSeI Ssot S}[NSEYy F wl you) aqojs jo doy 0} pexy 4 | OYA YT ‘sseys [edo oy AA

ny

‘e), yuouttred
*paonpory| -xq ‘syttds mMorjed UIA pel[y

2s
oe:
AS
So i
5 o
“413 Jo VSO} OAT] S}[NSeyy z -urg ‘s{itds Mozjed oj poxy Z| sows ‘aapuryAd ssBys Teal UT = =
3B
( I PL fe a
| Eee | I eh aA
| z “oh “c g a Ss
: Sib || 4s - *4[13 0} popuedsns [TV TL “ SH8
su01}daoxe snorinod aul0g le | \ ‘0, quawtredxg *(qoRe ur z) | a e
| JI OMIT S1OyJO PUB “TITAX ‘Step | =e)
Clan | | -urpho 418 yyeus ¢ ur peoy[g 8 Eo
| | 328
| | "gg jUetIIIEdxY ‘SSaUyIVp ULA.L0F | poh
| | -9104} pus ‘xoq yax00d (payr0od) | 8 2.4
“IV[NZaLIt s}[NSoyy eealen e settee ee eeeeeceseeeeeeeseees | QUIZ [BAO UB UI dn ynyg ofa
Ewe
| BOs
*g9 JUOTH | ane
‘urey100 9ymMb | te ee Sh i$ oo oop ug =| -adx@ = ‘sseuyTep ojoTduroo ur | oR A
40U SUOT}IPUOD ynq ‘[ensn sB | | A[qeqoad $ ‘TTT 10 “yy “TY ATqQuq | 2 54
IB[NSeII OS JOU S}[NsSoIy 1 TE Sl ae Naz ‘Joor 0} ATqeqoad ‘papuedsng -oid ‘1epurjéo pateaoo youtg |
“A Ut uoTJdaoxe SnoTINnd
amo SBM doy} YSnoyye | *paonporjzut g
‘asvo oy} SI SI} YB} AOYS | | —
syuset oyy, ‘“SSBid [IM ‘peep T
PaTA0d TAM OUTS BYPAIAM *punoisyoeq pos 04 6 “Sny peredutog
seovjans youjq pu yIs Jo & asoyo ‘4yuv[d-pooy 03 papuedsns Z ‘yg yuotIedx| ‘yeyaut |"ZGS8T ‘LT Aue pxoyxO
s}ooyJa oY} TOYJOYM 489} OJ | *(punoasyoeq yoinq = poystod ya apzszno ye punoy Luvdurod as.1v]
aiaM SjusuItedxe eset, (ge ee Nae pjo3 uo) youq 0} pepuedsns ¢ | peraaoo ‘xepur[éo IBTWIs Y [eB Jo VAAL] sBl OUT, “A
“THIAXX

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 409

The lengths of the stages preparatory to pupation. 1888.
Experiments T7—92.

I was very desirous of ascertaining the duration of
these stages, and of comparing them with V. urtice. A
series of experiments, with this object in view, were
conducted in the summer of 1888 upon the larve of a
single company (possibly a few from another company
may have been intermixed, although I do not think it is
likely), kindly brought me by Miss Bell, having been
found near Oxford. Others were used in the experiments
already tabulated (D. Experiments 43—47).

The results of frequent examination are shown below:
the letter T indicating that the larve had sought the top
of the case (Stage Il.); S, that they had suspended
(Stage III.) ; P, that pupation had occurred. The time
beneath each such letter is either estimated or stated
without comment; when stated, the change indicated
had been actually observed. When no time is quoted,
the data were not made use of in calculating the lengths
of stages, as was the case when the limits of error were
very wide as compared with the interval to be estimated.

(See Table, pages 410, 411, 412.)

The results of these observations are worked out
below, where the colours of the receptacles and the pupz
are also shown, the latter being carefully compared, Aug.
11,1888. Two additional experiments (91 and 92) are
also included, the calculation being so simple that I did
not think it necessary to give the data from which the
lengths of the stages were arrived at, as I have in all the
other experiments.

(See Table, pages 413, 414.)

The 8rd pupe of Experiments 88 and 89 were trans-
ferred immediately after throwing off the larval skin to
a white paper floor, close to a gilt back-ground in strong
light. ‘The results prove that they had ceased to be
sensitive.

The lengths of the stages were subject to the most
excessive fluctuation, suggesting that some of the larve
had quitted their food-plant somewhat prematurely as
the result of disturbance, while others left it in the
normal manner. It has been already shown, in the case of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—paRT IV. (DEC.) 2H

(SGI)
Gl |
(ure (‘urn
og'e Aes) | O4"¢ Avs)
ST LT
(urd g | (urd g
kes) kes)
ST $6
Curd 7
*paaoute.s| Avs)
poow Ld
(ute TT
kes)
Lé st
‘und Ye]
“CTCL
‘peur
-X9 JON
DOUNIDC || UD At

(‘urd g
kts)
Lt

ST

*poaourel

pooy

(ure
Og'g ABs)
ST

‘curd } Curd a

&vs)
LG

(wae TT
Avs)
Sl

“ANDASE

kes)
Lt

“AIXT

TWIXT

*aL0Jaq
posowel
poow

(ued T
Avs)
Dal

(‘Ure fF
Avs)
$6

‘TIX’

(turd g
&es)
i 1

EDC

(u're
og'¢ Aes)
STI “peop ff
(urd g (urd g
fs) &vs)
ST ST
*poaourar
*‘peaoutar/*paaoulad) PoOoy
pooy pooy ‘(urd F
‘Cmed F | ‘(urd ¢| Aes)
&vs) kes) ST
Ls Lé LG
ps mXeel ‘THAT

kes)
iit wooU GFZ
ST
(‘ure
0¢'¢ Avs)
dT (EOF 8
“Te A[oe
(sot) |¢s"ot 44
SZ ST |udg ‘or
*a10Joq
“poaomoet peaowmlol
pooy pooy
‘(urd a (urd F ‘Curd P (‘urd F
&vs) Xes) kes) Xs)
Lz oe LS Lt judg ‘9
(eT 1 Aes)
SI ‘ad CLG
uoou CT ZI
(‘18 F
kes)
SI “Ure Q “6
‘og Aqnr
"6g Ayn:
; : : ; | JO SUIUGAD
ITA'T AT ATT NIT | paonpoaur

BAIT

dT ST ST

Care p | (are F | (ure y
kes) Ses) kes)

“SAT OULOS "SY 9UNOS)"sayq 9ULOS

dt dG dt

TAT STAT) AKT

*(u00u
qnoqe)
dT

(ae

kes)
Lt

(urd ¢

Kes)
Lt

PAVEXGH

(‘urd F |(0g'F 4s)

noq
ue ynoqe
dT
(‘urd [
Kes)
‘Sat 901}
ST 10 OM4 T
ST dT iS) 1 dé
(0°TT)
dT
(ure F
Xes) ‘sq
eulos
dT ST ST
(¢'TT)
dT
(gg*¢ Avs)
ATyUIIeI
dt

——S | | |

x DRUG |) INOUE | ileNar

“SIT @UIOS|'SAy ats

‘urd cere
‘urd 9 'e
‘% ‘Sny
(o'0T Aes)
SL ;aePp ‘ir
Ue F
kes)

cal (l= need (0) (0)
‘T “ony

‘ud e¢'0T
‘urd ‘g

— i
=
Ps
im |
rc
Tes

(‘urd ¢
kes)
Lt j|urd 6re

‘urd cT'%

"Te Aur
‘6g Ayne
x jo aru9Ad
TIT peonporyUr
BALCT

SUDAGEX

*quotmayredutoo JoyyO OU UT ING “TITX'T pues “TXT “AT “IIIT Jo 1009 of} uo 4yo] U9Eq pvy Seow] PUL SOAVET P2TOTTITA\

“TAXT

“pvep [

“AXT

(0'0T)
dt

(ure )
Avs)
OA\Y IO
Inoy ue

dt

“AIX'T

(-urd g
kes)
OM} IO
mmoy we

dt

(‘W's F
fes) “sq
autos
dt

“TIXT

(0°01)
ysnf <,uo

dt

(0'¢)
qysnf ATU

dt

auieae || Abseat

xa

(0° Avs)
OMY IO
Inoy ue

dt

(ure F
Aves) ‘say
Auew
dt

“XII

‘TITA'T

UNA

(ure F
Aes) "Say
Aueur

dt

(‘urd OT
Aes) mnoy
ue ynoqe
‘al |

ANAL

peep
ST

(oat Aes)
OA\} IO
Inoy ue

dt

al

TWIT

“ure 0 “OT
'P ‘Ssny

‘ud TOT

und 0G")

‘wed L1°¢

‘urd 67°%

ad GFT

ae} (PGs
‘e ‘sny

urd ZT IT
Xe ‘DU
62 Ane
jo sUIUaAa
peonporyur
BAIVT

*(joar100 ATIvau) sInoy OF

*(joar100 ATIvoU) SINOT GF

*(yoartoo ATIvaT) SINOY ZY IoyJoSOT,

*(joer109 AjIVaU) SINOY BZ

*(yooat00 ATIvau) sinoy LE

*(joarto0o ATIvau) sInoY Z), 1ay}es07,
*(yoar100 Ayreau) sANOY EF IayAISOT,

"smoy Bg Jnoqy

‘sanoy F ynoqy

*(joaar00 ATAvaU) SINOY ZG A9YAISOT,

‘SINOY FR JNoqge Joyyesoy,

*(yoarr09 ATIeeu) saNoY 1G
*(joe1100 ATreaU) smoy Fez

“sInoy F ynNoqy

‘sanoy 69 JNogGeR JayyoDoT,

‘sInoy Gg JnNoge IayJa50 7,
“sanoy gf jnoge Jeyjas07,

*‘samoy 0g Noqy
*(qoaat00 Ayrvau) stnoy 1g

*(yoea100 ATIvou) sinoy QE
“srnoy 0g ynoqy

‘TIT 25%49 Jo WASuary

‘sanoy g ynoqy
. ‘samoy g jnoqy

*(qoer100 Ayrvau) sInoY GT
‘sanoy $9 ynoqy

‘II 85849 Jo qySueT

rt oO

— —————

—_~—
=H =H NMN

—~—~—a
AA Ss

—
OO SHAN
~—— ~———w~— ———me—

—_—a
Voit ox}

OO Ch OO

(F
(¢

_—_—~— —~

(1
(I

-adng
jo anojog

*1aY 1950}
Iveu JOOI UO [LY

"199504 BSO]O JOO

*I1OOL TL

*I9YJ9S0} TeIUt JOOry

*19Y 950} IvIU JOO
*100L.T

‘Joor WO [TV

*IaJ950} IBSU JOO

“praq
“IIYJIS0O} AVIU JOOR

‘Joo
100],

‘wdng JO uolisog

\
|
|

\

(

(

man mano

aon

mao meno

mn

‘uoted
-nd jo

Iaplo

‘raded anytq
daap YIM poul'y
TXT

‘reded antq
QUST] UTM pour'yT
ExT

-raded onssty onyq

ayed AIOA Y}IA pour'y |

PUA
‘roded use13

ytep UPA pour]
TITAT

‘raded users
{SIA YIN paury
‘TIAT

-raded Mozjat
ayed yyIA poury
“ATT

‘roded asuvio
daap WIA pour'y
“AIT

sraded par
daap WIA poury
aT

‘ajo daoeyy

{

GR

18

O8

6L

*(joottoo Aprvau) sanoy Lg JeyyesO,

*(joorr00 ATAveU) stnoY RF L9pyesoJ,

‘TIVO
‘sinoy 6g joqy
*(joai100 AyTIvaM) sINOY, OZ se

‘sIMOY 8), ISBVOT 4B LOYOSOT,

“smmoy Bg ynoqy
‘sanoy Gg }noqy

“SINOY 0G JSVOT 7V LoyJesoT,

‘sanoy Zg hogy
‘(yo01t00 ATIBIU) SINOT, 9g s

‘sinoy g), jnoqe TaYyeSOT,
*(yooat00 ATABOU) SINOY FO JOYJESOT,
*(qoo1100 A[ABoU) SINOY FF LOYYaSOL,

*(joat100 ALABeU) SINOY GL Jey}OSOT,
*sINOl[ TO yNogeB roqYJesOy,
*(joor100 ApTe9U) sINOY GT

‘(yoat100 ATIVau) sINOY GE

*(yoar100 ATTBOM) sino 1Z sie
“urey1000)
“UreyI00U()
*ureya0U()

‘sinott 6 ynoqy
*snoy F yNoqYy

‘sanoy f ynoqy

‘sanoy p yNoqy

eo eo

(¢)

—
on
~—
Art N erin tr)
~—
—
_
—

io
~

Pe
—_———waeTS TOOTS TOTS eS TA SE

|"Sené) 0) ba Ble Bie @ 6 0 eb eles ©

Beeete reese re terhe sere

*1aYyJa50} Z
*payR[Ost T

*peyBIOSI ‘Foory
*JOOL PUB LOOT.

*poaye[Ost ‘Foory
‘BAIT pvop Iveu pue
‘190504 ABI JOOW

"pozE[Ost ‘Joo
“1O0[ WL
Cede:
“ueTTe
*19Y 4950} ABIU JOOIT

*g, layyo eau Jooy

‘1009 T
‘JOOI Z

\

|

~rapur[so pouty [eyjeur
yoynd peyst[od
“XIX

‘reputyAo paury [B}eul
yound peyst[od
‘THAX

‘Joo. peutop rzaputyso
pouty teded Aeaqig
“TIATX

‘reded
| yoeyq [yA peury
AUNS-CU

‘roded

yosyq PIA peury
AND CAL
‘roded

| AFIT TIA pour'y
| “AIX'I

| -raded onssty UM0Ig
IST YEA pourT
THX

‘reded eniq
ylep GA peur]
TIXT

ai

16

06

68

L8

98

g8

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 415

V. urtice (see pp. 365—869), that the latter pass through
a far shorter preparatory period. In this case the two
conditions are probably intermixed, and there is no cri-
terion by which the one can be distinguished from the
other. It is therefore impossible to test by these figures
the conclusion indicated by the parallel investigation
upon V. urtice, as to the protraction of the stages in the
formation of dark pupe. But in other respects the
results are extremely interesting, enabling us to contrast
the lengths of the stages with those of V. urtice. Stage
IJ. appears to be very short: in 5 cases it lasted about
4 hrs., in 3 about 6,in 1 about 9. Its far greater length
in the remaining larve was probably a result of distur-
bance. Stage III., on the other hand, is very long,—
about twice as long as its ordinary duration in V. urtice.
Stage III. was not subject to great fluctuations, with a
single exception of 50 hrs’. duration (probably due to
disturbance). On the other hand, it varied from 25} to
32 hrs., and variations of a rather less extent were quite
common. Although there were many larve in which
the length of this stage was accurately ascertained, they
produced (with one exception) dark or darkish pup, so
that we cannot compare the lengths with those passed
through when light pupe are formed. There is nothing,
however, in the table to oppose the conclusions arrived
at in the case of V. urtice.

The apparently normal moderate fluctuation in the
length of Stage III., as well as its great relative length,
suggest that it includes far more of the susceptible
period than is the case with V. urtice (and this is proved
to be the case further on; see Experiments 94—100). If
so, and the conclusions derived from the study of the
latter are sound, we must expect that Stage III. will be
shorter in light than in dark pupe of J. io, although
such a tendency is restricted to Stage II. in the former
species, corresponding to the inclusion of the chief sus-
ceptibility within its limits.

We may conclude from these experiments that in the
production of dark pup the normal length of Stage II.
is from 4 to 6 hrs., the shorter period being the
commoner ; while that of Stage III. varies from 251 to
32 hrs.: longer periods being commoner than shorter
ones.

RR

‘TIT e8%1g porszue
pey euou ysnoyyye
“Tz esvjg jo pus
ey} SprvMoy ATJUep
“TAQ OJOM = BAIBT
poidejsuvt} uy,
‘pepuedsns ¢
*pourulexou ly)

*(a1ojoq pouTUIexa
you) pepuedsns ¢

‘910T, ssouyIep mort peldjsussy g pues
‘CTXXX Woryz wrsyy Jo Z 10 T sdevytod)

Ssouyivp OF portoystesy BAIV, §

*popuodsns T

ed

‘OOT INAWIUAIX

‘ox ‘sdnI YIM potedod
‘ssouyisp eie[d
-ul09 ut Japur{so 41D

‘TAX

66 LNANINaaX |

‘aqoys [edo ayy AA
"7

ee ee seer sees eens

seer rbot eo esetes

‘a10U
ssouyiep WoIy

porroysuedy T

*popuedsns %

eceoebeoe se bebe deo

beer te bevre stones

*popuoedsns [

‘popuodsns Z

ry

eberersie rte eeeete

eoeeessreeeeees oe

*popuodsns T

eee er eee eee eeee

*papuedsns T

eeeeesoes ee tase

"9G LNGNIUAaX
‘zaputtso pareaod
Jodvd onssty
UdeI3 YSIMOT[AA
“XIXT

‘16 INAWIUAAX

‘queued ui0o
peu] [epeuL
yong veystpog
BTEXEXOX.

‘96 LNAKIUAIS
‘raputtso
pouty-plos [[BUs

“XX
SuT[qureseyy

were ee tere eesves

eoeoerseeeseseee
eo
Ce

‘popuedsns z

C6 LNAWIYGAX
‘[RJou Yon,
peystjod qytM peut]
Jepurffo [Bug
“XX

‘a10y SSsou
-yIvp WOT porqoy
-suvI} Joeyjoue

pus ‘ssouyIep Oo}
porlejsued} BAIT]
SUIUIVUEI OT],
‘asou}
jo Aue ul esueyo

Joyyany ON

er

Ce
ee ee cr)

en eceeceeec ee sees

OO OOO doo Io

*popuedsns T

*saSBO oY}O oq}
Te pus sry ojut
poonpo.ajUl Barley

‘US CT'OT ‘8% Atue

‘urd 0 OL ae

‘urd Gia; “ec
‘ud OL (z3
‘ud ere 73
‘urd OG’ F ae
‘ud GG‘'Z sc
ev COC) Oe Ns Ma:

‘md g ‘g ‘9g Ajue

‘$6 INANIMGdX |
F8e]

yoy Wits peuty
Japuryso [[eug

“AXX

"SoqBcT

*SSUNHUV(T

‘“LHDIT DSNOULG NI SONIGNOAOUNNG LHOIT

"TJ esRy4s
jO pua spaeAo}
44S, UL SSutpunol
-Ins UsaIs pure
‘QUI. ‘plod wLorz

poltejsurty 6

*X1080}%9
sty} ut poorid
aq 0, ATqeqoad

SE ynq ‘UeT[Ry pey

134}8[ 94} Jo ouoC
*(¢) 3
() T

19}%] popuedsns ¢
(3) F

"(g) T
: popuedsns ysag ¢

‘uotyednd a10yzaq
IOOH WoO J9YIE50}
ASOD BAIR] ¢ OUT,

‘Joor raded

0} pexy (¢) T dao
-xo ‘100 UO [[V
(I) T
() @

*(¢) T
i ssouyiep

WOT} PallaJsuBsy F

‘doy 1vau
ssv[s uo (fF) T

‘(¢) T
“(F) T
:ssouyiep
WLOAT PIlIIJSUBI} Z

“100 uo (¢) T
:ssouyrep
UWLOI} POTIOJSURI] T

*Aypeoordroar
poyooye ATqeqoad
aad pus ‘perp yey}
SIIYIO YIM eyes
-0} papMoro usaq
PeYiH es POULIN,

(g) T
(¥) T
THs
Jo}e] popuodsns %
(g) T
: 1048] popuadsns T
‘() T

(A) T
: pepuedsns ysay Z

*palleJSUvI} OUON
*(¢) qJog

“100f wo (¢) T

*porIoJSUBI} VON “ssauyrep
(¢) T | wory porraysuety T
(NT (g) 1

*payernqr} pur
peredutoo adng
"6 ony

418 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Effect of cold upon duration of stages and colours of pupe.
Experiment 93. 1892.

Although the experiment described below was unsuc-
cessful, | think the method employed may be useful if
lower temperatures are obtained, and I therefore give a
brief description of it.

It has already been pointed out that larve (at any
rate of V. wrtice) pass through longer preparatory stages
when they produce dark pup. I was therefore anxious
to test whether dark pupe would be formed in bright
surroundings if the stages were protracted by some
other cause, such as cold. A number of similar bottles
were lined with black and with gilt paper, in the form of
a back-ground covering half the circumference and a
roof. The latter was made by covering the bottom, the
bottle being inverted when in use. Some of these
bottles were sunk beneath the surface of water in a
large glass vessel, the water being constantly changed
so as to maintain a uniform temperature of 16°C. This
was but little lower than the air of the room, but the
high specific heat of water would cause it to produce
more effect upon the larve. If, however, the temperature
was sufticient, the effect would be beneficial rather than
the reverse, and this was probably the case. It would
be well to repeat the experiment, using ice to obtain the
lowest temperature compatible with the process of
pupation. This I was unable to carry out last summer,
being much away from home at the time.

The results only serve to confirm those already
obtained by the use of gilt and black surfaces in a strong
light. Four larve belonging to the same company were
placed in each bottle. ‘The pupe were compared Aug.
19, 1892.

In air, two black-lined bottles contained 7 dark pupe,
but they were dead, and it was impossible to state their
degrees of colour with precision; one gilt bottle con-
tained 4 bright green pupe, evidently (5)s.

In water, two black-lined bottles contained 4 dark
pupe, like those in air; while five gilt bottles contained
11 green pupe, evidently (5)s.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

Transference and comparison Experiments to
the susceptibility of the preparatory stages.

ments 94—100. 1891.

419

ascertain
Hxperi-

A few larvee, probably the last of a company, were
found at Oxford, July 26, 1891. Being full-fed the expe-
riments were arranged the same evening, about 8 p.m.
They were divided into 2 lots, one of which was placed
in gold, green, or white surroundings, in light; the
other in gold surroundings in complete darkness, except

when examined.

By the morning of July 28 (10.15), 11 larve were
suspended among those exposed to light, and, as all
appeared to be equally mature, it may be assumed that
the remaining 9 were very near suspension, viz., the
beginning of Stage III. They were, therefore, trans-
ferred to darkness for this stage and the remaining part
of Stage II. At the same hour 8 of the larve in dark-
ness were suspended, and the remaining 8 were trans-
ferred to light for the rest of the period before pupation.
The following table represents the course and results of

the experiments.

(See Table, pages 416. 417.)

The results of these experiments are

another method of tabulation.

Pupal Colours.

In darkness for the whole period before pupation ..

Transferred from bright surroundings in light to
darkness for Stage III. and end of II.

Trausferred from darkness into gilt surroundings in
strong light for Stage III. and end of II...

Transferred from darkness into green surroundings
in strong light for Stage III. and end of II.

Transferred from darkness into white surroundings
in strong light for Stage III. and end of II. 3

In gilt surroundings in strong light for the whole
period hefore pupation 55 de

In white surroundings in strong light for the whole
period before pupation

best shown by

(2) | (3) | (4)
aja]
|
sd al Sal
|
J
|

we

—_—

= 9

420 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

This table proves, so far as is possible with so limited
a number of individuals, that the sensitive period, during
which the pupal colours are determined, is later in this
species than in V. urtice. Similar transference experi-
ments (Trans. Roy. Soc., J. ¢., p. 860) in the case of this
latter species proved that Stage II. is the most sensitive
part of the period before pupation. This table shows
that in V. io Stage III. is probably far more important
in this respect. In fact the results obtained, when this
stage and the end of II. alone were passed through in
certain conditions, were practically uniform with those
witnessed when the larve were exposed to the same
conditions for all three stages. There is one marked
exception in the case of the dark pupa formed in white
surroundings. The larve which were transferred into
darkness formed even darker pupe than those which
were exposed throughout to this condition.

This high sensitiveness, during Stage III., har-
monizes very well with the results obtained from
Experiments 77—92, which showed that the stage is of
extreme relative length in this species. In writing
this paper from the notes taken at the time, as soon as I
found the great difference between this species and
V. urtice in the relative lengths of the stages, I antici-
pated that the transference experiments would, when
tabulated, lead to the conclusion indicated above. It is
probable that the great length of Stage III. has caused
the point of greatest susceptibility to be shifted into it.
It has been shown (/. c.) that this period is somewhat
sensitive, probably in its earliest part, even in V. urtice.
It is likely that the great extension of this earliest sen-
sitive period accounts for, at any rate, the chief part of
the difference between the lengths of Stage III. in these
two species of Vanessa.

The results are also interesting in confirming the
previously described effects of the various environments
made use of, and in showing the influence of darkness.

Conflicting Colour Experiments. Experiments 101—108,
1892.

I was most anxious to repeat the experiments already

described in the case of V. urtice (see pp. 891—397), and

thus, from the behaviour of this most sensitive species, to

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 421

throw further light upon the physiology of the process,
or, at any rate, to gain confirmation.

Some small experiments had already been made, and
these had seemed to show that the freshly-formed pupa
is certainly not sensitive, and that the larva, if trans-
ferred during Stage II., may be susceptible (see Expts.
42, 47, 88, and 89 of this paper; also Phil. Trans., 1887,
By p. als).

In order to expose the anterior and posterior parts of
the larval body to conflicting colours for the whole of the
sensitive period, the case described on p. 393 and shown
in Plate XY., Fig. 5, was made use of. The strips of the
two upper rows of compartments were about half as wide
as the length (80°0 mm.) of a suspended larva of V. to.
In each of the 42 compartments a single larva was placed,
all belonging to the same company, taken near Oxford to-
wards the end of July. The pup were compared August
11, and the results are given in the following table :—

(See Table, page 422.)

The results in every way confirm those obtained in the
case of V. urtice (see pp. 894, 895), and support the same
conclusions as to the probable existence of a nervous
mechanism through which the cuticular colours are
created or dismissed in response to the stimulus pro-
vided by the light reflected from adjacent surfaces. ‘The
pupe are intermediate, tending rather strongly towards
the dark side, very strongly in the lowest row of com-
partments where the black bands were much broader
than the gilt. There was not the slightest tendency
towards a particoloured pupal surface corresponding to
the conflicting stimuli, nor was there any difference in the
effects when the head or the tail were exposed to either
colour. The amount of skin area receiving the reflected
light was evidently the decisive condition, the anterior or
posterior position of the area being of no importance.

Reflecting on these results, it occurred to me that the
dorsal or ventral position of the skin area exposed to
reflected light might be of more importance ; for when
the larve rest on some surface, during Stage II., the
dorsal half of the body is but slightly exposed to reflected
rays as compared with the ventral half.

In order, therefore, to test the relative susceptibility
of dorsal and ventral surfaces, another form of case was
constructed. The larve were placed separately in shallow

ASSO let ere icra Ss oe 8/240,
I T on) oe oe oe oe ve oe ee (wrn}.tao 20u 9nQ
‘aqnqoud s1(z) ayr fo uonrsod ay?) 22007 8147 ag21s0ddo ssvj6 07 parr
Tee *¢ AyAnoms: spasadn poyoazer yors ‘10H POS 0} asoTo pvay ynq ‘auo[e youl ‘spueq you[q prorqg
I I a2 ** qaaap srvyz ajyrsoddo ssv)6 0} paxry pus yIs MOLeU
Toul iecs Ze Of ‘+ -yoeTq uo Lpoq jo 480 ‘pueq plos Jo [[w 10 4ysour UO TIRy, YIM MOI 4SaMory
f4 (| o8 ". pueq pies OareU im Aq passo1o Apog ‘xovTq UO ALOU [Iv] pUB Sse] PvoTT
Te lee vs ** 79007 82.y2 aj280ddo ssn7b 02 paxrq
I we oe pavq plod mozeu fq passoro Lpoq ‘xovTq uo ATeuba re} puv peey{
LG iO) site eos oe nO te STBIOL
I "* pajouun sem ednd [ ‘uaouyun uoytsod ‘yuecmyredtu09 eno ur vdnd praq
To lea vs me ee oe Be) Dea ae snsoddo ssp) 6 ) paxry
I I z oe oe oe ve oe oe oe * pjo3 uo <poq
‘oeT4 Wo [re) pus poey | OBL JO STPprax 07 dn uoyount GAOGR IOYJVL ULOIT POX T
T Ww [ee Te yortq uo Apoq ‘apa AqTenba
‘pies uo pwoY JO oTIIT puw pie} Jo YonuT {p[o3 Jo e[pprur aAoqe sayzer poxtg | SPUVG Yov[q puv plod
I ** 2a0a) s1y2 agasoddo e906 0} parry yy swor zoddn oayy,
z tO “s "* -4oviq ua Apoq ‘plos Uo [1B pu pBoy $ plOS Jo a_pprur 0} poxtT
° ao ae an ** 72007 8vy2 ajisoddo ssn76 0} pax
Zee’ og ace "* yoR[q wo [18} ‘plos uo prey ‘spuvq jo uorjounl 03 pexty
I T z ore sis ms ve G es 1242) s2y2 ajrsoddo sev) 6 02 paxuy
Teal eT ale alee O° On ** -ploS wo Tre, ‘youyq uo peay ‘spuvq jo uorjounl 0} pax
(3) | () | (e) | (2) | ‘adng ey} Jo suortsog
*‘sanojog edn

‘TOL INAWIadaxy

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 423

black-lined compartments or cells, 3.6 centimetres wide,
3.8 high (six of them were 60 high), and 8 to 9 mm.
deep. The black tissue-paper lining sloped from the
sides to the back of the cells, so that there were no
sharp angles or corners. The frame, bearing 24 of
these black compartments, was placed vertically, and
covered in front with a sheet of white opal glass, which
was turned towards a strong light. Each larva was,
{herefore, contained in a shallow black chamber with a
white front, both black and white surfaces being well
illuminated. When a larva suspends itself to a surface,
it also rests upon it during Stage II., and even if dis-
turbed by its cramped position it must rest on the surface
for so much of this stage as is necessary for spinning the
silken boss. It is, therefore, safe to conclude that the
pup suspended to the glass had spent Stage III., and
at any rate part, probably the whole, of Stage IL.,
with the ventral surface closely applied to a white area
and the dorsal surface exposed to a black area, only
separated by a few millimetres from contact with the
larval skin; and conversely with the pup# fixed to the
black compartments.

Mature larve belonging to the same company were
placed in 21 of the cells at the beginning of August, and
3 belonging to another company rather earlier. Both
companies were captured near Oxford. The pups were
compared August 11. The results are shown below :—

Experiment 102.
(See Table, page 424.)

The results are quite clear; they prove that black is
far more powerful than white when the two conflict, that
there is no local effect of colour upon the skin, but that
the whole larval surface is uniformly sensitive, dorsal
and ventral alike. The two dull green pupa, (4)s, found
among the 9 dark ones which were attached to the opal
glass, may be most reasonably explained by individual
susceptibility to white rather than black, and to the
greater proximity of the surface which was in actual
contact with the larva. It is improbable that they
afford any evidence for a more sensitive condition of the
ventral area as compared with the dorsal, a view which
is hardly compatible with the other results.

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

424

fo |

Ete)

se ae ae fs quo ssvps [edo 0} poxy %

vs :? “e 2 aie ‘+ ureqtaoun uorztsod
[BUIsII0 yey} OS ‘Ho [ey Ao ‘Surxy ynoyya pojyedng

ese a se sie quory ssv[s [edo 03 paxy 6

ae ae (yovq ayy poutol yoor sty} ero Yyutod 91}
0} IO ‘oor ay} powt10y pue ‘ysourteddn sea YOY apts
surdo[s ey} 03 peyoryye) raded onssty yovlq 0} poxy g

*YOBTq 0} [BsIOp pur
‘auITM 0} posodxa portszad aatyIsuas
SULINP BAIV] JO voVjans [VIJUI A

*yORTq 0} [BSiop pue
‘aqI{M 0} pasodxo porrzad aatyIsuas
SULINP BAI] JO sovyans [ea1jzUa A

‘O}ITM OF [BSIOP puv
‘yor[q 0} posodxa porsad aatytsuas |
SULNP BAIR] JO sovjans [vaUIA

-m00

‘kued
Jorpava

jo wdnd zg

21 pupe of later

company.

*amojoo ednd jo soorsaq

‘ZOL LNGNINaax

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 425

This experiment thus confirms and extends the con-
clusions arrived at from the use of the other form of
case, indicating that the light acts upon widely distri-
buted nerve terminations in the skin.

The same experiment was also tried with another
kind of case. Strips of glass were glued on to a glass-
sheet in such a manner as to make compartments
9°6 centimetres high, 2°3 wide, and 1°6 deep below,
*3 deep above. Hach row of compartments was closed
by a single glass front, thus forming a set of wedge-
shaped spaces tapering upwards in the position in
which the whole was placed (see Plate XV., Fig. 6).
The backs of half the compartments were lined with
white tissue paper, and the glass front with black, the
other half being treated in the converse manner. ‘They
were placed in a strong light, the white surface being
in half the instances turned to the light and in half
turned away from it.

The compartments tapered so that the larve could not
reach the top, but suspended themselves somewhere
about the middle of either the back or front; the white
spots on the black surfaces represented in fig. 6 are the
silken bosses. Hence the larval dorsal area was exposed
to one surface, while the ventral area was in contact with
the other, as in the last experiments, except that here the
conditions were more uniform in that each surface could
be turned towards the light. All the larve belonged to
one company captured near Oxford, and the pup were
compared Aug. 9. The results are tabulated below :—

EXPERIMENT 103.

| |
Degrees of Pupal Colour. Th Bie eb) ss
|
White sur-| 11 fixed to black surface away
faces turned) from light : 5/3 | 3
towards light,| 10 fixed to white surface to-
black away | wards light st Spe aie 2
from it. 3 unfixed or fell off ; "position
uncertain she oe sei) Ayal
Black sur-| 19 fixed to black surface to-
faces turned | wards light me Ee Ome es
towards light,| 4 untixed, or haying fallen off
white away | white; uncertain ae sail] al |) Bo ileal
from it.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.— Parr Iv. (DEC. Pay

426 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

These results entirely harmonize with those obtained
in the other set of conflicting colour expsriments applied
to dorsal and ventral areas. The rather less dark pupe
fixed to the white surface are to be accounted for by
the greater proximity of white enabling it to neutralize
the influence of the more distant black more completely
than when their relative proximity was reversed. But
even under the most favourable conditions, the white
surface did not produce nearly so great an effect as the
black. There were no particoloured pupx, and no
evidence that the ventral surface differs from the dorsal
in sensitiveness.

In these experiments we meet with evidence that the
larvee sought black in preference to white surroundings,
when placed under the same conditions, and that they
also manifested a tendency to seek the side turned to-
wards the light. When both these causes co-operated,
viz., when the black surface was turned towards the
light, at least 19 out of 23 pupated upon it; when they
were antagonistic, about half the larve followed the one
tendency (to seek black), while half followed the other
(to seek the side turned towards the light).

Effect of various backgrounds and screens upon the
colour of the pupe.

It will not be necessary to provide such a detailed
analysis of the Experiments already described as in the
case of V. urtice, where the number of individuals was
much larger and the effect of crowding therefore greater,
nor shall I discriminate between the effects of the dif-
ferent kinds of gilt paper employed. But all necessary
data are supplied in the account of the Experiments
themselves, so that a more detailed analysis can be made
at any time. In order to economize space, the com-
parison of the effects of the various conditions will be
given in a tabular form, proceeding from the considera-
tion of darkness, black, brown, white, and colourless
surfaces to metallic backgrounds, and from these passing
to the colours of the spectrum from red to blue. Per-
centages will not be calculated for very small numbers
and single Experiments.

Reference numbers

of Experiments. (1) | (2) |

Black surface in complete darkness.

Experiments 5 & 6 | 5
18 & 19 | 3
al

Totals.

: ee tee A ei we
Pupal Colours.

Results compared.

me bo ow

50 | 8

Totals. .| 17 |

Results expressed as } (39-7

percentages of total

Experiment 68 was omitted
(see description).

The difference between these
results and those produced by
black surfaces in strong light is
far greater than in V. urtice,
and resembled the relationship
in Pieris rape (Phil. Trans.,
1887, B, pp. 411—414). The
colours of the pups are very
irregular, and do not rise un-
interruptedly to a maximum in
some part of the scale.

Gilt surface in darkness.

Experiments 51 to 54 | 5
100 |

”

Totals... 5

Results expressed | | 18-5] 29-6

percentages of total

11:1) 18°5| 22-2

Probably some effect was pro-
duced by the occasional exposure
of the larvee (see account of ex-
periments). Allowing for this,
the results are very similar to
the above, and exhibit the same
irregularity.

Zine pocket box (darkness).

|
Experiment 69 | 3

Results irregular, as above.

Black surface in strong |

Experiment 1 2.
5 48
ef 66 4
88 & 89) 3

Totals. .| 22

Results expressed as ) 638, 28-1

percentages of total |

13 |

Very uniform results, showing
the powerful effect of these con-
ditions in producing dark pupe.
There is one interesting excep-

tion.

Light brown paper in strong light.

Experiment 86 | 1

Although the surface was
much less dark than the above,
its effects were not very diffe-
rent.

Experiments 31 & 32
sn 64
96 76 1
e 99

White paper :
Experiment 87

Totals..} 1

Results expressed as ) 2-7

percentages of total j |

White opal glass.

From this point onwards all
the backgrounds were subjected
to strong light.

White surfaces tended strongly
to produce the light pup, but
not so strongly as gilt, although
far more so than silver. The
white paper and opal glass pro-
duced the same effect, corre-
sponding to their similar re-
flecting powers; for both of
them return the rays from all
parts of the spectrum.

Clear glass.

Experiment 05 Bol er!

“Gilt”? surface (Dutch metal).

In the absence of any back-
eround of sufficient reflecting
power, the pups apparently
tend towards the commoner
darker varieties.

Experiment 55 was omitted
(see description).
Very powerful effect in pro-

| ducing bright pups, 71 °/, being

the lightest forms. These are
the most extreme results ob-
tained in this direction, and
contrast very strongly with the
effect of silver, probably corre-
sponding to the differences in
absorption and reflection of light
which make the ‘‘gilt” yellow
and the silver grey.

It was clearly shown in the
account of Experiment 67,
that the “gilt” surface is per-
fectly effective when separated
from the larve by a layer of
glass.

This surface, bright as it is,
tends somewhat strongly to pro-
duce dark pupe rather than
light. The difference between
the effects of ‘gilt’? and silver
is far more pronounced than in
V. urtice.

Experiment 2 Ag 54
? 7 to 13 1/ 1] 5 | 22| =29
» 20 to 25 1/ 1) 4/=6
. 43 Wy Bee |
90 56 to 61 by 8 | 29 | —40
” 67 1 1 3/= 5
5 70 to 74 ee 7) ab tl = @)
» 91& 92 9|=—2
boy S08 15 | —15
5 94 to 97 Ey 28a — 10
Motalss.) 29)" 5") 89) 219) 88s)" 124
Results expressed as ee , ; : ‘
percentages of total } ae 1 esr eho (Ko
Silver and tin surfaces.
Experiment 14 l | eyed eon sap
» 26 to 30 8/2, 1] 1|=12
oa 62 & 63 15 9 2 Se al = 32,
» 90 > eal] 2 es
ROEM Gl UG | ey | he LS 52
Results expressed as ) yalogy ies : .
percentages of total j S08) 327) 18-0) 1 3-5/0 6
Deep red paper.
Experiment 77| 2 —
Red glass.
Experiment 36 le
~ 45) 1 | 1 2) 5
Red gelatine.
Experiment 35 | | | 3) | =e
Deep orange paper.
Experiment 33 isle

Beginning at the least refran-
gible end of the spectrum, we
find that a deepred background
in strong light produces the
darkest pupe. On the other
hand, red glass and red gelatine,
placed in front of white paper
and light wood backgrounds
respectively, produce light pupe.
The red gelatine especially gave
a very pure light, almost exactly
corresponding to therays chiefly
reflected from the red _back-
ground. The remarkable diffe-
rence in the effects of the same
light will be considered at the
end of this comparison.

Passing from a red back-
ground to an orange one, which
reflects the same rays, with the
addition of a narrow strip of
orange and yellow, we find an
entirely opposite result, the pups
being bright green.

Bright and pale yellow paper.

A yellow background tends
most strongly of all to pro-
duce the brightest pup, not
a single exception occurring.
In this case the paper reflects
the same rays, with the addition
of a broad strip of green, and
the green-yellow rays are less
absorbed. Comparison with the
green backgrounds proves that
it is the additional yellow rays
rather than the green, which
are effective. Light transmitted
through yellow glass, and re-
flected from light wood, tends
(in this case) in the same direc-
tion as the yellow background.

Experiment 34 ie
» 44 | 3 | =38
3 75 2 |
” 79 | 73 || 74
ines
Yellow glass.
Experiment 37 | 1 | 3 | =4
Faded yellowish green tissue-paper.
Experiments 3 & 4 || =
i, 15 Tai
i" 39 i | eel
Esme
Bright green paper.
Experiment 80 IE (Pag Sali ee! | =3)
Dark green paper.
Experiment 81| 1) 2 | =3
Green glass.
Experiment 16 | | | 12 | =12
Green gelatine.

Experiment 38 | | | 1 | 1 | =)

Although used as a complete
covering, the tissue-paper acted
as a background as well as a
screen. Its thickness was very
irregular, and there were many
minute holes, so that a large
amount of white light passed
through it, and the conditions
resembled those of a coloured
background in light rather than
those of a screen placed in front
of a white surface. It reflected
chiefly the green rays and most
of the red, orange, and yellow,
while the blue was much ab-
sorbed. It produced bright
ereen pupe without exception.
On the other hand, the bright
green paper, absorbing the red,
orange, and yellowstrongly, and
reflecting much of the blue as
well as green, produced far
darker pupe; while the dark
ereen, absorbing much of every
part except the green (and some
of this), tended to form distinct
dark pupe. The green glass
placed in front of white paper,
and the green gelatine in front
of light wood, produced effects
entirely opposite to the green
backgrounds, although the
transmitted light was by no
means rich in yellow and
orange.

ee

430 Mr. Poulton's further experiments upon

Very pale blue tissue-paper.

Experiment 82 | | | 2 | =
Light blue.
Experiment 83 | | 2 | lt | =8)
Deep blue.
Experiment 84) 1 | | 2 | =3
Darkest blue.
Experiment 85 | | | Leda) | =4
Blue gelatine.
a ol

Experiment 40 | |

The blue backgrounds absorb-
ing more and more of all rays
except the blue tend to produce
dark pup, even the faint

_blue shade of the tissue-paper
| being accompanied by some

slight effect (compare with
white paper). The compara-
tively slight effect of the darkest
blue is almost certainly due to
the larve having been intro-
duced too late (see account of
experiment, p. 410). The effect
of a blue screen placed in
front of a surface of light wood

-|is not very different from that
of the blue background.

It is necessary to say a few words about this com-

parison of the effects of different par

ts of the spectrum,

and the frequent antithesis between the results of

screens and backgrounds of the same

colour.

In the conclusions at the end of this memoir the

colours of both will be given with gre
their effects on all larve and pupe
will be compared.

ater precision, and
subjected to them

The results of the coloured backgrounds in strong

light are perfectly regular: it is cel

ear that the rays

which check the formation of dark superficial pigment,

and so allow the underlying green d
be seen, lie in the orange and yellow.

erived pigments to
The other parts

of the spectrum do not seem to interfere with this power
except by diluting the effective part of the reflected light.
Thus red alone produced dark pupe, but red with orange

and yellow produced green ones: and

approaching from

the opposite side of the spectrum we see the same thing ;
for blue alone, green and blue, and green alone, pro-
duced dark pup, while green, yellow, orange, and red,

produced green ones. Similarly wh
all colours produced green pupe.

ite light reflecting

These results are perfectly uniform and consistent :

they are precisely similar to the behav
(Phil. Trans., 1887, B., pp. 427-482)

iour of the Pieride
, When exposed to

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 431

similar backgrounds, and to the behaviour of the larva
of Amphidasis betularia, as regards the production of
ereen varieties (see pp. 355—357). Furthermore, the
conditions imposed are in strict accordance with those
which obtain in nature. The wild larve and those which
pupate upon coloured backgrounds are freely exposed
to bright daylight. Mixed with this, but immensely
diluted by it, are the rays reflected from adjacent sur-
faces, and the yellow and orange constituents of these
reflected rays determine the appearance of green pupe
by checking the formation of true pigment.

We are compelled to conclude from these results and
those upon the Pieride (I. ¢.) that the greens of nature
(due to chlorophyll) do not produce their effects in making
larve and pup green, because of their brightest con-
stituent, the green rays, but in virtue of the partially
absorbed, but still bright, yellow and orange rays con-
tained in their reflected light. And we must further
conclude that if these yellow and orange rays were
removed, the green rays, bright as they are, diluted by
other reflected rays, and, above all, by the immense pre-
ponderance of direct white light, would be unable to
check the formation of pigment and produce the green
pupee and larvee. Diluted in this way, only the orange
and yellow possess the power to effect such a change.

When, however, we employ coloured screens the con-
ditions are entirely altered. The larva is not exposed
to direct white light, but only to the light transmitted
through the screen, and the same after reflection from a
licht background. Hence the rays fall upon the larval
surface in an undiluted comparatively concentrated
form, and their efficiency is correspondingly increased,
extending beyond the orange into the red and beyond
the yellow into the green. The effect begins to die away,
however, in the feebler blue rays, even when present in
this concentrated state. When screens are employed in
this way, it is still the reflected rays rather than the
direct transmitted ones which are effective ; thus in
Experiment 91 upon V. urtice (see p. 876), a box
(LXXVII.) with green glass windows and lined with
dark green paper (the paper similar to that employed
in Experiment 81 upon V. io), produced dark pupe ;
while the same box, lined with white paper, produced
uniformly bright pupe of V. v0 (Experiment 16, p. 401).

432 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Here the direct transmitted light was the same, but the
amount reflected was different; for white paper returns
the whole, while the coloured background only reflects
a dim green band out of the transmitted light.

The above explanation corresponds to the fact which
is apparent in the last table, that coloured sereens, when
they differ at all from backgrounds in strong light, only
do so by producing green pupe in place of dark ones, and
never dark instead of green.

At first sight the tempting converse explanation of the
phenomena is suggested, viz., that the terminal parts of
the spectrum, and especially the actinic blue, are instru-
mental in producing the animal pigments, while the
orange and yellow rays merely fail to produce them.

I do not think that such a view can be sustained for a
moment in face of the facts already adduced. The
common appearance of dark pigmented larvee and pupze
in complete darkness (and on the blackest backgrounds
in light), shows that the pigment is a normal product of
the animal organism, entirely independent of the agency
of light. Furthermore, the region of the spectrum, by
which such formation is normally checked, corresponds
to the region of greatest intensity of light, and so sup-
ports the view that it acts asa definite stimulus, and not
merely passively. All the facts hitherto brought forward
(except perhaps the golden forms of V. wrtice), support
the opposite view, that the pigmented form is the primi-
tive one, and is still produced, as a rule, in the absence
of any definite stimulus; but that certain conditions in
the life of certain species have encouraged, by natural
selection, a special susceptibility to certain stimuli which
check the formation of pigment, and so produce an ap-
pearance which harmonizes with that from which the
stimuli arise.

I am here alluding only to the power of becoming
green by the non-appearance of true superficial pigment,
and not to the power of altering the colour of the latter
as in A. betularia, &e. This indicates another complex
adaptation which has been already briefly considered
(see pp. 3538, 356, 359).

3. IxpERIMENTS IN 1892 upoN THE PUPH OF VANESSA
ATALANTA AND CYNTHIA CARDUI.

A few experiments upon V. atalanta are described in

my previous paper (I. c. pp. 898, 399), and the lighter

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 438

elittering and darker non-elittering forms are shown in
the accompanying plate (Figures 13 and 12, x 2). It
is there shown that gilt surroundings, and, to a lesser
degree, a clear glass cylinder roofed with white muslin,
tend to produce light pup, with extremely brilliant
metallic spots and patches, but without any suffusion of
the whole pupal surface with gold, such as happens in
the brightest pupe of V. urtice. Black surroundings in
darkness, on the other hand, produced dark pupe, with
very slight traces of gold. No other experiments were
attempted for want of material. The pups of C. cardui
have, I believe, never hitherto been subjected to these
experiments.

The following experiments have been conducted upon
the larve during the past year, and one in 1888. The
larve were captured in the field, and, as they are always
isolated, it is impossible to obtain the product of a single
pair of parents as in the gregarious Vanesside.

Experiment 1. Black-covered cylinder in darkness.—A
single pupa of V. atalanta was suspended from the black
paper roof. It was dark from the strong development of
a network of black pigment over the whole surface : very
slight development of gold.

A single pupa of C. cardui was similarly suspended,
and was dark, due to the appearance of spots on the
dorsal area and abdominal segments, and of a dark net-
work on the wings and limbs. There was not much
gold for this brilliant pupa, the dorsal line and lateral
stripes glittering but feebly.

These and the other pups were compared Aug. 9.

Experiment 2. Black-covered cylinder in strong light,
the black paper being outside the glass (VI.).—One pupa
of each species was formed under these conditions. As
in the last experiment, both were dark, with a slight
development of gold.

Experiment 8. Rather larger cylinder, similarly arranged
(V.).—A single dark pupa was suspended from the glass
roof. Rather more gold was present than in the last
experiments, although but little for the species.

Experiment 4. Similar cylinder to the last, except that
black was replaced by gold (XXVIITI.).—Two pupx were
formed, one suspended from the glass roof, and one from
the food-plant near the gold background. Both were
very light and glittering. A single pupa formed in

434 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

another gilt cylinder, XXVII., in 1888, was also
brilliant.

Experiment 5. Gold-lined compartment of wooden box
(XXXTI.).—6 larve, found July 17, were placed in
these surroundings July 18. The 6 pup were scattered
over the roof, and were very light and glittering.

Experiment 6. Silver-lined compartment of same box
(XLVI.).—6 larve, found July 17, were placed here
July 18. The 6 pupe were distributed as in the last
experiment, and were also light varieties, but did not
exhibit nearly so much gold. The network of pigment
covering the surface was also much stronger.

Haxperiment 7. Clear gluss lamp-shade almost filled with
yellow paper spills—1 pupa was fixed to a spill, and
5 to the glass near the spills. All the pups, except
one dark individual with little gold (on the glass), were
light-coloured glittering varieties.

Experiment 8. Opal glass globe (L.).—6 pupe, sus-
pended from the glass near the top, were light, with
brilliant gold spots.

Some of the larve, experimented with as described
above, were light varieties, and some were dark. ‘The
larval colours were not attended by any special tendency
towards the formation of light or dark pupe. This was
also noticed in 1886.

These results indicate that C. cardui is also probably
sensitive, like the allied species; but more individuals
are needed to test this satisfactorily.

In Vanessa atalanta dark pup are formed in darkness
and on dark surfaces exposed to ight. The black surface
is perfectly effective, even when separated from the larva
by a layer of glass. Guilt surfaces produce light and
elittering pup, and the gilt also is effective outside the
class. Silver surfaces produce far less light and brilliant
pupe, the species resembling V. to in this respect.
White opal glass and bright yellow paper are very
effective, as in the other Vanesside, subjected to experi-
ment.

Conflicting Colour Experiments, 1892.

A few of these experiments were conducted during the
past summer. The pup in the compartments of the
case already described (see p. 393), and shown in Plate
XV., Fig. 5, were compared August 28.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 435

Of two pupe in compartments of the middle row,
one was fixed on the junction of black and gold, the head
being on the latter, while the other was fixed below the
junction, so that the posterior half of the body was
against black, and the anterior half against gold. The
first pupa was dark, with very little “gold, the second
light, and with the gold spots rather developed (the large
triangular spot was ‘dull, the anterior part of each dorsal
spot somewhat golden). Here, while there is no evidence
for local effects, a lighter pupa was formed when a rela-
tively larger surface was exposed to gold than when the
surface so exposed was smaller.

Another pupa was fixed to the glass in a compartment
of the upper row, with the middle of the body opposite a
cold band, the head and posterior part equally opposite
black. The pupa was dark, with very little gold.

Two were fixed to the glass of compartments of the same
row, with the middle of the body opposite black, the head
and posterior end equally opposite gold. One was a
light variety with little gold, the other intermediate
between a dark and light variety.

A single larva was introduced earlier in the summer
into one of the shallow black cells, covered in front
with white opal glass, described in the Experiments on
V. 20 (see p. 423). The pupa was attached to the glass,
and was moderately golden, being rather on the light
side of an intermediate variety. This result, with the
others recorded above, seems to show that the species
has a greater susceptibility to white and gilt surround-
ings when conflicting with black than is the case with
V. io. The difference between the effects produced
by the two opposite backgrounds when used separately
is, however, so much less in V. atalanta as to render
the species far less suitable for the purposes of this
enquiry.

There was not the least evidence for any local influence
upon the pupz, so that the results of these experiments
confirm the previous conclusions as to the physiology of
the process.

436 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

4. ExpERIMENTS IN 1888 UPON THE PUP OF VANESSA
POLYCHLOROS.

Two larve, found near Oxford, were subjected to experi-
ment at the end of July, the pupe being compared
July 31. The larve passed all three stages preparatory
to pupation under the conditions described below.

One had been placed in a moderate-sized cylinder,
covered externally with two thicknesses of black tissue-
paper and a roof of the same (IX). This being inverted
on a black paper floor, was in almost complete darkness.
The pupa (position unnoted) was much darker than the
other, with no trace of the gold spots. It was com-
parable to a dark (3) of Vanessa urtice.

The other was placed in the gilt compartment (XXXI.),
and was fixed to the roof. Compared with V. wrtice it
would be a light (8). The gold spots were present on the
metathorax and 1st and 2nd abdominals, although they
were not very bright, and there was no tendency to
spread over the general surface, as is so commonly the
case with the brighter forms of V. urtice.

My friend Mr. O. H. Latter also experimented on the
same species in 1888, and sent the pup to me for com-
parison, which took place August 15.

Three pupe, formed in black surroundings in a dim
light, were much darker than the others, with no trace of
metallic spots.

Three pup, formed in gilt surroundings in a strong
light, were all light varieties, with silver spots on the
three usual segments.

The results were very uniform in both sets, and the
difference greater than in my experiment. It is likely
that the dimly illuminated dark surfaces produce more
effect than the same in darkness. This is shown in
many experiments on other larve and pupe recorded in
this paper.

For a much longer series of experiments made in the
same year by the Rey. J. W. B. Bell, see ‘ Midland
Naturalist,’ December, 1889, pages 289-90. These
results also show a very high degree of sensitiveness in
the species. The colours appear to be such as to afford
concealment, especially upon irregular dark surfaces of
bark or rock,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 437

5. Exprerments in 1888 upon THE PUPA OF ARGYNNIS
PAPHIA.

Twelve nearly mature larve purchased in the spring of
1888 formed the material of these experiments. When
they ceased feeding, the larve, divided into two equal
lots, were placed in two cases, the one with a white-
paper roof, the other with a roof of clear glass, upon
which was placed a sheet of black paper.

Black surroundings (seen through glass).—6 pup
were obtained and compared June 22. They were all
dark varieties, with a considerable development of cuti-
cular pigment. The golden spots were as distinct as in
the others.

White surroundings.—The 5 pup obtained were far
lighter, being a light brown with a very slight develop-
ment of pigment, except in one which was about the
same as the lightest of the other lot. There is ap-
parently no tendency towards the suffusion of gilt as in
V. urtice, but the 5 pairs of spots, on pro-, meso- and
metathorax, and abdominals 1 and 2, are very distinct and
bright, although those on the mesothorax are very
small.

The pupa is evidently highly sensitive, and the effect
upon the pigment is certainly such as to promote con-
cealment.

It is interesting to find a case in which the pigment
only is affected by the surroundings, and the glittering
spots are equally present in dark and light forms. In
this respect the species is at present unique, but no
doubt further experiment will reveal the presence of
others. In all the Vanesside the glittering spots are
affected by the formation of dark pigment, and tend to
disappear in many of the dark varieties.

6. EXPERIMENTS IN 1888 vupoN THE PUP OF PIERIS
BRASSICA AND P. RAPA.

Before describing the experiments, it is necessary to
give some account of the different colour varieties formed
in these two species. In P. brassice we meet with the
following classes :—

‘‘(1). The normal form. In these pupe the ground-
colour is always more or less greyish from the abundance
and relative size of minute black pigment spots which

438 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

occupy depressions in the cuticle..... The large black
pigment patches and spots are nearly always abundant.

. The ground-colour may be of various tints—greyish

green, orange, yellow, or a peculiarly opaque-looking
greyish white. The amount of the grey colour, always
present, subdues the differences between these tints, so
that they resemble each other far more than the above
description would seem to imply..... The following
subdivisions are well marked; although transitional
varieties occur :—

(a) The darkest forms, with greyish green, orange,
yellow, or white ground-colour.

(6) Intermediate forms, with lighter ground-colour
of the same tints, and smaller and fewer
pigment patches.

vy) The lightest of these forms, with ground-colour
still greyish, but the pigment patches very
small relatively to (z) or (8).

(2) The last sub-division passes into this variety, in
which the ground-colour is an opaque-looking whitish
yellow, often with greenish areas on part of the surface,
the pigment patches being very small. The greyish
hue is lost, because of the minute size of the dots in the
ground-colour. Hence the effect is very light.....

(3) A still more abnormal, very well-marked, variety,
possesses a deep transparent-looking bluish green
eround-colour, in which the minute dots and the large
patches are even less developed than in the last degree.
An opaque whitish-yellow band, like the ground-colour
in (2), occupies the anterior half of that part of the third
abdominal segment which is seen dorsally, and extends
on to the posterior part of the segment in front; and the
dorsal surfaces of the abdominal segments behind the
third are often mottled with the same colour.....

The differences between the ground-colours of (1), (2),
and (3) are very well-marked..... (Phils Trans., LS8ie
B, pp. 409, 410.)

The words ‘‘normal” and ‘abnormal’ are only used
above in the sense of usual and unusual in the wild state.
Kivery form is normally produced by its appropriate
background, and it is only because the wild pup are
almost invariably found on stone or brick walls, and on
palings, that they assume the appearance of (1)s rather
than (2)s or (3)s.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 439

The pupe of P. rape are divided into 11 classes,
passing from very dark varieties:—Dark (1), (1), and
(2), through the intermediate forms dark (8), (8) and
light (3), into the various shades of light pups, dark
(4), (4), and light (4), and finally into the green pale (5)
and deep (5). I need not deseribe these further, as there
are only 7 pupz of this species tabulated below. But
the full account will be found in my previous paper (J. ¢.
pp. 410, 411), and 10 of the varieties are figured in the
Plate (figs. 82-41, all x 2), as well as 7 of P. brassice
(figs. 24-30, all x 2).

In the paper I have just referred to, a number of
experiments, with papers of various colours, showed a
great susceptibility on the part of these Pierde to
reflected light within the limits of the orange and yellow.
This light prevented the appearance of superficial
pigment, and rendered the pupe green. I was most
anxious to experiment further with screens of coloured
glass.

Such an investigation was undertaken in the autumn
of 1888, nearly mature captured larve of P. brassice
and a much smaller number of P. rape being placed in
the cases described below and fed until pupation. Any
conclusions from the results are much weakened by the
small numbers subjected to the various conditions, and
this was due to the excessive mortality of P. brassice
during 1888 from the attacks of Ichneumons. The pupx
tabulated below are only a fifth of the larve introduced,
424 having died from this cause.

The pupz were compared in the following spring,
April 6. They were removed from the cases and placed
side by side on white paper, and very carefully compared
when subject to the same conditions of illumination.

As regards P. brassice, the differences between 1 (a),
1 (£8), and 1 (vy) were well marked and distinct; but the
various tints of ground-colour, orange, whitish, greenish,
and yellowish (represented in the table by the letters
0, w, g, and y respectively), found in each of these divi-
sions were almost concealed by the predominant grey,
so that they constitute features of very little importance,
and it is doubtful whether it is necessary to mention
them at all. But as the distinction was made at the
time, I have repeated it. The greenest pups, the (3)s,
were not transparent-looking like the forms described

440 Mr. Poulton's further experiments upon

under this degree in 1887 (Phil. Trans., B., l.c.), and
they had a greater development of the black patches,
and a more dusky appearance over the whole surface. The
opaque whitish yellow band crossing the 38rd abdominal
was slightly marked or absent, and the green ground-
colour was not so deep in tint.

The whole of the experiments are described in the
following table :—

(See Table, pages 441, 442, 448, 444, 445.)

A more exact statement of the light transmitted
through the screens and reflected from the backgrounds
will be given in F. Conclusions, where the main results
of all such experiments will be compared together.

It is very unfortunate that these experiments on the
Pieride, which were conducted with the greatest care,
should have lost much of their value from the death of
so great a majority of the larve. With five times as
many individuals to argue from—and this was the num-
ber introduced into the cases —tolerably safe conclusions
might have been drawn. Even as it is, the conclusions
are probably reliable, harmonizing as they do with those
derived from the investigation of V. io.

In the latter species, and in the Pieride in 1886, it
was ascertained that the larve are sensitive to the orange
and yellow rays reflected from the adjacent background,
when diluted with other rays from the same source, and
an immense preponderance of direct white light. But
in the case of V. 20, it has been shown that when both
these causes of dilution are reduced by the use of coloured
screens, the larvee became sensitive to reflected rays
which would not ordinarily affect them, viz., from the
red rays beyond the orange, and the green beyond the
yellow ; but blue light, however concentrated, did not
appear to affect them.

Let us now apply this conclusion to the experiments
described above.

Red glass in front of white and orange paper produced
a far greater effect in the direction of green pupe than
is usually produced by red paper in white light.

Yellow glass, in front of backgrounds which reflected
the yellow light, produced much the same effects as
yellow backgrounds in strong light; in front of non-
reflecting backgrounds it produced darker pupe.

ouLL

‘SYIVUIOA IayJAINT pues szpnsoy

‘adng jo uolyisog

‘sopoeydovery Jo woTydraosep 4A0yg

oT |
‘(eTF ‘d 99s) 02 *Y4 Jo asvo oy] UI Te | ere |e Ae -ayeredas JOOI UO G
potayyo yey} sve uoteurdxe owes ATqQeq £T
-O1g ‘spunoasyoeq port Aq poonpoad AT[BI MT *g qUOTUIIOdXT =«“4uUOoIT sseys
-aues asoyy ueyy adnd ray qsTf A[poplwoeq Ou *19}O5O0} JOOI U0 Z pet YIM xoq pouty toded ayy Ay s
‘yavp ALA Yprlaig Jo saroads [oq | AOL aA
ayeut A[[Vnsn spunoa«syoeq pay ‘staq | |
-UINU IASIV] YOUU |IIA 9ggyT Ul peur,
-qo 4vy3 0} ejtsoddo ATJoexe pueB ‘e[qe
-yrvuat AIBA St (g) oY} UO yooTe ot],
‘(g) ot] >
uo yuaserd ATpavy puvq ystmoyfads 4ST] i)
‘ednd ofqeyrvtuter AtaA @ ‘sjods A
puv soyoyed yorTq Jo yuourtdojaaep 4yUsITS ~~
WIA ysnoyyye ‘ais fuaa sem (9) oy,
‘users ATJOUTYSIp yok pu ‘soaISep Iet} ‘7 quewtedxg -‘toded par <
toy Aysnp puev sats AtoA adud yog T BT ‘Joo ‘septs oytsoddo Z| daap YyIM yueujreduio0s reprMIg =
Nota a
sraded yovtq sv Suors sv Ajrvou yoyoy SI
‘yap AIoA (v) at{J, BT] OT ‘Joor ‘ayeredas Z "¢ quoutrtadx gy ‘rodevd onsst} uMoIq &
qYSIT UJI Juouyareduroo «vpruirg |
“OPITTA JO VT} JIA A[Saoys faa Surysery ANH OX al
-u0d ‘yovlq JO yoojja dII4stlajovIVyD OT ‘apts Jo doy ‘poayepost T ‘% JueUL Ss
‘yaep Atoa ednd yyog OT ‘Joor ‘poyepost T | -tadxq *(aovyans poysraiea) roded 4
YoRuq YIM quourjarvduroo «vpuUrg x
‘pourystp Aparey nie =
[VuUIMOpge pig ssotow pueq yYstaorjed ce)
qystyT = ‘aeiseap sty, 10} sjods yor[q 4
jo quomtdopeaep Tensnun YIM pure ‘(g) ey! queued <5
@ soy Aysnp Ayyensnun sea vdnd oyg, “Xu (SSRIS BOTS) YS] Buoys ur O
2QOVJANS OIA JO JOoTo SUOTIY T ‘Joor uo T | yuawyreduroa pou zeded az AA z
ANIDCAL Py
x = oo
“h . oa) mM
(¢) | (2) (r) & (1) *(xrpuoddy ‘4 99s) a
on
a

‘sanojog jedng

aiduexa 1eyjour A[UO st g » Z% syuammtsed

-Xqf JO 9SOy} puB S}[NSeL osey} WseMy4
-aq eotlatayIp ayy yey} etqeqoad st 47

‘sABI on[q oy} FFO

sno WIA ‘ssvps Morjed oy} Jepun ures
ay} A[Ivou av SpuNoIsyOVq OA\y esoUL

“qUsTy

a}IYM Jo utnajoeds oy} UL SB ys] MoT[at

ay} ut yystaq sv AjTvdU sv toded asuvi0

ayy, ‘“seovjins Aoyjek pues edueto jo
yoayya [VUsN oy} ULIeIqO aA BSBO STU} UT
‘ga1sap SIq} oF s(¢) Aysnqg

g pue J, sjusuttedxy Ur IYSIT
Zuors ut saovjins Moped pure oduet0 Lq

“‘{USt] Suo.14s
Ul GdVJINS Youyq vB UBYy} Jooye Ao[[Vus
B SV SSeuyIVp JVy} WOI}BAIesqo oy} FO
|
tr
paonpoad yey} sv oures oy} Youu yoo |
J

‘s(9) waAa pur ‘9(4) atoas
xdnd oy} JO oUIOS ‘IaAeMOT ‘HATA ‘Q8gT
UI SUOTJIPUOD TUBS oy YIM paredutod
SB WdeI3 JO WOTIIIp UL syoaya YvaAy

“{USIT pat ay} poyooper
:9AOqB SB S}[NSel ourVEg

‘saqoyed users yueU
-raropaad ayy Jo asnvoeq ‘(g) v pue (Z) B
UdeMJoq O}eIpeuttazur AT[Vor st (Z) OUT,

raded 9}

OTF

AT
o¢

5%

kT

A T

ony:

aI

*L00H WO 9soo] Z%
*JOOL UO T

*poyBIOSI JOOr U0 Z

*payBOST JOO U0 Eg

“LOO UO 9SOOT T

*poyBlOSt FOOT U0 Z

“19 }050} JOOI UO

*I9Y}950} JOOI UO F

*I9Y}950} JOOL UO Z

*19Y]}950} JOOI UO |

‘eT quomtiedxy ‘1aded yov[q
YA peull yuowyredmos srepruntg
VIXXX'T

‘ZT quomttedxy + ‘azoded on[q ysoyrep
U}IA peur, yueujredaros wel[rcaig
“XXXT

‘IT quowrnoedxq ‘1oded o8uei0
YIM paul, yueuyreduros reg

“XIXX

‘OT queutredxy ‘pa1eaod
pue pour Aprepruis yuourjredu0g
THAXXT
"6 yUeTT
-wodxm = *yuoay ssvps Moped ITA
queunredutoa pouty toded oq Ay
“‘TAXX'T

‘g quountedxm ‘roded mores
gjed YyIM yuoutjreduto0d aBlIUIg
“AT
*) quourtred
“xq ‘(ssvj3 qreepo) yysIT Suo.ys Ur
quewujreduo0s peur ateded osuvig
“ATT

"9 WUOTUTIAME GY «*YUOAT SSBIS por GTA
queunareduos pourl toded asuvig

TIXXT

*(ToF ‘d 99s) 02° 4 wodn | |
peonpord yey} Mojeq yonut A19A St yoaTa |
eu, “yuory ut ATWO Fo pvaysut ss ayy | “199804
UO 90 [[RUIS B PUR ‘yWOIF ‘yoVq UT Sutaq IVI IYJVI JOOT UL MOPUTA
SMOPUTA aT} 03 onp ATqeqoad St SIT, “eT OT| AT |ssejs useis y[eurs uo z% *6T Juouttedxy,
quewtiedx i fo 38} ur ueyy adnd wae18 Fo | O% *19Y}950} Foor uo Z — * (AON 9} WRT} 3UT} Ut tadaap) yuory
UOTPIOIIP aT} UL yooTFa stout peonpoad 41 | 3 1 “poyepost oor uo T | puw yoeq UL SMopuIM ssvTs userId
‘quI} Ut Jadeap SBA SsBIs 9y} [SNOYITV 8T| “PezBlOSI opis UOT | ODI] YIM xoq pouty zaded airy Ay

| TIAXX'T
*spooTja |

a[qetepisuod sonpoad Avut yt JO 9p}qIyT ATA | |

B ‘UOTJNIIp JO souasqe oy} Ut ‘yey. puB |
‘Q[QBIDIAIAS BUOTB ST JYSIT payoopor aq} |
yey} adartjeq 0} pay a1B 9M ‘ss¥TS UTES
aU} YUA pataaood syuauyredutos F eseyy | |
Suriedio) ‘aovyzins yovtq B Jo asoyy are ST 0% “1919509 JOOI uo Ee
S}[USAI 9] OSVO STIY} UT ‘aTI}I~ ATOA 4FOT oT ‘ST Juourtedxy ‘raded anjtq ysayrep
pur ‘anyq ay} Fo ind UOTBUIqUIOD SIITy, | | re: “19YJ950} JOOI UO Z| YIM pau, yusutztvdutoo avrg
| “AXXX'T
‘sjoayjo poyreur paonpoad ‘sXkva rayyo fq |
UWOMNN[Ip JO sdttasqe oy} UT ‘ssafatJeaau OT | | ‘ayeredas 1aty}BI Foor uO T
YOM ‘pueq usaaiS-Moypak utrp B OJ taNAy “TAY 1950} | ‘LT queutntedxa = -‘raded aSuevi0
-oads ey} poonpat WoNvuIquIod sIty, re BT £T/Iwau yeyMauos oor uo F | UYIM peur, guamytedaros repia4rg
| “AIXXXT
“SSOUyIVp UL IN990 Tayjo TOIT
SOTIB[NSaLi1 otf} JO auo eq ABU 4[NSEI |
ayy A[qeqord ato ‘(4) ay} uo paonpoad
useq eAey ABUT yooTfa aulog ‘aTqISTA |
Suteq usats oyqiy A1dA ‘punoasyoeq MT ‘ayeredas T ‘9gT quoutttedxa = ‘raded pax
yrep AOA B AVS UOleUIqUIOD SIT], 0% *T9Y}950} BZ YIM pouty yuourjrvdaros avpruarg
“TNT XXX'T
‘eT quoutriad
*paonp |-XO[ ‘UOT SsvpS WaeIS TIM pataaod
-o1d Ajjuaredde sem yooya yysys eu0g OT| OT| *I9Y 950} JOOI UO F quotayredutos peur, toded az Ay
| TIXXXT
“SUIIOF, AT *pa}e[OSI JOOI UO T "PT quoutrradxiy
YIVp 0} Surpvat ‘or +4 YIM sv yoayo re ‘(ssvis aBapo) 4yUst~ Suoys ut yueur
ames oy} padnpord useis yrep sty, ae *19Y}]950} FOOT U0 | -yavduioo pour rtaded users yaeg

| MT

STAG

‘8I— GT Jo uostredaros oy} SB UOTsNTo
-109 9UIBS 94} 0} SpveT szueuyredutOD
d01Y} sey} Sutrvdutoy *eAoqe sB UOTSNTO
-u0g ‘wnAeds a} JO JSet oY} pouUIp
pure ‘pat sule1}xe ol} JO JNO ssvls oy,

‘poonpoad ATqeqoad
SBM JOTE ISS outog *(),T yuotta1edxqy)
Sse[s UseIs oY} UIA sve yont os jou
qnq ‘xeded oy} Wor, poyoopet 4st] oty
jo SuIuUIp [etoues paonpoid pus ‘por
aulaI}xXe 9Y} FO Jno UOMBUTIGULOD SITY,

“‘qUSIT Sto14s Ut
pot IO YOVTq yl] Yon ore syooye oxy,
‘umnayoads oy} Jo yavd rayyo Aue
UBY} LayYSIAG YoNU peureuler ynq ‘ssvis
ayy Sq powiurp Yyonu svM pel oy,

*punorsyoeq ontq @ Aq gggT ut
peonpoad os[e ara surtoy ons $ (¢) IqSIT
ystaoyes @ SVM 4 f ‘TXT Jueuyredut09
Ur juesoid osye sv Hdvw *g Jo ednd T

‘988T ul adv. *q uodn
pure ‘geet ur or *4 uodn yoayo ateyy WTA
Ssuiztaourrey ‘ednd yaep A]jsour peonpoard
Sepeys sat} JO seovjans en[q eselpy,

OG

oT

AG

‘ayeredas JOO U0 %

*JOOI UO T

*IOOH WO ASOOT T
*1dY}950} JOOL UO F

“poyepost yowq UO T
*po}BlOST JOO UO T

-ayeredas FOOL U0 Z
*19]}J90} JOO UO Z|

‘100 WO 9SOOT T
-ayeivdas JOO U0 Z%

‘ez Juomtedx” = ‘raded mojjo£
YIM pour, yuoujreduros «e[raig

“XIXXXT

‘pz quouttedx ‘raded aSuei0
WIA peut, yuoutjredutoo re[IUIIg

“THAXXXT

eZ JUSUIIOdx TY] *}UOIF ssRIS anTq oped
YA yuouyreduros pouty teded pay

TIAXXX'T

‘2G Juotutedxm + zoded ontq
dsap YI yueujreduros sre[rig
TXT

‘Tg quounsedxg -‘raded antq
AUST] WIA yuemyredatod relIUITg

Ou

0% JuowATIedx
*(ssvp3 re979) WSI] Suoys ur yueuryred
-ulod pouty todud onssyy ontq 9[¥q
“XIT

ee ee a eee eee

‘Mprssauv A
eq} JO esvo ot} UI poyovar suoIsntou0D
eq} ytoddns sqnsex ey} pure ‘ayerpaut
“I9}UL JO apis Yep oy} uo ore adnd oy,
‘aovyd yoo} asuryo oy} Yor uo sanojfoo
peqsBIzU0D at} 0} Sutpuodsartoy inojoo
[ednd jo uoynqrystp yeooy vw sparvaoy
Aouepue, 4saiy Sys 94} you sea alot,
“(F) ysryurd v
pu ‘ystmorjek Ayyueredde (z) v ora pur
‘OSBO SIU} UI Os[e arom adnd advu -g %

“Aysnp AIA
(4) oy} pue ‘sersop sry x07 Lysnp oq
eta s(¢) oY], ‘ssouyaep ur <puanba.y
“Ur jou amd90 sv yons are suordao
“xO OYT, “FYSIT entq Apetyo poyoper
staded ontq pur oytya oy} apm ‘stodvd
ope puv asuvr0 oy} wory payoopar
9q_0F UST] 0741] AOA yJoT suseios antq
tadoop ivy esau, “4481, enqq Aq peonpoad
aIB SUILOF YIVp 4VY} MOYS ULEY} JO T[B IOF
(9881) opiiarg oy pur ‘(ggsT) 02 “A 40
S9S¥O OY} UL pourejqo ssoy} wWAyUOD s}[Ns
“oI 8S0U]} ‘SuUOT}da0xe SUIyIAYS OM} UITAL

‘(#) yaep Ystaorjok
B puv ‘(¢) 4ustt ystmorjes e@ ‘ystyurd
Ajyuoredde (¢) yarep v ‘ysryurd AQueredde
(I) yep v ot0M adnd wdvu ‘d F UL

TN

a

OT.

OT

OT

or

OnE

‘JOOI UO T

*104}9S0} FOOL uo Z
*IOO] WO aSOOT T
‘JOO UO T

*‘IOOG UO 9SOOT T

‘ayeredas Jool u0 Z

*po}elOst JoOI uo Z

‘vdvl "I &

UIA JeuIOD JOyJOUR UT T
*JeuI0D 9UO Ul MdYL "gq

G UJIM 10y4e90} ‘oor uo T

‘GE JUOTUTIedx | = UeT]}

JO OMY 4Sv9] 4B Jo sjaed Uo oT, ysnUt

$2.l0?q JO soroeds yYoq Jo vdnd v yeyy

9zIs 8 Yons Jo servnbs rzaded esuvaz0
pus YoRvlq YIM pouty yuewyarvdurog

“AOX

‘TE JuouUL

Medxgy “(OX 10 ‘OX eyT]) guOIy

SSVIS anTq y[eqoo puv szeded oSueas0
Y}IA peul] yueujivdmoo s9yjouy

THXXT

‘0g guotattedx@y ‘azoded onjq yseyrep:
YUM peull quewyreduioo «e[TUITg

“AIOX

6G Juottiedxn = -teded Moya
TIA peuly yueuyareduioo avrg

‘THOX

°8Z quouttiedxn ‘azeded aSuvi10
UIA pour, yueuyzeduoo sreputg

TIOX

"1% JuewIMedxy «= -yuoIT (“OX
UVvYy} oxIVp) ssvps onyq yyeqoo YT
quewyrzdutoo pour, rzeded ayy A,

‘IOX

9g JUOTUIIOdxG *yUOIT SSRIS ont
qyBqoo YALA xoq poury taded apy Ay
- OX

446 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Green glass in front of reflecting backgrounds produced
far more effect in the direction of green pupe than
ereen backerounds (devoid of yellow and orange) in
strong light. With non-reflecting backgrounds it pro-
duced dark pupe.

Pale blue glass, transmitting much besides blue, simi-
larly produced far greater effects than blue backgrounds
in strong light, when placed in front of reflecting sur-
faces, but produced the same dark pupe when the back-
erounds reflected but little of the light it transmitted.

Deep blue glass, with one or two exceptions, always
produced dark pup, and the exceptions were evidently
not related to the background, but were simple irregu-
larities such as often occur in darkness.

So far as the experiments go, they point to the same
conclusions as those reached in the case of V. io.

Conflicting colour experiments.—The results of Experi-
ment 82 (XCY.) entirely confirm those upon JV. urtice
and V. io. They also show that the influence of black
was stronger than the strongest antagonistic influence
when both were working together upon the same
organism; for, out of 7 P. brassice, 5 were in the
darkest class except one.

D. EXPERIMENTS UPON THE Cocoons oF LEPIDOPTERA.

For several years I have, from time to time, made
experiments of this kind, whenever I met with a suitable
species.

If the power occurs at all, we should chiefly expect to
meet with it in species building cocoons upon the surface
of the ground among leaves, sticks, &c., or freely ex-
posed on bark, and, among such species, especially in
those which pass the winter in the pupal state. Ex-
amples of these are to be found below; but all the
experiments upon them have yielded negative results,
except those upon the genus Halias.

The first three species have been experimented upon
during the last few years, but I cannot now fix the exact
date.

Cerura vinulaw—Some careful experiments were con-
ducted upon this species. The cocoons bear the most

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 447

remarkable likeness to the surface upon which they are
fixed, and I wished to ascertain whether this was entirely
due to the abundant admixture of adventitious fragments
enawed off the surface, or in part to the colouring of the
silk.

Six or more mature larve were placed in glass
cylinders (1 in each) standing on sheets of glass;
beneath the latter and round the lower half of the
cylinder white paper was fixed, so that the larve were
in brilliantly illuminated white surroundings, and yet
were compelled to spin cocoons from the products of
the silk-glands alone.

About 6 more were similarly placed, except that black
paper was used instead of white.

Under these circumstances, most of the larve spun
compact semi-transparent cocoons, the product of the
glands apparently forming a continuous sheet. Some
of them, however, failed to construct cocoons, and only
used the secretion to form a covering to the glass floor.

The cocoons varied much in colour, being all shades
of brown, but there was no evidence whatever for the
existence of any sort of relation to the colour of the
environment.

It is clear that the adjustment of colour which occurs
in nature is, like that of the cocoons of H. abruptaria
(see p. 317) entirely due to adventitious particles.

Endromis versicolor.—A single mature larva was placed
among some shreds of white paper. It spun a cocoon
of normally dark brown silk.

Trichiura crategi.—Some experiments similar to those
described below in the case of P. populi were made upon
this species, with the same negative results. All the
cocoons were dark. I have mislaid the notes with the
exact numbers.

Hemaris fuciformis 1889.—Six cocoons were spun in
two white paper boxes with clear glass covers, 5 of them
being among shreds of white paper. The silk of all
was more or less brown, but it varied through all shades
from dirty white up to dark brown.

Four cocoons were spun among dark twigs in a box
lined with dark tissue paper, also with a clear glass
cover. These varied in tint in the same manner.

It seems clear that the species is not capable of modi-
fying the colour of its cocoon into correspondence with
its environment,

448 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

From the occasional occurrence of dark brown patches
on a light brown cocoon, it is probable that the larva
stains the completed structure, in the manner described
by Mr. Bateson.

Pecilocampa populi 1891.—Four cocoons were spun
among leaves and twigs of Quercus cerris ; these were
quite black on all exposed parts, while two spun between
pieces of white paper were not nearly so dark. The
blackness is, however, due to something which is not
silk, the latter being of a much lighter brown. It pro-
bably comes from the digestive tract (for neither the
paper nor the leaves or twigs around the cocoons appeared
to be gnawed), and has the appearance of bitten up
food or feces. It will be interesting to ascertain accu-
rately what this substance is and why the larva has
so much less of it when the cocoon is constructed in
the paper. It may only follow from an accidental
separation from food just before maturity, or from dis-
turbance. Under any circumstances, there seems to be
no question of colour adjustment, for the larve in the
paper made the most conscientious use of all the
material they had, and spread it out so as to cover
the exposed part of their cocoons as completely as
possible.

Halas prasinana 1892.—I brought forward H. prasi-
nana as an example of this power of colour-adjustment
in 1887 (Proc. Ent. Soc., pp. 1, li). When Mr. Bateson
had shown a source of error in interpretation, owing to
the effect of disturbance on the larve, I felt that this
case could no longer be sustained without further experi-
ment, in which such errors were specially guarded
against. I have fortunately been able to make a few
such experiments during the past autumn, which,
so far as they go, entirely support my earlier conclu-
sions.

A few nearly mature larve, beaten by Mr. Arthur
Sidgwick and myself, were placed, directly after capture,
in two cylinders. A twig of oak bearing leaves was
placed in each of these, and each of them stood on a
perforated plate and had a muslin top. The space around
the oak twig was filled in one cylinder with white paper
spills, in the other with dark sticks, chiefly of Quercus
cerris. After this the larve were not touched, and it is
clear that there is no reason for assuming that the

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 449

larve of one cylinder were more disturbed than those of
the other.

White surroundings.—8 cocoons were spun upon the
muslin roof, which in this case was a considerable dis-
tance from the oak-leaves; 1 was light brown; 2 very
light brown and almost white. 8 were spun on the glass
side near paper spills and oak-leaves. Of these 1 was
rather dark brown and two were light brown.

Dark surroundings.—1 was spun on the muslin top,
in this case near the oak-leaves but away from the
sticks; it was intermediate between the tints last de-
scribed. 8 were spun on the undersides of oak-leaves in
close proximity to the dark sticks, and all these were
dark brown, far darker than any in the other cylinder.
One of them was built low down, and some of the white
cotton wool wrapped round the oak twig, where it passed
through the hole in the plate, was spun into one end of
it, while the ends of 8 dark twigs were also fixed to it.
As in many other cases among larve and pup, where
dark and light surroundings contend, the former proved
to be more powerful, for the cocoon is as dark as the
other two. Another 5th cocoon was fixed to the glass
cylinder near the leaves, and closely surrounded by dark
twigs. It is very dark brown, just like those upon leaves.
Mr. Sidgwick tells me that he has always obtained such
dark cocoons upon leaves.

Another kind of experiment was then begun. A very
small twig of oak with few leaves was placed in each
of two similar cylinders, which were then filled up with
fragments of white tissue paper, slightly crumpled.
One of these was then covered with a larger darkened
cylinder so as to be in nearly complete darkness; the
other was left in strong light.

In the latter a single cocoon was spun on the white
muslin roof far above the oak-leaves, but closely sur-
rounded by white paper, the corner of one piece being
spun into it. It was the whitest cocoon obtained, with
hardly a trace of brown. In the other darkened cylinder
2 cocoons were obtained, both spun, 4 centimetres apart,
on the muslin roof, the white paper close to them, and
abundantly spun into one, the leaves far away. The
cocoon on the muslin alone was a slightly deeper shade
than that on the muslin roof of the cylinder with dark
sticks (viz., intermediate between ‘rather dark brown”

450 Mr. Poulton’s further expersments upon

and “light brown’’); the other spun on to muslin and
paper was ‘‘ light brown,” lighter than the darkest on
the muslin top and sides of the cylinder with white
paper spills, but darker than the ‘very light brown ”
ones on the roof of the same cylinder. It was in fact
intermediate between these two tints. Both were strik-
inely different from the white one in the corresponding
cylinder exposed to light.

Hence darkness produced brown and light brown
cocoons, under conditions which, with light, produced a
white one. Experiments upon other species did not
render it probable that darkness would produce very
dark cocoons, but that it should produce any effect at
all is inexplicable, except on the supposition of a colour
which can be modified by the larva as a response to
external conditions, and this ina normal manner, and
not as the result of disturbance.

I was very anxious to apply the crucial test which
suggests itself after reading Mr. Bateson’s criticisms.
He contends that the dark cocoons are normal, and are
always formed in nature by healthy larve, and that the
light ones are produced by disturbance or the presence
of parasites.

If, therefore, a much disturbed larva spun a dark
cocoon, or, better still, a larva, which had begun to spin
a white cocoon on a white surface, afterwards spun a dark
one in contact with the appropriate surroundings, it
would be quite impossible for Mr. Bateson’s criticism to
be sustained.

A larva beaten from birch spun a considerable part of
a perfectly white cocoon in a white chip box. A birch-
leaf was also spun into the cocoon, but in this case the
white surroundings predominated. Mr. Sidgwick has
also obtained a white cocoon of this species in a chip box
during the present year. The cocoon was opened and
the larva removed, and it was then found that two eggs
of ichneumons, probably of the genus Paniscus, were
fixed to one or more of the thoracic segments. In trying
to remove one of these with scissors, the larva was
rather seriously cut, and bled freely. I therefore desisted
from the attempt, and placed the larva in a cylinder with
oak shoots bearing leaves. To my surprise, it spun on
the glass, including the edge of an oak-leaf in its cocoon,
but every thread of silk spun after its removal was brown,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 451

even including the ‘‘ladder”’ by which it ascended the
side of the cylinder. To-day (Dec. 17) I opened it, and
found, as I expected, the unfortunate larva shrivelled up,
and an ichneumon cocoon lying beside it. Thus a dis-
tinct brown (by no means light brown) cocoon was spun
by a larva which had been subject to almost every kind
of disturbance—removed from a partially constructed
cocoon, bearing the external eggs of a parasite, and muti-
lated.

In this case I think it is probable that the instant
change in the colour of the silk, noticeable in the threads
of the “ladder,” and the framework around and beneath,
no less than in the cocoon itself, is probably in some
way associated with the irritation to which the larva had
been subjected. The case suggests, although it does not
prove, a source of the colouring matter other than that
provided by an extract from the food, contained in the
digestive tract; that is, so far as this species is con-
cerned. It was also certain that in this particular case
the silk was not darkened by the larva at some later time.

Another experiment of the same kind did not lead to the
same results. A larva had begun to spin a white cocoon
in a similar chip box. It had only constructed the
platform when it was removed and wrapped in many
folds of black net. Here it began to spin a white cocoon,
but soon died without completing it. As regards this
case, it may be remarked that we have no evidence as
yet of the effect of black net or black paper upon normal
larvee of this species, although we should suppose that
dark cocoons would be produced.

I think that these experiments, few as are the indi-
viduals made use of, prove the existence of some power
of colour-adjustment in this genus; for such experiments
as were conducted were specially arranged to avoid the
sources of error present in the earlier ones.

Then, too, Mr. Tutt’s observations upon the allied H.
chlorana afford very strong confirmation; for it is hard
to see how any disturbance of his larvee, sufficient to
account for the colour change, can have arisen. (See
‘The Entomologist’s Record,’ Jan. 15, 1892, pp. 9—12).

Rumia crategata, 1892.—Two beaten larve of this
species spun very light brown transparent-looking
cocoons in pieces of white tissue-paper in the cylinder
described above as exposed to light. Both larve sought

452 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments wpon

the innermost recesses of the crumpled papers. In the
absence of comparison experiments I cannot claim that
this evidence proves any susceptibility ; but I will keep
the cocoons to place beside others obtained in Jater
experiments.

Acronycta tridens, 1892. — A captured mature larva
spun a perfectly white cocoon on the muslin floor and
among the white pieces of paper of the last-named
cylinder. Small holes were gnawed in the muslin and
the pieces fixed in the cocoon. It is probable that the
cocoon is, in nature, entirely concealed by foreign
particles, and that the colour of the silk cannot be
adjusted.

Orgyia pudibunda, 1892. — Two captured larve spun
light yellowish cocoons on the muslin floor and among
the white tissue-paper of the cylinder in light, and
another spun a similar cocoon among the paper frag-
ments and on the muslin roof of the corresponding
cylinder in darkness, no effect being produced by the
different conditions.

The light yellow colour and slight opacity appear in
this species to be solely due to the larval hairs spun into
the wall of the cocoon.

Had I not been disappointed by a dealer, I should
have again tested the larva of Saturnia carpini during
the past season. I have no doubt that Mr. Bateson is
right in concluding from his experiments that the colour
of the cocoon cannot be adjusted; but I should wish,
before feeling absolutely certain of this, to apply what
I believe is the most searching test of all, viz., dark and
light surroundings as they occur in nature, using such
materials as chalk, light sand, peat, &e.

In admitting the mistake I formerly made in applying
the principle of colour-adjustment to certain cocoons, |
still think that it applies to some cocoons, and have now
brought forward fresh evidence in proof of this conclusion.

In other respects, the amount of confirmation of my
earlier work, and of support extended to principles sug-
eested in it, which I have been able to bring forward in
the present paper, has been a source of satisfaction.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 453

EK. ExpermMents upon LeEprporrerous imaGines, 1891.

1. Experiments in 1891 upon the colours of the larve,
cocoons, and imagines of Gnophos obscurata.—I| have been
anxious to experiment upon this species for many years,
but, until 1891, I was unable to obtain the material.
I have suggested a probable influence of environment in
determining the colours of the imago, which is well
known to be light-coloured on chalk, and dark on peat
(‘Colours of Animals,’ Internat. Sci. Ser., pp. 157, 158).
The colours of these local varieties are certainly pro-
tective; for Mr. W. E. Nicholson, of Lewes, who has had
a very wide experience of the species, tells me that the
imago always rests upon the bare ground by day,
although found on the grass if searched for with a
lantern at night. This is equally true on chalk and
peat, the moth usually resting on the face of pits or
banks, beneath ridges or overhanging tufts of vegetation.

My friend Mr. Merrifield, of Brighton, knowing of my
wish to experiment with the species, kindly suggested to
Mr. Nicholson to obtain some larvee for me. I wish to ex-
press my sincere thanks to both these gentlemen for their
kind help, which enabled me to carry out an investigation
I had especially looked forward to, and which was of
very great interest, although the results obtained were
negative.

I received 20 larve from Mr. Nicholson on May 16,
1891. These will be called the larve of the ‘first lot.”
They were obtained by searching with a lantern on the
night of May 14, and all were resting on dry grass bents
on a steep chalk bank near Lewes, facing S.W. ‘The
ground was very white, and the moth when taken in the
neighbourhood is very light; in fact, the bank just
mentioned is the best locality for the almost pure white
variety of the species.

Mr. Nicholson also sent me 25 more larve,—the
‘second lot,”—captured on the night of May 22 in the
same locality.

Although the results were negative, I will give some
account of the experiments, for the value of the con-
clusions depends upon the very great care which was
exercised. The same methods may also be of use in
other species.

454 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

The colours of the 20 larve of the ‘‘ first lot” were
carefully compared May 17, before being arranged in the
experiments on the same day. The 5 largest were about
21°0 mm. long, and were lighter in colour than the
remaining 15, which averaged about 18-0 mm. in length.
The amount of colour-variability was not great, but
distinct. The various shades of colour are mentioned
under the experiments. The 25 larve of the ‘‘second
lot’? were very uniform in size, the average length being
18°25 mm.; the colours of these larvae were also more
uniform, but 10 were somewhat darker than the others.

The larve were fed on various low-growing plants,
such as Achillea, sorrel, buttercup, and plantain, as well
as on the more well-known food-plants, rock-rose and
burnet sanguisorb. They did not eat much, being nearly
full-fed when received, and, indeed, some were probably
quite mature.

The habits of the larve were such as to expose them
very thoroughly to the materials made use of in the
experiments. Small pieces of chalk scattered on white
paper formed the light environments; coal and peat on
black paper formed the dark. In both cases the larve
generally hid under the chalk or coal by day, especially
when the food consisted of green leaves. When, however,
the rock-rose was employed alone, many of them hid by
day among the crowded brown stems in the inner part of
the plant.

The experiments were of three kinds—Dark Sur-
roundings, White Surroundings, and Transference Hx-
periments.

Dark SURROUNDINGS.
(See Table, page 455.)

Liaut SuRROUNDINGS.
(See Table, page 456.)

Various ‘TRANSFERENCE EXPERIMENTS AND OTHERS TO
BE COMPARED WITH THEM.

Fifteen of the lighter larve (although the difference
was not great) of the ‘second lot” were placed, May 25,
in a rectangular glass case (LI. Appendix), with a floor
of peat and lumps of coal, standing on black paper (below
the glass bottom). They were offered rock-rose alone.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 455
May 27, 7 were on the black net roof, and 2 on the
plant, the rest having buried deeply in the loose peat.
May 31, 10 buried, and had made cocoons; these were
transferred as described below (p. 457) ; 1 was on plant,
and 4 on roof.
June 22, the remaining 5 had buried, and 1 had
pupated. They were transferred as described below

(p 457).

Dark SURROUNDINGS.

Experiment I.

The floor of a large
glass cylinder (of about
1000 cc. capacity) was
black net resting on
black paper; on this
floor many small lumps
of coal were scattered;
the roof was black tis-
sue paper.

Larve of ‘first lot.” |

Experiment II.

Arranged as in I.

Larve of ‘first lot.”

Experiment III.
Dark Surroundings
from May 27.

Rectangular glass

_case (LII., Appendix)

with floor of peat and
lumps of coal standing
on black paper (below
glass bottom).

Larve of ‘first lot.”

May 17. — 2 of the

lightest large larve &

3 of the lightest small |

introduced.
May 24.—3 escaped.
July 15.—1 had pu-

pated recently, the
other died.

Aug. 15. — Moth
emerged.

May 17. — 1 inter- |

mediate large larva &
4 intermediate small
were introduced.

May 24,.—2 escaped.

July 7.—1 had spun
a slight cocoon, and
pupated the following
day.

July 15. — The re-

maining 2 were nearly

ready for pupation.
Aug. 14. — Moth
found emerged.
Aug. 26. — Moth

' found emerged.

May 27. — 6 of the
larvee lost on May 24
were found on that day,
but of course original
arrangement was un-
known. They were
placed between 24th
and 27th on rock-rose
alone, with white paper
floor; on 27th intro-
duced here.

June 23.—All buried,
and 1 had recently pu-
pated.

July 8.—1 dead.
2 pup in cocoons.
1 larva "
1 pupain which imago
was developing.
1 missing.

Aug. 3.—1 imago
emerged.

Aug. 15, — 2 imagos
emerged (1 probably
on 14th).

Aug. 26. — 1 imago
had emerged. These
last 3 imagos emerged
from pupe in well-
made cocoons of peat.

456

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Licgut SURROUNDINGS.

EXPERIMENT LY.

White paper floor &
roof, with lumps of
chalk scattered on
former.

Cylinder as in I.

Larve of “first lot,”’
except two.

May 17.—1 darkest
of the large larve and
4 of the darkest small
ones introduced.

May 24, morning.—
A careful comparison
Of themes Tela Ve
was made, all the larve
being placed on white
paper, with the light
falling on the same
side of them from the
same direction. There
were no decided effects
to be recognised, but
perhaps those upon the
chalk had become
somewhat greyer, and
those in dark surround-
ings a little browner.

2 escaped, and were
replaced next day by
2 dark varieties of the
“second lot.” Fed
from this date on
rock-rose alone.

June 22.—1 had spun
cocoon under chalk
lump, 1 dead.

June 27. — Larva in

cocoon had pupated.
July 7. — 1 dead, 1
spun slight cocoon.
July 15.—2 pupe &
1 larva in cocoon.
Aug. 3.—1 moth
emerged.
Sept. 4. — Another
moth had emerged.

EXPERIMENT Y.

Arranged as in IY.

Larve of ‘first lot,”
except one.

May 17. —1 inter-
mediate large and 4
intermediate small in-
troduced.

May 24.—1 escaped,
but another was added
the following day—a
dark larva from the
“second lot.”’

July 7. — 1 larva in
a cocoon had just pu-
pated; 3 died about
this time.

Aug. 14.—1 moth
emerged.

Sept. 1. — Another
moth had emerged.

EXPERIMENT VI.

Arranged as in IV.

Offered rock-rose
alone until June 23,
after which nothing
was eaten.

Larve of ‘* second lot.”

May 25. — 7 out of
the 10 darkest larvee
introduced.

June 13.—1 had spun
a slight cocoon under
a lump of chalk.

July 15.—1 had pu-
pated without cocoon.

Aug. 27. — 4 pupe ;
the 3 other larve had
died.

Sept. 4.—1 moth
emerged. The other
pupe died.

“pajsa} sea ouole aseys pednd zo Aqrptqrjdeosns oy} "Xx Ul
‘TITA PUB “ITA WooAjoq JV} 0} ALTIUS SVM “TX PUB “XT Wodazoq uostaedu0o at,

‘OTTT [BAIR] 109RT JO Jed o[qvteprsuoo vB snjd sported eset}
YIM payseryuoo sv ‘a@aret jo ported peuoyedndesd pue
asvys yednd ayy yo Aqrptqrydeosns oy] 480} 0} popuazU SBAL
‘TITA PUB ‘ITA JO S}][Nser ey} UoaMyoq UOstIvduLOd BT,

“‘suryednd ynoyyIA patp yo
‘X Ur sv peorjd puv peaour
-aI SU00D00 Z—GZS AUN

A as) | AON ks
‘snY postetle SYJOU Oly,

‘SUIdOTAAOp ATA SOSBUIT
4eq} poAMOYs SHUT JO sou
-reedde anbedg—'s fynp
‘ayBp oUeS 9} 4B
ae patIajsuVd} SVM “TTA
twoiy vdnd pouttoy ATYseay
ay} OsTe :pautozy ATYSoIy
Ajyuepraa sea ednd oly,
‘SSUIPUNOLINS 94M pure
‘TILA Ur se poor|d pure poaroy
-suvay vdnd [—'Zz aune

Y
‘ydag reyjoue pu ‘9z ‘ony
pesietme pey You JT ‘194e]
poezyednd pur ‘uo0000 epeut
BAIvT IoyjO ey, “L Arne
poyedud pey pue ‘m00000
UISBA T ‘2% OUNE UO * "TTA
UI sv ‘ssuIpUNoIIMS YAIBp
ysoif UL poovtd puv paaout
-aI SU00D00 % — "GG AUN?

“Suryednd ynoyyIa perp
prey [[e@ 1% “suy Aq ‘ su00900
peyiub [py ‘teded o41qy wo
yeyo 0} porrejsueay Ape]

-TUIIS SU00000 eE—" Tg hoy

‘pasiome ou [—') ‘inp
‘yrad ut Surd] ¢ pur ‘payed
-nd o10ut [ — "LZ aune
Cx)
qoded ayy pus y[Vyo oF
poaoutar sv pue ‘yz oune
uo Ayjuedea payednd pey
aug “zg A[UO 19}¥] pure YET
TO yNq ‘SUO0d0D UI I10M F
ce euner UO faouBqANySIp 34
JO }[NSeI B SB SU00D09 pd}
-yinb euros pure ‘ATAATT [ITS
wariwy ‘aaded yovyq uo
Surjset [voo pu yeod TILA
‘ase JOYJOUB 0} PatIoJsSUBI}
suoov0o ¢ — ‘TE fing

“‘qUsty Usyy
‘sBuIpunoding yaeqg

‘TX INGNIUaax

“qqot] WoT}
‘sSuIpunoding yIVq

“"X INGWIYaAdX of

“uostredutoo
Joy ‘ ynoysnoiyy
SSuIpunodiIng yIvq

‘X] INGNINddx

‘qsTT Woy
‘sSUIpunoLIng ye

‘TITA INGKINTax

‘tostredut09
IOF {ynoysnoayy
ssurpunoding xed
‘TTA INGNIUAEX

=
N

(DEC.)

ALL LVie

ix
fer)
@
ei

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND.

458 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

It has already been stated that there was not sufficient
evidence that the colours of the larve were modified by
the conditions of the experiments.

The colour of silk was variable, being sometimes white
and sometimes brown, but there was no evidence for the
existence of any power of adjustment. Adventitious
particles were so freely used as to render the cocoon very
hard to detect. In soft peat the larve made their
cocoons at some considerable depth, but they also freely
spun among loose blocks of chalk on the surface.

The imagines, when carefully compared on a white
background, showed not the least tendency towards
colour-variation in accordance with the environments
which had been employed. Indeed they were, for this
species, remarkably uniform, being light grey forms,
but none of them extremely white, like the var. pullata.

It is clear that there is no susceptibility during the
period over which the experiments extended. Hither the
period was not long enough, or the species is not sensi-
tive in this way. If the latter be the true explanation,
it is probable that the local races are to be accounted
for by natural selection, the lighter varieties being more
conspicuous, and therefore exterminated, in peaty dis-
tricts, and the darker ones on chalk. Before seriously
considering this suggestion, I should much like to repeat
the experiments, keeping up the conditions for nearly
the whole life of the larve. In the Hphyride we meet
with pup the colours of which are determined by those
of the larve. It is conceivable that, in this case, the
colours of the larve may be modified by environment
acting in the usual way during the early stages, and
that the imaginal colours may follow those of the larvie.
I should also very much like to know the result of
exposing the pup to different temperatures, as in Mr.
Merrifield’s most interesting researches.

F. Concuvstons.

1. The light which effects the chief colour-changes in
larve and pupé.—Great interest attaches to the attempt
to define the light rays which constitute the stimulus
leading to the colour-changes. Of these we must dis-
tinguish two main kinds: (a) changes in the colour of

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 459

the true animal pigments, leading to various shades of
brown, grey, &¢.; (b) the change to a green colour
modified from plant pigments in the food. When such
a change of colour is possible, the true pigments are
always superficial to the green, and cannot be retained
without concealing the latter, the degree of concealment
depending on the amount and distribution of pigment.
Thus in A. betularia the true pigments are chiefly placed
in the epidermic cells, the green in the subjacent fat,
while in many others the former are in the superficial
layer of the cuticle, the latter in the blood or sometimes
in the lower layers of the cuticle. But the appearance
of the green is not merely the removal of a screen,
although this must occur; in some cases, at any rate,
it also means the formation of the green colouring
matter itself.

In discussing the effects of light it will be important,
therefore, to discriminate between (a) modifications of
true pigment; () its disappearance, accompanied by a
change to green.

I propose to tabulate all the coloured backgrounds
made use of in these experiments, and briefly to compare
their effects on the species subjected to them in 1886 and
in subsequent years. We shall thus be able to form a
sound conclusion as to the constituents of a mixed
reflected light (like that from leaves) which effect the
change, and as to the existence of any common sus-
ceptibility on the part of such Lepidoptera to light from
a particular part of the spectrum.

I wish to express my warm thanks to my friend Sir
John Conroy for his great kindness in helping me to
make an accurate statement of the quality of the light
reflected from backgrounds and transmitted through
screens. His well-known researches in this region of
physics rendered his kind assistance invaluable.

The method we employed with the backgrounds was
as follows :—The spectrum of lime-light, obtained by the
use of a bisulphide of carbon prism, was projected on a
white paper screen. ‘The coloured backgrounds were
then held so as partly to cover the spectrum, when the
rays absorbed and reflected could be determined by
comparing the covered with the uncovered part. In
many cases, two backgrounds were placed in the spec-
trum together so that they could be accurately compared.

22

460 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

The effect of the screens upon the backgrounds was
easily determined by comparing the effect upon the
latter when the former was interposed in the path of the
light on its way to the prism, with that of its with-
drawal.

The reflecting power of the backgrounds having been
thus determined, a few days later the whole process was
repeated, and the second set of observations compared
with the first. In most cases they agreed: when they
did not, we made a third observation. These determi-
nations were made in the laboratory of Balliol College,
Oxford.

I propose to consider the backgrounds in the following
order :—(1) Dark surfaces, such as black and brown,
reflecting very faintly, but from every part or many parts
of the spectrum ; (2) coloured surfaces, chiefly reflecting
particular rays: these will be considered in the order of
the spectrum from red to blue; (3) white or bright
surfaces (white or metallic), reflecting strongly from the
whole of the spectrum.

(See Table, pages 461, 462, 463, 464.)

These results all combine to prove the validity of the
suggestion made in my earlier paper, that rays from the
yellow and orange part of the spectrum are effective in
dismissing pigment, and favouring green (or bright)
larvee and pupe. It seems tolerably certain that it is
the yellow and orange rays which, reflected from leaves
and shoots, stimulate the larve and pupx to become
ereen. It is shown above that if a red background be
offered, pup become dark; but if an orange surface be
substituted, only differing in reflecting an additional
narrow strip of the spectrum, but in that strip including
orange and yellow rays, both larve and pupe are
strongly influenced in the direction of green, although
there is hardly any green in the light which. reaches
them. I attach less weight to the evidence from yellow
backgrounds, because they reflect so much of the spec-
trum. But the evidence from the green backgrounds is
the strongest of all. If the above argument holds good,
artificial greens which are strong in the yellow and
orange ought to act like leaves and shoots, while those
which are weak in this part, although as greens they
may be extremely bright, ought to produce dark larvee

Light reflected from
backgrounds.

Iiffects produced.

Larve.

Pupe.

|Amphidasis

betularia.

Other sensi-
tive larve.

Pieris bras-

sice and P.
rap@, 1886
and 1888.

Vanessa
urtica@,
1886 and
later.

Other
pups.

Vanessaio.

Black paper. Very faint
continuous spectrum. It
is probably this faint reflec-
tion, not stronger in one
part of spectrum than an-
other, which acts as the
stimulus and accounts for
the difference, which is
usually very great, between
darkness and black surfaces
in strong light, the latter
causing the more powerful
effects. A dead or var-
nished surface produces the
same results. The dark
twigs also made use of may
be safely included here.

Light brown tissue-paper
on a backerouna of white
paper (LXIII.). Strong
general absorption, least in
red, becoming almost com-
plete in blue.

Browntwigs. Very similar
to the above, except that
no blue is reflected.

Deep red paper. Only one
shade used. Spectrum re-
duced to red, which is
but slightly dimmed. Com-
pared with orange (below),
it differs in the absorption
of parts about solar line D,
and above it.

Deep orange paper. The
only orange paper used.
Absorption begins a little
above line D, removing
nearly all green and every-
thing else. All below D
reflected.

Orange enamel (painted
ontwigs). Red, orange, and
yellow reflected, the rest
absorbed. Very similar to
spectrum of orange paper,
but a little shorter.

Dark
larvee :
blackness
varying
with that
of back-
ground.

Brown
larve.

Green
larvee.

Green
larve.

Dark
larvee.

Dark
pupe.

Dark
pupe.

Dark
pupe.

Dark
pupe.

Dark
pupe.

Dark
pupe.

Dark
pupe.

Dark
pupe.

Green
pupe.

Green
pupe.

Light reflected from

Effects produced.

Larve.

Pups.

backgrounds. Vanessa | Pieris bras-
Amphidasis |Other sensi- urtice, Waiassu in: sice and P,

betularia. | tive larve. | 1886 and rap@, 1886

| later. and 1888.

Pale yellow paper. Whole Green | Green &
of the blue and yery little | pupe. inter-
of the more refrangible end | mediate
of the green very faint. pupe.
All the rest as bright as
with white paper (LV.,

LXVIII.; also Pieride@ in
1886).

Bright yellow tisswe-paper Green Green
on a background of white pupe. | pupe of
paper. As above, except P. rape
that the blue and end of (Grif-
green are completely ab- fiths).
sorbed (LVI.). |

Bright yellow opaque pa- Green
per, somewhat deeper and pupe.
more orange in tint than
the last. No perceptible
difference in the spectrum.

Made into spills; placed in
a clear glass lamp-shade.

Green leaves and shoots| Green Light | Healthy | Green Green
of living plants. The red! larve (in) brown | brilliant | pup (in pupe (in|
and blue rays are much] nature & | larve: pupe j|nature). | nature) ;_
absorbed, but, in the small} inexperi-| greenish | (some- also of
thickness traversed by the| ments). | brown or) times P. napi
reflected light, the orange green in |foundin (Merri-
and yellow little, and the Rumia | nature). field).
green hardly at all. crategata

(experi-
ment).

Bright yellowish green tis- Irregular| Green | Green «& |
sue-paper (faded). Blue results: | pupe. inter-
much absorbed, green hard- paper in mediate |
ly at all, the rest but little part un- pupe.
(much in the unfaded pa- faded ; (Uncer-
per. LXIX., LXX.; also also con- tain how |
Pierid@, 1886). siderable far paper

crowding was
faded).

Light green enamel| Green
(painted on twigs). Green| larve
bright; red, orange, and | (not very
yellow but little absorbed. | bright).

Blue wanting.

Other
pupe.

Light &
brilliant
pup of
V. ata-
lanta.

V. poly-
chloros
said to be
light red-
dish
brown,
with me-
tallic
spots.

Light reflected from

Kffects produced.

Larve.

Pupe.

Pieris bras-|

backgrounds. Vanessa
Amphidasis |Other i- ‘tice, = . | sic@ and P.
patient: ae neva 1886 and Vanessa io. acs, pee
later. and 1888,
| |

Bright green paper (ar-| Light Darkish
senite of copper). Con-| brown& pupe.
siderable absorption of red, greenish
orange, and yellow, very larve
slight of green; extreme (probably
blue absent and the rest poisoned
dimmed (LVII. and spills). by the

| pigment)

Pale bluish green paper. | Dark
The same paper, rendered pupe,
paler (probably as the effect | P. bras-
of damp), was used with the sicé ; in-
experiments on Pierid@ in terme-
1886. The spectrum, as. diate P.
described in Phil. Trans. | rape.
(1887, B, p. 430), is very
similar.

Dark greenenamel (paint- | Darkish
edon twigs). Red, orange,| larve
and yellow darkened, blue predomi-
wanting; slight absorption) uate.
of green.

Dark dull green paper. Dark Dark
Some general absorption, pupe. pupe
least in green, most in (P. bras-
blue, considerable in yellow, | | sice).
orange, and red (LYIII.). |

|

Very pale blue tissue- | | Green | Dark &
paper, on a background of | pupe, inter-
white paper. Some slight | but not | media‘e
absorption of red, yellow, | the pupe.
and orange; the rest of greenest.
spectrum unchanged (LIX.)

Light blue paper. All Dark Darkish
blue unabsorbed, and all pups. | pupre (P.
other parts considerably brassic@)
weakened, but much less
so than below (LX.).

Deep blue paper. Great| Dark Dark Dark
absorption of all except) larvie. pup. | pup (P.
blue (LXI., blue spills). brassicae)

Light reflected from
backgrounds.

Effects produced.

Larve.

Pupe.

Vanessa

Amphidasis Other sensi-| _wrtice,

betularia. | tive larve. | 1886 and

Vanessa io.

Pieris bras-
sice and P. Other
rape, 1886 pupe.

Darkest blue paper. Very
great absorption of all ex-
cept blue, which was slightly
absorbed (LXII., blue
spills).

White metallic surfaces of
tin and silver. ‘These give
a strong, continuous spec-
trum, but the light is re-
flected regularly, and not
much diffused.

Yellow metallic surface of
brass (‘gilt’) also appears
to give a strong, continuous
spectrum, but the yellow
colour is due to the absorp-
tion of blue. Reflect regu-
larlyas above. More effect
is produced when there is
increased diffusion,owing to
the surface being irregular.

White opal glass. Gives
a strong, continuous spec- |
trum ; the light is diffused.

White paper. Spectrum |

as above.

later. and 1888.
Uniform- Dark | Darkish
ly very pupe. pup
dark (P. rape,
larve : 1886).
a deep
purplish
brown.
Tend to | Tend to V. ata-
produce | produce lanta.
light and| green Produce
brilliant | pupe, light and
pupe, | but not brilliant
but not | nearly so pupe,
somuch | muchas but not
as below. | below. so much
as below.
Produces} Tends V. poly-
the light-| very chloros,
est and | strongly V. ata-
most to pro- lanta.
brilliant duce Produces
pupe. ereen the light-
pupe. est and
most
brilliant
pupe.
Tends Tends V. ata-
strongly | strongly lanta.
to pro- | to pro- Produces
duce duce the light-
light and| green est and
brilliant | pupe. most
pupe. brilliant
pupe.
White Asabove. | Asabove.| Light or | Argynnis
larve. green | paphia.
pupe. Very
light
pupe (no
change
in bril-
liancy).

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 465

and pupe. And this is what has been found to occur.
I attach great importance to the colour of copper arsenite
in this respect. I hope to try it again on a larger scale,
covering it with varnish so as, if possible, to prevent any
poisonous effect.

The larvee and pup are probably sensitive to diffused
rather than regularly reflected light, the strong effect of
“‘oilt”” being explained by its absorption of blue rays,
and the consequent greater prominence of yellow, as
well as by its power of returning so high a proportion of
the light which falls on it. Silver and tin with this same
power, but without that selective absorption which gives
prominence to yellow, exert a far inferior influence upon
these insects. The effect of white paper and opal glass
is easily explained on the principles laid down above.

I have hitherto only considered the production of
green or bright pupe and larve. But the table of back-
grounds at once proves that the case is far more com-
plex in certain species, and notably in| Amphidasis
betularia. These larve behave like the pupe as regards
sreen, black, and orange backgrounds, but entirely diffe-
rently as regards brown, white, and, to some extent, deep
blue. These do not make the larve green, but produce a
special form of true pigment, in two cases corresponding
to the coloured surface which emitted the rays forming
the stimulus. It cannot be doubted that these effects
also follow from the constitution of the diffused lght
reflected from the background (see also pp. 858, 3856,
359).

The same contention is true of R. crategata, the true
pigments of which can certainly be modified, as well as
dismissed (see p. 826), and probably of all sensitive larva ;
for it is unlikely that the great difference between the
dark and light browns is only a question of quantity of
pigment.

We are justified in concluding that a larva of a species
which possesses this power of adjustment (as regards
pupa or larva) is effected, during the sensitive period, by
certain constituents of the diffused light reflected from
surfaces in its immediate neighbourhood, diluted as it is
by other constituents, and far more by the direct white
light which falls on every part of its surface. It is
sensitive to this very small proportion of effective rays,
and can, as a response to the stimulus, produce true

466 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

pigment, or dismiss it and become green, or in some
cases can alter the constitution of the former so as to
produce a variety of tints, each of which is more or less
appropriate to some form of natural environment.

The use of coloured screens obviously alters the case
entirely, for the larval surface is thus exposed to far more
concentrated rays from certain parts of the spectrum.

The screens employed were kindly described for me by
Sir John Conroy. I quote his determinations below :—

Red gelatine. — ‘Transmitted light. Red. The ab-
sorption begins abruptly on the less refrangible side of D
at about a wave-length of 604, and extends through the
remainder of the spectrum.” — Receptacle LXXII. (see
G, Appendix).

Although the light was thus a very pure red, the
larvee of V. io formed distinct green pupze when exposed
to it upon a reflecting background. In this concentrated
form, red rays have the power only possessed by yellow
and orange under more normal conditions.

Red glass.—‘‘ Transmitted light. Red and some yellow,
together with a little green and a trace of blue. Light of
wave-lengths between about 589 (D) and 559 strongly
absorbed.”—Receptacles LXXI., LXXII. (at one time),
LXXV.

Green pupe of V. io were similarly formed beneath
this screen, and much lighter pup of P. brassice than
those usually produced by a red background.

Yellow glass.—‘‘ Transmitted light. Red, yellow, and
eveen. Slight general absorption of the red, yellow and
green, and strong absorption of all the blue rays.”—
—Receptacles LXXVIII. to LXXXI., and LXXVI.

Green pupe of V. io were similarly formed, and inter-
mediate or light pupx of P. brassice. When the back-
ground reflected hardly any of the transmitted light, the
pupe of the latter were darker.

Green gelatine—“ Transmitted light. Red, yellow,
and green. Some general absorption through red,
yellow and green, and strong absorption of rays of
wave-length greater than 462.’’—Receptacle LXXIII.

Green pupe of V. io were similarly formed.

Green glass.—* Transmitted light. Some red, yellow,
and green. Light of wave-length greater than 605 and
less than 501 strongly absorbed. The rays between 605
and 576 considerably absorbed.’’—Receptacles LXXXII.
to LXXXV. ;

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 467

Results with P. brassice much the same as with the
yellow glass, but more irregular, and on the whole darker.

Green glass—‘ Transmitted light. Green. Light of
wave-length greater than 572 and less than 517 strongly
absorbed.”— Receptacle LXXVII.

Pupe of V. io formed upon a reflecting background
behind this screen, which is far more complete than the
last, were uniformly green. Pupx of V. urtice formed
behind it upon a feebly reflecting background were dark.
Pupex of P. brassice under the former conditions were
intermediate.

Pale blue glass.—‘ Transmitted light. Some red and
yellow, the yellow-green, and most of the blue. The
extreme red below 645 absorbed, a faint absorption-band
from 605 to 584, and a slight continuous absorption above
548.”—Receptacles LXXXVI. to LXXXIX.

When in front of backgrounds which reflected all
transmitted light, except the blue, intermediate pup
were produced ; when with a background which reflected
only the red, the pup were much darker.

Blue gelatine. — “ Transmitted light. Some red, and
the yellow-green and blue. Slight general absorption
of the red, and an ill-defined dark band from about 608 to
578.”’—Receptacle LXXIYV.

Intermediate pupe of V. io were formed behind this
screen.

Blue cobalt glass.—‘‘ Transmitted light. The extreme
red; yellow-green; a small amount of green, and the
blue. Strong absorption of light of wave-length between
702 and 576, and also of wave-length greater than 553 ;
the upper limit of this strong absorption too ill-defined
to be measured.”—Receptacles XCI. to XCIYV.

With certain exceptions, dark pupe of P. brassice
were formed behind this blue screen upon reflecting and
non-reflecting backgrounds alike.

Blue cobalt glass.—‘‘ Very similar to the above, but it
transmits rather more light.”—Receptacle XC. _Recep-
tacle LXXIII. was (at one time) covered with this glass,
or that last described.

Same effects upon P. brassice.

The results, upon the whole, supported the argument
already given. J. io is evidently far more sensitive than
P. brassice, and I greatly regret that so few of the latter
were subjected to the conditions described above.

468 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

On the whole it is probable that, when the direct white
light is cut off by a screen, and in some cases the mixed
reflected light reduced by the same means, the larve,
when resting on reflecting surfaces, are sensitive to a
larger part of the spectrum, comprising the red on the
one side, and the green on the other, but not the blue.

In talking the matter over with Sir John Conroy, he
suggested that the heating effects of the rays may have
something to do with their power; for he informed me that
the usual opinion as to the superior heating properties
of the red and ultra-red rays is mistaken, and only
holds for dispersed light, when the smaller refrangibility
of these rays leads to crowding in a given area. Under
the conditions of these experiments, he tells me that the
yellow rays possess the greatest heating power.

But if it were a question of temperature, it is very
difficult to understand why the effects of reflected light
are not completely subdued by those of direct light. Nor
is there any evidence that accessory conditions which
must greatly affect the temperature of the larve, such as
the amount of sunshine, have any influence upon the
result. Upon the whole it appears far more probable
that nerve-terminations in the skin are directly affected
by the radiant energy, and, in most cases, are especially
sensitive to those vibrations which appear to affect
animal life most powerfully.

Some conclusions from the experiments on larve.—
I have here brought together some of the chief results
of the shorter experiments.

Regularly dimorphic forms, with intermediate varieties
rare or wanting, are never, as far as our present know-
ledge extends, susceptible to surrounding colours, while
variable species tend to be so. In this respect Geometra
papilionaria is very interesting, being susceptible when
variable during its youth, but not in advanced stages,
when it is dimorphic. Among the Geometre, so many
of which are strongly susceptible, we meet with well-
marked dimorphism in the genus Ephyra, which is
apparently not affected by surroundings.

Noctue are far less sensitive than Geometre, both in
relative numbers and in the effect produced in the most
marked cases. he most susceptible Noctua, the Catoca-
lidg, are purely arboreal forms, like the majority of

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 469

Geometre, and specialised, like the latter, for conceal-
ment among twigs and on bark. It was the knowledge
of this specialisation which led me to test for that further
protection which is afforded by the power of colour-
change.

The other larve (Smerinthus, Sphinx, Agha) which I
have tested are very inferior to the genus Catocala in
this respect, but from what Col. Swinhoe tells me, it is
evident that some of the Indian Sphingid@é are highly
susceptible.

There may be a most extraordinary fluctuation in the
amount of susceptibility within the limits of the same
genus (Catocala, and in the pupe of Papilio).

In Geometre alone have distinct green larve been
produced by these experiments. Probably the great
majority of these larvee are sensitive. Out of 11 species,
many of which were selected at random, all but one
have proved to be so.

There is no evidence that the results acquired by one
generation can be transmitted to the next (wmia, Cro-
callis). The susceptibility is essentially an adaptation
to the fact that the individuals of each such species are
liable to find themselves in different environments, so
that any bias from the experiences of the past would
of course be injurious, unless the earlier and later
surroundings happened to correspond.

In the case of R. crategata the test for hereditary
effects was as complete as it could be in one generation.

Concerning the time which is necessary before the
colour-changes begin to appear—

Some effect was produced in 8 days in young G. papilionaria.

” ” ” C. electa.
Much ” ” 1» ¥ C. elinguaria.
” ” > 14 about ,, M. montanata.
” ” ” 11 ” ” C. elocata.
” ” % 13 (or less) ,, H., abruptaria.
” ” 9 17 A R. crategata.
” ” ry) 8 Pe A. betularia.

When carefully watched for, the changes are sometimes
seen to occur quite suddenly (C. elinguaria, R. crategata,
1886, IT.).

The effects cannot be reversed by reversing the sur-
roundings for a short time (C. elinguaria, H. abruptaria,
A. betularia).

When the conditions are uniform, the response to

470 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

environment does not necessarily destroy individual
variability, but the most powerful forms of environment,
when applied to highly sensitive species, very nearly do
away with it.

If the environment be mixed, there does not appear to
be any instinctive knowledge leading the larve to rest
only on appropriate objects. Thus, if they have become
ereen, and are beyond the power of change, they will
nevertheless rest on brown twigs in preference to leaves,
if offered to them.

The instinct of these Geometre is to rest upon twigs
under any circumstances, and this is probably the reason
why so small a proportion of twigs produces so great an
effect (A. betularia, 1889). Contact, or at all events the
closest proximity, is required to effect the change. Al-
though they are so much more susceptible to brown sur-
roundings when these are mixed with green, there were
no exceptions among 105 larve which in 1889 became
green among leaves and shoots.

The effects produced on the larve do not influence the
colours of the moths (A. betularia).

Darkness does not produce so great an effect as black
surroundings in strong light (A. betularia, R. crategata,
C. elinguaria). Overcrowding tends to produce dark
larvee (A. betularia, R. crategata).

In the case of R. crategata and A. betularia, there is
direct evidence of the power being efficient in concealing
the wild larvee.

The larve are probably chiefly sensitive at the time
when they quit the leaves and first begin to rest on the
twigs.

The protective significance of the colour changes.—
Looking at the results here recorded, as a whole, there
can be no doubt about these changes being such as to
promote concealment. In the majority of the larve
the only possible change appears to be from dark to
light brown or greenish brown. But the latter are far
less conspicuous on the leaves than the dark varieties
would have been, although they are not nearly so well
concealed as the latter upon the dark twigs. When
the larvee of any one of these species hatch upon a
tree, or part of a tree, with a great abundance of
young green shoots, their susceptibility would certainly

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 471

lead them in the direction of concealment. It by no means
follows that the power is useless in certain species because
it leads to more perfect results in others. Concerning the
latter, no one who has once seen the larve of A. betularia
or R. crategata upon their food-plants in the field, can
doubt about the meaning of the changes in colour which
they undergo.

The pup of many species have now been tested, and
only in the case of one of them (V. urtice) has any doubt
been expressed as to the efficiency of the change in pro-
moting concealment. The cases of Vanessa io and the
Pieride (including P. napi) are nearly as clear as those
of A. betularia and R. crategata, and the same may be
said of a few S. African species tested by Mrs. M. E.
Barber, Mr. Roland Trimen, and Mr. Mansel Weale. The
changes of Vanessa atalanta and V. polychloros certainly
lead in the same direction; and there is not that exces-
sive development of the golden appearance in the lighter
forms which, in V. urtice, is thought by some to be a
conclusive argument against the protective significance
of the change.

In Argynnis paphia we have a very interesting case.
There can be no doubt about the change being strongly in
the direction of concealment, but the metallic spots (which
are not very large) are equally present in both dark and
light pupe. The ancestral relationship of the Argynnide
to the Vanesside, as shown by Dr. Dixey in the com-
parison of the wing markings, suggests the possibility
that the metallic spots are an ancestral feature of both
pupe which can be removed from the darker forms of
Vanesside, but remain in the lighter ones, while they
persist in both varieties of at least one species of
Argynnis. In this respect it is interesting to note that
the position of each metallic spot can generally be de-
tected by its lighter colour in the dark pupz of such
species as V. polychloros or V. atalanta.

I must now consider the case of V. urtice at greater
length, because of the arguments brought forward by
Mr. Bateson in a recent paper (Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond.,
1892, pp. 212, 213).

This writer, in the first place, attempts to cut away
the foundation of an interpretation based on natural
selection, by arguing that there is no struggle for exist-
ence during the pupal stage of this species,

472 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

It is interesting to note the antagonistic objections
which Mr. Bateson and Mr. Beddard urge against the
protective efficiency of colouring, the one holding that
enemies are purely imaginary, and the other that they
are so supremely successful that no concealment is of
avail against them.

No one feels more keenly than I the truth which
Darwin so constantly urges in his letters, that we are
profoundly ignorant of the conditions of existence of
almost every organism. But Darwin never used this
ignorance as grounds for the assumption that enemies
are “imaginary” for any part of the life of any animal.
He rather felt that the enemies were apt to be under-
estimated than over-estimated. I have great hope that
this part of the evidence for natural selection will be
tested as severely as possible by those who believe in
the doctrine ; for there seems to be little chance of such
work being forthcoming from those who attempt to
depreciate it. It is very much easier to assume that
enemies are imaginary than set about a searching
enquiry into the conditions of existence as they affect
any one animal. But such expressions of opinion have
their value in stimulating those who consider them to
be eminently unscientific to obtain direct evidence.

I have for a long time wished to undertake such an
investigation myself, but one man alone cannot do much,
especially in the vast field of observation which must be
covered in order to obtain adequate direct evidence.
This paper and my other works are an indication that I
have not been idle. In the hope that others may be in-
duced to work at the subject, I will therefore mention
some lines which I think would lead to useful results.

Larve of such species as A. betularia might be
liberated upon plants which harmonize and upon others
which do not harmonize with their colour. Only one
larva should be placed on each branch, not many
branches on the same tree should be employed, and
the trees should be widely separated. ‘The larvee might
be liberated at the last ecdysis, so that their colours
would remain nearly constant. They should be observed
and noted twice a day. If they disappeared at once,.
allowance would have to be made for wandering, but if
they settled down on the branch, there would be no
reason for suspecting them of this.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 473

Pupz may be observed more satisfactorily. Large
stones could be placed in a case with a few mature larve,
and when two or three (not more) pups were suspended
to each, the stones could be removed to the borders of
some wood or field and noted twice a day. This would
be a fairer test than a garden. In this way the pupe
would be accessible to such probable enemies as insec-
tivora and rodents. In other comparison experiments
light pup could be fixed to dark stones and vice versd.
This test could be satisfactorily applied to many species,
and other objects made use of as well as stones.

With regard to imagines, we first require to find where
many of them conceal themselves at night and in
rainy weather. This could be accomplished by track-
ing the butterflies at dusk, marking the spot where they
finally come to rest, and again examining it at night
with a lantern. Butterflies bred in confinement could
then be placed at night in natural and unnatural situa-
tions, observed in half an hour to see whether they had
moved, and again observed and noted in the morning
before they begin to fly. The same kind of observation
could be made with hybernating species.

In the meantime, however, there is some very strong
indirect evidence which is worthy of attention. Assuming
that a female V. urtice lays 3800 eggs, every pair of
butterflies would be represented by 300 offspring in the
next generation, were it not for the deaths which ensue
at some period of development. Owing to this cause,
however, we know that, on the average, they only pro-
duce 2 mature offspring to take their place, and them-
selves become parents. The extinction of 298 out of
300 means a severe struggle for existence, and does not
support the assumption of “‘imaginary”’ enemies during
any stage or in any week, especially when we remember
that there are two or more generations in ayear. And,
contrary to the commonly received opinion, I should
maintain that extinction is least during the first of
the three stages. The larve are perfectly exposed and
obvious during their whole lives, and we know their
conditions fairly well; of the pup, in nature, and the
imagines, when concealed, we know comparatively little.
The larve have been proved to be distasteful to certain
insect-eating animals, and the persistence of large
colonies through the whole of larval life proves that

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) 2M

474 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

they are not subject to much extermination from this
cause. Their chief foes at this period are dipterous and
hymenopterous parasites, but the deaths are not nearly
so numerous as might be inferred from Mr. Bateson’s
experience. In 1886 I experimented on 700 larve
belonging to many colonies (the exact numbers can be
ascertained in my paper, Phil. Trans., /.c.), and in 1888
upon the many hundred larve tabulated in this memoir ;
but I am quite sure that the deaths from this cause did
not come to anything like 10 per cent. The T'achina
larvee nearly always emerge before the Vanessa pupates,
and are quite obvious, together with the dead or dying
larvee. ‘The proportion of deaths in V.io was not widely
different.

There are great differences between the colonies in
this respect, as is well shown by Mr. Bateson’s experience
of 5 or 6 deaths to 1 survival. It would be very inte-
resting to observe whether there are any individual
differences in the methods employed by these larve in
keeping off their insect foes, so as perhaps partially to
explain why some colonies are almost swept away, while
others are nearly untouched. I hasten to anticipate
Mr. Bateson’s objection by stating that this suggestion
is not intended as a ‘‘basis for argument,” but as a
stimulus to observation. Everyone who has observed
these larvee must have noticed the twitching of the wild
larvee when disturbed, and how readily the movement
becomes concerted and common to a whole detachment
of a colony. ‘This is probably one of their methods of
defence against such foes.

The numerical argument alone drives us to the two
remaining stages for the chief extermination, and it is
impossible, on these grounds alone, to admit that the
pupal stage, short as it is, can escape.

Mr. Bateson considers that the theory of the protective
significance of colour has only been ‘‘applied to the case
of these pup by an indiscriminate extension of de-
ductions made in other cases fairly enough, as, for
example, in that of the larve of A. betularia.” And yet
we can only suppose that these latter are large enough
to be the prey of insect-eating vertebrates for about the
length of the pupal period of the Vanessa; and, as for
concealment, the latter would be far more perfectly
hidden were it not for walls and palings, which are not
a strictly natural environment,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 475

When we also remember that, wherever they pupate
in a natural environment, it is almost certainly within
reach of small insectivorous or omnivorous mammals,
which can hardly have the chance of reaching the larve
of betularia, we are led to connect their more complete
concealment with their greater dangers. In speaking of
“more complete concealment,” I refer to the result,
however brought about,—to the instinct which leads
them to scatter and hide we hardly know where, as well
as to the colour and shape.

Mr. Bateson states that he would have been less sur-
prised if the golden pup of V. urtice had been brought
forward as examples of warning than of protective
coloration. But the most prominent feature of the latter
is the habit of adopting a conspicuous position or
attitude ; for this, even more than the colour, displays
the organism to its enemies. In the pup of Huplaa
core we probably have an example in which the me-
tallic appearance has this significance, but it is always
freely exposed, and, as Mr. Minchin tells me, most
conspicuous, and can be seen from a great distance.
It is impossible to say this of V. wrtice as it occurs in
nature. Again, I have experimented with V. wrtice,
and find that the most fastidious of all insect-eating
animals I have come across, a marmoset, devoured the
golden varieties, one after the other, with the greatest
relish.

Mr. Bateson argues that the golden varieties cannot
be protective because they are conspicuous against
certain artificial backgrounds, which nevertheless stimu-
late their production. It is strange that he should have
employed such an argument, considering that I showed,
in 1887, strong reason for believing that only some of the
constituents of the reflected light are effective in the
production of the far more perfectly concealed green
pupe of Pieride. If the yellow constituent of the light
reflected from leaves is proved to be efficient rather
than the green, it by no means follows that the power
is not directed towards concealment, because yellow
backgrounds are effective in producing green pupe.

The same argument would deny any ‘‘‘ attempt’ on the
part of the animal to approximate to the colour of its
surroundings”’ to the larve of A. betularia, and the pup
of V. io and the Pieride, because all these become bright

2mu2

476 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

green against orange backgrounds. And yet Mr. Bateson
admits such an ‘‘attempt”’ on the part of betularia (I. c. ;
p- 22);

Mr. Bateson fails to apprehend that if the pupe had
resembled the various artificial backgrounds, it would
have been the strongest blow against the theory of the
protective significance of the change. We can hardly
imagine the production, under the theory of natural
selection, of adaptation to surroundings which had never
before been met with in the life of the species, and it
would be clear that we had to deal with some other
power. Ihave no prejudice against my own discoveries
that I should seek to minimise them; but the chief
reason why I have failed to see in them what some
others have believed they have seen, viz., the indications
of some new power in the moulding of species, is because
I have only been able to produce those changes which
can be produced by a natural environment. Even the
golden pupe of V. urtice form no exception ; for healthy
individuals are known to occur, although rarely, upon
the leaves of nettles.*

Mr. Bateson does not seem to see that his opinion
that the golden form is conspicuous is really at variance
with his contention that the pupal susceptibility does
not tend towards concealment; for, in nature, the sus-
ceptibility is chiefly employed in checking the production
of this very form. Until my experiments, the golden
pupe were little known, except when diseased.

We have seen that the colour-changes of all species
proved to be susceptible certainly tend towards con-
cealment, V. urtice being alone disputed; that the
protective green and dark forms of JV. io certainly
correspond physiologically to the gilded and dark forms
of V. urtice, while the dark forms of the latter are
certainly protective; for the pupa would be dark on a

** Mr. Merrifield tells me that, during the last week of August,
1892, he found about 50 pupe of V. uwrtice, evidently belonging to
one company, suspended to the stalks of nettles, or sometimes of
other plants growing with them. All were entirely golden, and all
produced ichneumons. A few days later Mr. Merrifield found a
colony of over 200 nearly mature larvee, and among them about a
dozen pup, also on the nettle-stalks. These were equally golden,
and about half produced imagos, the remainder being ichneumoned
(one died from some unknown cause). See also Experiment 63,
p- 882,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. ATT

dark stone, and light on a light one. Which is the
more improbable hypothesis,—that the light form, now
nearly always withheld, originally possessed a protective
significance like the dark form of the same species, and
the corresponding light form of the nearly allied V. 70,—
or that one form of one species stands on an utterly
different biological level from all the rest? I think it far
more likely that ‘all zoological science will be thrown
into confusion” by such gratuitous assumptions than
by any attempt I have made to suggest, with all due
caution, a possible environment in the past history
of the species with which the golden form may have
harmonised.

I still hold, and on far stronger grounds than formerly,
that all the changes are, or were, in the direction of con-
cealment; that the golden appearance applied chiefly
to some former environment, or one which may still
exist in other countries; that in one species (V. 20) it
has been almost replaced by the green variety, while it
has been hidden by the habits of another (V. atalanta),
and removed from the darkest forms of all Vanesside ;
that in V. urtice it occasionally occurs on the natural
food-plant, and is still protective, in that it is less
conspicuous in this situation than the dark form would
have been; but that the latter is so far more effective in
promoting concealment that the larvae have developed a
strong instinct to wander, and are rarely found on the
nettle-plants in the healthy state.

This whole question is considered by Mr. Bateson to
be an “ unprofitable field for study’: he may have found
it so; but any attempt to limit the investigations of
others by the barrenness of his own experience, cannot
be tolerated. It has been the guidance of this hypothesis
of the protective value of the colour-changes which has
chiefly directed me to seek the forms which are most
suitable for the purposes of this enquiry, and to apply
the most efficient experiments, and so to accumulate facts
which have an interest far beyond their relation to the
hypothesis itself.

478 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

G: APPENDEX.

An account of the various receptacles used in the expert-
ments on pupe. (C.)

In the experiments upon pup a great variety of
receptacles was employed. Inasmuch as the crowding
of the pupe greatly affects their colour, it is necessary to
give the approximate dimensions. A full description
will now be given, in which each receptacle will be
denominated by the number which represents it in
the experiments described in the paper.

A. Buack SuRROUNDINGS.

I. A low wide glass cylinder, 1°86 decimetres diameter, *91 high ;
lined inside with black tissue-paper (1 layer), and 2 layers for roof.

II. A very similar cylinder, 1°76 decimetres diameter, *77 high ;
lined with 1 and covered with 2 thicknesses of black tissue-paper ;
roof, 2 thicknesses.

III. A very similar cylinder, 1°6 decimetres diameter, 1°0 high;
lined and covered as in II.

These 8 cylinders were sometimes employed in strong light,
being placed on their sides, and the open end closed by a sheet of
clear glass. The upper part of the side then became the roof, and
the paper roof a black background.

In other experiments they were used in darkness, being placed
on their open ends on a floor of black tissue-paper. In many cases
the darkness was rendered complete by a further covering of mats,
rugs, &e., although it was tolerably complete when these were
omitted.

IV. A tall glass cylinder, 825 decimetres diameter, 1°79 high ;
lined inside for half the cireumference with a single layer of black-
tissue paper; roof, 2 layers of same.

This was always used in strong light, the clear half of the
cylinder being turned towards the window.

V. A similar cylinder, with the black background fixed owtside
the glass, the roof consisting of a single layer of tissue-paper
gummed on to a sheet of glass, which was turned glass-downwards
on the open end of the cylinder.

This was always used in strong light, and it was employed to
determine whether a black paper surface was as effective when
separated from the larvie by the thickness of the glass.

VI. A similar arrangement, with a domed cyiinder, like those
described below.

VII. This was one out of three compartments in a wooden box,
measuring 8°38 decimetres high, 1:48 wide in front, 1°85 wide at
back, 1°25 deep; lined throughout with black tissue-paper.

A clear glass sheet closed the front, and this was always turned
towards a strong light.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 479

The remaining black receptacles were always used in darkness,
sometimes with the addition of rugs and mats, sometimes without.
They were always placed open end downwards on a black tissue-
paper floor, except when the larve were fed in them, and this was
only very occasionally.

VIII. A eylinder similar to IV., covered with 2 layers of black
tissue-paper, and a roof of the same.

IX. A smaller cylinder of the same kind, ‘71 decimetres
diameter, 1°53 high; covered and roofed as in VIII.

X. A eylinder, probably of the same size as IX., or perhaps LV.,
possibly domed like the succeeding ones. In any case, the cover-
ing was as in these.

XI., XII., XIII., XIV. These 4 cylinders were ‘70 decimetres
diameter, 1:98 high, with the upper end domed, so that the diameter
was reduced to rather less than half that of the lower end. They
were all covered with 2 layers of black tissue-paper, and had roofs
of 2 or generally many more thicknesses.

XV. A wooden box, about 8 decimetres long, 2 wide, and 14
deep; lined with black tissue-paper, and inverted on a floor of the
same.

B. ‘‘Gitt’’ SuRROUNDINGS.

The various so-called gilt papers employed were in all
cases covered with ‘‘ Dutch metal,” a mixture of copper
and zine, the proportion of the former metal being very
high. Three kinds of such gilt paper were employed :—
(1) The metal had been applied in the form of “ leaf,”
and bore a strong resemblance to true gold-leaf. The
surface was very bright and golden, but was not highly
polished. This was the only gilt-paper made use of in
my earlier experiments, and erroneously described as
“ oold-leaf’”” in my paper (Phil. Trans., l.c., p. 824). It
will be spoken of as ‘‘ Dutch leaf.” (2) A very higily
polished metallic surface, often tending to become
tarnished and copper-like. This will be called ‘‘ polished
Dutch metal.” (8) A very similar metallic surface,
apparently not quite so brilliant, with an embossed
pattern on it. This will be called ‘embossed Dutch
metal.”

I wish to express my thanks to Mr. W. W. Fisher
and Mr. Walker for kindly analysing samples of these
and the ‘silver’? papers employed, in the Oxford Unti-
versity Laboratory.

XVI. A low wide cylinder, 2°38 decimetres diameter, 1°02 high ;
lined with embossed Dutch metal, and a roof the same. ‘Ihe

external surface of cylinder and roof was covered with one layer of
black tissue-paper, and this receptacle was sometimes used for

480 Mr. Poulton’s further eaperuments upon

testing the effect of gold surroundings in darkness. It was then
covered with rugs, mats, Xe.

At other times it was placed on its side, with the open end
closed by a sheet of clear glass directed towards a strong light.

XVII. A very similar cylinder, 2°42 decimetres diameter,
1:16 high. Half the internal surface was lined with polished Dutch
metal, and one open end closed by the same. When placed on its
side the gilded surface was uppermost and formed a roof, while
the covered end formed a background. When placed on its open
end the latter formed the roof.

This and the succeeding gold receptacles were always used in a
strong light, unless otherwise stated.

XVIII., XIX., XX., XXI., and XXII. Five small cylinders, all
about 6°2 centimetres diameter, 8°4 high. They were always
placed on the open end on a floor of white paper or polished
Dutch metal. <A polished Dutch metal roof sloped from the
front part of the upper end to the back part of the lower end (in
the position placed during use), so that little more than half the
capacity of the cylinder was available for larve. The clear front of
the cylinder was placed so as to face a strong light.

XXIII. A similar cylinder, lined in the same manner with
Dutch leaf.

XXIV. and XXV. Two similar cylinders, also lined with Dutch
leaf, but the roof sloped much less steeply from the front to a point
about ? down the back of the cylinder in the case of XXIV., about
lin XXYV., so that nearly the whole of the capacity was available
(about 4in XXIV., and much more in XXV.)._ Below the level at
which the roof joined the back, the latter was lined with the
same gilt paper, extending round half the circumference of the
cylinder.

XXVI. A rather taller cylinder (1:01 decimetres), of the same
diameter. The sides were gilt two-thirds round, and the gilt paper
brought together to form a ridged roof with very sloping sides, the ,
ridge running from back to front. There were deep shadows in the
higher part of the roof within the ridge, which was nearly 2 centi-
metres higher than the cylinder. About two-thirds of the capacity
was available. Owing to the gilt lining extending so far round the
cylinder, the clear front was reduced, and the gold surface much
less illuminated than in the other small cylinders, XVIII. to XXV.
The gilding was polished Dutch metal.

XXVII. A tall cylinder, the same dimensions as IV.; lined in
the same manner as XXY., with embossed Dutch metal, so that
nearly the whole capacity was available.

XXVIII. A similar cylinder, treated exactly like V., except
that the black paper outside the glass was replaced by polished
Dutch metal.

XXIX. A tin box, 2°35 decimetres long, 1:07 wide and deep;
placed on end with glass sheet in front. There was a sloping roof,
asin XVIII., so that about half capacity was available. On the
floor and a small area of bottom of sides the bright tin surface was
exposed, but the rest was gilt. The gilt paper was crumpled to
make cavities and reflections in all directions. The gilding was
embossed Dutch metal.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 481

XXX. A large flat wooden box, about 3 decimetres high, 63
wide, 6 centimetres deep; lined in upper part (standing on 1 long
side) with polished Dutch metal, and a clear glass front.

This box was subsequently divided into 14 compartments, lined
with various colours (see LILI. to LXVI1.).

XXXI. Compartment of wooden box, 2°2 decimetres high, 1°14
wide, 1:06 deep; lined with polished Dutch metal (1888, with
Dutch leaf in 1886 and 1887) everywhere, except the lower end
which formed the floor, and this was covered with brown paper.
The gold-paper back curved gradually into the roof and sides, and
both roof and back were well crumpled. Nearly all the space
available. Clear glass front.

XXXII. This was another compartment in the same wooden
box which contained VII., 3-3 decimetres high, 1:4 wide in front,
1:2 wide at back, 1:25 decimetres deep. The roof sloped back at
an angle of 45° to increase the illumination, and was ‘“ coffered”
(12 recesses divided by ridges). There were 2 shelves on each side,
flat above, making an angle of 45° with the side of the box below.
The whole was lined with embossed Dutch metal, except the floor,
which was covered with brown paper. Clear glass front.

XXXIII. The third compartment in the same wooden box,
similar to XXXII., except that the lining was polished Dutch
metal.

XXXIV., XXXV., XXXVI., XXXVII., XXXVIII., XXXIX.
6 out of 12 small compartments in a wooden box, each 9:2 centi-
metres high, 54 deep, and varying from 4°5 to 3°4in width. All
were lined throughout with gilt paper, XXXIV., XXXV., and
XXXVI. being polished Dutch metal, and the other three partly of
this and partly embossed Dutch metal. A single sheet of clear
glass covered the front of these and the remaining 6 compartments.

C. Sruver anp TIN SURROUNDINGS.

The silver-paper employed was of two kinds:—(1)
Covered with true silver, having a very bright, but not
polished surface: this will be called ‘‘silver paper”;
(2) covered with metallic tin. The surface was more
polished than the silver, but not nearly equal to tin-plate.
This will be spoken of as ‘‘tin-paper.’’ In addition to
these, boxes of tin-plate were employed, and will be
spoken of merely as ‘‘tin boxes.”

XL., XLI., XLII, XLIII., XLIV., XLV. The 6 remaining
compartments of the same box, of the same dimensions, except that
the narrowest was only 2°8 centimetres wide. XL. was lined with
silver, and the rest with tin paper.

XLVI. The second compartment in the same box which con-
tained XXXI. The dimensions and arrangements were the same,
except that gilt paper was replaced by silver-paper. Previous to
1888 this compartment had been lined with Dutch leaf.

XLVII. A glass cylinder 1°69 decimetres diameter, and 1°60
high. About two-fifths of the circumference at the bottom was

482 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

lined with silver paper, which widened to half the cireumference
at the top. The silver paper roof was domed, the summit extending
nearly 1 decimetre above the top of the cylinder. All the silver-
paper was well crumpled. In use, the cylinder was placed on a
white paper floor, and the clear part of the circumference was
turned towards a strong light. ‘The silvered back was highly
illuminated, but the inner part of the dome was in shadow, espe-
cially its upper part.

XLVIII. A low wide glass cylinder, 2°63 decimetres diameter,
812 high. Arranged as in XVIL., except that tin-paper was used,
and was crumpled, and that roof and back passed gradually into
each other. Nearly all space available.

XLIX. A bright tin box, similar to XXIX., except that it was
not lined with paper, the surface of the tin-plate being used as an
environment; another similar box was also employed in 1887.

D. WHITE SURROUNDINGS.

L., LI. Two white ‘‘opal” glass gas globes, 1°78 decimetres high,
placed, narrow opening upwards, on a sheet of white paper. The
upper open end was provided with a white paper roof.

E. Criear Guass.

LII. Rectangular clear glass box about 2°6 decimetres high, and
1‘6 square in section, with open end uppermost, and covered with
clear sheet of glass. All angles and edges bound with black
paper. Placed in strong light.

This was also used in the experiments on G. obscwrata, when
the clear glass roof was replaced by perforated zine.

F'. SURROUNDINGS OF VARIOUS COLOURS.

LILI. to LXVI. 14 compartments of a wooden box, 12 of them
8°3 centimetres wide, 1°35 decimetres high, and 6°0 centimetres
deep; 2 of them (LIII. and LXV.) were rather wider (9°1 centi-
metres), In the centre of the back of all, except LVII., LIX.,
and LXIV., a small cardboard box (8°7 centimetres high, 4 wide,
and 1:7 deep) was fixed with its long axis vertical. In LVLI.,
however, the box was 7°8 centimetres wide. Each box was covered
with paper similar to that which lined the compartment in which
it was contained. The object was to provide irregularities of sur-
face in the shape of angles, shelves, &c. Clear glass sheets covered
the whole box, which was turned towards a strong light. The
colours of the compartments were as follows :—

LIII. Deep red. BPG Light blue.

LIV. Deep orange. LXI. Deep blue.

LV. Pale yellow. LXII. Dark blue.

LVI. Bright yellow (tissue- LXIII. Light brown (tissue-
paper). paper).

LVI. Bright green. LXIV. White.

LVIII. Dark green. LXV. Black (dead).

LIX. Very pale blue (tissue- | LXVI. Black (bright; var-

paper). nished surface).

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 483

The colours of LIII., LIV., LV., and LXIL., are figured in my
previous paper on the colours of pup (Phil. Trans., /.c., Plate 26,
figs. 16, 17, 18, and 21). The colours of all, except LVI., LIX.,
and LXIII., were very opaque and uniform; those of the three
compartments just mentioned, being produced by tissue-paper
pasted on to white paper, were far less regular, and contained a
much larger admixture of white light. This was especially the
ease in LIX., in which the white light greatly preponderated.

These compartments were used in the experiments on Pieridae,
as well as Vanesside.

LXVII. and LXVIII. 2 compartments of a wooden box, 1:08
seomeires wide, ‘61 high, ‘47 deep, covered in with a clear glass
ront.

LXVII. was lined throughout with deep orange paper, similar
to LIV.

LXVIII. was lined throughout with pale yellow paper, similar
to LV.

LXIX. A glass cylinder, 7:2 centimetres diameter, 1°57 deci-
metres high, covered with 1 thickness of faded yellowish green
tissue-paper, and roof of same. Much white light passed through,
as well as green. The paper was the same as that figured in Phil.
Trans., l.c., Plate 26, fig. 19.

LXX. A glass cylinder, about 1:1 decimetres high, and rather
less diameter than LXIX. Similarly covered and roofed.

G. LIGHT TRANSMITTED THROUGH COLOURED GLASS OR
GELATINE.

LXXI. A wooden box, 1°7 decimetres wide, 1:75 high, and
‘6 deep, lined with white paper and covered with red glass
(‘‘ flashed,” viz., a clear glass with a red surface).

Used for Piertde as well as Vanesside.

LXXII. to LXXVI. Five compartments of a wooden box; 38 of
them 7°5 centimetres wide, 9°3 high, 4°8 deep.

Of these, LX XII. was covered with a sheet of red gelatine, the
interior being plain light coloured wood. When the Pieride were
experimented with, the interior was lined with deep orange paper,
and the gelatine replaced by red glass, like that of LX XI.

LXXIII. was covered with a sheet of bright green gelatine, the
interior plain. In the experiments on Pieride, the gelatine was
replaced by blue glass, and the interior lined with deep orange

aper.
7 XXIV. was covered with a sheet of blue gelatine, the interior
being plain (not used with Pierida).

LXXYV. was only 2°15 centimetres wide (otherwise similar). It
was covered with red glass like LXXLI., the interior plain (not used
with Pierid@).

LXXVI. was 2°22 decimetres wide (otherwise similar). It was
covered with a sheet of yellow glass, the interior plain. When
used with Pieride the interior was lined with white paper.

LXXVII. A wooden box, 2°53 decimetres square, 1°53 deep,
standing on one side. Quite three-fourths of area of top and

484 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

bottom (2 largest sides in the position in which it stood) covered
with green glass, and a small window of the same in upper side
(roof). Lined everywhere with white paper.

When used for Vanessa urtice it was lined with dark green
paper. Afterwards, lined with white paper, it was employed for
Pieridae, as well as Vanessa io.

The remaining receptacles were employed for Pierid@ alone.

LXXVIII. to LXXXI. Four compartments of wooden box,
covered with a single sheet of yellow glass.

LXXVIII.: 9°5 centimetres wide, 1:0 decimetre high, and
6:0 centimetres deep ; lined with white paper.

LXXIX.: Similar, only 1:1 decimetres wide ; lined with orange
paper.

LXXX.: Similar to LXXVIII.; lined with blue paper.

LXXXI.: Similar to LXXIX.; lined with black paper.

LXXXIT. to LXXXYV. Four compartments of wooden box,
covered with a single sheet of green glass. The compartments
were all about 1°22 decimetres wide, 1°44 high, and ‘81 deep.

LXXXII. was lined with white paper.

LXXXIITI. was lined with red paper.

LXXXIYV. was lined with orange paper.

LXXXYV. was lined with blue paper.

LXXXVI. to LXXXTX. Four compartments of the same box,
covered with a single sheet of pale blue glass. The compartments
were rather wider than those just described (1°28 decimetres), but
otherwise similar.

LXXXVI. was lined with white paper.

LXXXVII. was lined with red paper.

LXXXVIII. was lined with orange paper.

LXXXIX. was lined with yellow paper.

XC. A wooden box, 2°12 decimetres square and *62 deep, lined
with white paper, and covered with a sheet of blue cobalt glass.

XCI. to XCIV. Four compartments of wooden box, covered
with a single sheet of blue cobalt glass, considerably deeper in tint
than that of XC. The compartments were all about 1-0 decimetre
square and ‘6 deep.

XCI. was lined with white paper.

XCII. was lined with orange paper.

XCIII. was lined with yellow paper.

XCIY. was lined with blue paper.

XCV. Compartment of wooden box (1:09 decimetres wide,
1°35 high, and ‘56 deep), covered with a sheet of clear glass, and
lined throughout with black and orange squares of equal size,
regularly alternating. Each was 12°5 mm. square, and thus a size
which ensured that a pupa of Pieris brassice and P. rape would
lie on at least two of them.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 485

EXPLANATION oF Puates XIV. & XV.

PLATE XIV.

All the figures are drawn of the natural size, which in all cases
is that of the larve either mature or approaching maturity.

Figs. 1, 2, and 8 were drawn by Miss Cundell; figs. 9 to 17 by
Mr. J. T. Murray; the remainder by the writer.

Fic. 1.—The larve of Hemerophila abruptaria, reared among
green shoots and leaves of lilac (food-plant), upon which they are
shown in the figure.

Fic. 2.—The larve of the same species fed on the same food,
with which a number of very dark twigs were intermixed. The
larve are seen at rest on a branch of Quercus cerris. The attitude
of the resting larve in this and fig. 1 is not quite natural, A
cocoon is shown on the right side of the base of the branch. Its
strong resemblance to the bark is produced by the number of small
fragments gnawed off and woven into it.

Fie. 8.—A dark larva of Rumia crategata brought up among
dark twigs. A bluish ‘‘bloom”’ is seen upon it.

Fic. 4.—Another dark larva of the same species brought up
under the same conditions. The ‘‘bloom” covers more of the
surface, and a small patch of green colour is seen behind the dorsal
humps.

Fic. 5.—A very black larva without ‘“‘bloom,” brought up under
the same conditions.

Fie. 6.—A brownish green larva of the same species, fed on the
same food-plant (hawthorn), but brought up among green shoots
and leaves. A bluish ‘‘bloom” is present.

Fic. 7.—A light brown larva with green marks and patches,
brought up under the same conditions as the last described.

The larve represented in figs. 3—7 were bred from eggs laid by
one moth, and were fed on the same food. It is interesting to note
considerable individual differences among the dark and light forms
respectively. The stimulus being the same, the reaction differs
somewhat according to individual predisposition.

Fic. 8.—A large mature green larva of Amphidasis betularia
(one of the results of the 1889 experiments), shown in a very
characteristic attitude on a green twig of Populus nigra. The
brownish shade over the dorsal area is more or less present in the
majority of green larve of this species.

Fie. 9.—This and all remaining figures represent the results of
the 1892 experiments,

486 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

This bright green larva was the single exception found in a lot of
34 exposed to dark surroundings (Experiment I.). It is represented
upon a twig of Qwercus cerris, which serves to show the nature of
the conditions employed. It became mature much before the
other larve, and probably passed through the most sensitive period
before the experiment began. Compare its size with that of
fig. 10 from the same experiment.

Fies. 11 and 12.—Two larve from Experiment II. They had
been subjected to dead brown twigs of some species of Salix, the
appearance of which is seen in these figures. One larva (fig. 12) is
rather lighter and greyer than the other, but the resemblance to
the surroundings is very strong ; and no greater divergence occurred
between any of these larve than that shown in figs. 11 and 12.

Fic. 13.—Three larve were transferred from the last Experiment
(II.), and were exposed to green surroundings (XXVII.) from
July 27th to the end of larval life. On Aug. 10th a drawing of the
lightest one was made, and is reproduced here. The effect was
but slight, the larva being rather lighter and greyer than any in II.
It is represented upon a twig of Populus nigra.

Fic. 14.—A typical result of Experiment VI. is shown in this
figure. The posterior claspers of the larva are fixed to a dead
brown ivy leaf, thus showing the appearance of the environment
with which most of the larve harmonised well, and from which
only one differed considerably. The painting was made about
Aug. 5th

Fic. 15.—A greenish white larva from Experiment XXVIIL.,
resting on one of the white paper spills which formed the environ-
ment. The larva was mature when it was painted about Aug. 5th.

Fie, 16.—A brownish white larva from XXVIIL., also resting on
a white paper spill. When it is remembered that these were
examples of the least white larve in this experiment, the effect of
the white spills is seen to be most remarkable. A whitish larva,
exhibiting no tendency to brown or green, was selected for
painting, but it began to pupate, and altered in appearance before
this could be accomplished.

Fic. 17.—A dark purplish brown larva from Experiment XXXL,
resting on a dark blue paper spill. All the 10 larve in this set
assumed this particular shade of brown. The larva was painted
about Aug. 5th.

Fic. 18.—Abdominal segments 1 to 4 (indicated by numbers) of
an intermediate larva, divided along the median ventral line, and
spread out flat, as seen from the internal surface. The digestive
tract has been removed. The tracheal system is shown on the left
hand only. The arrow indicates the anterior direction. The

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 487

anterior brown band in each segment and the brown median
dorsal stripe are due to true pigment in the epidermic cells, while
the broader green band crossing the posterior part of each segment
is due to green fat lying beneath the epidermis, which is of a pale
yellowish colour over it. The yellow patches on each side of the
middle line in the anterior part of each segment are due to part of
the more deeply placed yellow fat.

PEATE EXSY.

Fias. 1 and 2.—The dark and light varieties of the larve of
Catocala elocata, obtained in the experiments described on pp. 302,
303. The larve are represented about three-quarters of the natural
size, and the difference in shade was far greater than appears from
these figures.

Fic. 8.—The dark and light larve of Hemerophila abruptaria,
obtained in the experiments described on pp. 316, 817. The larve
are represented about three-quarters of the natural size, and the
difference of shade is very well expressed.

Fie. 4,—A lamp-shade, like that used in Experiment IV. upon
Amphidasis betularia (1889), see pp. 831, 332. In front of and
beside the lamp-shade are represented the five pieces of stick
which were used in the experiment. The figure is about one-
fourth the real size of the articles. These pieces of stick, placed
among the green leaves of nut in the cylinder, turned far more
than half the larve dark.

Fig. 5.—About one-fifth the real size. The conflicting colour
case used chiefly in the experiments on Vanessa urtice and V. io
(see pp. 8391—897 and 420—426). A complete description of it is
given on p. 393). The difference between the alternate strips of
gilt and black paper is not distinct, although it can be made out.

Fie. 6.—About one-fifth the real size. The conflicting colour
ease used in the experiments on Vanessa to (see p. 425, where the
ease is described). The distinct white spots in this and the last
figure represent the bosses of silk spun by the larve. In use, thie
cover (the upper part of the figure) was placed over the compart-
ments (the lower part), so that the white compartments had a
black cover, and vice vers, and the dorsal and ventral surfaces of
the larv within were subjected to opposed conditions.

0 et -
oes 7 7 :
=) re

te Preis feu ahi vag
Pls ee Leo e, ad i eee. i:

say << dete Be, oe Saaei gees

ie . Sj) 3 ee ; : ) 4 eee rae

ye
-
~~
.

a

* 7 ¢ = a as t- Pa b?

Bd it
=: 5 4G »/

-

* Baw a - ~

= - “+ - = L. .
144 A Ae an 7 . ae e LiRt
f “he , a :
Lm ih ¢ = see TS) 7 24 J Y

‘ » St 3° c ; Ams 1 aa! : A is ADE
- PURE SRG GR Codes ig OA a aes a CL at, ae eG Sa eee

z ; : ; ai eee ;
ae ae ted : [ee - : a

Rey: vi ’ ] a teen ee

THE

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LON DON

For THE YEAR 1892.
- +4

February 10, 1892.

FrepertckK DuCane Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in
the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted
to the respective donors.

Nomination of Vice- Presidents.
The President nominated Lord Walsingham, LL.D., F.R.8.,

Henry J. Elwes, Esq., F.L.S.,and Dr. D. Sharp, M.A., F.R.S.,
Vice-Presidents for the session 1892-93.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Thomas W. Cowan, F.L.S., F.G.S., of 81, Belsize
Park Gardens, Hampstead, N.W.; Mr. Wm. Farren, of
Union Road, Cambridge; Mr. Philip de la Garde, R.N., of
H.M.S. ‘ Pembroke,’ Chatham; the Rev. J. A. Mackonochie,
B.A., of Douglas Castle, Lanarkshire, and the Hirsel, Cold-

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., 1., 1892. B

stream; and the Rev. A. Thornley, M.A., of South Leverton
Vicarage, Lincolnshire, were elected Fellows of the Society.

Exhibitions, &c.

My. E. Meyrick exhibited a number of specimens of Luproctis
Fulviceps, Walk., taken by Mr. Barnard, showing the extra-
ordinary variation of this Tasmanian species, all the males
of which had been ‘‘ sembled’’ by one female. The males
were represented by various forms ranging from black to
white, which had all been described as distinct species. Dr.
Sharp, Mr. Hampson, Mr. McLachlan, Colonel Swinhoe,
Mr. Elwes, Mr. Tutt, Mr. Poulton, and Mr. Jacoby took part
in the discussion which ensued.

Dr. Sharp exhibited samples of pins which he had tried
for preventing verdigris, and stated that annealed silver-wire
was the best material to use, as insects on silver pins remained
intact, whilst those on gilt pins were destroyed by verdigris.

Mr. G. T. Porritt exhibited a series of specimens repre-
senting Huddersfield forms of Polia chi, including nearly
melanic specimens, found there during the last two seasons.
He said these forms had not hitherto been observed else-
where.

Mr. Tutt exhibited a series of Hadena pisi, comprising
specimens very grey in tint, others of an almost unicolorous
red with but faint markings, and others well marked with
ochreous transverse lines. Three distinct forms of Hadena
dissimilis ; red and grey forms of Panolis piniperda, and a dark
form of Eupithecia fraxinata; also a specimen of Sciaphila
penziana. With the exception of the last-named, which was
taken in Anglesey, all the specimens were taken or bred by
Mr. Tunstall in the neighbourhood of Warrington.

The Rey. Dr. Walker exhibited specimens of Arge titea,
A. lachesis, A. psyche, A. thetis, and other species of the genus
from the neighbourhood of Athens; also specimens of Argyn-
nis phebe, taken in Grenada in May, 1891.

Mr. W. Farren exhibited a series of specimens of Peronea
variegana var. cirrana, and P. schalleriana vay. latifasciana,
from Searborough; Hupecilia vectisana, from Wicken Fen ;
and Mlachista subocellea, from Cambridge.

re)

Mr. G. A. J. Rothney sent for exhibition and communicated
notes on a number of species of ants collected by himself in
Australa, in May and June, 1886, which had recently been
named for him by Dr. Forel. The collection included :—
Camponotus nigriceps, Smith; Melbourne. C. @neopilosus,
Mayr; Adelaide. C. nove Hollandie, Mayr; Adelaide and
Brisbane. Iridomyrmex purpureus,Sm., ¥ and g ; at Adelaide,
Melbourne, and Brisbane. J. rwfoniyer, Lowne ; Adelaide and
Brisbane. J. gracilis, Lowne ; Adelaide and Melbourne.
I. itinerans, Lowne; Adelaide. Ectatomma metallicum, Sm.,
%, gf 3 common at Adelaide, Melbourne, and Brisbane.
This is a very beautiful ant when seen alive, its metallic
colours being strikingly brilliant in the sunlight. The pro-
minence of metallic-coloured ants in Australia is very
noticeable to anyone fresh from the Indian fauna. Ff.
nudatam, Mayr; Adelaide, and #. mayri, Emery.; Brisbane,
are also nice species. Aphawnogaster longiceps, Sm. ; with its
nests in the earth generally under stones, is a common species
occurring at Albany, Adelaide, Melbourne, Sydney, and Bris-
bane. Polyrhachis ammon, Fab., daemali, Mayr, guerini, Roger ;
the last a very pretty species, are all common at Brisbane.
Myrmecia nigriventris, Mayr, and nigrocincta, Sm. ; two species
of ‘‘ bull-dog’’ ants, occur near Brisbane. Mr. Rothney said
that there is a pale-coloured local race of the curious long-
legged ant, Leptomyrmes erythrocephalus, Fabr., from Brisbane,
and a variety of Camponotus rubiginosus, Mayr, ‘‘ varieté toute
noire,’ also from Brisbane. He also sent a few species from
Honolulu 8. I., taken during the two or three hours’ stay of
the §.S. ‘Mariposa’; the little cosmopolitan ant, Solenopsis
geminata, Fab., was extremely common, its nests being under
stones, pathways, almost everywhere: there is also a Mono-
morium which Dr. Forel has not yet determined, and which
is probably new.

Papers read.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse read a paper entitled ‘‘ Some Obser-
vations on the Mouth Organs of Diptera,” which was
illustrated by numerous diagrams. A long discussion ensued
in which Mr, Champion, Mr. McLachlan, Mr. Jenner Weir,

( five :)

Mr. Slater, Mr. Poulton, Mr. Distant, Dr. Sharp, Mr. Hamp-
son, Mr. Elwes, and Mr. Barrett took part.

Mr. E. Meyrick read a paper entitled ‘‘ On the Classification
of the Geometrina of the European Fauna.” Mr. Hampson,
Mr. Elwes, Mr. McLachlan, Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. Tutt, and
Mr. Distant took part in the discussion which ensued.

February 24, 1892.

Freperick DuCane Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in
the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted
to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Walter Cuthbert Biddell, of 32, The Grove, Bolton
Gardens, 8.W.; and Mr. Douglas Stuart Steuart, of North
Leigh, Prestwich, Lancashire, were elected Fellows.

Death of an Ex- President.

The President referred to the loss the Society had recently
sustained by the death of Mr. Henry Walter Bates, F.R.S.,
who had twice been its President; and he also read a copy
of the resolution of sympathy and condolence with Mrs. Bates
and her family, in their bereavement, which had been passed
by the Council of the Society at their meeting that evening.

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. Frederick C. Adams exhibited a specimen of Telephorus
rusticus, taken in the New Forest, in which the left meso-
thoracic leg consisted of three distinct femora, tibiew, and
tarsi, apparently originating from a single coxa; he also
exhibited specimens of Ledra aurita.

Mr. G. A. James Rothney sent for exhibition a series of
specimens of two species of Indian ants (Myrmicaria subcari-
nata, Sm., and Aphenogaster barbarus, Li. var. punctatus, Forel),

Gove)

which had recently been determined for him by Dr. Forel.
He also communicated the following notes on the subject :—

“ Myrmicaria subcarinata, Sm.”

‘«This species is not uncommon in Bengal, and forms its
nests by excavating the earth round trees and throwing it up
in mounds of fine grains on the side away from the trunk.

““The sexes swarm early in the rains about July 7th to
10th.

‘There was a fine nest, or rather colony, at the big Banian-
tree in Barrackpore Park, near the trunk-road, which I have
known, from 1872 to 1886, fourteen years (and in all probability
it is there now) ; not only was the great main trunk more or
less encircled by these ditches, but a large proportion of the
minor stems were also surrounded by earth-works, many
being completely so.

‘‘These fosses also appeared to act as traps for various
insects which might fall off the tree and then have some
difficulty in getting out, as they are not unlike gigantic ant-
lion pits in their construction, only with the exception that
no lurking enemy lay concealed at the bottom, for I never
once detected Myrmicaria taking the least notice of its acci-
dental visitors or prisoners, for it is a mild and gentle ant
and not, I think, carnivorous.

‘“No break occurred in the life of this colony for these
fourteen years, though in some the ants would be in much
greater numbers than others, and the earth-works more
extensive, but as a rule these fosses formed the largest and
most important ‘ ant-works’ that I have met with in India.”

‘© Aphanogaster (Messor) barbarus, Li. var. punctatus, Forel.”

‘This ant, like the bee, Apis dorsata, seems to have a ereat
liking for the gardens and buildings of the old Mogul
Emperors, the bee disfiguring the arches and roofs with its
huge nests, and the ant frequenting the gardens and steps.
‘*You can always find the ant in the beautiful gardens of
the Taj Mahal; also at Secundra and Itmad-ud-Daulah’'s
tomb at Agra. At Futtehpore Sikré (near Agra), under the

(va =)

roof of the great gateway hangs an immense nest of Apis dor-
sata, and on the steps beneath I have found Messor punctatus
in great force. I have also taken it at Tughlukabad, Delhi,
at the tomb of Jehangir, Lahore, and at the Man-Mander,
Benares.

“T do not for a moment suggest that punctatus has any
special business relations with dorsata, but only that ant and
bee are always associated in my own mind with these grand
old buildings of the North-West Provinces and Punjaub.

‘There is a very distinct and handsome looking black
variety Which is rather common in the Mussoorie Hills.”

Paper read.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild communicated a paper entitled
‘* On a little-known species of Papilio from the Island of Lifu,
Loyalty Group.” The paper was illustrated by a beautifully
coloured drawing, by Mr. F. W. Frohawk, of the male,
variety of the male, female, and under-side of the species.

March 9, 1892.

Freperick DuCange Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in
the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks
voted to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Captain Clement Alfred Righy Browne, R.E., care of
Messrs. Grindlay, Groome, and Co., of Bombay ; His Grace
the Duke of Devonshire, LL.D., Chancellor of the University
of Cambridge, of Devonshire House, 78, Piccadilly, W.; Mr.
J. H. Leslie, of 44, Cheriton Square, Upper Tooting, S.W. ;
Mr. R. M. Lightfoot, of Bree Street, Cape Town, Cape of
Good Hope; and Mr. Sidney Robinson, of Goldsmith’s Hall,
I.C., were elected Fellows of the Society.

(yn ~)
Exhibitions, de.

Professor C. Stewart, President of the Linnean Society,
exhibited and made remarks on specimens of Cystocelia imma-
culata, an Orthopterous insect from Namaqualand, in which
the female is far more conspicuously coloured than the male,
and the stridulating apparatus of the male differs in certain
important details from that of other species. A long and
interesting discussion ensued, in which Dr. Sharp, Mr. Poul-
ton, Mr. Distant, Mr. H. J. Elwes, Colonel Swinhoe, and
Mr. Hampson took part.

Mr. Elwes exhibited specimens of Ribes aureum which were
covered with galls, as to the nature of which the Scientific
Committee of the Horticultural Society desired to have the
opinion of the Entomological Society. Mr. Fenn, Mr. Tutt,
and Mr. Barrett made some remarks on these galls. Mr.
Elwes also exhibited a larce number of species of Heterocera
recently collected by Mr. Doherty in South-east Borneo and
Sambawa. Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. Hampson, and Mr. Dis-
tant took part in the discussion which ensued.

Mr. Barrett exhibited a series of specimens of Noctua festiva,
bred by Mr. G. B. Hart, of Dublin, which represented most
of the known forms of the species, including the Shetland
type of the form formerly described as a distinct species under
the name of Noctua conflua. Mr. Fenn and Mr. Tutt made
some remarks on the specimens.

Mr. W. C. Boyd exhibited a specimen of Dianthwcia Bar-
rettit, taken at Ilfracombe last summer. It was remarked
that Mr. W. F. H. Blandford had recorded the capture of
D. Barrettii—which had until recently been supposed to be
confined to Ireland—from Pembrokeshire, and that its
capture had also since been recorded from Cornwall.

Mr. Tutt exhibited specimens of Polia wanthomista from
Mr. Gregson’s collection, which had recently been sent to him
by Mr. Sydney Webb. They included amongst others a
specimen much suffused with yellow, and resembling Hiibner’s
type and Gregson’s type of var. statices, which Mr. Tutt
stated was practically identical with Treitschke’s niyrocincta.
He remarked that certain localities appeared to produce
different forms of this species responding largely to their

( vii)

environment as far as colour is concerned, and were thus
protected by resemblance to their surroundings.

Mr. G. A. James Rothney exhibited a large collection of
Indian ants, numbering about ninety species, collected by
himself on the Bengal side of India in the years 1872 to 1886,
and which he thought might be considered as fairly repre-
senting the ants of the Calcutta district. He also read the
following notes on the subject :—

‘«The following eighteen species were described from my
specimens by Dr. Mayr in his ‘ Beitrage zur Ameisen Fauna
Asiens,’ 1878 :—Camponotus opaciventris, Polyrhachis spiniger,
Dolichoderus gracilipes, Anochetus punctiventris, Lobopelta puncti-
ventris, Lioponera longitarsus, Ainictus bengalensis, AL. brevicornis,
Monomorium orientale, Holcomyrmex scabriceps, Tetramorium
Smithi, Pheidole striativentris, P. rhombinoda, P. indica, Cremato-
gaster subnuda, C. Rogenhoferi, C. Rothneyi, C. contemta; and Dr.
Forel, to whom I am immensely indebted for a most careful
examination and revision of my collection, has recently
named the following new species :—Plagiolepis Rothneyi, Cre-
matogaster Minchinti, and Camponotus junctus (new race of
maculatus) ; and there are also some ten species and one
new genus which Dr. Forel has not yet determined. In
reviewing the collection, there are fowr species which are
so common and conspicuous that they force themselves
on everyone’s notice, and are familiar to Europeans and
natives alike; they are :—Camponotus compressus, Fab. (the
‘black ant’), Solenopsis geminata, Fab., var. armata, Forel
(the ‘red ant’), Gcophylla smaragdina, Fab. (the ‘yellow
ant’; itis only the ? that has a green tinge), Sima rufo-
nigra, Jerdon (the ‘red and black ant’). The first may
be said to be represented, in ant economy, in this country by
our Lasius niger ; the second, by a combination of the social
qualities of Lasius flavus, Myrmica ruginodis, Myrmica scabri-
nodis, and D. molesta (M. Pharaonis, Linn.), but for the two
last, which are tree-ants, we have no equivalent in our English
species. After these four there are some twenty-six species
which are sufficiently in evidence to attract the notice of any ©
entomologist or observer, and which are thoroughly repre-
sentative; they are:— Camponotus opaciventris, Mayr, C. micans,

(Sh

Nyl. (pariu, Emery), C. mitis, Sm. (var. fuscithorax, Forel),
Polyrhachis levissima, Sm., P. spinigera, Mayr, Plagiolepis
longipes, Jer., Prenolepis clandestina, Mayr, P. longicornis, Latr.,
Tapinoma, melanocephalum, Fabr., Bothroponera tesserinoda,
Mayr, Lobopelta chinensis, Mayr, L. diminuta, Sm., Diacamma
vagans, Sm., Meramplus bicolor, Gué., Holcomyrmesx scabriceps,
Mayr (harvesting ant), Myrmicaria sub-carinata, Sm., Monomo-
rin vastator, Sm., Pheidologeton laboriosus, 8m., Pheidole indica,
Mayr, P. rhombinoda, Mayr, Crematogaster subnuda, Mayr,
CU. Rothneyi, Mayr, C. Rogenhoferi, Mayr, Sima nigra, Jerdon,
Dorylus orientalis, West. (male), and a male Ponera which
smells strongly of mushrooms and comes in numbers to light,
but which cannot be determined. From this list I exclude
Myrmecocystus viaticus, Fabr., and Messor barbarus, L., var.
punctatus, Forel, which are conspicuous North-West Province
species. The remaining species, or about 66 per cent.,
would have to be sought for and ‘“ collected,” and, unless by
chance, would hardly be noticed except by the specialist.
Further additions to my Bengal typical list will no doubt be
made by future collectors; for just now, under the energetic and
able auspices of my friend Mr. R. C. Wroughton, of Poona,
Indian ants are ‘‘ booming”; but I do not think the Calcutta
district, situated just within the tropics and with a good rain-
fall, can ever be considered as rich in variety of species for
its position. Dr. Forel has kindly made the following cor-
rections in a few of the names given in my paper, ‘ Notes on
Indian Ants,’ read April 8rd, 1889, and which were those
affixed to my specimens by my old friend the late Frederick
Smith.

Camponotus sylvaticus, Oliv., should be C. mitis var. fusci-

thorax, Forel.
Pseudomyrme bicolor, Smith (Sima rufo-nigra, Jerdon) =
Sima rufo-nigra, Jerdon.
Sima carbonaria, Smith = Sima nigra, Jerdon (older name).

Solenopsis geminatus, Fab, = Solenopsis geminata, Fab.,
var. armata, Forel.

Dorylus longicornis, Shuck. = Dorylus orientalis, Westw.
(older name, 1835).
Plagiolepis gracilipes, Sm. = Plagiolepis longipes, Jerdon
(older name).
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 1., 1892, 0

((. Xie)

Meranoplus bicolor, Sm. = Meranoplus bicolor, Guér.
Polyrhachis levissimus, 8m. = Polyrhachis levissima, Sm.
Polyrhachis schrinax, Roger = Polyrhachis thrinax, Roger

(errata, Trans. Entom. Soe. v. 1889).

Holcomyrmex indicus, Mayr = Holcomyrimex scabriceps,

Mayr.

The last name was corrected in the errata, Trans. Entom.
Soc. v. 1889, and was a very curious error. All my type-
specimens of this genus and species were labelled by Mr.
Frederick Smith H. indicus, and I can only surmise that he
confused the species with Pheidole indica, which Dr. Mayr
described from my specimens at the same time.”

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, for Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, of
Kingston, Jamaica, several specimens of palm leaves, from
the garden of the Museum in Kingston, covered with
Aspidiotus articulatus, Morgan, and read the following letter
on the subject from Mr. Cockerell :—

‘‘ Kingston, Jamaica, Feb. 16th, 1892.

‘¢ Dear Sir,

‘‘ T enclose pieces of the leaf of a palm, from the garden
of the Museum in Kingston, covered with Aspidiotus articu-
latus, Morgan. It may interest some to see how severely
the plant is attacked, the scales almost entirely covering the
upper surface of the leaf in places. The species is notable
for the sharp division between the thorax and abdomen, and
makes an interesting microscopic object.

“T had formerly distributed it under the MS. name of 4.
rufescens, because Morgan’s figure in the Ent. Mo. Mag.
seemed to indicate a different species; but Mr. Morgan has
kindly sent me one of his 4. articulatus from Demerara, and
so I am able to satisfy myself that the two are identical. 4.
articulatus feeds on a variety of plants, and is at present
known from Demerara, Jamaica, and Barbados.

‘s Will you kindly give some of the specimens to any Fellow
of the Society who cares to have them ?

‘* Yours very truly,
“T. D. A. Cocokere.u.”

‘The Secretary,

‘Entomological Society of London.”

(Axe)

Papers read.

Mr. F. D. Godman contributed a paper by the late Mr.
Henry Walter Bates, with an introduction by himself, entitled
‘“‘ Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central
America, with remarks on some previously recorded Species.”

The Rev. A. EK. Eaton communicated a paper entitled

“On new Species of Ephemeride from the Tenasserim
Valley.”

March 23, 1892.

Dr. Davi Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the
chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted
to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

The Hon. Mrs. W. Carpenter, of Kiplin, Northallerton,
Yorkshire ; and Mr. 8. G. C. Russell, of 19, Lombard Street,
E.C., were elected Fellows of the Society.

Lahibitions, éc.

The Secretary read a letter from the City of London
Entomological and Natural History Society on the subject of
a proposed Catalogue of the Fauna of the London District.
The assistance of Fellows of the Society in the compilation
of this Catalogue was asked for.

Mr. G. C. Champion exhibited a number of new species of
Longicornia from Mexico and Central America, recently de-
scribed by the late Mr. H. W. Bates, in his paper entitled
‘* Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central
America, with remarks on some previously recorded Species,”’
read at the last meeting of the Society.

Mr. §. Stevens exhibited three very rare species of Noctua,
viz., Noctua flammatra, Leucania vitellina, and Laphygma
exigua, all taken by Mr. H. Rogers at Freshwater, Isle of
Wight, in the autumn of 1891.

(6 PRT.)

Mr. F. C. Adams again exhibited the specimen of J’elephorus
rusticus in which the left mesothoracic leg consisted of three
distinct femora, tibie, and tarsi, originating from a single
coxa, Which he had shown at the meeting on the 24th of
February last. The specimen was now reversed, to admit of
the better examination of the structural peculiarities of the
leg, upon which Dr. Sharp, Mr. Champion and Mr. Jacoby
made some remarks.

Mr. Osbert Salvin exhibited a series of mounted specimens
of the clasping organs in the male of several species of
Hesperide.

Dr. Sharp exhibited, for Mr. F. D. Godman, a collection
of Orthoptera recently made in the Island of St. Vincent,
West Indies, by Mr. H. H. Smith, the naturalist sent to that
Island by Mr. Godman in connection with the operations of
the Committee appointed by the British Association and the
Royal Society for the investigation of the Fauna and Flora
of the Lesser Antilles, It was stated that the collection had
recently been referred to, and reported on by, Herr C. Brun-
ner von Wattenwyl and Professor J. Redtenbacher.

Mr. J. W. Tutt exhibited and remarked on a series of
various forms of Orrhodia vaccinii and O. (spadicea) ligula.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited and made remarks on a series
of specimens—including some remarkable varieties—of
Bombyx quercus and Odonestis potatoria. A long discussion
ensued as to the probable causes of the variation exemplified,
in which Mr. Tutt, Mr. E. B. Poulton, Mr. H. Goss, Mr.
Jacoby, Mr. Salvin, Mr. Bethune-Baker, Dr. Sharp, and Mr.
Distant took part.

Mr. G. A. James Rothney sent for exhibition a number of
specimens of Camponotus compressus, Fab., C. micans, Mayr,
(ecophylla smaragdina, Fab., Sima rufo-niyra, Solenopsis gemi-
nata var. armata, Forel, and other species of ants, from Cal-
cutta. He also communicated the following notes explanatory
of the specimens exhibited :—

‘JT send for exhibition a few specimens illustrating traits
in Calcutta ant-lifes—1. Camponotus compressus, Fab.; with
the Aphide which it tends. I have never found these
insects present in the nest itself. 2. Lobopelta diminuta,

( will >)

Smith, and the mode it has of carrying its pupsw held beneath
it when on the march. 8. Camponotus micans, Mayr, and a
mimicking spider, Salticus, which frequents tree-trunks in
company with the ants; but this spider is not so common as
the species which so closely mimics Sima rufo-nigra, which I
have previously exhibited. 4. Camponotus compressus, Fab.,
illustrates the results of the little family feuds the soldiers of
this species often indulgein. 5. Camponotus compressus, Fab.,
and Solenopsis geminata var. avmata, Forel. Both these species
are very common in Calcutta and Barrackpore ; both frequent
the verandahs of houses, and consequently often meet, and
when they do they generally fight with a result disastrous to
armata, unless that species happens to be an overpowering
force. 6. (Hcophylla smaragdina, Fab. Here we have the
workers of one nest meeting the workers of a neighbouring
but independent nest, &c.”

April 13, 1892.

Henry Joun Exwes, Esq., F.L.8., Vice-President, in the
chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks
voted to the respective donors.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. Francis Jaffrey, M.R.C.S., of 8, Queen’s Ride, Barnes,
S.W., was elected a Fellow of the Society.

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. R. McLachlan exhibited specimens of Anomalopteryx
chaueiniana, Stem, a Caddis-fly remarkable for the abbre-
viated wings of the male, the female having fully developed
wings: he alluded to the Perlide as including species in
which the males were frequently semi-apterous. Dr. Sharp
enquired if any Fellow was aware of any order of insects,
except the Neuroptera, in which the organs of flight were less

PROC. ENT. SOC, LOND,, 1., 1892, D

( -xiv--)

developed in the male than in the female. Mr. C. G. Barrett
and Mr. H. J. Elwes cited instances amongst the Bombycide
in which the wings of the male were inferior in size and
development to those of the female.

Dr. Sharp exhibited specimens of both sexes of an appa-
rently nondescript phasmid insect allied to Orobia, obtained
by Mr. J. J. Lister in the Seychelles islands, together with
Phyllium gelonus. He also exhibited specimens of both sexes
of an Acridiid insect, of the group Proscopides, remarkable for
its great general resemblance to the Phasmida, though with-
out resemblance, so far as is known, to any particular species,
In reference to the Phyllium, Dr. Sharp called attention to
the fact that the similarity of appearance of parts of their
organisation to portions of the vegetable kingdom was accom-
panied by a similarity, amounting almost to identity, of
minute structure. He said that it had been stated that the
colouring-matter is indistinguishable from chlorophyll, and
that Mr. Lister had informed him that when in want of food
a specimen of the Phyllium would eat portions of the foli-
aceous expansions of its fellows, although the Phasmide are
phytophagous insects. The resemblance to vegetable pro-
ducts reached its maximum of development in the egg ; and
Mons. Henneguy had observed that when sections of the
external envelope of the egg of Phyllium are placed under
the microscope no competent botanist would hesitate to pro-
nounce them to belong to the vegetable kingdom. Dr. Sharp
also stated that in some species of Phasmida it was easy to
obtain the egg by extraction from a dried specimen.

Mr. Barrett exhibited, for Major J. N. Still, a specimen of
Notodonta bicolora, which had been captured in a wood near
Exeter. Major Still had stated that the captor of the speci-
men was unaware of the great rarity of the species. Mr.
Barrett also exhibited, for Mr. Sydney Webb, some remark-
able varieties of Argynnis adippe and Cenonympha pamphilus ;
also two specimens of Apatura iris, and two of Limenitis
sybilla in which the white bands were entirely absent.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild sent for exhibition some
hundreds of Lepidoptera, representative of a magnificent
collection of about 5000 specimens recently made in five

(i paver)

weeks, by Mr. W. Doherty, in the South-west of Celebes, and
contributed the following preliminary notes on the subject :—

“JT have sent for exhibition to-night a series of Lepi-
doptera picked from a very fine collection sent by Mr.
William Doherty from $.W. Celebes. The collection num-
bers about 5000 specimens, and is the result of five weeks’
collecting. The collection is a very representative one, and
has a fair proportion of new species, although the season of
1891 in Celebes was extraordinarily dry, and very unfavour-
able for collecting.

«| have used this series as a base for working out Doherty’s
collection, the result of which I hope to communicate to the
Society in a paper which will be ready to be read at the
first May meeting. As I have not yet been able to finish
putting all my notes on the collection in order, I am unable
to give an exact list of species of the genus Terias, and of
the species of the families Lycenide and Hesperide at this
meeting, although I send them for exhibition. I, however,
hope to put everything before the Society in May. The
following is a list of the species of all families of Rhopalocera
except those above-mentioned :—

** Danaip&.— Nectaria Blanchardii, Ideopsis vitrea, I, Dohertyi
(new species), Salatura conspicua, Limnas chrysippus, Rava-
debra luciplena, Butl., Radena ishma, Tirumala choaspes? ?.

‘* KupL@in2£.—l here put all under the genus Huplea ; in
the final paper I shall put them under their proper sub-
divisions. Huplea causina, EF. viola, E. Mniszechiit, E. hya-
cinthus, E. eupator, EF. Horsfieldii, E. gloriosa, E. euctemon
g, EL. configurata (this was not recognised hitherto as the
female of euctemon), Nasuma celebensis (new species).

‘ Saryrinzé. — Lethe aveto, Melanitis leda (var. ?? or new
species), M. hylecoetes, Holland, M. velutina, Mycalesis Yopas,
M. janardana, M. Perseus? ?, M. Medus, M. Dinon, Yphthima
lorima, Y. asterope, Y. philomela, Y. celebensis (new species near
Pandocus), bletogona satyrus, Elymnias Hewitsoni, b. hicetas.

‘* MorpHina{. — Amathusia phidippus var. virgatus, Pseud-
umathusia Ribbeit, Honrath, Zeuxamathusia Plateni (the female
is new to science), Discophora bambusea =celebensis of Holland,
Clerome chitone.

( (xvi)

“ Acrminm.—Acrea Dohertyi. Doherty caught two males
at Macassar several years ago, and now he sends two of the
unknown female; and these four are all that are known of
this species.

“ Bystriapa.— Hrgolis merionoides, E. celebensis.

“« Apaturmp®.—Cethosia picta, C. myrina, Cynthia deione var.
celebensis, Cupha menvoides, Atella aleippe var. celebensis (this is
probably a good species), Terinos abisares, Cirrhochroa satyrina,
C. thule, C. semiramis, Symbrenthia hippoclus, Junonia erigone,
J. atlites, J. asterie, J. almona, Precis intermedia, Pseudergolis
areota, Rhinopalpa megalonice, Xoma sabina, Doleschallia poly-
bete, Cyrestis thyonneus ? ?, C. rahria var. peraka (I believe this
is a good species), CU. strigata, Hypolimnas fraterna, H. ano-
mala var. celebensis, Huripus robustus, Rohana macar, hi. athalia,
Charawxes nitebis, C. hannibal, C. cognatus, C. mars var. Dohertyt
(new var.); these Charazes will be exhibited at a future
meeting ; C. affinis, also not exhibited.

‘‘ NyMpHALIDE.—Parthenos sylvia, Neptis sp., N. sp., N. sp.,
N. sp., V. sp. (I have not yet marked out these as they are
very obscure), Athyma ewlemene, Symphadra ates, S. ates var.
tyrteus, Huthalia dermoides (new species), EL. amanda, Lime-
nitis lymire, L. lyncides, L. libnites, L. lycanias. (very rare,
female undescribed).

‘« Wrycinip®.——Abisara echerius.

‘“‘ Lycmntp®.—Will be fully described in future paper.

“ Prmrine.—Huphina affinis, H. eperia, H. timnatha, H.
celebensis (new species), Catopsilia flava (island form of C.
crocale), C. catilla, C. scylla.

«TrrtAs.—This genus will be fully discussed in the final
paper. Lronia tritea, Hebomoia eelebensis, Appias zarinda g,
A, zatima 9, A. nathalia var. nigerrima, Holland (this is a
good species), A. Dohertyi (new species), Delias Wallacet?
(new species? ?); I cannot find this, but doubt it being new ;
A. paulina, A. polisma, A. lycaste, A. celebensis; A. ithome,
Wallace, is probably same as Huphina affinis.

‘* PapILIONINE.—Ornithoptera hephaestus, O. hippolytus, O.
haliphron, Papilio polyphontes, P. aristolochie (first record of
this species from Celebes), P. yigon, P. ascalaphus, P. alphenor,
P, hecuba, P. pertinax, P, adamantius, P, Blumei, P. encelades,

( xvi)

P, veiovis, P. deucalion, P. rhesus, P. androcles, P. agamemnon,
P. miletus. P. telephus, P. Meyeri, P. codrus (seen but not
caught).

‘¢‘ Hesperip®.—To be described.”’

Many of the species were new, and others very rare.
Mr. Elwes, Colonel Swinhoe, and Mr. 8. Stevens commented
on the interesting nature of this collection, and a vote of
thanks to Mr. Rothschild for exhibiting it was passed by the
meeting.

Paper read.

Mr. EK. B. Poulton gave a lecture ‘On the denudation of
Scales in certain Species of Lepidoptera,” and illustrated it
by a large number of photographs shown by means of the
oxy-hydrogen lantern. Mr. G. F. Hampson, Mr. Elwes,
and Mr. Poulton took part in the discussion which ensued.

April 27, 1892.
Rosert McLacutan, Esq., F.R.S., Treasurer, in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted
to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. William Edward Baily, of Lynwood House, Paul
Churchtown, Penzance ; and Mons. Edmond Fleutiaux, of
1, Rue Malus, Paris, were elected Fellows of the Society.

E-vhibitions, de.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited, for Mr. Sabine, varieties of
the following species, viz., one of Papilio machaon, bred by
Mr. 8. Baily, at Wicken, in 1886; one of Argynnis lathonia,
taken at Dover in September, 1883; one of A. euphrosyne,
taken at Dover in 1890; and one of A. selene, taken at
St. Osyth, in 1885, by Mr. W. H. Harwood. He also
exhibited a long series of Demas coryli, reared by Major

() xv.)

Still from larve fed exclusively on beech, which he said
appeared to be the usual food of the species in Devonshire,
instead of hazel or oak. Mr. Barrett also exhibited, for
Mr. Sydney Webb, a number of varieties of Arge galathea,
Lastommata megera, Hipparchia tithonus, and Cenonympha
pamphilus, from the neighbourhood of Dover.

The Rey. J. Seymour St. John exhibited a variety of the
female of Hybernia progemmaria, taken at Clapton in March
last, in which the partially developed wings were equally
divided in point of colour, the base being extremely dark and
the outer portion of the wing very pale.

The Rev. Canon Fowler made some remarks on the subject
of protective resemblance; he said his attention had been
recently called to the fact that certain species of Kallima
apparently lose their protective habit in some localities, and
sit with their wings open, and that Dr. A, R. Wallace had
informed him that he had heard of a species of Kallima sitting
upside down on stalks, and thus, in another way, abandoning
its protective habits. It therefore seemed that when a species
is so well protected that it becomes very abundant, it may
with impunity, in some localities, lose a portion of the pro-
tection by change of habits. Mr. W. L. Distant said that a
species of butterfly in South Africa, which when its wings
were vertically closed resembled the reddish soil on which it
settled, in the Transvaal rested with open wings on quartzite
rock, which the upper surface of the wings protectively
resembled. Mr. Barrett, Mr. McLachlan, Mr. Jacoby, Mr.
Champion, Mr. H. Goss, Canon Fowler, and Mr. Frohawk
continued the discussion.

Mr. Goss informed the meeting that, in pursuance of a
resolution of the Council passed in March last, he and
Mr. Elwes had represented the Society at the recent Govern-
ment enquiry, as to the safety and suitability of the proposed
Rifle Range in the New Forest, held at Lyndhurst by the
Hon. T. W. H. Pelham, on the 20th, 21st, 22nd and 23rd
inst., and that they had given evidence at such enquiry, and
addressed a large meeting of Counsel, Solicitors, War Office
officials, Verderers, and Commoners.

(rx A)

May 11, 1892.

Freperick DuCane Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in
the chair,

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted
to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Dr. Edward Alfred Heath, M.D., F.L.S., of 114, Ebury
Street, Pimlico, §.W., and Mr. Samuel Hoyle, of Audley
House, Sale, Cheshire, were elected Fellows of the Society.

Death of an Honorary Fellow.

The President announced the death, on the 4th of May, of
Dr. C. A. Dohrn, of Stettin, who was elected one of the
Honorary Fellows of the Society in 1885. Mr. Stainton
expressed his regret at the death of Dr. Dohrn, whom he
said he had known for many years, and commented on his
work and personal qualities. He stated that Dr. Dohrn was
for many years Secretary of the Stettin Entomological Society,
and on the death of Dr. Schmidt, in 1848, he was elected
President, and filled the chair for many years.

Ewhibitions, éc.

Dr. D. Sharp exhibited drawings of the eggs of a species
of Hemiptera, in illustration of a paper read by him before
the Society ; and also a specimen of a mosquito—Megarhina
hemorrhoidalis—trom the Amazon district, with the body,
legs, and palpi furnished with scales as in Micro-Lepidoptera.

The Rey. Canon Fowler, on behalf of Mrs. Venables,
of Lincoln, exhibited cocoons of a species of Bombyx
from Chota Nagpur; also the larve-cases of a species of
Psychide, Cholia crameri, from Poona, India; and a curious
case, apparently of another species of Psychide, from the
island of Likoma, Lake Nyassa. Mr. McLachlan, Mr.
Poulton, and Mr. Hampson made some remarks on the
subject,

(7S 7

Mr. F. W. Frohawk, on behalf of the Hon. Walter
Rothschild, exhibited a specimen of Pseudacrea miraculosa
mimicking Danais chrysippus; also a specimen of the mimic
of the latter, Diadema misippus, and read notes on the
subject.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited, and commented on, a long
series of specimens of Melitea aurinia (artemis) from Hamp-
shire, Pembrokeshire, Cumberland, and other parts of the
United Kingdom ; also a long and varied series of Coremia
Jluctuata,

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, for Mr. W. Borrer, jun., of Hurst-
pierpoint, a photograph of a portion of a wasp’s nest which
had been built in such a way as to conceal the entrance
thereto, and to protect the whole nest from observation. He
also read the following note on the subject, which he had
received, through Mr. Borrer, from Mrs. Blackburn, of Hen-
field, Sussex, the owner of the nest :—

‘‘ What is shown in the photograph is only a flat piece
built over the wall, behind which the nest is situated, in
order apparently to hide the entrance, and make it exactly to
resemble the surrounding stone and mortar, thereby seeming
to show an instinct of mimicry. From a study of Dr.
Ormerod’s book, the nest appears to be that of Vespa vulgaris.
It was situated close to a window in the upper story of an
old farmhouse, built with cross-beams of oak, the squares
filled in with stone, rubble, and mortar, giving a sort of
yellow-grey appearance between the oak-beams, which the
nest exactly resembled. As the swarm was large, it had to
be destroyed. From below the nest showed itself only as a
little hole close to the beam, but, on closer inspection, the
man who took the nest saw what looked like the whole side of
it exposed, but it was so like the surrounding stone and mortar
as to make it most difficult to see where that left off and the
wasps’ work began. On inserting a knife at the edge he
found he could take off the piece, and then the reason for
it appeared. At some time or other, when the house was
repaired, the workmen, not having enough stone, put in
one large red tile to fill up, so the red patch was very
conspicuous; the wasps therefore, for some reason of

(sxexnk = |)

their own, covered it with their ‘curtain’ so cleverly that
no red tile was left showing as a mark for their nest, the
whole of which was behind the tile in a space between the
wall and the battening. That it was the intention of the
wasps to hide the red tile appears certain, for, not being able
to take the nest that evening, the man brought away the piece
which covered the tile, and, on returning the next night, he
found the wasps had again begun to build, and had made
some progress in hiding the red tile with the same sort of
covering as before.”

It was suggested that the wasp ‘‘paper’’ is probably a very
bad conductor of heat, and that it might be a question of
temperature rather than of concealment of the nest.

Papers read.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild communicated a paper
entitled ‘Notes on a collection of Lepidoptera made by
Mr. William Doherty in Southern Celebes during August
and September, 1891. Part I. Rhopalocera.” He also sent
for examination the types of the new species described
therein.

Dr. Sharp read a paper entitled “‘On the Eggs of an
Hemipterous Insect of the Family Reduviide.”

June 1, 1892.
Rosert MoLacutan, Esq., F.R.S., Treasurer, in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.

Exhibitions, dc.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild sent for exhibition Neptis
mimetica, n.s., from Timor, mimicking Andasena orope, one of
the Eupleide, and Cynthia equicolor, n.s., a species remark-
able for the similarity of the two sexes, from the same
locality; also a hybrid between Saturnia carpini and S. pyri,
and specimens of Callimorpha dominula var. romanovii, var.
italica, and var. donna, bred by a collector at Zurich; he

PROG. ENT. SOC, LOND., II., 1892. E

Cs

further exhibited a very large and interesting collection of
Rhopalocera made by Mr. W. Doherty in Timor, Pura, Sumba,
and other islands, during October, November, and December,
1891, and communicated the following Notes on the subject :—

“The collection was made in November and December,
also the latter part of October, and is the finest collection yet
sent home from the Timor group, in spite of the unusually dry
season. There are many new species, and also some fine series
of various species described by Doherty in his Sumba paper.

‘‘The moths are not so numerous as in the Celebes col-
lection, but contain fine new things, among them a magnificent
Zeuzera near to Z. mineus, and a Clanis near to C. malaccana.
I am able only to exhibit this evening the Rhopalocera, but
hope to exhibit the moths when the final papers on the Celebes
collection and this collection are read in October.

‘The following is a rough list of the species, which will be
of course carefully revised in the final paper. This exhibit
consists of my private set; in the final paper the total number
of specimens in the collection will be enumerated.

“* Nasuma hamhasa, Doherty, Salatura genutia var., S. timor-
ensis, 0. Sp., Limnas chrysippus, Tirwnala melissa? var., T.
litoralis, Doherty, T’. limniace, Radena vulgaris? var., R. ober-
thurii, Doherty, Salpinw meizon, Doherty, Stictoplwa? timor-
ensis, n. Sp., Vadebra sp. incert., V. sp. incert., Calliplea
sumbana, Doherty, C. sumbana var. albina, n. var., C. hyems,
C. sp. incert., C. sp. incert., Rasuma leroa, Trepsichrois dongo,
Doherty, Salpinw sp. incert., S. sp.incert., Stictoplea lacordairet,

Juplea? sp., Andasena orope, Charaxes orilus, C. athamas (or
Ganymedes, Stgr.), Hypolimnas bolina, H. alimena, H. anomala,
H. Saundersti, Elymnias dohertyi, n. sp., Melanitis constantina,
Lethe europa, Mycalesis sp. incert. (medus), M. sp. incert.
(wayewa, Doh.), M. sp.incert. (mynois, Hew.), Yphthima aphnius,
Y. sp. incert., Y. deuce, Doherty, Acrwa andromache var. ?,
Hrgolis ariadne, E. timora, Cethosia leschenaultii, C. lamarckii,
C. tambora, C. penthesilea, Messaras sinha, Atella phalanta,
Junonia orithya, J. velleda, J. erigone, J. timorensis, J. atlites,
Libythea geoffroyt, Precis iphita, Symbrenthia hippoclus ? ?,
Toma sabina, Cynthia aquicolor, n. sp., Cyrestis sp. incert.,
Limenitis hollandi, Doherty, L. procris, Neptis columella, N.

( xxiii)

mimetica, n.sp., N. varmona, N. hordonia, Doleschallia sp.
incert., Ivias reinwardtii, I. vollenhovii, Huphina julia, Doherty,
H. temena, Delias sumbana, n.sp., D. timorensis, D. doherty?,
n.sp., D. alorensis, n.sp., D. oraia, Doherty, Huphina naomi,
Eronia hippia, Callidryas scylla, C. ecrocale, C, catilla, C.
sp. incert., Huphina lata (3g & @), H. pitys (d & 2), Appias
albina, A. lyneida, A. sp. incert., A. sp. incert., A. sp. incert.,
cl. sp. incert., Hlodina sp. incert. (there may be two or three
mixed up), Huphina mentes?, H. var.?, Hebomota timorensis,
Belenois coronea, Nychitona xyphia, Terias hecabe, T. harina,
1’. sp. incert., 7. sp. incert., 7. sp. incert., 7’. sp. incert.,
I’. sp. incert., Ornithoptera naias, Doherty, O. plato, Papilio
liris, P. orion, Doherty, P. solonensis, n.sp., P. pwnilus,
n.sp., P. pericles, P. peranthus, P. sarpedon var., DP. erithonius
var., P. helenus var.??, P. merope, P. theseus, P. doherty,
n.sp., P. albocincta, n.sp., P. enomaus; fifty-six species of
Lycenide ; seventeen species of Hesperide.”

Colonel Swinhoe remarked that the various species of
Neptis were usually protected and imitated by other insects,
and did not themselves mimic anything, and that the pattern
of the Neptis in question was very common among the butter-
flies in the Timor group. Mr. Jenner Weir, Prof. Meldola,
Mr. Trimen, and others continued the discussion.

Mons. A. Wailly exhibited about fifty species of Australian
Lepidoptera, mostly from Queensland, and fertile ova of
Trilocha varians, which are arranged in small square cells,
fastened together in large numbers, and present an appearance
quite different from the usual type of lepidopterous ova.

Mr. F. Merrifield exhibited a series of Drepana falcataria,
half of which had been exposed for a week or two, in March
or April, to a temperature of about 77°, and the other half
had been allowed to emerge at the natural out-door tempera-
ture. The latter insects were in all cases darker than the
former, all being equally healthy. Mr. McLachlan, Mr.
Barrett, Mr. Jenner Weir, and others took part in the dis-
cussion which followed.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a curious variety of the male
of Arctia mendica, bred by the Rey. W. F. Johnson, of Armagh.

Canon Fowler exhibited the egg-case of a species of Mantide

(- xxiv 7)

from Lake Nyassa, and specimens of Bledius dissimilis, Ey.,
from Bridlington Quay, Yorkshire.

Mr. McLachlan called attention to the re-appearance in
large numbers of the Diamond-back Moth, Plutella crucifer-
arum, which was very abundant in gardens near London, and
expressed his opinion that the moths had been bred in the
country and had not immigrated. Mr. Jenner Weir and
others concurred.

Mr. Jenner Weir, Mr. Bower, and Prof. Meldola stated that
they had recently seen specimens of Colias edusa in several
localities near London.

Mr. Jenner Weir and others also commented on the im-
migration of large numbers of Plusia gamma, and also on the
appearance of a large number of Cynthia cardui and other
Vanessida.

Paper read.

Mr. A. G. Butler and the Hon. Walter Rothschild com-
municated a paper, entitled ‘“‘On a new, and also on a little-
known, species of Pseudacrea.”

October 5, 1892.

Henry Joun Exwes, Esq., F.L.8., Vice-President, in the
chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. W. H. Yondale, F.R.M.S., of Cockermouth, was elected

a Fellow.
Exhibitions, éc.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse exhibited specimens of the larvee of
Latridius nodifer feeding on a fungus, T’richosporium roseum.

The Rev. A. E. Eaton sent for exhibition the male spe-
cimen of Elenchus tenuicornis, Kirby, taken by him on the
22nd August last, at Stoney Stoke, near Shepton Montague,

(2 xo By)

Somerset, and described by him in the ‘ Entomologist’s
Monthly Magazine,’ Oct. 1892, pp. 250-253. Mr. McLachlan
stated that another specimen of this species had been caught
about the same date in Claygate Lane, near Surbiton, by Mr.
Edward Saunders, who discovered that it was parasitic on a
homopterous insect of the genus Liburnia, and had also
described it in the Ent. Mo. Mag., pp. 249-250.

Mr. J. M. Adye exhibited, for Mr. McRae, a large collection
of Colias edusa, C. edusa var. helice, and C. hyale, all taken in
the course of five days’ collecting in the neighbourhood of
Bournemouth and Christchurch, Hants. There were twenty-
six specimens of the variety helice, some of which were remark-
able both in size and colour. He stated that Mr. McRae
estimated the proportion, this season, of the variety helice to
the type of the female as one in fifty, and the proportion of
Colias hyale to the type of the female of C. edusa as one in
one hundred. Mr. Adye also exhibited two specimens of
Deiopeia pulchella, recently taken near Christchurch. The
Chairman, Mr. Hanbury, Mr. Jenner Weir, and Mr. Merrifield
commented on the interesting nature of the exhibition, and on
the recent extraordinary abundance of C. edusa and the var.
helice, which was probably not exceeded in 1877.

Mr. Dallas Beeching exhibited four specimens of Plusia
moneta, lately taken in the neighbourhood of Tunbridge Wells.

Mr. Gervase F. Mathew sent for exhibition, and contributed
notes on, two specimens of Plusia moneta and their cocoons,
which were found at Frinsted, Kent, on the 8rd September
last. It was stated that the first moth, the male, emerged on
Sept. 5th, and the second, the female, on Sept. 18th. The
cocoons, of which seven were discovered, were not difficult to
see, being spun-up upon the under side of the leaves of
monkshood, without any attempt at concealment. Un-
fortunately five of the moths had already emerged, so that
it was probably a fortnight or so too late for what was pre-
sumably the second brood. Mr. Mathew stated that he found
two small larve of a Plusia feeding upon monkshood on the
10th Sept.; that they had grown a very little since then, and
on the 4th Oct. appeared as if they intended to hybernate.
He thought they might be moneta, but they bore a strong

( xxvii)

resemblance to gamma. He enquired if anyone knew in what
stage P. gamma passes the winter ?

Mr. B.G, Rye exhibited a specimen of Zygena filipendule var.
chrysanthemi, two varieties of Arctia villica and a black variety
of Homaloplia ruricola, taken at Lancing, Sussex; also dwarf
specimens of Huchloé cardamines from Wimbledon; a variety of
Thecla rubi from Bournemouth, and specimens of Coccinella
ocellata var. hebrea, and C. oblongo-guttata, from Oxshott.

Mr. A. H. Jones exhibited specimens of Argynnis pales var.
isis, and var. arsilache, the females of which showed a tendency
to melanism, recently taken at Campfer, in the Upper Enga-
dine; one of the females was especially dark, and on the
under side presented a remarkable variety, the basal half of
the hind wings, with the exception of the nervures, being
pearly white, and the marginal spots were replaced by long
white dashes. A male also showed a melanic tendency in the
hind wings. The under side was not unlike the type, but the
marginal silvery spots, as in the female, were replaced by
dashes. He also showed melanic forms of Hrebia melampus,
and a specimen of Hrebia nerine, taken at Bormio, at the foot
of the Stelvio Pass.

Mr. Elwes exhibited specimens of typical Hrebia melas,
taken by himself at Campiglio, in the Western Tyrol, on the
25th July last, at an elevation of 7000 feet; also specimens
of the same species from Hungary, Greece, and the Eastern
and Central Pyrenees. He stated that the supposed absence
of this species from the Alps, which had seemed to be such a
curious fact in geographical distribution, had been first dis-
proved by Mrs. Nichol, who discovered it at Campiglio two
years ago. He also exhibited fresh specimens of l’rebia nerine,
taken on very hot rocks at Riva, on the lake of Garda, at an
elevation of about 500 feet; also specimens of the same spe-
cies, taken at the same time, at an elevation of about 5000 feet,
in cool forest glades. He remarked that the great difference
of elevation and climate did not appear to have produced any
appreciable variation in this species. Mr. Elwes also showed
a pair of Dasydia tenebraria var. wockearia, Stgr., from Cam-
piglio, which appeared to lim to be sufficiently constant and
distinct from the typical form to be treated as a species.

@ xxv 4

Mr. G. T. Porritt exhibited two fine varieties of Abraxas
grossulariata, bred by Mr. George Jackson during the past
summer from York larve; also, on behalf of Mr. T. Baxter,
a curious Noctua taken on the sandhills at St. Anne’s-on-Sea
on August 20th last, and concerning which a difference of
opinion existed as to whether it was a melanic form of Ayrotis
cursoria or of Caradrina cubicularis. He also exhibited a small
dark form of Oryyia antiqua, which had occurred in some
numbers at Longridge, near Preston.

Mr. A. Eland Shaw exhibited a specimen of Mecostethus
grossus, Linn., taken lately at Irstead, in the Norfolk-broad
district. He stated that this was the first recorded capture
of this species in Britain since 1884.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a specimen of Syricthus alveus,
caught in Norfolk, about the year 1860, by the Rey. J. H.
Marsh; a beautiful variety of Argynnis euphrosyne, caught
this year near Godalming by Mr. Oswald Latter; and a series
of varieties of Ennomos angularia, bred from a female taken at
Nunhead.

Mr. P. Crowley exhibited a specimen of Zyyana filipendulae
var. chrysanthemi, taken last August at NRiddlesdown, near
Croydon, by Mr. Murton Holmes.

Lord Walsingham sent for exhibition several specimens of
larvee of Sphina pinastri and Aphomia sociella, preserved by
himself, which were intended for presentation to the British
Museum. The larve of S. pinastri had been sent to him by
Lord Rendlesham, who obtained them from ova laid by a
female which he had captured in Suffolk last August.

Papers, éc., read.

Mr. de Nicéville communicated a paper entitled ‘ Notes
on a protean Indian butterfly, Muplea (Stictoplea) harrisii,
Felder”; and Captain E. Y. Watson exhibited, on behalf of
Mr. de Nicéville, the specimens referred to in this paper.
Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. Hampson, Mr. Poulton, and the Chair-
man took part in the discussion which ensued.

Mr. W. Bateson read a paper entitled ‘‘ On the Variation
in the Colours of Cocoons and Pup of Lepidoptera; further
Experiments.” In this paper the author gave an account of

(eso ici ))

further experiments on the variation of lepidopterous cocoons,
&e. Evidence was brought to show that the cocoons of Saturnia
carpint do not always colour in accord with the substances
to which they are attached, as has been alleged. The colouring
substance was shown to be derived from the contents of the
alimentary canal, being probably a chlorophyll-derivative. Ex-
periments were also described which confirmed Mr. Poulton’s
statements as to the influence of surroundings on the colour
of pupee of Vanessa urtice and larvee of Amphydasis betularia.

Mr. Poulton said that he was glad to admit that Mr. Bateson
had proved his point with regard to the cocoons of Satwrnia
carpini, and he wished to take the opportunity of acknow-
ledging that he had been mistaken in the belief that the larva
modified the colour of its cocoon in response to the influence
of reflected light. At the same time, he was not convinced
that other larve do not possess this power. He had obtained
some very conclusive results with Halias prasinana, in which
it did not appear that any of the sources of error demonstrated
by Mr. Bateson in the cases of S. carpini and FE. lanestris could
have operated. The cocoons had been shown at a meeting of
the Society in 1887 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, pp. 1], li).
Since then Mr. Tutt had made similar observations on a very
large scale in the case of Halias chlorana. Mr. Poulton stated
that he was now experimenting again with H. prasinana, and
hoped soon to be able to bring further evidence. He also said
that he had not been able to obtain many individuals of the
species, but the results had been uniformly in favour of the
view that the susceptibility exists. He further said that Mr.
Arthur Sidgwick was observing the species, and had arrived
at the same opinion.

Mr. Poulton read a paper entitled ‘‘ Further Experiments
upon the Colour-relation between certain Lepidoptera and
their surroundings.”

Miss Lilian J. Gould read a paper entitled ‘‘ Experiments
on the Colour-relation between certain Lepidopterous larve
and their surroundings, together with Observations on Lepi-
dopterous larve.” A long discussion ensued, in which Mr.
Jenner Weir, Dr. Sharp, Mr. Merrifield, Mr. Poulton, Mr.
Tutt, and the Chairman took part.

(@ S006)

November 2, 1892.

Freperick DuCane Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in
the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted
to the respective donors.

A Lantern for the Society.

The President announced that a new Oxy-hydrogen lantern
had been purchased for the Society, the cost of which had
been generously defrayed by Mr. H. J. Hlwes, Prof. R.
Meldola, Mr. R. McLachlan, and Mr. E. B. Poulton.

Hahibitions, &c.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited, for Mr. J. Harrison, of Barnsley,
and read notes on, a beautiful series of Arctia lubricipeda var.
radiata, which had been bred by Mr. Harrison this year.
Mr. Harrison stated in his notes that in the spring of 1891 he
offered ova of Dasypolia templi for distribution ; at the same
time he asked for a few pupe of Arctia lubricipeda in return ; his
intention being to try and pair them, on emergence, with some
Huddersfield forms of Arctia mendica, which he knew would
be out about the same time. The mendica having been in-
bred two or three seasons, he had a doubt about continuing
the strain. The attempt proved a failure, and he lost the
mendica. He said that he had two lots of lubricipeda pupe of
about twenty each sent him, one from London, and the other
from Lincolnshire, and all that came out were of the ordinary
form, except one female specimen of the var. radiata. This he
sacrificed to pair with one of the ordinary males, simply as an
experiment. Theresult was about 500 ova, part of which he
kept for himself, and the rest he distributed. The batch of eggs
which he kept produced about 160 imagos in 1892, and of
these about one-third resembled the female parent (4. lubrict-
peda var. radiata), one-third partly resembled the male parent
(A. lubricipeda type) and partly resembled the female; and
the remainder resembled the male parent.

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv., 1892. F

(xe |)

Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker exhibited specimens of Polyom-
matus dispar var. rutilus, taken in England by his father about
sixty years ago. He stated that it was generally believed
that this form of the species was confined to the Continent,
but his specimens proved that it formerly occurred in
England.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited dark varieties of Acronycta
leporina, bred by Mr. J. Collins, of Warrington ; also a white
variety of Triphena pronuba, taken at Swansea by Mr. W.
Holland. )

Mr. M. Jacoby exhibited a specimen of Sagra femorata,
from India, with differently sculptured elytra, one being
rough and the other smooth.

Mr. J. A. Clark exhibited a long series of remarkable
varieties of Liparis monacha, bred from a pair (g and ¢ ), one
of which was taken in the New Forest, and the other on
the Continent. Several of the specimens were as light in
colour as the typical form of the species; others were quite
black; and others intermediate between these two extremes.

The Rev. J. Seymour St. John exhibited a monstrosity of
Abraxas grossulariata, and a specimen of T'eniocampa stabilis,
with a distinct light band bordering the hind margin of the
upper wings. He stated that he had bred both specimens.

Mr. E. B. Poulton exhibited two series of imagos of
Gnophos obscurata, which had been subjected to dark and
light surroundings respectively. The results were seen to be
completely negative, the two series being equally light.

Mr. F. Merrifield showed a number of pupe of Pieris napi.
About eight of them, which had attached themselves to the
leaves of the cabbage plant on which they were fed, were of a
uniform bright green colour, with light yellowish edgings ; of
the others, nearly seventy in number, those which had
attached themselves to the black net covering the pot, or the
brownish twigs which supported it, the great majority were
ash-coloured, with dark spots and lines, and the remainder
of a green colour, much less vivid than in those which had
spun up on the leaves, with numerous dark spots and lines
on them.

Mr. R, Adkin exhibited three bred female specimens of

Grex: -*)

Vanessa c-album, two of which belonged to the first brood, and
the third to the second brood. One of the specimens of the
first brood was remarkable in having the under side of a very
dark colour, identical with typical specimens of the second
brood. Mr. Adkin stated that out of a number of larve
reared from the egg he received six nearly full-fed on June
15th, 1892. The first imago emerged on July 2nd, followed
by two on the 8rd, and one on the 7th, all of the ordinary
spring form. On the 5th a fourth attempted to emerge, but
did not get free of the pupa case, and its wings did not
expand ; and on the 28rd the sixth appeared, a perfect speci-
men, but having the under side coloration of the autumn
brood. The weather during the seventeen days between the
last complete emergence of the ordinary form and that of the
one bred on the 23rd was chiefly cold, with a considerable
amount of rain, the mean temperature on the 17th being 20°
below the average ; “but it became somewhat warmer on the
21st and 22nd. No doubt the low temperature and absence
of sunshine delayed the emergence of this insect, and thus
caused the altered colouring of the under side.

Mr. F. W. Frohawk exhibited a series of striking varieties
of Satyrus hyperanthus, bred from ova laid by a female taken
in the New Forest in July last.

Mr. F. D. Godman exhibited a specimen of Aimphonyx
medon, Cr., received from Jalapa, Mexico, having a pouch-like
excrescence at the apex of its body. Mr. McLachlan, Mr. H.
J. Elwes, and Mr. Poulton commented on it.

Papers, éc., read.

Mr. C. J. Gahan communicated a paper entitled ‘‘ Additions
to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central America, with notes
on some previously recorded species.” The author stated
that this paper was a supplement to that by the late Mr. H.
W. Bates, which had already appeared in the ‘Transactions’
for this year. ‘Twenty new species were described, of which
nineteen belong to the family Lamiide, the remaining species
being placed in a new genus of Prionide. With these addi-
tions the number of Longicornia recorded from Central
America was brought up to a total of 1872 species.

( xxxi )

Mr. W. L. Distant communicated a paper entitled ‘“ Con-
tributions to a knowledge of the Homopterous family Ful-
coride,”’

Mr. Oswald Latter read a paper,—which was illustrated
by the Society’s new oxy-hydrogen lantern,—entitled ‘The
Secretion of Potassium-hydroxide by Dicranura vinula, and
the emergence of the imago from the cocoon.” The author
stated that the imago produced, probably, from the mouth, a
solution of caustic potash for the purpose of softening the
cocoon. ‘The solution was obtained for analysis by causing
the moths to perforate artificial cocoons made of filter paper.
The imago emerges wearing over its head and eyes the
corresponding structures of the pupal stage: these serve as a
shield, and protect the underlying parts of the imago. The
shield is locked on to the head of the imago by hooks fitting
into sockets on the head. From beneath the shield project
a pair of sharp hard processes from the labrum of the imago.
These serve as instruments of attack upon the walls of the
cocoon, and tear away the portions successively moistened by
the alkaline secretion.

Professor Meldola said that the larva of D. vinula secretes
strong formic acid, and Mr. Latter had now shown that the
imago secretes potassium-hydroxide, astrong alkali. He stated
that he had long been familiar with the fact that the secretion
from the imago of D. vinula was alkaline to test-paper, but
he had never investigated its composition ; and he also stated
that the fact that any animal secreted a strong caustic alkali
was a new one.

Mr. Merrifield asked Mr. Latter if he had tried the converse
experiment, and proved that potassium-hydroxide would
soften the cocoon. Mr. Latter stated that he had done so.

Mr. J. F. Hanbury asked if Mr. Latter could say where the
potassium was obtained by the larva. Mr. Latter said he
thought it was obtained from the leaves on which the larva fed.

Mr. Gahan, Mr. Poulton, Mr. Merrifield, and Prof. Meldola
continued the discussion.

Mr. H. J. Elwes and Mr. J. Edwards read a paper—also
illustrated by the oxy-hydrogen lantern—entitled ‘‘ A revision
of the genus Ypthima, principally founded on the form of the
genitalia in the male sex.”

( somxin 9)

Mr. McLachlan said he attached great importance to the
genitalia as structural characters in determining species, and
he believed that he could name almost any species of Kuropean
Trichoptera simply from an examination of the detached
abdomens of the males.

Mr. Osbert Salvin said he had examined the genitalia of a
large number of Hesperide, with the view of considering their
value in distinguishing species, but at present he had not
matured his observations.

Mr. Jacoby, Mr. Bethune-Baker, Colonel Swinhoe, Mr.
George Lewis, Dr. Sharp, Mr. G. F. Hampson, and Mr.
Champion continued the discussion.

Mr. S. H. Scudder communicated a paper entitled ‘‘ New
light on the formation of the abdominal pouch in Parnassius.”’
Mr. Elwes said he had based his classification of the species of
this genus largely on the structure of this abdominal pouch in
the female. It had been considered doubtful whether the fluid
which formed this pouch was secreted by the female or the
male; but he thought that it was secreted by the latter, as
after pairing the male frequently died from exhaustion. He
was glad to find that this supposition had been proved by Mr.
Scudder to be correct.

Mr. Jenner Weir remarked that a similar abdominal pouch
was to be found in Acrea, especially in that division of the
genus which Doubleday had separated under the name of
Hyalites. The pouch was very well developed in the female
of Hyalites horta, L., and was also found in H. neobule, Doubl.,
and H. anemosa, Hewits. It was worthy of remark, as had
been pointed out by Mr. Roland Trimen in his ‘ South African
Butterflies,’ that Parnassius presents two other characteristic
features of Hyalites, viz., semi-transparent wings, and simple
tarsal claws lobed at the base.

Mr. Hampson referred to specimens in Mr. Leech’s col-
lection of a male of one species of Parnassius taken in copuld
with a female of another species, in which the pouch peculiar
to the species to which the female belonged had been formed,
and, not fitting the claspers of the male, had come away
from the female on the specimens being separated, and
remained attached to the male.

( xxxiv. )

December 7, 1892.

Frepertck DuCans Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in
the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.

Death of an ex-President.

The President announced the death, on the 2nd December,
of Mr. Henry T. Stainton, F.R.S., an ex-President of the
Society. A vote of condolence with Mrs. Stainton was passed
by the meeting.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Frank Bouskell, of 11, Lansdowne Road, Stoneygate,
Leicester; Mr. George C. Dennis, of Tower Street, York ;
Mr. Charles B. Headley, of Stoneygate Road, Leicester ;
Mr. William Mansbridge, of Luther Place, Horsforth, near
Leeds; and the Rev. George W. Taylor, of St. Barnabas,
Victoria, British Columbia, were elected Fellows of the
Society.

Exhibitions, de.

Mr. Jenner Weir exhibited a species of Acrea from Sierra
Leone, which Mr. Roland Trimen, who had examined the
specimen, considered to be a remarkaple variety of Telchinia
encedon, Linn. It was a very close mimic of Limnas alcippus,
the usual Western African form of Limnas chrysippus. The
upper wings of the specimen were rufous and the lower white,
as in the model, and the resemblance in other respects was
heightened by the almost total suppression of the black spots
in the dise of the upper wings, characteristic of the usual
markings of 7’. encedon.

Mr. F. J. Hanbury exhibited a remarkable variety of
Lycena adonis, caught in Kent this year, with only one large
spot on the under side of each upper wing, and the spots on
the lower wings entirely replaced by suffused white patches.
He also exhibited two specimens of Noctua xanthographa of a
remarkably pale brownish grey colour, approaching a dirty

(eX |)

white, obtained in Essex in 1891; and avariety of Acronycta
rumicis, also taken in Essex, with a beautiful dark hind
margin to the fore wings.

Mr. H. J. Elwes exhibited a living specimen of a species
of Conocephalus, a genus of Locustide, several species of which,
Mr. C. O. Waterhouse and Mr. McLachlan stated, had been
found alive in hothouses in this country.

Dr. T. A. Chapman exhibited immature specimens of
Teniocampa gracilis, I’. gothica, T. populeti, T. munda, T. in-
stabilis, and T’. leucographa, which had been taken out of their
cocoons in the autumn, with the object of showing the then
state of development of the imagos.

Mr. F. W. Frohawk exhibited a living specimen of the larva
of Carterocephalus palemon (Hesperia paniscus), hybernating
on a species of grass which he believed to be Bromus asper.
The Rev. Canon Fowler and Mr. H. Goss expressed their
interest at seeing the larva of this local species, the imagos
of which they had respectively collected in certain woods in
Lincolnshire and Northamptonshire. Mr. Goss stated that
the food-plants of the species were supposed to be Plantago
major and Cynosurus cristatus, but that the larva might pos-
sibly feed on Bromus asper.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a long series of remarkable
melanic and other varieties of Boarmia repandata, bred by
Mr. A. E. Hall from larve collected near Sheffield.

Mr. W. Farren exhibited, and commented on, four varieties
of Papilio machavn from Wicken Fen ; also a series of two or
three species of Nepticule pmmned on pith with the ‘‘ minutien
Nadeln,”’ for the purpose of showing these pins.

Canon Fowler exhibited specimens of Xyleborus perforans,
Woll., which had been devastating the sugar-canes in the
West Indies. Mr. C. O. Waterhouse stated that the larve
had done great damage to beer-casks in India.

Mr. E. B. Poulton showed, by means of the oxy-hydrogen
lantern, a number of slides of various larve and pupe, in
illustration of his paper, read at the October meeting, entitled
« Further experiments upon the colour-relation between cer-
tain lepidopterous larvee and their surroundings.” He stated
that he believed that nineteen out of twenty larve of

( xxxva' =>)

Geometride possessed the power of colour adjustment. Mr.
F. Merrifield, the Rev. J. Seymour St. John, and Mr. Jacoby
took part in the discussion which ensued.

Papers read.

Mr. F. Merrifield read a paper entitled ‘‘ The effects of
temperature in the pupal stage on the colouring of Pieris napi,
Vanessa atalanta, Chrysophanus phleas, and Ephyra punctaria.”
The author stated that some of the artificial temperatures to
which he had subjected pupe in the course of these experiments
corresponded to natural ones, though, in most cases, in a
necessarily incomplete manner; natural temperatures were
so fluctuating that it was difficult to imitate them artificially,
but he did not think the difference was for his purposes an
important one, for in many instances he had used both
artificially equable and naturally fluctuating temperatures,
and in these cases he had found that a fluctuating tem-
perature produced results similar to those obtained from an
equable temperature corresponding to the mean of the
fluctuating one. In reference to the known English mean
temperatures of the spring and summer months, it must be
borne in mind that these are shade temperatures, and are
below, and, under certain circumstances of exposure or
absence of cloud, considerably below, those to which objects
exposed to both sunshine and shade, under natural con-
ditions, would be subjected. He would also premise that in
his experiments the pupe were exposed to the different tem-
peratures, in nearly all cases, within a day or two, and often
within a few hours, after pupation. Pupe of the summer
emergence of P. napi, iced (i.e. at 33° F.) for from three to
four months, and then subjected to the temperature of
spring, at which they emerged in five or six weeks, showed
most but not all of the characteristic features of the spring
emergence; those plunged at once from the artificial winter
into the temperature of a very hot summer, emerged in six
days, and were intermediate in most of their features. The
summer pupe of this species, or a portion of them, were
very apt to go over to the spring, and, when so disposed,
the subjecting them for many days to a forcing temperature

( xxxvil.”)

seemed to have no effect in accelerating emergence. Hight
out of thirty-one, the whole number of pupez of this
brood, had ‘‘ gone over.” Pupx of V. atalanta were sub-
jected to (1) a temperature of 90°, emerging in six days;
(2) temperatures ranging from 64° to 51°, emerging in
from ‘eighteen to fifty-six days; (8) a temperature of 45°
for from five to seven weeks, and then temperatures
ranging from 90° to 55°, emerging in from nineteen to thirty-
four days more. In No.1 the black was rusty, but the orange
was wide in area and bright, and in two of the twelve at
this high temperature an additional small orange spot
appeared on the under side of the fore wings; in No. 2 the
black was more intense and the orange deeper and narrower,
and the general intensity and contrast of colouring greater,
especially on the under sides of the hind wings; in No. 8
the invasion of black had made further progress, the orange
band being broken into several, lavender scales had spread
over the black and white parts, and several minute blue spots
appeared in the centre of the small black spots in the orange
band on the hind wings: on the under surface most of the
markings were less sharply defined, and a new submarginal
narrow band appeared. The results obtained by extreme and
protracted cold (7.e. 45°), though probably such as would
rarely be met with in nature, were interesting, first, as
proving by this extreme case that the less-marked interme-
diate results were caused by temperature ; and secondly, be-
cause, owing to the great alteration in markings and colouring
which they exhibit, they may possibly throw some light on the
evolution of the markings in the Vanessas. One marking on
Vanessa atalanta which had lately been the subject of some dis-
cussion, the minute white spot on the orange band of the fore
wing, did not seem dependent on temperature; about one in
four showed this spot, or traces of it, on the upper surface, and
the whole of them—over sixty in number—showed the spot
or faint traces of it on the under surface. Icing (at 83°)
appeared to have little effect unless protracted for more
than six weeks, when it was generally fatal or injurious.
He had found a half-fed larva as late as October 16th, and
had no doubt that the species was in England partially
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv., 1892. G

( 3xxviit—-)

double-brooded, though he had obtained no evidence that
it could survive an English winter in the pupal stage, as
it is stated to do in the very different North American
winter. Pupze of the summer emergence of Chrysophanus
phleas were exposed to temperatures ranging from 80° to 90°,
emerging in six days; and down to 45°, emerging in about
eight weeks. In those at the highest temperature the coppery
colour was dusky, the spots large and not sharply defined; as
the temperature was lowered, the copper colour became
brighter, the black more intense, and the spots smaller and
more sharply defined, and the copper band on the hind wings
much broader. Some that were iced (38°) for ten weeks, and
then plunged into a high temperature, showed most of the
features of those which had been throughout at the high
temperatures. The results seemed to indicate that the dusky
colouring of C. phleas in Southern Europe, and the varying
colour of the American C. hypophleas, according to the |
season of its emergence, as described by Mr. Scudder, were
in a large measure owing to the temperature to which the
individual pup were subjected. Of EH. punctaria he had a
large brood of the summer emergence from the same parent.
These were subjected to varying temperatures, and showed
a gradual disappearance of the conspicuous submarginal
blotches, an increase of the sprinkling of dark scales on the
eround colour and an intensification of the central line, as
the temperature was lowered from 90°, through 70° and 56°
to 45°. There was no great difference between those at
90°, which emerged in from four to five days, and those
at 70°, emerging in from ten to eleven days; but the
difference was considerable in those at 56°, emerging in from
twenty-two to twenty-seven days; and greater still in those at
45°, which emerged in from fifty-seven to seventy days; in
these last the blotches had disappeared. A temperature of
33° seemed to suspend the physiological changes without
much, if any, other effect ; for those which were thus iced for
over three months, and then exposed to a high temperature,
emerging in from five to seven days, closely resembled in
appearance those exposed to a similar temperature without
having been iced at all. A large number of specimens were
exhibited in illustration of the paper.

Gi xxx) 5)

Mr. Poulton said the experiments appeared to show that
the temperature operated at the pupal stage in which the
pigment of the perfect insect was being formed, and the
stronger colouring seemed to be the effect of retardation in
the formation of this pigment. This would be in ac-
cordance with his observations as to the colouring of the
pupa itself, which was deeper when the formation of it was
retarded.

Dr. F. A. Dixey said that, by the kindness of Mr. Merrifield,
he had been enabled to examine the specimens of Vanessa
atalanta that afternoon before the meeting. He had at
present only seen them by artificial light, but had never-
theless been able to satisfy himself that the series was of
great interest in view of the conclusions he had previously
arrived at with regard to the phylogeny of the Vanessas and
allied groups (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, pp. 89 et seq.). He might
say at once that the characters of those individuals that had
been exposed to the greatest cold seemed to him on the whole
the most ancestral, as evidence of which he would especially
mention the blue centres with which the black submarginal
spots of the hind wings were provided in at least two of Mr.
Merrifield’s ‘winter’? specimens. These, he thought,
must be considered as a revival of a character which had
belonged to the earliest members of the Vanessid group
(Ibid., p. 97 et seq.). Other features in the colouring
appeared to him to point in the same direction; but
as to these he must ask to be allowed to reserve his full
opinion until he had had an opportunity of studying the
specimens more carefully, and with the help of daylight.
Mr. Merrifield had pointed out that the minute white spot
(Dé in the system proposed, loc. cit.) in the red band of the
fore wing of V’. ata/lanta was, in his specimens, often visible
on the under side, though absent from the upper. It might
be of interest to add that the same was not infrequently the
case 1n instances of the occurrence of the corresponding spot
in Pyrameis cardui, as also of the next preceding member of
the same series, viz. De. When the spots occurred on both
surfaces of P. cardui, they were, as in Mr. Merrifield’s
specimens of V, atalanta, larger and more diffused on the
under than on the upper surface (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1890, p.93

(icles)

and note). A similar feature might be recognised in Argynnis
niphe, 2 (Ibid., p. 96), in which insect he had drawn atten-
tion to the existence of the same series of markings.

Mr. Elwes, with reference to the American Chrysophanus
hypophleas, remarked that he was not able to distinguish it
as a species from the European C. phleas, and suggested
Pieris brassice as a very suitable subject for experiment ; it
varied greatly according to locality, and specimens from the
Canary Isles being particularly fine in colouring.

Mr. Jenner Weir said he was particularly interested in the
results obtained with Vanessa atalanta as a monomorphic
Species, and one very invariable in its markings and co-
louring.

Mr. Merrifield, in reference to Mr. Poulton’s observations,
said that the stage in which he had found temperature most
operative was the one just preceding the appearance of the
colouring of the perfect insect inthe pupa. He had not been
able to distinguish between cold and retardation as causes,
seeing that they were generally so closely associated, but in
his experiments he thought cold should be pointed to as the
agent. He referred to a beautiful series of Pieris napi of
the two emergences, from the same brood, exhibited by Mr.
Hawes.

Mr. Kenneth J. Morton communicated a paper entitled
‘Notes on Hydroptilide belonging to the European Fauna,
with descriptions of new species.’’ Mr. McLachlan made
some remarks on the subject of this paper.

Dr. T. A. Chapman read a paper entitled ‘‘On some
neglected points in the structure of the pupa of Heterocerous
Lepidoptera, and their probable value in classification ; with
some associated observations on larval prolegs.”” Mr. Poulton,
Mr. Tutt, Mr. Hampson, and Mr. Gahan took part in the
discussion which ensued.

Mr. J. Cosmo-Melvill communicated a paper entitled
“Description of a new species of Butterfly of the genus
Calinaga, from Siam.”

Mr. W. L. Distant communicated a paper entitled
‘Description of new genera and species of Neotropical
Fthynchota.”

( ag 4)

ANNUAL MEETING.
January 18, 1893.

FrepErick DuCane Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in
the chair.

The Treasurer’s Balance Sheet was read by Mr. Jenner
Weir, one of the Auditors.
Mr. H. Goss, one of the Secretaries, read the following :—

Report of the Council.

During the Session 1892-1893 eleven Fellows have died,
viz., Mr. Henry Walter Bates, F.R.S., Professor Hermann
Carl Conrad Burmeister, M.D., Mr. Edward H. Burnell,
Dr. Carl August Dohrn, Mr. John T. Harris, Mr. Henry
Berkeley James, Sir Richard Owen, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S.,
Mr. Sidney T. Smith, Mr. Henry T. Stainton, F.R.S., Mr.
Howard W. J. Vaughan, and Professor J. O. Westwood, M.A.,
the Hon. Life-President; two Fellows have resigned; and 25
new Fellows have been elected.

The number of Fellows elected during the year is above
the average, but the Society is in need of a considerable
increase in this respect to enable it to publish more papers,
and allow more plates, and in other ways to advance its
interests and promote its objects. The Council, therefore,
earnestly hope that the Fellows will do their utmost to in-
duce their friends to joi the Society, and thus increase its
revenue.

At the present time the Society consists of 8 Honorary
Fellows, 47 Life Fellows, and 296 paying the Annual Sub-
scription, making the total number of Fellows now on the
Society’s List, 351, which, after allowing for the losses by
deaths and resignations, is an increase of 12 since the Annual
Meeting last year.

The Transactions for the year 1892 form a volume of
nearly 500 pages, containing 19 memoirs contributed by the
following authors, viz., Colonel Swinhoe, M.A., Mr. Frederic
Enock, Mr. George T. Bethune-Baker, Mr. Frederic Merri-
field, Mr. William Bateson, M.A. (2 papers), Mr. Edward

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND.. v., 1892. H

(CP sig vp

Meyrick, B.A., the Honble. Walter Rothschild, Mr. Henry
Walter Bates, F.R.S., and Mr. F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S.,
the Rey. Alfred E. Eaton, M.A., Dr. David Sharp, M.A.,
F.R.S., Mr. A. G. Butler and the Honourable Walter
Rothschild, Miss Lilian J. Gould, Mr. Lionel de Nicéville,
Mr. Samuel H. Scudder, Mr. Charles J. Gahan, M.A., Mr.
W. L. Distant, Mr. Oswald Latter, M.A., and Mr. Edward
B. Poulton, M.A., F.R.S. Of these 19 papers, 18 relate to
Lepidoptera (or to inquiries in which Lepidoptera were the
subjects of experiment), 2 to Coleoptera, 2 to Hemiptera, 1 to
Neuroptera, and 1 to Arachnida.

The memoirs above referred to are illustrated by 15 plates,
of which 10 are coloured. The Society is indebted to the
Honourable Walter Rothschild for the cost of Plates IV. and
X.; to Mr. F. D. Godman for the cost of Plates V., VL.,
VII., and XII.; and to Mr. E. B. Poulton for part of the
cost of his paper and part of the cost of Plates XIV. and XV.

The Proceedings, containing an account of the exhibitions
and discussions at the Meetings, in addition to abstracts of
several of the papers published in the Transactions, extend to
over 40 pages.

The publication of a Catalogue of the Books and Pam-
phlets in the Society’s Library has lone been under con-
sideration, and a copy of the manuscript catalogue has been
prepared, some portion of which is in type, and it is expected
that it may be published this year.

During the past year about 200 Books, Pamphlets, Journals,
and Papers have been added to the Library ; and the Meetings
have been better attended than in any previous year.

The Subscriptions received for the year amount to a larger
sum than in any previous year, but only one Life-Compo-
sition has been received. The sales of publications show a
considerable diminution as compared with last year, not so
much in current sales as in the absence of demand for
long sets, which swelled the receipts last year. The amount
paid for rent and office expenses is considerably in excess of
last year, chiefly owing to costs of stock-taking, which was.
much needed. The item under books and binding is again
heavy ; more books have been purchased than has usually

( xiii)

been the case, and the cost of binding is still in part due to
work that had fallen into arrear.

The cost of compiling the Library Catalogue in form for
printing has been transferred to 1893, as being at present
unproductive.

The following is an abstract of the receipts and payments
during 1892 :—

Receipts. | Pavments.
ATES Glo | 28 Gh
Balance in hand Ist _ Rent, Office Expenses,
January, 1892 - - M17 G & Salary to Assistant
Contributions of Fel- | lLibrarian- - - 169 3 2
lows - - - 383 8 35} Printing - - - 117 14 6
Sale of Publications - 68 2 2| Plates, &e. - - 5 2hl a3} (0)
Donations - - - 25 17 6] Books, Bindings, &e. - 31 4 7
Intereston Consols - 11 9 8 | Catalogue Expenses - 2619 0
Catalogue Expenses Subseriptionsin advance
transferred to 1898 - 2619 0 carried to 1893 - 1515 0
Balance - - =) 138 357
£540 14 4 £540 14 4

11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W.
January 18th, 1893.

The Secretary having received two notices proposing to sub-
stitute the name of Prof. Raphael Meldola, F.R.S., for the
name of Mr. Henry J. Elwes, contained in the lists prepared by
the Council, a formal ballot took place for the election of a
member of the Council and for a President. Mr. A. B. Farn,
Mr. G. F. Hampson, and Mr. C. O. Waterhouse were appointed
Scrutineers, and on the ballot papers being counted, it was
found that Mr. H. J. Elwes had a majority of votes. According
to the ballot the following Fellows constitute the Council for
1893 :—Charles G. Barrett; George C. Champion, F.Z.S.;
Henry John Elwes, F'.L.8.; the Rev. Canon Fowler, M.A.,
¥.L.8.; Charles J. Gahan, M.A.; Frederick D. Godman,
F.R.S. ; Herbert Goss, F.L.8.; Robert McLachlan, F.R.S. ;
Frederic Merrifield ; Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.; Dr. David
Sharp, M.A., F.R.S.; Colonel Charles Swinhoe, M.A., F.L.S.;
and George Henry Verrall.

H 2

( xliv-)

The following were the Officers elected :— President, Mr.
Henry John Elwes; /'reaswrer, Mr. R. McLachlan; Secretaries,
Mr. Herbert Goss and the Rev. Canon Fowler; Librarian,
Mr. George C. Champion.

Mr. F. D. Godman, the outgoing President, then delivered
an Address, at the conclusion of which Lord Walsingham
proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Godman for his services
as President during the year, and for his Address. The
proposal was seconded by Mr. J. H. Leech, and carried
unanimously. Mr. Godman replied.

A vote of thanks to the Treasurer, Secretaries, and
Librarian was moved by Dr. Sharp, seconded by Mr. W.
H. B. Fletcher, and carried unanimously. Mr. McLachlan,
Mr. Goss, and Canon Fowler severally replied.

(erxty =)

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Balance Sheet for the Year 1892.

RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS.
Geiss) de 10 £5 GE
Balancein hand, Jan. Ist, Printing” - = = iit ee
1892 ° > - 2417 9] Plates, &. - : 5 S118" .0
Subscriptions for 1892 296 2 0]| Rent and Office Ex-

Do. inadvance 15 15 0 penses” - - - 169 3 2
Arrears - : - 710 3) Booksand Binding - 31 4 7
Admission Fees - - 48 6 0 | Catalogue Expenses - 2619 O
Life Composition - 1515 0. Subscriptions in ad-

Donations = - 2517 6 vance carried to 1893 15 15 O
Sale of Publications - 68 2 2 _ Balance - : - 138 5 1
Interest on Investments 11 9 8 |
Catalogue Expenses, |
transferred to 1893 |
by order of Council - 2619 0
£540 14 4 | £540 14 4

ASSETS.
Subscriptions in arrear (considered good), £5 5s. Od.
Investments :—
Cost of £427 19s. 8d. Consols = £408 13s. Od.

GAB Gen Y.

West. Newman and Co.’s Account for Part IV. of the Transactions for
18923; amount not at present ascertained, but which will probably not be
less than the balance in hand.

RopERT McLacuian,
Treasurer.

Audited and found correct,

SAMUEL STEVENS.

J. JENNER WEIR.

CHARLES G. BARRETT.

EDWARD SAUNDERS.

G. C. CHAMPION.
11th January, 1893.

(OE sivaien)

THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

GENTLEMEN,
Since the close of the past year, and since I undertook

the duty of preparing the following Address, our Honorary
Life-President, the venerable Joun Oxsapian Westrwoop, has
been removed from us by death. I do not now propose to
make any attempt to give a summary of the work of this
eminent Entomologist, which would adequately occupy, of
itself, the whole of the time at my disposal, and which
-must be postponed to our next Anniversary. Suffice it to say
that the late Prof. Westwood was one of our original Members,
and for about sixty years took an active interest in our wel-
fare ; and, after serving in various offices in connection with
our administration, was unanimously elected Honorary Life-
President at a Special Meeting of the Society, held on the
2nd of May, 1888. He died at Oxford on Jan. 2nd, 1898, in
his 87th year, having been born on December 22nd, 1805.

Besides the loss of our Honorary Life-President, our Society
has during the past year suffered severely by the deaths of
two of our Honorary Fellows and of eight Ordinary Fellows,
including amongst them several of great distinction.

Proressor Hermann Cart Conrad Burmetster, M.D., who
was elected an Honorary Member in 1875, was born at Stras-
lund on the 15th of January, 1807, and died at Buenos Ayres on
the 2nd of May last. In early life he lived at Halle, where he
studied for the medical profession, and was a pupil of Nitzsch,
whom he subsequently succeeded in the chair of Zoology in
the University of Halle in 1842, having well qualified himself
for the post by his able writings on Natural History subjects,
Entomology forming no inconsiderable portion. The first

( xlviy ~)

volume of the ‘ Handbuch der Entomologie,’ by which
Burmeister established his fame as a patient and able writer,
was published in 1832, when its author was only twenty-five
years old. An English translation of this work was under-
taken by Shuckard and appeared in 1886, and formed an 8vo
volume of 654 pages, illustrated by thirty-two plates, relating
mostly to structural and anatomical characters. Four more
volumes of the ‘Handbuch’ were published, the last in 1847,
which dealt with the systematic portion of his subject. This,
however, was never completed, for its author having become
involved in the politics of that stormy period (he had been
elected a deputy by his fellow citizens to the short-lived
National Assembly), he obtained two years’ leave of absence
from the university. Proceeding to Brazil, he joined Lund,
the well-known Scandinavian naturalist at Lagoa Santa in
the province of Minas Geraes. Here he had the misfortune
to break his leg, and was carefully nursed by Lund and the
late Prof. Reinhardt of Copenhagen, who happened to be
there at the time. Though lame for the rest of his lite,
Burmeister nevertheless pursued his explorations, sending
large collections to the Halle Museum. The ‘ Systematische
Uebersicht der Thiere Brasiliens’ and the ‘ Hrlauterungen
zur Fauna Brasiliens’ were the outcome of this period.

In 1858 he traversed the Andes to Chili by way of Mendoza,
and returned to Europe vid Panama and the West Indies.
During a short stay in his old home at Halle he published his
‘Reise durch die La Plata-Staaten’ in two volumes, which
still remains a standard work on the Vertebrates of the
Argentine Republic. Returning to Buenos Ayres, Burmeister
devoted himself for the remainder of his life chiefly in
studying and describing the wonderful fossil mammalia
of the tertiary deposits of the Argentine Republic, the results
being published in the ‘ Anales del Museo Publico de Buenos
Aires,’ in a series of papers illustrated by well-executed
plates, prepared from the author’s own drawings. During
this long period Burmeister still continued his interest in
Entomology, and in 1879-80 he published in his ‘Description
Physique de la République Argentine’ two parts devoted to
the Lepidoptera of his adopted country.

C xiv» >)

Dy. Cart Aucust Doxrn, who died on the 4th of May last,
at Stettin, in the 86th year of his age, was born on the 27th of
June, 1806. He was elected a Member of our Society in
1855, and an Honorary Fellow in 1885. On the death of
Dr. Wilhelm Schmidt, the first President of the Ento-
mological Society of Stettin, which had been founded in
1889, Dr. Dohrn, who was then acting as secretary, was
selected for the vacant post, and duly elected on the 5th of
November, 1848, President of the Society, a post he held
until his retirement in 1887, when he was succeeded by his
eldest son, Dr. Heinrich Dohrn. Dr. Anton Dohrn, his
youngest son, is well known to zoologists as the founder
of the Zoological Station at Naples.

Under Dr. Dohrn’s presidency the Entomological Society
of Stettin flourished, and its ‘Zeitung,’ which has been
issued with unfailing regularity, now extending to fifty-three
volumes, is one of the leading entomological periodicals
of the day, and is full of important memoirs, many of them
written by Dohrn himself. Though sympathizing with en-
tomologists of all branches of the science, Dohrn’s work was
restricted to the study of certain families of Coleoptera, the
Pausside being a group of special interest to him.

Besides being eminent as an entomologist, Dohrn was an
excellent linguist and musician, and a man of great intel-
lectual acquirements.

Sir Ricnarp Owen, K.C.B., F.R.S., whose death took place
so recently, at the advanced age of 88, was born at Lancaster
on the 20th of July, 1804, and died at his residence (Sheen
Lodge, Richmond Park) on the 18th of December, 1892. He
joined our Society as a Member more than fifty years ago,
having been elected in 1841. Though so eminently distin-
guished for his writings, chiefly on Vertebrate Zoology, I am
not aware that he paid any special attention to Entomology.
One important Memoir, however, connected with the subject,
especially relating to Aphidz, was published by him in 1849,
entitled ‘“‘ On Parthenogenesis, or the successive production of
Procreating Individuals from a single ovum.”

Henry 'Tresars Sratnton, F.R.S., who died at Lewisham on
the 2nd of December last, in his 71st year, was born on the

Me ibaem)

13th of August, 1822. He joined our Society in 1848, and was
one of the Secretaries in 1850 and 1851, President in 1881
and 1882, and frequently a member of the Council. During
the whole of that time he was one of the most regular
attendants at our meetings, until the last few months, when
prevented by the illness which eventually proved fatal.
Stainton’s work was practically restricted to Lepidoptera,
though his knowledge of other Orders of insects, and of
Natural History generally, was extensive. His writings
extend over a long period, commencing in 18465, and con-
tinuing almost to the day of his death. They consist not
only of separate works, but also of frequent contributions to
periodical literature; indeed the ‘ Kntomologists’ Intelli-
gencer,’ the ‘ Entomologist’s Annual,’ and the ‘ Kntomolo-
gists Monthly Magazine’ were all originated, and edited
conjointly with others, by him. By degrees his energies
were concentrated upon the Tineide and Pterophoride of his
native country and of Europe, families which he found in great
confusion, and which he with others reduced to their present
order. ‘This result was mainly attained in the ‘ Natural
History of the Tineina,’ of which thirteen volumes were pub-
lished between 1855 and 1878, by Stainton, with the co-
operation of Zeller, Douglas, and Frey. All his writings prove
him to be an exceedingly careful observer, anxious above all
things to base his work upon sufficient materials, so as to
avoid error and lessen the labours of posterity. In his
presidential address for the year 1882, he goes so far as to
recommend that no species should be described upon less than
twenty to thirty specimens, and advocated an amount of self-
denial in such matters, which I imagine hardly any of us are
prepared to put in practice, however much we may wish it.
We should all like to have such a goodly array of specimens of
every new species before us, but I am afraid our wishes are
seldom gratified. Anyhow, Stainton’s wish shows the cautious
nature of his disposition. His business habits caused him to
be sought by many Societies to assist in their goverpment.
He was for a short time Secretary to the Linnean Society,
and one of the Secretaries of Section D of the British
Association for several years, and also of the Ray Society

(ee

from 1861 to 1871, during a critical period of its history.
When Mr. Van Voorst discontinued the publication of the
‘Zoological Record,’ in 1871, Stainton was principally
instrumental in founding the Zoological Record Association,
which was continued till 1886, when its indispensable pub-
lication was undertaken by the Zoological Society of London.
The collections of his favourite groups amassed by Stainton
are very extensive, and he also possessed a valuable entomo-
logical library, the basis of which was that of J. F. Stephens.
A Catalogue of the latter was published by Stainton in 18538.
His Cabinets and Library were always freely open to all who
wished to consult them. For many years Stainton was a
keen collector of British Lepidoptera, and he eagerly sought
recruits to join him in his expeditions. The influence thus
acquired over many a young naturalist was very great. One
of the most useful results of this period was the publication
of the ‘Manual of British Butterflies and Moths,’ compiled
in a concise and readable style, which remains to this day the
best book on the subject. Stainton was elected a lellow of
the Royal Society in 1867, and served on the Council in
1880—1882.

Henry Water Bares, F.R.S., who died on the 16th of
February last, in his sixty-eighth year, was born at Leicester
on the 8th of February 1825. He joined our Society in 1861,
and was elected President for the years 1869 and 1870,
and again for 1878, and frequently acted as one of our
Council. I do not propose to repeat here the outlines of
Bates’s life, which have been already given, not only in
Entomological Journals, but fully in the ‘Proceedings of the
Royal Geographical Society’ for April last, and again in the
adinirable Memoir, by Mr. Edward Clodd, which accompanied
a new edition of the well-known ‘Naturalist on the
Amazons,’ lately published by John Murray; but there are
points in Bates’s life, especially relating to his entomolo-
gical work, upon which I should like to say a few words.
These concern his collections made chiefly during his travels,
and the work he subsequently based upon them in its
various aspects. Bates’s collections made during his eleven
years’ residence in the Valley of the Amazons contained,

(t=)

according to his own computation, specimens of 14,700
species, of which about 8000 were judged to be novelties.
The latter statement was questioned at the time; but Bates
adhered to his figures, and there is every reason to believe
that his estimate was below, rather than above, the actual
number; but no accurate statement on this point can now ever
be arrived at, for to this day there must be numbers of Bates’s
discoveries, in almost all Orders of insects, stored undescribed
in various museums and cabinets throughout Europe.
Moreover, in a number of cases, even where the species are
described, the origin of the types has not been fully and
properly acknowledged. This is seen in reference to one of
Bates’s favourite groups, the Diurnal Lepidoptera, a large
number of which were described and figured by the late
W. C. Hewitson, who -- acknowledging in a general way
Bates’s contributions to his favourite study—in a very large
number of cases contented himself with giving the habitat of
a species as simply Amazons, without any authority. Mr.
Wilson Saunders, who also acquired a number of Bates’s
specimens, simply ticketed them ‘‘Amazons.”’ This serious
omission, so far as the Diurnal Lepidoptera are concerned, is
to some extent remedied by Bates’s own writings on this
group; but he never published his notes on the numerous
and important families Lycenide and Hesperiide, so that
we must look elsewhere for further details on these families.
His own private collection, which some years ago passed into
my possession, furnishes these so far as the Lycenide
are concerned; but the series of Hesperude (the great
stumbling-block to all systematists on the group) is far from
complete. Ou the whole, therefore, it would be possible to
compile a tolerably complete list of the Diurnal Lepidoptera
collected by Bates during his memorable expedition. But I
believe I am right in supposing that, with the exception of a
few families of Coleoptera, no such list could be made of any
of the other Orders of insects in which he interested himself.
This of course is greatly to be regretted; but Bates’s is by
no means an isolated case, but rather the rule that has pre-
vailed as regards the collections of our greatest travellers.
Where, for instance, are the specimens collected by Darwin.

(xo Tih aa)
and even by Wallace ? As regards his own collections, Bates
himself tells us what became of them, and the reason of their
dispersal, in the following paragraph in his Preface to his
‘Travels’ :— It will be an occasion for regret to many
naturalists to learn that a complete set of the species has
nowhere been preserved, seeing that this would have formed
a fair illustration of the Fauna of a region not likely to be
explored again for the same purpose in our time. The limited
means of a private traveller do not admit of his keeping, for
a purely scientific end, a large collection. A considerable
number, from many of the consignments which arrived in
London from time to time, were chosen for the British
Museum, so that the largest set next to my own is contained
in our National Collection ; but this probably comprises less
than half the total number of species obtained. My very
complete private collection of insects of nearly all the Orders,
which was especially valuable as containing the various con-
necting varieties, ticketed with their exact localities for the
purpose of illustrating the formation of races, does not now
exist in its entirety, a few large groups having passed into
private hands in different parts of Europe.” His private
collection of Diurnal Lepidoptera, upon which he bestowed
much attention during his travels, and to which he added
subsequently from every available source, passed, as I have
already said, into my hands many years ago. Bates then
concentrated his energies upon a close and comprehensive
study of the Geodephaga, the Lamellicornia, and the Longi-
cornia of the Coleoptera, and amassed large collections of
each. ‘These, by his own arrangement and wish, passed, at
his death, into the possession of Mous. René Oberthiir, of
tennes. When Mr. Salvin and I commenced an attempt to
gather together our scattered knowledge of the fauna and
flora of Mexico and Central America, Bates was one of our
most trusted advisers in planning the work. He hesitated
for some time before consenting to take an active part in it,
but eventually undertook the charge of the three groups of
Coleoptera in which he was an expert. Once having
commenced, he persevered with characteristic energy until
his task was completed. The Longicornia were begun in

(hit)

November, 1879, and finished in January, 1886; the
work on the Geodephaga occupied from October, 1881,
to December, 1884; and that on the Lamellicornia from
May, 1886, to January, 1890. During the whole of this
time we were receiving large consignments of specimens
from various parts of the country we were investigating,
and as the new arrivals came in Bates was duly sum-
moned to inspect the contents, and the keen interest he
showed, as a noyelty here and a rarity there was spied in
each box as he scanned it, was always a pleasure to watch.
The specimens thus acquired were duly handed over to him
to work out; acomplete set was then put aside, to be returned
to us, and then Bates was at liberty to add what he pleased
to his own collection, and I am glad to know that by this
means his stores were considerably enlarged. The first set
of all these collections has now been placed in the British
Museum, to be eventually incorporated into the National
Collection.

It has frequently been said with truth that Bates was a
many-sided man, and this is especially true as regards his
entomological work, for not only was he a good collector and
a good observer, but also his general reasoning and his
systematic work were of a very high order. This combination
of qualities seems to me to be of special value at the present
day, when it is the practice of some to extol certain branches
of our subject, and to decry others; to exalt generalisations,
and to depreciate the drier and less attractive labours of the
systematist. Personally I recognise no such antagonism, for
the successful collector is ever bringing forward fresh stores of
material to the systematist, who again reduces that material
to order, and constantly enlarges the basis upon which the
generaliser constructs his theories, which without systematic
work would stand upon far too narrow a foundation. Bates’s
generalising power is largely shown in his well-known works,
and especially in that relating to the theory of mimicry.
This was the outcome of constant collecting and observation,
and subsequent systematic work; indeed, to the latter labour
nearly the whole of the published work of the later portion of
his life is devoted. Those who were acquainted with him

Ce liever =)

personally, as it was my good fortune to be for upwards of a
quarter of a century, well knew that the theories which in-
terested him so keenly in the earlier part of his career to him
never lost their charm, and never ceased to enliven the more
purely systematic work at which he laboured so industriously.
In the introductory portion of his Contributions to the Cole-
optera of the Biologia Centrali-Americana, which treats of the
geographical distribution of some of the orders, he constantly
alludes to our imperfect knowledge of the distribution of
species, and speaks with diffidence as to the general relation-
ships of the local forms he was treating of, showing that he was
keenly alive to the imperfections of our knowledge of even
the better-known families of Coleoptera, and the danger of
generalising on too narrow a basis. To my mind, Bates’s
method of work is one to be followed by everyone aiming at
producing sound results, and is the same as that followed by
Darwin, and by the great botanist whose admirable letters to
Bates have recently been published in Mr. Clodd’s memoir.
Referring to his address to this Society in 1879, it will there
be seen what his own views on the subject were. After
alluding to the preponderance of strictly systematic entomo-
logical literature of the day, which he attributed to the pro-
digious influx of material from various countries constantly
being opened up by the growing facilities of communication,
he deprecated this class of work being confined to the mere
description of species and genera, and urged the elaboration
of the general results of their observations, which would
throw light upon the genetic relations of forms. He goes on
to say that ‘all our knowledge of natural affinity in biology,
or the true blood-relationship of forms, has been due to the
labours of systematists and ‘species-describers’: not always
consciously, but through their endeavours, persisted in with
prodigious industry and keenness, to discover characters
which may enable them to classify satisfactorily the objects
of their study. It has fortunately happened that the in-
stinctive perception of truth (less clear and strong in some
than in others) has been such that no classification has
satisfied them, until it has become a natural one: thus with-
out knowing it, or intending it, their labours have gradually

C-Aley?-)

tended to the abandonment of artificial systems and to the
discovery of arrangements which express the true genetic
relations of forms.”’

Our science will be best served when workers in its various
branches regard one another as contributors, each in his
special department for the welfare of the whole, not urging
the superior claims of one subject in preference to another,
but as mutually resting on one another, and no one being
complete in itself. This is the teaching of Bates’s life which
may be profitably followed by us all.

Howarp W. J. Vaueuan, who died on the 18th of October
last at the early age of forty-six, was born at Hackney on the
18th of April, 1846. By profession a solicitor, a keen lepi-
dopterist and a frequent contributor to entomological
literature, and for a time Editor of the entomological
column of the journal known as ‘Young England.’ For
a long time he specially interested himself in the Phycida
and Tortricide, but subsequently he devoted his attention to
varieties of British Lepidoptera generally, of which he amassed
a very large collection, which was broken up in 1890. He
joined our Society in 1869.

Harry Berketey James, who died on the 22nd of July last,
was born on the 9th of March, 1846, and resided for many
years on the west coast of South America, both in Clili and
Peru. His chief pursuit in those countries was Ornithology,
and he made a very complete collection of Chilian birds,
including those of the districts which formerly belonged to
Southern Peru. At the time of his death he was engaged
with Mr. Sclater in the preparation of a work on the birds of
Chili. During his sojourn in South America he also collected
specimens of several orders of insects, especially during a
journey to Chanchamayo, on the eastern side of the Cordillera.
IT am not aware, however, that he ever publishéd any account
of his entomological captures. Mr. James was elected a
Fellow of our Society in 1885.

Joun Tuomas Harris, who died at Burton-on-Trent on the
8rd of October last, at the age of sixty-two, was a banker by
profession, but a keen naturalist. In his earlier days Botany
was his chief pursuit, He subsequently devoted himself

( lv )

chiefly to Coleoptera, of which he formed an extensive col-
lection of British species, and was the discoverer of Macro-
nychus quadrituberculatus and other species in this country.
He was one of the founders of the Burton-on-Trent Natural
History and Archeological Society, and one of its earlier
Presidents. He was elected a Fellow of our Society in 1886.

We have also to regret the loss by death of Epwarp Henry
Burnett, who joined our Society in 1855; and of Srpnry
Pure Smirx, who joined in 1885.

Of entomologists, not Fellows of our Society, who have died
during the past year, I may mention the following :—Hrnry
Waurrety, Jun., well known for many years as a traveller and
collector, died in British Guiana on the 11th of July last. He
was born at Woolwich on the 18th of June, 1844, and started
on his first expedition to Japan in 1864. Here he spent a short
time, and then proceeded to Peru, where he remained in the
mountainous parts of the southern portion of that country for
a considerable period. He left Peru by way of the Amazons,
and after spending some time at Iquitos he proceeded to Para,
and thence to England. His next expedition was to British
Guiana, over a considerable portion of which country he
travelled, penetrating as far as the precipitous sides of
Roraima. Though chiefly occupied in collecting birds, a
pursuit which he followed with unflageing industry and
success, he also made several large and interesting collections
of Diurnal Lepidoptera. Mr. Whitely’s series of butterflies
from Peru was described by Mr. Herbert Druce in the
‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London’ for 1876,
where it formed an important part of his List of the Diurnal
Lepidoptera of that country.

Amongst British entomological collectors who were not
Fellows of our Society, I may mention the names of Mr.
Grorce Haaear, of Hastings, and Mr. Francis Arcurr, of
Liverpool, both of whom did good work in their special studies.

Of our co-workers abroad, we have lost M. l’Abbé Leon
Provancuer, a French Canadian, who died at Cap Rouge,
Quebec, in April last, in his seventy-second year. He was
Kditor of the ‘ Naturaliste Canadien,’ and author of the
‘Petite Faune Entomologique du Canada.’ He chiefly de-
voted his attention to the Ichneumonide.

( lvi )

The obituary notices which I have now concluded have
occupied so much of the time devoted to this Address that
little remains for other matter, but there is one subject of great
interest to our Society upon which I should like to say some-
thing. The Catalogue of the books contained in our
Library, which was commenced by our late excellent Libra-
rian, Mr. Ferdinand Grut, has made under his successor, Mr.
Champion, sufficient progress to enable me to say a few
words respecting it. The manuscript is already completed,
and in the printer’s hands, and the number of titles of works
of various kinds nearly reaches 5000. As most of our
Fellows know, our Library contains a large number of pam-
philets, being authors’ copies of their papers printed in many
of the various journals of the scientific societies in different
parts of the world. One of the first questions that arose in
fixing the scope of our new Catalogue, was whether or not
these should all be entered under separate headings, as if
they were separate, independent works. The decision that
they should be so entered has more than doubled the number
of titles in the Catalogue, but at the same time has, in my
opinion, more than doubled its utility to our Fellows. It is
of the greatest importance to the growth of our Library and
the utility of our Society that our Fellows should have as free
access to our books as possible, and these separate ‘‘ papers ”’
are exactly in the form that is most convenient to lend to our
country Fellows for use in their own homes. We may hope,
therefore, that this branch of our Library may be constantly
and largely increased, for, besides the advantage already
mentioned of facility of loan distribution, these pamphlets
occupy a comparatively small space on our shelves, and are
much more economically housed than books, which often
contain matter which is not entomological, and therefore
outside the studies to which we especially devote ourselves.
We have only to look at the pages of the ‘ Zoological Record’
to see how important, to a Society lke ours, whose means
are, alas! far too limited, concentration of subjects and
economy of space become. We need only look at the
volume for 1891, which, through the untiring energy of
Dr. Sharp, one of our late Presidents, has now been for

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., y., 1892. I

( Ilvil )

several months in our hands, to form some estimate of what
is required of a Library that hopes to keep pace with the
literature of the time. We find there that the number of
separate titles belonging to the Insecta alone reached in the
year 1891 the large total of 974, and the new generic names
proposed for insects in the same year 765, the latter being
considerably more than half the number of generic names
proposed in the whole of the zoological literature of the year.
And yet this large amount of literature does not nearly keep
pace with the flood of new material that reaches us from all
parts of the world! That the Entomological Society’s
Library should grow in proportion to the literature of the
subject to which we devote so much of our energy is what we
all wish, but a result we can hardly hope to attain. Neverthe-
less itis yearly of increasing importance that we should perform
a definite share in gathering within the metropolis as much
entomological literature as can be got together. Quite recently
the Council of the Royal Society decided, after much discus-
sion, that the Catalogue of Scientific Papers published under its
auspices should in future be compiled from such periodicals
only as are to be found in the libraries of the principal
scientific societies in London. If this resolution is strictly
adhered to, the societies in question should endeavour to see
that no periodical of any importance should be omitted from
one or other of their libraries, so as to render the Catalogue
of Papers as complete as possible. This leads to the sugges-
tion that some arrangement might be advantageously made
between the societies themselves, so that each might take a
share of maintaining certain periodicals, and that their
money and space should not, as is often the case at present,
be devoted to the acquisition of sets of the same periodical. A
mutual arrangement of this kind would involve some kind of
association between certain societies, so as to render their re-
spective libraries accessible to their Fellows in common, and a
plan to meet this might easily be devised. We have only to look
at the books on our own shelves, to form asmall estimate of the
growth that has taken place in periodical literature during the
last twenty-five years, and then look forward to what dimen-
sions it will attain in another quarter of a century, to see that

(eels)

some step in this direction must necessarily be taken at no
very distant date. This is merely thrown out as suggestive
of a possible method of meeting a difficulty which I know
occupies the thoughts of some of us, and must sooner or later
be dealt with.

The Council have determined that the Catalogue of our
Library, when finished, should be sold to our Fellows at a
price just sufficient to cover the expense of its production,
and I here express a hope that those who have not already
ordered a copy will at once do so.

One other subject remains to which I wish to call your
special attention. The Fellows are no doubt aware that a
clause in the “ Military Lands (Consolidation) Bill, 1892,”
introduced by the late Government as a modification of a
former Bill with greater powers, still rendered it practically
certain that a considerable portion of the New Forest would
(if the Bill passed) be converted into a Military Rifle Range.
An agitation against this clause, from all classes of naturalists
throughout the Kingdom, was commenced, and petitions for its
repeal were obtained, with signatures from all who are inte-
rested in preserving the New Forest intact. Our Secretary,
Mr. Goss, was largely instrumental in formulating these
petitions, and, at a meeting of the Council of this Society
held in March last, Mr. Goss, and Mr. Elwes, a Vice-
President, were appointed to represent the Society at a
Government enquiry, held at Lyndhurst in April, and which
lasted five days. These gentlemen attended and gave evi-
dence; and there is every reason to believe that the action
taken by this, and other Natural History Societies, had no
small influence in inducing the Government to repeal the
objectionable clause in the Bill referred to.

1 must now thank you all for the consideration and courtesy
extended to me during the two years that I have occupied this
chair, and my thanks are especially due to the officers of the
Society, who have rendered me all the assistance in their
power. I am confident that the same consideration will be
extended to my successor.

Gy lx)

INDEX.

Where the name only of the Species or Genus is mentioned, the
description will be found on the page referred to.

The Arabic Figures refer to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the
Roman Numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’

The same arrangement has been adopted as last year; the new
genera and species, and those which have been redescribed, will be
found in detail, but certain of the longer papers are arranged generically
under their headings.

PAGE | PAGE
GENERAL SUBJECTS ........ lxi | HyMENOPTERA ...... Soom, bah;
PARACHINGD Auycretetss che cite eicree eel xd | MUMPIDOP TERA wees: eee oee Ixy
COTBOPTERAM Deane eee lxii | NEUROPTERA ......... Ado lbsaral
DORON gagave sacha ebeeien oe xiv) | (ORTHOPTERA Voss eascces . lxviii
FL TSMUP DER Ato tees, « «.cclayc crs aves lxiv
ee es

GENERAL SUBJECTS.
Annual Meeting, xli.

Aphenogaster barbarus, var. punctatus, and M. yrmicaria subcarinata,
notes on, v.

Aspidiotus articulatus, notes on, x.

Camponotus compressus and other ants from Calcutta, notes on, Xil.

Indian ants, notes on, viii.

Lepidoptera from Celebes, notes on, viii.

New Forest, proposed Rifle Range in, xviii.

On the variation in the colours of cocoons and pupx of Lepidoptera,
XXVll.

Palatability of conspicuous larve, experiments as to the, 243.

Phyllium gelonus, notes on, xiv.

Plusia moneta, notes on, xxv.

President’s Address, xlvi.

Protective resemblance, remarks on, xviii.

Rhopalocera collected in Timor, Pura, Sumba, &e., notes on, XXil.

Species of ants collected by Mr. G. A. J. Rothney in Australia, notes
on, lil.

The effect of temperature on the colouring of Pieris napi, Vanessa ata-
lanta, Chrysophanus phleas, and Ephyra punctata, xxxvi.

Vanessa c-album, notes on, xxx.

Vespa vulgaris, notes on a peculiar nest of, xx.

( in »)

ARACHNIDA.

Atypus Blackwallii, alluded to, 24.—niger, alluded to, 23.—piceus, notes
on the life-history of, 21.

COLEOPTERA.

Acanthoderes nigritarsis, alluded to, 264.—piperatus, n.s., 262.—signatus,
N8:, 205.

Acyphoderes cribricollis, n.s., 160.

Anatinomma, n.g., 150. A. alveolatwm, n.s., 151.

Ancylocera rubella, n.s., 170.

Aneflus cylindricollis, n.s., 147.—? fulvipennis, n.s., 148.

Anisopodus brevis, n.s., 266.

Apilocera breviformis, n.s., 165.—yucateca, n.s., 165.

Asemum glabrellum, n.s., 146.

Athetesis convergens, n.s., 171.

Axestoleus, n.g., 180. A. quinquepunctatus, n.s., 181.

Batyle levicollis, n.s., 181.

Bledius dissimilis, from Bridlington Quay, exhibited, xxiv.

Championa badeni, n.s., 170.

Charisia nigerrima, n.s., 160.

Chrysoprasis guerrensis, n.s., 167.—sthenias, var. leptosthenias, n. 8., 167.

Cirrhicera basalis, n. s., 269.—conspicua, n.s., 269.

Clytanthus hololeucus, n.s., 163.

Cosmisoma nudicorne, n.s., 166.

Crioprosomus gaumeri, n.s., 172.

Crossidius egrotus, n.s., 178.—militaris, n.s., 177.

Deliathis Batesi, alluded to, 257.—diluta, n.s., 257.—pulchra, alluded to,
256.

Deltaspis fulva, n.s., 174.—rubens, 175.—rufostigma, n.s., 173.—tubercu-
licollis, n.s., 175.

Derobrachus smithi, n.s., 144.

Distenia trifasciata, n.s., 157.

Eburia baroni, n. s., 148.—var. porifera, 149.—parulosa, n.s., 149.

Ecyrus arcuatus, n.s., 259.

Elenchus tenuicornis, from Somerset, exhibited, xxiv.

Elytroleptus scabricollis, n.s., 172.

Entomosterna prolixa, n.s., 180. -

Euderces cribripennis, n.s., 165.

Euryptera planicoxis, n.s., 159.—wnicolor, n.s., 159.

Gaurotes multiguttatus, n.s., 158.

Gnomidolon denticorne, n.s., 155.

Hexoplon smithi, n.s., 154.—sylvarum, n.s., 155.

Homaloplia ruricola, black var. from Sussex, exhibited, xxvi.

Homeophleus, n.g., 261. H. licheneus, n.s., 261.

Ibidion gaumeri, n. s., 156.—griseolum, n.s., 156.—ruatanum, n.s., 155.

Ischnocnemis cyaneus, n. s., 178.

Ce lsat >)

Lasiogaster, n.g., 255. L. costipennis, n.s., 256.

Leiopus batesi, n.s., 265.

Leptostylus arciferus, n.s., 265.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America, species described or alluded
to belonging to the following genera (H. W. Bates) :—Anatinomma,
n.g., 150. — Acyphoderes, 160. — Ancylocera, 170. — Aneflus, 147.—
Apilocera, 165.—A thetesis, 171.—A xestoleus, n.g., 180.—Batyle, 181.—
Ceresium, 154.—Championa, 170.—Charisia, 160.—Chrysoprasis, 167.
—Clytanthus, 163. — Cosmisoma, 166. — Crioprosopus, 172. — Cros-
sidius, 177. — Cyllene, 161. — Deltaspis, 173. — Derobrachus, 144.—
Distenia, 156.—Eburia, 148.—Elytroleptus, 172.—Entomosterna, 180.
—Euderces, 165.—Euryptera, 159.—Evander, 171.—Gaurotes, 158.—
Gnomidolon, 155.—Hammaticherus, 147.—Hexoplon, 154.—Ibidion,
155.—Ischnocnemis, 178. — Metaleptus, 175. — Neoclytus, 164. —
Ochresthes, 162.—Odontocera, 159.—Ophistomis, 158.—Pachymerola,
n. g., 161.—Peribeum, 152.—Pecilomallus, n. g., 151.—Prionus, 144.
—Proteinidium, n. g., 149. — Psyrassa, 152. — Pyrodes, 146. — Rho-
palophora, 166.—Sphenothecus, 179.—Stenaspis, 173.—Stenosphenus,
168.—Stizocera, 152.—Strongylaspis, 145.—Tetropium, 147.—Tillo-
clytus, 164.—Tragosoma, 146.—Triacatelus, n.g., 176.—Trichoxys,
162.—Tylosis, 177.—Vesperoctonus, 158.—Zenochloris, 168.

Lycidola levipennis, n.s., 272.

Malacoscylus bivittatus, n.s , 272.—humnilis, alluded to, 270.—var. fulves-
cens, 271.—var. grisescens, 271.

Mecas marmorata, n.s., 268.

Metaleptus comis, n.s., 175.

Neoclytus smithi, n.s., 164.

Ochresthes clerinus, n.s., 162. —nigritus, n.s., 162. — obscuricornis, n. s.,
163.—tulensis, n.s., 163.

Odontocera yucateca, n.s., 159.

Ophistomis xanthotelus, n.s., 158.

Oreodera affinis, n.s., 262.

Pachymerola, n.g., 161. P. vitticollis, n.s., 161.

Parysatis fuscus, alluded to, 259.—nigritarsis, alluded to, 258.—perplexa,
n.s., 258.

Phea phthisiaca, alluded to, 267.—unicolor, n.s., 267,

Pecilomallus, n.g., 151. P. palpalis, n.s., 151.

Proteinidium, n.g., 149. P. brevicorne, n.s., 150.

Psyrassa cribellata, n.s., 152.— nigricornis, n.s., 1538. — nigroenea, n.s.,
153.—pilosella, n.s., 153.—punctulata, n.s., 152.—sthenias, n.s., 152.

Rhopalophora eximia, n.s., 166.

Sphalacopsis fusca, n.s., 260.—similis, n.s., 260.

Sphenothecus cribellatus, n.s., 179. — cribricollis, n.s., 179. — quadri-
vittatus, n.s., 179.

Stenaspis pilosella, n.s., 173,

Stenosphenus comus, n.s., 169.— gaumeri, n.s., 169. — serlineatus, n.s.,
169.—sublevicollis, n. s., 168.—vitticollis, n.s., 169.

(a lives)

Strongylaspis lobulifer, n.s., 145.
Sympleurotis armatus, n.s., 266.
Tessarecphora arachnoides, alluded to, 261.
Tetraopes femoratus, alluded to, 267.
Tetropium guatemalanum, u.s., 147.
Tilloclytus conradti, n.s., 164.

Tragosoma nigripenne, n.s., 145.
Triacatelus, n.g., 176. T. sericatus, n.s., 176.
Trichoxys cinereolus, n.s., 162.

Tylosis dimidiata, u.s., 177.

Xyleborus perforans, exhibited, xxxy.
Zenochloris barbicauda, n.s., 168.

DIPTERA.
Megarhina hemorrhoidalis, from the Amazon district, exhibited, xix.

HEMIPTERA.

Aspidiotus articulatus, from Jamaiea, exhibited, x.

Birdantis pallescens, n.s., 276.

Cenestra copulanda, n.s., 285.—ligata, u.s., 285.

Copsyrna ochracea, n. 8., 286.

Cynthila viridimaculata, n.s., 275.

Dardus albomacutatus, n.s., 282.—obscurus, n. s., 283.

Desudaba maculata, n.s., 277. ‘

Dichoptera hampsoni, n.s., 278.—nasuta, n. s., 278.—nubila, n.s., 277.

Dictyophora bifasciata, n.s., 279.—insignis, n. s., 279.—preferrata, n.s.,
279.

Eurybrachys apicata, n.s., 281.

Flata labeculata, n.s., 284.—radiata, n.s., 284.—semanga (Colobesthes 2),
285.

Hemiptera, eggs of certain species of, notes on, 193.

Kandiana, n.g., 280. K. lewisi, n.s., 280.

Ledra aurita, from New Forest, exhibited, iv.

Loxocephata castanea, n.s., 281.

Messena radiata, n.s., 280.

Phrommia montivaga, n.s., 284.—parmata, n.s., 284.

Platybrachys grata, n.s., 282.—insignis, n.s., 282.—signata, n.s., 281.

Ricania (Pocazia) flavocostata, n.s., 283.

Scamandra diana, n.s., 276.

HYMENOPTERA.
Anochetus punctiventris, Camponotus opaciventris, Crematogaster rothneyi,
and other species from India, exhibited, viii.
Aphenogaster barbarus, var. punctatus, exhibited, iv.
Aphenogaster longiceps, Camponotus nigriceps, Leptomyrmex erythro-
cephalus, and other species from Australia, exhibited, iii.
Myrmicaria subcarinata, exhibited, y.

Cr isve =)

LEPIDOPTERA.

Abraxas khasiana, u.s., 17.

Acronycta leporina, dark vars. exhibited, xxx.

Agathia codina, n.s., 7.—gemma, n.s., 8.

Amphidasys betularia, larvee of, colours of, 213, 326, 357, 359.

Amphonyx medon, exhibited, xxxi.

Anisodes intermiataria, n.s., 8.—lichenaria, u.s., 8.

Anthyria, n.g., 2. A. tole, n.s., 3.

Anticypella, n. g., 108.

Arctia lubricipeda, var. radiata, exhibited, xxix.

Artemidora, n.g., 112.

Artiora, n.g., 114.

Asthena prasina, n.s., 13.

Bessophora, n. g., 63.

Boarmia repandata, vars. exhibited, xxxv.

Carterocephalus palemon (Hesperia paniscus), larva of, exhibited, xxxv.

Cataclysta hapilista, n.s., 21.

Catocala fraxini, notes on larve of, 227.—nupta, notes on larve of, 219.

Chrysoctenis, 0. g., 86.

Colias edusa, var. helice, and C. hyale, from Hants, exhibited, xxv.

Coptobasis ridopalis, n.s., 18.

Cynthia equicolor, n. s., exhibited, xxi.

Deiopeia pulchella, from Christchurch, exhibited, xxv.

Dianthecia Barrettii, from Ilfracombe, exhibited, vil.

Dicranura vinula, secretions of, 287.

Drepana falcataria, series exhibited, xxiii.

Elachista ocellea, from Cambridge, exhibited, ii.

Ephoria, nu. g., 109.

Erebia melas and other species exhibited, xxvi.

Eriogaster lanestris, cocoons of, alluded to, 47, 205.

Erythrolophus, n.g., 10. E. fascicorpus, n. 8., 11.

Eupithecia filicata, n.s., 1.—rigida, n.s., 2.

Euplea (Stictoplea) harrisii, notes on, 247.

Eupecilia vectisana, from Wicken Fen, exhibited, ii.

Euproctis fulviceps, vars. of, exhibited, ii.

Further experiments upon the colour-relation between certain lepi-
dopterous larve, pup, cocoons, and imagines and their surroundings
(E. B. Poulton); species alluded to :—Acronycta tridens, 452, —
Amphidasis betularia, 326, 357, 359. — Argynnis paphia, 437. —
Boarmia roboraria, 308.— Catocala electra, 301.— elocata, 302.—
fraxini, 304, — sponsa, 300.— Endromis versicolor, 447. — Ennomos
angularia, 304.—Ephyra omicronaria, 306.—Euplexia lucipara, 296.
—Geometra papilionaria, 310.— Gnophos obscurata, 453.—Hadena
oleracea, 296.—Halias prasinana, 448.—Hemaris fuciformis, 447.—
Hemerophylla abruptaria, 316.— Mamestra brassice, 296.—persicaria,
298.—Melanippe montanata, 308.—Orgyia pudibunda, 452,—- Phi

Kk

(laa 3

galia pilosaria, 311.— Pieris brassicae, 437.—rape, 437. — Pecilo-

campa populi, 448.—Rumia crategata, 317.—Selenia lunaria, 305.—

Trichiura crategi, 447.— Vanessa atalanta, 432.—io, 397.— poly-

chloros, 436.—urtice, 361.

Geometrine of the European Fauna, on the classification of the: families
and genera described or alluded to (E. Meyrick).

Abraxas, 116.—Agathia, 96.—Anticypella, n. g., 108.—Aplasta, 97.—
Apocheima, 121.—Artemidora, n.g., 112.—Artiora, n.g., 114.—
Asaphodes, 76.—Ascotis, 106.—Asthena, 74.—Awia, 124.

Baptria, 80.—Bessophora, n.g., 63.—Biston, 121.— Brephos, 81.—
Bupalus, 107.

Calocalpe, 70.—Calothysanis, 91.—Carsia, 69.—Cataclysme, 72.—
Cepphis, 113.—Chemerina, 123.—Chlorocystis, 65.—Chrysoctenis,
n.g., 86.—Cinglis, 90.—Cistidia, 115.—Cleora, 105.—Cleta, 85.
—Colotois, 114.—Crocota, 118.

Dasyuris, 77.—Deiliptenia, 109.—Deilinea, 109.—Diastictis, 103.—
Dithalama, 90.

Ectropis, 104.—Hilicrinia, 111.—Emmiltis, 86.—Enconista, 104.—
Ennomos, 114.—Eois, 86.—Ephoria, n. g., 109.—Epirranthis, 84.
—KErannis, 81.—Eremia, 81.—Eucestia, 69.—Euchlena, 112.—
Euchloris, 94.—Eucheca, 74.—Euchrostis, 94.—Eucymatoge, 67.
—Hurranthis, 106.—Eustroma, 71.

Geometra, 96.—Geometride, 92.—Gonodontis, 115.—Gymnoscelis, 65.

Heliothea, 82.—Hybernia, 120.—Hydromena, 72.—Hydromenide, 57.
—Hygrochroa, 113.—Hypoplectis, 118.—Hyposcotis, 117.

Lasiogma, n.g., 70.—Leptomeris, 89.—Leptostegna, 63.—Leucoph-
thalma, 91.—Lignyoptera, 119.—Lobophora, 62.—Lomographa,
110.—Lygranoa, 63.—Lythria, 78.

Megalochlora, n.g., 95.— Metrocampa, 111. — Monocteniade, 78.—
Myinodes, n. g., 82.—Mysticoptera, n. g., 62.

Nanaga, 107.—Nemoria, 98.—Nychiodes, 109.

Ochodontia, 75.—Onychora, n.g., 123.—Operophtera, 74.—Opistho-
graptis, 102.—Orthostixide, 82.—Orthostixis, 83.—Ourapteryx,
Maal.

Palaoctenis, n.g., 68.—Pelurga, 74.—Phaselia, 122.—Philereme, 70.
—Phrissogonus, 64.—Phthorarcha, n. g., 80.—Plemyria, 71.—
Problepsis, 90.— Prosopolopha, 123.— Pseudopanthera, 116.—
Pseudopterna, 96.—Psoros, 120.

Rhodometra, n. g., 75.—Rhodostrophia, 92.

Scardamia, 160. — Schistostege, 68.—Selenia, 118.—Selidosema, 105.
—Selidosemide, 97, 124.— Sparta, 61. — Spartopteryx, 122.
—Sterrha, 88.—Sterrhide, 84.—Synopsia, 108.

Thalera, 94. — Therapis, 118. — Theria, 119. — Tephroclystis, 65.—
Tephronia, 107.—Trichopteryx, 61.—Tyloptera, 64.

Venusia, 75.

Xanthorrhoé, 76.

Zamacra, n. g., 121.—Zettienia, 102.

(Ge bevaty 3)

Glyphodes prothymalis, n.s., 19.

Gonanticlea, n. g., 3.—G. aversa, 214.

Halthia nigripars, n. s., 16.

Hemithea idea, n.s., 6.

Idea albivertex, n. s., 15.—hampsoni, n. s., 14.

Khasia Hills, Heterocera from the, new species described belonging to the

following families and genera (Col. Swinhoe) :— Abraxas, 17.—
Agathia, 7.—Anisodes, 8.—Anthyria, n.g., 2. — Asthena, 13. — Boty-
dide, 18.— Caberide, 13.—Coptobasis, 18.— Desmobathride, 15.—
Ephyride, 8.—Erythrolophus, n. g., 10.—Eupithecia, 1.—Fidonide,
12.—Geometride, 5.—Glyphodes, 19.—Gonanticlea, n.g., 3.—Halthia,
16.—Hemithea, 6.—Hydrocampide, 20.—Idea, 14.—Ideide, 14.—
Margaronide, 19.—Ginospila, n.g., 5.—Perixera, 9.—Pharambara,
18.—Phyletis, 12.—Polynesia, n.g., 4.—Pygospila, 19.—Rhyparia,
17.—Siculide, 18.— Stegania, 14.— Streptopteron, n.g., 9.—Syne-
giodes, n. g., 11.—Terpnomicta, 13.—Thalassodes, 7.—Thalera, 6.—
Tosaura, n. g., 15.—Trichoclada, 15.—Zereniida, 16.

Laphygma exigua, from Isle of Wight, exhibited, xi.

Lasiogna, n. g., 70.

Leucania vitellina, from Isle of Wight, exhibited, xi.

Liparis monacha, vars. exhibited, xxx.

Lycena adonis, var. exhibited, xxxiv.— pretiosa, rhymnus, and teng-

stremii, notes on, 27.

Megalochlora, n. g., 95.

Myinodes, n.g., 82.

Mysticoptera, n. g., 62.

Neptis mimetica, from Timor, exhibited, xxi.

Noctua jlammatra, from Isle of Wight, exhibited, xi.

Notodonta bicolora, from Exeter, exhibited, xxi.

Onychora, n. g., 123.

(inospila, n.g., 5. Ch. lyra, n.s., 6.

Paleoctenis, n. g., 68.

Papilio Gelon, 141.

Parnassius smintheus, &e., alluded to, 250.

Perixera pulverulenta, n.s., 9.

Pharambara sphoraria, n. s., 18.

Phthorarcha, nu. g., 80.

Phyletis prasonaria, n.s., 12.

Plusia moneta, from Tunbridge Wells, exhibited, xxv.
Polynesia, n.g., 4. P. truncapez, n. s., 5.

Polyommatus dispar and rutilus, exhibited, xxx.

Pseudacrea Clarkti, n. s., 201.—miraculosa, exhibited, xx.—Poggei, 202.
Pygospila tyres, vax. cuprealis, 19.
Rhodometra, n. g., 75.

Rhyparia hamiltonia, n.s., 17.

Rumia crategata, notes on larve of, 216, 317.—notes on a possibly pro-

tective habit of larvee of, 234.

( lxviii ©)

Saturnia carpini, cocoons of, alluded to, 49, 205.

Sciaphila penziana, from Anglesey, exhibited, ii.

Selenia illunaria, illustraria, lunaria, &c., effects of artificial temperature
on, 34—44.

Smerinthus larve, notes on red spots in, 237.

Sphinx pinastri, larvie of, bred from ova taken in Suffolk, xxvii.

Stegania crina, n.s., 14.

Streptopteron, n.g., 9. S. posticamplum, n.s., 10.

Synegiodes, n.g.,11. 8S. diffusifascia, n.s., 11.—histrionaria, n.s., 12.

Thalassodes liliana, n.s., 7.

Thalera acte, n.s., 6.

Terpnomicta lata, n. s., 13.

Tosaura. n.g., 15. 1. (Metabraxas) faleipennis, alluded to, 16.—picaria,
Ness; LO:

Trichoclada opsinaria, n.s., 15.

Vanessa urtice, colours of larve and pups of, 210, 361.

Zamacra, u. g., 121.

NEUROPTERA.

Anomalopteryx chauviniana, exhibited, xiii.
Choroterpes exiguus, n.s., 189.

Ephemera pulcherrima, n.s., 185,
Hagenulus monstratus, n.s., 189.
Potamanthus formosus, n.s., 186.
Rhoénanthus amabilis, n. s., 188.

ORTHOPTERA.
Cystocelia immaculata, from Namaqualand, exhibited, vii.
Mecostethus grossus, from Irstead, exhibited, xxvii.
Orobia, phasmid allied to, exhibited, xiv.
Phyllium gelonus, from the Seychelles Islands, exhibited, xiv.

WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., PRINTERS, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.

Trans.Ent. Soc Lond. 1692.Pt. 1.

F.C.Moore del. et lith

aw

at

Trans. lint. Soc. Lond. 1892.Ptl I.

6b
G.TB-B del. ; Viest {Tewman ith.
. Genitalia of Species of Lycwna&Thecla.

Trans Hint. soe. Lond. 1892. PL. II.

EMeyrick del. West, Newman ith.
Neuration of Geometrina.

FW. }'rahawk del. et lith ;

Trans Hrb.Soow. liond. 1892, PLLV.

West,Newman chromo

Papilio Gelon | Bovusa

4.

ial

Trans Ein SOc

ico and Central

Hanhart

\
ATHLEPLE A

imp

2 '

or

a oil

EKGs; (One

Hanhart 11

Longicornia from Mexico and Central America .

mp

ot

W. Purkiss

New

ditt

Species of Lonigacornia

from Mexi

nd

Central

Hanhar x tzP

America

mt. Soc. Lond. 1892. Pl. Vi.

1
4

Trans. f

=

+
—
3 io

P,
omen ol

}

Bree cseceniitie:

hil

TL:

h Mi

Gel,

in Wilson

E,tuy

‘

Trans. Ent. Soc Lond 1892 Pl IX.

gC

Hnaravin

uv

Cambridae

Edwin Wilson. del.

i? W Prohawk del et hth

lla Pseudac

y
it

Trans. Hnt, Soe. Lond). 1897. PUX.

SEEr ey oe

Zz 2
West, Nev ama

2.2a Pseudacrzea poggel

‘ea clarkn. 22a

Trane. knt. See. Lond. 1892. Pie

ie

Wintern Bros .Chromo hth
on between
& their surroundings.

Irom

NLEX1LCO

Hanharb

and Central America.

Leny

Trans./int.Soc. Lond, 1892.PU.Xill

‘ot

SS L
rare
la
>
iT
3
+a

Sa

Weeat, Newman | Shy shes
Horace Knigh

t a ~ a er uJ Hee }
New Species of Ful goridae.

ot

~).T. Mucrey |
Waom: Cundel! > © nxt Np

2.077 st Newman chrom.lith
. ES Poulton J

Colour relation of larves of Geometre to their surroundings

we i ’ ,
re uf ‘po
ay f ie BD / ah,
a s
: U ;
~e ’ 7
\ ts ;
; ‘ ,
7 i
Wy Z
—
_™
a i) ”
5 \ ‘|
;
,
! i i
it 7 :
¥ j F
y) i
, hi
a ‘ A
- , R
, ‘
i <
, r
. 7 U
i \
4 t : :
: ' a -_ ’
ee tee = ; : ;
1 | fa :
ts iv ne io) *
4 : 4 a5
: , FP, te , OF
nn be :
~ J) re x a
1
Jur’.
ry ‘ ‘
. 4 is
= 5
; k 4 : v
2 .
f i ;
i
;
+ iY 1
: i " iv
y i ‘ =
: 2
wry ,
: aod
‘ ¥ ? ve :
4
a : eh
a : z A 7
t
5 ) ’ i
1 ‘ ‘ :
‘ ; ee
f . ‘ i
a a i
i
q :
, rea
Ca
a
= ‘ ~~ a +
: ‘i &
A }
to '
i im
i u : -
, *
i on v <
. ¥ 4
} ; W
ya
, _ roan re
i U &
f = cio i
} I
Cay, : . 3
mE % ns i
7 Bi ¥, \
ee
i : 1
er ;
iS 7
a
yk is
> ae. D +.
ty
'
‘
1
Sh
4 r Ye
+4 ' & Vi
£ APS Wann Sen
Pad ‘
P rity fw
A »
¥ ,
A iw ’
td si
¥ ul
:

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, Pl. XV

@y,

E. B. Poulton University Press, Oxford

Experiments upon
the Colours of certain Lepidoptera

inte i

.
oa "
AY ARATE CES DUR SR LG at Ree ann MR
ee OU SW ee ag aon) (Os NOMI
P Athy a) y i Moe (i ' hy

it
i

ren oe

day Wa ‘ ie
iat Beg)

‘
nm

vi
i oe
a on i

i's
‘io

he
MN ay

Ana
arin
He we

ay

Deity PENDS Rte nT if
nen Pn Z Te DPD
di

Yih
Ha

a TS RD
Te Rae
Rami

SATs Ma CVA
Aas

for
ud
aD

f oii My

Nein

he

Wear a ge
Mai er,
ibs Peleg

Avy

bros
ah

ie

aay

ale Vs

we)
WwW
x
<
ee
=
z
je)
=
=)
E
—
7)
|=
z
<
2
ro)
”
x
=
7)

3 9088 00843 3229